CHAPTER V.

[Transcriber's notes]

This text is derived from

http://www.archive.org/details/catholicworld03pauluoft

Although square brackets [] usually designate footnotes or

transcriber's notes, they do appear in the original text.

This text includes Volume III;

Number 1--April 1866

Number 2--May 1866

Number 3--June 1866

Number 4--July 1866

Number 5--August 1866

Number 6--September 1866

[End Transcriber's notes]

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

_Monthly Magazine_

of

GENERAL LITERATURE AND SCIENCE.

VOL. III.

APRIL TO SEPTEMBER, 1866.

NEW YORK:

LAWRENCE KEHOE, PUBLISHER,

145 Nassau Street.

1866.

CONTENTS.

All-Hallow Eve; or The Test of Futurity, 97, 241.

Abbey, Glastonbury, 150.

Animal Life, Curiosities of, 232.

Alexandria, Christian Schools of, 354, 484.

Abbeville, a Day at, 590.

Asses, Dogs, Cats, etc., 688.

A Celtic Legend, 810.

Benedictines, Rise of, 150.

Buried Alive, 805.

Curiosities of Animal Life, 232.

Catholic Publication Society, The, 278.

Christian Schools of Alexandria, The, 354, 484.

Cuckoo and Nightingale, The, 543.

Cardinal Tosti, 851.

Dr. Spring, Reminiscences of, 129.

Dreamers and Workers, 418.

De Guérin, Eugénie, Letters from Paris, 474.

Eirenicon, Reply to, by Very Rev. Dr. Newman, 46.

Eirenicon, Pamphlets on the, 217.

Eve de la Tour d'Adam, 366.

Ecce Homo, 618.

Episcopal Church, Doctrine on Ordination, 721.

France, Two Pictures of Life in, 411.

Franciscan Missions on the Nile, 768.

Glastonbury Abbey, 150.

Gerbet, l'Abbe, 308.

God Bless You, 593.

Gipsies, The, 702.

Haven't Time, 92.

Hürter, Frederick, 115.

Heaven, Nearest Place to, 433.

Ireland and the Informers of 1798, 122.

Irish Folk Books of the Last Century, 679.

Jenifer's Prayer, 17, 183, 318.

Kilkenny, a Month in, 301.

Legend, a Celtic, 810.

Miscellany, 137, 421, 570, 853.

Madeira, Tinted Sketches in, 265.

Newman, Very Rev. Dr., Saints of the Desert, 16, 170, 334.

Newman, Very Rev. Dr., Reply to Dr. Pusey's Eirenicon, 46.

New York; Religion in, 381.

Necklace, the Pearl, 693.

Nile, Franciscan Missions on the, 768.

Nile, Solution of the Problem of the, 828.

Old Thorneley's Heirs, 404, 443, 599, 738.

Our Ancestors, Industrial Arts of, 549, 780.

Patriarchate of Constantinople, Present State of, 1.

Prayer, Jenifer's, 17, 183, 318.

Problems of the Age, 145, 289, 518, 577, 758.

Perico the Sad, 497, 660, 787.

Perreyve, Henri, 845.

Reminiscences of Dr. Spring, 129.

Religion In New York, 381.

Reading, Use and Abuse of, 463.

Rome the Civilizer of Nations, 638.

Saints of the Desert, The, 16, 170, 334

Steam-Engine, Proposed Substitutes for, 29.

St. Paul, Youth of, 531.

Sealskins and Copperskins, 557.

The Age, Problems of, 145, 289, 518, 577, 758.

Turkestan, A Pretended Dervish in, 198, 370.

Two Pictures of Life In France before 1848, 411.

Three Women of our Time, 834.

Tosti, Cardinal, 851.

Unconvicted, 404, 443, 599, 738.

Use and Abuse of Reading, 463.

Virtue, Statistics of, 731.

Weddings, East Indian, 635.

--------

POETRY.

Bury the Dead, 379.

Banned and Blessed, 306.

Christine, 32, 171, 335.

Claims, 556.

Carols from Cancionero, 692.

Christian Crown, The, 736.

D«y-Dreams, 483.

Hymn, 548.

Holy Saturday, 634.

Lockharts, Legend of the, 127.

Lost for Gold, 826.

Mater Divinae Gratiae, 216

May Breeze, 442.

Our Neighbor, 317.

Our Mother's Call, 462.

Poor and Rich, 240.

Peace, 410.

Requiem AEternam, 263.

Shell, Song of the, 96.

Sapphics, 517.

Sacrilege, the Curse of, 656.

Sonnet, 850.

The King and the Bishop, 528.

Therein, 597.

The Martyr, 617.

Thy Will be Done, 778.

Words of Wisdom, 121

------

{iv}

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

Archbishop Hughes, Life of, 140.

Apostleship of Prayer, 428.

Agnes, 431.

Appleton's Annual Cyclopaedia, 719.

Army of the Potomac, Medical Recollections of, 854.

Biology, Spencer's Principles of, 425.

Blessed Virgin, Devotion to in North America, 574.

Biographical Dictionary, 574

Books for Young People, 720.

Criterion, Tuckerman's, 143.

Christ the Light of the World, 144.

Christus Judex, 288.

Christian Examiner, 427.

Christine,717.

Cosas de Espana, 858.

Dictionary, Webster's, 143.

Draper's Text Books of Chemistry, etc, 576.

Darras' Church History, 719.

Eirenicon, Dr. Pusey's, 283.

Eugénie de Guérin, Letters of, 859.

English Language, Practical Grammar of, 860.

Faber's New Book, 287.

Froude's History of England, 718.

Grahams, The, 288.

Grant, Headley's Life of, 575.

Hughes, Archbishop, Life of, 140.

Holy Childhood, Report of, 573.

Headley's Life of Grant, 575.

Homes without Hands, 860.

Kennett, Story of, 431.

Keating's Ireland, 432.

Mount Hope Trial, 430.

Marshall's Missions, 430.

May Carols, De Vere's, 432.

Marcy's Army Life, 716.

New-Englander, The, 855.

Prayer, Apostleship of, 428.

Priest and People, Good Thoughts for, 431.

Poetry of the Civil War, 576.

Queen's English, A Plea for the, 857.

as

Spencer's Principles of Biology, 425.

Spalding's Miscellanea, 571.

Shakespeare on Insanity, 860.

Wyoming, Valley of, 859.

------

{1}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. III., NO. 1.--APRIL, 1866.

[ORIGINAL.]

THE PRESENT STATE OF THE

PATRIARCHATE OF CONSTANTINOPLE. [Footnote 1]

[Footnote 1: "L'Eglise Orientale, par Jaques G. Pitzipios, Fondateur

de la Société Chrétienne Orientale." Rome: Imprimerie de la

Propagande, 1855.]

In the year 1841, the bishops of the Protestant Episcopal dioceses of

Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Missouri, Maryland,

and Pennsylvania, professing to speak in the name of their church in

the United States, addressed the following language to the

schismatical Patriarch of Constantinople, whom they style "the

venerable and right reverend father in God the _Patriarch of the Greek

Church,_resident at Constantinople:"

"The church in the United States of America, therefore, looking to the

triune God for his blessings upon its efforts for unity in the body of

Christ, turn with hope to the Patriarch of Constantinople, _the

spiritual head of the ancient and venerable Oriental Church._"

[Footnote 2]

[Footnote 2: Quoted in the "Memoir of Rev. F.A. Baker," p. 47.]

This is by no means the only instance of overtures of this kind,

looking toward a union between Protestant Episcopalians and Eastern

schismatics, with the view of concentrating the opposition to the

Roman See under a rival Oriental primacy. The Non-jurors, who were

ejected from their sees at the overthrow of the Stuarts, proposed to

the Synod of Bethlehem to establish the primacy in the patriarchate of

Jerusalem; but their proposal was met by a decidedly freezing refusal.

The American bishops who signed the letter from which the foregoing

extract is taken show a remarkable desire to bow down before some

ecclesiastical power more ancient and venerable than themselves; and

in their extreme eagerness to propitiate the Eastern prelates, they

acknowledge without scruple the most arrogant titles usurped by the

Patriarch of Constantinople, although from their want of familiarity

with the ecclesiastical language, they do it in a very unusual and

peculiar style. Whatever may be at present the particular views of

those who are seeking to bring about a union between the Protestant

Episcopal churches and the Easterns, in regard to the order of

hierarchical organization, they are evidently disposed to pay court to

the successor of Photius and Michael Cerularius, and to espouse {2}

warmly his quarrel against Rome. His figure is the foremost one in the

dispute, and there is every disposition to take advantage as far as

possible of the rank which the See of Constantinople has held since

the fifth century, first by usurpation and afterward by the concession

of Rome, as second to the Apostolic See of St. Peter. We do not accuse

all those who are concerned in the union movement of being animated by

a spirit of enmity against Rome. Some of them, we believe, are seeking

for the healing of the schisms of Christendom in a truly Catholic

spirit, although not fully enlightened concerning the necessary means

for doing so. We may cherish the same hope concerning some of the

Oriental prelates and clergy also, especially those who have

manifested a determination not to compromise a single point of

Catholic dogma for the sake of union with Protestants. We are quite

sure, however, that the loudest advocates of union in the Protestant

ranks, and their most earnest and hearty sympathizers in the East, are

thoroughly heretical and schismatical in their spirit and intentions,

and are aiming at the overthrow of the Roman Church, and a revolution

in the orthodox Eastern communion, as their dearest object. While,

therefore, we disclaim any hostile attitude toward men like Dr. Pusey

and other unionists of his spirit, and would never use any language

toward them which is not kind and respectful, we are compelled to

brand the use which other ecclesiastics in high position have sought

to make of this Greek question as entirely unprincipled. Their

cringing and bowing before the miserable, effete form of Christianity

at Constantinople, dictated as it is chiefly by hatred against Rome,

is something unworthy of honest Christians and intelligent Englishmen

and Americans. Many very sincere and well-disposed persons are no

doubt misled by their artful misrepresentations. On that account it is

very necessary to bring out as clearly as possible the true state of

the case, as regards Oriental Christendom, that it may be seen how

little support Anglicanism or any kind of Protestantism can draw from

that quarter; and how strongly the entire system of Catholic dogma is

sustained by the history and traditions of the Eastern Church.

We may possibly hereafter discuss more at large some of these

important subjects relating to the Eastern Church and the schism which

has desolated its fairest portions for so many centuries. On this

occasion we intend merely to throw a little light on the present

actual condition of the patriarchate of Constantinople, in order to

dissipate any illusion that may have been created by high-sounding

words, and to show how little reason there is to "turn with hope to

the spiritual head of the Oriental Church" for any enlightening or

sanctifying influences upon the souls which are astray from the fold

of St. Peter. We waive, for the time, all consideration of past

events, anterior to the period of Turkish domination, and all

discussion of the remote circumstances which have brought the See of

Constantinople into its present state of degradation, and of obstinate

secession from the unity of the Church.

We take it as we find it, under the Mohammedan dominion, and will

endeavor to show how it stands in relation to other churches of the

East, and what are its claims on the respect and honor of Western

Christians.

The Patriarch of Constantinople is not the Patriarch of the "Greek

Church." There is no designation of this kind known in the East. The

style there used is, the "Holy Eastern Church." The Greek rite, or

form of celebrating mass and administering the sacraments in the Greek

language, is only one of the rites sanctioned by the Catholic Church

which are in use among those Christians who are not under the Latin

rite. What is usually called in the West the Greek Church has several

independent organizations. {3} The Patriarch of Constantinople, who

very early subjugated the patriarchs of Alexandria, Antioch, and

Jerusalem to his dominion, now rules over the same patriarchates,

which have dwindled to very insignificant dimensions, and over all the

separated orthodox Christians of the Turkish empire. The Russian

Church, which was erected into a distinct patriarchate by Ivan III.,

is under the supreme jurisdiction of the imperial governing synod. The

Patriarch of Constantinople is treated with respect and honor, and

referred to for advice and counsel, by the Russian authorities; but he

has no more jurisdiction in Russia than the Archbishop of Baltimore

has in the province of New York. The Church of Greece not only threw

off all dependence on the See of Constantinople after the revolution,

but renounced all communication with it, for reasons to be mentioned

hereafter. The separated Greek Christians of the Austrian empire are

governed by the Patriarch of Carlovitz, and there is at least one

other separate jurisdiction in the Montenegrine provinces. The

Patriarch of Constantinople possesses, therefore, an actual

jurisdiction over a fraction only of the Eastern Church. Within the

proper limits of his own patriarchate this jurisdiction is absolute,

both in ecclesiastical and civil matters, subject only to the supreme

authority of the sultan. Immediately after the capture of

Constantinople by the Turks, the Sultan Mahomet II. conferred upon the

Patriarch Grennadius the character of _Milet-bachi_, or chief of a

nationality, giving him investiture by the pastoral staff and mantle

with his own hands. The reason of his doing so was, that the

Mohammedan law recognizes only Mohammedans as members of a Mohammedan

nationality. In more recent times, the sultans, disgusted by the venal

and tyrannical conduct of the patriarchs, have refused to confer this

investiture in person, and it is now done by the grand vizier. Eight

metropolitans, namely, those of Chalcèdon, Ephesus, Derendah,

Heraclèa, Cyzicus, Nicomedia, Caesarèa, and Adrianople, form the

supreme council of the patriarchate, and, with the patriarch,

administer the ecclesiastical and civil government of the Christians

of their communion throughout the Ottoman empire. They have the

control of the common chest or treasury of the Oriental rite in

Turkey, and of that of the provinces; two great funds established

originally for helping poor Christians to pay the exactions levied on

them by the Mussulmans, but at present diverted to quite other uses by

their faithless and rapacious guardians. They are also exclusively

privileged to act as ephori or financial agents and bankers for the

other one hundred and thirty-four bishops of the Turkish provinces,

each one of them having as many of these episcopal clients as he can

get.

Possessed of such an amount of ecclesiastical and civil power as the

patriarchate of Constantinople has been within the Ottoman empire for

several centuries, it is plain that it might have become the centre of

an incalculable influence for the spiritual, moral, and social good of

its subjects. Everything would seem to have combined to throw into the

hands of the patriarch and his subordinate bishops the power of being

truly the protectors and fathers of their people, and to furnish them

with the most powerful motives for being faithful to their trust. The

oppressed, despised, and impoverished condition of their poor,

miserable people, slaves of a fanatical, barbarous, anti-Christian

despotism, was enough to have awakened every noble and disinterested

emotion in their bosoms, had they been men; and to have aroused the

most devoted, self-sacrificing charity and zeal in their hearts, had

they been Christians worthy of the name or true Christian pastors.

Moreover, if they had been true patriots, and really devoted to the

interests of Christianity and the church, there was every inducement

to avail themselves of their position {4} and to watch the opportunity

of cultivating unity and harmony with the Catholic Church and the

powerful Christian nations of the West, in order to secure their

eventual deliverance from the detestable Moslem usurpation, and the

restoration of religion among them to its ancient glory. All causes of

misunderstanding and dissension had been done away at the Council of

Florence. The perfect dogmatic agreement between the East and the West

had been fully established. The Greek and other Oriental rites, and

the local laws and customs, had been sanctioned. The patriarchs and

hierarchy had been confirmed in their privileges. The Patriarch of

Constantinople was even tacitly permitted to retain his high-sounding

but unmeaning title of ecumenical patriarch without rebuke, and

allowed to exercise all the jurisdiction which other patriarchs or

metropolitans were willing to concede to him, subject to the universal

supremacy of Rome. The remembrance of the gallant warfare of the Latin

Christians against their common Moslem enemy, and especially of the

heroic devotion of the cardinal legate and his three hundred

followers, who had buried themselves under the walls of Constantinople

at its capture, ought to have effaced the memory of former wrongs

[Footnote 3] and subdued the stupid, fanatical, unchristian sentiment

of national antipathy against Christians of another race. Everything

concurred to invite them to play a noble and glorious part toward

their own Christian countrymen and toward Christendom in general. We

are compelled, however, to say, with shame and pain, that they have

proved so recreant to every one of these trusts and opportunities,

their career has been one of such unparalleled infamy and perfidy, as

to cover the Christian name with ignominy, and to merit for themselves

the character of apostates from Christianity--seducers, corruptors,

oppressors, and robbers of their own people.

[Footnote 3: The Crusaders undoubtedly committed some great

outrages, in revenge far the treachery of the Byzantines, and some

Latin missionaries imprudently attacked the Oriental rites and

customs, but these acts were always disapproved and condemned by the

Popes.]

We will first give a sketch of the line of conduct they have pursued

in relation to ecclesiastical matters, and afterward of their

administration of their civil authority.

It is notorious that the schismatical bishops and clergy of Turkey

neglect almost entirely the duty of preaching the word of God and

giving good Christian instruction to their people. The sacraments are

administered in the most careless and perfunctory manner, and real

practical Christian piety and morality are in a very low state both

among clergy and laity. The clergy themselves are grossly ignorant and

unfit for the exercise of their office, taken from the lowest class of

the people, without instruction or preparation for orders, and treated

by their superiors as menial servants. The bishops and higher clergy

do not trouble themselves to remedy this gross incapacity of their

inferiors, or to supply it by their own efforts. Consequently, the

common Christian people of their charge have fallen into a state of

moral degradation below that of the Turks themselves, by whom they are

despised as the outcasts of society. The striking contrast between the

schismatical clergy, monasteries, and people, and the Catholic, is

proverbial among the Turks, and an object of remark even by Protestant

travellers. It is probable that there have been many exceptions to the

general rule of incompetence and supine neglect; but, viewing the case

as a whole, it must be said that the patriarchs of Constantinople and

their subordinate prelates have completely failed to do their duty as

pastors of their people and their instructors and guides in religion

and virtue. Their unfortunate position furnishes no adequate excuse,

as will be seen when we examine a little further into the enterprises

they have actually been engaged in, and see how well {5} they have

succeeded in accomplishing what they have really desired and

undertaken, which is nothing else than their own selfish

aggrandizement. Look at the contrast between their conduct and that of

the Catholic hierarchies of Russia, Poland, and Ireland under similar

circumstances of oppression, and every shadow of excuse will vanish.

No doubt there were many causes making it difficult to elevate the

character of the ordinary clergy and the people, and tending to keep

them down to a low level of intelligence and knowledge. This would

furnish an excuse for a great deal, if there had been an evident

struggle of the hierarchy to do their best in remedying the evil.

Instead of doing this, they are the principal causes of the

perpetuation and aggravation of this degraded state. Since the decay

of the Ottoman power commenced, the clergy have had it in their power

to bid defiance in great measure to the Turkish government. They have

been able to control immense sums of money and to wield a great

commercial and financial influence. They might have employed the

intervention of Christian powers, and especially of Russia, if they

had been governed by enlightened and Christian motives, in order to

gain just rights and the means of improvement for their people. The

Ottoman government, itself, has come to a more just and liberal

policy, in which it would have welcomed the aid of the Christian

hierarchy, had there been one worthy of the name. Their complete

apathy at all times to everything which concerns the spiritual and

moral welfare of their subjects will warrant no other conclusion than

that they have practically apostatized from the faith and church of

Christ, and are mere intruders into the fold which they lay waste and

ravage.

In their attitude toward the Catholic Church and the Holy See, the

hierarchy of the patriaichate are ignorantly, violently, and

obstinately schismatical, and even heretical. The public and official

teaching of the Eastern Church is orthodox, and therefore no one is

adjudged to be a heretic simply because he adheres to that communion.

One who intelligently and obstinately adheres to a schism as a state

of permanent separation from the See of St. Peter, is, however, at

least a constructive heretic, and is very likely to be a formal

heretic, on several doctrines which have been defined by the Catholic

Church. The nature of the opposition of the clergy of Constantinople

to the Roman Church, the grounds on which they defend their

contumacious rebellion, and the dogmatic arguments which they employ

in the controversy, are such as to place them in the position of the

most unreasonable and contumacious schismatics, and as it appears to

our judgment, in submission to that of more learned theologians, of

heretics also. So far as their influence extends, and it is very

great, they are chiefly accountable for the isolated condition of the

entire non-united Eastern Church. As the ambition of the Patriarch of

Constantinople was the original cause of the schism, so now the

ignorant and violent obstinacy of the clergy of the patriarchate, and

their supreme devotion to their own selfish and narrow personal and

party interests, is, in connection with a similar though less odious

spirit in the chief Muscovite clergy, and the worldly policy of the

Russian czar, the chief cause of its perpetuation.

The clergy of Constantinople have not hesitated to resort to forgery

in order to do away with the legal and binding force of the act of

their own predecessors in subscribing and promulgating throughout

their entire jurisdiction the act of union established at the Council

of Florence. Gennadius, the first patriarch elected after the Turkish

conquest, was one of the prelates who signed the decree of the Council

of Florence, a learned and virtuous man, and is believed to have lived

and died in the {6} communion of the Holy See. Actual communication

between Constantinople and Rome was, however, rendered absolutely

impossible by the deadly hostility of the conquerors to their

principal and most dangerous foe. The slightest attempt at any

intercourse with the Latin Christians would have caused the

extermination of all the Christian subjects of the Ottoman empire. It

is difficult to discover, therefore, when and how it was that the

supremacy of the Roman Church, whose actual exercise was thus at first

impeded by the necessity of the case, was again formally repudiated by

the patriarchs. There is a letter extant, written in the year 1584 by

the Patriarch Jeremiah to Pope Gregory XIII., in which he says that

"it belonged to him, as the head of the Catholic Church, to indicate

the measures to be employed against the Protestants," and requests him

in virtue of this office to point out what measures can be taken to

arrest the advance of Protestantism. This is the last official act of

the kind of which there is any record. The patriarchs and their

associates have relapsed into an attitude toward the Holy See which is

equally schismatical and arrogant, though through their degraded

condition far more ridiculous than that which was assumed by their

predecessors before the Council of Florence. In order to nullify, as

far as possible, the legal force of the act of union promulgated by

that council, they have resorted to a forgery, and have published the

acts of a pretended council under a patriarch who never existed and

whom they call Athanasius. There is no precise date attached to these

forged acts, but they are so arranged as to appear to have been

promulgated soon after the return of the emperor and prelates from

Italy, and before the Turkish conquest; and in them, some of the

principal prelates what signed the decrees of the Council of Florence

are represented as abjuring and begging pardon for what they had done.

They are said to have been moved to this by the indignation of their

people and a sedition in Constantinople in which the rejection of the

act of union was demanded. The forgery is too transparent to be worthy

of refutation, and could never have been executed and palmed off as

genuine in any other place than in Constantinople. They have also put

out a book called the "Pedalium," in which they revive all the

frivolous pretexts on account of which the infamous Michael Cerularius

and his ignorant ecclesiastical clique of the _Bas Empire_ pretended

to prove the apostacy of the Bishop of Rome and all Western

Christendom from the faith and communion of the Catholic Church, and

the consequent succession of the Bishop of Constantinople to the

universal primacy. The clergy of the patriarchate have taken the

position that the Catholic Church at present is confined to the limits

of what we call the Greek Church. They claim for themselves,

therefore, that place which they acknowledge formerly belonged to the

See of Rome, and thus seek to justify and carry out the usurpation of

supreme and universal authority indicated by the title of ecumenical

patriarch. The absurdity of this is evident, from the very grounds on

which the title was originally assumed, and the traditional maxims

which directed the policy of the ambitions Byzantine prelates

throughout the entire period of the Greek empire. The original and

only claim of the bishops of Constantinople, who were merely

suffragans of the Metropolitan of Heraclèa before their city was made

the capital of the empire, to the patriarchal dignity, was the

political importance of the city. Because Constantinople was new Rome,

therefore the Bishop of Constantinople ought to be second to the

Bishop of ancient Rome; and not only this, but he ought to rule over

the whole East with a supremacy like that which the Bishop of Rome had

always exercised over the whole {7} world. This false and schismatical

principle is contrary to the fundamental principle of Catholic church

organization, viz., that the subordination of episcopal sees springs

from the divine institution of the primacy in the See of St. Peter,

and is regulated by ecclesiastical canons on spiritual grounds, which

are superior to all considerations of a temporal nature. The Patriarch

of Constantinople has long ago lost all claim to precedence or

authority based on the civil dignity of the city as the seat of an

empire. According to the principles of his predecessors, the primacy

ought to have been transferred to the Patriarch of Moscow, when the

Russian patriarchate was established by Ivan III. Nevertheless, he

still continues to style himself ecumenical patriarch, and the eight

metropolitans who form his permanent synod continue to keep the

precedence over all other bishops of the patriarchate, although their

sees have dwindled into insignificance, and other episcopal towns far

exceed them in civil importance. In point of fact, the baselessness of

his claim to universal jurisdiction has been recognized by the Eastern

Church. His real authority is confined to the Turkish empire, where it

is sustained by the civil power. Russia has long been independent of

him. The Church of Greece has completely severed her connection with

him. The schismatical Greeks of the Austrian empire, and those of the

neighboring provinces, are severally independent. The false principle

that produced the Eastern schism in the first place thus continues to

work out its legitimate effect of disintegration in the Eastern

communion itself, by separating the national churches from the

principal church of Constantinople, which would itself crumble to

pieces if the support of the Ottoman power were removed. The

privileges of the See of Constantinople have now no valid claim to

respect, except that derived from ecclesiastical canons ratified by

time, general consent, and the sanction of the Roman Church. The

instinct of self-preservation ought to compel its rulers to fall back

on Catholic principles, and submit themselves to the legitimate

authority of the Roman Pontiff as the head of the Catholic Church

throughout the world. They are following, however, the contrary

impulse of self-destruction, to which they are abandoned by a just God

as a punishment for their treason to Jesus Christ and his Vicar, and

in every way seeking to strengthen and extend the barrier which

separates them from the Roman Church.

This policy has led them to do all in their power to establish a

dogmatic difference between the Oriental Church and the Church of

Rome. Not only do they represent the difference in regard to the

procession of the Holy Spirit from the Son, as expressed by the

"Filioque" of the Creed, which was fully proved at the Council of

Florence to be a mere verbal difference, as a difference in regard to

an essential dogma, but they have brought in others to swell their

list of Latin heresies. The principal dogmatic differences on which

they insist are three: the doctrine of purgatory, the quality of the

bread used in the holy eucharist, and the mode of administering

baptism. Only the most deplorable ignorance and factiousness could

base a pretence of dogmatic difference on such a foundation. In regard

to purgatory, the Roman Church has defined or required nothing beyond

that which is taught by the doctrinal standards of the Eastern Church.

The difference in regard to the use of leavened or unleavened bread,

and the mode of baptism, is a mere difference of rite. In regard to

the last-mentioned rite, however, the clergy of Constantinople have

even surpassed their usual amount of ignorance and effrontery. They

pretend that no baptism except that by trine immersion is valid, and

consequently that the vast majority of Western Christians are

unbaptized. This position of theirs, which will no doubt be {8} very

satisfactory to our Baptist brethren, makes sweeping work, not only

with the Latin Church, but with Protestant Christendom. Where there is

no baptism, there is no ordination, no sacrament whatever, no church.

What will our Anglican friends say to this? The clergy of

Constantinople rebaptize unconditionally every one who applies to be

received into their communion, whether he be Catholic or Protestant,

clergyman or layman. It would be folly to argue against this

sacrilegious absurdity on Catholic grounds. It is enough to show their

inconsistency with themselves, by mentioning the fact that the Russian

Church allows the validity of baptism by aspersion, and that even

their own book of canons permits it in case of necessity. But why look

for any manifestation of the learning, wisdom, or Christian principle

which ought to characterize prelates from men who have bought their

places for gold, and who sell every episcopal see to the highest

bidder? The simony and bribery which have been openly and unblushingly

practised by the ruling clerical faction of the Turkish empire since

the time when the monk Simeon bought the patriarchal dignity from the

sultan, make this page of ecclesiastical history one of the blackest

and most infamous in character. As we might expect under such a

system, virtuous and worthy men are put aside, and the episcopate and

priesthood filled up from the creatures and servile followers of the

ruling clique. Such men naturally disgrace their holy character by

their immoral lives, and bring opprobrium on the Christian name. The

history of the patriarchate of Constantinople, therefore, since the

period of Gennadius and the first few successors who followed his

worthy example, has been stained with blood and crime, and darkened by

scenes of tragic infamy and horror. We will relate one of the most

recent of these, as a sufficient proof and illustration of the heavy

indictment we have made against the patriarchal clergy.

At the time of the Greek revolution, the patriarch and principal

clergy of Constantinople received orders from the sultan to use their

power in suppressing all co-operation on the part of the Christians in

Turkey with their brethren in Greece, and to denounce to the Ottoman

government all who were suspected of conniving at the insurrection.

Their political position no doubt required of them to remain passive

in the matter, to refrain from positively aiding the revolutionists,

and also to suppress all overt acts of the Christians under their

jurisdiction against the government. Nevertheless, as a people

unjustly enslaved by a barbarous, anti-Christian despotism, they owed

nothing more to their masters than this exterior obedience to the

letter of the law. They could not be expected to enter with a hearty

and zealous sympathy into the measures of the government for

suppressing the revolution; and, indeed, every genuine and noble

sentiment of Christianity and patriotism forbade their doing so, and

exacted of them a deep, interior sympathy with their cruelly oppressed

brethren who were so nobly struggling to free their country from the

hated yoke of the Moslem conqueror. The really high-minded Greeks of

the empire did thus sympathize with their brethren. The ruling clergy,

however, manifested a zeal for the interests of the Ottoman court so

_outré_ and so scandalous that it not only outraged the feelings of

their own subjects, but, as we shall see, aroused the suspicions of

the tyrants before whom they so basely cringed, and brought

destruction on their own heads. They accused a great number of

Christians of complicity in the insurrection, seizing the opportunity

of denouncing every one who had incurred their hatred for any reason

whatever, so that the prisons were soon crowded with their unfortunate

victims, all of whom suffered the penalty of death. The patriarch

pronounced a sentence of major excommunication against Prince

Ypsilanti, and all the Greeks who {9} took part in the revolt. A few

days afterward, on the first Sunday of Lent, during the solemnities of

the pontifical mass, the patriarch, his eight chief metropolitans, and

fifteen other bishops, pronounced the same sentence of

excommunication, together with the sentence of deposition and

degradation, against seven bishops of Greece, partisans of Prince

Ypsilanti, and all their adherents, signing the decree on the altar of

the cathedral church. Such a storm of indignation was raised by this

nefarious act, that the prelates were obliged to pacify their people

by pretending that they had acted under the compulsion of the

government. A few days after, the patriarch and the majority of the

bishops who had signed the decree were condemned to death and

executed, on the charge of participating in the revolution. Even after

the great powers of Europe had acknowledged the independence of

Greece, the ruling clergy of Constantinople endeavored to curry favor

at court by sending a commission, under the presidency of the

metropolitan of Chalcèdon, to recommend to the Greeks a return to the

Turkish dominion! It is needless to say that this invitation was

declined, although we cannot but admire the self-control of the Greek

princes and prelates when we are told that it was declined, and the

ambassadors dismissed, _in the most polite manner_.

One more intrigue, the last one they have been left the opportunity of

trying, closes the history of their relations with the Church of

Greece. The clergy and people of the new kingdom were equally

determined to throw off completely and for ever the ecclesiastical

tyranny of Constantinople. At the same time they were disposed to act

with diplomatic formality and ecclesiastical courtesy, as well as in

conformity with the laws and principle of the orthodox church of the

East. The second article of the constitutional chart of the kingdom

defines in a precise and dignified manner the position of the national

church. "The orthodox Church of Greece, acknowledging our Lord Jesus

Christ as its head, is perpetually united in dogma with the great

Church of Constantinople and every other church holding the same

dogmas, preserving, as they do, immutably the holy canons of the

apostles and councils, and the sacred traditions. Nevertheless, it is

autocephalous, exercising independently of every other church its

rights of jurisdiction, and is administered by a sacred college of

bishops." This article was established in 1844. In 1850, the clergy

obtained from the government the appointment of a commission, composed

of one clergyman, the archimandrite Michael Apostolides, professor of

theology in the University of Athens, and one layman, Peter

Deligianni, _chargé d'affaires_ at Constantinople, to establish

concordats with the patriarchate and the governing synod of Russia, on

the basis of the above cited article of the Greek constitution. In

lieu of this proposed concordat, the Greek commissioners were duped by

the patriarchal synod into signing a synodal act, in which the

Patriarch of Constantinople, qualifying his see as the vine of which

other churches are the branches, and styling himself and his

associates [Greek text]--"Watchful shepherds and scrupulous guardians

of the canons of the church"--pretends by his own authority to grant

independent jurisdiction to the Church of Greece as a privilege. At

the same time he designates the Archbishop of Athens as the perpetual

president of the synod, ordains that the holy chrism shall always be

brought from Constantinople, and imposes other obligations intended to

serve as signs of dependence on the Patriarchal Church. The Greek

parliament, however, annulled this concordat, and the synod of Greek

bishops at Athens determined that henceforth there should be no

relation between the Church of Greece and that of Constantinople,

subsequently even forbidding priests ordained out of {10} the kingdom

to officiate in the priesthood. Although the Greek clergy had shown

themselves so forbearing and patient, it seems that the arrogance and

perfidy of the clergy of Constantinople had at last roused their just

indignation. The learned archimandrite Pharmacides published a book

against the synodal act and the policy of the Constantinopolitan

clergy, entitled "Antitomos; or, Concerning the Truth," in which he

ridicules the pompous pretensions which they make to pastoral

vigilance and fidelity in these words:

"Since you obtained the sacerdotal dignity by purchase, if you had

really the intention in becoming bishops to watch and to fatigue

yourselves by guarding the Church, no one of you would be a bishop;

for you would not have spent your money in buying vigils and labors."

Such being the nature of the solicitude of these watchful pastors and

scrupulous guardians of the canons for the welfare of those over whom

they claim a patriarchal authority, we need not be surprised at any

amount of reckless contempt which they may show for the general

interests of Christendom, and the admonitions they from time to time

receive from the veritable pastor of the flock of Christ.

Nevertheless, we cannot but wonder that the respectable portion of the

Oriental episcopate should permit themselves to be compromised by an

act which seems to cap the climax of even Byzantine stupidity and

effrontery. We refer to the reply to the noble and paternal encyclical

of Pius IX. to the Oriental bishops, put forth by Anthimus, the late

patriarch. Anthimus himself was notorious throughout the city for his

habits of drunkenness, which were so gross as to incapacitate him from

all business and expose him to the most ignominious insults even from

his own subordinates. The letter which he and several of his bishops

subscribed and sent to the Holy Father was written by the monk

Constantine OEconomus, and, in answer to the earnest and affectionate

appeals of the Holy Father to return to the unity of the Catholic

Church, makes the following astounding statement:

"The three other patriarchs, in difficult questions, demand the

fraternal counsels of the one of Constantinople, _because that city is

the imperial residence_, and this patriarch has the synodal primacy.

If the question can be settled by his fraternal co-operation, very

well. But if not, the matter is _referred to the government_ (_i.e._,

Ottoman), _according to the established laws_."

We think that the reason of the grave charge of schism, heresy, and

apostacy from the fundamental, constitutive principles of the Catholic

Church, which we have made against the higher clergy of

Constantinople, will now be apparent to every candid reader. The

history of their action in relation to the Church of Greece proves

that their principles and policy tend to disintegrate within itself

still more that portion of Christendom which they have alienated from

the communion of Rome and the West, and thus to increase the force of

the movement of decentralization, and to augment the number of

separate, local, mutually independent, and hostile communions. That

the natural tendency of this principle is to produce dogmatic

dissensions, and to efface the idea of Catholic unity, is too evident

from past history to need proof. It is only neutralized in the East by

the stagnation of thought, and the consequent immobility of the

Oriental mind from its old, long established traditions. The

essentially schismatical _virus_ of the principle is in the

subordination of organic, hierarchical unity to the temporal power and

the civil constitution of states, or the church-and-state principle in

its most odious form, which was never more grossly expressed than in

the letter above cited of Anthimus. This principle not only tends to

increase disintegration in the church, but to bar the way to a

reintegration in unity, and to destroy all desire of a return to

unity, as is also amply proved by the acts of the clergy of

Constantinople. A schismatical principle held {11} and acted on in

such a way as to make schism a perpetual condition, and thus not

merely to interrupt communion for a time but to destroy the idea of

Catholic unity, becomes heretical. Moreover, when doctrinal forms of

expressing dogmas of faith, or particular forms of administering the

rites of religion, are without authority set forth as essential

conditions of orthodoxy, and made the basis of a judgment of heresy

against other churches, those who make this false dogmatic standard

are guilty of heresy. This is the case with the clergy of

Constantinople, who make the difference respecting the use of

"Filioque" in the Creed the pretext for accusing the Latin Church of

heresy, and who deal similarly with the doctrine of purgatory, and the

questions respecting unleavened bread in the eucharist and immersion

in baptism. They have constantly persisted in their effort to

establish an essential dogmatic difference between the Latin and Greek

Churches and to make the peculiarities of the Greek rite essential

terms of Catholic communion, in order to widen and perpetuate the

breach between the East and West, and to maintain their own usurped

principality. They have been the authors of the schism, its obstinate

promoters, the principal cause of thrusting it upon the other parts of

the Eastern Church, and the chief instrument of thwarting the

charitable efforts of the Holy See for the spiritual good of the

Oriental Christians. They have done it in spite of the best and most

ample opportunities of knowing the utter falsehood of all the grounds

on which their schism is based, in the face of the example and the

writings of the best and most learned of their own predecessors, and

with a recklessness of consequences, and a disregard of the interests

of their own people and of religion itself, which merits for them the

name not only of heretics, but of apostates from all but the name and

outward profession of Christianity.

This last portion of the case against them we must now prosecute a

little further, by showing what has been their conduct in the exercise

of their temporal power over their fellow-Christians in Turkey.

The reasons and extent of the civil authority conferred upon the

Patriarch Gennadius by Mahomet II. have already been exposed. It is

obvious that although this authority would have enabled the governing

clergy to succor and console their unhappy people in their condition

of miserable slavery, if they had been possessed of truly apostolic

virtue, it opened the way to the most frightful tyranny and

oppression, by presenting to the worst and most ambitious men a strong

motive to aspire to the highest offices in the church. No form of

government can be worse than that of privileged slaves of a despot

over their fellow-slaves. Accordingly, but a short time elapsed before

the unhappy Christians of Turkey began to suffer from the effects of

this terrible system. Simoniacal bishops who bought their own dignity

by bribing the sultans and their favorites, and sold all the inferior

offices in their gift to the highest bidder; who were careless and

faithless in the discharge of their spiritual duties; and who had

apostatized from the communion of the Catholic Church, would, of

course, exercise their civil functions in the same spirit and

according to the same policy. They associated themselves intimately

with the Janissaries, on whom they relied for the maintenance of their

power; gave their system of policy the name of the "System of

_Cara-Casan_," that is, "Ecclesiastical Janissary System;" enrolled

themselves as members of the _Ortas_ or Janissary companies, and bore

their distinguishing marks tattooed on their arms. This redoubtable

body found its most powerful ally in the clergy up to the time of its

destruction by Mahmoud II. The author of the work whose title is

placed at the head of this article, James G. Pitzipios, is a native

Christian subject of the Sultan of Turkey, and was the secretary of an

imperial commission appointed to examine into the {12} civil and

financial administration of the Christian communities, as well as to

hear their complaints against their rulers. His position and

circumstances, therefore, have enabled him to investigate the matter

thoroughly. His estimate of the civil administration of the clergy of

the patriarchate from the time of Mahomet II. to that of Mahmoud II.--

that is, from the Turkish conquest to the projected reformation in the

Ottoman government--is expressed in these words:

"We have seen why it was that the Sultan Mahomet II. delegated the

entire temporal power over his Christian subjects to the Patriarch

Gennadius and his successors; gave to the religious head of the

Christians of his empire the title of _Milet-bachi_, and rendered

him the absolute master of the lot of all his co-religionists, as

well as responsible for their conduct and for their fulfilment of

all duties and obligations toward the government. Such an

arrangement was calculated to produce in its commencement some

alleviations and even some advantages to these unfortunate

Christians, as in point of fact it actually happened. But it was

sure to degenerate sooner or later into a frightful tyranny, such as

is naturally that of privileged slaves placed over those of their

own race. Accordingly, as we have stated in several places already,

the clergy of Constantinople made use of all the means of

oppression, of vexation, and of pillage of which the cunning, the

depraved conscience, and the rapacity of slaves in authority are

capable. The clergy of Constantinople having become in this way the

absolute arbiters of the goods, the conscience, the social rights,

and indirectly even of the lives of all their Eastern

co-religionists, continued to abuse this temporal power not only

during the period of the old regime, but even after the destruction

of the Janissaries, and, again, after the reform in Turkey, and up

to the present moment" [Footnote 4] (1855).

[Footnote 4: "L'Eglise Orientale," p. iv., pp. 17, 18.]

The allusion to the reform in the lost clause of this extract requires

a fuller explanation, and this explanation will furnish the most

conclusive evidence of the degradation of the patriarchate, by showing

that not only have its clergy submitted to be the tools of the Ottoman

government when it was disposed to oppress the Christians in the worst

manner, but that they have even resisted and thwarted the efforts of

that government itself, when it was disposed to emancipate the

Christians from a part of their bondage.

The Sultan Mahmoud I I., a man of superior genius and enlightened

views, devoted all the energies of his great mind to the effort of

restoring his empire, rapidly verging toward dissolution, to

prosperity and splendor. He devised for this end a gigantic scheme of

political reformation, one part of which was the abolition of all

civil distinction between his subjects of different religions. He was

unable to do more, during his lifetime, than barely to commence the

execution of his grand project. His son and successor, Abdul-Medjid,

continued to prosecute the same work, and, at the beginning of his

reign, published a decree called the _Tinzimat_, enjoining certain

reformations in the manner of administering law and justice in the

provinces. The Christian inhabitants of Turkey were the ones who ought

to have profited most by this decree. On the contrary, the very

privileges which it accorded them, by withdrawing them in great

measure from the authority of the local Mussulman tribunals, deprived

them of their only resource against the oppressions and exactions of

their own clergy, and rendered their condition worse. The bishops

succeeded in getting a more exclusive control than ever over all cases

of jurisdiction relating to Christians, and made use of their power to

fleece their people more unmercifully than they had ever done before.

Encouraged by the publication of die Tinzimat, these unhappy Christian

communities ventured to send remonstrances to the Ottoman {13}

government against their cruel and mercenary pastors. In consequence

of these remonstrances, the Porte addressed the following official

note, dated Feb. 4, 1850, to the Patriarch of Constantinople:

"Since, according to the Christian religion, the bishops are the

pastors of the people, they ought to guide them in the right way,

protect them, and console them, but never oppress them. As, however,

many metropolitans and bishops commit actions in the provinces

_which even the most despicable of men would not dare to

perpetrate_, the Christian populations, crushed under this

oppression, address themselves continually to the government,

supplicating it to grant them its assistance and protection.

Consequently, as the government cannot refuse to take into

consideration these just complaints of its own subjects, it wills

absolutely that these disorders cease. It invites, therefore, the

patriarch to convoke an assembly of bishops and of the principal

laymen of his religion, and, in concert with them, to consider

fraternally of the means of doing away with these oppressions and

the just complaints in regard to them, by regulating their

ecclesiastical and communal administration in conformity with the

precepts of their own religion and with the instructions the

Tinzimat." [Footnote 5]

[Footnote 5: Ibid., p. iii., p. 144.]

A very edifying sermon this, from a Mohammedan minister of state to

the "spiritual head of the ancient and venerable Oriental Church!"

Like many other sermons, however, it did not produce a result

corresponding to its excellence. The good advice it contained was

followed up by levying a new tax. The patriarch sent immediately to

all the bishops a circular in which he prescribed to them "to admonish

the people, that since the government had imposed upon the church the

obligation of conforming to the demands of certain dioceses, and

applying everywhere the system of giving fixed salaries to the

bishops, the most holy patriarch is obliged to conform himself to the

orders of the government and to put them in execution as soon as

possible. But since both the general commune of Constantinople and the

particular ones of the several dioceses are burdened with debts which

amount to about 7,000,000 of piastres, it is just that the people

should previously pay off these debts; the bishops are, therefore,

ordered to proceed immediately to an exact enumeration of all the

Christian inhabitants of the cities, towns, and villages, without

excepting either widows or unmarried persons. In this way the

patriarchate, taking the census as its guide, can assign to each

Christian the sum which he is bound to pay for the pre-extinction of

the communal debts, and afterward apply the system of fixed episcopal

revenues." [Footnote 6]

[Footnote 6: Ibid., p. 144., p. 145.]

The poor people, terrified by this enormous tax, and by the

persecution which overtook the prime movers in the remonstrance, as

the secretary of the commission on the Tinzimat informs us, "swallowed

painfully their grievances and no longer dared to continue their just

reclamations to the government." The Ottoman government, intimidated

by the threats of the ecclesiastical Janissaries of the Cara-Casan,

"was obliged to yield to the force of circumstances, as they were used

to do in the time of their terrible _confrères_, and abandoned the

question completely."

The Greek revolution has also in one way aggravated the lot of the

Christians of Turkey, by causing the compulsory or voluntary removal

from the capital of the principal merchants and other Christians of

superior station and influence, who formed the greatest check upon the

unworthy clerical rulers. Under the name of "primates of the nation,"

they had a share in the management of ecclesiastical finances and

other temporal affairs, and as their compatriot, Mr. Pitzipios,

affirms, "these good citizens, inspired by their charitable {14}

sentiments, and encouraged by the influence which they had with the

Ottoman government, repressed greatly the abuses of the clergy, and

moderated, as far as they were able, the vexations of the people."

[Footnote 7] The men of this class who remained in Constantinople were

removed by the government, as foreigners, from all share in the

administration of Christian' affairs, and their places filled with the

creatures of the patriarchal clique, men of the lowest rank and

character, who were ready tools for every nefarious work.

[Footnote 7: Ibid., p. 147.]

As a natural consequence of the faithless abuse of the sacred

religious and civil trust committed to the higher clergy, they and

their inferior clergy are detested and despised by their people, who

are held in subjection to them only by physical coercion. Mr.

Pitzipios assures us that there is among them a very strong

predisposition to Protestantism. A form of deism, introduced by

Theophilus Cairy, a Greek priest, who died in prison in the year 1851,

made great progress before it was suppressed by the civil power, and

is now secretly working with great activity in Greece and Turkey.

We cannot but think that the last and most degraded phase of the

Byzantine _Bas Empire_, impersonated in the schismatical patriarchate

of Constantinople, is destined soon to pass away. We hope and expect

soon to see the end of the Ottoman power, which alone sustains this

odious ecclesiastico-political tyranny. The signs of the political

horizon appear to indicate that Russia is destined to gain possession

of the ancient seat of the Greek empire. However this may be, if the

Church of Constantinople, and the other far more ancient churches

within her sphere of jurisdiction, are ever to be restored to a

healthy Christian vitality, and made to reflourish as of old, it must

be by a thorough ecclesiastical reformation, which shall sweep away

the present dominant clique in the clergy and the whole policy which

they have established.

The beginning of this reformation has already been inaugurated in the

kingdom of Greece. The bishops of that kingdom, in recovering freedom

from the odious yoke of Constantinople, have recovered the character

of Christian prelates and pastors. The severe remarks which we have

made respecting the Oriental hierarchy must be understood as

applicable only to that particular clique who have heretofore made

themselves dominant through intrigue and violence. There no doubt have

been, and are, among the higher clergy of the Turkish empire, some

exceptions to the general rule of incompetence and moral unworthiness.

The Greek bishops themselves who were established in their sees under

the old regime, manifested by their open or tacit concurrence in the

revolution that virtue had not completely died out under the pressure

of a long slavery. Since the establishment of Grecian independence,

the measures they have taken, in concert with the other members of the

higher secular and monastic clergy and the government, for the

amelioration of religion, are such as to reflect honor on themselves,

and to give great promise for the future. They live in a simple and

frugal manner, and some of them, instead of leaving millions of

piastres to their relatives, like their Turkish brethren, have not

left behind them enough money to defray their own funeral expenses.

They endeavor to select the best subjects for ordination to the

priesthood and to give them a good theological and religious training.

Professorships of theological science are established in the

University of Athens. The catechism is carefully taught to the young

people and children, and every year ten of the most competent among

the clergy are sent at the public expense to preach throughout all the

towns and villages of the kingdom. Such is the happy result of the

successful effort of these noble Greeks, so endeared to every lover of

learning, valor, and {15} religion for the memories of their glorious

antiquity, to shake off the yoke of the sultans and the patriarchs of

Constantinople. It is this miserable amalgam of Moslem despotism, and

usurped or abused spiritual power in the hands of a degenerate clergy

at Constantinople, which is the great obstacle in the way of the

regeneration of the East. We have already seen that the ecclesiastical

tyranny of the patriarchate is now confined to the one hundred and

forty-two small bishoprics, and the few millions of people included in

them, which are situated in Turkey. Nevertheless, the political views

of the Russian emperors, and the traditional reverence of the Russian

clergy, still maintain the patriarch and his synod in a modified

spiritual supremacy over the Russian Church, to which two-thirds of

the Oriental rite belong. If Constantinople should fall into the hands

of any of the great powers of Western Christendom, of course the

Cara-Casan, or system of mixed ecclesiastical and civil despotism,

will be overturned, the patriarch will become a mere primate among the

other metropolitans of the nation, and the patriarchate be reduced to

a simply honorary dignity like that of the Western patriarchs of

Venice and Lisbon. If the Czar becomes the master of European Turkey,

the same result will take place, with this only exception, that the

See of Constantinople will become the primatial see of the Russian

empire, and the Russian hierarchy will take the place of the effete

Byzantine clergy, which they are far more worthy, from their learning

and strict morality, to occupy.

What is to be the political and ecclesiastical destiny of the East,

and Russia, its gigantic infant, who can foretell, without prophetic

gifts? If the Russian emperors prove that they are destined and are

worthy to begin anew and to fulfil the grand design of Constantine,

Theodosius, Justinian, Pulcheria, and Irene, by creating a thoroughly

Christian empire of the East, we shall rejoice to see them enthroned

in Constantinople. If they are destined to restore the cross to the

dome of St. Sophia, and to renovate the ancient glory of that temple,

desecrated by Christian infamy more than by the Moslem crescent, we

shall exult in their achievement. If new Chrysostoms and Gregories

shall rise up to efface the dishonor of their predecessors, we will

forget the past, and give them the homage due to true and worthy

successors of the saints. We have no desire to see the Church of

Constantinople degraded, or the Eastern Church humiliated. The

Oriental Church is orthodox and catholic in its faith, and its several

great rites are fully sanctioned and protected by the Holy See. The

heresies which are found among a portion of its clergy are personal

heresies, and have never been established by any great synod, or

incorporated into their received doctrinal standards. We do not

condemn the great body of its people of even formal schism, but rather

compassionate them as suffering from a state of schism which has been

forced on them by a designing and unworthy faction, and is perpetuated

in great part through misunderstanding, prejudice, and national

antipathies. The causes and grounds of this unnatural state must

necessarily come up among them very soon for a more thorough

investigation. Study, thought, discussion, and contact with Western

Catholicism, as well as Western Protestantism and rationalism, will

compel them to place themselves face to face with their own hereditary

and traditional dogmas; and either to be consistent with themselves,

and submit to the supremacy of the Roman See, or to give up their

orthodoxy and open the doors to a religious revolution. We cannot deny

that the latter alternative is possible, although we are sure that Dr.

Pusey, and men like-minded with him, would deplore it as a great

calamity. We trust it will be otherwise. The Easter morning of

resurrection, which {16} we are now celebrating, dawned for us in _the

East_. It is the land, of Christ and his apostles, the birth-place of

our religion. We hope the day of resurrection for its decayed and

languishing churches may not be far distant.

------

From The Month.

SAINTS OF THE DESERT.

BY THE REV. J. H. NEWMAN, D.D.

1. Abbot Antony pointed out to a brother a stone, and said to him,

"Revile that stone, and beat it soundly."

When he had done so, Antony said, "Did the stone say anything?" He

answered, "No."

Then said Antony: "Unto this perfection shalt thou one day come."

2. When Abbot Arsenius was ill, they laid him on a mat, and put a pillow

under his head, and a brother was scandalized.

Then said his attendant to the brother: "What were you before you were

a monk?" He answered, "A shepherd." Then he asked again, "And do you

live a harder or an easier life now than then?" He replied, "I have

more comforts now." Then said the other, "Seest thou this abbot? When

he was in the world he was the father of emperors. A thousand slaves

with golden girdles and tippets of velvet waited on him, and rich

carpets were spread under him. _Thou_ hast gained by the change which

has made thee a monk; it is thou who art now encompassed with

comforts, but he is afflicted."

3. When Abbot Agatho was near his end, he remained for three days with

his eyes open and steadily fixed.

His brethren shook him, sayings "Abbot, where are you?"

He replied, "I stand before the judgment seat."

They said, "What, father! do you you too fear? think of your works."

He made answer: "I have no confidence till I shall have met my God."

4. Abbot Pastor was asked, "Is it good to cloak a brother's fault?"

He answered: "As often as we hide a brother's sin, God hides one of

ours, but he tells ours in that hour in which we tell our brother's."

5. The Abbot Alonius said: "Unless a man says in his heart, I and my

God are the only two in the world, he will not have rest."

6. Abbot Pambo, being summoned by St. Athanasius to Alexandria, met an

actress, and forthwith began to weep. "I weep," he said, "because I do

not strive to please my God as she strives to please the impure."

7. An old monk fell sick and for many days could not eat, and his

novice made him some pudding. There was a vessel of honey, and there

was another vessel of linseed oil for the lamp, good for nothing else,

for it was rancid. The novice mistook, and mixed up the oil in the

pudding. The old man said not a word, but ate it.

The novice pressed him, and helped him a second time, and the old man

ate again.

When he offered it the third time, the old man said, "I have had

enough;" but the novice cried, "Indeed, it is very good. I will eat

some with you."

When he had tasted it, he fell on his face and said: "Father, I shall

be the death of you! Why didn't you speak?"

The old man answered: "Had it been God's will that I should eat honey,

honey thou wouldst have given me."

{17}

From The Literary Workman.

JENIFER'S PRAYER.

BY OLIVER CRANE.

IN THREE PARTS.

I.

He and she stood in a room in an inn in the town of Hull--and how she

wept! Crying as a child cries, with a woman's feelings joining

exquisite pain to those tears; which tears, in a way wonderful and

peculiar to beautiful women, scarcely disordered her face, or gave

anything worse to her countenance than an indescribably pathetic

tenderness.

He was older than she was by full ten years. He only watched her. And

if the most acute of my readers had watched _him_, they would have

been no wiser for their scrutiny.

At last she left the room; he had opened the door and offered his hand

to her. It was night; and she changed her chamber-candle from her

right hand to her left, and gave that right hand to him. He held it,

while he said: "I spoke because I dread the influence of the house we

are going to, and of those whom you will meet there."

"Thank you. Good night" And so she got to a great dark bed-room, and

knelt down, like a good girl as she was, and cried no more, but was in

bed and asleep before he had left the place he had taken by the side

of the sitting-room fire, leaning thoughtfully against the

mantel-shelf, when her absence had made the room lonely.

Then he ran down stairs and rushed out into the streets of the kingly

Hull--Kingston of the day of Edward I. The man we speak of was no

antiquary, and he troubled himself neither with the Kingston of the

royal Edward nor the _Vaccaria_ of the abbot from whom the place was

bought; he walked at a quick pace through streets dim and streets

lighted, toward the ships, or among the houses; to where he could see

the great headland of Holderness, or behold nothing at all but the

brick wall that prevented his going further, and told him by strong

facts that he had lost his way. So he wandered, walking fast

often--again, walking slowly; his head bowed down, his features

working, and his eyes flashing--clenched hands, or hands clasped on

his breast, as if to keep down the surging waves of memory, which

carried on their crests many things which now he could only gnash his

teeth at in withering vexation.

He and she had come from Scotland. I have said that she was

beautiful--she was English, too; but he was Scotch born and bred, and

not dark and stem, or really wild or poetic, as a Scotchman in a story

ought to be. He was simply a strong, well-formed man, of dark, ruddy

complexion, and fine, thick, waving brown hair. He might have been a

nobleman, or a royal descendant of Hull's own king. He looked it all,

without being downright handsome. But he was, in fact, only one of the

many men who have come into a thousand a year too soon for the

preservation of prudence. Between sixteen, when he succeeded to it,

and twenty-one, when he could spend it, he had committed many follies,

and found friends who turned out worse than declared enemies--since

twenty-one he had fallen {18} in love more than once. He had been

praised, blamed, accused, acquitted. But whether or not this man was

good or bad, no living soul could tell. He was well off, well looking,

well read, and in good company. He re-entered the inn at Hull that

April night, stood by the fire smoking, asked for a cup of strong

coffee, went to bed.

The next morning the two met at breakfast They were going south. No

matter where. Whether to the dreamy vales of Devonshire, to verdant

Somersetshire, or the gardens of Hampshire--no matter. They were going

to what the north Britons call the south. And it did not mean Algeria.

Railways were not everywhere then as railways are now. They had to

travel nearly all day, then to "coach it" to a great town, in whose

history coaches have now long been of the past. Then to get on a

second day by the old "fast four-horse," and to arrive about five

o'clock at a little quiet country town, where a carriage would take

them to the friends and the house whose influence he dreaded.

In fact, that night, in the inn sitting-room, he had offered marriage

to the girl whom he had in charge for safe guardianship on so long a

journey to her far-off home where he was to be a guest. She had felt

that he had abused his trust and taken an unfair advantage of her;

also, she was in that peculiarly feminine state of mind which is

neither expressed by _no_ nor by _yes_. She had upbraided him. He,

pleading guilty in his soul, was in a horror at the thought of losing

her; losing her in that way too, because he had done wrong. Being

miserable, he had shown his misery as a strong man may. He spoke, and

self-reproachfully; but, as he pleaded, he betrayed all he felt. The

girl saw his clasped hands, his bent form, as he leaned down from the

chair on which he sat in the straggling attitude which expressed a

disordered mind. He spoke, looking at the carpet, not loud nor long,

but with a terrible earnestness that frightened the girl, and then she

cried all the more, and seemed to shrink away as if in alarm, and yet

almost angrily. Why would he speak so fiercely--why had he taken this

advantage of her?

Then he had risen up quickly, and said, "Well, you know all now. We

will talk of something else." But she only shook her head and moved

away, and, as we have seen, went to bed.

The next morning they met calmly enough. On his side it was done with

an effort; on hers without effort, yet with a little trembling fear,

which went when she saw his calm, and she poured out tea, and he drank

it, and only a rather extraordinary silence told of too much having

being said the night before.

Now, why was all this? Why were this man and this young English girl

travelling thus to the sweet south coast, and to expecting friends?

While they are travelling on their way, we, you and I, dear reader,

will not only get on before them, but also turn back the pages of

life's story, and read its secrets.

They were going to a great house in a fine park, where fern waved its

tall, mounted feathers of green, and hid the dappled deer from sight--

where great ancestral oaks spread protecting branches; where hawthorn

trees, that it had taken three generations of men to make, stood,

large, thick, knotted, twisted--strange, dark, stunted looking trees

they looked, till spring came, and no green was like their green, and

the glory of their flower-wreaths people made pilgrimages to see. The

place was called Beremouth.

A mile and a half off was a town; one of those odd little old places

which tell of days and fashions past away. A very respectable place.

There had lived in Marston the dowager ladies of old country families,

in houses which had no pretensions to grandeur as you passed them in

the extremely quiet street, but which on the other side broke out into

bay windows, garden fronts, charming conservatories, and a {19} good

many other things which help to make life pleasant. So the inhabitants

of Marston were not all mere country-town's people. They knew

themselves to be _somebodies_ and they never forgot it.

Now, in this town dwelt a certain widow lady; poor she was, but she

had a pedigree and two beautiful daughters. Mary and Lucia Morier were

not two commonly, or even uncommonly, pretty girls; they were

wonderfully beautiful, people said, and nothing less. So lovers came a

courting. One married a Scotchman, a Mr. Erskine. They liked each

other quite well enough, Lucia thought, when she made her promises,

and received his; and so they did. They lived happily; did good;

wished for children but never had any, and so adopted Mr. Erskine's

orphan nephew--namely, the very man who behaved with such strange

imprudence in the inn at Hull. Mr. Erskine the uncle was twenty years

older than Mrs. Erskine the aunt. Mr. Erskine the younger was but a

child when they adopted him. But he was their heir, as well as the

inheritor of his father's' fortune, and they loved and cared for him.

Mary Morier did differently. She married at twenty, her younger sister

having married the month before at eighteen. Mary did differently, for

she did imprudently. They had had a brother who was an agent for

certain mines thirty miles off; and there he lived; but he came home

often enough, and made the house in the old town gay. A year before

the sister married, in fact while that sister was away on a visit to

friends in Scotland, the brother came home ill. He was ill for six

months. It is wonderful how much expense is incurred by a mother in

six months for a son who is sick. It made life very difficult. The

money to pay for Lucia's journey home had to be thought of. To be

sure, she was not there to eat and drink, but then her extra finery

had cost something. George had only earned one hundred a year. It had

not been more than enough to keep him. He came home ill with ten

pounds in his pocket, beside his half-year's rent, which would be due

the next month--certainly money at this time was wanted, for our

friends were sadly pinched. But the one most exemplary friend and

servant Jenifer was paid her wages, and tea and sugar money to the

day; and the doctor got so many guineas that he grew desperate and

suddenly refused to come--then repented, and made a Christian-like

bargain, that he would go on coming on condition that he never saw

another piece of any kind of money.

Mary and her mother looked each other in the face one day, and that

look told all. There was some plate, and they had watches, and a

little fine old-fashioned jewelry--yes, they must go. They were

reduced to poverty at last--this was more than "limited means"--hard

penury had them with a desperate grasp.

Fortune comes in many shapes, and not often openly, and with a

flourish of trumpets--neither did she come in that way now; but

shamefacedly, sneakingly, and ringing the door-bell with a meek, not

to say tremulous pull; and her shape was that of a broad-built, short,

wide-jawed, lanky-haired, pig-eyed, elderly man, with a curious

quantity of waistcoat showing, yet, generally, well dressed. "Your

mistress at home?" "Yes, Mr. Brewer." "Mr. George better?" "No. Never

will be, sir." "Bless me! I beg your pardon!" "Granted before 'tis

asked, sir." "Ah! yes; I have a little business to transact with your

mistress. Can I see her alone?" Mr. Brewer was shown by Jenifer into

the little right-hand parlor. He gravely took out a huge pocket-book,

and then a small parchment-covered account-book appeared. I believe he

had persuaded himself that he was really going to transact business,

and not to perform the neatest piece of deception that a {20}

respectable gentleman ever attempted. A lady entered the room. "Madam,

jour son has been my agent for mines three years--my mine _and land_

agent since Christmas. He takes the additional work at seventy-five

pounds a year extra. The half of that is now due to him. I pay _that_

myself. I have brought it" And thirty-seven pounds ten shillings Mr.

Brewer put on the table, saying, "I will take your receipt, madam.

Don't trouble Georges's head about business; for when you _do_ speak

of that you will have, I am sorry to say, to inform him that in _both_

his places I have had to put another man. I have to give George three

months' payment at the rate of one hundred and seventy pounds a year,

as I gave him no quarter's warning. That is business, do you

understand?" asked Mr. Brewer. "It is for my son to discharge himself,

sir--since he cannot"--the mother's voice faltered. "Ah--only he

didn't, and I did," said Mr. Brewer. "Your receipt? When your son

recovers, let him apply to me. I am sorry to end our connexion so

abruptly. But it is business. Business, you know"--and there Mr.

Brewer stopped, for Mary Morier was in the room, and her beauty filled

it, or seemed to do so. And Mr. Brewer departed muttering, as he had

muttered before often, "the most beautiful girl in the world." Still,

he had an uncomfortable sensation, for he felt he was an underhand

sneak, and that Mary had found him out; and so she had. She knew that

her brother had been "discharged" only to afford a pretext for giving

the quarter's money; and she was sure that his being land agent, at an

additional seventy-five pounds a year, was a pure unadulterated

fiction.

Mr. Brewer was an extraordinary man. He had a turn for the

supernatural. He would have liked above all things to have worked

miracles. He did do odd things, such as we have seen, which he made,

by means of the poetic quality that characterized him, a purely

natural act. He was praising George for a saving, prudent, industrious

young man, who had never drawn the whole of his last year's salary,

before an hour was over. And his story looked so like truth that he

believed it himself.

Mr. Brewer was what people call "a risen man." But then his father had

been rising--and, for the matter of that, his grandfather too. All

their fortunes had flowed into the life of the man who has got into

this story; and he, having had a tide of prosperity exceeding all

others, in height, and strength, and riches, had found himself

stranded on the great shore of society, at forty years of age, with

more thousands a year than he liked to be generally known. Could he

have transformed himself into a benignant fairy he would have been

very happy, and acts of mercy would have abounded on the earth. But

no--Mr. Brewer was Mr. Brewer, and anything less poetic to look

at--more impossible as to wands, and wings, and good fairy appendages,

it is difficult to imagine. Mr. Brewer was a middle-aged man, with

hands in his pockets; plain truth is always respectable. There it is.

But there was a Mrs. Brewer. Now Mrs. Brewer was an excellent woman,

but not excellent after the manner of her husband. She was three years

older. They had not been in love. They had married at an epoch in Mr.

Brewer's life when public affairs occupied his time so entirely as to

make it desirable to have what people call a "missus;" we are afraid

that Mr. Brewer himself so called the article, a "missus, at home."

Mrs. Brewer had been "a widow lady--young--of a sociable and domestic

disposition" who "desired to be housekeeper--to be treated

confidentially, and as one of the family--to a widower--with or

without children." On inquiry, it was found that young Mrs. Smith had

not irrevocably determined that the owner of the house that she was to

keep should have been the husband of one wife, undoubtedly {21} dead;

the widower was an expression only, a sort of modest way of putting

the plain fact of a single man, or a man capable of matrimony--the

expression meant all that; and when Mrs. Smith entered on the

housekeeping, she acted up to the meaning of the advertisement, and

married Mr. Brewer. Neither had ever repented. Let that be understood.

Only, Mr. Brewer, when he knew he could live in a great house, dine

off silver, keep a four-in-hand, or a pack of hounds, or enter on any

other legitimate mode of spending money, did none of them; but eased

his mind and his pocket by such contrivances as we have seen resorted

to in the presence of the beautiful Mary Morier. He tried curious

experiments of what a man would do with ten pounds. He had dangerous

notions as to people addicted to certain villanies being cured of

their moral diseases by the administration of a hundred a year. In

some round-about ways he had put the idea to the proof, and not always

with satisfactory results. He held as an article of faith--nobody

could guess where he found it--that there were people in the world who

could go straighter in prosperity than in adversity. He never would

believe that adversity was a thing to be suffered. He had replied to a

Protestant divine on that subject, illustrated in the case of a

starving family, that that might be, only it was no concern of his,

and he would not act upon the theory. And the result was a thriving,

thankful family in Australia, to whom Mr. Brewer was always, ever

after, sending valuable commodities, and receiving flower-seeds and

skins of gaudy feathered birds in return.

Mr. Brewer had a daughter, Claudia was her name. "A Bible name," said

Mr. Brewer, and bowed his head, and felt he had done his duty by the

girl. What more could he do? She went to school, and was at school

when he was paying money in Mrs. Morier's parlor. She was then ten

years old; and being a clever child, she had, in the holidays just

over, chosen to talk French, and nothing else, to a friend whom she

had been allowed to bring with her. A thing that had caused great

perturbation in the soul of her honest father, who prayed in a

wordless, but real anxiety, that the Bible name might not be thrown

away on the glib-tongued little gipsy. It will be perceived that

Claudia was a difficulty.

Now, when Mr. Brewer was gone out of Mrs. Morier's house, the mother

took up the money, wiped her eyes, and said, "What a good boy George

was." And Mary said "_Yes;_" and knew in her heart that if there had

been any chance of George living, Mr. Brewer would never have done

_that_.

George died. There was money, just enough for all wants. Lucia came

home engaged to the married to Mr. Erskine. And when she was gone

there went with her a certain seven hundred pounds, her fortune,

settled--what a silly mockery Mr. Erskine thought it--on her children.

The loss made the two who were left very poor. Lucia sent her mother

gifts, but the regular and to be reckoned on eight-and-twenty pounds a

year were gone. She who had eaten, drank, and dressed was gone

too--but still it was a loss; and Mary and her mother were poor. Also,

Mary had long been engaged to be married to the son of a younger

branch of a great county family house, Lansdowne Lorimer by name. He

was in an attorney's office in Marston. In that old-world place, the

attorney, himself of a county family, was a great man. It was hard to

see Lucia marry a man of money and land, young Lorimer thought, so he

advised Mary to assert their independence of all earthly

considerations, and marry too. And they did so.

The young man had no father or mother. He had angry uncles and

insolent aunts, and family friends, all to be respected, and prophets

of evil, every one of them. He had, also, a place in the office, a

clear head, a determined will, a handsome {22} person, a good

pedigree, and a beautiful wife. She, also, had her eight-and-twenty

pounds a year. But they gave it back regularly to Mrs. Morier; for,

you know, they, the young people, _were_ young, and they could work.

Mrs. Morier never spent this money. She and Jenifer, the prime

minister of that court of loyal love, put it by, against the evil day,

and they had just enough for themselves and the cat to live upon

without it.

The county families asked their imprudent kinsman to visit them with

his bride. How they flouted her. How they advised her. How they

congratulated her that she had always been poor. How they assured her

that she would be poor for ever. How, too, they feared that Lansdowne

would never bear hard work, nor anxiety, nor any other of those

troubles which were so very sure to happen. How surprised they were at

the three pretty silk dresses, the one plain white muslin, and the

smart best white net. How they scorned when they heard that she and

Jenifer, and her mother, and a girl at eightpence a day, had made them

all. And, then, how they sunned themselves in her wonderful beauty,

and accepted the world's praises of it, and kept the triumph

themselves, and handed over to her the gravest warnings of its being a

dangerous gift.

Dangerous, indeed! it was the pride of Lorimer's life. And Mary was

accomplished, far more really accomplished than the lazy, half-taught

creatures who had never said to themselves that they might have to

play and sing, and speak French and Italian, for their or their

children's bread. Mary had said it to herself many a time since her

heart had been given to the man who was her husband. A true, brave,

loving heart it was, and that which her common sense had whispered to

it that heart was strong to do, and would be found doing if the day of

necessity ever came. So, at that Castle Dangerous where the bride and

bridegroom were staying, Mary outshone others, and was not the

better loved for that; and one old Lady Caroline crowned the triumph

by ordering a piano-forte for the new home at Marston, with a savage

"Keep up what you know, child; you may be glad of it one day." Old

Lady Caroline was generally considered as a high-bred privileged

savage. But that was the only savage thing she ever said to Mary. She

told Lorimer that he was a selfish, unprincipled brute for marrying

anybody so perfect and so pretty. And Lorimer bore her

misrepresentations with remarkable patience, only making her a

ceremonious bow, and saying in a low voice, "You know better." "I know

you will starve," and she walked off without an answer.

They did not starve. In fact, they prospered, till one sad day when

Lorimer caught cold--and again and again caught cold--cough, pain,

symptoms of consumption--a short, sad story; and then the great end,

death. Mary was a widow three years after her wedding day, with a

child of two years of age at her side, and an income from a life

insurance made by her husband of one hundred a year. We have seen the

child--grown to a beautiful girl of seventeen--we have seen her in the

room with Mr. Erskine, at the inn at Hull.

Mrs. Lorimer went back to live with her mother, Jenifer, and the great

white cat.

The year after this great change, Mrs. Brewer died, and Claudia at

thirteen was a greater difficulty than ever. The first holidays after

the departure of the good mother, the puzzled father had written to

the two Miss Gainsboroughs to bring the child to Marston and stay at

his house during the holidays. He entertained them for a week, and

then went off on a tour through Holland. The next holidays he proposed

that they should take a house at Brighton, and that he should pay all

expenses. This, too, was done, and Mr. Brewer went to a hotel and

there made friends with his precocious daughter in a way that

surprised and pleased {23} him. He visited the young lady, and she

entertained him. He hired horses, and they rode together. He took

boxes at the theatre, and they made parties and went together. He gave

the girl jewelry and fine clothes, and they really got to know each

other, and to enjoy life together as could never have been the case

had they not been thus left to their own way. The child no longer felt

herself of a different world from that of her parents--the father had

a companion in the child who could grace his position, and keep her

own. They parted with love and anxious lookings forward to the summer

meeting. They were both in possession of a new happiness. When Mr.

Brewer got back to Marston, he led a dull, dreamy life--a year and a

half of widowhood passed--then he went to Mrs. Morier's, saw Mary, and

asked her to be his wife. It is not easy to declare why Mary Lorimer

said--after some weeks of wondering-mindedness--why she said "Yes."

She knew all Mr. Brewer's goodness. She preferred, no doubt, not to

wound a heart that had so often sympathized with the wounded. She

never, in her life, could have borne to see him vexed without great

vexation herself. She liked that he should be rewarded. She was

interested in Claudia. She liked the thought of two hundred a year

settled on her mother. She liked to feel that her own little Mary

might be brought up as grandly as any of those little saucy "county

family" damsels, her cousins, who already looked down on her, and

scorned her pink spotted calico frock.

Mary and Mr. Brewer walked quietly to church; Mrs. Morier still in

astonishment, and Jenifer "dazed;" bat all the working people loved

Mr. Brewer. And they walked back, man and wife, to her mother's house,

and had a quiet substantial breakfast before they started for London.

And when there Mr. Brewer told her that they were not to return to the

respectable stone-fronted house facing the market-place in Marston,

but that he had bought Lord Byland's property--and that Beremouth was

theirs. Beremouth, with its spreading park, and river, and lake, its

miles of old pasture-land, its waving ferns, and dappled deer;

Beremouth, with its forest and gardens, royal oaks and twisted

hawthorn trees; Beremouth, the finest place in the county. And all

that Mary felt was, that he who had kept this secret, had had a true

hero's delicacy, and had never thought to bribe her, or to get her by

purchase into his home. I think she almost loved him then.

In due time, after perhaps six months of wandering, and of

preparation, Mr. and Mrs. Brewer arrived at their new home, made

glorious by all that taste and art could do, with London energy

working with the power of gold. With them came Claudia. The child

loved her new mother with an abandonment of heart and a perfect

approval. She was still too young to argue, but she was not too young

to feel. The mother she had now got, though not much more than ten

years older than herself, was the mother to love, admire, delight

in--is the mother who could understand her.

Then Beremouth just suited this young lady's idea of what was worth

having in this world; and without any evil thought of the homely

mother who had gone, there was a thought that "Mother-Mary," as Mrs.

Brewer was called by her step-daughter, looked right at Beremouth, and

that another class of person would have looked wrong there--so wrong

that her father under such circumstances would never have put himself

in the position of trying the experiment.

Minnie Lorimer was very happy in her great play-ground; for all the

world, and all life, was play to little Minnie. She loved her new

sister; and the new sister patronized and petted her, so all seemed

right. It was, indeed, a great happiness for Claudia that her father

had chosen Mary Lorimer. Claudia was a vixenish, little handsome

gipsy; very clever, very {24} high-spirited, full of life, health, and

fun--a girl who could have yielded to very few, and who brought the

homage of heart and mind to "Mother-Mary," and rejoiced in doing it.

These two grew to be great friends, and when after three years Claudia

came home and came out, all parties were happy.

In the meantime Mr. Brewer's way in the world had been straight,

plain, and rapidly travelled. The county was at his feet. Mary was no

longer congratulated on having been brought up to poverty. Behind her

back there were plenty of people to say that Mr. Brewer was happy in

having for his wife a well connected gentlewoman. Her pedigree was

told, her poverty forgotten. Her singing and playing, dancing and

drawing, were none the worse for unknown thousands a year. And people

wondered less openly at the splendor of velvets and diamonds than they

had at the new muslin gown. To Mary herself life was very different in

every way. Daily, more and more, she admired her husband, and approved

of him. It was the awakening into life of a new set of feelings. She

knew none of the love and devotion she had felt for her first husband.

Mr. Brewer never expected any of it. But he intended that she should,

in some other indescribable manner, fall in love with him, and she was

doing it every day--which thing her husband saw, and welcomed life

with great satisfaction in consequence.

It was when Claudia came out that the man we have seen, Horace

Erskine, first came to them. He was just of age. Mary did not like

him. She could give no reason for it. Her sister had always praised

him--but Mary _could_ not like him. He came to them for a series of

gay doings, and Mr. Brewer admired him, and Claudia--poor little

Claudia! She gave him that strong heart of hers; that spirit that

could break sooner than bend was quite enslaved--she loved him, and he

had asked for her love, and vowed a hundred times that he could never

be happy without it. He asked her of her father, and Mr. Brewer

consented. It was not for Mary to say no; but her heart went cold in

its fear, and she was very sorry.

The Erskines in Scotland were delighted--all deemed doing well. But

when Horace Erskine talked to Mr. Brewer about money, he was told that

Claudia would have on her marriage five thousand pounds; and ten

thousand more if she survived him would be forthcoming on his death--

that was all. "Enough for a woman," said Mr. Brewer; and Erskine was

silent. It went on for a few weeks, Horace, being flighty and odd,

Claudia, for the first time in her life, humble and endearing. Then he

told her that to him money was necessary; then he asked her to appeal

to her father for more; then she treated the request lightly, and, at

last, positively refused. If she had not enough, he could leave her.

If he left her, would she take the blame on herself? It would injure

him in his future hopes and prospects to have it supposed to be _his_

doing if they parted? Yes, she said. It was the easiest thing in the

world. Who cared?--not he of course--and, certainly, not Claudia

Brewer. It broke her heart to find him vile. But she was too

discerning not to see the truth; her great thought now was to hide it.

To hide too from every one, even from "Mother-Mary," that her heart

felt death-struck--that the whole place was poisoned to her--that life

at Beremouth was loathsome.

She took a strange way of hiding it.

A county election was going on. The man whom Mr. Brewer hoped to see

elected was a guest at Beremouth. An old, grey-haired, worldly,

statesmanlike man. A man who petted Claudia, and admired her; and who

suddenly woke up one day to a thought--a question--a species of

amusing suggestion, which grew into a {25} profound wonder, and then

even warmed into a hope--surely that pretty bright young heiress liked

him, had a fancy to be the second Lady Greystock. It was a droll

thought at first, and he played with it; a flattering fancy, and he

encouraged it. He was an honest man. He knew that he was great,

clever, learned. Was there anything so wonderful in a woman loving

him? He settled the question by asking Claudia. And she promised to be

his wife with a real and undisguised gladness. Her spirit and her

determination were treading the life out of her heart. She was sincere

in her gladness. She thought she could welcome any duties that took

her away from life at Beremouth, and gave her place and position

elsewhere.

Mary suspected much, and feared everything. But Claudia felt and knew

too much to speak one word of the world of hope and joy and love that

had gone away from her. She declared that she liked her old love, and

gloried in his grey hairs, and in the great heart that had stooped to

ask for hers.

Now what are we to say of Horace Erskine? Was he wholly bad? First, he

had never loved Claudia with a real devotion. He had admired her; she

had loved him. He had gambled--green turf and green cloth--gambled

and recklessly indulged himself till he had got upon the way to ruin,

and had begun the downward path, and was glad to be stopped in that

slippery descent by a marriage with an heiress. There was a sparkle,

an originality, about Claudia. It was impossible not to be taken with

her. But Claudia with only _that_ fortune was of no use to him. He

knew she was brave and true-hearted; so he boldly asked her to guard

his name--in fact, to give him up, and not injure his next chance with

a better heiress by telling the truth. _He_ told _her_ the truth; that

he wanted money, and money he must have. She would not tell him that

the worst part of her trial was the loss of her idol. It was despising

him that broke her heart. But because he had been her idol she would

never injure him--never tell.

So the day came, and at Marston church she married Sir Geoffrey

Greystock, "Mother-Mary" wondering; Mr. Brewer believing, in the

innocence of his heart, that the fancy for Horace Erskine had been a

bit of the old wilfulness. "The last bit--the last," he said, as he

spoke of it to her that very day, making her chilled heart knock

against her side as he spoke, and kissed her, and sent her with

blessings from the Beremouth that she had married to get away from.

_To get away_--it had more to do with her marrying than any other

thought. To get away from the house, the spreading pastures, the

bright garden, and above all from the _old deer pond_ in the park--the

most beautiful of all the many lovely spots that nature and art, and

time and taste, had joined to create and adorn Beremouth. The old deer

pond in the park! Sheltered by ancient oak; backed by interlacing

boughs of old hawthorn trees; shadowed by tall, shining, dark dense

holly, that glowed through the winter with its red berries, and

contrasted with the long fair wreaths of hawthorn flowers in the sweet

smiling spring. There, in this now dreaded place, Horace Erskine had

first spoken of love; and there how often had he promised her the

happiness that had gone out of her life--for ever. In the terrible

nights, when her broken-hearted pains were strongest, this deer pond

in the park had been before her closed eyes like a vision. In its

waters she saw in her sleep her face and his, so happy, so loving, so

trusting, so true. Then the picture in that water changed, and she

watched it in her feverish dreams with horror, but yet was obliged to

gaze, and the truth went out of his face, and the terror came into

hers. And, worse and worse, he grew threatening--he was cold--he had

never loved--he was killing her; and she fell, fell from her height of

happiness; no protecting {26} arm stayed her, and the dark waters

opened, and she heard the rushing sound of their deadly waves closing

over her, as she sunk--sunk--again and again, night after night Oh, to

get away, to get away! And she blessed Sir Geoffrey, and when he said

he was too old to wait for a wife she was glad, for she had no wish to

wait. Change, absence, another home, another life, another

world--these things she wanted, and they had come. Is it any wonder

that she took them as the man who is dying of thirst takes the

longed-for draught, and drains the cup of mercy to the dregs?

It was a happy day to marry. Mr. Brewer had not only an excuse, but a

positively undeniable reason for being bountiful and kind. For once he

could openly, and as a matter of duty, make the sad hearts in

Marston--and elsewhere--sing for joy. His blessings flowed so

liberally that he had to apologize. It was only for once--he begged

everybody's pardon, but it could never happen again; he had but this

one child, and she was a bride, and so if they would forgive

everything this once! And many a new life of gladness was begun that

day; many a burden then lost its weight; many a record went up to the

Eternal memory to meet that man at the inevitable hour.

Little Mary was the loveliest bridesmaid the world ever saw; standing

alone like an angel by her dark sister's side. She was the only thing

that Claudia grieved to leave. She was glad to flee away from

"Mother-Mary." She dreaded lest those sweet wistful eyes should read

her heart one day; and she could not help rejoicing to get away from

that honest, open-hearted father's sight. Her poor, wrecked, shrunken

heart--her withered life, could not bear the contrast with his free,

kind, bounteous spirit that gave such measure of love, pressed down

and running over, to all who wanted it. Her old husband, Sir Geoffrey,

resembled that great good heart in whose love she had learnt to think

all men true, more than did her young lover Horace Erskine--she could

be humble and thankful to Sir Geoffrey; a well-placed approval was a

better thing than an ill-placed love. So with that little vision of

beauty, Minnie Lorimer, by her side, Claudia became Sir Geoffrey's

wife.

Four months past, the bride and bridegroom were entertaining a grand

party at their fine ancestral home, and Mr. Brewer was the father of a

son and heir. Horace Erskine read both announcements in the paper one

morning, and ground his teeth with vexation. He went to his desk and

took out three letters, a long lock of silky hair, a small

miniature--these things he had begged to keep. Laughing, he had argued

that he was almost a relation. His uncle had married "Mother-Mary's"

sister. She had had no strength to debate with him. She had chosen to

wear the mask of indifference, too, to him. He now made these things

into a parcel and sent them to Sir Geoffrey Greystock without one word

of explanation. When they were gone he wrote to his uncle, begged for

some money, got it, and started for Vienna. The money met him in

London, and he crossed to France the same day.

In the midst of great happiness the strong heart of good Sir Geoffrey

stood still. His wife sought him. She found him in his chair in a fit.

On a little table by his side was the parcel just received. Claudia

knew all. She took the parcel into the room close by, called her

dressing room, rung for help, but in an hour Sir Geoffrey was dead;

and Claudia had burnt the letters and the lock of silky hair.

The business of parliament, the excitement attendant on his marriage

with that beautiful girl, the entertainment of that great house full

of company--these reasons the world reckoned up, and found sufficient

to answer the questions and the wonderings on Sir Geoffrey's death.

But when those solemn walls no longer knew their master, Claudia, into

whose new life the new things held but an {27} unsteady place, grew

ill. First of all, sleepless nights: how could she sleep with the

sound of those waters by the deer pond in her ears? How could she help

gazing perpetually at the picture on the pond's still surface: Horace

and Sir Geoffrey, and herself not able to turn aside the death-stroke,

but standing, fettered by she knew not what, in powerless misery, only

obliged to see the changing face of her husband till the dead seemed

to be again before her, and Horace melted out of sight, and she woke,

dreading fever and praying against delirium? She was overcome at last.

Terrible hours came, and "Mother-Mary's" sweet face mingling with some

strong, subduing, life-endangering dream, was the first thing that

seemed to bring her back to better things, and to restore her to

herself.

In fact, Claudia had had brain fever, and whether or not she was ever

to know real health again was a problem to be worked out by time.

Would she come back to her father's house? No! The very name of

Beremouth was to be avoided. Would she go abroad? Oh, no; there was a

dread of separation upon her. "Somewhere where you can easily hear of

me, and I of you; where you can come and see me, for I shall never see

Beremouth again." It was her own thought, and so, about five miles

from Beremouth, in the house of a Doctor Rankin, who took ladies out

of health into his family, Claudia determined to go. It was every way

the best thing that could be done, for every day showed more strongly

than the last that Claudia would never be what is emphatically called

"herself" again. So people said.

Dr. Rankin was kind, learned, and wise; Mrs. Rankin warm-hearted and

friendly. Other patients beside Lady Greystock were there. It was not

a private asylum, and Claudia was not mad; it was really what it

called itself, a home which the sick might share, with medical

attendance, cheerful company, and out-door recreations in a well-kept

garden and extensive grounds of considerable beauty. Claudia had known

Dr. and Mrs. Rankin, and had called with her father at Blagden, where

they lived. And there her father and "Mother-Mary" took her three

months after her husband's death, looking really aged, feeble, and

strangely sad.

After a time--it was a long time--Claudia was said to be well.

"Perfectly recovered," said Dr. Rankin, "and in really satisfactory

health." So she was when Minnie Lorimer stood in the room at the inn

in Hull, talking to that very Horace Erskine, who was bringing her

home from her aunt's in Scotland to her mother at Beremouth.

"Sweet seventeen!" Very sweet and beautiful, pleasing the eye,

gratifying the mind, filling the heart with hope, and setting

imagination at play--Minnie Lorimer was beautiful, and with all that

peculiar beauty about her that belongs to "a spoilt child" who has not

been spoilt after all.

Claudia--how old she looked! Claudia, with that one only shadow on her

once bright face, was still living with Dr. and Mrs. Rankin. It was

Lady Greystock's pleasure to live with them. She said she had grown

out of the position of a patient, and into their hearts as a friend.

"Was it not so?" she asked. It was impossible to deny that which

really brought happiness to everybody. "Well, then, I shall build on a

few rooms to the house, and I shall call them mine, and I shall add to

the coach-house, and hire a cottage for my groom and his wife--I shall

live here. Why not? You will take care of me, and feed me, and scold

me, and find me a good guidable creature. You know I shall be ill if

you refuse."

It all happened as she chose. Hers was the prettiest carriage in the

county, the best horses, the most perfectly appointed little

household--for she had her own servants. Among her most devoted

friends were the good doctor and his wife. Lady Greystock was as

positive and as much given to {28} govern as the clever little Claudia

in school-girl days. But the arrangement was a success, and

"Mother-Mary," who saw her constantly, was very glad. Only one trouble

survived; Claudia would never go and stay at Beremouth. She would

drive her ponies merrily to the door, and even spend an hour or two

within the house, but never would she stay there--never! She used to

say to herself that she dared not trust herself with the things that

had witnessed her love, her sorrow, her marriage--with the things that

told her of him who had ruined everything like a murderer--as he was.

And so, to save appearances, she used to say that she never stayed

away from Blagden for a single night, and she never left off black. It

was not that she wore a widow's dress, or covered up the glories of

her beautiful hair. She was but twenty-nine at the moment recorded in

the first page of this story. She was very thin and pale, but she was

a strong woman, and one who required no more care than any other

person; but she had determined never again to see Horace Erskine. What

he had done had become known to her, as we have seen. She only

bargained with life, as it were, in this way, that _that_ man should

be out of it for ever. And for this it was that she made her

resolution and kept it.

Horace Erskine had been abroad for some years; but though she had felt

safe in that fact, she had looked into the future and kept her

resolution. And so she lived on at Blagden, doing good, blessing the

poor, comforting the afflicted, visiting the sick, and beautifying all

things, and adorning all places that came within her reach. Certain

things she was young enough to enjoy greatly; the chief of these was

the contemplation of Frederick Brewer, her half-brother, a fine boy of

nine years old, for nine years of widowhood had been passed, and

through all that time this boy, her dear father's son, had been Lady

Greystock's delight. She loved "Mother-Mary" all the better for having

given him to her father, and she felt a strong, unutterable

thanksgiving that, his birth having been expected, the test of whether

or not Horace Erskine loved her for herself had been applied before

she had become chained to so terrible a destiny as that of being wife

to a thankless, disappointed man. Terrible as her great trial had

been, she might have suffered that which, to one of her temper, would

have been far worse. So Fred Brewer would ride over to see his sister.

Day after day the boy's bright face would be laid beside her own, and

to him, and only to him, would she talk of Sir Geoffrey. Then they

would ride together down to Marston to see Mrs. Morier and Jenifer,

who was a true friend, and lived on those terms with the lady who

loved her well; then to the market-place where the old home stood, now

turned into an almshouse of an eccentric sort, with all rules included

under one head, that the dear old souls were to have just whatever

they wanted. Did Martha Gannet keep three parrots, and did they eat as

much as a young heifer? and scream, too? ah, that was their

nature--never go against a dumb creature's nature, Mr. Brewer said

there was always cruelty in that--and did they smell, and give

trouble, and would they be mischievous, and tear Mrs. Betty's cap?

Indeed. Mr. Brewer was delighted. An excellent excuse for giving new

caps to all the inmates, and to look up all troubles, and mend

everybody's griefs--such an excellent thing it was that the fact of

three parrots should lead to the discovery of so many disgraceful

neglects that Mr. Brewer begged leave to apologize very heartily and

sincerely while he diligently repaired them. It was a very odd school

to bring up young Freddy in. But we are obliged to say that he was not

at all the worse for it.

And here we must say what we have not said before. Mr. Brewer was a

Catholic. He and Jenifer were {29} Catholics; Mrs. Brewer had not been

a Catholic; and Claudia had been left to her mother's teaching. When

Freddy was born, Mr. Brewer considered his ways. And what he saw in

his life we may see shortly. He had been born of a Catholic mother who

had died, and made his Protestant father promise to send him to a

Catholic school. He had stood alone in the world, he had always stood

alone in the world. He seemed to see nothing else. Three miles from

Marston was a little dirty sea-port, also a sort of fishing place. A

place that bore a bad character in a good many ways. Some people would

have finished that character by saying that there were Papists there.

To that place every Sunday Mr. Brewer went to mass. Many and many a

lift he had given to Jenifer on those days. How much Jenifer's talk

assisted his choice of Mary for his wife, we may guess. When Freddy

was born Jenifer said her first words on the subject of religion to

Mr. Brewer: "You will have him properly baptized:" "Of course." "Order

me the pony cart, and I'll go to Father Daniels." "I must tell Mrs.

Brewer." "Leave that to me--just send for the cart." It _was_ left to

Jenifer. By night the priest had come and gone. It had not been his

first visit. He had been there many times, and had known that he was

welcome. The Clayton mission had felt the blessing of Mr. Brewer's

gold. He had seldom been at the house in the market-place in Marston,

but at Beremouth Mary had plucked her finest flowers, and sent them

back in the old gentleman's gig, and he had been always made welcome

in her husband's house with a pretty grace and many pleasant

attentions. Now, when Freddy was baptized, Mr. Brewer went to his wife

and bent over her, and said solemnly, "Mary--my dear wife; Mary--I

thank thee, darling. I thank thee, my love." And the single tear that

fell on her cheek she never forgot.

Then Mr. Brewer met Jenifer at his wife's door. "It's like a new life,

Jenifer." And the steady-mannered woman looked in his bright eyes and

saw how true his words were.

"It's a steady life of doing good to everybody that you have ever led,

sir. It was a lonely life once, no doubt. I was dazed when she married

you. But, eh, master; I have _that_ to think about, and _that_ to pray

for, that a'most makes me believe in anything happening to _you_ for

good, when so much is asked for, day and night, in my own prayer."

"Put _us_ into it; let me and mine be in Jenifer's prayer," he said,

and passed on.

TO BE CONTINUED.

----

From The Month.

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES FOR THE STEAM-ENGINE.

The present year has been remarkable for the large number of machines

invented for the purpose of superseding steam, in at least some of its

lighter tasks. Many of these are due to French engineers; being

further proofs, if any were required, of the great activity now

displayed in France in all matters of mechanical invention.

Two of these new engines are especially interesting as illustrating

that all-important law in modern physics, the correlation or

convertibility of forces. By this is meant that the forces of

inanimate nature, such as light, heat, electricity--nay, even the

muscular and nerve forces of living beings--have such a mutual

dependence and connection that each one is only produced or called

into action by another, and only ceases to be manifest when it has

given birth to a fresh force in its turn. Thus motion (in the {30}

shape of friction) produces heat, electricity, or light; heat produces

light or electricity; electricity, magnetism; and so on in an endless

chain, which links together all the phenomena of this visible

universe.

As a metaphysical principle, this is as old as Aristotle, and may be

found dimly foreshadowed in the forcible lines of Lucretius:

"--Pereunt imbres, ubi eos pater aether

In gremium matris terrai praecipitavit;

At nitidae surgunt fruges, ramique virescunt,

Arboribus crescunt ipsae, fetuque gravautur,

Hinc alitar porro nostrum genus atque ferarum.

* * * * * *

Haud igitur penitus pereunt quaecumque videntur,

Quando aliud ex alio reflcit natura, nec ullam

Rem gigni patitur, nisi morte adjuta aliena." [Footnote 8]

[Footnote 8: Lucret. lib. i. 250-65.]

But the rediscovery of this law, as a result of experiment, is due to

English physicists of our own day; and it is so invariably true, and

the produced force is always so perfectly proportioned to the force

producing it, that some [Footnote 9] have gone so far as to revive a

very old hypothesis in philosophy, supposing that all the forces of

nature are but differently expressed forms of the Divine Will.

[Footnote 9: Dr. Carpenter, Philos. Trans. 1840, vol. ii. ]

As a corollary to this law, it follows that many a force of nature,

hitherto neglected because of its position or intractability, may be

turned to practical account by using it to produce some new power,

which may be either stored up or transmitted to a distance, and so can

be employed wherever and whenever it is required. Thus, in the first

machine we propose to notice, a M. Cazal has just hit upon a plan by

which to use the power of falling water at a considerable distance. He

employs a water-wheel to turn a magneto-electric machine (of the kind

used for medical purposes, on a very large scale), and the electric

force so obtained may be conveyed to any distance, and employed there

as a motive power. In this way a mountain stream in the Alps or

Pyrenees may turn a lathe, or set a loom in motion, in a workshop in

Paris or Lyons; or even (as has been remarked), if a wire were laid

across the Atlantic, the whole force of Niagara would be at our

disposal.

The idea is at present quite in its infancy; but we are told that the

few experiments hitherto made show that such an engine is not only

very ingenious but perfectly feasible, and (most important of all)

economical.

The second engine gave promise of considerable success when first

brought out in Paris about eight months ago. It was invented by a M.

Tellier, and proceeds on the principle of storing up force, to be used

when wanted. It has long been well known to chemists that a certain

number of gases (as chlorine, carbonic acid, ammonia, and sulphuretted

hydrogen) can be condensed into liquids by cold or pressure, or both

combined. Of all these gases, ammonia is the most easily liquefied,

requiring for this purpose, at ordinary temperatures, a pressure only

six and a half times greater than that of the atmosphere. A supply of

liquid ammonia obtained in this manner is kept by M. Tellier in a

closed vessel, and surrounded with a freezing mixture, so that it has

but little tendency to return to the gaseous state. A small quantity

is allowed to escape from this reservoir under the piston of the

engine, and, the temperature there being higher than in the reservoir,

the ammonia becomes at once converted into gas, increasing thereby to

more than twelve hundred times its previous bulk, and so driving the

piston with great force to the top of the cylinder. A little water is

now admitted, which entirely dissolves the ammonia, a vacuum being

thus created, and the piston driven down again by the pressure of the

air without. M. Tellier employs three such cylinders, which work in

succession; and the only apparent limit to the power to be obtained

from this machine is the amount of liquid ammonia which would have to

be used, about three gallons (or twenty-two pounds) being required for

each horse-power per hour. There is no waste of material; for the

water which has dissolved {31} the gas is saved, and the ammonia

recovered from it by evaporation, and afterwards condensed into a

liquid. M. Tellier proposed to use his engine for propelling omnibuses

and other vehicles; but it would appear that it is too expensive and

too cumbrous to be practically useful; there can, however, be very

little doubt that the principle will be used with success in some new

form. A patent has quite recently been taken out for such an engine in

England. It will be perceived at once how the ammonia engine

illustrates the law of storing up force. It originates no power of its

own, but simply gives out by degrees the mechanical force which had

been previously employed to change the ammonia from a gas to a liquid.

Lenoir's "gas-engine" has been more successful; for, although but a

few months old, it has been already largely adopted in Parisian

hotels, schools, and other large establishments, for raising lifts,

making ices, and even--for what is not done now-a-days by

machinery?--cleaning boots. In London, it was lately exhibited in

Cranbourne Street, and is now used for turning lathes and for other

light work.

This engine, like the ammonia-engine, is provided with an ordinary

cylinder, into which coal-gas and air are admitted, under the piston,

in the proportions of eleven parts of the latter to one of the former.

The mixture is then exploded by the electric spark, and the remaining

air, being greatly expanded, drives up the piston. When the top is

reached the gas and air are again admitted, but this time above the

piston, and the explosion is repeated, so that the piston is driven

down again. The most ingenious part of the whole thing is the

mechanism by which the electric spark is directed alternately to the

upper and lower ends of the cylinder. This cannot be satisfactorily

explained without a diagram, but is brought about (roughly speaking)

by connecting either end of the cylinder with a semicircle of brass,

which is touched by the "rotary crank" in the course of its

revolution. The crank is already charged with electricity, and so

communicates the electric spark to each of the semicircles in turn.

The cylinder is kept plunged in water, so that there is no fear of its

overheating by the constant explosions.

This engine has cheapness for its main recommendation. A

half-horsepower gas-engine (the commonest power made) costs, when

complete, £65, and consumes twopence worth of gas per hour; while the

cost of keeping the battery active is about fourpence per week.

An engineer of Lyons, M. Millon, has since proposed to use, instead of

coal-gas, the gases produced by passing steam over red-hot coke. These

gases are found to explode rather more quickly than coal-gas, when

mixed with common air, and fired by the electric spark. They will

probably be found cheaper and more efficient when they can be

obtained; but in many cases coal-gas will be the only material

available.

A M. Jules Gros has recently invented an engine in which gun-cotton is

exploded in a strong reservoir and air compressed in another, the

compressed air being afterward employed to move the pistons of the

machine. This sounds more dangerous than it perhaps really is, since

gun-cotton is now known to be more tractable than gunpowder, when

properly used; but we very much doubt whether the machine can be

regular or economical enough to be more than a curiosity.

To close the list of French inventions of this kind, we may state that

Count de Molin has lately patented an electro-magnetic machine, which,

he states, will be more powerful than any previously made. It is too

complicated for a mere verbal description to be of any use; but is

apparently not free from the fault of all electro-magnetic engines, of

costing too much to be of practical value.

{32}

[ORIGINAL]

CHRISTINE.

A TROUBADOUR'S SONG,

IN FIVE CANTOS,

BY GEORGE H. MILES. [Footnote 10]

[Footnote 10: Copyright secured.]

PRELUDE.

The Queen hath built her a fairy Bower

In the shadow of the Accursed Tower,

For the Moslem hath left his blood-stained lair,

And the banner of England waveth there.

Thither she lureth the Lion King

To hear a wandering Trovère sing;

For well she knew the Joyous Art

Was surest path to Richard's heart.

But the Monarch's glance was on the sea--

Sooth, he was scarce in minstrel mood,

For Philip's triremes homeward stood

With all the Gallic chivalry.

And as he watched the filmy sail

Upon the furthest billow fail,

He muttered, "Richard ill can spare

Thee and thy Templars, false and fair;

Yet God hath willed it--home to thee,

Death or Jerusalem for me!"

Then pressing with a knightly kiss

The peerless hand that slept in his,

"Ah, would our own Blondel were here

To try a measure I wove last e'en.

What songster hast thou caught, my Queen,

Whose harp may soothe a Monarch's ear?"

She beckoned, and the Trovère bowed

To many a Lord and Ladye fair

That gathered round the royal pair;

But most his simple song was vowed

To a sweet shape with dark brown hair,

Half hidden in the gentle crowd;

Pale as a spirit, sharply slender.

In maiden beauty's crescent splendor.

And never yet bent Minstrel knee

To Mistress lovelier than she.

{33}

THE FIRST SONG.

I.

Ye have heard of the Castle of Miolan

And how it hath stood since time began,

Midway to yon mountain's brow,

Guarding the beautiful valley below:

Its crest the clouds, its ancient feet

Where the Arc and the Isère murmuring meet

Earth hath few lovelier scenes to show

Than Miolan with its hundred halls,

Its massive towers and bannered walls,

Looming out through the vines and walnut woods

That gladden its stately solitudes.

And there might ye hear but yestermorn

The loud halloo and the hunter's horn,

The laugh of mailèd men at play.

The drinking bout and the roundelay.

But now all is sternest silence there.

Save the bell that calls to vesper prayer;

Save the ceaseless surge of a father's wail,

And, hark! ye may hear the Baron's Tale.

II.

"Come hither. Hermit!--Yestermorn

I had an only son,

A gallant fair as e'er was born,

A knight whose spurs were won

In the red tide by Godfrey's side

At Ascalon.

{34}

"But yestermorn he came to me

For blessing on his lance,

And death and danger seemed to flee

The joyaunce of his glance,

For he would ride to win his Bride,

Christine of France.

"All sparkling in the sun he stood

In mail of Milan dressed,

A scarf, the gift of her he wooed,

Lay lightly o'er his breast.

As, with a clang, to horse he sprang

With nodding crest

"Gaily he grasped the stirrup cup

Afoam with spicy ale,

But as he took the goblet up

Methought his cheek grew pale.

And a shudder ran through the iron man

And through his mail.

"Oft had I seen him breast the shock

Of squire or crownèd king,

His front was firm as rooted rock

When spears were shivering:

I knew no blow could shake him so

From living thing.

"'Twas something near akin to death

That blanched and froze his cheek,

Yet 'twas not death, for he had breath,

And when I bade him speak,

Unto his breast his hand he pressed

With one wild shriek.

"The hand thus clasped upon his heart

So sharply curbed the rein,

Grey Caliph, rearing with a start,

Went bounding o'er the plain

Away, away with echoing neigh

And streaming mane.

"After him sped the menial throng;

I stirred not in my fear;

Perchance I swooned, for it seemed not long

Ere the race did reappear,

And my son still led on his desert-bred.

Grasping his spear.

{35}

"Unchanged in look or limb, he came.

He and his barb so fleet,

His hand still on his heart, the same

Stem bearing in his seat,

And wheeling round with sudden bound

Stopped at my feet.

"And soon as ceased that wildering tramp

'What ails thee, boy?' I cried--

Taking his hand all chill and damp--

'What means this fearful ride?

Alight, alight, for lips so white

Would scare a Bride!'

"But sternly to his steed clove he,

And answer made he none,

I clasped him by his barbèd knee

And there I made my moan;

While icily he stared at me,

At me alone.

"A strange, unmeaning stare was that,

And a page beside me said,

'If ever corse in saddle sat,

Our lord is certes sped!'

But I smote the lad, for it drove me mad

To think him dead.

"What! dead so young, what! lost so soon,

My beautiful, my brave!

Sooner the sun should find at noon

In central heaven a grave!

Sweet Jesu, no, it is not so

When Thou canst save!

"For was he dead and was he sped,

When he could ride so well,

So bravely bear his plumèd head?

Or, was't some spirit fell

In causeless wrath had crossed his path

With fiendish spell?

"Oh. Hermit, 'twas a cruel sight.

And He, who loves to bless,

Ne'er sent on son such bitter blight.

On sire such sore distress,

Such piteous pass, and I, alas,

So powerless!

{36}

"They would have ta'en him from his horse

The while I wept and prayed,

They would have lain him like a corse

Upon a litter made

Of traversed spear and martial gear.

But I forbade.

"I gazed into his face again,

I chafed his hand once more,

I summoned him to speak, in vain--

He sat there as before,

While the gallant Grey in dumb dismay

His rider bore.

"Full well, full well Grey Caliph then

The horror seemed to know.

E'en deeper than my mailèd men

Methought he felt our woe;

For the barbed head of the desert-bred

Was drooping low.

"Amazed, aghast, he gazed at me,

That mourner true and good.

Then backward at my boy looted he.

As if a word he sued.

And like sculptured pile in abbey aisle

The train there stood.

"I took the rein: the frozen one

Still fast in saddle sate.

As tremblingly I led him on

Toward the great castle gate.

O walls mine own, why have ye grown

So desolate?--

"I led them to the castle gate

And paused before the shrine

Where throned in state from earliest date,

Protectress of our line.

Madonna pressed close to her breast

The Babe Divine.

"And kneeling lowly at her feet,

I begged the Mother mild

That she would sue her Jesu sweet

To aid my stricken child;

And the meek stone face flashed full of grace

As if she smiled.

{37}

"And methought the eyes of the Full of Grace

Upon my darling shone,

Till living seemed that marble face

And the living man seemed stone,

While a halo played round the Mother Maid

And round her Son.

"And there was radiance everywhere

Surpassing light of day,

On man and horse, on shield and spear

Burned the bright, blinding ray;

But most it shone on my only one

And his gallant Grey.

"A sudden clang of armor rang,

My boy lay on the sward.

Up high in air Grey Caliph sprang,

An instant fiercely pawed.

Then trembling stood aghast and viewed

His fallen lord.

"Then with the flash of fire away

Like sunbeam o'er the plain,

Away, away with echoing neigh

And wildly waving mane.

Away he sped, loose from his head

The flying rein.

"I watched the steed from pass to pass

Unto the welkin's rim,

I feared to turn my eyes, alas,

To trust a look at him;

And when I turned, my temples burned

And all grew dim.

"Sweet if such swoon could endless be,

Yet speedily I woke

And missed my boy: they showed him me

Full length on bed of oak.

Clad as 'twas meet in mail complete

And sable cloak.

"All of our race upon that bier

Had rested one by one,

I had seen my father lying there,

And now there lay my son!

Ah! my sick soul bled the while it said--

'Thy will be done!'

{38}

"Bright glanced the crest, bright gleamed the spur,

That well had played their part,

His lance still clasped, nor could they stir

His left hand from his heart;

There fast it clove, nor would it move

With all their art

"I found no voice, I shed no tear.

They thought me well resigned.

All else who stood around the bier

With weeping much were blind;

And a mourning voice went through the house

Like a low wind.

"And there was sob of aged man

And woman's wailing cry,

All cheeks were wan, all eyes o'erran,

Yon fair-haired maidens sigh.

And one apart with breaking heart

Weeps bitterly.

"But sharper than spear-thrust, I trow,

Their wailing through me went;

Stem silence suited best my woe,

And, howe'er well the intent.

Their menial din seemed half akin

To merriment

"For oh, such grief was mock to mine

Whose days were all undone.

The last of all this ancient line

To share whose grief was none!

Straight from the hall I barred them all

And stood alone.

"'Receive me now, thou bed of oak!'

I fell upon the bier.

And, Hermit, when this morning broke

It found me clinging there.

O maddening morn! That day dare dawn

On such a pair!

"I sent for thee, thou man of God,

To watch with me to-night;

My boy still liveth, by the rood,

Nor shall be funeral rite!--

But, Hermit, come: this is the room:

There lies the Knight!"

{39}

III.

But she apart

With breaking heart?--

That very yestermorn she stood

In the deepest shade of the walnut wood,

As a Knight rode by on his raven steed,

Crying, "Daughter mine, hast thou done the deed?

I gave thee the venom, I gave thee the spell,

A jealous heart might use them well."

But she waved her white arms and only said,

"On oaken bier is Miolan laid!"

"Dead!" laughed the Knight. "Then round Pilate's Peak

Let the red light burn and the eagle shriek.

When Miolan? heir lies on the bier,

Low is the only lance I fear:

I ride, I ride to win my Bride,

Ho, Eblis, to thy servant's side.

Thou hast sworn no foe

Shall lay me low

Till the dead in arms against me ride!"

------

THE SECOND SONG.

I.

They passed into an ancient hall

With oaken arches spanned.

Full many a shield hung on the wall,

Full many a broken brand.

And barbèd spear and scimetar

From Holy Land.

And scarfs of dames of high degree

With gold and jewels rich,

And many a mouldered effigy

In many a mouldering niche,

Like grey sea shells whose crumbling cells

Bestrew the beach.

{40}

The sacred dead possessed the place,

The silent cobweb wreathed

The tombs where slept that warrior race,

With swords for ever sheathed:

You seemed to share the very air

Which they had breathed.

Oh, darksome was that funeral room,

Those oaken arches dim,

The torchlight, struggling through the gloom,

Fell faint on effige grim,

On dragon dread and carvèd head

Of Cherubim.

Of Cherubim fast by a shrine

Whereon the last sad rite

Was wont for all that ancient line,

For dame and belted knight--

A shrine of Moan which death alone

Did ever light.

But light not now that altar stone

While hope of life remain,

Though darksome be that altar lone,

Unlit that funeral fane,

Save by the rays cast by the blaze

Of torches twain.

Of torches twain at head and heel

Of him who seemeth dead,

Who sleepeth so well in his coat of steel.

His cloak around him spread--

The young Knight fair, who lieth there

On oaken bed.

One hand still fastened to his heart.

The other on his lance,

While through his eyelids, half apart.

Life seemeth half to glance.

"Sweet youth awake, for Jesu's sake,

From this strange trance!"

But heed or answer there is none.

Then knelt that Hermit old;

To Mother Mary and her Son

Full many a prayer he told,

Whose wondrous words the Church records

In lettered gold:

{41}

And many a precious litany

And many a pious vow,

Then rising said, "If fiend it be,

That fiend shall leave thee now!"

And traced the sign of the Cross divine

On lips and brow.

As well expect yon cherub's wings

To wave at matin bell!

Not all the relics of the kings

Could break that iron spell.

"Pray for the dead, let mass be said,

Toll forth the knell!"

"Not yet!" the Baron gasped and sank

As if beneath a blow,

With lips all writhing as they drank

The dregs of deepest woe;

With eyes aglare, and scattered hair

Tossed to and fro.

So swings the leaf that lingers last

When wintry tempests sweep,

So reels when storms have stripped the mast

The galley on the deep,

So nods the snow on Eigher's brow

Before the leap.

Uncertain 'mid his tangled hair

His palsied fingers stray,

He smileth in his dumb despair

Like a sick child at play.

Though wet, I trow, with tears eno'

That beard so grey.

Oh, Hermit, lift him to your breast,

There best his heart may bleed;

Since none but heaven can give him rest,

Heaven's priest must meet his need:

Dry that white beard, now wet and weird

As pale sea-weed.

Uprising slowly from the ground,

With short and frequent breath.

In aimless circles, round and round,

The Baron tottereth

With trailing feet, a mourner meet

For house of death.

{42}

Till, pausing by the shrine of Moan,

He said, the while he wept,

"Here, Hermit, here mine only one,

When all the castle slept,

As maiden knight, o'er armor bright,

His first watch kept.

"This is the casque that first he wore,

And this his virgin shield.

This lance to his first tilt he bore,

With this first took the field--

How light, how lâche to that huge ash

He now doth wield!

"This blade hath levelled at a blow

The she-wolf in her den.

With this red falchion he laid low

The slippery Saracen.

God! will that hand, so near his brand,

Ne'er strike again?

"Frown not on him, ye men of old.

Whose glorious race is run;

Frown not on him, my fathers bold.

Though many the field ye won:

His name and los may mate with yours

Though but begun!

"Receive him, ye departed brave,

Unlock the gates of light.

And range yourselves about his grave

To hail a brother knight.

Who never erred in deed or word

Against the right!

"But is he dead and is he sped

Withouten scathe or scar?

Why, Hermit, he hath often bled

From sword and scimetar--

I've seen him ride, wounds gaping wide,

From war to war.

"And hath a silent, viewless thing

Laid danger's darling low,

When youth and hope were on the wing

And life in morning glow?

Not yonder worm in winter's storm

Perisheth so!

{43}

"Oh, Hermit, thou hast heard, I ween,

Of trances long and deep,

But, Hermit, hast thou ever seen

That grim and stony sleep.

And canst thou tell how long a spell

Such slumbers keep?

"Oh, be there naught to break the charm,

To thaw this icy chain;

Has Mother Church no word to warm

These freezing lips again;

Be holy prayer and balsams rare

Alike in vain? . . . .

"A curse on thy ill-omened head;

Man, bid me not despair;

Churl, say not that a Knight is dead

When he can couch his spear;

When he can ride--Monk, thou hast lied.

He lives, I swear!

"Up from that bier! Boy, to thy feet!

Know'st not thy father's voice?

Thou ne'er hast disobeyed . . . is't meet

A sire should summon thrice?

By these grey hairs, by these salt tears,

Awake, arise!

"Ho, lover, to thy ladye flee,

Dig deep the crimson spur;

Sleep not 'twixt this lean monk and me

When thou shouldst kneel to her!

Oh 'tis a sin, Christine to win

And thou not stir!

"Ho, laggard, hear yon trumpet's note

Go sounding to the skies,

The lists are set, the banners float.

Yon loud-mouthed herald cries,

'Ride, gallant knights, Christine invites.

Herself the prize!'

"Ho, craven, shun'st thou the melée,

When she expects thy brand

To prove to-day in fair tourney

A title to her hand?

Up, dullard base, or by the mass

I'll make thee stand!" . . . .

{44}

Thrice strove he then to wrench apart

Those fingers from the spear.

Thrice strove to sever from the heart

The hand that rested there.

Thrice strove in vain with frantic strain

That shook the bier.

Thrice with the dead the living strove,

Their armor rang a peal,

The sleeping knight he would not move

Although the sire did reel:

That stately corse defied all force,

Stubborn as steel.

"Ay, dead, dead, dead!" the Baron cried;

"Dear Hermit, I did rave.

O were we sleeping side by side! . .

Good monk, I penance crave

For all I said .... Ay, he is dead,

Pray heaven to save!

"Betake thee to thy crucifix,

And let me while I may

Rain kisses on these frozen cheeks

Before they know decay.

Leave me to weep and watch and keep

The worm at bay.

"Thou wilt not spare thy prayers, I trust;

But name not now the grave--

I'll watch him to the very dust! ....

So, Hermit, to thy cave.

Whilst here I cling lest creeping thing

Insult the brave!"

------

Why starts the Hermit to his feet,

why springs he to the bier,

Why calleth he on Jesu sweet,

Staying the starting tear.

What whispereth he half trustfully

And half in fear?

{45}

"Sir Knight, thy ring hath razed his flesh--

'Twas in thy frenzy done;

Lo, from his wrist how fast and fresh

The blood-drops trickling run;

Heaven yet may wake, for Mary's sake,

Thy warrior son.

"Heap ashes on thy head, Sir Knight,

In sackcloth gird thee well,

The shrine of Moan must blaze in light,

The morning mass must swell;

Arouse from sleep the castle keep,

Sound every bell!"

They come, pale maid and mailèd man

They throng into the hall,

The watcher from the barbican,

The warder from the wall.

And she apart, with breaking heart,

The last of all.

"__Introibo! _Introibo!_"

The morning mass begins;

"_Mea culpa! mea culpa!_"

Forgive us all our sins;

And the rapt Hermit chaunts with streaming eyes,

That seem to enter Paradise,

"_Gloria! Gloria!_"

The shrine of Moan had never known

That gladdest of all hymns.

------

II.

The fair-haired maiden standeth apart

In the chapel gloom, with breaking heart.

But a smile broke over her face as she said,

"The draught was well measured, I ween;

He liveth, thank Allah, but not to wed

His beautiful Christine.

No lance hath Miolan couched to-day:

Let the bride for the bridegroom watch, and pray.

Till the lists shall hear the shriek

Of the Dauphin's daughter borne away

By the Knight of Pilate's Peak."

TO BE CONTINUED.

{46}

A LETTER TO THE REV. E. B. PUSEY, D.D.,

ON HIS RECENT EIRENICON.

BY JOHN HENRY NEWMAN, D.D.,

OF THE ORATORY.

Veni, Domine, et noli tardare,

relaxa facinora plebi tuae;

et rovoca dispersos in terram suam.

No one who desires the union of

Christendom, after its many and

long-standing divisions, can have any other

feeling than joy, my dear Pusey, at

finding from your recent volume that

you see your way to make definite

proposals to us for effecting that

great object, and are able to lay down

the basis and conditions on which you

could co-operate in advancing it. It

is not necessary that we should concur

in the details of your scheme, or

in the principles which it involves, in

order to welcome the important fact

that, with your personal knowledge of the Anglican body, and your

experience of its composition and tendencies, you consider the time to

be come when you and your friends may, without imprudence, turn your

minds to the contemplation of such an enterprise. Even were you an

individual member of that church, a watchman upon a high tower in a

metropolis of religious opinion, we should naturally listen with

interest to what you had to report of the state of the sky and the

progress of the night, what stars were mounting up or what clouds

gathering; what were the prospects of the three great parties which

Anglicanism contains within it, and what was just now the action upon

them respectively of the politics and science of the time. You do not

go into these matters; but the step you have taken is evidently the

measure and the issue of the view which you have formed of them all.

However, you are not a mere individual; from early youth you have

devoted yourself to the Established Church, and after between forty

and fifty years of unremitting labor in its service, your roots and

your branches stretch out through every portion of its large

territory. You, more than any one else alive, have been the present

and untiring agent by whom a great work has been effected in it; and,

far more than is usual, you have received in your lifetime, as well as

merited, the confidence of your brethren. You cannot speak merely for

yourself; your antecedents, your existing influence, are a pledge to

us that what you may determine will be the determination of a

multitude. Numbers, too, for whom you cannot properly be said to

speak, will be moved by your authority or your arguments; and numbers,

again, who are of a school more recent than your own, and who are only

not your followers because they have outstripped you in their free

speeches and demonstrative acts in our behalf, will, for the occasion,

accept you as their spokesman. There is no one anywhere--among

ourselves, in your own body, or, I suppose, in the Greek Church--who

can affect so vast a circle of men, so virtuous, so able, so learned,

so zealous, as come, more or less, under your influence; and I cannot

pay them all a greater compliment, than to tell them they ought all to

be Catholics, nor do them a more affectionate service than to pray

that they may one day become such. Nor can I address myself to an act

more pleasing, as I trust, to the Divine Lord of the church, and more

loyal and dutiful to his Vicar on earth, than to attempt, however,

feebly, to promote so great a consummation.

{47}

I know the joy it would give those conscientious men of whom I am

speaking to be one with ourselves. I know how their hearts spring up

with a spontaneous transport at the very thought of union; and what

yearning is theirs after that great privilege, which they have not,

communion with the See of Peter and its present, past, and future. I

conjecture it by what I used to feel myself, while yet in the Anglican

Church. I recollect well what an outcast I seemed to myself when I

took down from the shelves of my library the volumes of St. Athanasius

or St. Basil, and set myself to study them; and how, on the contrary,

when at length I was brought into Catholicism, I kissed them with

delight, with a feeling that in them I had more than all that I had

lost, and, as though I were directly addressing the glorious saints

who bequeathed them to the Church, I said to the inanimate pages, "You

are now mine, and I am now yours, beyond any mistake." Such, I

conceive, would be the joy of the persons I speak of, if they could

wake up one morning and find themselves possessed by right of Catholic

traditions and hopes, without violence to their own sense of duty;

and, certainly, I am the last man to say that such violence is in any

case lawful, that the claims of conscience are not paramount, or that

any one may overleap what he deliberately holds to be God's command,

in order to make his path easier for him or his heart lighter.

I am the last man to quarrel with this jealous deference to the voice

of our conscience, whatever judgment others may form of us in

consequence, for this reason--because their case, as it at present

stands, has, as you know, been my own. You recollect well what hard

things were said against us twenty-five years ago, which we knew in

our hearts we did not deserve. Hence, I am now in the position of the

fugitive queen in the well-known passage, who, "haud ignara mali"

herself, had learned to sympathize with those who were inheritors of

her past wanderings. There were priests, good men, whose zeal

outstripped their knowledge, and who in consequence spoke confidently,

when they would have been wiser had they suspended their adverse

judgment of those whom they had soon to welcome as brethren in

communion. We at that time were in worse plight than your friends are

now, for our opponents put their very hardest thoughts of us into

print. One of them wrote thus in a letter addressed to one of the

Catholic bishops:

"That this Oxford crisis is a real progress to Catholicism, I have

all along considered a perfect delusion. ... I look upon Mr. Newman,

Dr. Pusey, and their associates as wily and crafty, though

unskilful, guides. . . . The embrace of Mr. Newman is the kiss that

would betray us. . . . But--what is the most striking feature in the

rancorous malignity of these men--their calumnies are often lavished

upon us, when we should be led to think that the subject-matter of

their treatises closed every avenue against their vituperation. The

three last volumes [of the Tracts] have opened my eyes to the

craftiness and the cunning, as well as the malice, of the members of

the Oxford convention. . . . If the Puseyites are to be the new

apostles of Great Britain, my hopes for my country are lowering and

gloomy. . . . I would never have consented to enter the lists

against this strange confraternity ... if I did not feel that my own

prelate was opposed to the guile and treachery of these men. . . . .

I impeach Dr. Pusey and his friends of a deadly hatred of our

religion. . . . . What, my lord, would the Holy See think of the

works of these Puseyites? . . ."

Another priest, himself a convert, wrote:

"As we approach toward Catholicity our love and respect increases,

and our violence dies away; but the bulk of these men become more

rabid as they become like Rome, a plain proof of their designs. ...

I do not believe that they are any nearer the portals of the

Catholic Church than the most prejudiced Methodist and Evangelical

preacher. . . . Such, rev. sir, is an outline of my views on the

Oxford movement."

{48}

I do not say that such a view of us was unnatural; and, for myself, I

readily confess that I had used about the church such language that I

had no claim on Catholics for any mercy. But, after all, and in fact,

they were wrong in their anticipations--nor did their brethren agree

with them at the time. Especially Dr. Wiseman (as he was then) took a

larger and more generous view of us; nor did the Holy See interfere,

though the writer of one of these passages invoked its judgment. The

event showed that the more cautious line of conduct was the more

prudent; and one of the bishops, who had taken part against us, with a

supererogation of charity, sent me on his death-bed an expression of

his sorrow for having in past years mistrusted me. A faulty

conscience, faithfully obeyed, through God's mercy, had in the long

run brought me right.

Fully, then, do I recognize the rights of conscience in this matter. I

find no fault in your stating, as clearly and completely as you can,

the difficulties which stand in the way of your joining us. I cannot

wonder that you begin with stipulating conditions of union, though I

do not concur in them myself, and think that in the event you yourself

would be content to let them drop. Such representations as yours are

necessary to open the subject in debate; they ascertain how the land

lies, and serve to clear the ground. Thus I begin; but, after allowing

as much as this, I am obliged in honesty to say what I fear, my dear

Pusey, will pain you. Yet I am confident, my very dear friend, that at

least you will not be angry with me if I say, what I must say, or say

nothing at all, that there is much both in the matter and in the

manner of your volume calculated to wound those who love you well, but

love truth more. So it is; with the best motives and kindest

intentions, "Caedimur, et totidem plagis consumimus hostem." We give

you a sharp cut, and you return it. You complain of our being "dry,

hard, and unsympathizing;" and we answer that you are unfair and

irritating. But we at least have not professed to be composing an

Irenicon, when we treated you as foes. There was one of old time who

wreathed his sword in myrtle; excuse me--you discharge your

olive-branch as if from a catapult.

Do not think I am not serious; if I spoke seriously, I should seem to

speak harshly. Who will venture to assert that the hundred pages which

you have devoted to the Blessed Virgin give other than a one-sided

view of our teaching about her, little suited to win us? It may be a

salutary castigation, if any of us have fairly provoked it, but it is

not making the best of matters; it is not smoothing the way for an

understanding or a compromise. It leads a writer in the most moderate

and liberal Anglican newspaper of the day, the "Guardian," to turn

away from your representation of us with horror. "It is language,"

says your reviewer, "which, after having often heard it, we still can

only hear with horror. We had rather not quote any of it, or of the

comments upon it." What could an Exeter Hall orator, what could a

Scotch commentator on the Apocalypse, do more for his own side of the

controversy by the picture he drew of us? You may be sure that what

creates horror on one side will be answered by indignation on the

other, and these are not the most favorable dispositions for a peace

conference. I had been accustomed to think that you, who in times past

were ever less declamatory in controversy than myself, now that years

had gone on, and circumstances changed, had come to look on our old

warfare against Rome as cruel and inexpedient. Indeed, I know that it

was a chief objection urged against me only last year by persons who

agreed with you in deprecating an oratory at Oxford, which at that

time was in prospect, that such an undertaking would be the signal for

the rekindling of that fierce style of polemics which is now out of

date. I had fancied you shared in that opinion; but now, as if {49} to

show how imperative you deem its renewal, you actually bring to life

one of my own strong sayings in 1841, which had long been in the

grave--that "the Roman Church comes as near to idolatry as can be

supposed in a church, of which it said, 'The idols he shall utterly

abolish,'" p. 111.

I know, indeed, and feel deeply, that your frequent references in your

volume to what I have lately or formerly written are caused by your

strong desire to be still one with me as far as you can, and by that

true affection which takes pleasure in dwelling on such sayings of

mine as you can still accept with the full approbation of your

judgment. I trust I am not ungrateful or irresponsive to you in this

respect; but other considerations have an imperative claim to be taken

into account. Pleasant as it is to agree with you, I am bound to

explain myself in cases in which I have changed my mind, or have given

a wrong impression of my meaning, or have been wrongly reported; and,

while I trust that I have better than such personal motives for

addressing you in print, yet it will serve to introduce my main

subject, and give me an opportunity for remarks which bear upon it

indirectly, if I dwell for a page or two on such matters contained in

your volume as concern myself.

1. The mistake which I have principally in view is the belief, which

is widely spread, that I have publicly spoken of the Anglican Church

as "the great bulwark against infidelity in this land." In a pamphlet

of yours, a year old, you spoke of "a very earnest body of Roman

Catholics" who "rejoice in all the workings of God the Holy Ghost in

the Church of England (whatever they think of her), and are saddened

by what weakens her who is, in God's hands, the great bulwark against

infidelity in this land." The concluding words you were thought to

quote from my "Apologia." In consequence, Dr. Manning, now our

archbishop, replied to you, asserting, as you say, "the contradictory

of that statement." In that counter-assertion he was at the time

generally considered (rightly or wrongly, as it may be), though

writing to you, to be really correcting statements in my "Apologia,"

without introducing my name. Further, in the volume which you have now

published, you recur to the saying, and you speak of its author in

terms which, did I not know your partial kindness for me, would hinder

me from identifying him with myself. You say, "The saying was not

mine, but that of one of the deepest thinkers and observers in the

Roman communion," p. 7. A friend has suggested to me that, perhaps,

you mean De Maistre; and, from an anonymous letter which I have

received from Dublin, I find it is certain that the very words in

question were once used by Archbishop Murray; but you speak of the

author of them as if now alive. At length a reviewer of your volume,

in the "Weekly Register," distinctly attributes them to me by name,

and gives me the first opportunity I have had of disowning them; and

this I now do. What, at some time or other, I may have said in

conversation or private letter, of course, I cannot tell; but I have

never, I am sure, used the word "bulwark" of the Anglican Church

deliberately. What I said in my "Apologia" was this: That that church

was "a serviceable breakwater against errors more fundamental than its

own." A bulwark is an integral part of the thing it defends; whereas

the words "serviceable" and "breakwater" imply a kind of protection

which is accidental and _de facto_. Again, in saying that the Anglican

Church is a defence against "errors more fundamental than its own," I

imply that it has errors, and those fundamental.

2. There is another passage in your volume, at p. 337, which it may be

right to observe upon. You have made a collection of passages from the

fathers, as witnesses in behalf of your doctrine that the whole

Christian faith is contained in Scripture, as if, in your sense of the

words. Catholics contradicted you here. {50} And you refer to my notes

on St. Athanasius as contributing passages to your list; but, after

all, neither do you, nor do I in my notes, affirm any doctrine which

Rome denies. Those notes also make frequent reference to a traditional

teaching, which (be the faith ever so certainly contained in

Scripture) still is necessary as a Regula Fidei, for showing us that

it is contained there--_vid_. pp. 283, 344--and this tradition, I

know, you uphold as fully as I do in the notes in question. In

consequence, you allow that there is a twofold rule. Scripture and

tradition; and this is all that Catholics say. How, then, do Anglicans

differ from Rome here? I believe the difference is merely one of

words; and I shall be doing, so far, the work of an Irenicon, if I

make clear what this verbal difference is. Catholics and Anglicans (I

do not say Protestants) attach different meanings to the word "proof,"

in the controversy whether the whole faith is, or is not, contained in

Scripture. We mean that not every article of faith is so contained

there, that it may thence be logically proved, _independently_ of the

teaching and authority of the tradition; but Anglicans mean that every

article of faith is so contained there, that it may thence be proved,

_provided_ there be added the illustrations and compensations of the

tradition. And it is in this latter sense, I conceive, the fathers

also speak in the passages which you quote from them. I am sure at

least that St. Athanasius frequently adduces passages as proofs of

points in controversy which no one would see to be proofs unless

apostolical tradition were taken into account, first as suggesting,

then as authoritatively ruling, their meaning. Thus, _you_ do not deny

that the whole is not in Scripture in such sense that pure unaided

logic can draw it from the sacred text; nor do _we_ deny that the

faith is in Scripture, in an improper sense, in the sense that

_tradition_ is able to recognize and determine it there. You do not

profess to dispense with tradition; nor do we forbid the idea of

probable, secondary, symbolical, connotative senses of Scripture, over

and above those which properly belong to the wording and context. I

hope you will agree with me in this.

3. Nor is it only in isolated passages that you give me a place in

your volume. A considerable portion of it is written with reference to

two publications of mine, one of which you name and defend, the other

you tacitly protest against: "Tract 90," and the "Essay on Doctrinal

Development," As to "Tract 90," you have from the first, as all the

world knows, boldly stood up for it, in spite of the obloquy which it

brought upon you, and have done me a great service. You are now

republishing it with my cordial concurrence; but I take this

opportunity of noticing, lest there should be any mistake on the part

of the public, that you do so with a different object from that which

I had when I wrote it. Its original purpose was simply that of

justifying myself and others in subscribing to the Thirty-nine

Articles while professing many tenets which had popularly been

considered distinctive of the Roman faith. I considered that my

interpretation of the Articles, as I gave it in that Tract, would

stand, provided the parties imposing them allowed it, otherwise I

thought it could not stand; and, when in the event the bishops and

public opinion did not allow it, I gave up my living, as having no

right to retain it. My feeling about the interpretation is expressed

in a passage in "Loss and Gain," which runs thus:

"'Is it,' asked Reding, 'a received view?' 'No view is received,'

said the other; 'the Articles themselves are received, but there is

no authoritative interpretation of them at all.' 'Well,' said

Reding, 'is it a tolerated view?' 'It certainly has been strongly

opposed,' answered Bateman; 'but it has never been condemned.' 'That

is no answer,' said Charles. 'Does any one bishop hold it? Did any

one bishop ever hold it? Has it ever been formally admitted as

tenable by any one bishop? Is it a view got up to meet existing

difficulties, or has it an historical existence?' Bateman could give

only one answer to {51} these questions, as they were successively

put to him. 'I thought so,' said Charles; 'the view is specious

certainly. I don't we why it might not have done, had it been

tolerably sanctioned; but you have no sanction to show me. As it

stands, it is a mere theory struck out by individuals. Our church

_might_ have adopted this mode of interpreting the Articles; but,

from what you tell me, it certainly has not done so.'"--Ch. 15.

However, the Tract did not carry its object and conditions on its

face, and necessarily lay open to interpretations very far from the

true one. Dr. Wiseman (as he then was), in particular, with the keen

apprehension which was his characteristic, at once saw in it a basis

of accommodation between Anglicanism and Rome. He suggested broadly

that the decrees of the Council of Trent should be made the rule of

interpretation for the Thirty-nine Articles, a proceeding of which

Sancta Clara, I think, had set the example; and, as you have observed,

published a letter to Lord Shrewsbury on the subject, of which the

following are extracts:

"We Catholics must necessarily deplore [England's] separation as a

deep moral evil--as state of schism of which nothing can justify the

continuance. Many members of the Anglican Church view it in the same

light as to the first point--its sad evil; though they excuse their

individual position in it as an unavoidable misfortune. . . . We may

depend upon a willing, an able, and a most zealous co-operation with

any effort which we may make toward bringing her into her rightful

position, in Catholic unity with the Holy See and the churches of

its obedience--in other words, with the church Catholic. Is this a

visionary idea? Is it merely the expression of strong desire? I know

that many will so judge it; and, perhaps, were I to consult my own

quiet, I would not venture to express it. But I will, in simplicity

of heart, cling to hopefulness, cheered, as I feel it, by so many

promising appearances. . . .

"A natural question here presents itself--what facilities appear in

the present state of things for bringing about so happy a

consummation as the reunion of England to the Catholic Church,

beyond what have before existed, and particularly under Archbishops

Laud or Wake? It strikes me, many. First, etc. . . . A still more

promising circumstance I think your lordship will with me consider

the _plan_ which the eventful 'Tract No. 90' has pursued, and in

which Mr. Ward, Mr. Oakeley, and even Dr. Pusey have agreed. I

allude to the method of _bringing their doctrines into accordance

with ours by explanation._ A foreign priest has pointed out to us a

valuable document for our consideration--'Bossuet's Reply to the

Pope,' when consulted on the best method of reconciling the

followers of the Augsburg Confession with the Holy See. The learned

bishop observes, that Providence had allowed so much Catholic truth

to be preserved in that Confession that full advantage should be

taken of the circumstance; that no retractations should be demanded,

but an explanation of the Confession in accordance with Catholic

doctrines. Now, for such a method as this, the way is in part

prepared by the demonstration that such interpretation may be given

of the most difficult Articles as will strip them of all

contradiction to the decrees of the Tridentine Synod. The same

method may be pursued on other points; and much pain may thus be

spared to individuals, and much difficulty to the church."--Pp. 11,

35, 38.

This use of my Tract, so different from my own, but sanctioned by the

great name of our cardinal, you are now reviving; and I gather from

your doing so, that your bishops and the opinion of the public are

likely now, or in prospect, to admit what twenty-five years ago they

refused. On this point, much as it rejoices me to know your

anticipation, of course I cannot have an opinion.

4. So much for "Tract 90." On the other hand, as to my "Essay on

Doctrinal Development," I am sorry to find you do not look upon it

with friendly eyes; though how, without its aid, you can maintain the

doctrines of the Holy Trinity and incarnation, and others which you

hold, I cannot understand. You consider my principle may be the means,

in time to come, of introducing into our Creed, as portions of the

necessary Catholic faith, the infallibility of the Pope, and various

opinions, pious or profane, as it may be, about our Blessed Lady. I

hope to remove your anxiety as to these consequences, before I bring

my {52} observations to an end; at present I notice it as my apology

for interfering in a controversy which at first sight is no business

of mine.

5. I have another reason for writing; and that is, unless it is rude

in me to say so, because you seem to think writing does not become me.

I do not like silently to acquiesce in such a judgment You say at p.

98:

"Nothing can be more unpractical than for an individual to throw

himself into the Roman Church because he could accept the _letter_

of the Council of Trent. Those who were born Roman Catholics have a

liberty which, in the nature of things, a person could not have who

left another system to embrace that of Rome. I cannot imagine how

any faith could stand the shock of leaving one system, criticising

_it_, and cast himself into another system, criticising _it_. For

myself, I have always felt that had (which God of his mercy avert

hereafter also) the English Church, by accepting heresy, driven me

out of it, I could have gone in no other way than that of closing my

eyes, and accepting whatever was put before me. But a liberty which

individuals could not use, and explanations which, so long as they

remain individual, must be unauthoritative, might be formally made

by the Church of Rome to the Church of England as the basis of

reunion."

And again, p. 210:

"It seems to me to be a psychological impossibility for one who has

already exchanged one system for another to make those distinctions.

One who, by his own act, places himself under authority, cannot make

conditions about his submission. But definite explanations of our

Articles have, before now, been at least tentatively offered to us,

on the Roman and Greek side, as sufficient to restore communion; and

the Roman explanations too were, in most cases, mere supplements to

our Articles, on points upon which our Church had not spoken."

Now passages such as these seem almost a challenge to me to speak, and

to keep silence would be to assent to the justice of them. At the

cost, then, of speaking about myself, of which I feel there has been

too much of late, I observe upon them as follows: Of course, as you

say, a convert comes to learn, and not to pick and choose. He comes in

simplicity and confidence, and it does not occur to him to weigh and

measure every proceeding, every practice which he meets with among

those whom he has joined. He comes to Catholicism as to a living

system, with a living teaching, and not to a mere collection of

decrees and canons, which by themselves are of course but the

framework, not the body and substance, of the church. And this is a

truth which concerns, which binds, those also who never knew any other

religion, not only the convert. By the Catholic system I mean that

rule of life and those practices of devotion for which we shall look

in vain in the Creed of Pope Pius. The convert comes, not only to

believe the church, but also to trust and obey her priests, and to

conform himself in charity to her people. It would never do for him to

resolve that he never would say a Hail Mary, never avail himself of an

indulgence, never kiss a crucifix, never accept the Lent

dispensations, never mention a venial sin in confession. All this

would not only be unreal, but dangerous, too, as arguing a wrong state

of mind, which could not look to receive the divine blessing.

Moreover, he comes to the ceremonial, and the moral theology, and the

ecclesiastical regulations which he finds on the spot where his lot is

cast. And again, as regards matters of politics, of education, of

general expedience, of taste, he does not criticise or controvert. And

thus surrendering himself to the influences of his new religion, and

not losing what is revealed truth by attempting by his own private

rule to discriminate every moment its substance from its accidents, he

is gradually so indoctrinated in Catholicism as at length to have a

right to speak as well as to hear. Also, in course of time, a new

generation rises round him; and there is no reason why he should not

know as much, and decide questions with as true an instinct, as those

who perhaps number fewer years than he does Easter communions. {53} He

has mastered the fact and the nature of the differences of theologian

from theologian, school from school, nation from nation, era from era.

He knows that there is much of what may be called fashion in opinions

and practices, according to the circumstances of time and place,

according to current politics, the character of the Pope of the day,

or the chief prelates of a particular country, and that fashions

change. His experience tells him, that sometimes what is denounced in

one place as a great offence, or preached up as a first principle, has

in another nation been immemorially regarded in just a contrary sense,

or has made no sensation at all, one way or the other, when brought

before public opinion; and that loud talkers, in the church as

elsewhere, are apt to carry all before them, while quiet and

conscientious persons commonly have to give way. He perceives that, in

matters which happen to be in debate, ecclesiastical authority watches

the state of opinion and the direction and course of controversy, and

decides accordingly; so that in certain cases to keep back his own

judgment on a point is to be disloyal to his superiors.

So far generally; now in particular as to myself. After twenty years

of Catholic life, I feel no delicacy in giving my opinion on any point

when there is a call for me, and the only reason why I have not done

so sooner, or more often than I have, is that there has been no call.

I have now reluctantly come to the conclusion that your volume _is_ a

call. Certainly, in many instances in which theologian differs from

theologian, and country from country, I have a definite judgment of my

own; I can say so without offence to any one, for the very reason that

from the nature of the case it is impossible to agree with all of

them. I prefer English habits of belief and devotion to foreign, from

the same causes, and by the same right, which justify foreigners in

preferring their own. In following those of my people, I show less

singularity and create less disturbance than if I made a flourish with

what is novel and exotic. And in this line of conduct I am but

availing myself of the teaching which I fell in with on becoming a

Catholic; and it is a pleasure to me to think that what I hold now,

and would transmit after me if I could, is only what I received then.

The utmost delicacy was observed on all hands in giving me advice;

only one warning remains on my mind, and it came from Dr. Griffiths,

the late vicar-apostolic of the London district. He warned me against

books of devotion of the Italian school, which were just at that time

coming into England; and when I asked him what books he recommended as

safe guides, he bade me get the works of Bishop Hay. By this I did not

understand that he was jealous of all Italian books, or made himself

responsible for all that Dr. Hay happens to have said; but I took him

to caution me against a character and tone of religion, excellent in

its place, not suited for England. When I went to Rome, though it may

seem strange to you to say it, even there I learned nothing

inconsistent with this judgment. Local influences do not supply an

atmosphere for its institutions and colleges, which are Catholic in

teaching as well as in name. I recollect one saying among others of my

confessor, a Jesuit father, one of the holiest, most prudent men I

ever knew. He said that we could not love the Blessed Virgin too much,

if we loved our Lord a great deal more. When I returned to England,

the first expression of theological opinion which came in my way was

_apropos_ of the series of translated saints' lives which the late Dr.

Faber originated. That expression proceeded from a wise prelate, who

was properly anxious as to the line which might be taken by the Oxford

converts, then for the first time coming into work. According as I

recollect his opinion, he was apprehensive of the effect of Italian

{54} compositions, as unsuited to this country, and suggested that the

lives should be original works, drawn up by ourselves and our friends

from Italian sources. If at that time I was betrayed into any acts

which were of a more extreme character than I should approve now, the

responsibility of course is mine; but the impulse came not from old

Catholics or superiors, but from men whom I loved and trusted who were

younger than myself. But to whatever extent I might be carried away,

and I cannot recollect any tangible instances, my mind in no long time

fell back to what seems to me a safer and more practical course.

Though I am a convert, then, I think I have a right to speak out; and

that the more because other converts have spoken for a long time,

while I have not spoken; and with still more reason may I speak

without offence in the case of your present criticisms of us,

considering that, in the charges you bring, the only two English

writers you quote in evidence are both of them converts, younger in

age than myself. I put aside the archbishop, of course, because of his

office. These two authors are worthy of all consideration, at once

from their character and from their ability. In their respective lines

they are perhaps without equals at this particular time; and they

deserve the influence they possess. One is still in the vigor of his

powers; the other has departed amid the tears of hundreds. It is

pleasant to praise them for their real qualifications; but why do you

rest on them as authorities? Because the one was "a popular writer;"

but is there not sufficient reason for this in the fact of his

remarkable gifts, of his poetical fancy, his engaging frankness, his

playful wit, his affectionateness, his sensitive piety, without

supposing that the wide diffusion of his works arises out of his

particular sentiments about the Blessed Virgin? And as to our other

friend, do not his energy, acuteness, and theological reading,

displayed on the vantage ground of the historic "Dublin Review," fully

account for the sensation he has produced, without supposing that any

great number of our body go his lengths in their view of the Pope's

infallibility? Our silence as regards their writings is very

intelligible: it is not agreeable to protest, in the sight of the

world, against the writings of men in our own communion whom we love

and respect. But the plain fact is this--they came to the Church, and

have thereby saved their souls; but they are in no sense spokesmen for

English Catholics, and they must not stand in the place of those who

have a real title to such an office. The chief authors of the passing

generation, some of them still alive, others gone to their reward, are

Cardinal Wiseman, Dr. Ullathorne, Dr. Lingard, Mr. Tierney, Dr.

Oliver, Dr. Rock, Dr. Waterworth, Dr. Husenbeth, and Mr. Flanagan;

which of these ecclesiastics has said anything extreme about the

prerogatives of the Blessed Virgin or the infallibility of the Pope?

I cannot, then, without remonstrance, allow you to identify the

doctrine of our Oxford friends in question, on the two subjects I have

mentioned, with the present spirit or the prospective creed of

Catholics; or to assume, as you do, that, because they are

thorough-going and relentless in their statements, therefore they are

the harbingers of a new age, when to show a deference for antiquity

will be thought little else than a mistake. For myself, hopeless as

you consider it, I am not ashamed still to take my stand upon the

fathers, and do not mean to budge. The history of their times is not

yet an old almanac to me. Of course I maintain the value and authority

of the "Schola," as one of the _loci theologici;_ still I sympathize

with Petavius in preferring to its "contentious and subtle theology"

that {55} "more elegant and fruitful teaching which is moulded after

the image of erudite antiquity." The fathers made me a Catholic, and I

am not going to kick down the ladder by which I ascended into the

church. It is a ladder quite as serviceable for that purpose now as it

was twenty years ago. Though I hold, as you remark, a process of

development in apostolic truth as time goes on, such development does

not supersede the fathers, but explains and completes them. And, in

particular, as regards our teaching concerning the Blessed Virgin,

with the fathers I am content; and to the subject of that teaching I

mean to address myself at once. I do so because you say, as I myself

have said in former years, that "that vast system as to the Blessed

Virgin . . . . to all of us has been the special _crux_ of the Roman

system," p. 101. Here, I say, as on other points, the fathers are

enough for me. I do not wish to say more than they, and will not say

less. You, I know, will profess the same; and thus we can join issue

on a clear and broad principle, and may hope to come to some

intelligible result. We are to have a treatise on the subject of our

Lady soon from the pen of the most reverend prelate; but that cannot

interfere with such a mere argument from the fathers as that to which

I shall confine myself here. Nor indeed, as regards that argument

itself, do I profess to be offering you any new matter, any facts

which have not been used by others--by great divines, as Petavius, by

living writers, nay, by myself on other occasions; I write afresh

nevertheless, and that for three reasons: first, because I wish to

contribute to the accurate statement and the full exposition of the

argument in question; next, because I may gain a more patient hearing

than has sometimes been granted to better men than myself; lastly,

because there just now seems a call on me, under my circumstances, to

avow plainly what I do and what I do not hold about the Blessed

Virgin, that others may know, did they come to stand where I stand,

what they would and what they would not be bound to hold concerning

her.

I begin by making a distinction which will go far to remove good part

of the difficulty of my undertaking, as it presents itself to ordinary

inquirers--the distinction between faith and devotion. I fully grant

that _devotion_ toward the Blessed Virgin has increased among

Catholics with the progress of centuries; I do not allow that the

_doctrine_ concerning her has undergone a growth, for I believe that

it has been in substance one and the same from the beginning.

By "faith" I mean the Creed and the acceptance of the Creed; by

"devotion" I mean such religious honors as belong to the objecis of

our faith, and the payment of those honors. Faith and devotion are as

distinct in fact as they are in idea. We cannot, indeed, be devout

without faith, but we may believe without feeling devotion. Of this

phenomenon every one has experience both in himself and in others; and

we express it as often as we speak of realizing a truth or not

realizing it. It may be illustrated, with more or less exactness, by

matters which come before us in the world. For instance, a great

author, or public man, may be acknowledged as such for a course of

years; yet there may be an increase, an ebb and flow, and a fashion,

in his popularity. And if he takes a lasting place in the minds of his

countrymen, he may gradually grow into it, or suddenly be raised to

it. The idea of Shakespeare as a great poet has existed from a very

early date in public opinion; and there were at least individuals then

who understood him as well, and honored him as much, as the English

people can honor him now; yet, I think, there is a national devotion

to him in this day such as never has been before. This has happened

because, as education spreads in the country, there are more men able

to enter into his {56} poetical genius, and, among these, more

capacity again for deeply and critically understanding him; and yet,

from the first, he has exerted a great insensible influence over the

nation, as is seen in the circumstance that his phrases and sentences,

more than can be numbered, have become almost proverbs among us. And

so again in philosophy, and in the arts and sciences, great truths and

principles have sometimes been known and acknowledged for a course of

years; but, whether from feebleness of intellectual power in the

recipients, or external circumstances of an accidental kind, they have

not been turned to account. Thus, the Chinese are said to have known

of the properties of the magnet from time immemorial, and to have used

it for land expeditions, yet not on the sea. Again, the ancients knew

of the principle that water finds its own level, but seem to have made

little application of their knowledge. And Aristotle was familiar with

the principle of induction; yet it was left for Bacon to develop it

into an experimental philosophy. Illustrations such as these, though

not altogether apposite, serve to convey that distinction between

faith and devotion on which I am insisting. It is like the distinction

between objective and subjective truth. The sun in the springtime will

have to shine many days before he is able to melt the frost, open the

soil, and bring out the leaves; yet he shines out from the first,

notwithstanding, though he makes his power felt but gradually. It is

one and the same sun, though his influence day by day becomes greater;

and so in the Catholic Church, it is the one Virgin Mother, one and

the same from first to last, and Catholics may acknowledge her; and

yet, in spite of that acknowledgment, their devotion to her may be

scanty in one time and place and overflowing in another.

This distinction is forcibly brought home to a convert, as a

peculiarity of the Catholic religion, on his first introduction to its

worship. The faith is everywhere one and the same; but a large liberty

is accorded to private judgment and inclination in matters of

devotion. Any large church, with its collections and groups of people,

will illustrate this. The fabric itself is dedicated to Almighty God,

and that under the invocation of the Blessed Virgin, or some

particular saint; or again, of some mystery belonging to the Divine

name, or to the incarnation, or of some mystery associated with the

Blessed Virgin. Perhaps there are seven altars or more in it, and

these again have their several saints. Then there is the feast proper

to the particular day; and, during the celebration of mass, of all the

worshippers who crowd around the priest each has his own particular

devotions, with which he follows the rite. No one interferes with his

neighbor; agreeing, as it were, to differ, they pursue independently a

common end, and by paths, distinct but converging, present themselves

before God. Then there are confraternities attached to the church: of

the sacred heart, or the precious blood; associations of prayer for a

good death, or the repose of departed souls, or the conversion of the

heathen: devotions connected with the brown, blue, or red scapular;

not to speak of the great ordinary ritual through the four seasons,

the constant presence of the blessed sacrament, its ever recurring

rite of benediction, and its extraordinary forty hours' exposition.

Or, again, look through some such manual of prayers as the _Raccolta_,

and you at once will see both the number and the variety of devotions

which are open to individual Catholics to choose from, according to

their religious taste and prospect of personal edification.

Now these diversified modes of honoring God did not come to us in a

day, or only from the apostles; they are the accumulations of

centuries; and, as in the course of years some of them spring up, so

others decline and die Some are local, in memory of some particular

saint who happens to be the evangelist, or patron, or pride of the

{57} nation, or who is entombed in the church, or in the city where it

stands; and these, necessarily, cannot have an earlier date than the

saint's day of death or interment there. The first of such sacred

observances, long before these national memories, were the devotions

paid to the apostles, then those which were paid to the martyrs; yet

there were saints nearer to our Lord than either martyrs or apostles;

but, as if these had been lost in the effulgence of his glory, and

because they were not manifested in external works separate from him,

it happened that for a long while they were less thought of. However,

in process of time the apostles, and then the martyrs, exerted less

influence than before over the popular mind, and the local saints, new

creations of God's power, took their place, or again, the saints of

some religious order here or there established. Then, as comparatively

quiet times succeeded, the religious meditations of holy men and their

secret intercourse with heaven gradually exerted an influence out of

doors, and permeated the Christian populace, by the instrumentality of

preaching and by the ceremonial of the church. Then those luminous

stars rose in the ecclesiastical heavens which were of more august

dignity than any which had preceded them, and were late in rising for

the very reason that they were so specially glorious. Those names, I

say, which at first sight might have been expected to enter soon into

the devotions of the faithful, with better reason might have been

looked for at a later date, and actually were late in their coming.

St. Joseph furnishes the most striking instance of this remark; here

is the clearest of instances of the distinction between doctrine and

devotion. Who, from his prerogatives and the testimony on which they

come to us, had a greater claim to receive an early recognition among

the faithful? A saint of Scripture, the foster-father of our Lord, was

an object of the universal and absolute faith of the Christian world

from the first, yet the devotion to him is comparatively of late date.

When once it began, men seemed surprised that it had not been thought

of before; and now they hold him next to the Blessed Virgin in their

religious affection and veneration.

As regards the Blessed Virgin, I shall postpone the question of

devotion for a while, and inquire first into the doctrine of the

undivided church (to use your controversial phrase) on the subject of

her prerogatives.

What is the great rudimental teaching of antiquity from its earliest

date concerning her? By "rudimental teaching" I mean the _primâ facie_

view of her person and office, the broad outline laid down of her, the

aspect under which she comes to us in the writings of the fathers. She

is the second Eve. [Footnote 11] Now let us consider what this

implies. Eve had a definite, essential position in the first covenant.

The fate of the human race lay with Adam; he it was who represented

us. It was in Adam that we fell; though Eve had fallen, still, if Adam

had stood, we should not have lost those supernatural privileges which

were bestowed upon him as our first father. Yet though Eve was not the

head of the race, still, even as regards the race, she had a place of

her own; for Adam, to whom was divinely committed the naming of all

things, entitled her "the mother of all the living;" a name surely

expressive not of a fact only but of a dignity; but further, as she

thus had her own general relation to the human race, so again had she

her own special place, as regards its trial and its fall in Adam. In

those primeval events, Eve had an integral share. "The woman, being

seduced, was in the transgression." She listened to the evil angel;

she offered the fruit to her husband, and he ate of it. She

co-operated not as an irresponsible instrument, but intimately and

personally in the sin; she brought it about. As the history stands,

she was a _sine qua non_, a positive, active cause of it. {58} And she

had her share in its punishment; in the sentence pronounced on her,

she was recognized as a real agent in the temptation and its issue,

and she suffered accordingly. In that awful transaction there were

three parties concerned--the serpent, the woman, and the man; and at

the time of their sentence an event was announced for the future, in

which the three same parties were to meet again, the serpent, the

woman, and the man; but it was to be a second Adam and a second Eve,

and the new Eve was to be the mother of the new Adam. "I will put

enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed."

The seed of the woman is the word incarnate, and the woman whose seed

or son he is is his mother Mary. This interpretation and the

parallelism it involves seem to me undeniable; but, at all events (and

this is my point), the parallelism is the doctrine of the fathers,

from the earliest times; and, this being established, by the position

and office of Eve in our fall, we are able to determine the position

and office of Mary in our restoration.

[Footnote 11: _Vid_. "Essay on Development of Doctrine," 1845, p.

384, etc.]

I shall adduce passages from their writings, with their respective

countries and dates; and the dates shall extend from their births or

conversions to their deaths, since what they propound is at once the

doctrine which they had received from the generation before them, and

the doctrine which was accepted and recognized as true by the

generation to whom they transmitted it.

First, then, St. Justin Martyr (A.D. 120-165), St. Irenaeus (120-200),

and Tertullian (160-240). Of these Tertullian represents Africa and

Rome, St. Justin represents Palestine, and St. Irenaeus Asia Minor and

Gaul--or rather he represents St. John the Evangelist, for he had been

taught by the martyr St. Polycarp, who was the intimate associate, as

of St. John, 60 of the other apostles.

1. St. Justin: [Footnote 12]

[Footnote 12: I have attempted to translate literally without caring

to write English. ]

"We know that he, before all creatures proceeded from the Father by

his power and will, . . . and by means of the Virgin became man,

that by what way the disobedience arising from the serpent had its

beginning, by that way also it might have an undoing. For Eve, being

a virgin and undefiled, conceiving the word that was from the

serpent, brought forth disobedience and death; but the Virgin Mary,

taking faith and joy, when the angel told her the good tidings, that

the Spirit of the Lord should come upon her and the power of the

highest overshadow her, and therefore the holy one that was born of

her was Son of God, answered. Be it to me according to thy

word."--_Tryph_. 100.

2. Tertullian:

"God recovered his image and likeness, which the devil had seized,

by a rival operation. For into Eve, as yet a virgin, had crept the

word which was the framer of death. Equally into a virgin was to be

introduced the Word of God which was the builder-up of life; that,

what by that sex had gone into perdition, by the same sex might be

brought back to salvation. Eve had believed the serpent; Mary

believed Gabriel; the fault which the one committed by believing,

the other by believing has blotted out."--_De Carn. Christ_, 17.

3. St Irenaeus:

"With a fitness, Mary the Virgin is found obedient, saying, 'Behold

thy handmaid, O Lord; be it to me according to thy word.' But Eve

was disobedient; for she obeyed not, while she was yet a virgin. As

she, having indeed Adam for a husband, but as yet being a virgin,

. . . becoming disobedient, became the cause of death both to herself

and to the whole human race, so also Mary, having the predestined

man, and being yet a virgin, being obedient, became both to herself

and to the whole human race the cause of salvation. . . . And on

account of this the Lord said, that the first would be last and the

last first. And the prophet signifies the same, saying, 'Instead of

fathers you have children.' For, whereas the Lord, when born, was

the first begotten of the dead, and received into his bosom the

primitive fathers, he regenerated them into the life of God, he

himself becoming the beginning of the living, since Adam became the

beginning of the dying. Therefore also Luke, commencing the lines of

generations from the Lord, referred it back to Adam, signifying that

he regenerated the old fathers, not they him, into the gospel of

life. And so the knot {59} of Eve's disobedience received its

unloosing through the obedience of Mary; for what Eve, a virgin,

bound by incredulity, that Mary, a virgin, unloosed by faith."--

_Adv. Haer_, iii. 22. 34.

And again:

"As Eve by the speech of an angel was seduced, so as to flee God,

transgressing his word, so also Mary received the good tidings by

means of the angel's speech, so as to bear God within her, being

obedient to his word. And, though the one had disobeyed God, yet the

other was drawn to obey God; that of the virgin Eve the virgin Mary

might become the advocate. And, as by a virgin the human race had

been bound to death, by a virgin it is saved, the balance being

preserved, a virgin's disobedience by a virgin's obedience."

--_Ibid_. v. 19.

Now, what is especially noticeable in these three writers is, that

they do not speak of the Blessed Virgin as the physical instrument of

our Lord's taking flesh, but as an intelligent, responsible cause of

it; her faith and obedience being accessories to the incarnation, and

gaining it as her reward. As Eve failed in these virtues, and thereby

brought on the fall of the race in Adam, so Mary by means of them had

a part in its restoration. You imply, pp. 255, 256, that the Blessed

Virgin was only a physical instrument in our redemption; "what has

been said of her by the fathers as the chosen _vessel_ of the

incarnation, was applied _personally_ to her" (that is, by Catholics),

p. 151; and again, "The fathers speak of the Blessed Virgin as the

_instrument_ of our salvation, _in that_ she gave birth to the

Redeemer," pp. 155, 156; whereas St. Augustine, in well-known

passages, speaks of her as more exalted by her sanctity than by her

relationship to our Lord. [Footnote 13] However, not to go beyond the

doctrine of the three fathers, they unanimously declare that she was

not a mere instrument in the incarnation, such as David, or Judah, may

be considered; they declare she co-operated in our salvation, not

merely by the descent of the Holy Ghost upon her body, but by specific

holy acts, the effect of the Holy Ghost upon her soul; that, as Eve

forfeited privileges by sin, so Mary earned privileges by the fruits

of grace; that, as Eve was disobedient and unbelieving, so Mary was

obedient and believing; that, as Eve was a cause of ruin to all, Mary

was a cause of salvation to all; that, as Eve made room for Adam's

fall, so Mary made room for our Lord's reparation of it; and thus,

whereas the free gift was not as the offence, but much greater, it

follows that, as Eve co-operated in effecting a great evil, Mary

co-operated in effecting a much greater good.

[Footnote 13: Opp., t. 8, p. 2, col. 369, t. 6, col. 342.]

And, beside the run of the argument, which reminds the reader of St.

Paul's antithetical sentences in tracing the analogy between Adam's

work and our Lord's work, it is well to observe the particular words

under which the Blessed Virgin's office is described. Tertullian says

that Mary "blotted out" Eve's fault, and "brought back the female

sex," or "the human race, to salvation;" and St. Irenaeus says that

"by obedience she was the cause or occasion" (whatever was the

original Greek word) "of salvation to herself and the whole human

race;" that by her the human race is saved; that by her Eve's

complication is disentangled; and that she is Eve's advocate, or

friend in need. It is supposed by critics, Protestant as well as

Catholic, that the Greek word for advocate in the original was

paraclete; it should be borne in mind, then, when we are accused of

giving our Lady the titles and offices of her Son, that St. Irenaeus

bestows on her the special name and office proper to the Holy Ghost.

So much as to the nature of this triple testimony; now as to the worth

of it. For a moment put aside St. Irenaeus, and put together St.

Justin in the East with Tertullian in the West. I think I may assume

that the doctrine of these two fathers about the Blessed Virgin was

the received doctrine of their own {60} respective times and places;

for writers after all are but witnesses of facts and beliefs, and as

such they are treated by all parties in controversial discussion.

Moreover, the coincidence of doctrine which they exhibit, and, again,

the antithetical completeness of it, show that they themselves did not

originate it. The next question is, Who did? For from one definite

organ or source, place or person, it must have come. Then we must

inquire, what length of time would it take for such a doctrine to have

extended, and to be received, in the second century over so wide an

area; that is, to be received before the year 200 in Palestine,

Africa, and Rome? Can we refer the common source of these local

traditions to a date later than that of the apostles, St. John dying

within thirty or forty years of St. Justin's conversion and

Tertullian's birth? Make what allowance you will for whatever possible

exceptions can be taken to this representation; and then, after doing

so, add to the concordant testimony of these two fathers the evidence

of St. Irenaeus, which is so close upon the school of St. John himself

in Asia Minor. "A three-fold cord," as the wise man says, "is not

quickly broken." Only suppose there were so early and so broad a

testimony to the effect that our Lord was a mere man, the son of

Joseph; should we be able to insist upon the faith of the Holy Trinity

as necessary to salvation? Or supposing three such witnesses could be

brought to the fact that a consistory of elders governed the local

churches, or that each local congregation was an independent church,

or that the Christian community was without priests, could Anglicans

maintain their doctrine that the rule of episcopal succession is

necessary to constitute a church? And recollect that the Anglican

Church especially appeals to the ante-Nicene centuries, and taunts us

with having superseded their testimony.

Having then adduced these three fathers of the second century, I have

at least got so far as this, viz., no one, who acknowledges the force

of early testimony in determining Christian truth, can wonder, no one

can complain, can object, that we Catholics should hold a very high

doctrine concerning the Blessed Virgin, unless indeed stronger

statements can be brought for a contrary conception of her, either of

as early, or at least of a later date. But, as far as I know, no

statements can be brought from the ante-Nicene literature to

invalidate the testimony of the three fathers concerning her; and

little can be brought against it from the fourth century, while in

that fourth century the current of testimony in her behalf is as

strong as in the second; and, as to the fifth, it is far stronger than

in any former time, both in its fulness and its authority. This will

to some extent be seen as I proceed.

4. St Cyril, of Jerusalem (315-386), speaks for Palestine:

"Since through Eve, a virgin, came death, it behoved that through a

virgin, or rather from a virgin, should life appear; that, as the

serpent had deceived the one, so to the other Gabriel might bring

good tidings."--_Cat_. xii. 15.

5. St. Ephrem Syrus (lie died 378) is a witness for the Syrians proper

and the neighboring Orientals, in contrast to the Graeco-Syrians. A

native of Nisibis, on the farther side of the Euphrates, he knew no

language but Syriac:

"Through Eve the beautiful and desirable glory of men was

extinguished; but it has revived through Mary."--_Opp. Syr._, ii. p.

318.

Again:

"In the beginning, by the sin of our first parents, death passed

upon all men; to-day, through Mary, we are translated from death

unto life. In the beginning, the serpent filled the ears of Eve, and

the poison spread thence over the whole body; to-day, Mary from her

ears received the {61} champion of eternal happiness; what,

therefore, was an instrument of death, was an instrument of life

also."--iii. p. 607.

I have already referred to St. Paul's contrast between Adam and our

Lord in his Epistle to the Romans, as also in his first Epistle to the

Corinthians. Some writers attempt to say that there is no doctrinal

truth, but a mere rhetorical display, in those passages. It is quite

as easy to say so as to attempt so to dispose of this received

comparison, in the writings of the fathers, between Eve and Mary.

6. St. Epiphanius (320-400) speaks for Egypt, Palestine, and Cyprus:

"She it is who is signified by Eve, enigmatically receiving the

appellation of the mother of the living. . . . It was a wonder that

after the fall she had this great epithet. And, according to what is

material, from that Eve all the race of men on earth is generated.

But thus in truth from Mary the Life itself was born in the world,

that Mary might bear living things and become the mother of living

things. Therefore, enigmatically, Mary is called the mother of

living things. . . Also, there is another thing to consider as to

these women, and wonderful--as to Eve and Mary. Eve became a cause

of death to man . . . and Mary a cause of life; . . . that life

might be instead of death, life excluding death which came from the

woman, viz., he who through the woman has become our life."

--_Haer_. 78. 18.

7. By the time of St. Jerome (331-420), the contrast between Eve and

Mary had almost passed into a proverb. He says (Ep. xxii. 21, ad

Eustoch.), "Death by Eve, life by Mary." Nor let it be supposed that

he, any more than the preceding fathers, considered the Blessed Virgin

a mere physical instrument of giving birth to our Lord, who is the

life. So far from it, in the epistle from which I have quoted, he is

only adding another virtue to that crown which gained for Mary her

divine maternity. They have spoken of faith, joy, and obedience; St.

Jerome adds, what they had only suggested, virginity. After the manner

of the fathers in his own day, he is setting forth the Blessed Mary to

the high-born Roman lady whom he is addressing as the model of the

virginal life; and his argument in its behalf is, that it is higher

than the marriage state, not in itself, viewed in any mere natural

respect, but as being the free act of self-consecration to God, and

from the personal religious purpose which it involves:

"Higher wage," he says, "is due to that which is not a compulsion,

but an offering; for, were virginity commanded, marriage would seem

to be put out of the question; and it would be most cruel to force

men against nature, and to extort from them an angel's life."--20.

I do not know whose testimony is more important than St. Jerome's, the

friend of Pope Damasus at Rome, the pupil of St. Gregory Nazianzen at

Constantinople, and of Didymus in Alexandria, a native of Dalmatia,

yet an inhabitant, at different times of his life, of Gaul, Syria, and

Palestine.

8. St. Jerome speaks for the whole world, except Africa; and for

Africa in the fourth century, if we must limit so world-wide an

authority to place, witnesses St. Augustine (354-430). He repeats the

words as if a proverb; "By a woman death, by a woman life" (Opp. t. v.

Serm. 233); elsewhere he enlarges on the idea conveyed in it. In one

place he quotes St. Irenaeus's words as cited above (adv. Julian i.

4). In another he speaks as follows:

"It is a great sacrament that, whereas through woman death became

our portion, so life was born to us by woman; that, in the case of

both sexes, male and female, the baffled devil should be tormented,

when on the overthrow of both sexes he was rejoicing; whose

punishment had been small, if both sexes had been liberated in us,

without our being liberated through both."--_Opp. t. vi. De Agon,

Christ_, c. 24.

{62}

9. St. Peter Chrysologus (400-450), Bishop of Ravenna, and one of the

chief authorities in the fourth General Council:

"Blessed art thou among women; for among women, on whose womb Eve,

who was cursed, brought punishment, Mary, being blest, rejoices, is

honored, and is looked up to. And woman now is truly made through

grace the mother of the living, who had been by nature the mother of

the dying. . . . Heaven feels awe of God, angels tremble at him, the

creature sustains him not, nature sufficeth not, and yet one maiden

so takes, receives, entertains him, as a guest within her breast,

that, for the very hire of her home, and as the price of her womb,

she asks, she obtains, peace for the earth, glory for the heavens,

salvation for the lost, life for the dead, a heavenly parentage for

the earthly, the union of God himself with human flesh."--_Serm._

140.

It is difficult to express more explicitly, though in oratorical

language, that the Blessed Virgin had a real, meritorious

co-operation, a share which had a "hire" and a "price" in the reversal

of the fall.

10. St. Fulgentius, Bishop of Ruspe in Africa (468-533). The homily

which contains the following passage is placed by Ceillier (t. xvi. p.

127) among his genuine works:

"In the wife of the first man, the wickedness of the devil depraved

her seduced mind; in the mother of the second Man, the grace of God

preserved both her mind inviolate and her flesh. On her mind he

conferred the most firm faith; from her flesh he took away lust

altogether. Since then man was in a miserable way condemned for sin,

therefore without sin was in a marvellous way born the God

man."--_Serm_. 2, p. 124, _De Dupl. Nativ._

Accordingly, in the sermon which follows (if it is his), he continues,

illustrating her office of universal mother, as ascribed to her by St.

Epiphanius:

"Come ye virgins to a virgin, come ye who conceive to her who

conceived, ye who bear to one who bore, mothers to a mother, ye that

suckle to one who suckled, young girls to the young girl. It is for

this reason that the Virgin Mary has taken on her in our Lord Jesus

Christ all these divisions of nature, that to all women who have

recourse to her she may be a succor, and so restore the whole race

of women who come to her, being the new Eve, by keeping virginity,

as the new Adam, the Lord Jesus Christ, recovers the whole race of

men."

Such is the rudimental view, as I have called it, which the fathers

have given us of Mary, as the second Eve, the mother of the living. I

have cited ten authors. I could cite more were it necessary. Except

the two last, they write gravely and without any rhetoric. I allow

that the two last write in a different style, since the extracts I

have made are from their sermons; but I do not see that the coloring

conceals the outline. And, after all, men use oratory on great

subjects, not on small; nor would they, and other fathers whom I might

quote, have lavished their high language upon the Blessed Virgin, such

as they gave to no one else, unless they knew well that no one else

had such claims as she had on their love and veneration.

And now I proceed to dwell for a while upon two inferences, which it

is obvious to draw from the rudimental doctrine itself; the first

relates to the sanctity of the Blessed Virgin, the second to her

greatness.

1. Her _sanctity_. She holds, as the fathers teach us, that office in

our restoration which Eve held in our fall. Now, in the first place,

what were Eve's endowments to enable her to enter upon her trial? She

could not have stood against the wiles of the devil, though she was

innocent and sinless, without the grant of a large grace. And this she

had--a heavenly gift, which was over and above and additional to that

nature of hers, which she received from Adam, as Adam before her had

also received the same gift, at the very time (as it is commonly held)

of his original creation. This is Anglican doctrine as well as

Catholic; it is the doctrine of Bishop Bull. He has written a

dissertation on the point. He speaks of the doctrine which "many of

the schoolmen affirm, that Adam was created {63} in grace--that is,

received a principle of grace and divine life from his very creation,

or in the moment of the infusion of his soul; of which," he says, "for

my own part I have little doubt." Again, he says: "It is abundantly

manifest, from the many testimonies alleged, that the ancient doctors

of the church did, with a general consent, acknowledge that our first

parents, in the state of integrity, had in them something more than

nature--that is, were endowed with the divine principle of the

Spirit, in order to a supernatural felicity."

Now, taking this for granted, because I know that you and those who

agree with you maintain it as well as we do, I ask, Was not Mary as

fully endowed as Eve? is it any violent inference that she, who was to

co-operate in the redemption of the world, at least was not less

endowed with power from on high, than she who, given as a helpmate to

her husband, did in the event but co-operate with him for its ruin? If

Eve was raised above human nature by that indwelling moral gift which

we call grace, is it rash to say that Mary had a greater grace? And

this consideration gives significance to the angel's salutation of her

as "full of grace"--an interpretation of the original word which is

undoubtedly the right one, as soon as we resist the common Protestant

assumption that grace is a mere external approbation or acceptance,

answering to the word "favor;" whereas it is, as the fathers teach, a

real inward condition or superadded quality of soul. And if Eve had

this supernatural inward gift given her from the moment of her

personal existence, is it possible to deny that Mary too had this gift

from the very first moment of her personal existence? I do not know

how to resist this inference--well, this is simply and literally the

doctrine of the immaculate conception. I say the doctrine of the

immaculate conception is in its substance this, and nothing more or

less than this (putting aside the question of degrees of grace); and

it really does seem to me bound up in that doctrine of the fathers,

that Mary is the second Eve.

It is to me a most strange phenomenon that so many learned and devout

men stumble at this doctrine, and I can only account for it by

supposing that, in matter of fact, they do not know what we mean by

the immaculate conception; and your volume (may I say it?) bears out

my suspicion. It is a great consolation to have reason for thinking

so--for believing that in some sort the persons in question are in the

position of those great saints in former times who are said to have

hesitated about it, when they would not have hesitated at all if the

word "conception" had been clearly explained in that sense in which

now it is universally received. I do not see how any one who holds

with Bull the Catholic doctrine of the supernatural endowments of our

first parents, has fair reason for doubting our doctrine about the

Blessed Virgin. It has no reference whatever to her parents, but

simply to her own person; it does but affirm that, together with the

nature which she inherited from her parents, that is, her own nature,

she had a superadded fulness of grace, and that from the first moment

of her existence. Suppose Eve had stood the trial, and not lost her

first grace, and suppose she had eventually had children, those

children from the first moment of their existence would, through

divine bounty, have received the same privilege that she had ever had;

that is, as she was taken from Adam's side, in a garment, so to say,

of grace, so they in turn would have received what may be called an

immaculate conception. They would have been conceived in grace, as in

fact they are conceived in sin. What is there difficult in this

doctrine? What is there unnatural? Mary may be called a daughter of

Eve unfallen. You believe with us that St. John Baptist had grace

given to him three months before his birth, at the time {64} that the

Blessed Virgin visited his mother. He accordingly was not immaculately

conceived, because he was alive before grace came to him; but our

Lady's case only differs from his in this respect, that to her grace

came not three months merely before her birth, but from the first

moment of her being, as it had been given to Eve.

But it may be said, How does this enable us to say that she was

conceived without _original sin_? If Anglicans knew what we mean by

original sin, they would not ask the question. Our doctrine of

original sin is not the same as the Protestant doctrine. "Original

sin," with us, cannot be called sin in the ordinary sense of the word

"sin;" it is a term denoting the _imputation_ of Adam's sin, or the

state to which Adam's sin reduces his children; but by Protestants it

is understood to be sin in the same sense as actual sin. We, with the

fathers, think of it as something negative; Protestants as something

positive. Protestants hold that it is a disease, a change of nature, a

poison internally corrupting the soul, and propagated from father to

son, after the manner of a bad constitution; and they fancy that we

ascribe a different nature from ours to the Blessed Virgin, different

from that of her parents, and from that of fallen Adam. We hold

nothing of the kind; we consider that in Adam she died, as others;

that she was included, together with the whole race, in Adam's

sentence; that she incurred his debt, as we do; but that, for the sake

of him who was to redeem her and us upon the cross, to her the debt

was remitted by anticipation; on her the sentence was not carried out,

except indeed as regards her natural death, for she died when her time

came, as others. All this we teach, but we deny that she had original

sin; for by original sin we mean, as I have already said, something

negative, viz., this only, the _deprivation_ of that supernatural

unmerited grace which Adam and Eve had on their creation--deprivation

and the consequences of deprivation. Mary could not merit, any more

than they, the restoration of that grace; but it was restored to her

by God's free bounty from the very first moment of her existence, and

thereby, in fact, she never came under the original curse, which

consisted in the loss of it. And she had this special privilege in

order to fit her to become the mother of her and our Redeemer, to fit

her mentally, spiritually, for it; so that, by the aid of the first

grace, she might so grow in grace that when the angel came, and her

Lord was at hand, she might be "full of grace," prepared, as far as a

creature could be prepared, to receive him into her bosom.

I have drawn the doctrine of the immaculate conception, as an

immediate inference, from the primitive doctrine that Mary is the

second Eve. The argument seems to me conclusive; and, if it has not

been universally taken as such, this has come to pass because there

has not been a clear understanding among Catholics what exactly was

meant by the immaculate conception. To many it seemed to imply that

the Blessed Virgin did not die in Adam, that she did not come under

the penalty of the fall, that she was not redeemed; that she was

conceived in some way inconsistent with the verse in the _Miserere_

psalm. If controversy had in earlier days so cleared the subject as to

make it plain to all that the doctrine meant nothing else than that,

in fact, in her case the general sentence on mankind was not carried

out, and that by means of the indwelling in her of divine grace from

the first moment of her being (and this is all the decree of 1854 has

declared), I cannot believe that the doctrine would have ever been

opposed; for an instinctive sentiment has led Christians jealously to

put the Blessed Mary aside when sin comes into discussion. This is

expressed in the well-known words of St. Augustine. All have sinned

"except the holy Virgin Mary, {65} concerning whom, for the honor of

the Lord, I wish no question to be raised at all, when we are treating

of sins" (de Nat. et Grat. 42); words which, whatever St. Augustine's

actual occasion of using them (to which you refer, p. 176), certainly,

in the spirit which they breathe, are well adapted to convey the

notion that, apart from her relation to her parents, she had not

personally any part in sin whatever. It is true that several great

fathers of the fourth century do imply or assert that on one or two

occasions she did sin venially or showed infirmity. This is the only

real objection which I know of; and, as I do not wish to pass it over

lightly, I propose to consider it at the end of this letter.

2. Now, secondly, her _greatness_. Here let us suppose that our first

parents had overcome in their trial, and had gained for their

descendants for ever the full possession, as if by right, of the

privileges which were promised to their obedience--grace here and

glory hereafter. Is it possible that those descendants, pious and

happy from age to age in their temporal homes, would have forgotten

their benefactors? Would they not have followed them in thought into

the heavens, and gratefully commemorated them on earth? The history of

the temptation, the craft of the serpent, their steadfastness in

obedience--the loyal vigilance, the sensitive purity of Eve--the great

issue, salvation wrought out for all generations--would have been

never from their minds, ever welcome to their ears. This would have

taken place from the necessity of our nature. Every nation has its

mythical hymns and epics about its first fathers and its heroes. The

great deeds of Charlemagne, Alfred, Coeur de Lion, Wallace, Louis the

Ninth, do not die; and though their persons are gone from us, we make

much of their names. Milton's Adam, after his fall, understands the

force of this law, and shrinks from the prospect of its operation:

"Who of all ages to succeed but, feeling

The evil on him brought by me, will curse

My head? Ill fare our ancestor impure;

For this we may thank Adam."

If this anticipation has not been fulfilled in the event, it is owing

to the needs of our penal life, our state of perpetual change, and the

ignorance and unbelief incurred by the fall; also because, fallen as

we are, from the hopefulness of our nature we feel more pride in our

national great men than dejection at our national misfortunes. Much

more then in the great kingdom and people of God--the saints are ever

in our sight, and not as mere ineffectual ghosts, but as if present

bodily in their past selves. It is said of them, "Their works do

follow them;" what they were here, such are they in heaven and in the

church. As we call them by their earthly names, so we contemplate them

in their earthly characters and histories. Their acts, callings, and

relations below are types and anticipations of their mission above.

Even in the case of our Lord himself, whose native home is the eternal

heavens, it is said of him in his state of glory, that he is a "priest

for ever;" and when he comes again he will be recognized, by those who

pierced him, as being the very same that he was on earth. The only

question is, whether the Blessed Virgin had a part, a real part, in

the economy of grace, whether, when she was on earth, she secured by

her deeds any claim on our memories; for, if she did, it is impossible

we should put her away from us, merely because she is gone hence, and

not look at her still, according to the measure of her earthly

history, with gratitude and expectation. If, as St. Irenaeus says, she

did the part of an advocate, a friend in need, even in her mortal

life, if, as St. Jerome and St. Ambrose say, she was on earth the

great pattern of virgins, if she had a meritorious share in bringing

about our redemption, if her maternity was earned by her faith and

obedience, if her divine Son was subject to her, and if she stood by

the {66} cross with a mother's heart and drank in to the full those

sufferings which it was her portion to gaze upon, it is impossible

that we should not associate these characteristics of her life on

earth with her present state of blessedness; and this surely she

anticipated, when she said in her hymn that "all generations shall

call her blessed."

I am aware that, in thus speaking, I am following a line of thought

which is rather a meditation than an argument in controversy, and I

shall not carry it further; but still, in turning to other topics, it

is to the point to inquire whether the popular astonishment, excited

by our belief in the Blessed Virgin's present dignity, does not arise

from the circumstance that the bulk of men, engaged in matters of the

world, have never calmly considered her historical position in the

gospels so as rightly to realize (if I may use the word a second time)

what that position imports. I do not claim for the generality of

Catholics any greater powers of reflection upon the objects of their

faith than Protestants commonly have, but there is a sufficient number

of religious men among Catholics who, instead of expending their

devotional energies (as so many serious Protestants do) on abstract

doctrines, such as justification by faith only, or the sufficiency of

holy Scripture, employ themselves in the contemplation of Scripture

facts, and bring out in a tangible form the doctrines involved in

them, and give such a substance and color to the sacred history as to

influence their brethren, who, though superficial themselves, are

drawn by their Catholic instinct to accept conclusions which they

could not indeed themselves have elicited, but which, when elicited,

they feel to be true. However, it would be out of place to pursue this

course of reasoning here; and instead of doing so, I shall take what

perhaps you may think a very bold step--I shall find the doctrine of

our Lady's present exaltation in Scripture.

I mean to find it in the vision of the woman and child in the twelfth

chapter of the Apocalypse. [Footnote 14] Now here two objections will

be made to me at once: first, that such an interpretation is but

poorly supported by the fathers; and secondly, that in ascribing such

a picture of the Madonna (as it may be called) to the apostolic age, I

am committing an anachronism.

[Footnote 14: _Vid_. "Essay on Doctr. Development," p. 384, and

Bishop Ullathorne's work on the "Immaculate Conception," p. 77.]

As to the former of these objections, I answer as follows: Christians

have never gone to Scripture for proofs of their doctrines till there

was actual need from the pressure of controversy. If in those times

the Blessed Virgin's dignity were unchallenged on all hands as a

matter of doctrine, Scripture, as far as its argumentative matter was

concerned, was likely to remain a sealed book to them. Thus, to take

an instance in point, the Catholic party in the English Church (say

the Non-jurors), unable by their theory of religion simply to take

their stand on tradition, and distressed for proof of their doctrines,

had their eyes sharpened to scrutinize and to understand the letter of

holy Scripture, which to others brought no instruction. And the

peculiarity of their interpretations is this--that they have in

themselves great logical cogency, yet are but faintly supported by

patristical commentators. Such is the use of the word [Greek text] or

_facere_ in our Lord's institution of the holy eucharist, which, by a

reference to the old Testament, is found to be a word of sacrifice.

Such again is [Greek text] in the passage in the Acts, "As they

_ministered_ to the Lord and fasted," which again is a sacerdotal

term. And such the passage in Rom. xv. 16, in which several terms are

used which have an allusion to the sacrificial eucharistic rite. Such,

too, is St. Paul's repeated message to the _household_ of Onesiphorus,

with no mention of Onesiphorus himself, but in one place, with the

addition of a prayer that "he might find mercy of the Lord" in the day

of {67} judgment, which, taking into account its wording and the known

usage of the first centuries, we can hardly deny is a prayer for his

soul. Other texts there are which ought to find a place in ancient

controversies, and the omission of which by the fathers affords matter

for more surprise; those, for instance, which, according to

Middleton's rule, are real proofs of our Lord's divinity, and yet are

passed over by Catholic disputants; for these bear upon a then

existing controversy of the first moment and of the most urgent

exigency.

As to the second objection which I have supposed, so far from allowing

it, I consider that it is built upon a mere imaginary fact, and that

the truth of the matter lies in the very contrary direction. The

Virgin and Child is _not_ a mere modern idea; on the contrary, it is

represented again and again, as every visitor to Rome is aware, in the

paintings of the Catacombs. Mary is there drawn with the Divine Infant

in her lap, she with hands extended in prayer, he with his hand in the

attitude of blessing. No representation can more forcibly convey the

doctrine of the high dignity of the mother, and, I will add, of her

power over her Son. Why should the memory of his time of subjection be

so dear to Christians, and so carefully preserved? The only question

to be determined, is the precise date of these remarkable monuments of

the first age of Christianity. That they belong to the centuries of

what Anglicans call the "undivided church" is certain; but lately

investigations have been pursued which place some of them at an

earlier date than any one anticipated as possible. I am not in a

position to quote largely from the works of the Cavaliere de Rossi,

who has thrown so much light upon the subject; but I have his "Imagini

Scelte," published in 1863, and they are sufficient for my purpose. In

this work he has given us from the Catacombs various representations

of the Virgin and Child; the latest of these belong to the early part

of the fourth century, but the earliest he believes to be referable to

the very age of the apostles. He comes to this conclusion from the

style and the skill of the composition, and from the history,

locality, and existing inscriptions of the subterranean in which it is

found. However, he does not go so far as to insist upon so early a

date; yet the utmost liberty he grants is to refer the painting to the

era of the first Antonines--that is, to a date within half a century

of the death of St. John. I consider then that, as you fairly use, in

controversy with Protestants, the traditional doctrine of the church

in early times, as an explanation of the Scripture text, or at least

as a suggestion, or as a defence, of the sense which you may wish to

put on it, quite apart from the question whether your interpretation

itself is traditional, so it is lawful for me, though I have not the

positive words of the fathers on my side, to shelter my own

interpretation of the apostle's vision under the fact of the extant

pictures of Mother and Child in the Roman Catacombs. There is another

principle of Scripture interpretation which we should hold with

you--when we speak of a doctrine being contained in Scripture, we do

not necessarily mean that it is contained there in direct categorical

terms, but that there is no other satisfactory way of accounting for

the language and expressions of the sacred writers, concerning the

subject-matter in question, than to suppose that they held upon it the

opinions which we hold; that they would not have spoken as they have

spoken _unless_ they held it. For myself I have ever felt the truth of

this principle, as regards the Scripture proof of the Holy Trinity; I

should not have found out that doctrine in the sacred text without

previous traditional teaching; but when once it is suggested from

without, it commends itself as the one true interpretation, from its

appositeness, because no other view of doctrine, which can be ascribed

to the inspired writers, so happily {68} solves the obscurities and

seeming inconsistencies of their teaching. And now to apply what I

have said to the passage in the Apocalypse.

If there is an apostle on whom, _à priori_, our eyes would be fixed,

as likely to teach us about the Blessed Virgin, it is St. John, to

whom she was committed by our Lord on the cross--with whom, as

tradition goes, she lived at Ephesus till she was taken away. This

anticipation is confirmed _à posteriori_; for, as I have said above,

one of the earliest and fullest of our informants concerning her

dignity, as being the second Eve, is Irenaeus, who came to Lyons from

Asia Minor, and had been taught by the immediate disciples of St.

John. The apostle's vision is as follows:

"A great sign appeared in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and

the moon under her feet; and on her head a crown of twelve stars. And

being with child, she cried travailing in birth, and was in pain to be

delivered. And there was seen another sign in heaven; and behold a

great red dragon . . . And the dragon stood before the woman who was

ready to be delivered, that, when she should be delivered, he might

devour her son. And she brought forth a man-child, who was to rule all

nations with an iron rod; and her son was taken up to God and to his

throne. And the woman fled into the wilderness." Now I do not deny, of

course, that, under the image of the woman, the church is signified;

but what I would maintain is this, that the holy apostle would not

have spoken of the church under this particular image _unless_ there

had existed a Blessed Virgin Mary, who was exalted on high, and the

object of veneration to all the faithful.

No one doubts that the "man-child" spoken of is an allusion to our

Lord; why, then, is not "the woman" an allusion to his mother? This

surely is the obvious sense of the words; of course it has a further

sense also, which is the scope of the image; doubtless the child

represents the children of the church, and doubtless the woman

represents the church; this, I grant, is the real or direct sense, but

what is the sense of the symbol? _who_ are the woman and the child? I

answer, They are not personifications but persons. This is true of the

child, therefore it is true of the woman.

But again: not only mother and child, but a serpent, is introduced

into the vision. Such a meeting of man, woman, and serpent has not

been found in Scripture, since the beginning of Scripture, and now it

is found in its end. Moreover, in the passage in the Apocalypse, as if

to supply, before Scripture came to an end, what was wanting in its

beginning, we are told, and for the first time, that the serpent in

Paradise was the evil spirit. If the dragon of St. John is the same as

the serpent of Moses, and the man-child is "the seed of the woman,"

why is not the woman herself she whose seed the man-child is? And, if

the first woman is not an allegory, why is the second? if the first

woman is Eve, why is not the second Mary?

But this is not all. The image of the woman, according to Scripture

usage, is too bold and prominent for a mere personification. Scripture

is not fond of allegories. We have indeed frequent figures there, as

when the sacred writers speak of the arm or sword of the Lord; and so

too when they speak of Jerusalem or Samaria in the feminine; or of the

mountains leaping for joy, or of the church as a bride or as a vine;

but they are not much given to dressing up abstract ideas or

generalizations in personal attributes. This is the classical rather

than the Scripture style. Xenophon places Hercules between Virtue and

Vice, represented as women; AEschylus introduces into his drama Force

and Violence; Virgil gives personality to public rumor or Fame, and

Plautus to Poverty. So on monuments done in the classical style, we

{69} see virtues, vices, rivers, renown, death, and the like, turned

into human figures of men and women. I do not say there are no

instances at all of this method in Scripture, but I say that such

poetical compositions are strikingly unlike its usual method. Thus we

at once feel its difference from Scripture, when we betake ourselves

to the Pastor of Hermes, and find the church a woman, to St.

Methodius, and find Virtue a woman, and to St. Gregory's poem, and

find Virginity again a woman. Scripture deals with types rather than

personifications. Israel stands for the chosen people, David for

Christ, Jerusalem for heaven. Consider the remarkable representations,

dramatic I may call them, in Jeremiah, Ezechiel, and Hosea;

predictions, threatenings, and promises are acted out by those

prophets. Ezechiel is commanded to shave his head, and to divide and

scatter his hair; and Ahias tears his garment, and gives ten out of

twelve parts of it to Jeroboam. So, too, the structure of the imagery

in the Apocalypse is not a mere allegorical creation, but is founded

on the Jewish ritual. In like manner our Lord's bodily cures are

visible types of the power of his grace upon the soul; and his

prophecy of the last day is conveyed under that of the fall of

Jerusalem. Even his parables are not simply ideal, but relations of

occurrences which did or might take place, under which was conveyed a

spiritual meaning. The description of Wisdom in the Proverbs, and

other sacred books, has brought out the instinct of commentators in

this respect. They felt that Wisdom could not be a mere

personification, and they determined that it was our Lord; and the

later of these books, by their own more definite language, warranted

that interpretation. Then, when it was found that the Arians used it

in derogation of our Lord's divinity, still, unable to tolerate the

notion of a mere allegory, commentators applied the description to the

Blessed Virgin. Coming back then to the Apocalyptic vision, I ask, If

the woman must be some real person, who can it be whom the apostle

saw, and intends, and delineates, but that same great mother to whom

the chapters in the Proverbs are accommodated? And let it be observed,

moreover, that in this passage, from the allusion in it to the history

of the fall, she may be said still to be represented under the

character of the second Eve. I make a further remark; it is sometimes

asked, Why do not the sacred writers mention our Lady's greatness? I

answer, she was, or may have been, alive when the apostles and

evangelists wrote; there was just one book of Scripture certainly

written after her death, and that book does (if I may so speak)

canonize her.

But if all this be so, if it is really the Blessed Virgin whom

Scripture represents as clothed with the sun, crowned with the stars

of heaven, and with the moon as her footstool, what height of glory

may we not attribute to her? and what are we to say of those who,

through ignorance, run counter to the voice of Scripture, to the

testimony of the fathers, to the traditions of East and West, and

speak and act contemptuously toward her whom her Lord delighteth to

honor?

Now I have said all I mean to say on what I have called the rudimental

teaching of antiquity about the Blessed Virgin; but, after all, I have

not insisted on the highest view of her prerogatives which the fathers

have taught us. You, my dear friend, who know so well the ancient

controversies and councils, may have been surprised why I should not

have yet spoken of her as the Theotocos; but I wished to show on how

broad a basis her greatness rests, independent of that wonderful

title; and again, I have been loth to enlarge upon the force of a

word, which is rather matter for devotional thought than for polemical

dispute. However, I might as well not {70} write on my subject at all

as altogether be silent upon it.

It is, then, an integral portion of the faith fixed by ecumenical

council, a portion of it which you hold as well as I, that the Blessed

Virgin is Theotocos, Deipara, or Mother of God; and this word, when

thus used, carries with it no admixture of rhetoric, no taint of

extravagant affection; it has nothing else but a well-weighed, grave,

dogmatic sense, which corresponds and is adequate to its sound. It

intends to express that God is her Son, as truly as any one of us is

the son of his own mother. If this be so, what can be said of any

creature whatever which may not be said of her? what can be said too

much, so that it does not compromise the attributes of the Creator?

He, indeed, might have created a being more perfect, more admirable,

than she is; he might have endued that being, so created, with a

richer grant of grace, of power, of blessedness; but in one respect

she surpasses all even possible creations, viz., that she is Mother of

her Creator. It is this awful title, which both illustrates and

connects together the two prerogatives of Mary, on which I have been

lately enlarging, her sanctity and her greatness. It is the issue of

her sanctity; it is the source of her greatness. What dignity can be

too great to attribute to her who is as closely bound up, as

intimately one, with the Eternal Word, as a mother is with a son? What

outfit of sanctity, what fulness and redundance of grace, what

exuberance of merits must have been hers, on the supposition, which

the fathers justify, that her Maker regarded them at all, and took

them into account, when he condescended "not to abhor the Virgin's

womb?" Is it surprising, then, that on the one hand she should be

immaculate in her conception? or on the other that she should be

exalted as a queen, with a crown of twelve stars? Men sometimes wonder

that we call her mother of life, of mercy, of salvation; what are all

these titles compared to that one name, Mother of God?

I shall say no more about this title here. It is scarcely possible to

write of it without diverging into a style of composition unsuited to

a letter; so I proceed to the history of its use.

The title of _Theotocos_ [Footnote 15] begins with ecclesiastical

writers of a date hardly later than that at which we read of her as

the second Eve. It first occurs in the works of Origen (185-254); but

he, witnessing for Egypt and Palestine, witnesses also that it was in

use before his time; for, as Socrates informs us, he "interpreted how

it was to be used, and discussed the question at length" (Hist. vii.

32). Within two centuries (431), in the general council held against

Nestorius, it was made part of the formal dogmatic teaching of the

church. At that time Theodoret, who from his party connections might

have been supposed disinclined to its solemn recognition, owned that

"the ancient and more than ancient heralds of the orthodox faith

taught the use of the term according to the apostolic tradition." At

the same date John of Antioch, who for a while sheltered Nestorius,

whose heresy lay in the rejection of the term, said, "This title no

ecclesiastical teacher has put aside. Those who have used it are many

and eminent, and those who have not used it have not attacked those

who did." Alexander again, one of the fiercest partisans of Nestorius,

allows the use of the word, though he considers it dangerous. "That in

festive solemnities," he says, "or in preaching or teaching,

_theotocos_ should be unguardedly said by the orthodox without

explanation is no blame, because such statements were not dogmatic,

nor said with evil meaning." If we look for those, in the interval

between Origen and the council, to whom Alexander refers, we find it

used again and again by the fathers in such of their works as are

extant: by {71} Archelans of Mesopotamia, Eusebius of Palestine,

Alexander of Egypt, in the third century; in the fourth, by Athanasius

many times with emphasis, by Cyril of Palestine, Gregory Nyssen of

Cappadocia, Gregory Nazianzen of Cappadocia, Antiochus of Syria, and

Ammonius of Thrace; not to speak of the Emperor Julian, who, having no

local or ecclesiastical domicile, speaks for the whole of Christendom.

Another and earlier emperor, Constantine, in his speech before the

assembled bishops at Nicaea, uses the still more explicit title of

"the Virgin Mother of God;" which is also used by Ambrose of Milan,

and by Vincent and Cassian in the south of France, and then by St.

Leo.

[Footnote 15: _Vid_. "translation of St. Athanasius," pp. 420, 440,

447.]

So much for the term; it would be tedious to produce the passages of

authors who, using or not using the term, convey the idea. "Our God

was carried in the womb of Mary," says Ignatius, who was martyred A.D.

106. "The word of God," says Hippolytus, "was carried in that virgin

frame." "The Maker of all," says Amphilochius, "is born of a virgin."

"She did compass without circumscribing the Sun of justice--the

Everlasting is born," says Chrysostom. "God dwelt in the womb," says

Proclus. "When thou hearest that God speaks from the bush," asks

Theodotus, "in the bush seest thou not the Virgin?" Cassian says,

"Mary bore her Author." "The one God only-begotten," says Hilary, "is

introduced into the womb of a virgin." "The Everlasting," says

Ambrose, "came into the Virgin him." "The closed gate," says Jerome,

"by which alone the Lord God of Israel enters, is the Virgin Mary."

"That man from heaven," says Capriolus, "is God conceived in the

womb." "He is made in thee," says Augustine, "who made thee."

This being the faith of the fathers about the Blessed Virgin, we need

not wonder that it should in no long time be transmuted into devotion.

No wonder if their language should be unmeasured, when so great a term

as "Mother of God" had been formally set down as the safe limit of it.

No wonder if it became stronger and stronger as time went on, since

only in a long period could the fulness of its import be exhausted.

And in matter of fact, and as might be anticipated (with the few

exceptions which I have noted above, and which I am to treat of

below), the current of thought in those early ages did uniformly tend

to make much of the Blessed Virgin and to increase her honors, not to

circumscribe them. Little jealousy was shown of her in those times;

but, when any such niggardness of devotion occurred, then one father

or other fell upon the offender, with zeal, not to say with

fierceness. Thus St. Jerome inveighs against Helvidius; thus St.

Epiphanius denounces Apollinaris, St. Cyril Nestorius, and St. Ambrose

Bonosus; on the other hand, each successive insult offered to her by

individual adversaries did but bring out more fully the intimate

sacred affection with which Christendom regarded her. "She was alone,

and wrought the world's salvation and conceived the redemption of

all," says Ambrose; [Footnote 16] "she had so great grace, as not

only to preserve virginity herself, but to confer it upon those whom

she visited." "The rod out of the stem of Jesse," says Jerome, "and

the eastern gate through which the high priest alone goes in and out,

yet is ever shut" "The wise woman," says Nilus, who "hath clad

believers, from the fleece of the Lamb born of her, with the clothing

of incorruption, and delivered them from their spiritual nakedness."

"The mother of life, of beauty, of majesty, the morning star,"

according to Antiochus. "The mystical new heavens," "the heavens

carrying the Divinity," "the fruitful vine," "by whom we are

translated from death to life," according to St. Ephrem. "The manna

which is delicate, bright, sweet, and virgin, {72} which, as though

coming from heaven, has poured down on all the people of the churches

a food pleasanter than honey," according to St. Maximus.

[Footnote 16: "Essay on Doctr. Dev.," p. 408]

Proclus calls her "the unsullied shell which contains the pearl of

price," "the church's diadem," "the expression of orthodoxy." "Run

through all creation in your thought," he says, "and see if there be

one equal or superior to the Holy Virgin, Mother of God." "Hail,

mother, clad in light, of the light which sets not," says Theodotus,

or some one else at Ephesus--"hail, all-undefiled mother of holiness;

hail, most pellucid fountain of the life-giving stream." And St. Cyril

too at Ephesus, "Hail, Mary, Mother of God, majestic common-treasure

of the whole world, the lamp unquenchable, the crown of virginity, the

staff of orthodoxy, the indissoluble temple, the dwelling of the

illimitable, mother and virgin, through whom he in the holy gospels is

called blessed who cometh in the name of the Lord, .... through whom

the Holy Trinity is sanctified, through whom angels and archangels

rejoice, devils are put to flight, .... and the fallen creature is

received up into the heavens, etc, etc." [Footnote 17] Such is but a

portion of the panegyrical language which St. Cyril used in the third

ecumenical council.

[Footnote 17: Opp., t. 6, p. 355. ]

I must not close my review of the Catholic doctrine concerning the

Blessed Virgin without directly speaking of her intercessory power,

though I have incidentally made mention of it already. It is the

immediate result of two truths, neither of which you dispute: first,

that "it is good and useful," as the Council of Trent says,

"suppliantly to invoke the saints and to have recourse to their

prayers;" and secondly, that the Blessed Mary is singularly dear to

her Son and singularly exalted in sanctity and glory. However, at the

risk of becoming didactic, I will state somewhat more fully the

grounds on which it rests.

To a candid pagan it must have been one of the most remarkable points

of Christianity, on its first appearance, that the observance of

prayer formed so vital a part of its organization; and that, though

its members were scattered all over the world, and its rulers and

subjects had so little opportunity of correlative action, yet they,

one and all, found the solace of a spiritual intercourse, and a real

bond of union, in the practice of mutual intercession. Prayer, indeed,

is the very essence of religion; but in the heathen religions it was

either public or personal; it was a state ordinance, or a selfish

expedient, for the attainment of certain tangible, temporal goods.

Very different from this was its exercise among Christians, who were

thereby knit together in one body, different as they were in races,

ranks, and habits, distant from each other in country, and helpless

amid hostile populations. Yet it proved sufficient for its purpose.

Christians could not correspond; they could not combine; but they

could pray one for another. Even their public prayers partook of this

character of intercession; for to pray for the welfare of the whole

church was really a prayer for all classes of men, and all the

individuals of which it was composed. It was in prayer that the church

was founded. For ten days all the apostles "persevered with one mind

in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the Mother of

Jesus, and with his brethren." Then again at Pentecost "they were all

with one mind in one place;" and the converts then made are said to

have "persevered in prayer." And when, after a while, St. Peter was

seized and put in prison with a view to his being put to death,

"prayer was made without ceasing" by the church of God for him; and,

when the angel released him, he took refuge in a house "where many

were gathered together in prayer."

{73}

We are so accustomed to these passages as hardly to be able to do

justice to their singular significance; and they are followed up by

various passages of the apostolic epistles. St. Paul enjoins his

brethren to '"pray with all prayer and supplication at all times in

the Spirit, with all instance and supplication for all saints," to

"pray in every place," "to make supplication, prayers, intercessions,

giving of thanks for all men." And in his own person he "ceases not to

give thanks for them, commemorating them in his prayers," and "always

in all his prayers making supplication for them all with joy."

Now, was this spiritual bond to cease with life? or had Christians

similar duties to their brethren departed? From the witness of the

early ages of the church, it appears that they had; and you, and those

who agree with you, would be the last to deny that they were then in

the practice of praying, as for the living, so for those also who had

passed into the intermediate state between earth and heaven. Did the

sacred communion extend further still, on to the inhabitants of heaven

itself? Here too you agree with us, for you have adopted in your

volume the words of the Council of Trent which I have quoted above.

But now we are brought to a higher order of thoughts.

It would be preposterous to pray for those who are already in glory;

but at least they can pray for us, and we can ask their prayers, and

in the Apocalypse at least angels are introduced both sending us their

blessing and presenting our prayers before the divine Presence. We

read there of an angel who "came and stood before the altar, having a

golden censer;" and "there was given to him much incense, that he

should offer of the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which

is before the throne of God." On this occasion, surely, the angel

Michael, as the prayer in mass considers him, performed the part of a

great intercessor or mediator above for the children of the church

militant below. Again, in the beginning of the same book, the sacred

writer goes so far as to speak of "grace and peace" being sent us, not

only from the Almighty, but "from the seven spirits that are before

his throne," thus associating the Eternal with the ministers of his

mercies; and this carries us on to the remarkable passage of St.

Justin, one of the earliest fathers, who, in his "Apology," says, "To

him (God), and his Son who came from him, and taught us these things,

and the host of the other good angels who follow and resemble them,

and the prophetic Spirit, we pay veneration and homage." Further, in

the Epistle to the Hebrews, St. Paul introduces, not only angels, but

"the spirits of the just" into the sacred communion: "Ye have come to

Mount Sion, to the heavenly Jerusalem, to myriads of angels, to God,

the Judge of all, to the spirits of the just made perfect, and to

Jesus, the Mediator of the New Testament." What can be meant by having

"come to the spirits of the just," unless in some way or other they do

us good, whether by blessing or by aiding us? that is, in a word, to

speak correctly, by praying for us; for it is by prayer alone that the

creature above can bless or aid the creature below.

Intercession thus being the first principle of the church's life, next

it is certain again that the vital principle of that intercession, as

an availing power, is, according to the will of God, sanctity. This

seems to be suggested by a passage of St. Paul, in which the supreme

intercessor is said to be "the Spirit:" "The Spirit himself maketh

intercession for us; he maketh intercession for the saints according

to God." However, the truth thus implied is expressly brought out in

other parts of Scripture, in the form both of doctrine and of example.

The words of the man born blind speak the common sense of nature: "If

any man be a worshipper of God, him he heareth." {74} And apostles

confirm them: "The prayer of a just man availeth much," and "whatever

we ask we receive, because we keep his commandments." Then, as for

examples, we read of Abraham and Moses as having the divine purpose of

judgment revealed to them beforehand, in order that they might

deprecate its execution. To the friends of Job it was said, "My

servant Job shall pray for you; his face I will accept." Elias by his

prayer shut and opened the heavens. Elsewhere we read of "Jeremias,

Moses, and Samuel," and of "Noe, Daniel, and Job," as being great

mediators between God and his people. One instance is given us, which

testifies the continuance of so high an office beyond this life.

Lazarus, in the parable, is seen in Abraham's bosom. It is usual to

pass over this striking passage with the remark that it is a Jewish

expression; whereas, Jewish belief or not, it is recognized and

sanctioned by our Lord himself. What do we teach about the Blessed

Virgin more wonderful than this? Let us suppose that, at the hour of

death, the faithful are committed to her arms; but if Abraham, not yet

ascended on high, had charge of Lazarus, what offence is it to affirm

the like of her, who was not merely "the friend," but the very "Mother

of God?"

It may be added that, though it availed nothing for influence with our

Lord to be one of his company if sanctity was wanting, still, as the

gospel shows, he on various occasions allowed those who were near him

to be the means by which supplicants were brought to him, or miracles

gained from him, as in the instance of the miracle of the loaves; and

if on one occasion he seems to repel his mother when she told him that

wine was wanting for the guests at the marriage feast, it is obvious

to remark on it that, by saying that she was then separated from him

_because_ his hour was not yet come, he implied that, when that hour

was come, such separation would be at an end. Moreover, in fact, he

did, at her intercession, work the miracle which she desired.

I consider it impossible, then, for those who believe the church to be

one vast body in heaven and on earth, in which every holy creature of

God has his place, and of which prayer is the life, when once they

recognize the sanctity and greatness of the Blessed Virgin, not to

perceive immediately that her office above is one of perpetual

intercession for the faithful militant, and that our very relation to

her must be that of clients to a patron, and that, in the eternal

enmity which exists between the woman and the serpent, while the

serpent's strength is that of being the tempter, the weapon of the

second Eve and Mother of God is prayer.

As then these ideas of her sanctity and greatness gradually penetrated

the mind of Christendom, so did her intercessory power follow close

upon and with them. From the earliest times that mediation is

symbolized in those representations of her with uplifted hands, which,

whether in plaster or in glass, are still extant in Rome--that

church, as St. Irenaeus says, with which "every church, that is, the

faithful from every side, must agree, because of its more powerful

principality;" "into which," as Tertullian adds, "the apostles poured

out, together with their blood, their whole doctrines." As far,

indeed, as existing documents are concerned, I know of no instance to

my purpose earlier than A.D. 234, but it is a very remarkable one;

and, though it has been often quoted in the controversy, an argument

is not the weaker for frequent use.

St. Gregory Nyssen, [Footnote 18] a native of Cappadocia in the

fourth century, relates that his namesake, Bishop of Neo-Caesarea,

surnamed Thaumaturgus, in the century preceding, shortly before he was

called to the priesthood, received in a vision a creed, which is still

extant, from the Blessed Mary at the hands of St. John.

[Footnote 18: _Vid_. "Essay on Doctr. Dev." p. 386.]

{75}

The account runs thus: He was deeply pondering theological doctrine,

which the heretics of the day depraved. "In such thoughts," says his

namesake of Nyssa, "he was passing the night, when one appeared, as if

in human form, aged in appearance, saintly in the fashion of his

garments, and very venerable both in grace of countenance and general

mien. Amazed at the sight, he started from his bed, and asked who it

was, and why he came; but, on the other calming the perturbation of

his mind with his gentle voice, and saying he had appeared to him by

divine command on account of his doubts, in order that the truth of

the orthodox faith might be revealed to him, he took courage at the

word, and regarded him with a mixture of joy and fright. Then, on his

stretching his hand straight forward and pointing with his fingers at

something on one side, he followed with his eyes the extended hand,

and saw another appearance opposite to the former, in the shape of a

woman, but more than human. . . . When his eyes could not, bear the

apparition, he heard them conversing together on the subject of his

doubts; and thereby not only gained a true knowledge of the faith, but

learned their names, as they addressed each other by their respective

appellations. And thus he is said to have heard the person in woman's

shape bid 'John the Evangelist' disclose to the young man the mystery

of godliness; and he answered that he was ready to comply in this

matter with the wish of 'the Mother of the Lord,' and enunciated a

formulary, well turned and complete, and so vanished. He, on the other

hand, immediately committed to writing that divine teaching of his

mystagogue, and henceforth preached in the church according to that

form, and bequeathed to posterity, as an inheritance, that heavenly

teaching, by means of which his people are instructed down to this

day, being preserved from all heretical evil." He proceeds to rehearse

the creed thus given, "There is one God, father of a living Word,"

etc. Bull, after quoting it in his work upon the Nicene faith, alludes

to this history of its origin, and adds, "No one should think it

incredible that such a providence should befal a man whose whole life

was conspicuous for revelations and miracles, as all ecclesiastical

writers who have mentioned him (and who has not?) witness with one

voice."

Here she is represented as rescuing a holy soul from intellectual

error. This leads me to a further reflection. You seem, in one place

in your volume, to object to the antiphon, in which it is said of her,

"All heresies thou hast destroyed alone." Surely the truth of it is

verified in this age, as in former times, and especially by the

doctrine concerning her on which I have been dwelling. She is the

great exemplar of prayer in a generation which emphatically denies the

power of prayer _in toto_, which determines that fatal laws govern the

universe, that there cannot be any direct communication between earth

and heaven, that God cannot visit his earth, and that man cannot

influence his providence.

I cannot help hoping that your own reading of the fathers will on the

whole bear me out in the above account of their teaching concerning

the Blessed Virgin. Anglicans seem to me to overlook the strength of

the argument adducible from their works in our favor, and they open

the attack upon our mediaeval and modern writers, careless of leaving

a host of primitive opponents in their rear. I do not include you

among such Anglicans; you know what the fathers assert; but, if so,

have you not, my dear friend, been unjust to yourself in your recent

volume, and made far too much of the differences which exist between

Anglicans and us on this particular point? It is the office of an

Irenicon to smooth difficulties; I shall be pleased if I succeed in

removing some of yours. Let the public judge between us here. Had you

{76} happened in your volume to introduce your notice of our teaching

about the Blessed Virgin with a notice of the teaching of the fathers

concerning her, ordinary men would have considered that there was not

much to choose between you and us. Though you appealed ever so much to

the authority of the "undivided church," they certainly would have

said that you, who had such high notions of the Blessed Mary, were one

of the last men who had a right to accuse us of quasi-idolatry. When

they found you calling her by the titles of Mother of God, Second Eve,

and Mother of all Living, the Mother of life, the Morning Star, the

Stay of Believers, the Expression of Orthodoxy, the All-undefiled

Mother of Holiness, and the like, they would have deemed it a poor

compensation for such language that you protested against her being

called a co-redemptress or a priestess. And, if they were violent

Protestants, they would not have read you with that relish and

gratitude with which, as it is, they have perhaps accepted your

testimony against us. Not that they would have been altogether right

in their view of you;--on the contrary, I think there is a real

difference between what you protest against and what with the fathers

you hold; but unread men and men of the world form a broad practical

judgment of the things which come before them, and they would have

felt in this case that they had the same right to be shocked at you as

you have to be shocked at us;--and further, which is the point to

which I am coming, they would have said that, granting some of our

modern writers go beyond the fathers in this matter, still the line

cannot be logically drawn between the teaching of the fathers

concerning the Blessed Virgin and our own. This view of the matter

seems to me true and important; I do not think the line _can_ be

satisfactorily drawn, and to this point I shall now direct my

attention. It is impossible, I say, in a doctrine like this, to draw

the line cleanly between truth and error, right and wrong. This is

ever the case in concrete matters, which have life. Life in this world

is motion, and involves a continual process of change. Living things

grow into their perfection, into their decline, into their death. No

rule of art will suffice to stop the operation of this natural law,

whether in the material world or in the human mind. We can indeed

encounter disorders, when they occur, by external antagonisms and

remedies; but we cannot eradicate the process itself out of which they

arise. Life has the same right to decay as it has to wax strong. This

is specially the case with great ideas. You may stifle them; or you

may refuse them elbow-room; or you may torment them with your

continual meddling; or you may let them have free course and range,

and be content, instead of anticipating their excesses, to expose and

restrain those excesses after they have occurred. But you have only

this alternative; and for myself, I prefer much, wherever it is

possible, to be first generous and then just; to grant full liberty of

thought, and to call it to account when abused.

If what I have been saying be true of energetic ideas generally, much

more is it the case in matters of religion. Religion acts on the

affections; who is to hinder these, when once roused, from gathering

in their strength and running wild? They are not gifted with any

connatural principle within them which renders them self-governing and

self-adjusting. They hurry right on to their object, and often in

their case it is, more haste and worse speed. Their object engrosses

them, and they see nothing else. And of all passions love is the most

unmanageable; nay, more, I would not give much for that love which is

never extravagant, which always observes the proprieties, and can move

about in perfect good taste, under all emergencies. What mother, what

husband or wife, what youth or maiden in love, {77} but says a

thousand foolish things, in the way of endearment, which the speaker

would be sorry for strangers to hear; yet they were not on that

account unwelcome to the parties to whom they are addressed. Sometimes

by bad luck they are written down, sometimes they get into the

newspapers; and what might be even graceful, when it was fresh from

the heart, and interpreted by the voice and the countenance, presents

but a melancholy exhibition when served up cold for the public eye. So

it is with devotional feelings. Burning thoughts and words are as open

to criticism as they are beyond it. What is abstractedly extravagant,

may in religions persons be becoming and beautiful, and only fall

under blame when it is found in others who imitate them. When it is

formalized into meditations or exercises, it is as repulsive as

love-letters in a police report. Moreover, even holy minds readily

adopt and become familiar with language which they would never have

originated themselves, when it proceeds from a writer who has the same

objects of devotion as they have; and, if they find a stranger

ridicule or reprobate supplication or praise which has come to them so

recommended, they feel as keenly as if a direct insult were offered to

those to whom that homage is addressed. In the next place, what has

power to stir holy and refined souls is potent also with the

multitude; and the religion of the multitude is ever vulgar and

abnormal; it ever will be tinctured with fanaticism and superstition

while men are what they are. A people's religion is ever a corrupt

religion. If you are to have a Catholic Church, you must put up with

fish of every kind, guests good and bad, vessels of gold, vessels of

earth. You may beat religion out of men, if you will, and then their

excesses will take a different direction; but if you make use of

religion to improve them, they will make use of religion to corrupt

it. And then you will have effected that compromise of which our

countrymen report so unfavorably from abroad:--a high grand faith and

worship which compel their admiration, and puerile absurdities among

the people which excite their contempt.

Nor is it any safeguard against these excesses in a religious system

that the religion is based upon reason, and develops into a theology.

Theology both uses logic and baffles it; and thus logic acts both as a

protection and as the perversion of religion. Theology is occupied

with supernatural matters, and is ever running into mysteries which

reason can neither explain nor adjust. Its lines of thought come to an

abrupt termination, and to pursue them or to complete them is to

plunge down the abyss. But logic blunders on, forcing its way, as it

can, through thick darkness and ethereal mediums. The Arians went

ahead with logic for their directing principle, and so lost the truth;

on the other hand, St. Augustine, in his treatise on the Holy Trinity,

seems to show that, if we attempt to find and tie together the ends of

lines which run into infinity, we shall only succeed in contradicting

ourselves; that for instance it is difficult to find the logical

reason for not speaking of three Gods as well as of one, and of one

person in the Godhead as well as of three. I do not mean to say that

logic cannot be used to set right its own error, or that in the hands

of an able disputant the balance of truth may not be restored. This

was done at the Councils of Antioch and Nicaea, in the instances of

Paulus and Arius. But such a process is circuitous and elaborate; and

is conducted by means of minute subtleties which will give it the

appearance of a game of skill in the case of matters too grave and

practical to deserve a mere scholastic treatment. Accordingly, St.

Augustine simply lays it down that the statements in question are

heretical, for the former is trltheism and the latter Sabellianism.

That is, good sense and a large {78} view of truth are the correctives

of his logic. And thus we have arrived at the final resolution of the

whole matter; for good sense and a large view of truth are rare gifts;

whereas all men are bound to be devout, and most men think they can

argue and conclude.

Now let me apply what I have been saying to the teaching of the church

on the subject of the Blessed Virgin. I have to recur to a subject of

so sacred a nature, that, writing as I am for publication, I need the

apology of my object for venturing to pursue it. I say then, when once

we have mastered the idea that Mary bore, suckled, and handled the

Eternal in the form of a child, what limit is conceivable to the rush

and flood of thoughts which such a doctrine involves? What awe and

surprise must attend upon the knowledge that a creature has been

brought so close to the Divine Essence? It was the creation of a new

idea and a new sympathy, a new faith and worship, when the holy

apostles announced that God bad become incarnate; and a supreme love

and devotion to him became possible which seemed hopeless before that

revelation. But beside this, a second range of thoughts was opened on

mankind, unknown before, and unlike any other, as soon as it was

understood that that incarnate God had a mother. The second idea is

perfectly distinct from the former, the one does not interfere with

the other. He is God made low, she is a woman made high. I scarcely

like to use a familiar illustration on such a subject, but it will

serve to explain what I mean when I ask you to consider the difference

of feeling with which we read the respective histories of Maria

Theresa and the Maid of Orleans; or with which the middle and lower

classes of a nation regard a first minister of the day who has come of

an aristocratic house and one who has risen from the ranks. May God's

mercy keep me from the shadow of a thought dimming the light or

blunting the keenness of that love of him which is our sole happiness

and our sole salvation! But surely, when he became man he brought home

to us his incommunicable attributes with a distinctiveness which

precludes the possibility of our lowering him by exalting a creature.

He alone has an entrance into our soul, reads our secret thoughts,

speaks to our heart, applies to us spiritual pardon and strength. On

him we solely depend. He alone is our inward life; he not only

regenerates us, but (to allude to a higher mystery) _semper gignit;_

he is ever renewing our new birth and our heavenly sonship. In this

sense he may be called, as in nature, so in grace, our real father.

Mary is only our adopted mother, given us from the cross; her presence

is above, not on earth; her office is external, not within us. Her

name is not heard in the administration of the sacraments. Her work is

not one of ministration toward us; her power is indirect. It is her

prayers that avail, and they are effectual by the _fiat_ of him who is

our all in all. Nor does she hear us by any innate power, or any

personal gift; but by his manifestation to her of the prayers which we

make her. When Moses was on the Mount, the Almighty told him of the

idolatry of his people at the foot of it, in order that he might

intercede for them; and thus it is the Divine presence which is the

intermediating power by which we reach her and she reaches us.

Woe is me, if even by a breath I sully these ineffable truths! but

still, without prejudice to them, there is, I say, another range of

thought quite distinct from them, incommensurate with them, of which

the Blessed Virgin is the centre. If we placed our Lord in that

centre, we should only be degrading him from his throne, and making

him an Arian kind of a God; that is, no God at all. He who charges us

with marking Mary a divinity, is thereby denying the divinity of

Jesus. Such a man does not know what divinity is. Our Lord cannot {79}

pray for us, as a creature, as Mary prays; he cannot inspire those

feelings which a creature inspires. To her belongs, as being a

creature, a natural claim on our sympathy and familiarity, in that she

is nothing else than our fellow. She is our pride,--in the poet's

words, "Our tainted nature's solitary boast." We look to her without

any fear, any remorse, any consciousness that she is able to read us,

judge us, punish us. Our heart yearns toward that pure virgin, that

gentle mother, and our congratulations follow her, as she rises from

Nazareth and Ephesus, through the choirs of angels, to her throne on

high. So weak, yet so strong; so delicate, yet so glory-laden; so

modest, yet so mighty. She has sketched for us her own portrait in the

magnificat. "He hath regarded the low estate of his handmaid; for

behold, from henceforth all generations shall call me blessed. He hath

put down the mighty from their seat; and hath exalted the humble. He

hath filled the hungry with good things, and the rich he hath sent

empty away." I recollect the strange emotion which took by surprise

men and women, young and old, when, at the coronation of our present

queen, they gazed on the figure of one so like a child, so small, so

tender, so shrinking, who had been exalted to so great an inheritance

and so vast a rule, who was such a contrast in her own person to the

solemn pageant which centred in her. Could it be otherwise with the

spectators, if they had human affection? And did not the All-wise know

the human heart when he took to himself a mother? did he not

anticipate our emotion at the sight of such an exaltation? If he had

not meant her to exert that wonderful influence in his church which

she has in the event exerted, I will use a bold word, he it is who has

perverted us. If she is not to attract our homage, why did he make her

solitary in her greatness amid his vast creation? If it be idolatry in

us to let our affections respond to our faith, he would not have made

her what she is, or he would not have told us that he had so made her;

but, far from this, he has sent his prophet to announce to us, "A

virgin shall conceive and bear a son, and they shall call his name

Emmanuel," and we have the same warrant for hailing her as God's

Mother, as we have for adoring him as God.

Christianity is eminently an objective religion. For the most part it

tells us of persons and facts in simple words, and leaves the

announcement to produce its effect on such hearts as are prepared to

receive it. This at least is its general character; and Butler

recognizes it as such in his "Analogy" when speaking of the Second and

Third Persons of the Holy Trinity: "The internal worship," he says,

"to the Son and Holy Ghost is no further matter of pure revealed

command than as the relations they stand in to us are matters of pure

revelation; for the relations being known, the obligations to such

internal worship are _obligations of reason arising out of those

relations themselves_." [Footnote 19]

[Footnote 19: _Vid_. "Essay on Doctr. Dev.," p. 50.]

It is in this way that the revealed doctrine of the incarnation

exerted a stronger and a broader influence on Christians, as they more

and more apprehended and mastered its meaning and its bearings. It is

contained in the brief and simple declaration of St John, "The Word

was made flesh;" but it required century after century to spread it

out in its fulness and to imprint it energetically on the worship and

practice of the Catholic people as well as on their faith. Athanasius

was the first and the great teacher of it. He collected together the

inspired notices scattered through David, Isaias, St. Paul, and St.

John, and he engraved indelibly upon the imaginations of the faithful,

as had never been before, that man is God, and God is man, that in

Mary they meet, and that in this sense Mary {80} is the centre of all

things. He added nothing to what was known before, nothing to the

popular and zealous faith that her Son was God; he has left behind him

in his works no such definite passages about her as those of St.

Irenaeus or St. Epiphanius; but he brought the circumstances of the

incarnation home to men's minds by the manifold evolutions of his

analysis, and secured it for ever from perversion. Still, however,

there was much to be done; we have no proof that Athanasius himself

had any special devotion to the Blessed Virgin; but he laid the

foundations on which that devotion was to rest, and thus noiselessly

and without strife, as the first temple in the holy city, she grew up

into her inheritance, and was "established in Sion and her power was

in Jerusalem." Such was the origin of that august _cultus_ which has

been paid to the Blessed Mary for so many centuries in the East and in

the West. That in times and places it has fallen into abuse, that it

has even become a superstition, I do not care to deny; for, as I have

said above, the same process which brings to maturity carries on to

decay, and things that do not admit of abuse have very little life in

them. This of course does not excuse such excesses, or justify us in

making light of them, when they occur. I have no intention of doing so

as regards the particular instances which you bring against us, though

but a few words will suffice for what I need say about them:--before

doing so, however, I am obliged to make three or four introductory

remarks.

1. I have almost anticipated my first remark already. It is this: that

the height of our offending in our devotion to the Blessed Virgin

would not look so great in your volume as it does, had you not placed

yourself on lower ground than your own feelings toward her would have

spontaneously prompted you to take. I have no doubt you had some good

reason for adopting this course, but I do not know it. What I do know

is that, for the fathers' sake, who so exalt her, you really do love

and venerate her, though you do not evidence it in your book. I am

glad, then, in this place, to insist on a fact which will lead those

among us who know you not to love you from their love of her, in spite

of what you refuse to give her; and Anglicans, on the other hand, who

do know you, to think better of us, who refuse her nothing, when they

reflect that you do not actually go against us, but merely come short

of us in your devotion to her.

2. As you revere the fathers, so you revere the Greek Church; and here

again we have a witness on our behalf of which you must be aware as

fully as we are, and of which you must really mean to give us the

benefit. In proportion as this remarkable fact is understood, it will

take off the edge of the surprise of Anglicans at the sight of our

devotions to our Lady. It must weigh with them when they discover that

we can enlist on our side in this controversy those seventy millions

(I think they so consider them) of Orientals who are separated from

our communion. Is it not a very pregnant fact that the Eastern

churches, so independent of us, so long separated from the West, so

jealous of antiquity, should even surpass us in their exaltation of

the Blessed Virgin? That they go further than we do is sometimes

denied, on the ground that the Western devotion toward her is brought

out into system, and the Eastern is not; yet this only means really

that the Latins have more mental activity, more strength of intellect,

less of routine, less of mechanical worship among them, than the

Greeks. We are able, better than they, to give an account of what we

do; and we seem to be more extreme merely because we are more

definite. But, after all, what have the Latins done so bold as that

substitution of the name of Mary for the name of Jesus at the end of

the collects and petitions in the breviary, nay, in the ritual and

liturgy? Not {81} merely in local or popular, and in semi-authorized

devotions, which are the kind of sources that supplies you with your

matter of accusation against us, but in the formal prayers of the

Greek eucharistic service, petitions are offered, not "in the name of

Jesus Christ," but "of the Theotocos." Such a phenomenon, in such a

quarter, I think, ought to make Anglicans merciful toward those

writers among ourselves who have been excessive in singing the praises

of the Deipara. To make a rule of substituting Mary with all saints

for Jesus in the public service, has more "Mariolatry" in it than to

alter the Te Deum to her honor in private devotion.

3. And thus I am brought to a third remark supplemental to your

accusation of us. Two large views, as I have said above, are opened

upon our devotional thoughts in Christianity; the one centring in the

Son of Mary, the other in the Mother of Jesus. Neither need obscure

the other; and in the Catholic Church, as a matter of fact, neither

does. I wish you had either frankly allowed this in your volume, or

proved the contrary. I wish, when you report that "a certain

proportion, it has been ascertained by those who have inquired, do

stop short in her," p. 107, that you had added your belief, that the

case was far otherwise with the great bulk of Catholics. Might I not

have expected it? May I not, without sensitiveness, be somewhat pained

at the omission? From mere Protestants, indeed, I expect nothing

better. They content themselves with saying that our devotions to our

Lady _must necessarily_ throw our Lord into the shade, and thereby

they relieve themselves of a great deal of trouble. Then they catch at

any stray fact which countenances or seems to countenance their

prejudice. Now I say plainly I never will defend or screen any one

from your just rebuke who, through false devotion to Mary, forgets

Jesus. But I should like the fact to be proved first; I cannot hastily

admit it. There is this broad fact the other way: that if we look

through Europe we shall find, on the whole, that just those nations

and countries have lost their faith in the divinity of Christ who have

given up devotion to his Mother, and that those, on the other hand,

who have been foremost in her honor, have retained their orthodoxy.

Contrast, for instance, the Calvinists with the Greeks, or France with

the north of Germany, or the Protestant and Catholic communions in

Ireland. As to England, it is scarcely doubtful what would be the

state of its Established Church if the Liturgy and Articles were not

an integral part of its establishment; and when men bring so grave a

charge against us as is implied in your volume, they cannot be

surprised if we in turn say hard things of Anglicanism. [Footnote 20]

In the Catholic Church Mary has shown herself, not the rival, but the

minister of her Son. She has protected him, as in his infancy, so in

the whole history of the religion. There is, then, a plain historical

truth in Dr. Fisher's words which you quote to condemn: "Jesus is

obscured, because Mary is kept in the background."

[Footnote 20: I have spoken more more on this subject in my "Essay

on Development," p. 438. "Nor does it avail to object, that, in this

contrast of devotional exercises, the human is sure to supplant the

divine, from the infirmity of out nature; for, I repeat, the

question is one of fact, whether it has done so. And next, it must

be asked, _whether the character of Protestant devotion toward our

Lord has been that of worship at all:_ and not rather such as we pay

to an excellent human being? . . . Carnal minds will ever create a

carnal worship for themselves; and to forbid them the service of the

saints will have no tendency to teach them the worship of God.

Moreover. . . . great and constant as is the devotion which the

Catholic pays to St. Mary, it has a special province, and _has far

more connection with the public services and the festive aspect of

Christianity,_ and with certain extraordinary offices which she

holds, _than with what is strictly personal and primary_ in

religion." Our late cardinal, on my reception, singled out to me

this last sentence for the expression of his especial approbation.]

This truth, exemplified in history, might also be abundantly

illustrated, did my space admit, from the lives and writings of holy

men in modern times. Two of them, St. Alfonso Liguori and the Blessed

Paul of the Cross, for all their notorious devotion {82} to the

Mother, have shown their supreme love of her divine Son in the names

which a have given to their respective congregations, viz, "of the

Redeemer," and "of the Cross and Passion." However, I will do no more

than refer to an apposite passage in the Italian translation of the

work of a French Jesuit, Fr. Nepveu, "Christian Thoughts for every Day

in the Year," which was recommended to the friend who went with me to

Rome by the same Jesuit father there with whom, as I have already

said, I stood myself in such intimate relations; I believe it is a

fair specimen of the teaching of our spiritual books:

"The love of Jesus Christ is the most sure pledge of our future

happiness, and the most infallible token of our predestination.

Mercy toward the poor, devotion to the Holy Virgin, are very

sensible tokens of predestination; nevertheless they are not

absolutely infallible; but one cannot have a sincere and constant

love of Jesus Christ without being predestinated. . . . The

destroying angel which bereaved the houses of the Egyptians of their

first-born, had respect to all the houses which were marked with the

blood of the Lamb."

And it is also exemplified, as I verily believe, not only in formal

and distinctive confessions, not only in books intended for the

educated class, but also in the personal religion of the Catholic

populations. When strangers are so unfavorably impressed with us,

because they see images of our Lady in our churches, and crowds

flocking about her, they forget that there is a Presence within the

sacred walls, infinitely more awful, which claims and obtains from us

a worship transcendently different from any devotion we pay to her.

That devotion might indeed tend to idolatry if it were encouraged in

Protestant churches, where there is nothing higher than it to attract

the worshipper; but all the images that a Catholic church ever

contained, all the crucifixes at its altars brought together, do not

so affect its frequenters as the lamp which betokens the presence or

absence there of the blessed sacrament. Is not this so certain, so

notorious, that on some occasions it has been even brought as a charge

against us, that we are irreverent in church, when what seemed to the

objector to be irreverence was but the necessary change of feeling

which came over those who were there on their knowing that their Lord

was away?

The mass again conveys to us the same lesson of the sovereignty of the

incarnate Son; it is a return to Calvary, and Mary is scarcely named

in it. Hostile visitors enter our churches on Sunday at mid-day, the

time of the Anglican service. They are surprised to see the high mass

perhaps poorly attended, and a body of worshippers leaving the music

and the mixed multitude who may be lazily fulfilling their obligation,

for the silent or the informal devotions which are offered at an image

of the Blessed Virgin. They may be tempted, with one of your

informants, to call such a temple not a "Jesus Church," but a "Mary

Church." But, if they understood our ways, they would know that we

begin the day with our Lord and then go on to his mother. It is early

in the morning that religious persons go to mass and communion. The

high mass, on the other hand, is the festive celebration of the day,

not the special devotional service; nor is there any reason why those

who have been at a low mass already, should not at that hour proceed

to ask the intercession of the Blessed Virgin for themselves and all

that is dear to them.

Communion, again, which is given in the morning, is a solemn,

unequivocal act of faith in the incarnate God, if any can be such; and

the most gracious of admonitions, did we need one, of his sovereign

and sole right to possess us. I knew a lady who on her death-bed was

visited by an excellent Protestant friend. She, with great tenderness

for her soul's welfare, asked her whether her prayers to the {83}

Blessed Virgin did not, at that awful hour, lead to forgetfulness of

her Saviour. "Forget him!" she replied with surprise; "why, he has

just been here." She had been receiving him in communion. When, then,

my dear Pusey, you read anything extravagant in praise of our Lady, is

it not charitable to ask, even while you condemn it in itself, did the

author write nothing else? Did he write on the blessed sacrament? Had

he given up "all for Jesus?" I recollect some lines, the happiest, I

think, which that author wrote, which bring out strikingly the

reciprocity, which I am dwelling on, of the respective devotions to

Mother and Son:

"But scornful men have coldly said

Thy love was leading me from God;

And yet in this I did but tread

The very path my Savior trod.

"They know but little of thy worth

Who speak these heartless words to me;

For what did Jesus love on earth

One half so tenderly as thee?

"Get me the grace to love thee more;

Jesus will give, if thou wilt plead;

And, Mother, when life's cares are o'er,

Oh, I shall love thee then indeed.

"Jesus, when his three hours were run,

Bequeathed thee from the cross to me;

And oh I how can I love thy Son,

Sweet Mother, if I love not thee?"

4. Thus we are brought from the consideration of the sentiments

themselves, of which you complain, to the persons who wrote, and the

places where they wrote them. I wish you had been led, in this part of

your work, to that sort of careful labor which you have employed in so

masterly a way in your investigation of the circumstances of the

definition of the immaculate conception. In the latter case you have

catalogued the bishops who wrote to the Holy See, and analyzed their

answers. Had you in like manner discriminated and located the Marian

writers, as you call them, and observed the times, places, and

circumstances of their works, I think they would not, when brought

together, have had their present startling effect on the reader. As it

is, they inflict a vague alarm upon the mind, as when one hears a

noise, and does not know whence it comes and what it means. Some of

your authors, I know, are saints; all, I suppose, are spiritual

writers and holy men; but the majority are of no great celebrity, even

if they have any kind of weight. Suarez has no business among them at

all, for, when he says that no one is saved without the Blessed

Virgin, he is speaking not of devotion to her, but of her

intercession. The greatest name is St. Alfonso Liguori; but it never

surprises me to read anything unusual in the devotions of a saint.

Such men are on a level very different from our own, and we cannot

understand them. I hold this to be an important canon in the lives of

the saints, according to the words of the apostle, "The spiritual man

judges all things, and he himself is judged of no one." But we may

refrain from judging, without proceeding to imitate. I hope it is not

disrespectful to so great a servant of God to say, that I never read

his "Glories of Mary;" but here I am speaking generally of all saints,

whether I know them or not; and I say that they are beyond us, and

that we must use them as patterns, not as copies. As to his practical

directions, St. Alfonso wrote them for Neapolitans, whom he knew, and

we do not know. Other writers whom you quote, as De Salazar, are too

ruthlessly logical to be safe or pleasant guides in the delicate

matters of devotion. As to De Montford and Oswald, I never even met

with their names, till I saw them in your book; the bulk of our laity,

not to say of our clergy, perhaps know them little better than I do.

Nor did I know till I learnt it from your volume that there were two

Bernardines. St. Bernardine, of Sienna, I knew of course, and knew too

that he had a burning love for our Lord. But about the other,

"Bernardine de Bustis," I was quite at fault. I find from the

Protestant Cave that he, as well as his name-sake, made himself

conspicuous also for his zeal for the holy name, {84} which is much to

the point here. "With such devotion was he carried away," says Cave,

"for the bare name of Jesus (which, by a new device of Bernardine, of

Sienna, had lately began to receive divine honors), that he was urgent

with Innocent VIII. to assign it a day and rite in the calendar."

One thing, however, is clear about all these writers; that not one of

them is an Englishman. I have gone through your book, and do not find

one English name among the various authors to whom you refer, except,

of course, the name of that author whose lines I have been quoting,

and who, great as are his merits, cannot, for the reasons I have given

in the opening of my letter, be considered a representative of English

Catholic devotion. Whatever these writers may have said or not said,

whatever they may have said harshly, and whatever capable of fair

explanation, still they are foreigners; we are not answerable for

their particular devotions; and as to themselves, I am glad to be able

to quote the beautiful words which you use about them in your letter

to the "Weekly Register" of November 25th last. "I do not presume,"

you say, "to prescribe to Italians or Spaniards what they shall hold,

or how they shall express their pious opinions; and least of all did I

think of imputing to any of the writers whom I quoted that they took

from our Lord any of the love which they gave to his Mother." In these

last words, too, you have supplied one of the omissions in your volume

which I noticed above.

5. Now, then, we come to England itself, which after all, in the

matter of devotion, alone concerns you and me; for though doctrine is

one and the same everywhere, devotions, as I have already said, are

matters of the particular time and the particular country. I suppose

we owe it to the national good sense that English Catholics have been

protected from the extravagances which are elsewhere to be found. And

we owe it, also, to the wisdom and moderation of the Holy See, which

in giving us the pattern for our devotion, as well as the rule of our

faith, has never indulged in those curiosities of thought which are

both so attractive to undisciplined imaginations and so dangerous to

grovelling hearts. In the case of our own common people I think such a

forced style of devotion would be simply unintelligible; as to the

educated, I doubt whether it can have more than an occasional or

temporary influence. If the Catholic faith spreads in England, these

peculiarities will not spread with it. There is a healthy devotion to

the Blessed Mary, and there is an artificial; it is possible to love

her as a Mother, to honor her as a Virgin, to seek her as a Patron,

and to exalt her as a Queen, without any injury to solid piety and

Christian good sense: I cannot help calling this the English style. I

wonder whether you find anything to displease you in the "Garden of

the Soul," the "Key of Heaven," the "Vade Mecum," the "Golden Manual,"

or the "Crown of Jesus?" These are the books to which Anglicans ought

to appeal who would be fair to us in this matter. I do not observe

anything in them which goes beyond the teaching of the fathers, except

so far as devotion goes beyond doctrine.

There is one collection of devotions, beside, of the highest

authority, which has been introduced from abroad of late years. It

consists of prayers of various kinds which have been indulgenced by

the popes; and it commonly goes by the name of the "Raccolta." As that

word suggests, the language of many of the prayers is Italian, while

others are in Latin. This circumstance is unfavorable to a

translation, which, however skilful, must ever savor of the words and

idioms of the original; but, passing over this necessary disadvantage,

I consider there is hardly a clause in the good-sized volume in

question which even the sensitiveness of English Catholicism would

wish changed. Its anxious observance of doctrinal exactness is almost

a fault. {85} It seems afraid of using the words "give me," "make me,"

in its addresses to the Blessed Virgin, which are as natural to adopt

as in addressing a parent or friend. Surely we do not disparage divine

Providence when we say that we are indebted to our parents for our

life, or when we ask their blessing; we do not show any atheistical

leanings because we say that a man's recovery must be left to nature,

or that nature supplies brute animals with instincts. In like manner

it seems to me a simple purism to insist upon minute accuracy of

expression in devotional and popular writings. However, the

"Raccolta," as coming from responsible authority, for the most part

observes it. It commonly uses the phrases, "gain for us by thy

prayers," "obtain for us," "pray to Jesus for me," "speak for me,

Mary," "carry thou our prayers," "ask for us grace," "intercede for

the people of God," and the like, marking thereby with great emphasis

that she is nothing more than an advocate, and not a source of mercy.

Nor do I recollect in this book more than one or two ideas to which

you would be likely to raise an objection. The strongest of these is

found in the novena before her nativity, in which, _apropos_ of her

birth, we pray that she "would come down again and be re-born

spiritually in our souls;" but it will occur to you that St. Paul

speaks of his wish to impart to his converts, '"not only the gospel,

but his own soul;" and writing to the Corinthians, he says he has

"begotten them by the gospel," and to Philemon, that he had "begotten

Onesimus in his bonds;" whereas St. James, with greater accuracy of

expression, says "of his own will hath God begotten us with the word

of truth." Again we find the petitioner saying to the Blessed Mary,

"In thee I place all my hope;" but this is explained in another

passage, "Thou art my best hope after Jesus." Again, we read

elsewhere, "I would I had a greater love for thee, since to love thee

is a great mark of predestination;" but the prayer goes on, "Thy Son

deserves of us an immeasurable love; pray that I may have this grace

--a great love for Jesus;" and further on, "I covet no good of the

earth, but to love my God alone."

Then, again, as to the lessons which our Catholics receive, whether by

catechizing or instruction, you would find nothing in our received

manuals to which you would not assent, I am quite sure. Again, as to

preaching, a standard book was drawn up three centuries ago, to supply

matter for the purpose to the parochial clergy. You incidentally

mention, p. 153, that the comment of Cornelius à Lapide on Scripture

is "a repertorium for sermons;" but I never heard of this work being

used, nor indeed can it, because of its size. The work provided for

the purpose by the church is the "Catechism of the Council of Trent,"

and nothing extreme about our Blessed Lady is propounded there. On the

whole, I am sanguine that you will come to the conclusion that

Anglicans may safely trust themselves to us English Catholics as

regards any devotions to the Blessed Virgin which might be required of

them, over and above the rule of the Council of Trent.

6. And, now at length coming to the statements, not English, but

foreign, which offend you in works written in her honor, I will

frankly say that I read some of those which you quote with grief and

almost anger; for they seemed to me to ascribe to the Blessed Virgin a

power of "searching the reins and hearts" which is the attribute of

God alone; and I said to myself, how can we any more prove our Lord's

divinity from Scripture, if those cardinal passages which invest him

with divine prerogatives after all invest him with nothing beyond what

his Mother shares with him? And how, again, is there anything of

incommunicable greatness in his death and passion, if he who was alone

in the garden, alone upon the cross, alone in the resurrection, after

{86} all is not alone, but shared his solitary work with his Blessed

Mother--with her to whom, when he entered on his ministry, he said for

our instruction, not as grudging her her proper glory, "Woman, what

have I to do with thee?" And then again, if I hate those perverse

sayings so much, how much more must she, in proportion to her love of

him? And how do we show our love for her, by wounding her in the very

apple of her eye? This I said and say; but then, on the other hand, I

have to observe that these strange words after all are but few in

number, out of the many passages you cite; that most of them exemplify

what I said above about the difficulty of determining the exact point

where truth passes into error, and that they are allowable in one

sense or connection, and false in another. Thus to say that prayer

(and the Blessed Virgin's prayer) is omnipotent, is a harsh expression

in everyday prose; but, if it is explained to mean that there is

nothing which prayer may not obtain from God, it is nothing else than

the very promise made us in Scripture. Again, to say that Mary is the

centre of all being, sounds inflated and profane; yet after all it is

only one way, and a natural way, of saying that the Creator and the

creature met together, and became one in her womb; and as such, I have

used the expression above. Again, it is at first sight a paradox to

say that "Jesus is obscured, because Mary is kept in the background;"

yet there is a sense, as I have shown above, in which it is a simple

truth.

And so again certain statements may be true, under circumstances and

in a particular time and place, which are abstractedly false; and

hence it may be very unfair in a controversialist to interpret by an

English or a modern rule whatever may have been asserted by a foreign

or mediaeval author. To say, for instance, dogmatically, that no one

can be saved without personal devotion to the Blessed Virgin, would be

an untenable proposition: yet it might be true of this man or that, or

of this or that country at this or that date; and if the very

statement has ever been made by any writer of consideration (and this

has to be ascertained), then perhaps it was made precisely under these

exceptional circumstances. If an Italian preacher made it, I should

feel no disposition to doubt him, at least as regards Italian youths

and Italian maidens.

Then I think you have not always made your quotations with that

consideration and kindness which is your rule. At p. 106 you say, "It

is commonly said, that if any Roman Catholic acknowledges that 'it is

good and useful to pray to the saints,' he is not bound himself to do

so. Were the above teaching true, it would be cruelty to say so;

because, according to it, he would be forfeiting what is morally

necessary to his salvation." But now, as to the fact, where is it said

that to pray to our Lady and the saints is necessary to salvation? The

proposition of St. Alfonso is, that "God gives no grace except through

Mary;" that is, through her intercession. But intercession is one

thing, devotion is another. And Suarez says, "It is the universal

sentiment that the intercession of Mary is not only useful, but also

in a certain manner necessary;" but still it is the question of her

intercession, not of our invocation of her, not of devotion to her. If

it were so, no Protestant could be saved; if it were so, there would

be grave reasons for doubting of the salvation of St. Chrysostom or

St. Athanasius, or of the primitive martyrs; nay, I should like to

know whether St. Augustine, in all his voluminous writings, invokes

her once. Our Lord died for those heathens who did not know him; and

his mother intercedes for those Christians who do not know her; and

she intercedes according to his will, and, when he wills to save a

particular soul, she at once prays for it. {87} I say, he wills indeed

according to her prayer, but then she prays according, to his will.

Though then it is natural and prudent for those to have recourse to

her who, from the church's teaching, know her power, yet it cannot be

said that devotion to her is a _sine quâ non_ of salvation. Some

indeed of the authors whom you quote go further; they do speak of

devotion; but even then they do not enunciate the general proposition

which I have been disallowing. For instance, they say, "It is morally

impossible for those to be saved who _neglect_ the devotion to the

Blessed Virgin;" but a simple omission is one thing, and neglect

another. "It is impossible for any to be saved who _turns away_ from

her;" yes; but to "turn away" is to offer some positive disrespect or

insult toward her, and that with sufficient knowledge; and I certainly

think it would be a very grave act if, in a Catholic country (and of

such the writers were speaking, for they knew of no other), with

ave-marias sounding in the air, and images of the Madonna at every

street and road, a Catholic broke off or gave up a practice that was

universal, and in which he was brought up, and deliberately put her

name out of his thoughts.

7. Though, then, common sense may determine for us that the line of

prudence and propriety has been certainly passed in the instance of

certain statements about the Blessed Virgin, it is often not easy to

prove the point logically; and in such cases authority, if it attempt

to act, would be in the position which so often happens in our courts

of law, when the commission of an offence is morally certain, but the

government prosecutor cannot find legal evidence sufficient to insure

conviction. I am not denying the right of sacred congregations, at

their will, to act peremptorily, and without assigning reasons for the

judgment they pass upon writers; but, when they have found it

inexpedient to take this severe course, perhaps it may happen from the

circumstances of the case that there is no other that they can take,

even if they would. It is wiser then for the most part to leave these

excesses to the gradual operation of public opinion--that is, to the

opinion of educated and sober Catholics; and this seems to me the

healthiest way of putting them down. Yet in matter of fact I believe

the Holy See has interfered from time to time, when devotion seemed

running into superstition; and not so long ago. I recollect hearing in

Gregory the XVI.'s time of books about the Blessed Virgin which had

been suppressed by authority; and in particular of a representation of

the immaculate conception which he had forbidden, and of measures

taken against the shocking notion that the Blessed Mary is present in

the holy eucharist in the sense in which our Lord is present; but I

have no means of verifying the information I received.

Nor have I time, any more than you have had, to ascertain how far

great theologians have made protests against those various

extravagances of which you so rightly complain. Passages, however,

from three well-known Jesuit fathers have opportunely come in my way,

and in one of them is introduced, in confirmation, the name of the

great Gerson. They are Canisius, Petavius, and Raynaudus; and as they

speak very appositely, and you do not seem to know them, I will here

make some extracts from them:

(1.) Canisius:

"We confess that in the _cultus_ of Mary it has been and is possible

for corruptions to creep in; and we have a more than ordinary desire

that the pastors of the Church should be carefully vigilant here,

and give no place to Satan, whose characteristic office it has ever

been, while men sleep, to sow the cockle amid the Lord's wheat. . .

. For this purpose it is his wont gladly to avail himself of the aid

of heretics, fanatics, and false Catholics, as may be seen in the

instance of this _Marianus cultus_. This _cultus_, heretics,

suborned by Satan, attack with hostility Thus, too, certain mad

heads are so {88} demented by Satan, as to embrace superstitions and

idolatries instead of the true _cultus_ and neglect altogether the

due measures whether in respect to God or to Mary. Such indeed were

the Collyridians of old. . . . Such that German herdsman a hundred

years ago, who gave out publicly that he was a new prophet and had

had a vision of the Deipara, and told the people in her name to pay

no more tributes and taxes to princes. .... Moreover, how many

Catholics does one see who, by great and shocking negligence, have

neither care nor regard for her _cultus_, but, given to profane and

secular objects, scarce once a year raise their earthly minds to

sing her praises or to venerate her!"--_De Mariâ Deiparâ_, p. 518.

(2.) Father Petau says, when discussing the teaching of the fathers

about the Blessed Virgin (de Incarn. xiv. 8):

"I will venture to give this advice to all who would be devout and

panegyrical toward the Holy Virgin, viz., not to exceed in their

piety and devotion to her, but to be content with true and solid

praises, and to cast aside what is otherwise. The latter kind of

idolatry, lurking, as St. Augustine says, nay implanted, in human

hearts, is greatly abhorrent from theology, that is from the gravity

of heavenly wisdom, which never thinks or asserts anything but what

is measured by certain and accurate rules. What that rule should be,

and what caution is to be used in our present subject, I will not

determine of myself, but according to the mind of a most weighty and

most learned theologian, John Gerson, who in one of his epistles

proposes certain canons, which he calls truths, by means of which

are to be measured the assertions of theologians concerning the

incarnation. . . By these truly golden precepts Gerson brings within

bounds the immoderate license of praising the Blessed Virgin, and

restrains it within the measure of sober and healthy piety. And from

these it is evident that that sort of reasoning is frivolous and

nugatory in which so many indulge, in order to assign any sort of

grace they please, however unusual, to the Blessed Virgin. For they

argue thus: 'Whatever the Son of God could bestow for the glory of

his mother, that it became him in fact to furnish;' or again,

'Whatever honors or ornaments he has poured out on other saints,

those all together hath he heaped upon his mother;' whence they draw

their chain of reasoning to their desired conclusion; a mode of

argumentation which Gerson treats with contempt as captious and

sophistical."

He adds, what of course we all should say, that, in thus speaking, he

has no intention to curtail the liberty of pious persons in such

meditations and conjectures, on the mysteries of faith, sacred

histories, and the Scripture text, as are of the nature of comments,

supplements, and the like.

(3.) Raynaud is an author full of devotion, if any one is so, to the

Blessed Virgin; yet, in the work which he has composed in her honor

("Diptycha Mariana"), he says more than I can quote here to the same

purpose as Petau. I abridge some portions of his text:

"Let this be taken for granted, that no praises of ours can come up

to the praises due to the Virgin Mother. But we must not make up for

our inability to reach her true praise by a supply of lying

embellishment and false honors. For there are some whose affection

for religious objects is so imprudent and lawless, that they

transgress the due limits even toward the saints. This Origen has

excellently observed upon in the case of the Baptist, for very many,

instead of observing the measure of charity, consider whether he

might not be the Christ"--p. 9. ". . . St. Anselm, the first, or

one of the first, champions of the public celebration of the Blessed

Virgin's immaculate conception, says (de Excell. Virg.) that the

church considers it indecent, that anything that admits of doubt

should be said in her praise, when the things which are certainly

true of her supply such large materials for laudation. It is right

so to interpret St. Epiphanius also, when he says that human tongues

should not pronounce anything lightly of the Deipara; and who is

more justly to be charged with speaking lightly of the most holy

Mother of God, than he who, as if what is certain and evident did

not suffice for her full investiture, is wiser than the aged, and

obtrudes on us the toadstools of his own mind, and devotions unheard

of by those holy fathers who loved her best? Plainly as St. Anselm

says that she is the Mother of God, this by itself exceeds every

elevation which can be named or imagined, short of God. About so

sublime a majesty we should not speak hastily from prurience of wit,

or flimsy pretext of promoting piety; but with great maturity of

thought; and, whenever the maxims of the church and the oracles of

{89} faith do not suffice, then not without the suffrages of the

doctors. . . . Those who are subject to this prurience of

innovation, do not perceive how broad is the difference between

subjects of human science and heavenly things. All novelty

concerning the objects of our faith is to be put far away; except so

far as by diligent investigation of God's word, written and

unwritten, and a well founded inference from what is thence to be

elicited, something is brought to light which, though already indeed

there, had not hitherto been recognized. The innovations which we

condemn are those which rest neither on the written nor unwritten

word, nor on conclusions from it, nor on the judgment of ancient

sages, nor sufficient basis of reason, but on the sole color and

pretext of doing more honor to the Deipara."--p. 10.

In another portion of the same work, he speaks in particular of one of

those imaginations to which you especially refer, and for which,

without strict necessity (as it seems to me), you allege the authority

of à Lapide:

"Nor is that honor of the Deipara to be offered, viz., that the

elements of the body of Christ, which the Blessed Virgin supplied to

it, remain perpetually unaltered in Christ, and thereby are found

also in the eucharist. . . . This solicitude for the Virgin's glory

must, I consider, be discarded; since, if rightly considered, it

involves an injury toward Christ, and such honors the Virgin loveth

not. And first, dismissing philosophical bagatelles about the

animation of blood, milk, etc., who can endure the proposition that

a good portion of the substance of Christ in the eucharist should be

worshipped with a _cultus_ less than _latria_? viz., by the inferior

_cultus_ of _hyperdulia?_ The preferable class of theologians

contend that not even the humanity of Christ is to be materially

abstracted from the Word of God, and worshipped by itself; how then

shall we introduce a _cultus_ of the Deipara in Christ, which is

inferior to the _cultus_ proper to him? How is this other than

casting down of the substance of Christ from his royal throne, and a

degradation of it to some inferior sitting-place? Is is nothing to

the purpose to refer to such fathers as say that the flesh of Christ

is the flesh of Mary, for they speak of its origin. What will

hinder, if this doctrine be admitted, our also admitting that there

is something in Christ which is detestable? for, as the first

elements of a body which were communicated by the Virgin to Christ

have (as these authors say) remained perpetually in Christ, so the

same _materia_, at least in part, which belonged originally to the

ancestors of Christ, came down to the Virgin from her father,

unchanged, and taken from her grandfather, and so on. And thus,

since it is not unlikely that some of these ancestors were

reprobate, there would now be something actually in Christ which had

belonged to a reprobate and worthy of detestation."--p. 237.

8. After such explanations, and with such authorities, to clear my

path, I put away from me, as you would wish, without any hesitation,

as matters in which my heart and reason have no part (when taken in

their literal and absolute sense, as any Protestant would naturally

take them, and as the writers doubtless did not use them), such

sentences, and phrases, as these: that the mercy of Mary is infinite;

that God has resigned into her hands his omnipotence; that

(unconditionally) it is safer to seek her than her Son; that the

Blessed Virgin is superior to God; that he is (simply) subject to her

command; that our Lord is now of the same disposition as his Father

toward sinners, viz., a disposition to reject them, while Mary takes

his place as an advocate with Father and Son; that the saints are more

ready to intercede with Jesus than Jesus with the Father; that Mary is

the only refuge of those with whom God is angry; that Mary alone can

obtain a Protestant's conversion; that it would have sufficed for the

salvation of men if our Lord had died not to obey his Father, but to

defer to the decree of his mother; that she rivals our Lord in being

God's daughter, not by adoption, but by a kind of nature; that Christ

fulfilled the office of Saviour by imitating her virtues; that, as the

incarnate God bore the image of his Father, so he bore the image of

his mother; that redemption derived from Christ indeed its

sufficiency, but from Mary its beauty and loveliness; that us we are

clothed with the merits of Christ, so we are clothed with {90} the

merits of Mary; that, as he is priest, in like manner is she

priestess; that his body and blood in the eucharist are truly hers and

appertain to her; that as he is present and received therein, so is

she present and received therein; that priests are ministers, as of

Christ, so of Mary; that elect souls are born of God and Mary; that

the Holy Ghost brings into fruitfulness his action by her, producing

in her and by her Jesus Christ in his members; that the kingdom of God

in our souls, as our Lord speaks, is really the kingdom of Mary in the

soul--and she and the Holy Ghost produce in the soul extraordinary

things--and when the Holy Ghost finds Mary in a soul he flies there.

Sentiments such as these I never knew of till I read your book, nor,

as I think, do the vast minority of English Catholics know them. They

seem to me like a bad dream. I could not have conceived them to be

said. I know not to what authority to go for them, to Scripture, or to

the fathers, or to the decrees of councils, or to the consent of

schools, or to the tradition of the faithful, or to the Holy See, or

to reason. They defy all the _loci theologici_. There is nothing of

them in the Missal, in the Roman Catechism, in the Roman '"Raccolta,"

in the "Imitation of Christ," in Gother, Challoner, Milner, or

Wiseman, as far as I am aware. They do but scare and confuse me. I

should not be holier, more spiritual, more sure of perseverance, if I

twisted my moral being into the reception of them; I should but be

guilty of fulsome, frigid flattery toward the most upright and noble

of God's creatures if I professed them, and of stupid flattery too;

for it would be like the compliment of painting up a young and

beautiful princess with the brow of a Plato and the muscle of an

Achilles. And I should expect her to tell one of her people in waiting

to turn me off her service without warning. Whether thus to feel be

the _scandalum parvulorum_ in my case, or the _scandalum

Pharisaeorum_, I leave others to decide; but I will say plainly that I

had rather believe (which is impossible) that there is no God at all,

than that Mary is greater than God. I will have nothing to do with

statements which can only be explained by being explained away. I do

not, however, speak of these statements as they are found in their

authors, for I know nothing of the originals, and cannot believe that

they have meant what you say; but I take them as they lie in your

pages. Were any of them the sayings of saints in ecstasy, I should

know they had a good meaning; still, I should not repeat them myself;

but I am looking at them not as spoken by the tongues of angels, but

according to that literal sense which they bear in the mouths of

English men and English women. And, as spoken by man to man, in

England, in the nineteenth century, I consider them calculated to

prejudice inquirers, to frighten the unlearned, to unsettle

consciences, to provoke blasphemy, and to work the loss of souls.

9. And now, after having said so much as this, bear with me, my dear

friend, if I end with an expostulation. Have you not been touching us

on a very tender point in a very rude way? Is not the effect of what

you have said to expose her to scorn and obloquy who is dearer to us

than any other creature? Have you even hinted that our love for her is

anything else than an abuse? Have you thrown her one kind word

yourself all through your book? I trust so, but I have not lighted

upon one. And yet I know you love her well. Can you wonder, then--can

I complain much, much as I grieve--that men should utterly misconceive

of you, and are blind to the fact that you have put the whole argument

between you and us on a new footing; and that, whereas it was said

twenty-five years ago in the "British Critic," "Till Rome ceases to be

what practically she is, union is _impossible_ between her and

England," you declare, on the contrary, "It is _possible_ as soon as

Italy and England, {91} haying the same faith and the same centre of

unity, are allowed to hold severally their own theological opinions?"

They have not done you justice here because, in truth, the honor of

our Lady is dearer to them than the conversion of England.

Take a parallel case, and consider how you would decide it yourself.

Supposing an opponent of a doctrine for which you so earnestly

contend, the eternity of punishment, instead of meeting you with

direct arguments against it, heaped together a number of extravagant

descriptions of the place, mode, and circumstances of its infliction,

quoted Tertullian as a witness for the primitive fathers, and the

Covenanters and Ranters for these last centuries; brought passages

from the "Inferno" of Dante, and from the sermons of Whitfield; nay,

supposing he confined himself to the chapters on the subject in Jeremy

Taylor's work on "The State of Man," would you think this a fair and

becoming method of reasoning? and if he avowed that he should ever

consider the Anglican Church committed to all these accessories of the

doctrine till its authorities formally denounced Taylor and Whitfield,

and a hundred others, would you think this an equitable determination,

or the procedure of a theologian?

So far concerning the Blessed Virgin, the chief but not the only

subject of your volume. And now, when I could wish to proceed, she

seems to stop me, for the Feast of her Immaculate Conception is upon

us; and close upon its octave, which is kept with special solemnities

in the churches of this town, come the great antiphons, the heralds of

Christmas. That joyful season, joyful for all of us, while it centres

in him who then came on earth, also brings before us in peculiar

prominence that Virgin Mother who bore and nursed him. Here she is not

in the background, as at Eastertide, but she brings him to us in her

arms. Two great festivals, dedicated to her honor, to-morrow's and the

Purification, mark out and keep the ground, and, like the towers of

David, open the way to and fro for the high holiday season of the

Prince of Peace. And all along it her image is upon it, such as we see

it in the typical representation of the Catacombs. May the sacred

influences of this time bring us all together in unity! May it destroy

all bitterness on your side and ours! May it quench all jealous, sour,

proud, fierce antagonism on our side; and dissipate all captious,

carping, fastidious refinements of reasoning on yours! May that bright

and gentle lady, the Blessed Virgin Mary, overcome you with her

sweetness, and revenge herself on her foes by interceding effectually

for their conversion!

I am, yours, most affectionately,

John H. Newman.

THE ORATORY, BIRMINGHAM,

_In fest. S. Ambrosii_, 1865.

{92}

From The Sixpenny Magazine.

HAVEN'T TIME

A CHAPTER FOR PARENTS.

"That boy needs more attention," said Mr. Green, referring to his

eldest son, a lad whose wayward temper and inclination to vice

demanded a steady, consistent, wise, and ever-present exercise of

parental watchfulness and authority.

"You may well say that," returned the mother of the boy, for to her

the remark had been made. "He is getting entirely beyond me."

"If I only had the time to look after him?" Mr. Green sighed as he

uttered these words.

"I think you ought to take more time for a purpose like this," said

Mrs. Green.

"More time!" Mr. Green spoke with marked impatience. "What time have I

to attend to him, Margaret? Am I not entirely absorbed in business?

Even now I should be at the counting-house, and am only kept away by

your late breakfast."

Just then the breakfast bell rang, and Mr. and Mrs. Green, accompanied

by their children, repaired to the dining-room. John, the boy about

whom the parents had been talking, was among the number. As they took

their places at the table he exhibited certain disorderly movements,

and a disposition to annoy his younger brothers and sisters. But these

were checked, instantly, by his father, of whom John stood in some

fear.

Before the children had finished eating, Mr. Green laid his knife and

fork side by side on his plate, pushed his chair back, and was in the

act of rising, when his wife said:

"Don't go yet. Just wait until John is through with his breakfast. He

acts dreadfully the moment your back is turned."

Mr. Green turned a quick, lowering glance upon the boy, whose eyes

shrank beneath his angry glance, saying as ho did so:

"I haven't time to stay a moment longer; I ought to have been at my

business an hour ago, But see here, my lad," addressing himself to

John, "there has been enough of this work. Not a day passes that I am

not worried with complaints about you. Now, mark me! I shall inquire

particularly as to your conduct when I come home at dinner-time; and,

if you have given your mother any trouble, or acted in any way

improperly, I will take you severely to account. It's outrageous that

the whole family should be kept in constant trouble by you. Now, be on

your guard!"

A moment or two Mr. Green stood frowning upon the boy, and then

retired.

Scarcely had the sound of the closing street-door, which marked the

fact of Mr. Green's departure, ceased to echo through the house, ere

John began to act as was his custom when his father was out of the

way. His mother's remonstrances were of no avail; and, when she

finally compelled him to leave the table, he obeyed with a most

provoking and insolent manner.

All this would have been prevented if Mr. Green had taken from

business just ten minutes, and conscientiously devoted that time to

{93} the government of his wayward boy and the protection of the

family from his annoyances.

On arriving at his counting-house, Mr. Green found two or three

persons waiting, and but a single clerk in attendance. He had felt

some doubts as to the correctness of his conduct in leaving home so

abruptly, under the circumstances; but the presence of the customers

satisfied him that he had done right. Business, in his mind, was

paramount to everything else; and his highest duty to his family he

felt to be discharged when he was devoting himself most assiduously to

the work of procuring for them the means of external comfort, ease,

and luxury. Worldly well-doing was a cardinal virtue in his eyes.

Mr. Green was the gainer, perhaps, of two shillings in the way of

profit on sales, by being at his counting-house ten minutes earlier

than would have been the case had he remained with his family until

the completion of their morning meal. What was lost to his boy by the

opportunity thus afforded for an indulgence in a perverse and

disobedient temper it is hard to say. Something was, undoubtedly,

lost--something, the valuation of which, in money, it would be

difficult to make.

Mrs. Green did not complain of John's conduct to his father at

dinner-time. She was so often forced to complain that she avoided the

task whenever she felt justified in doing so; and that was, perhaps,

far too often. Mr. Green asked no questions; for he knew, by

experience, to what results such questions would lead, and he was in

no mood for unpleasant intelligence. So John escaped, as he had

escaped hundreds of times before, and felt encouraged to indulge his

bad propensities at will, to his own injury and the annoyance of all

around him.

If Mr. Green had no time in the morning or through the day to attend

to his children, the evening, one might think, would afford

opportunity for conference with them, supervision of their studies,

and an earnest inquiry into their conduct and moral and intellectual

progress. But such was not the case. Mr. Green was too much wearied

with the occupation of the day to bear the annoyance of the children;

or his thoughts were too busy with business matters, or schemes of

profit, to attend to the thousand and one questions they were ready to

pour in upon him from all sides; or he had a political club to attend,

an engagement with some merchant for the discussion of a matter

connected with trade, or felt obliged to be present at the meeting of

some society of which he was a member. So he either left home

immediately after tea, or the children were sent to bed in order that

he might have a quiet evening for rest, business reflection, or the

enjoyment of a new book.

Mr. Green had so much to do and so much to think about that he had no

time to attend to his children; and this neglect was daily leaving

upon them ineffaceable impressions that would inevitably mar the

happiness of their after lives. This was particularly the case with

John. Better off in the world was Mr. Green becoming every day--better

off as it regarded money; but poorer in another sense--poorer in

respect to home affections and home treasures. His children were not

growing up to love him intensely, to confide in him implicitly, and to

respect him as their father and friend. He had no time to attend to

them, and rather pushed them away than drew them toward him with the

strong cords of affection. To his wife he left their government, and

she was not equal to the task.

"I don't believe," said Mrs. Green, one day, "that John is learning

much at the school where he goes. I think you ought to see after him a

little. He never studies a lesson at home."

"Mr. Elden has the reputation of being one of our best teachers. His

school stands high," replied Mr. Green. {94} "That may happen," said

Mrs. Green. "Still, I really think you ought to know, for yourself,

how John is getting along. Of one thing I am certain, he does not

improve in good manners nor good temper in the least. And he is never

in the house between school-hours, except to get his meals. I wish you

would require him to be at your counting-house during the afternoons.

School is dismissed at four o'clock, and he ranges the streets with

other boys, and goes where he pleases from that time until night.

"That's very bad,"--Mr. Green spoke in a concerned voice,--"very bad.

And it must be broken up. But as to having him with me, that is out of

the question. He would be into everything, and keep me in hot water

all the while. He'd like to come well enough, I do not doubt; but I

can't have him there."

"Couldn't you set him to do something?"

"I might. But I haven't time to attend to him, Margaret. Business is

business, and cannot be interrupted."

Mrs. Green sighed, and then remarked:

"I wish you would call on Mr. Elden and have a talk with him about

John."

"I will, if you think it best."

"Do so, by all means. And beside, I would give more time to John in

the evenings. If, for instance, you devoted an evening to him once a

week, it would enable you to understand how he is progressing, and

give you a control over him not now possessed."

"You are right in this, no doubt, Margaret."

But reform went not beyond this acknowledgment. Mr. Green could never

find time to see John's teacher, nor feel himself sufficiently at

leisure, or in the right mood of mind, to devote to the boy even a

single evening.

And thus it went on from day to day, from month to month, and from

year to year, until, finally, John was sent home from school by Mr.

Elden with a note to his father, in which idleness, disorderly

conduct, and vicious habits were charged upon him in the broadest

terms.

The unhappy Mr. Green called immediately upon the teacher, who gave

him a more particular account of his son's bad conduct, and concluded

by saying that he was unwilling to receive him back into his school.

Strange as it may seem, it was four months before Mr. Green "found

time" to see about another school, and to get John entered therein;

during which long period the boy had full liberty to go pretty much

where he pleased, and to associate with whom he liked. It is hardly to

be supposed that he grew any better for this.

By the time John was seventeen years of age, Mr. Green's business had

become greatly enlarged, and his mind more absorbed therein. With him

gain was the primary thing; and, as a consequence, his family held a

secondary place in his thoughts. If money were needed, he was ever

ready to supply the demand; that done, he felt that his duty to them

was, mainly, discharged. To the mother of his children he left the

work of their wise direction in the paths of life--their government

and education; but she was inadequate to the task imposed.

From the second school at which John was entered he was dismissed

within three months, for bad conduct. He was then sent to school in a

distant city, where, removed from all parental restraint and

admonition, he made viler associates than any he had hitherto known,

and took thus a lower step in vice. He was just seventeen, when a

letter from the principal of this school conveyed to Mr. Green such

unhappy intelligence of his son that he immediately resolved, as a

last resort, to send him to sea, before the mast--and this was done,

spite of all the mother's tearful remonstrances, and the boy's threats

that he would {95} escape from the vessel on the very first

opportunity.

And yet, for all this sad result of parental neglect, Mr. Green

devoted no more time nor care to his children. Business absorbed the

whole man. He was a merchant, both body and soul. His responsibilities

were not felt as extending beyond his counting-house, further than to

provide for the worldly well-being of his family. Is it any cause of

wonder that, with his views and practice, it should not turn out well

with his children; or, at least, with some of them?

At the end of a year John came home from sea, a rough, cigar-smoking,

dram-drinking, overgrown boy of eighteen, with all his sensual desires

and animal passions more active than when he went away, while his

intellectual faculties and moral feelings were in a worse condition

than at his separation from home. Grief at the change oppressed the

hearts of his parents; but their grief was unavailing. Various efforts

were made to get him into some business, but he remained only a short

time in any of the places where his father had him introduced.

Finally, he was sent to sea again. But he never returned to his

friends. In a drunken street-brawl, that occurred while on shore at

Valparaiso, he was stabbed by a Spaniard, and died shortly afterward.

On the very day this tragic event took place, Mr. Green was rejoicing

over a successful speculation, from which he had come out the gainer

by two thousand pounds. In the pleasure this circumstance occasioned,

all thoughts of the absent one, ruined by his neglect, were swallowed

up.

Several months elapsed. Mr. Green had returned home, well satisfied

with his day's business. In his pocket was the afternoon paper, which,

after the younger children were in bed, and the older ones out of his

way, he sat down to read. His eyes turned to the foreign intelligence,

and almost the first sentence he read was the intelligence of his

son's death. The paper dropped from his hands, while he uttered an

expression of surprise and grief that caused the cheeks of his wife,

who was in the room, to turn deadly pale. She had not power to ask the

cause of her husband's sudden exclamation; but her heart, that ever

yearned toward her absent boy, instinctively divined the truth.

"John is dead!" said Mr. Green, at length, speaking in a tremulous

tone of voice.

There was from the mother no wild burst of anguish. The boy had been

dying to her daily for years, and she had suffered for him worse than

the pangs of death. Burying her face in her hands, she wept silently,

yet hopelessly.

"If we were only blameless of the poor child's death!" said Mrs.

Green, lifting her tearful eyes, after the lapse of nearly ten

minutes, and speaking in a sad, self-rebuking tone of voice.

When those with whom we are in close relationship die, how quickly is

that page in memory's book turned on which lies the record of

unkindness or neglect! Already had this page been turned for Mr.

Green, and conscience was sweeping therefrom the dust that well-nigh

obscured the handwriting. He inwardly trembled as he read the

condemning sentences that charged him with his son's ruin.

"If we were only blameless of the poor child's death!"

How these words of the grieving mother smote upon his heart. He did

not respond to them. How could he do so at that moment?

"Where is Edward?" he inquired, at length.

"I don't know," sobbed the mother. "He is out somewhere almost every

evening. Oh! I wish you would look to him a little more closely. He is

past my control."

"I must do so," returned Mr. Green, speaking from a strong conviction

of the necessity of doing as his wife suggested; "if I only had a

little more time----"

{96}

He checked himself. It was the old excuse--the rock upon which all his

best hopes for his first-born had been fearfully wrecked. His lips

closed, his head was bowed, and, in the bitterness of unavailing

sorrow, he mused on the past, while every moment the conviction of

wrong toward his child, now irreparable, grew stronger and stronger.

After that, Mr. Green made an effort to exercise more control over his

children; but he had left the reins loose so long that his tighter

grasp produced restiveness and rebellion. He persevered, however; and,

though Edward followed too closely the footsteps of John, yet the

younger children were brought under salutary restraints. The old

excuse--want of time--was frequently used by Mr. Green to justify

neglect of parental duties; but a recurrence of his thoughts to the

sad ruin of his eldest boy had, in most cases, the right effect; and

in the end he ceased to give utterance to the words--"I haven't time."

However, frequently he fell into neglect, from believing that business

demanded his undivided attention.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

THE SONG OF THE SHELL.

WRITTEN ON THE FIELD OF BATTLE.

There's a music aloft in the air

As if devils were singing a song;

There's a shriek like the shriek of despair.

And a crash which the echoes prolong.

There's a voice like the voice of the gale,

When it strikes a tall ship on the sea;

There's a rift like the rent of her sail.

As she helplessly drifts to the lee.

There's a rush like the rushing of fiends.

Compelled by an horrible spell;

There's a flame like the flaming of brands,

Snatched in rage from the furnace of hell.

There's a wreath like the foam on the wave,

There's a silence unbroke by a breath;

There's a thud like the clod in a grave,

There are writhings, and moanings, and death!

------

{97}

From The Lamp.

ALL-HALLOW EVE; OR, THE TEST OF FUTURITY.

BY ROBERT CURTIS.

CHAPTER XXVI.

The chief was well aware of the reputation which the priest had

obtained through the parish for medical skill, and was himself

convinced of how well he deserved it. Indeed, had the alternative

rested in any case between Father Farrell and the dispensary doctor,

there was not a parishioner who would not have preferred his pastor's

medical as well as spiritual aid.

The chief, instead of ordering off the dispensary doctor to see young

Lennon upon a rumor that he was worse, went quietly to Father Farrell,

who must know the truth, and be able to give good advice as to what

steps, if any, were necessary to adopt.

The matter turned out to be another black-crow story. Father Farrell

had also heard it in its exaggerated form, and had not lost a moment

in proceeding to the spot. Young Lennon had gone out to assist his

father in planting some potatoes--so far the rumor was correct. But he

had been premature in his own opinion of his convalescence. The very

first stoop he made he felt quite giddy; and although he did not fall

forward on his face, he was obliged to lean upon his father for

support for a few moments. This little experiment served to keep him

quiet for a while longer; but Father Farrell assured the chief that

matters were no worse than they had been--he might make his mind easy;

there was no injury beyond the flesh, which, of course, had become

much sorer, and must do so for a few days still.

The chief, however, suggested the prudence, if not the necessity, of

having a medical man to see him. "Not," said he, "but that I have as

much, if not more, confidence in your own skill and experience than in

any which is available in this wild district."

"That is rather an equivocal compliment; but perhaps it is fully as

much as I deserve," said the priest.

"Well, I don't mean it as such, Father Farrell; but you know a great

responsibility would rest upon me, should anything unfortunate occur."

"I see. It would not do in a court of justice to put a priest upon the

table in a medical position. I certainly could not produce a diploma.

You are quite right, my dear sir; you would be held responsible.

However, I can go the length to assure you that at present there is

not the slightest necessity for medical aid, particularly--between you

and me--under existing circumstances, which I understand very well.

The matter was a mere accident I am fully persuaded. Bat, supposing

for a moment that it was not, I know young Lennon since he was a child

running to school in his bare feet, with 'his turf and his

read-a-ma-daisy;' and I am convinced that no power on earth would

induce him to prosecute Tom Murdock."

"Why? are they such friends?"

"No; quite the reverse, and that is the very reason. But ask me no

more about it. Another objection I see to calling in the dispensary

doctor is this--that I am aware of an ill-feeling existing between him

and Tom {98} Murdock about a prize at a coursing-match, which the

doctor thinks was unfairly given to Tom Murdock through his influence

with the judge; and the doctor was heard to say in reference to it,

'that it was a long lane that had no turning.' Now here would be an

open for the doctor to put a turn on the lane, however straight it

might be in fact. He would not certify that Lennon's life was out of

danger--you would have to arrest Tom Murdock; young Lennon would go

distracted, and the two parishes would be in an uproar. Ill-will would

be engendered between all the young men of opposite sides, and all for

nothing; for young Lennon will be as well as ever he was in ten days.

These are my views of the case. But if your official responsibility

obliges you to differ with me, I am ready to hear you further."

This was a great oration of Father Farrell's, but it was both sensible

and true from beginning to end, and it convinced the chief of the

propriety of "resting on his oars" for a few days longer at all

events.

The result proved at least that there was more luck in leisure than

danger in delay. Emon-a-knock grew better; but it was by degrees. He

could not yet venture to attend to his usual daily labor, by which he

so materially contributed to the support of the family. The weather

was fine, and "the spring business" was going forward rapidly in all

directions. Poor Emon fretted that he was not able to add his

accustomed portion to the weekly earnings; but Father Farrell watched

him too closely. Once or twice he stole out to do some of their own

work, and let his father earn some of the high wages which was just

then to be had; but his own good sense told him that he was still

unable for the effort. At the end of an hour's work the old idea

haunted him that an attempt had been made to murder him, and if he had

been made a merchant-prince for it, he could not recollect how it had

happened. The only thing he did recollect distinctly about it was,

that Shanvilla won the day, and that he had been sent home in Winny

Cavana's cart and jennet--_that_, if he were in a raging fever, he

could never forget.

But it was a sad loss to the family, Emon's incapacity to work. He had

been now three weeks ill; and although the wound in his head was in a

fair way of being healed, there was still a confused idea in his mind

about the whole affair which he could not get rid of. At times, as he

endeavored to review the matter as it had actually occurred, he could

not persuade himself but that it was really an accident; and while

under this impression he felt quite well, and able for his ordinary

labor. But there were moments when a sudden thought would cross his

mind that it had been a secret and premeditated attempt upon his life;

and then it was that the confusion ensued which rendered him unable to

recollect. What if it were really this attempt--supposing that

positive proof could be adduced of the fact--what then? Would he

prosecute Tom Murdock? Oh, no. Father Farrell was right; but he had

not formed his opinion upon the true foundation. Emon-a-knock would

not prosecute, even if he could do so to conviction. He would deal

with Tom Murdock himself if ever a fair opportunity should arise; and

if not, he might yet be in a position more thoroughly to despise him.

In the meantime Lennon's family had not been improving in

circumstances. Emon was losing all the high wages of the spring's

work. Upon one or two occasions, when he stealthily endeavored to do a

little on his own land, while his father was catching the ready penny

abroad, he found, before he was two hours at work, the haunting idea

press upon his brain; and he returned to the house and threw himself

upon the bed confused and sad. In spite of this, however, the wound in

his head was now progressing more favorably, and {99} returning

strength renewed a more cheerful spirit within him. He fought hard

against the idea which at times forced itself upon him. The priest,

who was a constant visitor, saw that all was not yet right. He took

Emon kindly by the hand and said: "My dear young friend, do you not

feel as well as your outward condition would indicate that you ought

to be?"

"Yes, Father Farrell, I thank God I feel my strength almost perfectly

restored. I shall be able, I hope, to give my poor father the usual

help in a few days. The worst of it is that the throng of the spring

work is over, and wages are now down a third from what they were a

month or three weeks ago."

"If _that_ be all that is fretting you, Emon, cheer up, for there is

plenty of work still to be had; and if the wages are not quite so high

as they were a while back, you shall have constant work for some time,

which will be better than high wages for a start. I can myself afford

to make up for some of the loss this unfortunate blow has caused you.

You must accept of this." And he pulled a pound-note from his breeches

pocket.

If occasionally there were moments when Emon's ideas were somewhat

confused, they were never clearer or sharper than as Father Farrell

said this. It so happened that he was thinking of Winny Cavana at the

moment; indeed, it would be hard to hit upon the moment when he was

not. Shanvilla was proverbially a poor parish; and Father Farrell's

continual and expressed regret was, that he was not able personally to

do more for the poor of his flock. Emon was sharp enough, and stout

enough, to speak his mind even to his priest, when he found it

necessary.

He looked inquiringly into Father Farrell's face. "No, Father Farrell,

you _cannot_ afford it," he said. "It is your kindness leads you to

say so; and if you could afford it there are--and no man knows it

better than you do--many still poorer families than ours in the parish

requiring your aid. But under no circumstances shall I touch _that_

pound."

The priest was found out, and became disconcerted; but the matter was

coming to a point, and he might as well have it out.

"Why do you lay such an emphasis upon the word _that_?" said he. "It

is a very good one," he added, laughing.

"Well, Father Farrell, I am always ready and willing to answer you any

questions you may choose to ask me, for you are always discreet and

considerate. Of course I must always answer any questions you have a

right to ask; but you have no right to probe me now."

"Certainly not, Emon, but you know a counsel's no command."

"Your counsel, Father Farrell, is always good, and almost amounts to a

command. I beg your pardon, if I have spoken hastily."

"Emon, my good young friend, and I will add, my dear young friend, I

do not wish to probe you upon any subject you are not bound to give me

your confidence upon; but why did you lay such an emphasis just now on

the word _that_? If you do not wish to answer me, you need not do so.

But you must take _this_ pound-note. You see I can lay an emphasis as

well as you when I think it is required."

"No, Father Farrell. If the note was your own, I might take the loan

of it, and work it in with you, or pay you when I earned it. But I do

not think it is: there is the truth for you, Father Farrell."

"I see how it is, Emon, and you are very proud. However, the truth is,

the pound was sent to me anonymously for you from a friend."

"She might as well have signed her name in full," said Emon, sadly,

"for any loss that I can be at upon the subject--or perhaps you

yourself, Father Farrell."

"Well, I was at no loss, I confess. But you were to know nothing about

it, Emon; only you were so sharp. {100} There is no fear that your

intellects have been injured by the blow, at all events. It was meant

kindly, Emon, and I think you ought to take it--here."

"You think so, Father Farrell?"

"I do; indeed I do, Emon."

"Give it me, then," he said, taking it; and before Father Farrell's

face he pressed it to his lips. He then got a pen and ink, and wrote

something upon it. It was nothing but the date; he wanted no

memorandum of anything else respecting it. But he would hardly have

written even that, had he intended to make use of it.

The priest stood up to leave. He knew more than he chose to tell

Emon-a-knock. But there was an amicable smile upon his lips as he held

out his hand to bid him goodby.

Oh, the suspicion of a heart that loves!

"Father Farrell," he said, still holding the priest's hand, "is this

the note, the very note, the identical note, she sent me?"

"Yes, Emon; I would not deceive you about it. It is the very note;

which, I fear," he added, "is not likely to be of much use to you."

"Why do you say that, Father Farrell? You shall one day see the

contrary."

"Because you seem to me rather inclined to 'huxter it up,' as we say,

than to make use of it. Believe me, that was not the intention it was

sent with; oh, no, Emon; it was sent with the hope that it might be of

some use, and not to be hoarded up through any morbid sentimentality."

"Give me one instead of it. Father Farrell, and keep this one until I

can redeem it."

"I have not got another, Emon; pounds are not so plenty with me."

"And yet you would have persuaded me just now that it was your own and

that you could afford to bestow it upon me!"

"Pardon me, Emon, I would not have persuaded you; I was merely silent

upon the subject until your suspicions made you cross-examine me. I

was then plain enough with you. I used no deceit; and I now tell you

plainly that if you take this pound-note, you ought to use it;

otherwise you will give her who sent it very just cause for

annoyance."

"Then it shall be as she wishes and as you advise, Father Farrell. I

cannot err under your guidance. I shall use it freely and with

gratitude; but you need not tell her that I know who sent it."

"Do you think that I am an _aumadhawn_, Emon? The very thing she was

anxious to avoid herself. I shall never speak to her, perhaps, upon

the subject."

The priest then left him with a genuine and hearty blessing, which

could not fail of a beneficial influence.

CHAPTER XXVII.

The priest had been a true prophet and a good doctor, and perhaps it

was well for all parties concerned that the dispensary M.D. had been

dispensed with. Emon now recovered his strength every day more and

more. The wound in his head had completely healed. There was scarcely

a mark left of where it had been, unless you blew his beautiful soft

hair aside, when a slight hard ridge was just perceptible. Father

Farrell had procured him a permanent job of some weeks, at rather an

increase of wages from what was "going" at the time, for the spring

business was now over and work was slack. But a gentleman who had

recently purchased a small property in that part of the country, and

intended to reside, had commenced alterations in the laying-out of the

grounds about his "mansion;" and meeting Father Farrell one day, asked

him if he could recommend a smart, handy man for a tolerably long job.

There would be a good deal of "skinning" and cutting of sods, {101}

levelling hillocks, and filling up hollows, and wheeling of clay. For

the latter portion of the work, the man should have help. What he

wanted was a tasty, handy fellow, who would understand quickly what

was required as it was explained to him.

Father Farrell, as the gentleman said all this, thought that he must

have actually had Emon-a-knock in his mind's eye. He was the very man

on every account, and the priest at once recommended him. This job

would soon make up for all the time poor Emon had lost with his broken

head. And for his intelligence and taste Father Farrell had gone bail.

Thus it was that Emon after all had not broken the pound-note, but, in

spite of the priest, had hoarded it as a trophy of Winny's love.

Emon would have had a rather long walk every morning to his work, and

the same in the evening after it was over. But Mr. D---- on the very

first interview with young Lennon, was sharp enough to find out his

value as a rural engineer, and, for his own sake as well as Lennon's,

he made arrangements that he should stop at a tenant's house, not far

from the scene of his landscape-gardening, which was likely to last

for some time. Mr. D---- was not a man who measured a day's work by

its external extent. He looked rather to the manner of its

accomplishment, and would not allow the thing to be "run over." He did

not care for the expense; what he wanted was to have the thing well

done; and he gave Father Farrell great credit for his choice in a

workman. If he liked the job when it was finished, he did not say but

that he would give Lennon a permanent situation, as overseer, at a

fixed salary. But up to this time he had not seen, nor even heard of,

Winny Cavana, except what had been implied to his heart by the

priest's pound-note. He was further now from Rathcash chapel than

ever; nevertheless he would show himself there, "God willing," next

Sunday. What was Tom Murdock's surprise and chagrin on the following

Sunday to observe "that confounded whelp" on the road before him, as

he went to prayers--looking, too, better dressed, and as well and

handsome as ever! He thought he had "put a spoke in his wheel" for the

whole summer at the least; and before that was over, he had determined

to have matters irrevocably _clinched_ if not _settled_ with Miss

Winifred Cavana.

After what manner this was to be accomplished was only known to

himself and three others, associates in his villany.

The matter had been already discussed in all its bearings. All the

arguments in favor of, and opposed to, its success had been exhausted,

and the final result was, that the thing should be done, and was only

waiting a favorable opportunity to be put in practice. Some matters of

detail, however, had to be arranged, which would take some time; but

as the business was kept "dark" there was no hurry. Tom Murdock's

secret was safe in the keeping of his coadjutors, whose "oath of

brotherhood" bound them not only to inviolable silence, but to their

assistance in carrying out his nefarious designs.

The sight of young Lennon once more upon the scene gave a spur to

Tom's plans and determination. He had hoped that that "accidental tip"

which he had given him would at least have had the effect of reducing

him in circumstances and appearance, and have kept him in his own

parish. He knew that Lennon was depending upon his day's wages for

even the sustenance of life; that there was a family of at least four

beside himself to support; and he gloated himself over the idea that a

month or six weeks' sick idleness, recovering at best when there was

no work to be had, would have left "that whelp" in a condition almost

unpresentable even at his own parish chapel. What was his

mortification, therefore, when he now beheld young Lennon before him

on the road!

{102}

"By the table of war," he said in his heart, "this must hasten my

plans! I cannot permit an intimacy to be renewed in that quarter. I

must see my friends at once."

Winny Cavana, although she had not seen Emon-a-knock since the

accident, had taken care to learn through her peculiar resources how

"the poor fellow was getting on." Her friend Kate Mulvey was one of

these resources.

Although it has not yet oozed out in this story, it is necessary that

it should now do so: Phil M'Dermott, then, was a great admirer of Kate

Mulvey. He was one of those who advocated an interchange of

parishioners in the courting line. He did not think it fair that

"exclusive dealing" should be observed in such cases.

Now, useless as it was, and forlorn as had been hitherto the hope,

Phil M'Dermott, like all true lovers, could not keep away from his

cold-hearted Kate. It was a satisfaction to him at all events "to be

looking at her;" and somehow since Emon's accident she seemed more

friendly and condescending in her manner to poor Phil. It will be

remembered that Phil M'Dermott was a great friend of Emon-a-knock's,

and it may now be said that he was a near neighbor. It was natural,

then, that Kate Mulvey should find out all about Emon from him, and

"have word" for Winny when they met. This was one resource, and Father

Farrell, as he sometimes passed Kate's door, was another. Father

Farrell could guess very well, notwithstanding Kate's careless manner

of asking, that his information would not rest in her own breast, and

gave it as fully and satisfactorily as he could.

Kate Mulvey, however, "would not for the world" say a word to either

Phil M'Dermott or Father Farrell which could be construed as coming

from Winny Cavana to Emon-a-knock; she had Winny's strict orders to

that effect. But Kate felt quite at liberty to make any remarks she

chose, as coming from herself.

Poor Emon, upon this his first occasion of, it may be said, appearing

in public after his accident, was greeted, after prayers were over,

with a genuine cordiality by the Rathcash boys, and several times

interfered with in his object of "getting speech" of Winny Cavana, who

was some distance in advance, in consequence of these delays.

But Winny was not the girl to be frustrated by any unnecessary prudery

on such an occasion.

"Father," she said, "there's Emon at our chapel to-day for the first

time since he was hurt. Let us not be behindhand with the neighbors to

congratulate him on his recovery. I see all the Rathcash people are

glad to see him."

"And so they ought, Winny; I'm glad you told me he was here, for I did

not happen to see him. Stand where you are until he comes up." And the

old man stood patiently for some minutes while Emon's friends were

expressing their pleasure at his reappearance.

Winny had kept as clear as possible of Tom Murdock since the accident

at the hurling match; so much so that he could not but know it was

intentional.

Tom had remarked during prayers that Winny's countenance had

brightened up wonderfully when young Lennon came into the chapel, and

took a quiet place not far inside the door; for he had been kept

outside by the kind inquiries of his friends until the congregation

had become pretty throng. He had observed too, for he was on the

watch, that Winny's eyes had often wandered in the direction of the

door up to the time when "that whelp" had entered; but from that

moment, when he had observed the bright smile light up her face, she

had never turned them from the officiating priest and the altar.

Tom had not ventured to walk home with Winny from the chapel for some

Sundays past, nor would he to-day. What puzzled him not a little was

what his line of conduct ought to be with respect to Lennon, whom he

had not seen since the accident. His course {103} was, however, taken

after a few moments' reflection. He did not forget that on the

occasion of the blow he had exhibited much sympathy with the sufferer,

and had declared it to have been purely accidental. He should keep up

that character of the affair now, or make a liar of himself, both as

to the past and his feelings.

"Beside," thought he, "I may so delay him that Miss Winifred cannot

have the face to delay for him so long."

Just then, as Emon had emancipated himself from the cordiality of

three or four young men, and was about to step out quickly to where he

saw Winny and her father standing on the road, Tom came up.

"Ah, Lennon!" he said, stretching out his hand, "I am glad to see you

in this part of the country again. I hope you are quite recovered."

"Quite, thank God," said Emon, pushing by without taking his hand.

"But I see Winny and her father waiting on the road, and I cannot stop

to talk to you;" and he strode on. Emon left out the "Cavana" in the

above sentence on purpose, because he knew the familiarity its

omission created would vex Tom Murdock.

"Bad luck to your impudence, you conceited cub, you!" was Murdock's

mental ejaculation as he watched the cordial greeting between him and

Winny Cavana, to say nothing of her father, who appeared equally glad

to see him.

Phil M'Dermott had come for company that day with Emon, and had

managed to join Kate Mulvey as they came out of chapel. She had her

eyes about her, and saw very well how matters had gone so far. For the

first time in her life she noticed the scowl on Tom Murdock's brow as

she came toward him.

"God between us and harm, but he looks wicked this morning!" thought

she; and she was almost not sorry when he turned suddenly round and

walked off without waiting for her so much as to "bid him the time of

day."

"That's more of it," said Tom to himself. "There is that one now

taking up with that tinker."

He felt something like the little boy who said, "What! will nobody

come and play with me?" But Tom did not, like him, become a good boy

after that.

He watched the Cavanas and Lennon, who had not left the spot where

Lennon came up with them until they were joined by Kate And Phil

M'Dermott, when they all walked on together, chatting and laughing as

if nobody in the world was wicked or unhappy.

He dodged them at some distance, and was not a little surprised to see

the whole party-"the whelp," "the tinker," and all--turn up the lane

and go into Cavana's house.

"_That will do_," said he; "I must see my friends this very night, and

before this day fortnight we'll see who will win the trick."

Emon-a-knock and Phil M'Dermott actually paid a visit to old Ned

Cavana's that Sunday. Tom Murdock had seen them going in, and he

minuted them by his silver hunting-watch--for he had one. His eye

wandered from the door to his watch, and from his watch to the door,

as if he were feeling the pulse of their visit. He thought he had

never seen Kate Mulvey looking so handsome, or Phil M'Dermott so clean

or so well-dressed.

But it mattered not. If Kate was a Venus, Tom will carry out his plans

with respect to Winny, and let Phil M'Dermott work his own point in

that other quarter. Not that he cared much for Winny herself, but he

wanted her farm, and he _hated "that whelp Lennon."_

They remained just twenty-five minutes in old Cavana's; this for Kate

Mulvey was nothing very wonderful, but for two young men--neither of

whom had ever darkened his doors before--Tom thought it rather a long

visit.

{104}

There they were now, going down the lane together, laughing and

chatting, all three seemingly in good humor.

Cranky and out of temper as he was, Tom's observation was correct in

more matters than one, Phil M'Dermott was particularly well-dressed on

this occasion, his first visit to Rathcash chapel. Perhaps after

to-day he may be oftener there than at his own.

CHAPTER XXVIII.

Perhaps there was nothing extraordinary, after the encouragement which

Emon had met with upon his first appearance at Rathcash chapel after

"the accident," if he found it pleasanter to "overtake mass" there

than to come in quietly at Shanvilla. The walk did him good. Be this

as it may, he was now a regular attendant at a chapel which was a mile

and a half further from his home than his own.

Two Sundays had now come round since Tom Murdock had seen the

reception which "that whelp" had met with from the Cavanas, not only

as he came out of the chapel, but in asking him up to the house, and,

he supposed, giving him luncheon; for the visits had been repeated

each successive Sunday. Then that fellow M'Dermott had also come to

their chapel, and he and Kate Mulvey had also gone up with the

Cavanas. This was now the third Sunday on which this had taken place;

and not only Winny herself, but her father seemed to acquiesce in

bringing it about.

Tom's fortnight had passed by, and he had not "won the trick," as he

had threatened to do. "Well," thought he, "it cannot be done in a

minute. I have been dealing the cards, and, contrary to custom, the

dealer shall lead beside; and that soon."

Winny's happy smile was now so continuous and so gratifying to her

father's heart, that if he had not become altogether reconciled to an

increased intimacy with Edward Lennon, he had at all events become a

convert to her dislike to Tom Murdock, and no mistake.

In spite of all his caution, one or two matters had crept out as to

his doings, and had come to old Ned's ears in such a way that no doubt

could remain on his mind of their veracity. He began to give Winny

credit for more sharpness than he had been inclined to do; and it

crossed his mind once that, if Winny was not mistaken about Tom

Murdock's villany, she might not be mistaken either about _anybody

else's worth_. The thought had not individualized itself as yet. In

the meantime young Lennon's quiet and natural manner, his unvarying

attention and respect for the old man himself, and his apparent

carelessness for Winny's private company, grew upon old Ned

insensibly; and it was now almost as a fixed rule that he paid a

Sunday visit after mass at Rathcash, the old man putting his hand upon

his shoulder, and facing him toward the house at the end of the lane,

saying, "Come, Edward Lennon, the murphys will be teemed by the time

we get up, and no one can fault our bacon or our butter."

"_My_ butter, Emon," said Winny on one occasion, at a venture.

Her father looked at her. But there was never another word about it.

All this was anything but pleasing to Tom Murdock, who always sulkily

dogged them at some distance behind.

Now we shall not believe that Emon-a-knock was such a muff, or Winny

Cavana such a prude, as to suppose that no little opportunity was

seized upon for a kind soft word between them _unknownt_. Nor shall we

suppose that Kate Mulvey, who was always of the party, was such a

marplot as to obstruct such a happy casualty, should it occur,

particularly if Phil was to the fore.

Emon's careless, loud laugh along the road, as he escorted Kate to her

own door, gave evidence that his heart was light and that (as Kate

thought, though she did not question him) {105} matters were on the

right road for him. Winny, too, when they met, was so happy, and so

different from what for a while she had been, that Kate, although she

did not question her either, guessed that all was right with her too.

Matters, as they now seemed to progress, and he watched them close,

were daggers to Tom Murdock's heart. He had seen Winny Cavana, on more

than one evening, leave the house and take the turn toward Kate

Mulvey's. On these occasions he had the meanness and want of spirit to

watch her movements; and although he could not satisfy himself that

young Lennon came to meet her, he was not quite satisfied that he did

not.

Winny invariably turned into Kate Mulvey's, and remained for a long

visit. Might not "that hound" be there?--Tom sometimes varied his

epithets--might it not be a place of assignation? This was but the

suspicion of a low, mean mind like Tom Murdock's.

The fact is, since Tom's threat about "winning the trick" he had been

rather idle. His game was not one which could be played out by

correspondence--he was too cunning for that--and the means which he

would be obliged to adopt were not exactly ready at his hand. He saw

that matters were not pressing in another quarter yet, if ever they

should press, and he would "ride a waiting race," and win

unexpectedly. Thus the simile of Tom's thoughts still took their tone

from the race-course, and he would "hold hard" for another bit.

Circumstances, however, soon occurred which made him "push forward

toward the front" if he had any hope "to come in first."

Edward Lennon having finished his "landscape gardening" at Mr. D----s,

and the overseership being held over for the present, had got another

rather long job, on the far part of Ned Cavana's farm, in laying out

and cutting drains, where the land required reclaiming. He had shown

so much taste and intelligence, in both planning and performing, that

old Ned was quite delighted with him, and began to regret "that he had

not known his value as an agricultural laborer long before." There was

one other at least--if not two--who sympathized in that regret. At all

events, there he was now every day up to his hips in dirty red clay,

scooping it up from the bottom of little drains more than three feet

deep, in a long iron scoop with a crooked handle. This job was at the

far end of Ned's farm, and, in coming to his work, Lennon need hardly

come within sight of the house, for the work lay in the direction of

Shanvilla. Emon did not "quit work" until it was late; he was then in

anything but visiting trim, if such a thing were even possible. He,

therefore, saw no more of Winny on account of the job than if he had

been at work on the Giant's Causeway. But a grand object had been

attained, nevertheless--he was working for Ned Cavana, and had given

him more than satisfaction in the performance of the job, and on one

occasion old Ned had called him "Emon-a-wochal," a term of great

familiarity. This was a great change for the better. If young Lennon

had been as well acquainted with racing phraseology as Tom Murdock, he

also would have thought that he would "make a waiting race of it." But

the expression of _his_ thoughts was that he "would bide his time."

The Sundays, however, were still available, and Emon did not lose the

chance. He now because so regular an attendant at Rathcash chapel, and

went up so regularly with old Ned and his daughter after prayers, that

it was no wonder if people began to talk.

"I donna what Tom Murdock says to all this, Bill," said Tim Fahy to a

neighbor, on the road from the chapel.

"The sorra wan of me knows, Tim, but I hear he isn't over-well

plaised."

"Arrah, what id he be plaised at? Is it to see a Shanvilla boy,

without a cross, intherlopin' betune him an' his bachelor?"

"Well, they say he needn't be a bit afeared, Lennon is a very good

workman, {106} and undherstan's dhrainin', an' ould Ned's cute enough

to get a job well done; but he'd no more give his daughter with her

fine fortin' to that chap, than he'd throw her an' it into the

say--b'lieve you me."

"There's some very heavy cloud upon Tom this while back, any way; and

though he keeps it very close, there's people thinks it's what she

refused him."

"The sorra fear iv her, Tim; she has more sinse nor that."

"Well, riddle me this, Bill. What brings that chap here Sunda' afther

Sunda', and what takes him up to ould Ned Cavana's every Sunda' afther

mass? He is a very good-lookin' young fellow, an' knows a sheep's head

from a sow's ear, or Tim Fahy's a fool."

"_Och badhershin_, doesn't he go up to walk home wid Kate Mulvey, for

she's always iv the party?"

"And _badhershin_ yourself, Bill, isn't Phil M'Dermott always to the

fore for Kate?--another intherloper from Shanvilla. I donna what the

sorra the Rathcash boys are about."

Other confabs of a similar nature were carried on by different sets as

they returned from prayers, and saw the Cavanas with their company

turn up the lane toward the house. The young girls of the district,

too, had their chats upon the subject; but they were so voluble, and

some of them so ill-natured, that I forbear to give the reader any

specimen of their remarks. One or two intimate associates of Tom

ventured to quiz him upon the state of affairs. Now none but an

intimate friend, indeed, of Tom's should have ventured, under the

circumstances, to have touched upon so sore a subject, and those who

did, intimate as they were, did not venture to repeat the joke. No, it

was no joke; and that they soon found out. To one friend who had

quizzed him privately he said, "Suspend your judgment, Denis; and if I

don't prove myself more than a match for that half-bred _kiout_, then

condemn me."

But to another, who had quizzed him before some bystanders in rather a

ridiculous point of view, he turned like a bull-terrier, while his

face assumed a scowl of a peculiarly unpleasant character.

"It is no business of yours," he said, "and I advise you to mind your

own affairs, or perhaps I'll make you."

The man drew in his horns, and sneaked off, of course; and from that

moment they all guessed that the business had gone against Tom, and

they left off quizzing.

Tom felt that he had been wrong, and had only helped to betray

himself. His game now was to prevent, if possible, any talk about the

matter, one way or the other, until his plans should be matured, when

he doubted not that success would gain him the approbation of every

one, no matter what the means.

The preface to his plans was, to spread a report that he had gone back

to Armagh to get married to a girl with an immense fortune, and he

endorsed the report by the fact of his leaving home; but whether to

Armagh or not, was never clearly known.

Young Lennon went on with his job, at which old Ned told him "to take

his time, an' do it well. It was not," he said, "like digging a plot,

which had to be dug every year, or maybe twice. When it was wance

finished and covered up, there it was; worse nor the first day, if it

was not done right; so don't hurry it over, Emon-a-wochal. I don't

mind the expense; ground can't be dhrained for nothin', an' it id be a

bad job if we were obliged to be openin' any of the dhrains a second

time, an' maybe not know where the stoppage lay; so take your time,

and don't blame me if you botch it."

"You need not fear, sir," said Lennon. (He always said "sir" as yet.)

"You need not fear; if every drain of them does not run like the

stream from Tubbernaltha, never give me a day's work again."

{107}

"As far as you have gone, Emon, I think they are complate; we'll have

forty carts of stones in afore Saturda' night. I hope you have help

enough, boy."

"Plenty, sir, until we begin to cover in."

"Wouldn't you be able for that yourself? or couldn't you bring your

father with you? I'd wish to put whatever I could in your way."

"Thank you, sir, very much. I will do so if I want more help; but for

the lucre of keeping up his wages and mine, I would not recommend you

to lose this fine weather in covering in the drains."

"You are an honest boy, Emon, and I like your way of talkin', as well

as workin'; plaise God we won't see you or your father idle."

Up to this it will be seen that Emon was not idle in any sense of the

word. He was ingratiating himself, but honestly, into the good graces

of old Ned; "if he was not fishing, he was mending his nets;" and the

above conversation will show that he was not a dance at that same.

It happened, upon one or two occasions, that old Ned was with Emon at

leaving off work in the evening, and he asked him to "cum' up to the

house and have a dhrink of beer, or whiskey-and-wather, his choice."

But Emon excused himself, saying he was no fit figure to go into any

decent man's parlor in that trim, and indeed his appearance did not

belie his words; for he was spotted and striped with yellow clay, from

his head and face to his feet, and the clothes he brought to the work

were worth nothing.

"Well, you'll not be always so, Emon, when you're done wid the

scoopin'," said old Ned; and he added, laughing, "The divil a wan o'

me'd know you to be the same boy I seen cumin' out o' mass a Sunda'."

Emon had heard, as everybody else had heard, that Tom Murdock had left

home, and he felt as if an incubus had been lifted off his heart. Not

that he feared Tom in any one way; but he knew that his absence would

be a relief to Winny, and, as such, a relief to himself.

Emon was now as happy as his position and his hopes permitted him to

be; and there can be little doubt but this happiness arose from an

understanding between himself and Winny; but how, when, or where that

understanding had been confirmed, it would be hard to say.

Old Ned's remarks to his daughter respecting young Lennon were nuts

and apples to her. She knew the day would come, and perhaps at no far

distant time, when she must openly avow, not only a preference for

Emon, but declare an absolute determination to cast her lot with his,

and ask her father's blessing upon them. She was aware that this could

not, that it ought not to, be hurried. She hoped--oh, how fervently

she hoped!--that the report of Tom Murdock's marriage might be true:

that of his absence from home she knew to be so. In the meantime it

kept the happy smile for ever on her lips to know that Emon was daily

creeping into the good opinion of her father. Oh! how could Emon, her

own Emon, fail, not only to creep but to rush into the good opinion,

the very heart, of all who knew him? Poor enthusiastic Winny! But she

was right. With the solitary exception of Tom Murdock, there was not a

human being who knew him who did not love Edward Lennon. But where is

the man with Tom Murdock's heart, and in Tom Murdock's place, who

would not have hated him as he did?

CHAPTER XXIX.

Tom Murdock, seeing that his hopes by fair means were completely at an

end, and that matters were likely to progress in another quarter at a

rate which made it advisable not to let the leading horse get too far

ahead, {108} determined to make a rush to the front, no matter whether

he went the wrong side of a post or not--let that be settled after.

He had left home, and left a report behind him, which he took care to

have industriously circulated, that he had gone to Armagh, and was

about to be married to "a young lady" with a large fortune, and that

he would visit the metropolis, Fermanagh, and perhaps Sligo, before he

returned. But he did not go further than an obscure public-house in a

small village in the lower part of the county of Cavan. There he met

the materials for carrying out his plan. The object of it was shortly

this--to carry away Winny Cavana by force, and bring her to a

_friend's_ house in the mountains behind the village adverted to. Here

he was to have an old buckle-beggar at hand to marry them the moment

Winny's spirit was broken to consent. This man, a degraded clergyman,

as the report went, wandered about the country in green spectacles and

a short, black cloak, always ready and willing to perform such a job;

doubly willing and ready for this particular one from the reward which

Tom had promised him. If even the marriage ceremony should fail,

either through Winny's obstinacy or the clergyman's want of spirit to

go through with it in the face of opposition, still he would keep her

for ten days or a fortnight at this _friend's_ house, stopping there

himself too; and at the end of that time, should he fail in obtaining

her consent, he would quit the country for a while, and allow her to

return home "so blasted in character" that even "that whelp" would

disown her. There was a pretty specimen of a lover--a husband!

It was now the end of June. The weather had been dry for some time,

and the nights were clear and mild; the stars shone brightly, and the

early dawn would soon present a heavy dew hanging on the bushes and

the grass. The moon was on the wane; but at a late hour of the night

it was conspicuous in the heavens, adding a stronger light to that

given by the clearness of the sky and the brilliancy of the stars.

Rathcash and Rathcashmore were sunk in still repose; and if silence

could be echoed, it was echoed by the stillness of the mountains

behind Shanvilla and beyond them. The inhabitants of the whole

district had long since retired to rest, and now lay buried in sleep,

some of them in confused dreams of pleasure and delight.

The angel of the dawn was scarcely yet awake, or he might have heard

the sound of muffled horses' feet and muffled wheels creeping along

the road toward the lane turning up to Rathcash house, about two hours

before day; and he must have seen a man with a dark mask mounted on

another muffled horse at a little distance from the cart.

Presently Tom Murdock--there is no use in simulating mystery where

none exists--took charge of the horse and cart to prevent them from

moving, while three men stole up toward the house. Ay, there is

Bully-dhu's deep bark, and they are already at the door.

"That dog! he'll betray us, boys," said one of the men.

"I'd blow his brains out if this pistol was loaded," said another;

"and I wanted Tom to give me a cartridge."

"He wouldn't let any one load but himself, and he was right; a shot

would be twiste as bad as the dog; beside, he's in the back yard, and

cannot get out. Never heed him, but to work as fast as possible."

Old Ned Cavana and Winny heard not only the dog, but the voices.

Winny's heart foretold the whole thing in a moment, and she braced her

nerves for the scene.

The door was now smashed in, and the three men entered. By this time

old Ned had drawn on his trousers; and as he was throwing his coat

over his head to got his arms into the sleeves he was seized, and ere

you could count ten he was pinioned, with his arms behind him and his

legs tied {109} at the ankles, and a handkerchief tied across his

mouth. Thus rendered perfectly powerless, he was thrown back upon the

bed, and the room-door locked. Jamesy Doyle, who slept in the barn,

had heard the crash of the door, and dressed himself in "less than no

time," let Bully-dhu out of the yard, and brought him to the front

door, in at which he rushed like a tiger. But Jamesy Doyle did not go

in. That was not his game; but he peeped in at the window. No light

had been struck, so he could make nothing of the state of affairs

inside, except from the voices; and from what he heard he could make

no mistake as to the object of this attack. He could not tell whether

Tom Murdock was in the house or not, but he did not hear his voice.

One man said, "Come, now, be quick, Larry; the sooner we're off with

her the better."

Jamesy waited for no more; he turned to the lane as the shortest way,

but at a glance he saw the horse and cart and the man on horseback on

the road outside; and turning again he darted off across the fields as

fast as his legs could carry him.

Bully-dhu, having gained access to the house, showed no disposition to

compromise the matter. "No quarter!" was his cry, as he flew at the

nearest man to him, and seizing him by the throat, brought him to the

ground with a _sough_, where in spite of his struggles, he held him

fast with a silent, deadly grip. He had learned this much, at least,

by his encounter with the mastiff on New Year's day.

Careless of their companion's strait, who they thought ought to be

able to defend himself, the other two fellows--and powerful fellows

they were--proceeded to the bed-room to their left; they had locked

the door to their right, leaving poor old Ned tied and insensible on

the bed. Winny was now dressed and met them at the door.

"Are you come to commit murder?" she cried, as they stopped her in the

doorway; "or have you done it already? Let me to my father's room."

"The sorra harm on him, miss, nor the sorra take the hair of his head

well hurt no more nor your own. Come, put on your bonnet an' cloak,

an' come along wid us; them's our ordhers."

"You have a master, then. Where is he? where is Tom Murdock?--I knew

Tom _Murder_ should have been his name. Where is he, I say?"

"Come, come, no talk; but on wid your bonnet and cloak at wanst."

"Never; nor shall I ever leave this house except torn from it by the

most brutal force. Where is your master, I say? Is he afraid of the

rope himself which he would thus put round your necks?"

"Come, come, on wid your bonnet an' cloak, or, be the powers, we'll

take you away as you are."

"Never; where is your master, I say?"

"Come, Larry, we won't put up wid any more of her pillaver; out wid

the worsted."

Here Biddy Murtagh rushed in to her mistress's aid; but she was soon

overpowered and tied "neck and heels," as they called it, and thrown

upon Winny's bed. They had the precaution to gag her also with a

handkerchief, that she might not give the alarm, and they locked the

door like that at the other end of the house.

Larry, whoever he was, then pulled a couple of skeins of coarse

worsted from his pocket, while his companion seized Winny round the

waist, outside her arms; and the other fellow, who seemed expert, soon

tied her feet together, and then her hands. A thick handkerchief was

then tied across her mouth.

"Take care to lave plenty of braithin' room out iv her nose, Larry,"

said the other ruffian; and, thus rendered unable to move or scream,

they carried her to the road and laid her on the car. The horseman in

the mask asked them where the third man was, and they replied that he

must have {110} "made off" from the dog, for that they neither saw nor

heard him after the dog flew at him.

This was likely enough. He was the only man of the party in whom Tom

Murdock could not place the most unbounded confidence.

"The cowardly rascal," he said. "We must do without him."

But he had _not_ made off from the dog.

The cart was well provided--_to do Tom Murdock justice_--with a

feather-bed over plenty of straw, and plenty of good covering to keep

out the night air. They started at a brisk trot, still keeping the

horses' feet and the wheels muffled; and they passed down the road

where the reader was once caught at a dog-fight.

But to return, for a few minutes, to Rathcash house. Bully-dhu was

worth a score of old Ned Cavana, even supposing him to have been at

liberty, and free of the cords by which he was bound. The poor old man

had worked the handkerchief by which he had been gagged off his mouth,

by rubbing it against the bed-post. He had then rolled himself to the

door; but further than that he was powerless, except to ascertain, by

placing his chin to the thumb-latch, for he had got upon his feet,

that it was fastened outside. He then set up a lamentable demand for

help--upon Winny, upon Biddy Murtagh, and upon Bully-dhu. The dog was

the only one who answered him, with a smothered growl, for he still

held fast by the grip he had taken of the man's throat. Poor Bully!

you need not have been so pertinacious of that grip--the man has been

_dead_ for the last ten minutes! Finding that it was indeed so, from

the perfect stillness of the man, Bully-dhu released his hold, and lay

licking his paws and keeping up an angry growl, in answer to the old

man's cries.

We must leave them and follow Jamesy Doyle across the fields, and see

if it was cowardice that made him run so fast from the scene of

danger. Ah, no! Jamesy was not that sort of a chap at all. He was

plucky as well as true to the heart's core. Nor was his intelligence

and judgment at fault for a moment as to the best course for him to

adopt. Seeing the fearful odds of three stout men against him, he knew

that he could do better than to remain there, to be tied "neck and

crop" like the poor old man and Biddy. So, having brought Bully-dhu

round and given him 'his cue, he started off, and never drew breath

until he found himself outside Emon-a-knock's window at Shanvilla, on

his way to the nearest police station.

"Are you there, Emon?" said he, tapping at it.

"Yes," Emon replied from his bed; "who are you, or what do you want?"

"Jamesy Doyle from Rathcash house. Get up at wanst! They have taken

away Miss Winny."

"Great heaven I do you say so? Here, father, get up in a jiffy and

dress yourself. They have taken away Winny Cavana, and we must be off

to the rescue like a shot. Come in, Jamesy, my boy." And while they

were "drawing on" their clothes, they questioned him as to the

particulars.

But Jamesy had few such to give them, as the reader knows; for, like a

sensible boy, he was off for help without waiting for particulars.

The principal point, however, was to know what road they had taken.

Upon this Jamesy was able to answer with some certainty, for ere he

had started finally off, he had watched them, and he had seen the cart

move on under the smothered cries of Winny; and he heard the horseman

say, "Now, boys, through the pass between 'the sisters.'"

"They took the road to the left from the end of the lane, that's all I

know; so let you cut across the country as fast as you can, an' you'll

be at Boher before them. Don't delay me now, for I must go on to the

police station an' hurry out the sargent {111} and his men; if you can

clog them at the bridge till I cam' up with the police, all will be

rights an' we'll have her back wid us. I know very well if I had a

word wid Miss Winny unknown to the men, she would have sent me for the

police; but I took you in my way--it wasn't twenty perch of a round."

"Thank you, Jamesy, a thousand times! There, be off to the sergeant as

fast as you can; tell him you called here, and that I have calculated

everything in my mind, and for him and his men to make for

Boher-na-Milthiogue bridge as fast as possible. There, be off, Jamesy,

and I'll give you a pound-note if the police are at the bridge before

Tom Murdock comes through the pass with the cart."

"You may keep your pound, man! I'd do more nor that for Miss Winny."

And he was out of sight in a moment.

The father and son were now dressed, and, arming themselves with two

stout sticks, they did not "let the grass grow under their feet." They

hurried on until they came to the road turning down to where we have

indicated that our readers were once caught at a dog-fight. Here Emon

examined the road as well as he could by the dim light which

prevailed, and found the fresh marks of wheels. He could scarcely

understand them. They were not like the tracks of any wheels he had

ever seen before, and there were no tracks of horses' feet at all,

although Jamesy had said there was a horseman beside the horse and

cart.

Emon soon put down these unusual appearances--and he could not well

define them for want of light--to some cunning device of Tom Murdock;

and how right he was!

"Come on, father," said he. "I am quite certain they have gone down

here. I know Tom Murdock has plenty of associates in the county Cavan,

and the pass between 'the sisters' is the shortest way he can take.

Beside, Jamesy heard him say the words. Our plan must be to cut across

the country and get to Milthiogue bridge before they get through the

pass and so escape us. What say you, father--are you able and willing

to push on, and to stand by me? Recollect the odds that are against

us, and count the cost."

"Emon, I'll count nothing; but I'll--

"Here, father, in here at this gap, and across by the point of Mullagh

hill beyond; we must get to Boher before them."

"I'll count no cost, Emon, I was going to tell you. I'm both able and

willing, thank God, to stand by you. You deserve it well of me, and so

do the Cavanas. God forbid I should renuage my duty to you and them!

Aren't ye all as wan as the same thing to me now?"

Emon now knew that his father knew all about Winny and him.

"Father," said he, "that is a desperate man, and he'll stop at

nothing."

"Is it sthrivin' to cow me you are, Emon?"

"No, father; but you saw the state my mother was in as we left."

"Yes, I did, and why wouldn't she? But shure that should not stop us

when we have right on our side; an' God knows what hoult, or distress,

that poor girl is in, or what that villain may do to her; an' what

state would your mother be in if you were left a desolate madman all

your life through that man's wickedness?"

These were stout words of his father, and almost assured Emon that all

would be well.

"Father," he continued, "if we get to the bridge before them, and can

hold it for half an hour, or less, the police will be up with Jamesy

Doyle, and we shall be all right."

The conversation was now so frequently interrupted in getting over

ditches and through hedges, and they had said so much of what they had

to say, that they were nearly quite silent for the rest of the way,

except where Emon pointed out to his father the easiest place to get

over a ditch, or through a hedge, or up the face of a {112} hill. Both

their hearts were evidently in their journey. No less the father's

than the son's: the will made the way.

The dappled specks of red had still an hour to slumber ere the dawn

awoke, and they had reached the spot; there was the bridge, the

Boher-na-Milthiogue of our first chapter, within a stone's throw of

them. They crept to the battlement and peered into the pass. As yet no

sound of horse or cart, or whispered word, reached their ears.

"They must be some distance off yet, father," said Emon; "thank God!

The police will have the more time to be up."

"Should we not hide, Emon?"

"Certainly; and if the police come up before they do, they should hide

also. That villain is mounted; and if a strong defence of the pass was

shown too soon, he would turn and put spurs to his horse."

As he spoke a distant noise was heard of horses' feet and unmuffled

wheels. The muffling had all been taken off as soon as they had

reached the far end of the pass between the mountains, and they were

now hastening their speed.

"The odds will be fearfully against us, father," said Emon, who now

felt more than ever the dangerous position he had placed his father

in, and the fearful desolation his loss would cause in his mother's

heart and in his home. He felt no fear for himself. "You had better

leave Tom himself to me, father. I know he will be the man on

horseback. Let you lay hold of the horse's head under the cart, and

knock one of the men, or both, down like lightning, if you can. You

have your knife ready to cut the cords that tie her?"

"I have, Emon; and don't you fear me; one of them shall tumble at all

events, almost before they know that we are on them. I hope I may kill

him out an' out; we might then be able for the other two. Do you think

Tom is armed?" he added, turning pale. But it was so dark Emon did not

see it.

"I am not sure, but I think not He cannot have expected any

opposition."

"God grant it, Emon! I don't want to hould you back, but don't be

'fool-hardy,' dear boy."

"Do you want to cow me, father, as you said yourself, just now?"

"No, Emon. But stoop, stoop, here they are."

Crouching behind the battlements of the bridge, these two resolute men

waited the approach of the cavalcade. As they came to the mouth of the

pass the elder Lennon sprang to the head of the horse under the cart,

and, seizing him with his left hand, struck the man who drove such a

blow as felled him from the shaft upon which he sat. Emon had already

seized the bridle of the horseman who still wore the mask, and pushing

the horse backward on his haunches, he made a fierce blow at the

rider's head with his stick. But he had darted his heels--spurs he

had none--into his horse's sides, which made him plunge forward,

rolling Emon on the ground. Forward to the cart the rider then rushed,

crying out, "On, on with the cart!" But Lennon's father was still

fastened on the horse's head with his left hand, while with his right

he was alternately defending himself against the two men, for the

first had somewhat recovered, who were in charge of it.

Tom Murdock would have ridden him down also, and turned the battle in

favor of a passage through; but Emon had regained his feet, and was

again fastened in the horse's bridle, pushing him back on his

haunches, hoping to get at the rider's head, for hitherto his blows

had only fallen upon his arms and chest. Here Tom Murdock felt the

want of the spurs, for his horse did not spring forward with life and

force enough upon his assailant.

A fearful struggle now ensued between them. The men at the cart had

not yet cleared their way from the {113} desperate opposition given

them by old Lennon, who defendant himself ably, and at the same time

attacked them furiously. He had not time, however, to cut the cords by

which Winny was bound. A single pause in the use of his stick for that

purpose would have been fatal. Neither had he been successful in

getting beyond his first position at the horse's head. During the

whole of this confused attack and defence, poor Winny Cavana, who had

managed to shove herself up into a sitting posture in the cart,

continued to cry out, "Oh, Tom Murdock, Tom Murdock! even now give me

up to these friends and be gone, and I swear there shall never be a

word more about it."

But Tom Murdock was not the man either to yield to entreaties, or to

be baffled in his purpose. He had waled Edward Lennon with the butt

end of his whip about the head and shoulders as well as he could

across his horse's head, which Lennon had judiciously kept between

them, at times making a jump up and striking at Tom with his stick.

Matters had now been interrupted too long to please Tom Murdock, and

darting his heels once more into his horse's sides, he sprang forward,

rolling young Lennon on the road again.

"All right now, lads!" he cried; "on, on with the cart!" and he rode

at old Lennon, who still held his ground against both his antagonists

manfully.

But all was not right. A cry of "The police, the police!" issued from

one of the men at the cart, and Jamesy Doyle with four policemen were

seen hurrying up the boreen from the lower road.

Perhaps it would be unjust to accuse Tom Murdock of cowardice even

then--it was not one of his faults--if upon seeing an accession of

four armed policemen he turned to fly, leaving his companions in for

it. One of them fled too; but Pat Lennon held the other fast.

As Tom turned to traverse the mountain pass back again at full speed,

Lennon, who had recovered himself, sprang like a tiger once more at

the horse's head. Now or never he must stay his progress.

Tom Murdock tore the mask from his face, and, pulling a loaded pistol

from his breast, he said: "Lennon, it was not my intention to injure

you when I saw you first spring up from the bridge to-night; nor will

I do so now, if your own obstinacy and foolhardy madness does not

bring your doom upon yourself. Let go my horse, or by hell I'll blow

your brains out! this shall be no mere tip of the hurl, mind you." And

he levelled the pistol at his head, not more than a foot from his

face.

"Never, with life!" cried Lennon; and he aimed a blow at Tom's

pistol-arm. Ah, fatal and unhappy chance! His stick had been raised to

strike Tom Murdock down, and he had not time to alter its direction.

Had he struck the pistol-arm upward, it might have been otherwise; but

the blow of necessity descended. Tom Murdock fired at the same moment,

and the only difference it made was, that instead of his brains having

been blown out, the ball entered a little to one side of his left

breast.

Lennon jumped three feet from the ground, with a short, sudden shout,

and rolled convulsively upon the road, where soon a pool of bloody mud

attested the murderous work which had been done.

The angel of the dawn now awoke, as he heard the report of the pistol

echoing and reverberating through every recess in the many hearts of

Slieve-dhu and Slieve-bawn. Tom Murdock fled at full gallop; and the

hearts of the policemen fell as they heard the clattering of his

horse's feet dying away in quadruple regularity through the mountain

pass.

Jamesy Doyle, who was light of foot and without shoe or stocking,

rushed forward, saying, "Sergeant, I'll follow him to the end of the

pass, {114} an' see what road he'll take." And he sped onward like a

deer.

"Come, Maher," said the sergeant, "we'll pursue, however hopeless.

Cotter, let you stop with the prisoner we have and the Young woman;

and let Donovan stop with the wounded man, and stop the blood if he

can."

Sergeant Driscol and Maher then started at the top of their speed, in

the track of Jamesy Doyle, in full pursuit.

There were many turns and twists in the pass between the mountains. It

was like a dozen large letter S's strung together.

Driscol stopped for a moment to listen. Jamesy was beyond their ken,

round one or two of the turns, and they could not hear the horse

galloping now.

"All's lost," said the sergeant; "he's clean gone. Let us hasten on

until we meet the boy; perhaps he knows which road he took."

Jamesy had been stooping now and then, and peering into the coming

lights to keep well in view the man whom he pursued. Ay, there he was,

sure enough; he saw him, almost plainly, galloping at the top of his

speed. Suddenly he' heard a crash, and horse and rider rolled upon

the ground.

"He's down, thank God!" cried Jamesy, still rushing forward with some

hope, and peering into the distance. Presently he saw the horse trot

on with his head and tail in the air, without his rider, while a dark

mass lay in the centre of the road.

"You couldn't have betther luck, you bloodthirsty ruffian, you!" said

Jamesy, who thought that it was heaven's lightning that, in justice,

had struck down Tom Murdock; and he maintained the same opinion ever

afterward. At present, however, he had not time to philosophize upon

the thought, but rushed on.

Soon he came to the dark mass upon the road. It was Tom Murdock who

lay there stunned and insensible, but not seriously hurt by the fall.

There was nothing of heaven's lightning in the matter at all. It was

the common come-down of a stumbling horse upon a bad mountain road;

but the result was the same.

Jamesy was proceeding to thank God again, and to tie his legs, when

Tom came to.

Jamesy was sorry the man's _thrance_ did not last a little longer,

that he might have tied him, legs and arms. With his own handkerchief

and suspenders. But he was late now, and not quite sure that Tom

Murdock would not murder him also, and "make off afoot."

Here Jamesy thought he heard the hurried step of the police coming

round the last turn toward him, and as Tom was struggling to his feet,

a bright thought struck him. He "whipt" out a penknife he had in his

pocket, and, before Tom had sufficiently recovered to know what he was

about, he had cut his suspenders, and given the waist-band of his

trousers a _slip_ of the knife, opening it more than a foot down the

back.

Tom had now sufficiently recovered to understand what had happened,

and to know the strait he was in. He had a short time before seen a

man named Wolff play Richard III. in a barn in C.O.S.; and if he did

not roar lustily, "A horse, a horse! my kingdom for a horse!" he

thought it. But his horse was nearly half a mile away, where a green

spot upon the roadside tempted him to delay a little his journey home.

Tom was not yet aware of the approach of the police. He made a

desperate swipe of his whip, which he still held in his hand, at the

boy, and sprung to his feet. But Jamesy avoided the blow by a side

jump, and kept roaring, "Police, police!" at the top of his voice. Tom

now found that he had been outwitted by this young boy. He was so

hampered by his loose trousers about his heels that he could make no

run for it, and soon became the prisoner of Sergeant Driscol and his

companion. Well done, Jamesy!

TO BE CONTINUED.

{115}

Translated from Le Monde Catholique.

FREDERICK HURTER.

Frederick Hurter, the illustrious historian of Pope Innocent III.,

died on the 27th of August, 1865, in Gratz, Austria, in the

sevens-eighth year of his age. Of all the great Catholic characters

which we have lost during the past year, there were undoubtedly very

few who have shed a greater brilliancy on our era, and still our loss

has, comparatively, passed unnoticed. Germany has certainly paid some

homage to the memory of that great Christian; but outside that country

almost general silence has enshrouded his tomb. In France, for

example, not more than three or four religious newspapers have devoted

to him even a few lines, and these all derived from a common source,

and we should not be surprised if many of our own readers should now

learn for the first time, from this notice, the death of a man so

justly celebrated.

To what, then, have we to ascribe this forgetfulness or indifference?

Perhaps a simple comparison of dates will account for it. Hurter died,

as we have stated, in the latter part of August, and La Moricière in

the early part of the following month. It is therefore natural to

conjecture that the memory of the great historian was almost

forgotten, or for the time absorbed, in the midst of the extraordinary

manifestations and triumphal funeral ceremonies which have honored the

remains of the immortal vanquished of Castelfidardo. It must be

admitted, however, that such was not just; it would have been better

to allow to each his legitimate share of respect, and, without

derogating from the glory of La Moricière, render also to Hurter the

honor to which he was so justly entitled. Beside, their names were

destined to be associated, for both have fought under the same flag,

although in a different manner. Both have been the champions of the

Papal See, one with his brave sword and the other with his not less

brave pen; and both have left magnificent footprints in the religious

annals of the nineteenth century.

Another explanation of this apparent neglect, more natural and perhaps

more truthful, might be found in the character of Frederick Hurter

itself, and in that of his last writings. A long time previous to his

death he had achieved the zenith of his fame; the latter part of his

long life being devoted to learned studies of undoubted merit and

immense advantage, but which have not had the same general attraction

as his earlier productions, particularly with the French people. We

freely acknowledge that this fact does but little credit to the

Catholic mind of France, but it is nevertheless undeniable. A kind of

comparative obscurity has covered with us the latter portion of

Hurter's life, and this, in our opinion, is the principal reason that

the news of his death has not created a deeper sensation in this

country.

In order to repair, as far as it lies in our power, this injustice

which the Catholics of Germany might well consider unfair or

ungrateful, we would like to render, in these few pages, at least a

feeble homage to the illustrious dead. We desire to gather together a

few of the glorious remembrances which are associated with his name,

and, above all, to point out that insatiable love of truth and justice

which {116} was the distinguishing feature of his character and which

seems to have pervaded his whole being under all circumstances and at

all times.

Frederick Emmanuel Hurter was born of Protestant parents on the 19th

of May, 1787, in Schaffhausen, Switzerland. His father was prefect of

Lugano; his mother remarkable for her intellect as well as for her

decision of character, having sprung from the noble family of the

Zieglers. When scarcely six years old, the child was deeply moved at

hearing an account of the execution of Louis the Sixteenth, and before

he had attained the age of twelve years he had conceived such a

distaste for the excesses of the revolutionary spirit then prevailing

that it seems never to have forsaken him. At this early age he was an

eager student of the "History of the Seven Years' War," and declared

himself in favor of Maria Theresa and against the King of Prussia. Two

years afterward a discussion having arisen between himself, his

school-fellows, and his teacher, on the relative merits of Pompey and

Caesar, he promptly and energetically took the part of the former,

believing that in the character of the latter was to be seen the

personification of the revolutionary spirit. These were the first

germs of that admirable sense of right which distinguished him on all

occasions. There could even then be foreseen in that child the future

man destined at some day to be the defender of the most august power

in the world.

From his youth upward, and doubtless from the same feeling of being

right, he applied himself with marked attention to ascertain the true

history of that most misrepresented epoch, the middle ages, its

monastic institutions, and its great pontiffs. Of the latter St.

Gregory VII. seemed to have most attracted him, and his youthful mind

seems to have delighted in comparing him with the great men of ancient

Rome.

Having finished his preliminary studies in his native town, Hurter

studied in the different classes of theology at the University of

Göttingen, whence he obtained his diploma, and, having been first

appointed pastor of an obscure village, was soon removed to

Schaffhausen.

In 1824 he was appointed chancellor of the consistory; but neither his

theological studies nor the duties of his office as pastor, a calling

he had embraced through deference for his father rather than from

personal inclination, diverted him from the object of his early

predilections. Thus, while at Göttingen he found leisure to write a

"History of Theodoric, King of the Ostrogoths." It was his first essay

as historian, being at the time only twenty years old.

Later he wrote a book on the following subject, proposed by the

National Institute of France: "The Civil State during the Government

of the Goths, and the Fundamental Principles of the Legislation of

Theodoric and his Successors." But this work remained among his

manuscripts unpublished. It was at Schaffhausen that he resumed his

favorite studies on the middle ages, and completed them. His great

attraction was not, as might be expected, Gregory VII., but Innocent

III., probably on account of a collection of letters written by that

great pontiff, published by Baluze, and which he had formerly bought

at public sale at Göttingen. He certainly had not then the remotest

idea that that book would at some future day form the foundation of

his fame, and the means of a radical change in his Christian and

social life. He commenced his book on Innocent III. in 1818, but it

was not until 1833 that the first volume appeared. The second was

published the year following. In 1835 he became president of the

consistory, an office which placed him at the head of the clergy of

his district, and which he resigned after fulfilling its duties for

six years. He published the third volume of his "History of Pope

Innocent" in the meantime, and in {117} 1842 the fourth and last

volume was given to the press.

This "History" was not only a great literary success, it was more. It

produced a decided revolution in historical science. The effect of it

in Switzerland, Germany, and in fact the whole of Europe, was immense.

The extraordinary part enacted by that great Pope was seen for the

first time in its proper light. By the irresistible logic of facts,

Hurler demonstrated how the august institutions of the papacy

accomplished its mission with a success which, up to his time, had

never been conjectured. Every one became convinced that it was the

papacy alone that had mastered and tempered the overwhelming forces of

the half-civilized nations of Europe, in order to more eternal and

spiritual ends. "Since then," says Hurter himself, in his preface to

the third German edition of his first volume, page 21, "a great number

of inveterate errors were corrected, many traditional prejudices

dissipated, many doubts removed; certain minds drew light therefrom,

others found a guide in it, and others attained _conviction_ from its

pages. Comparing the present with the past, people became more

circumspect in their judgments and less inconsistent in their

conclusions, and at last an answer was found to the famous question of

the Roman governor, "What is truth?" (_Quid est veritas?_) "Truth is

what is based on the indisputable proofs of history and agrees with

the nature of all things." Sebastian Brunner, a distinguished German

writer, after reading the "History of Innocent III.," gave the

following opinion of its author: "I hold Mr. Hurter to be the greatest

of historians; no one previous to him embraces a whole century in so

admirable a picture. Hurter is the apostolic historian of the

nineteenth century." This apostleship of Frederick Hurter was the more

efficient, being exercised by a Protestant, and, what was more, by the

president of a consistory. And beside, who would not yield to the

testimony of a man whose loyalty and integrity were above all

suspicion, and who had made it the rule of his life to observe the

most rigid impartiality in all his own views; to seek nothing but the

truth, and to honor virtue and merit wherever met, without excepting

those who differed from him, so as to neglect nothing in the

accomplishment of his task in the most perfect possible manner? His

indeed were admirable qualities, particularly when we consider how

history was written in those times by writers looked upon as models

and masters. But let us not enlarge on this topic; the "History of

Innocent" is found in every library; let us rather show how that book

earned for its author a reward far greater than mere worldly

reputation.

His literary success, and, what was more, the undeniable services he

had rendered to the Catholic cause, could not but excite the jealousy

and dislike of his fellow Protestants. His "Excursion to Vienna and

Presburg," which was published soon after he visited Austria, in 1839,

excited their anger to the highest degree. Blinded by their passions,

they resolved to put him on trial, so as to find him guilty and so

depose him. In his "Exposé of the Motives of his Conversion" he states

that they put him the unfair question, "Are you a Protestant at

heart?" "This question," he continues, "had no relation whatever with

the alleged facts bearing on my public office, but only with my

'History of Innocent III.' and with a visit to Vienna. I refused to

answer, because they wanted rather to discover what I disbelieved than

what I believed." This refusal excited a violent storm of indignation

against him. After trying many times to avert it, and after suffering

the most unworthy attacks with patience and fortitude, he seized his

pen and fulminated his defense under the following title, "President

Hurter and his Pretended Colleagues."

More painful trials still awaited him. Two of his daughters, one

immediately after the other, became afflicted with {118} a malady

which was soon to deprive him of them, and, while prayers for their

recovery were being offered up in all the Catholic convents of

Switzerland, his puritanical opponents exhibited the most uncharitable

joy, thrusting the dagger of grief still further into a parent's

heart. A less energetic character would doubtless have succumbed to

such cruel wounds, but Hurter remained true to the maxim of the poet:

"Justum et tenacem propositi virum

Non civium ardor, prava jubentium,

Non vultus instantis _tyranni_

Mente quatit solida. . ."

"The race of those tyrants is not yet extinct," he somewhere says. "I

find still men who desire every one to bow before them, and that

everything they do against those who dare discard such a miserable

servitude should be commended." [Footnote 21] Hurter did better than

to imitate the ancient philosopher; he accepted his trials with truly

Christian resignation, perceiving in them the call of God to newer and

higher duties. "I discovered in them," he writes, "the means of my

salvation and my sanctification. I look upon the storm which has burst

over me as a signal on the road I have to follow. At the same time I

received the deep conviction that no peace was to be expected with

such people. My choice was therefore made. I threw off titles,

offices, and incomes, and went back to private life because I was

disgusted with a sect which, through rationalism, upset all Christian

dogmas, and, through pietism, tramples morals under foot." [Footnote

22] What hearty frankness, what Noble feelings, and what a true sense

of justice!

[Footnote 21: Third ed., 1st vol. (Pref. P. V.)]

[Footnote 22: "Life of Fr. Hurter," by A. de Saint Cheron, p. 120.

Some of the details of this article are extracted from this work, as

well as from an article published in "Le Catholique" of Mayence, of

September, 1865.]

Justice he demanded as well for others as for himself; therefore he

did not fear to defend the Catholic cause in his books. In his work on

the "Convents of Argovia and their Accusers" (1841), and on the

"Persecutions of the Catholic Church in Switzerland" (1843), he

denounces the tyranny of his Protestant compatriots in unmeasured

terms. For this reason, also, he went to Paris in 1843 to plead,

although in vain, the cause of the Catholics in Switzerland.

Having, as we have seen, resigned his position, he had ample leisure

to devote himself to the more profound study of the Catholic doctrine,

the dogmas of which he had already inwardly admitted. The "Symbolism"

of Moehler he found of great utility, and the "Exposition of the Holy

Mass," by Innocent III., served greatly to strengthen his religious

convictions.

Hurter, however, was not precipitate. He desired that in taking so

important a step conviction should be preceded by mature deliberation.

About this time he writes: "He would certainly be mistaken who should

think that I entered the _interior_ of the Catholic Church because I

was solely led away by its external forms. I was neither a wanderer

nor hair-brained. Undoubtedly the exterior impressed me; but I was

not, however, therefore relieved from examining its fundamental

principles with due care, or from studying the interior with proper

caution. I entered it first through curiosity, a mere visitor, as it

were, and I examined everything that I saw like one who, wanting to

purchase a house, first looks closely at every part of it before

closing the bargain. In that way I think I acquired, on many points,

truer and more complete ideas than the frequenters of the house, and

those who have spent their lives in it. I have too long postponed my

free decision not to have earned the right to be able to decide

whether the house suits me or not, or if any changes be required."

It is interesting to see, in his "Exposition of Motives," the

narration of all the doubts under which he labored previous to making

a final decision; how his mind gradually approached to a knowledge of

the truth as he progressed in his investigation; how a thousand

external circumstances, designed by Providence, powerfully {119}

contributed to shake his will, and finally how his conversion was less

his own work than the effect of that divine favor solicited by

Catholic charity, of which he speaks so feelingly in his "Geburt und

Wiedergebart."

The struggle was at last over. On the 16th of June, the feast of St.

Francis Regis, he formally made his abjuration before Cardinal Ostini,

formerly nuncio in Switzerland, at the Roman college, and five days

afterward, on the feast of St. Louis de Gonzaga, he received the

blessed sacrament in the presence of an immense congregation of the

faithful. The prophetic words of Gregory XVI. were then confirmed:

"_Spero che lei sera mio figlio_" (I hope that one day you will be my

son). The church and her head numbered one child more. God had thus

rewarded by his grace the perfect sincerity which the humble penitent

had ever made the rule of his life. We may also be allowed to believe

that the sweet protection of the Mother of God had efficaciously

operated in his favor, for even while a Protestant he had many times

pleaded her cause with his brethren.

The news of his conversion created quite different feelings. If the

great Catholic family rejoiced, and with unanimous voice thanked God

for having favorably heard their prayers, Protestantism felt wounded

to the very heart. The reason is easily understood. The edifying

example of humility exhibited by a man like Hurter was necessary to

win over a great number of souls until then irresolute and wavering,

as some planets attract their satellites in space.

As to him, full of gratitude toward God, his soul replete with light

and peace, his head high and serene, he went back to his native town

to resume his literary labors in retirement, as well as to undergo a

series of new persecutions, the last consecration of the Christian. "I

am not so narrow-minded," he wrote some time afterward, "that I did

not expect wicked judgments, base calumnies, and every kind of insult.

Facts have, however, far exceeded my anticipations, and I must confess

that I did not think those men capable of going so far in their

wickedness." Finally it became impossible for Hurter to remain longer

at Schaffhausen, and, beside, a new and better career was soon opened

for him. He received from Vienna an invitation to become the

historiographer of the empire. He accepted the appointment and entered

upon the fulfilment of its duties. Safe from the interruptions caused

by the troubles of 1848, he soon after accepted the position, of privy

councillor and the patent of nobility which were tendered him.

The last portion of his life was devoted to the practice of Christian

virtues and to the completion of his great work on Ferdinand II. To

this book he devoted twenty years' arduous labor, and was fortunate

enough to complete it one year previous to his death.

In commencing this work Hurter collected all his powerful faculties,

intending to display in its composition all that remarkable mental

energy with which he had been gifted by nature. With incredible

patience he examined one after another thousands of documents of all

kinds long buried in the archives of the empire, and most of which

were utterly unknown even to the learned. He could not understand to

be history that which was not supported by undeniable documents. _Quod

non est in actis, non est in mundo_, was his maxim--a maxim, alas!

which is too often neglected by the generality of our modern

historians. Nothing excelled his perseverance, I might almost say his

rapture, when he desired to throw light on an obscure fact, to fill a

hiatus, or to discover any historical truth. Never, perhaps, were

scruples of accuracy, and at the same time independence of thought and

courage in expression, carried to greater limits. Let us add, that

when composing the "History of Ferdinand II." he was filled with a

strong sympathy for his subject, and {120} in his admiration for that

great man he could, like Tacitus, console himself with the sight of

like grievances, and say with the Roman historian: _Ego hoc quoque

laboris praemium petam, ut me a conspectu malorum, quae nostra tot per

annos vidit aetas, tantisper, aum prisca illa tota mente repeto,

avertam, omnis expers curae quae scribentis animum, etsi non flectere

a vero, sollicitum tamen efficere possit._

This work of Hurter's consists of eleven volumes. The first seven

comprise the history of events from the reign of Archduke Charles,

father of Ferdinand II., to the coronation of the latter prince; the

remaining four being exclusively devoted to the reign of Ferdinand. In

this comprehensive review of the events of that epoch the illustrious

author has shown, by the light of true history, the great emperor and

all the principal personages by whom he was surrounded, or in any way

connected; particularly portraying the Archduke Charles, the

Archduchess Maria, that splendid model of a Christian mother, Gustavus

Adolphus of Sweden, Tilly, and Wallenstein. Hurter studied the

character of the latter with particular zeal, first in his sketch of

the "Material to be used for the History of Wallenstein" (1855), and

then in the more elaborate monography, "The last Four Years of

Wallenstein" (1862), and finally in the "History of Ferdinand" itself.

He arrives at the conclusion that the Duke of Friedland had really

been guilty of treason, and that his tragic end is in no way to be

attributed to Ferdinand. At the same time he does full justice to the

great qualities of Wallenstein, acknowledging in him great capacity

for organization, wonderful activity, and almost regal liberality; nor

does he hesitate to class him among not only the greatest men of his

age, but of all time.

But, as may be well understood, his great central figure was

Ferdinand, whom he considers a most admirable and accomplished type of

all the virtues surrounding royalty, notwithstanding his memory has

been burthened with such foul calumnies by Protestant historians and

their copyists. To relieve his name from these unjust aspersions was a

task worthy of the genius of the historian of Innocent III. Having

shown in the life of that pontiff the true embodiment of the Christian

principles of the supreme priesthood, should he not also point out a

temporal prince as the personification of genuine Catholic royalty?

We would desire to reproduce here the incomparable portrait of

Ferdinand as it has been drawn by Hurter in his last volume, but,

unfortunately, the limits of this article do not permit it. What

compensates us, in some measure, for being able to give only so feeble

an idea of that great work is, that we hope soon to see the _studies_

undertaken to speak of it more fully. We hope also that a competent

translator will be soon found to give to France that work which, with

the "History of Innocent III.," will immortalize the name of Hurter.

Yes, the great historian shall live in his writings, in which he has

shown a soul so strong, so firm, so just, so humble, and yet so proud;

so earnestly devoted to truth and so deeply adverse to falsehood,

meanness, and hypocrisy. He will live in those countless works of

charity of which he was the ever efficient author. He will live in the

remembrance of so many hearts he has edified by his pious example,

strengthened by his advice, and brought back to the true path by his

admonitions. He will live, also, in the perpetual and grateful regard

of a company, always so dear to him, to which he has given one of his

sons, and whose motto he was proud to quote on the frontispiece of his

great work. _Ad majorem Dei gloriam_.

We will end this sketch by repeating the words which an apostolic

missionary, now a cardinal, once applied to the great historian; they

cannot be {121} better or more happily chosen to sum up his whole

life. Twenty years ago, after being a witness to his conversion, the

Abbé de Bonnechose, writing from Rome, says of him: "_Justum deduxit

Dominus per vias rectas et ostendit illi regnum Dei, et dedit illi

scientiam sanctorum; honestavit illum in laboribus et complevit

labores illius_" (Sap. x.) Yes, Hurter's mind was right, and God led

him by the hand. He has shown him his kingdom on earth, the church of

Christ, and the chair of Peter, where his authority sits enthroned,

where he speaks and governs in the person of his vicar. It was he who

endowed him with a knowledge of the science and philosophy of his

doctrine and of the divine mysteries of the faith, and inspired in him

those noble ideas the end and aim of which ought always to be the

worship and exaltation of the true church, and the defence of the

pontificate when calumniated. He has blessed the labors which have

been conducted with such success, filling them with spirit and energy,

to the end that they may bear the fruits of immortality! _Honestavit

illum in laboribus et complevit labores illius._

J. MARTINOF.

------

WORDS OF WISDOM.

TRANSLATED FROM THE CHINESE BY DR. BOWRING.

To seek relief from doubt in doubt,

From woe in woe, from sin in sin--

Is but to drive a tiger out,

And let a hungry wolf come in.

Who helps a knave in knavery.

But aids an ape to climb a tree!

On an ape's head a crown you fling;

Say--Will that make the ape a king?

Know you why the lark's sweet lay

Man's divinest nature reaches?

He is up at break of day

Learning all that nature teaches.

The record of past history brings

Wisdom of sages, saints, and kings;

The more we read those reverend pages

The more we honor bygone ages!

Whate'er befit--whate'er befal.

One general law commandeth all:

There's no confusion in the springs

That move all sublunary things.

All harmony is heaven's vast plan--

All discord is the work of man!

{122}

From The Sixpenny Magazine.

IRELAND AND THE INFORMERS OF 1798.

There has lately issued from the press a work under the title which

heads our article, and which is amusing and instructive in the highest

degree. Were it not written by a man whose ability and character are

pledges for his veracity, we should rank it with Harrison Ainsworth's

efforts, and designate it as an almost impossible romance. It has, as

we think, appeared at a very opportune and timely juncture, and, in

our opinion, Mr. Fitzpatrick is entitled to great praise for the

talent, industry, and research evidenced in his volume.

Francis Higgins, the hero of Mr. Fitzpatrick's remarkable biographical

sketch, and familiarly known by the title of "The Sham Squire," was

born nobody exactly knows where, and reared nobody knows how. He

commenced his career, however, in stirring times, and when great

events were in their parturition, during which the history of Ireland

presents a series of panoramic images--a mixture of light and

shadow--instances of devoted fidelity and abounding rascality--

groupings of mistaken enthusiasm, selfish venality, and the most

abhorrent domestic treason--such as we in vain look for in the annals

of any other country or any other age. It is supposed that Higgins was

born in a Dublin cellar, and while yet of tender years became

successively "errand-boy, shoeblack, and waiter in a

public-house"--improving trades for one of so ripe a spirit, but which

he soon left, directed by a vaulting ambition, in order to become a

writing-clerk in an attorney's office. While in this position, he

commenced practice on his own account, by rejecting popery as

unfashionable and impolitic, and by forging a series of legal

documents purporting to show to all "inquiring friends" that he was a

man of property and a government official. He had an object in this,

as he was by this time to appear in a new character, as the lover of

Miss Mary Anne Archer, who possessed a tolerable fortune and a foolish

old father. Miss Archer happened to be a Roman Catholic, and was

strong in her faith; but this was only a trifle to Higgins, who again

forsook the new creed for the old, and proved thereby, like Richard,

"a thriving wooer." They were married, and the Archer _père_ did at

last what he ought to have done at first, ferreted out the real

antecedents of his precious son-in-law, and discovered that he had a

very clever fellow to deal with; while his daughter, finding, after a

short time, that her husband was "by no means a desirable one," fled

back to her bamboozled parent, who straightway indicted the pretender.

Higgins was found guilty and imprisoned for a year, and it was during

Judge Robinson's charge to the jury that he fastened the name of the

"Sham Squire" on the prisoner, a sobriquet which stuck to him

persistently during the remainder of his life, and proved a greater

infliction to his vanity than an apparently heavier penalty would have

been. This was in 1767. "Poor Mary Anne" died of a broken heart, and

her parents survived her for only a short lime; while the widower, in

order to make his prison life endurable, paid his addresses to the

daughter of the gaoler and eventually married her, as her father was

pretty well to do in the world, the situation being a {123}

money-making one, as the order of that day was, as proved before the

Irish House of Commons, that "persons were unlawfully kept in prison

and loaded with irons, although not duly committed by a magistrate,

until they had complied with the most exorbitant demands." When the

Sham's term of a year's imprisonment ended, he had life to begin anew,

and for some years we find him exercising many vocations, such as

"setter" for excise officers, billiard-marker, hosier, etc. For an

assault as a "setter," he was again tried and again convicted; but

nothing daunted, as his old webs were broken, he proceeded in the

construction of new. In 1775, we not only find him "a hosier," but

president of the Guild of Hosiers; and in 1780 his services were

engaged by Mr. David Gibbal, conductor of the "Freeman's Journal,"

then, as now, one of the most popular and well-conducted papers in

Ireland. But from the period of the Sham Squire's connection with it,

it seems to have degenerated, as in April, 1784, the journals of the

Irish House of Commons show an "order" that "Francis Higgins, one of

the conductors of the 'Freeman's Journal,' do attend this house

to-morrow morning." He did so, and escaped with a reproof. Having

gained some knowledge of law in the solicitor's office, we now find

him anxious to become an attorney, which end he accomplished by the

aid and influence of his friend and patron John Scott, afterward

chief-justice, and elevated to the peerage as Lord Clonmel, rather for

his political talents than his professional ones. From 1784 to 1787

Higgins also acted as deputy coroner for Dublin. By a series of

manoeuvres he became the sole proprietor of the "Freeman's Journal,"

and became at once what is called in Ireland "a castle hack." Both as

attorney and editor, the Sham Squire was now a man of importance, and

many called in on him. Shrewd, sharp, and clever, with a glib tongue

and a facile pen, no business was either too difficult or too dirty

for him. He was made a justice of the peace by Lord Carhampton, who,

as Colonel Luttrell, was designated by Grattan as "a clever bravo,

ready to give an insult, and perhaps capable of bearing one;" in fact,

the last allusion was deserved, as Luttrell had been called "vile and

infamous" by Scott without resenting it. Lord Carhampton became

commander-in-chief in Ireland, and during the outbreak of '98 was a

merciless foe to the rebels who fell into his hands. Higgins, by this

time, had become a great man, and lived in St. Stephen's Green, in

magnificent style, keeping his coach and entertaining the nobility. He

was a loyalist of the rosiest hue, and thought no mission too

derogatory by which he might show his zeal. He attended divine service

regularly, and that over, proceeded to "Crane Lane," in order to count

over and receive his share of the gains in a gambling house of which

he was principal proprietor, and which his influence with the police

magistrates prevented the suppression of--then to his editorial

duties, which were to uphold the measures of government and its

officials, and to lampoon, cajole, or threaten all who dared to oppose

them.

It was in the disastrous period of '98, however, that the Sham

Squire's most sterling qualities came into active requisition, as

evidenced by the following extract of a letter written by the

Secretary Cooke to Lord Cornwallis, then lord lieutenant of Ireland.

"Francis Higgins," he writes, "proprietor of the 'Freeman's Journal,'

was the person who procured for me all the intelligence respecting

Lord Edward Fitzgerald, and got--to set him, and has given me

otherwise much information--£300;" meaning thereby that his

excellency should sanction that annual amount for "secret service,"

out of a sum of £15,000, specially laid aside for that purpose. Beside

this, however, a lump sum of £1000 was given to Higgins on the 20th of

June, 1798, for the betrayal of his friend; and, independent of this,

a confederate of his named Francis Magan, a barrister, {124} and a

close ally of Lord Edward, and who positively "set" the unfortunate

nobleman at Higgins's instigation, received £600 and a pension of £200

per annum for the worthy deed. Probably the most startling of all

these revelations of domestic treachery was the conduct of Leonard

McNally, barrister at law, and selected "for his ability, truth, zeal,

and sterling honesty," as Curran's assistant in defending the

prisoners implicated in the rebellion. This fellow seems to have

outsoared even Higgins and Magan in his duplicity, since not alone did

he keep government duly informed of the movements of the suspected,

but when on their trial he exhibited the greatest activity in

suggesting points for their defence, seconding his celebrated leader

in his unwearied endeavors to save them, although he had previously

made known to the law officers what course the accused men's counsel

meant to take for the day, so that Curran and his legal friends were

puzzled and surprised at having their best-concocted measures

anticipated and baffled, although not a man of them ever thought of

looking to "honest Mac" as the cause. For this and other services

McNally received some thousands, and was gratified, in addition, with

a pension of £300 per annum. Singularly enough, the terrible secrets

of Magan and McNally were well kept until long after their deaths, and

until the publication of the "Cornwallis Papers" enabled inquirers to

strike on the true vein. Both these men are said to have been

corrupted by the Sham Squire, who seems to have been the

Mephistopheles of his time; but a still more notorious "informer,"

because an open one, was Reynolds--Tom Reynolds--who was promised a

pension of £2000 a year and a seat in parliament for his services, but

did not receive quite so much. In 1798, however, he received £5000 and

a pension of £1000 a year; and as his demands were always importunate,

it is known that during the remainder of his life he extracted £45,740

from his employers. Reynolds went abroad and died there, as Ireland

would hardly have been for him either a safe or a pleasant residence;

but Magan and McNally lived at home for many a goodly year, and were

looked upon as honest men and sterling patriots to the last. Higgins

did not long survive his victims; he died suddenly, in 1802, worth

£20,000, a greater part of which, strange to say, he left for

charitable purposes!

In reviewing thus the history of this Irish Jonathan Wild and his

detestable comrogues, our object must, we hope, be evident. Their

lives and actions are instructive in many ways, and never promised to

be more so than now. What happened then may happen again; treason will

be dogged by traitors to the end. Fear and avarice are omnipotent

counsellors, and, when coupled with talent and ingenuity, marvellous

indeed are the misery they can cause and the wide-spread devastation

that travels in their track. That a needy and unscrupulous vagabond

like Higgins should hunt his dearest friends to the scaffold is not to

be wondered at; but that men of position and education like Reynolds,

McNally, and Magan should join in the chase, and for years after look

honest men in the face, evinces a hardihood of disposition and a

callosity of conscience which, as a lesson, is instructive, and, as an

utter disregard of remorseful feeling, appears all but impossible. No

doubt such miscreants excuse their crimes on a plea of loyalty, and

the plea would be all-sufficient had they not stipulated for the

price, and had they not exulted in receiving it. There is something

especially abhorrent to our natures in those wretches who voluntarily

plunge into the ranks of anarchy and disaffection at one time, and

then, when cowardice or cupidity overcomes them, overleap all the

boundaries of honor and faith, and trade on the blood or suffering of

the unfortunate men who placed their liberties or lives in their

safe-keeping.

{125}

In the notes which Mr. Fitzpatrick has appended to his biography of

the "Sham Squire" as "addenda" we have some well-authenticated and

racy revelations of many of the singular Irish characters who

flourished during the last thirty or forty years of the last century,

and in the first few years of the beginning of this. Ireland appears

to have been the "paradise of adventurers" in that day, as the times

appear to have been out of joint, and the habits and general _morale_

of the upper and middle ranks were to the last degree loose and

irregular. As the manners and modes of action of a people are in a

considerable degree fashioned and influenced by the example set them

by those who are placed in authority over them, it is not too much to

assert that a great deal of the lax morality, unscrupulous spirit, and

general demoralization were produced by some of the occupants of the

vice-regal throne, and their "courts," the character and course of

life of whom are painted by our author in anything but a seductive

way. Brilliancy, show, pleasure, wit, and extravagance were the order

of the day; lords-lieutenant were either dissipated _roués_, or

incompetent imbeciles, and in either case they were sure to be coerced

or cajoled by a mercenary tribe of political adventurers, who directed

their actions and influenced their minds. We at once see by the

wholesale corruption practised to bring about the Union, how utterly

depraved must have been the men who openly or covertly prostituted

themselves, when it was in contemplation; and never was political

profligacy more open and more daring in its violation of honor,

probity, and principle than in the abject submission of the Irish

parliament, and its unhesitating anxiety to sell themselves, souls and

bodies, to those who tempted them, and who had studied them far too

accurately not to be sure of their prey. Amongst those who consented

to accept the remuneration thus profusely offered them the lawyers

bore a very prominent part; in fact, government could hardly have

succeeded without their aid; of these, Fitzgibbon, afterward Lord

Clare and chancellor, was the most forward and efficient. There was

never a man better adapted for the work he had to do. Bold, active,

astute, and unscrupulous, he could be all things to all men; those

whom he could not cajole, he frightened; equally ready with the pen,

the pistol, and the tongue, he was neither to be daunted nor silenced;

terrible in his vengeance, no windings of his victims could escape

him; and extravagant in his generosity (when the public purse had to

bear the blunt), his jackals and partisans felt that their reward was

sure, and therefore never hesitated to comply with his most exact

demands. Few men had a larger number of followers, therefore, and no

man ever made a more unscrupulous use of them. He had nothing of the

recusant about him, however, and first and last he was consistent to

his party and to the Protestant creed which he had adopted in early

life, for he had been born and partly reared in the Roman Catholic

faith. In his personal demeanor he was a lion-hearted man; when hissed

in the streets by the populace he calmly produced his pistols; and

once, on hearing that a political meeting against the Union was being

held, he rushed into the middle of the assembled mass, commanded the

high-sheriff to quit the chair, and so closed the meeting. On the

bench he was equally fearless, and when recommended to beware of

treachery, his answer was, "They dare not; I have made them as tame as

cats." "If I live," he said, "to see the Union completed, to my latest

hour I shall feel an honorable pride in reflecting on the share I had

in contributing to effect it." He did live to see it, and to take his

seat in the British parliament; but matters were altogether altered

there. In his maiden effort he was rebuked by Lord Suffolk, called to

order by the lord chancellor, while the Duke of Bedford indignantly

snubbed him by {126} exclaiming, "We would not bear such insults from

our _equals_, and shall we, my lords, tolerate them at the hands of

mushroom nobility?" while, to cap the climax, Pitt, after hearing him,

turned to Wilberforce, and said loud enough to be heard by Lord Clare,

"Good G--d! did you ever, in all your life, listen to so

thorough-paced a scoundrel as that!" Disappointed and despairing, he

returned to Ireland, and died of a broken heart, while almost the last

words he uttered to a friend were, "Only to think of it! I that had

all Ireland at my disposal cannot now procure the nomination of a

single gauger!"

John Scott, afterward Lord Chief-Justice Clonmel, was another

prominent actor in those busy times. His birth was lowly, but his

talents were considerable; he was light and flippant rather than

profound, and he felt to the last a terrible mortification that his

claims had been postponed to those of Lord Clare. He had neither the

grasp of mind, nor the unhesitating manner of the chancellor, however;

he was apt to surround himself with companions, like the "Sham

Squire," for instance, who might be pleasant but were by no means

reputable. Beside, his character for probity was distrusted; his first

uprise in life was his wholesale appropriation of the property of a

Catholic friend which he held in trust, as Catholics, at that time,

could not retain property in their hands, and which he refused to

disgorge. He was both venal and vindictive, and but too often

prostituted his authority in pursuit of his passions. On one occasion,

however, he was signally discomfited. A man of the name of Magee, who

owned and edited the "Evening Post," had frequently come under the

lash, and was treated with no mercy. Magee's vengeance took a curious

form. Lord Clonmel was an ardent lover of horticulture, and had spent

many thousand pounds in making his suburban villa a "model." Magee

knew this, and as the chief demesne was skirted by an open common from

which a thick hedge alone separated it, the journalist proclaimed a

rural _fête_, on an enormous scale, to be held on the vacant ground,

and to which the whole Dublin population, gentle and simple, were

invited. Meats and liquors were given to an unlimited extent, and, in

the evening, when the "roughs" were primed with whiskey, several pigs

(shaved and with their tails well soaped) were let out as part of the

amusement of the day. By preconcert, the affrighted animals were

driven against Lord Clonmel's inclosure, which they speedily

over-leaped, followed by the mob. Trees, shrubs, flowers, vases, and

statues were in a wonderfully short time demolished in the "fun,"

while, to make the matter still more deplorable, the owner of the

property thus wantonly devoted to revenge stood on the steps of his

own hall-door, and with alternate fits of imprecation and entreaty

besought the spoilers to desist, but in vain. Toward the close of his

life, Lord Clonmel became a hypochondriac, and, supposing himself to

be a tea-pot, hardly ventured to stir abroad lest he should be broken.

On one occasion, his great forensic antagonist, Curran, was told that

Clonmel was going to die at last, and was asked if he believed it. "I

believe," was the reply, "that he is scoundrel enough to live or die

_just as it meets his convenience_." Shortly before his death he said

to Lord Cloncurry, "My dear Val, I have been a fortunate man, or what

the world calls so; I am chief-justice and an earl; but were I to

begin life again, I would rather be a chimney-sweeper, than consent to

be connected with the Irish government."

Another "celebrity" was John Taler, "bully, butcher, and buffoon," who

was afterward a peer and a judge. He was a bravo in the house and a

despot on the bench. He jested with the wretched he condemned, and

seemed never so happy as when {127} the scaffold was before his eyes.

He was ignorant but ferocious, and when he could not conquer an

opponent he would browbeat him.

"Give me a long day, my lord," said a culprit, whom he had just

doomed.

"I am sorry to say I can't oblige you, my friend," replied Lord

Norbury, smiling; "but I promise you a strong rope, which I suppose

will answer your purpose as well."

When he died, and was about to be lowered into the grave himself, the

tackle was rather short.

"Tare-an-agers, boys, don't spare the _rope_ on his lordship; don't

you know he was always fond of it?" said one of the standers-by.

"I never saw a human face that so closely resembles that of a

bull-dog!" remarked one barrister to another in court.

"Let him get a grip of your throat, and you will find the resemblance

still closer," was the reply.

These and a hundred others, their equals, instruments, and

subordinates, may be supposed to represent the Irish "turnspit"

element; it must be acknowledged, however, that in contradistinction

to them, there were sounding examples of men of a different and far

superior class, such as the Leinsters, Charlemonts, Plunketts,

Currans, Ponsonbys, and so forth, who would have adorned any country,

and who certainly contributed to relieve their own from the almost

intolerable odium which the wholesale venal profligacy of a large

number had brought upon it.

------

From Once a Week.

THE LEGEND OF THE LOCKHARTS.

I.

King Robert on his death-bed lay, wasted in every limb,

The priests had left, Black Douglas now alone was watching him;

The earl had wept to hear those words, "When I am gone to doom,

Take thou my heart and bear it straight unto the Holy Tomb."

II.

Douglas shed bitter tears of grief--he loved the buried man.

He bade farewell to home and wife, to brother and to clan;

And soon the Bruce's heart embalm'd, in silver casket lock'd,

Within a galley, white with sails, upon the blue waves rock'd.

III.

In Spain they rested, there the king besought the Scottish earl

To drive the Saracens from Spain, his galley sails to furl;

It was the brave knight's eagerness to quell the Paynim brood.

That made him then forget the oath he'd sworn upon the rood.

IV.

That was his sin; good angels frown'd upon him as he went

With vizor down and spear in rest, lips closed, and black brow bent:

Upon the turbans, fierce he spurr'd, the charger he bestrode

Was splash'd with blood, the robes and flags he trampled on the road.

{128}

V.

The Moors came fast with cymbal clash and tossing javelin,

Ten thousand horsemen, at the least, on Castille closing in;

Quick as the deer's foot snaps the ice, the Douglas thundered through,

And struck with sword and smote with axe among the heathen crew.

VI.

The horse-tail banners beaten down, the mounted archers fled--

There came full many an Arab curse from faces smear'd with red,

The vizor fell, a Scottish spear had struck him on the breast;

Many a Moslem's frighten'd horse was bleeding head and chest.

VII.

But suddenly the caitiffs turn'd and gathered like a net,

In closed the tossing sabres fast, and they were crimson wet,

Steel jarr'd on steel--the hammers smote on helmet and on sword,

But Douglas never ceased to charge upon that heathen horde.

VIII.

Till all at once his eager eye discerned amid the fight

St. Clair of Roslyn, Bruce's friend, a brave and trusty knight.

Beset with Moors who hew'd at him with sabres dripping blood--

Twas in a rice-field where he stood close to an orange wood.

IX.

Then to the rescue of St. Clair Black Douglas spurred amain,

The Moslems circled him around, and shouting charged again;

Then took he from his neck the heart, and as the case he threw,

"Pass first in fight," he cried aloud, "as thou wert wont to do."

X.

They found him ere the sun had set upon that fatal day,

His body was above the case, that closely guarded lay.

His swarthy face was grim in death, his sable hair was stain'd

With the life-blood of a felon Moor, whom he had struck and brain*d.

XI.

Sir Simon Lockhart, knight of Lee, bore home the silver case.

To shrine it in a stately grave and in a holy place,

The Douglas deep in Spanish ground they left in royal tomb.

To wait in hope and patient trust the trumpet of the doom.

{129}

[ORIGINAL.]

REMINISCENCES OF DR. SPRING. [Footnote 23]

[Footnote 23: "Personal Reminiscences of the Life and Times of

Gardiner Spring, Pastor of the Brick Presbyterian Church in the City

of New York." 2 vols. 12mo. New York: Charles Scribner & Company.]

Few persons who have lived much in New York during the last quarter of

a century are not familiar with the dignified, resolute, yet kindly

countenance of the pastor of the Brick Presbyterian church. Fewer

still are ignorant of his reputation as a leading and representative

man in his denomination; a keen polemic; a great promoter of

missionary, tract, and Bible societies; and, we may add, a very

determined enemy of the Pope of Rome and all his aiders and abettors.

For more than fifty-five years he has preached to the same

congregation which gave him a call when he was first licensed as a

minister. During his career thirteen Presidents of the United States,

from Washington to Lincoln, have died; three Kings of England have

been laid in their graves; the horrors of the Reign of Terror, the

execution of Louis XVI., the rise and fall of the first Napoleon, the

shifting scenes of the Restoration, the Orleans rule, the second

Republic and the second Empire, have hurried each other across the

stage of French history. He has long passed the scriptural term of the

life of man; and now, at the almost patriarchal age of eighty-one, he

gives us a collection of reminiscences of what he has seen and done

during this protracted and eventful career.

It would be natural to suppose that such a book by such a man must be

full of interest. As one of the recognized leaders of a rich and

influential religious denomination, and one of the oldest and most

respectable citizens of the first city of America, how many historical

characters must he have met! to how many important events must he have

been a witness! But any one who takes up these volumes in the hope of

obtaining through them a clearer view of persons and times gone by,

will be disappointed. They are interesting, it is true, but not, we

will venture to say, in the way their author meant them to be. They

cause us to wonder that the doctor should have seen so much and

remembered so little. Yet as a picture of the life of a representative

Presbyterian preacher and a complete exposure of the utter emptiness

of the Presbyterian religion, these garrulous and random

"Reminiscences" are the most entertaining pages we have read for many

a month. We propose to cull for our readers a few of the most

interesting passages.

Dr. Spring was born in Newburyport, Massachusetts, Feb. 24, 1785. His

father was a minister, of whom the son says that "he would not shave

his face on the Lord's day, nor allow his wife to sew a button on her

son's vest; and on one occasion, when his nephew, the late Adolphus

Spring, Esq., arrived in haste on a Saturday evening with the message

that his father was on his bed of death, he would not mount his horse

for the journey of seventy miles until the Sabbath sun had gone down."

Though young Gardiner used to wonder, when a boy, why he was not

allowed to participate in the customary sports of children, he seems

to have preserved a warm affection for both his parents, of whom he

speaks in a loving and reverential tone which we cannot too carefully

respect. The thought that most affected him on their death was {130}

"_that he had lost their prayers._" Gardiner was sent to Yale College

at the age of fifteen, and during "a remarkable outpouring of the

Spirit" upon that rather unregenerate institution, in the year 1803,

he became, for a season, "hopefully pious." He had been uneasy for

some time about the state of his soul, and one afternoon he resolved

to pray, several hours, if necessary, until his sins were forgiven.

"There," he says, "in the south entry of the old college, back side,

middle room, third story, I wrestled with God as I had never wrestled

before." The result of this spiritual struggle we do not profess to

understand. He says that he rose from his knees without any hope that

he had found mercy, yet feeling considerably relieved. For several

weeks he went about, peaceful and happy, when, unluckily, the Fourth

of July came, with its speeches and fireworks, and his "religious

hopes and impressions all vanished as a morning cloud, and as the

early dew." It was five or six years before they came back again.

When he graduated his father came to hear him speak, and at the close

of the exercises gave him his blessing and told him to shift for

himself. So, there he was, twenty years old, with four dollars in his

pocket and a profession yet to be acquired. He borrowed two hundred

and fifty dollars from a generous friend, obtained a situation as

precentor in a church, opened a singing school, and applied himself

zealously to the study of law. Before long he married a young lady as

poor as himself, and went with her in 1806 to Bermuda, where he taught

school for some time very successfully; but rumors of war between this

country and Great Britain drove him back to the United States, and in

his twenty-fourth year he entered upon the practice of the law at New

Haven.

In the meanwhile those uneasy feelings of the soul, which he seems

unable to analyze (though we warrant a good confessor would quickly

have solved his perplexities) had not left him at peace. He writes to

his father from Bermuda upon the state of his interior man:

"I should wish to go to heaven, because I should be pleased, with

its employment. Were all my sins mortified and I rendered perfectly

holy, I think I should the happy. . . . . Sometimes I can say, Lord,

I believe; help thou mine unbelief. .... I am avaricious; and in the

present state of my family, make money my god. I strain honesty _as

far as I can_ to gain a little."

This was certainly not a satisfactory condition of things. The lust

for mammon seems strong enough, but the aspirations for heaven might

well have been rather more ardent. He goes to church and sings and

weeps, and the minister and elders crowd around him to see what is the

matter. He goes to prayer-meeting at last in New Haven, and there the

conversion--such as it is--is effected: "As the exercises closed and

the crowded worshippers rose to sing the doxology, I felt that I could

'praise God from whom all blessings flow.' Praise! praise! It was

delightful to praise him! On the 24th of April following, I united

with the visible church under Mr. Stuart's pastorate, and began to be

an active Christian."

We must say that this seems to be a very simple and easy process of

getting out of the power of the devil. Conversion, according to Dr.

Spring's idea, is simply an emotion of the mind, a spasm of sentiment.

It includes neither satisfaction for the past, nor the performance of

any definite religious duty in the present or the future. Any one who

can excite himself into the belief that he is regenerate, or tickle

his mind into the pleasant state indicated by the man who, when asked,

"How it felt to get religion?" replied that "it was just like having

warm water poured down your back"--any such one, we say, may rest

assured of his eternal safety. Dr. Spring is no more exacting with

other candidates for conversion than he was with himself. To a sick

man who inquires "what he shall do?" he answers: "Believe on the Lord

Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved."

{131}

"But will you not tell me _how_ I shall go to him?"

"Yes, I can tell you; you must not go in your own strength; for your

strength is weakness. You must not go in your own righteousness, for

you have none. You must feel your need of Christ, and see that he is

just the Saviour adapted to your wants. You must adore, and love, and

trust him. . . . . Commit to him your entire salvation, and in all

holy 'obedience live devoted to his service.'" Now in all this there

is just one practical suggestion, namely, to "live devoted to God's

service"--and that the man could not follow because he was dying. Let

our readers contrast Dr. Spring's death-bed ministrations with what a

Catholic priest would have said and done in similar circumstances. The

priest would have given definite instruction and divine sacraments;

the preacher has nothing better to offer than a few commonplace

generalities from his last Sunday's sermon.

But we must return to the reverend doctor's biography. Close upon the

heels of his conversion came the resolution to be a minister. The

pecuniary difficulties in the way of this change of profession were

soon obviated by the generosity of a rich widow of Salem. There was

another obstacle, however, of a more serious nature. This was Mrs.

Spring. She was "not a professed Christian." She was "a worldly

woman." She sought the honors of the world. She did not want to be a

minister's wife. The doctor had a great respect for her. He was afraid

to tell her of his resolution. We must let him describe in his own

words how he got out of the difficulty:

"I then began a course of conduct which I have ever since pursued,

and that was, in all cases where my own duty was plain, and my

resolution formed, quietly to carry my resolution into effect, and

meet the storm afterward. I did so in the present instance, though

there was no other storm than a plentiful shower of tears. I said

nothing to my wife; nothing to any one except Mr. Evarts. I sent my

wife on a visit to my only sister, the wife of the Hon. Bezaleel

Taft, at Uxbridge, the native place of my father, where I engaged in

a few weeks to meet her, and make a further visit to Newburyport.

She had no suspicion of my views, and left me with the confident

expectation that she would return to New Haven.

"In the meantime, after she left me, I was busily employed in

arranging my affairs for my removal to Andover. I announced my

purpose to the church at the next prayer-meeting, and received a

fresh impulse from their prayers and benedictions. Mr. Evarts took

my office and my business, and closed up my unsettled accounts with

his accustomed accuracy, and my ledger now records them. Mr. Smith,

my old teacher, laughed at me; Judge Daggett was silent. Judge

Rossiter said to me, 'Mr. Spring, the pulpit is your place; you were

formed for the pulpit rather than the bar.' My business in New Haven

was closed; my debts paid; my household furniture, small as it was,

was carefully stowed away; my law library, worth about four hundred

dollars, was disposed of, and I was on my way to Uxbridge,

Newburyport, Salem, and Andover.

"When I reached Uxbridge, and was once more in the bosom of my

little family, I felt that the trial had come. I could not at once

disclose my plans to my wife, and was saved that painful interview

by the suspicions of Mr. Taft, who told her that he believed I was

going to be a clergyman! She laughed at him; but she saw a change in

my deportment, and began to suspect it herself. I told her all. She

went to her chamber and wept for a long time. But she came down,

subdued indeed, but placid as a lamb, and simply said, 'It is all

over now; I am ready.' Oh, how kindly has God watched over me! It

seems as though the promise was fulfilled, 'Return unto thy country

and to thy kindred, and I will deal well with thee.' Some day or two

before we left Uxbridge, Mr. Taft said to me, 'Brother Spring, I

have a case before Justice Adams this morning; you are still a

lawyer, and I want you to go and argue it with me.' The thought

struck me pleasantly, and I resolved to go; but instead of assisting

him, without his knowledge I engaged myself to what I thought the

weaker party; and my last effort at the bar was in battling with my

sister's husband, and in the place of my father's nativity."

{132}

After eight months devoted to the study of theology at the Andover

seminary, Mr. Spring was licensed to preach and received a call from

the Brick church in New York. As a preliminary to his ordination, it

was necessary for him to preach a trial sermon before the presbytery,

and to submit to an examination as to his orthodoxy. In this latter

test he did not give unqualified satisfaction, nevertheless they

passed him, and he was duly ordained to the pastorship. As a salve, we

suppose, for their consciences, the presbytery deputed the Rev. Dr.

Milledollar, one of their number, to talk with the young minister, and

try to reason him out of certain heterodox opinions which he

entertained upon the subject of human ability. The result of the

interview was that, in Dr. Milledollar's judgment, "the best way of

curing a man of such views was to dip his head in cold water."

It was but a dismal religion of which he now became the minister.

Tears, gloom, discomfort, and brokenness of heart were the

characteristics of the spiritual life, and peace of mind was an

alarming symptom of the dominion of the devil. "Newark is again highly

favored," writes the minister to his parents: "there are not less than

five hundred persons _very solemn_." "My people appear solemn; they

were so at the lecture on Thursday evening." "I preached on Monday to

a very solemn audience at my own house." "The state of things in the

congregation, notwithstanding the war, is looking up. Our public

meetings and our social gatherings are more full and more solemn." He

visits Paris, and there passes an evening with a small party of his

countrymen: "We could not refrain from weeping during the whole time

we were together." The quantity of tears shed in the course of the

book is positively appalling. Of course there is nothing that remotely

resembles the gift of tears with which Almighty God sometimes rewards

and consoles his saints. It is merely a perpetual gush of mawkish

sentimentality, and we defy anybody to read these "Reminiscences"

without having before him an image of the whole Brick church with

chronic redness of the eyes. A member of the congregation went to the

doctor once with a request that he would baptize a child. He was not

one of the weepers, or, as Dr. Spring expresses it, "not a religious

man." The opportunity was too good to be lost. The doctor labored with

him, preached at him, probably wept at him, tried to impress him with

the solemnity and privilege of the transaction, did not baptize his

child, but finally prayed with him and urged him to come again. The

result of the exhortation is a good commentary upon the whole system

of sentimental spasmodic religion: "He went away," says Dr. Spring,

"and being requested by his wife to have another interview with me,

replied, 'No; _you will not catch me there again_.'" We suppose that

the child was not baptized; but that, according to Dr. Spring, and in

spite of the Bible, makes very little difference. It was his rule "to

baptize only those children, one of whose parents was a professed

Christian"--that is to say, a member of the church; and except in one

instance he has never varied from this strict practice. "That," he

says, "was in the case of a sick and dying grandchild, whose father

was a man of prayer, but not a communicant, and I myself professed to

stand _in loco parentis_, I now look upon the whole transaction as

wrong."

Dr. Spring has done a great deal of theological fighting in his day;

but his foes have been chiefly those of his own household. Now and

then he has carried the war into foreign countries, as at the time of

the famous School Question in New York, when he had a tilt with Bishop

Hughes before the Common Council, and got decidedly the worst of it;

but for the most part he has devoted himself to intestine feuds. The

controversy between Hopkinsians {133} and Calvinists in the

Presbyterian denomination; the disputes in the American Bible Society;

the schism in the Young Men's Missionary Society of New York; the

effort to create a division in the American Home Missionary Society;

the controversies about the New Haven school of theology and the

exscinding acts of the General Assembly;--these and many other

religious quarrels took up a great deal of the doctor's time, and he

still writes about them with no little acrimony and personal feeling.

We subjoin a few extracts:

"The wrath of the Philadelphia Synod is praising the Lord. We shall

have a battle in the spring, and lay a heavy hand upon that report.

I shall not hesitate to take my life in my hand if Providence allows

me to go to the Assembly."--_vol. i., p._70.

"The Rev. Ezra Stiles Ely had published his celebrated work,

entitled 'The Contrast,' the object of which is to show the points

of difference between the views of Hopkinsian and Calvinistic

theology. It was addressed to prejudice and ignorance, and was aimed

at the youthful pastor of the Brick church."--_Vol. i., p._ 129.

"I find my heart strangely _suspicious_. Sometimes I am resolved to

withdraw from the Missionary and Education cause, because I foresee

they will be scenes of contention. But then, again, I know they are

exposed to evils, and the church is exposed to evils, through the

mismanagement of these excellent institutions, which perhaps I may

prevent."--_Vol ii., p_. 78.

We doubt whether Dr. Spring's clerical brethren like the following

passage; but anyhow, there is a great deal of truth in it:

"There have been spurious revivals in my day, and the means of

promoting them are the index of their character. In such seasons of

excitement, great dependence is placed on the way and means of

_getting them up_, and little of the impression [sic] that not a

soul will be converted unless it be accomplished by the power of

God. Whatever the words of the leaders may profess, their conduct

proclaims, 'Mine own arm hath done this!' There is a familiarity, a

boldness, an irreverence in their prayers, which ill becomes worms

of the dust in approaching him before whom angels veil their faces.

A pious and poor woman, in coming out from a religious service thus

conducted, once said, 'I cannot think what it is that makes our

ministers _swear_ so in their prayers.' They count their converts,

and when they survey their work, there is a triumph, a self-reliant

exultation over it, which looks like the triumph of the pagan

monarch, when he exclaimed, 'Is not this great Babylon which I have

built!' And hence it is that so many of the subjects of such a work,

after the excitement is over, find that their own hearts have

deceived them, that they are no longer affected by solemn preaching

and solemn prayers, that _their past emotions were nothing more than

the operations of nature, and that when these natural causes have

exhausted their power there is no religion left."--Vol. i., p_. 219.

Dr. Spring gives a curious illustration of the length to which

excitement sometimes carries the poor victims of the revivalists, in

the case of a Mrs. Pierson, "around whose lifeless body her husband

assembled a company of _believers_, with the assurance that if they

prayed in faith, she would be restored to life. Their feelings were

greatly excited, their impressions of their success peculiar and

strong. They prayed and prayed again, and prayed _in faith_, but they

were disappointed," vol. i., p. 229.

He is rather free sometimes in his criticisms upon his brother

ministers. He listens to a sermon from the Rev. Mr. Finney, a noted

revivalist, and says that there was nothing exceptionable in it

"except a vulgarity that indicated a want of culture, and a coarseness

unbecoming the Christian pulpit." He hears a Mr. Broadway preach at

sea, and thus records his impressions: "I must say he is a _John Bull_

of a preacher. What a pity that men who need to be taught what are the

first principles of the oracles of God, should undertake to teach

others!" We dare say Dr. Spring's judgment of both these gentlemen was

sound; but we see no propriety in printing it.

He made several voyages to Europe, and travelled through France,

Germany, and Great Britain. Respecting the state of Protestantism in

France, he makes some significant admissions:

"Protestantism in France is not what I have been in the habit of

considering it. {134} I knew it was in a measure corrupt, but not to

the extent in which I actually find it. I do not think that the

Romanists, as a body, have much confidence in the Roman religion.

But the mischief is that when thinking men throw off the bonds of

Romanism, _they relapse into infidelity_. . . . .

True religion in France _finds its most bitter and unwearied enemies

in Protestants themselves_. The Protestants of this country are high

Arians, if not absolute Socinians. There are now [1835] three

hundred and fifty-eight Protestant pastors in France, beside their

few vacant churches. _But there are comparatively few among them all

who love and obey the truth."--Vol, ii., pp._ 260, 361.

The pages devoted to his European tours are remarkable

exemplifications of the truth of the old adage, that _coelum, non

animum, mutant qui trans mare currunt_. Wherever he goes, his breadth

of vision seems bounded by his own pulpit. The venerable cathedrals of

Europe, rich with the noblest memories, and the great historic places

haunted by the grandest associations of the past, fill him with no

thoughts more elevated than those awakened by the Brick church. He

sees everything distorted through the medium of his own inveterate

prejudices. If he visits a religious shrine, he can think of nothing

but the abominations of the scarlet woman of Babylon. If he sees a

convent, he tells us a cock-and-bull story about subterranean passages

paved with the bones of infants. If he witnesses some grand and

imposing ceremonial, he throws up his eyes, rushes out of the church,

and, while he shakes the dust off his feet, groans over the wickedness

of the Romish priests and their blasphemous mummeries, farcical shows,

and hypocritical disguises. One Sunday, while at Paris, he went with

the well-known missionary. Dr. Jonas King, and some other American

friends, to visit a hill called Mont Calvaire, near the city, to which

numbers of pilgrims were then resorting. They filled their pockets

with tracts, which they distributed, right and left, among the

thousands that were going up and down the mountain. They even

interrupted kneeling worshippers at their prayers to give them tracts.

These valuable gifts were received with avidity, for, as the narrator

elsewhere explains, our respectable parsons were mistaken for Catholic

missionaries. A few days afterward they made another excursion of the

same sort to Mont Calvaire. We give the conclusion of the adventure in

the words of Dr. King, from whose journal Dr. Spring copies it:

"Mr. and Mrs. Wilder, and Miss Bertau, and Mr. Storrow's children,

had gone to Mount Calvary to distribute tracts and Testaments. Dr.

Spring and myself, having filled our pockets, and hats, and hands,

with tracts and Testaments, set off with the hope to find them. Just

as we began to ascend the mountain, we met them coming at a

distance. On meeting them, they informed us that they had been

stopped by the Commissary of the Police, and that a gendarme, by

order of the missionaries (Rom. C. M.), had taken away their tracts

and Testaments, and prohibited them in the name of the law to

distribute any more on Mount Calvary. Mr. W. advised us not to

proceed with the intention of distributing those which we had. We

however, went, giving to every one we met, till we came in sight of

the _gendarmes_, when we ceased giving, but occasionally let some

fall from our pockets, which the wind, which was very high,

scattered in all directions, and were gathered up by the crowd. At

length we arrived at the top of the mountain, took our stand on the

highest elevation near the cross, and there, in our own language,

offered up, each of us, a prayer to the God of heaven for direction,

and to have mercy on those tens of thousands that we saw around us,

bowing before graven images. _I then felt in some degree

strengthened to go on, and, taking a tract from my pocket, presented

it to a lady who stood near me, and who appeared to be a lady of

some distinction._ She received it with thanks, and I was not

noticed by the _gendarmes_. Dr. S. let some fall from his pocket,

and we made our way down to one of the stations. There he laid some

on the charity-box, while I stood before him, to hide what he did.

We then went to another station, and I gave ten or twelve to a lady,

whom I charged to distribute them."

The heroism of these Presbyterian missionaries, who go up and down

hill, dropping divine truth from their coat-tails, reminds us of a

crazy old lady {135}so in New York, whose will was lately contested

before our courts. She had peculiar ideas of her own on the subject of

politics and the war, and used to inscribe her thoughts on great paper

kites, and give them to little boys to fly in the Central Park, in the

belief that the words would somehow or another be disseminated through

the city. Imagine St. Francis Xavier setting sail for the Indies with

his hat, and pockets, and hands full of tracts, scattering them

broad-cast along the inhospitable shores, or trusting them to the

breezes, like those charitable Buddhists Father Huc tells of, who go

up a high mountain on windy days, and throw into the air little paper

horses, which being blown away are, as they believe, miraculously

changed into real horses for the benefit of belated travellers.

Suppose Father Matthew, instead of preaching a crusade against

drunkenness, had contented himself with sneaking into shibeens and

taverns, and, behind the friendly shelter of a companion's back, had

deposited little bundles of temperance tracts on the top of every

barrel of whiskey, as if he expected them to explode like a torpedo,

and fill the air with virtue. Or what would Dr. Spring think if some

Sunday, in the midst of his prayer, two or three Catholic priests

should march into the Brick church and distribute Challoner's

Catechisms up and down the aisles, making the "solemn" Presbyterians

get up from their knees to receive them? It would not be a bit more

outrageous than the doctor's behavior during the mission on Mont

Calvaire.

American travellers in Europe, especially of the fanatical sort, are

but too apt to disgrace themselves and their country by their conduct

in sacred places. Here is another extract from Dr. Spring's book which

no respectable American can read without blushing. The incident

occurred in the famous cathedral of Rouen, built by William the

Conqueror, and reckoned the finest specimen of Gothic architecture in

France:

"A little circumstance occurred here that was somewhat amusing. [!]

Mr. Van Rensallear, in order to procure some little relic of the

place, instead of gathering some flowers, broke off the _nose_ of

one of the marble saints! He hoped to escape the detection of the

guide, but unfortunately, on leaving the cathedral, we had to pass

the mutilated statue, and were charged with the sacrilege. It was a

lady saint whose sanctity our gallantry had thus violated, and we

had to meet the most terrific volleys of abuse. A few glittering

coins, however, obtained absolution for us, but neither entreaty nor

cash could obtain the _nose_."

That must have been a funny scene one Sunday in crossing the ocean,

when the doctor and his wife, and the rest of the passengers, held

service under difficulties:

"We assembled for praise and prayer. Susan was quite sea-sick, yet

she came on deck. The day was cold, and she sat with _a hot potato

in each hand to keep her warm_."

This is certainly the oddest preparation for approaching the throne of

grace that we ever heard of.

Mrs. Spring is a prominent figure all through the book, giving her

reverend husband advice and comfort, and helping him in the work of

the ministry, especially with regard to the women of the flock. He

laments in his introductory chapter that the death of his "beloved

Mrs. Spring must leave a vacuum in these pages which nothing can

fill." In the second volume he gives a long and detailed account of

her sufferings in child-bed when she "became the mother of a lovely

daughter." When she died in 1860, he wrote in his diary as follows:

"I have been her husband and she my wife for four-and-fifty years;

our attachment has been mutual, and strong and sweet to the end. I

had no friend on earth in whom I had such reliance; no counsellor so

wise; no comforter so precious. For the last thirty years we have

rarely differed in opinion; when we did, I generally found she was

right and I was was wrong; and when I persevered in my {136}

judgment she knew how to yield her wishes to mine, and would

sometimes say with a smile, 'God has set the man above the woman.

You are _king_, my husband; but I am the queen!' In all my ministry,

in sickness and in health, at home and abroad, by night and by day,

I never knew her own convenience, comfort, or pleasure take the

place of my duty to the people of my charge. . . . . I bless God

that I had such a wife--that I had her at all, and that I had her so

long. . . . My darling wife, I give you joy: but what shall I do

without you?"

This last question is soon answered in an unexpected manner. Only

eight pages further on, Dr. Spring, aged eighty, records the following

passage:

"_April 13th,_ 1865.--My sweet wife was too valuable a woman ever to

be forgotten. The preceding sketch furnishes but the outline of her

excellences, which I have presented more at large at the close of

the sermon commemorative of one who was my first love. I never

thought I could love another. But I was advanced beyond my

threescore years and ten, partially blind, and needed a helper

fitted to my age and condition; no one needs such a helper more than

a man in my advanced years. I sought, and God gave me another wife.

A few days only more than a year after the death of Mrs. Spring, on

the 14th of August, 1861, I was married to Abba Grosvenor Williams,

the only surviving child of the late Elisha Williams, Esq., a

distinguished member of the bar. She is the heiress of a large

Property, and retains it in her own hands. She is intent on her duty

as a wife, watchful of my wants, takes good care of me, is an

excellent housekeeper, and instead of adding to the expenses of my

household, shares them with her husband."--Vol. ii., pp. 91, 92.

With this extract, Dr. Spring may be left to the charity of our

readers. We have said nothing of the vanity which allows him freely to

quote the commendations of his friends on his efforts in the pulpit

and his publications through the press; because, inconsistent as it

may be with a very elevated piety, it is a weakness that might be

pardoned in such an old man. But we cannot help remarking how on every

page he gives evidence of the utter baselessness of the thing he calls

religion; the unsubstantial, unsatisfying character of those human

emotions which he perpetually mistakes for the operations of the Holy

Ghost; and the strangely unreal, unsanctified nature of the fit of

mental perturbation which he denotes conversion and labors so hard to

produce. The conclusion to which every unprejudiced person must come,

on closing the volumes, is that Dr. Spring has lived in vain.

------

{137}

MISCELLANY.

_Arabian Laughing Plant_.--In Palgrave's "Central and Eastern Arabia"

some particulars are given in regard to a carious narcotic plant. Its

seeds, in which the active principal seems chiefly to reside, when

pounded and administered in a small dose, produce effects much like

those ascribed to Sir Humphrey Davy's laughing gas; the patient

dances, sings, and performs a thousand extravagances, till after an

hour of great excitement to himself and amusement to the bystanders,

he falls asleep, and on awaking has lost all memory of what he did or

said while under the influence of the drug. To put a pinch of this

powder into the coffee of some unexpecting individual is not an

uncommon joke, nor is it said that it was ever followed by serious

consequences, though an over quantity might perhaps be dangerous. The

author tried it on two individuals, but in proportions if not

absolutely homoeopathic, still sufficiently minute to keep on the safe

side, and witnessed its operation, laughable enough but very harmless.

The plant that hears these berries hardly attains in Kaseem the height

of six inches above the ground, but in Oman were seen bushes of it

three or four feet in growth, and wide-spreading. The stems are woody,

and of a yellow tinge when barked; the leaf of a dark green color, and

pinnated with about twenty leaflets on either side; the stalks smooth

and shining; the flowers are yellow, and grow in tufts, the anthers

numerous, the fruit is a capsule, stuffed with greenish padding, in

which lie imbedded two or three black seeds, in size and shape much

like French beans; their taste sweetish, but with a peculiar opiate

flavor; the smell heavy and almost sickly.

_The Congelation of Animals_.--It is generally supposed that certain

animals cannot be frozen without the production of fatal results, and

that others can tolerate any degree of congelation. Both these views

have been shown to be incorrect in a paper read before the French

Academy, by M. Pouchet. The writer arrives at the following

conclusions: (1.) The first effect produced by the application of cold

is contraction of the capillary blood-vessels. This may be observed

with the microscope. The vessels become so reduced in calibre that the

blood-globules are unable to enter them. (2.) The second effect is the

alteration in form and structure of the blood-globules themselves.

These alterations are of three kinds: (_a_) the nucleus bursts from

the surrounding envelope; (_b_) the nucleus undergoes alteration of

form; (_c_) the borders of the globule become crenated, and assume a

deeper color than usual. (3.) When an animal is completely frozen, and

when, consequently, its blood-globules have become disorganized, it is

dead--nothing can then re-animate it. (4.) When the congelation is

partial, those organs which have been completely frozen become

gangrenous and are destroyed. (5.) If the partial congelation takes

place to a very slight extent, there are not many altered globules

sent into the general circulation; and hence life is not compromised.

(6.) If, on the contrary, it is extensive, the quantity of altered

globules is so great that the animal perishes. (7.) On this account an

animal which is partially frozen may live a long time if the

congelation is maintained, the altered globules not entering into the

general circulation; but, on the contrary, it dies if heat be suddenly

applied, owing to the blood becoming charged with altered globules.

(8.) In all cases of fatal congelation the animal dies from

decomposition or alteration of the blood-globules, and not from

stupefaction of the nervous system.

_Ordnance and Targets_.--The Admiralty having erected a new target,

representing a portion of the side of the _Hercules_, experiments were

made at Shoeburyness which proved that a thickness of armor casing had

been attained which afforded perfect security against even the largest

guns recently constructed. The target has a facing of {138} 9-inch

armor-plates, and contains altogether eleven inches thickness of iron.

Against this three 12-ton shunt guns were fired, at a distance of only

200 yards, with charges varying from 45 lbs. to 60 lbs. of powder. One

steel shot, of 300 lbs. weight, 10-1/2 inches in diameter, fired with

60 lbs. of powder, at a velocity of 1,450 feet per second, barely

broke through the armor, without injuring the backing. Sir William

Armstrong has expressed his conviction, in the _Times_, that the

600-pounder gun will be unable to penetrate this target, and that it

will, in fact, require a gun carrying 120 lbs. of powder and steel

shot to pierce this massive shield. Mr. W. C. Unwin has pointed out,

in a letter to the _Engineer_, that for similar guns with shot of

similar form, and charges in a constant ratio to the weight of the

shot, the velocity is nearly constant. Then, assuming the resistance

of the plates to be as the squares of their thicknesses, it follows

that when the diameter of the shot increases, as well as the thickness

of the armor, the maximum thickness perforated will (by theory) vary

as the cube root of the weight of the shot, or, in other words, as the

calibre of the gun; and the weight of the shot necessary to penetrate

different thicknesses of armor will be as the cubes of those

thicknesses. The ratio deduced from the Shoeburyness experiments is

somewhat less than this, being as the 2.5 power and the 5.2 power

respectively. Practical formula deduced from experiments are given,

which agree with Sir William Armstrong's conclusion, and prove that a

gun which can effectively burn a charge of at least 100 lbs. of powder

will be required to effectually penetrate the side of the _Hercules_.

_The Moa's Egg_.--Since our last issue a splendid specimen of the egg

of the Dinornis has been exhibited in this country, put up to auction,

and "bought in" by the proprietors for £125. Some interesting details

concerning the history of gigantic birds' eggs have been supplied by a

contemporary, and we quote them for our readers: In 1854, M. Geoffroy

de St. Hilaire exhibited to the French Academy some eggs of the

Epyornis, a bird which formerly lived in Madagascar. The larger of

these was 12.1 inches long, and 11.8 inches wide; the smaller one was

slightly less than this. The Museum d'Histoire Naturelle at Paris also

contains two eggs, both of which are larger than the one recently put

up for sale, the longer axis of which measures 10 inches, and the

shorter 7 inches. In the discussion which followed the reading of M.

de St. Hilaire's paper, M. Valenciennes stated it was quite impossible

to judge of the size of a bird by the size of its egg, and gave

several instances in point. Mr. Strickland, in some "Notices of the

Dodo and its Kindred," published in the "Annals of Natural History"

for November, 1849, says that in the previous year a Mr. Dumarele, a

highly respectable French merchant at Bourbon, saw at Port Leven,

Madagascar, an enormous egg, which held "_thirteen wine quart bottles

of fluid_." The natives stated that the egg was found in the jungle,

and "observed that such eggs were _very, very rarely_ met with." Mr.

Strickland appears to doubt this, but there seems no reason to do so.

Allowing a pint and a half to each of the so-called "quarts," the egg

would hold 19-1/2 pints. Now, the larger egg exhibited by St. Hilaire

held 17-1/2 pints, as he himself proved. The difference is not so very

great. A word or two about the nests of such gigantic birds. Captain

Cook found, on an island near the north-east coast of New Holland, a

nest "of a most enormous size. It was built with sticks upon the

ground, and was no less than six-and-twenty feet in circumference, and

two feet eight inches high." (Kerr's "Collection of Voyages and

Travels," xiii. 318.) Captain Flinders found two similar nests on the

south coasts of New Holland, in King George's Bay. In his "Voyage,

etc.," London, 1818, he says: "They were built upon the ground, from

which they rose above two feet, and were of vast circumference and

great interior capacity; the branches of trees and other matter of

which each nest was composed being enough to fill a cart."--_The

Reader_.

_The Birds of Siberia_.--In an important treatise, published under the

patronage of the Imperial Geographical Society of St. Petersburg, and

which is the second of a series intended to be issued on Siberian

zoology, the author, Herr Radde, not only records the species, but

gives an account of the period of the migration of Siberian birds. He

{139} gives a list of 368 species, which he refers to the following

orders: Rapaces, 36; Scansores, 19; Oscines, 140; Gallinaceae, 18;

Grallatores, 74; and Natatores, 81. Concerning the migration of

birds, Herr Radde confirms the result arrived at by Von Middendorf in

his learned memoir, "Die Isepiptesen Russlands;" the most important of

them being, (1) that the high table-land of Asia and the bordering

ranges of the Altai, Sajan, and Dauria retard the arrival of the

migratory birds; (2) eastward of the upper Lena, toward the east

coast of Siberia, a considerable retardation of migrants is again

noticeable; and (8) the times of arrival at the northern edge of the

Mongolian high steppes are altogether earlier than those of the same

species on the Amoor.

_Plants within Plants_.--In one of the recent numbers of the "Comptes

Rendus," N. Trécul gives an account of some curious observations,

showing that plants sometimes are formed within the cells of existing

ones. He considers that the organic matter of certain vegetable cells

can, when undergoing putrefaction, transform itself into new species,

which differ entirely from the species in which they are produced. In

the bark of the elder, and in plants of the potato and stone-crop

order, he found vesicles full of small tetrahedral bodies containing

starchy matter, and he has seen them gradually transformed into minute

plants by the elongation of one of their angles.

_The Extract of Meat_.--Baron Liebig, who has favored us with some

admirable samples of this excellent preparation, has also forwarded to

us a letter in which he very clearly explains what is the exact

nutritive value of the _extractum carnis_: "The meat," says the baron,

"as it comes from the butcher, contains two different series of

compounds. The first consists of the so-called albuminous principles

(albumen, fibrin) and of glue-forming membrane. Of these, fibrin and

albumen have a high nutritive power, although not if taken by

themselves. The second series consists of crystallizable substances,

viz., creatin, creatinin, sarcin, which are exclusively to be found in

meat; further, of non-crystallizable organic principles and salts

(phosphate and chloride of potassium), which are not to be found

elsewhere. All of these together are called the extractives of meat.

To the second series of substances beef-tea owes its flavor and

efficacy, the same being the case with the _extractum carnis_, which

is, in fact, nothing but solid beef-tea--that is, beef-tea from which

the water has been evaporated. Beside the substances already

mentioned, meat contains, as a non-essential constituent, a varying

amount of fat. Now neither fibrin nor albumen is to be found in the

_extractum carnis_ which bears my name, and gelatine (glue) and fat

are purposely excluded from it. In the preparation of the extract the

albuminous principles are left in the residue. This residue, by the

separation of all soluble principles, which are taken up in the

extract, loses its nutritive power, and cannot be made _an article of

trade_ in any palatable form. Were it possible to furnish the market

at a reasonable price with a preparation of meat containing both the

albuminous and extractive principles, such a preparation would have to

be preferred to the _extractum carnis_, for it would contain all the

nutritive constituents of the meat. But there is, I think, no prospect

of this being realized." These remarks show very clearly the actual

value of the extract. It is, in fact, concentrated beef-tea; but it is

neither the equivalent of flesh on the one hand, nor an imperfectly

nutritive substance on the other. It is, nevertheless, a most valuable

preparation, and now commands an extensive sale in these countries and

abroad; and it is, furthermore, the only valuable form in which the

carcases of South American cattle (heretofore thrown away as

valueless) can be utilized.--_Popular Science Review_.

------

{140}

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

LIFE OF THE MOST REVEREND JOHN HUGHES,

D.D., First Archbishop of New York.

With Extracts from his Private Correspondence. By John R.

G. Hassard. Pp. 519. New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1866.

Mr. Hassard is one of our most promising writers. He contributed

several excellent articles to "Appleton's Cyclopaedia," edited "The

Catholic World" with judgment and good taste for several months at its

first establishment, and since that time has occupied the position of

editor of the Chicago "Republican." This is his first literary essay

of serious magnitude, and a more delicate or difficult task could not

well have been confided to his hands. He has fulfilled it with care,

thoroughness, and impartiality. The style in which it is written is

remarkably correct and scholarly, and exhibits a thorough acquaintance

with the English language as well as a pure and discriminating taste

in the choice of words. It is a kind of style which attracts no

attention to itself or to the author, but is simply a medium through

which the subject-matter of the work is presented to the reader's

mind; and this, in our view, is no small merit. The subject-matter

itself is prepared and arranged in a methodical, accurate, and

complete manner, which leaves nothing in that regard to be desired.

The work belongs to that class of historical compositions which

chronicle particular events and incidents, relate facts and

occurrences as they happened, and leave them, for the most part, to

make their own impression. The author has endeavored to take

photographs of his illustrious subject, and of the scenes of his

private and public life, but not to paint a picture or his character

and his times. Those who are already familiar with the scenes, the

persons, and the circumstances brought into view in connection with

the personal history of the archbishop, and who were personally

acquainted with himself, could ask for no more than is furnished in

this biography. We have thought, however, in reading it, that other

readers would miss that filling up and those illuminating touches from

the author's pen which would make the history as vivid and real to

their minds as it is made to our own by memory. A graphic and complete

view of the history of the Catholic Church, so far as Archbishop

Hughes was a principal actor in it, and of the results of his labors

in the priesthood and episcopate, is necessary to a just estimate of

his ecclesiastical career, is still a _desideratum_. In saying this,

we do not intend to find fault with Mr. Hassard for not supplying it.

He has accomplished the task which he undertook in a competent manner,

and produced a work of sterling merit and lasting value. We could wish

that the biographies of several other distinguished prelates, of the

same period, might be written with the same minuteness and fidelity,

and, above all others, those of Bishop England and Archbishop Kenrick.

Very few men could endure the ordeal of passing through the hands of a

biographer so coldly impartial as Mr. Hassard. But those who are able

to pass through it, and who still appear to be great men, and to have

lived a life of great public service, may be certain that their

genuine, intrinsic worth will be recognized after their death, and not

be thought to be the coinage of an interested advocate, or the

furbished counterfeit whose glitter disappears in the crucible.

Moreover, the reader of history will be satisfied that he gets at the

reality of things, and the writer of history that he has authentic

data and materials on which to base his judgments of men and events.

No doubt this species of history would disclose many defects and

weaknesses, many human infirmities and errors, in the individuals who

figure in it, and lay bare much that is unsightly and repulsive in the

state of things as described. This is true of all ecclesiastical

history. Truth dissipates many romantic and poetic illusions of the

imagination, which loves to picture to itself an ideal state of

perfection and ideal heroes far different from the real world and real

men. Nevertheless, it manifests more clearly the heroic and divine

element really existing and working in the world and in men, and

manifesting itself especially in the Catholic Church. {141} We

believe, therefore, that the divinity of the Catholic religion would

only be more clearly exhibited, the more thoroughly its history in the

United States was brought to light. We believe, also, that the

character and works of its valiant and loyal champions will be the

more fully vindicated the more dispassionately and impartially they

are tried and judged.

A calm consideration of the condition of Catholicity, thirty-five or

forty years ago in this country, in contrast with its present state,

will enable us to judge of the work accomplished by the men who have

been the principal agents in bringing about the change. Let us reflect

for a moment what a difference it would have made in the history of

the Catholic religion here, if some eight or ten of the principal

Catholic champions had not lived; and we may then estimate the power

and influence they have exerted. Leaving aside the numerical and

material extension of the Catholic Church under the administration of

its prelates and the clergy of the second order, we look at the change

in public sentiment alone, and the vindication of the Catholic cause

by argument at the bar of common reason, where it has gained a signal

argumentative triumph over Protestantism and prejudice, through the

ability and courage of its advocates and the soundness of their cause.

The principal men among the first champions of the Catholic faith who

began this warfare were, in the Atlantic states, Dr. Cheverus, Dr.

England, Dr. Hughes, and Dr. Power. We speak from an intimate and

perfect knowledge of the common Protestant sentiment on this matter,

and with a distinct remembrance of the dread which these last three

names, and the veneration which the first of them, inspired. Every one

who knows what the almost universal sentiment of the Protestant

community respecting the Catholic religion and its hierarchy was, is

well aware that it was a sentiment of intense abhorrence mingled with

fear. It was looked upon as a system of preternatural wickedness and

might, and yet, by a strange inconsistency, as a system of utter folly

and absurdity, which no reasonable and conscientious man could

intelligently and honestly embrace. The priesthood were regarded as a

species of human demons, and those among them who possessed

extraordinary ability, were believe to have a diabolical power to make

the worse appear the better reason and the devil an angel of light.

Those whose sanctity was so evident that it broke down all prejudice,

as Bishop Cheverus, were supposed not to be initiated into the

mysteries of the Catholic religion, but to be at heart really

Protestants, blinded to the errors of their system by education, and

duped by their more cunning associates, like "Father Clement" in the

well-known tale of that name. The Catholic clergy were shunned and

ostracised, looked on as outlaws and public enemies, worthy of no

courtesy and no mercy. Their religion was regarded as unworthy of a

hearing, a thing to be scouted and denounced, trampled upon like a

noxious serpent and crushed, _if possible_. _Contempt_ would be the

proper word to express the common estimation of it, if there had not

been too much fear and hatred to make contempt possible. Its

antagonists wished and tried to despise it and its advocates, but

could not. Every sort of calumny and vituperation was showered upon

them by the preachers, the lecturers, and the writers for the press

who made Catholicity their theme. Some, perhaps many, honorable

exceptions, which were always multiplying with time, must be

understood, particularly in Boston, Baltimore, and Charleston. John

Hughes, the poor Irish lad, who had knelt behind the hay-rick on his

father's farm to pray to God and the Blessed Virgin to make him a

priest, who had come to this country with no implement to clear his

way to greatness but the pick and shovel which he manfully grasped,

was one of those who were chosen to lead the van in the assault

against this rampart of prejudice. That he vanquished his proud and

scornful antagonists is an undoubted fact. Beginning his studies, as a

favor reluctantly conceded to him on account of his importunity, at a

later period than usual, with a grammar in one hand and a spade in the

other, he was first a priest, faithful to his duty among many

faithless, courageous and enterprising among many who were timid,

strong among many weak, staunch and unflinching in a time of schism,

scandal, and disaster, and bold enough not only to lay new foundations

for the church of Philadelphia, which others have since built upon,

while the old ones were half crumbled, and to repress mutiny and

disorder in the ranks of his own people, but to {142} attack,

single-handed, the enemies who were exulting over the discord and

feebleness which they thought foreboded the disruption of the Catholic

body. This, too, almost without encouragement, and with no hearty

support from those who were older and more thoroughly trained and

equipped in the service than himself. He became the coadjutor and

successor of the very man who had refused his first application to be

allowed to purchase the privilege of studying under him, by his daily

labor. He died the metropolitan of a province embracing all New York,

New Jersey, and New England, and including eight suffragan bishoprics

with more than a million of Catholics; confessedly the most

conspicuous man among his fellow-bishops in the view of Catholics and

Protestants alike, one of the most trusted and honored of his compeers

at the See of Rome, well known throughout Catholic Christendom, a

confidential adviser and a powerful supporter of the United States

government, a recognized illustrious citizen of the American republic

as well as one of the ornaments of his native country, with all the

signs and tributes of universal honor and respect at his funeral

obsequies which are accorded to distinguished personal character or

official station. Let the most severe and impartial critic apply his

mind to separate, in this distinguished and useful career, the

personal and individual force impelling the man through it, from the

concurrence of Divine Providence, the aid of favorable circumstances

and high position, the supernatural power of the character with which

he was marked, and of the system which he administered, and the

strength and volume of the current of events on which he was borne,

and, if we mistake not, he will find something strong enough to stand

all his tests. An ordinary man might have worked his way into the

priesthood, fulfilled its duties with zeal and success, attained the

episcopal and metropolitan dignity, won respect by his administration,

and left a flourishing diocese to his successor. But an ordinary man

could never have gained the power and influence possessed by

Archbishop Hughes. Our early and original impressions of his

remarkable power of intellect and will have been strengthened and

fixed by reading his biography, and the greatness of the influence

which he exerted in behalf of the Catholic religion is, to our mind,

established beyond a doubt. His chivalrous and valiant combat with

John Breckinridge, at Philadelphia, was a victory not only decisive

but full of results. We know, from a distinct remembrance of the

opinions expressed at the time, that Mr. Breckinridge was generally

thought, by Protestants, to have been discomfited. We have heard him

speak himself of the affair with the tone of one who had exposed

himself to a dangerous encounter with an enemy superior to himself,

for the public good, and barely escaped with his life. We remember

taking up the book containing the controversy, from a sentiment of

curiosity to know what plausible argument could possibly be offered

for the Catholic religion, and undergoing, in the perusal, a

revolution of opinion, which rendered a return to the old state of

mind inherited from a Puritan education impossible. This we believe is

but an instance exemplifying the general effect of the controversy

upon candid and thinking minds, not hopelessly enslaved to prejudice.

We remember hearing him preach in the full vigor of his intellectual

and physical manhood, in the cathedral of New York, soon after his

consecration, and the impression of his whole attitude, countenance,

manner of delivery, and cast of thought is still vivid and _unique_.

Those who have seen the archbishop only during the last fifteen years,

have seen a breaking-down, enfeebled, almost worn-out man, incapable

of steady, vigorous exertion, and oppressed by a weight of care and

responsibility which was too great for him. To judge of his ability

fairly it is necessary to have seen and heard him in his prime, before

ill-health had sapped his vigor. And to appreciate the best and most

genial qualities and dispositions of the man, it is necessary to have

met him in familiar, unrestrained intercourse, apart from any official

relation and away from his diocese--or, at least, in those times when

all official anxieties and cares of government were put aside and his

mind relaxed in purely friendly conversation. That he was a great man,

a true Christian prelate, and accomplished a great work in the service

of the church, of his native countrymen, and of the country of his

adoption, is, we believe, the just verdict of the most competent

judges and of the public at large upon the facts of his life. He will

not be forgotten, for his life and acts are too closely {143}

interwoven with public history and his influence has been too marked

to make that possible. We trust that those who enjoy the blessings of

a securely and peacefully established Catholic Church will not be

disposed to forget the men who, in more troubled times, have won by

their valor the heritage upon which we have entered. The record of

their lives and labors is of great value, and this one, in particular,

is worthy of the perusal of every Catholic and every American, and has

in it a kind of romantic charm and dramatic grouping which does not

belong to the life of one who has been more confined to the seclusion

of study or the ordinary pastoral routine.

We regret the mention made of Dr. Forbes's defection, and the

publicity which is again given to painful matters which had become

buried in oblivion. It appears to us that, as Dr. Forbes has not

publicly assailed either the church or the late archbishop, it was

unnecessary to allude to him in any way, and it would have been more

generous to have suppressed the remarks made in the archbishop's

private correspondence. The mechanical execution of the work is in

good style, and we recommend it to our readers as necessary to every

Catholic library.

AN AMERICAN DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

By Noah Webster, LL.D. Thoroughly Revised and Greatly Enlarged and

Improved, by Chauncey A. Goodrich, D.D., Late Professor of Rhetoric

and Oratory, and also Professor of the Pastoral Charge in Yale

College, and Noah Porter, D.D., Clark Professor of Moral Philosophy

and Metaphysics in Yale College. Royal quarto, pp. 1840. Springfield,

Mass.: G. & C. Meiriam. 1866.

There have been published, within the last twenty-five years, several

editions of "Webster's Dictionary," but the present one, the title of

which is given above, seems to be the crowning effort of dictionary

making. It surpasses all other editions of the same work both in its

typography, its illustrations--some 3,000 in number--and its

philological completeness. "Webster's Dictionary" has always been of

high authority in this country, and is now held in great repute in

England, where it is accepted by several writers as the best authority

in defining the English language. The present edition is a most

beautiful one, and contains all the modern words which custom has

engrafted upon our language. It also contains, in its pronouncing

table of Scripture proper names, a supplementary list of the names

found in the Douay Bible, but not in King James's version. In fact,

care has been taken to make this edition as free as possible from

partisan and theological differences in regard to the definitions of

certain words which heretofore got a peculiarly Protestant twitch when

being defined. The publishers deserve great praise for the manner in

which they have done their portion of the work; it is a credit and an

honor to the American press.

THE CRITERION; OR, THE TEST OF TALK ABOUT FAMILIAR THINGS:

A Series of Essays. By Henry T. Tuckerman. 12mo., pp. 377. New York:

Hurd & Houghton. 1866.

Mr. H. T. Tuckerman is a man of letters, and we thought he would not

be likely to put his name to anything discreditable to an enlightened

author; but, to judge from many things in the above production, we

think he has missed his vocation, and would find more appropriate

employment as a contributor to the publications of the American Tract

Society, or the magazine put forth, monthly, by the "Foreign and

Christian Union." Else, why is every pope "shrewd," every priest an

"incarnation of fiery zeal?" why "the lonely existence and the subtle

eye of the Catholic?" why "the medical Jesuit, who, like his religious

prototype, operates through the female branches, and thus controls the

heads of families, regulating their domestic arrangements, etc.?" why

"Bloody Mary" and "Rom_ish?_" why is "superstition the usual trait of

Romanists?" and this: "One may pace the chaste aisles of the

Madeleine, and feel his devotion stirred, perhaps, by the dark

catafalque awaiting the dead in the centre of the spacious floor; and

then what to him is the doctrine of transubstantiation?" (!) We are

truly sorry to see these indications of a spirit with which we think

the author will find very little sympathy outside the clique of

benighted readers of the publications above quoted.

{144}

CHRIST THE LIGHT OF THE WORLD.

By C. J. Vaughan, D.D., Vicar of Doncaster. 18mo., pp. 269. Alexander

Strahan, London and New York. 1865.

This beautiful little volume contains twelve sermons, or rather

religious essays, written in a pleasing style, but altogether too

lengthy and too exhaustive in character. We have no doubt but that the

author is a good preacher, and if these essays were ever preached by

him as sermons, they were listened to with pleasure. But in their

present shape, enlarged, systematized, and--shall we say--almost too

carefully prepared for the press, they are a little tiresome. One

feels in reading them how much the naturalness, as well as the

elegance of diction, is marred by the vague evangelical phraseology,

"coming to Christ," "laying hold on Christ," etc., which occurs so

constantly in these pages. The author, being a Low Evangelical

Churchman, gives us, of course, "justification by faith" and the

Calvinistic view of the Fall. Yet, in the latter half of the volume he

seems to speak more like one who imagines that man has something to do

for his own justification, and takes a higher and nobler view of

humanity. We give the following passage from the last sermon, entitled

"Cast out and found," as a good specimen of what we should call

practical preaching. "When Jesus found him, he said unto him. Dost

thou believe on the Son of God? 'Thou!' The word is emphatic in the

original, 'Thou--believest thou?' We are glad to escape into the

crowd, and shelter ourselves behind a church's confession. But a day

is coming, in which nothing but an individual faith will carry with it

either strength or comfort. It will be idle to say in a moment of keen

personal distress, such as probably lies before us in life and

certainly in death and in judgment, 'Every one believes--all around

us believe--the world itself believes in the Son of God:' there is no

strength and no help there: the very object of Christ's finding thee

and speaking to thee is to bring the question home, 'Dost _thou_

believe?' A trying, a fearful moment, when Christ, face to face with

man's soul, proposes that question! Perhaps that moment has not yet

come to you. You have been fighting it off. You do not wish to come to

these close quarters with it. The world does not press you with it.

The world is willing enough that you should answer it in the general;

and even if you ever say, 'I believe in Jesus Christ his only Son our

Lord,' it shall be in a chorus of voices, almost robbing the

individual of personality, and making 'I' sound like 'we.' But if ever

your religion is to be a real thing, if ever it is to enable you to do

battle with a sin, or to face a mortal risk, if ever it is to be a

religion for the hour of death, or for the day of judgment, you must

have had that question put to you by yourself, and you must have

answered it from the heart in one way. Then you will be a real

Christian, not before!"

The book is elegantly got up in the style and care for which the

publisher is noted.

BOOKS RECEIVED.

From P. O'Shea, 27 Barclay street. New York:

Nos. 18, 19, and 20 of Darras' History of the Church.

From P. Donahoe, Boston: The Peep o' Day; or,

John Doe, and the Last Baron of Crana. By

the O'Hara Family. 12mo., pp. 204 and 243.

From Hon. Wm. H. Seward. Secretary of State,

Washington, his speech on the "Restoration

of the Union," delivered in New York, Feb. 22, 1866.

From Peter F. Cunningham, Philadelphia: The Life of Blessed John

Berchmans, of the Society of Jesus. Translated from the French. With

an Appendix, giving an account of the Miracles after Death which have

been approved by the Holy See. From the Italian of Father Boreo, S.J.

1 vol. 12mo., pp. 358.

From John Murphy & Co., Baltimore: The Apostleship of Prayer. A Holy

League of Christian Hearts united with the Heart of Jesus, to obtain

the Triumph of the Church and the Salvation of Souls. Preceded by a

Brief of the Sovereign Pontiff Plus IX., the approbation of several

Archbishops and Bishops and Superiors of Religious Congregations. By

the Rev. H. Ramiero, of the Society of Jesus. Translated from the

latest French Edition, and Revised by a Father of the Society. With

the approbation of the Most Rev. Archbishop Spalding. 12mo., pp. 393.

From Kelly & Piet, Baltimore: Life in the Cloister; or, Faithful and

True. By the author of "The World and Cloister." 12mo., pp. 224.

------

{145}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD

VOL. III., NO. 14--MAY, 1866.

[ORIGINAL.]

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

INTRODUCTION.

We wish to state distinctly and openly, at the outset of this work,

that the solution given of the problems therein discussed is a

solution derived from the Catholic faith. Its sole object will be to

make an exposition of the doctrines of the Catholic faith bearing on

these problems. By an exposition, is not meant a mere expansion or

paraphrase of the articles of the Creed, but such a statement as shall

include an exhibition of their positive, objective truth, or

conformity to the real order of being and existence; and of their

reasonableness or analogy to the special part of that universal order

lying within the reach of rational knowledge. In doing this we choose

what appears to us the best and simplest method. It differs, however,

in certain respects, from the one most in vogue, and therefore

requires a few preliminary words of explanation.

The usual method is, to proceed as far as possible in the analysis of

the religious truths provable by reason, to introduce afterward the

evidences of revealed religion, and finally to proceed to an

exposition of revealed doctrines. We have no wish to decry the many

valuable works constructed on this plan, but simply to vindicate the

propriety of following another, which is better suited to our special

purpose. We conceive it not to be necessary to follow the first method

in explaining the faith of a Christian mind, because the Christian

mind itself does not actually attain to faith by this method. We do

not proceed by a course of reasoning through natural theology and

evidences of revelation to our Christian belief. We begin by

submitting to instruction, and receiving all it imparts at once,

without preliminaries. The Christian child begins by saying "Credo in

Unum Deum." This is the first article of his faith. It is proposed to

him, by an authority which he reveres as divine, as the first and

principal {146} article of a series of revealed truths. If that act is

right and rational, it can be justified on rational grounds. It can be

shown to be in conformity to the real order. If it is in conformity to

the real order, it is in conformity also to the logical order. The

exposition of the real order of things is the exposition of truth, and

is, therefore, sound philosophy. A child who has attained the full use

of his reason and received competent instruction, either has, or has

not, a faith; not merely objectively certain, but subjectively also,

as certain and as capable of being rationally accounted for, though

not by his own reflection, as that of a theologian. If he has this

subjective certitude, a simple explication of the creditive act in his

mind will show the nature and ground of it in the clearest manner. If

he has not, children and simple persons who are children in science,

_i.e._, the majority of mankind, are incapable of faith--a conclusion

which oversets theology.

We have now indirectly made known what our own method will be; namely,

to present the credible object in contact or relation with the

creditive subject, as it really is when the child makes the first

complete act of faith. Instead of inviting the reader to begin at the

viewing point of a sceptic or atheist, and reason gradually up from

certain postulates of natural reason, through natural theology, to the

Catholic faith, we invite him to begin at once at the viewing point of

a Catholic believer, and endeavor to get the view which one brought up

in the church takes of divine truth. We do not mean to ask him to take

anything for granted. We will endeavor to show the internal coherence

of Catholic doctrine, and its correspondence with the primitive

judgments of reason. We cannot pretend to exhibit systematically the

evidence sustaining each portion of this vast system. It would only be

doing over again a work already admirably done. We must suppose it to

be known or within the reach of the knowledge of our readers, and in

varying degrees admitted by different classes of them, contenting

ourselves with indicating rather than completing the line of argument

on special topics.

The Catholic reader will see in this exposition of the Catholic idea

only that which he already believes, stated perhaps in such a way as

to aid his intellectual conception of it. The Protestant reader,

accordingly as he believes less or more of the Catholic Creed, will

see in it less or more to accept without argument, together with much

which he does not accept, but which is proposed to his consideration

as necessary to complete the Christian idea. The unbeliever will find

an affirmation of the necessary truths of pure reason, together with

an attempt to show the legitimate union between the primitive ideal

formula and the revealed or Christian formula, binding them into one

synthesis, philosophically coherent and complete.

II.

RELATION OF THE CREDIBLE OBJECT

AND THE CREDITIVE SUBJECT.

Let us begin with a child, or a simple, uneducated adult, who is in a

state of perpetual childhood as regards scientific knowledge. Let us

take him as a creditive subject or Christian believer, with the

credible object or Catholic faith in contact with his reason from its

earliest dawn. Before proceeding formally to analyze his creditive

act, we will illustrate it by a supposed case.

Let us suppose that, when our Lord Jesus Christ was upon earth, he

went to visit a pagan in order to instruct him in the truths of

religion. We will suppose him to be intelligent, upright, and sincere,

with as much knowledge of religious truth as was ordinarily attainable

through the heathen tradition. Let us suppose him to receive the

instructions of Christ with faith, to be baptized, and to remain ever

after a firm and undoubting {147} believer in the Christian doctrine.

Now by what process does he attain a rational certitude of the truth

of the revelation made by the lips of Christ?

In the first place, the human wisdom and virtue of our Lord are

intelligible to him by the human nature common to both, and in

proportion to his own personal wisdom and goodness. Having in himself,

by virtue of his human nature, the essential type of human goodness,

he is able to recognize the excellence of one in whom it is carried to

its highest possible perfection. The human perfection visible in Jesus

Christ predisposes him to believe his testimony. The testimony that

Jesus Christ bears of himself is that he is the Son of God. This

declaration includes two propositions. The chief term of the first

proposition is "God." The chief term of the second proposition is

"Jesus Christ." The first term includes all that can be understood by

the light of reason concerning the Creator and his creative act. The

second term includes all that can be apprehended by the light of faith

concerning the interior relations of God, the incarnation of the Son,

or Word, the entire supernatural order included in it, and the entire

doctrine revealed by Christ. The idea expressed by the first term is

already in the mind of the pagan, as the first and constitutive

principle of his reason. His reflective consciousness of this idea and

his ability to make a correct and complete explication of its contents

are very imperfect. But when the distinct affirmation and explication

of the idea of God are made to him by one who possesses a perfect

knowledge of God, he has an immediate and certain perception of the

truth of the conception thus acquired by his intelligence. God has

already affirmed himself to his reason, and Christ, in affirming God

to his intellect, has only repeated and manifested by sensible images,

and in distinct, unerring language, this original affirmation.

It is otherwise with the affirmation which Christ makes respecting the

second term. God does not affirm to his reason by the creative act the

internal relations of Father and Son, completed by the third, or Holy

Spirit, and therefore, although it is a necessary truth, and in itself

intelligible as such, it is not intelligible as a necessary truth to

his intellect. The incarnation, redemption, and other mysteries

affirmed to him by Christ, are not in themselves necessary truths, but

only necessary on the supposition that they have been decreed by God.

The certitude of belief in all this second order of truths rests,

therefore, entirely on the veracity of God, authenticating the

affirmation of his own divine mission made by Jesus Christ. We must,

therefore, suppose that this affirmation is made to the mind of the

pagan with such clear and unmistakable evidence of the fact that the

veracity of God is pledged to its truth, that it would be irrational

to doubt it. Catholic doctrine also requires us to suppose that Christ

imparts to him a supernatural grace, as the principle of a divine

faith and a divine life based upon it. The nature and effect of this

grace must be left for future consideration.

These truths received on the faith of the testimony of the Son of God

by the pagan are not, however, entirely unintelligible to his natural

reason. We can suppose our Lord removing his difficulties and

misapprehensions, showing him that these truths do not contradict

reason, but harmonize with it as far as it goes, and pointing out to

him certain analogies in the natural order which render them partially

apprehensible by his intellect. Thus, while his mind cannot penetrate

into the substance of these mysteries, or grasp the intrinsic reason

of them after the mode of natural knowledge, it can nevertheless see

them indirectly, as reflected in the natural order, and by

resemblance, and rests its undoubting belief of them on the revelation

made by Jesus Christ, attested by the veracity of God.

{148}

In this supposed case, the pagan has the Son of God actually before

his eyes, and with his own ears can hear his words. This is the

credible object. He is made inwardly certain that he is the Son of God

by convincing evidence and the illustration of divine grace. This is

the creditive subject, in contact with the credible object. It

exemplifies the process by which God has instructed the human race

from the beginning, a process carried on in the most perfect and

successful manner in the instance we are about to examine of a child

brought up in the Catholic Church.

The mind of the child has no prejudices and no imperfect conceptions

derived from a perverted and defective instruction to be rectified.

Its soul is in the normal and natural condition. The grace of faith is

imparted to it in baptism, so that the rational faculties unfold under

its elevating and strengthening influence with a full capacity to

elicit the creditive act as soon as they are brought in contact with

the credible object. This credible object, in the case of the child,

as in that of the pagan, is Christ revealing himself and the Father.

He reveals himself, however, not by his visible form to the eye, or

his audible word to the ear, but by his mystical body the church,

which is a continuation and amplification of his incarnation. The

church is visible and audible to the child as soon as his faculties

begin to open. At first this is only in an imperfect way, as Jesus

Christ was at first only known in an imperfect way to the pagan above

described. As he merely knew Christ at first as a man, and in a purely

human way, so the child receives the instruction of his parents,

teachers, and pastors, in whom the church is represented, in regard to

the truths of faith, just as he does in regard to common matters. He

begins with a human faith, founded in the trusting instincts of

nature, which incline the young to believe and obey their superiors.

As soon as his reason is capable of understanding the instruction

given him, he is able to discover the strong probability of its truth.

He sees this dimly at first, but more and more clearly as his mind

unfolds, and the conception of the Catholic Church comes before it

more distinctly. Some will admit that even a probability furnishes a

sufficient motive for eliciting an act of perfect faith. This is the

doctrine of Cardinal de Lugo, and it has been more recently propounded

by that extremely acute and brilliant writer, Dr. John Henry Newman.

[Footnote 24]

[Footnote 24: Since the above was written the author has seen reason

to suspect that he misunderstood Dr. Newman. The point will be more

fully discussed hereafter.]

According to their theory, the undoubting firmness of the act of faith

is caused by an imperate act of the will determining the intellect to

adhere firmly to the doctrine proposed, as revealed by God. There are

many, however, who will not be satisfied with this, and we acknowledge

that we are of the number. It appears to us that the mind must have

indubitable certitude that God has revealed the truth in order to a

perfect act of faith. Therefore we believe that the mind of the child

proceeds from the first apprehension of the probability that God has

revealed the doctrines of faith to a certitude of the fact, and that,

until it reaches that point, its faith is a human faith, or an

inchoate faith, merely. The ground and nature of that certitude will

be discussed hereafter. In the meantime, it is sufficient to remark

that the child or other ignorant person apprehends the very same

ground of certitude in faith with the mature and educated adult, only

more implicitly and obscurely, and with less power to reflect on his

own acts. Just as the child has the same certainty of facts in the

natural order with an adult, so it has the same certainty of facts in

the supernatural order. When we have once established the proper

ground of human faith in testimony in general, and of the certitude of

our rational judgments, we have no need of a particular application to

the case of {149} children. It is plain enough that, so soon as their

rational powers are sufficiently developed, they must act according to

this universal law. So in regard to faith. When we have established in

general its constitutive principles, it is plain that the mind of the

child, just as soon as it is capable of eliciting an act of faith,

must do it according to these principles.

The length of lime, and the number of preparatory acts requisite,

before the mind of a child is fully capable of eliciting a perfect act

of faith, cannot be accurately determined, and may vary indefinitely.

It may require years, months, or only a few weeks, days, or hours.

Whenever it does elicit this perfect act, the intelligible basis of

the creditive act may be expressed by the formula, _Christus creat

ecclesiam_, [Footnote 25] In the church, which is the work of Christ

and his medium or instrument for manifesting himself, the person and

the doctrine of Christ are disclosed. In the first term of the

formula, _Christus_, is included another proposition, viz., _Christus

est Filius Dei_. [Footnote 26] Finally, in the last term of the

second proposition is included a third, _Deus est creator mundi_.

[Footnote 27] The whole may be combined into one formula, which is

only the first one explicated, _Christus, Filius Dei, qui est creator

mundi, creat ecclesiam._[Footnote 28]

[Footnote 25: Christ creates the Church.]

[Footnote 26: Christ Is the Son of God.]

[Footnote 27: God is the creator of the world.]

[Footnote 28: Christ, the Son of God, who is the creator of the

world, creates the Church.]

In this formula we have the synthesis of reason and faith, of

philosophy and theology, of nature and grace. It is the formula of the

natural and supernatural worlds, or rather of the natural universe,

elevated into a supernatural order and directed to a supernatural end.

In the order of instruction, _Ecclesia_ comes first, as the medium of

teaching correct conceptions concerning God, Christ, and the relations

in which they stand toward the human race. These conceptions may be

communicated in positive instruction in any order that is convenient.

When they are arranged in their proper logical relation, the first in

order is _Deus creat mundum_, including all our rational knowledge

concerning God. The second is _Christus est Filius Dei_, which

discloses God in a relation above our natural cognition, revealing

himself in his Son, as the supernatural author and the term of final

beatitude. Lastly comes _Christus creat ecclesiam_, in which the

church, at first simply a medium for communicating the conceptions of

God and Christ, is reflexively considered and explained, embracing all

the means and institutions ordained by Christ for the instruction and

sanctification of the human race, in order to the attainment of its

final end. In the conception of God the Creator, we have the natural

or intelligible order and the rational basis of revelation. In the

conception of the Son, or Word, we have the super-intelligible order

in its connection with the intelligible, in which alone we can

apprehend it. God reveals himself and his purposes by his Word, and we

believe on the sole ground of his veracity. The remaining conceptions

are but the complement of the second.

All this is expressed in the Apostles' Creed. In the first place, by

its very nature, it is a symbol of instruction, presupposing a

teacher. The same is expressed in the first word, "Credo," explicitly

declaring the credence given to a message sent from God. The first

article is a confession of God the Father, followed by the confession

of the Son and the Holy Ghost. After this comes "Sanctam Ecclesiam

Catholicam," with the other articles depending on it, and lastly the

ultimate term of all the relations of God to man, expressed in the

words "Vitam aeternam."

Having described the actual attitude of the mind toward the Creed at

the time when its reasoning faculty is developed, and the method by

which {150} instruction in religious doctrines is communicated to it,

we will go over these doctrines in detail, in order to explain and

verify them singly and as a whole. The doctrine first in order is that

which relates to God, and this will accordingly be first treated of,

in the ensuing number.

------

From The Dublin University Magazine

GLASTONBURY ABBEY, PAST AND PRESENT,

THE RISE OF THE BENEDICTINES. [Footnote 29]

[Footnote 29: Authorities.--Acta Sanctoram: Butler's Lives of the

Saints; Gregory's Dialogues; Mabillon Acta Sanct.; Ord; Benedicti;

Zeigelbauer's Hist. Rei Liter.; Fosbrooke and Dugdale.]

As Glastonbury Abbey was one of the chief ornaments of the Benedictine

Order; as that order was one of the greatest influences, next to

Christianity itself, ever brought to bear upon humanity; as the

founder of that order and sole compiler of the rule upon which it was

based must have been a legislator, a leader, a great, wise, and good

man, such as the world seldom sees, one who, unaided, without example

or precedent, compiled a code which has ruled millions of beings and

made them a motive-power in the history of humanity; as the work done

by that order has left traces in every country in Europe--lives and

acts now in the literature, arts, sciences, and social life of nearly

every civilized community--it becomes imperatively necessary that we

should at this point investigate these three matters--the man, the

rule, and the work:--the man, St. Benedict, from whose brain issued

the idea of monastic organization; the rule by which it was worked,

which contains a system of legislation as comprehensive as the

gradually compiled laws of centuries of growth; and the work done by

those who were subject to its power, followed out its spirit, lived

under its influence, and carried it into every country where the

gospel was preached.

Far away in olden times, at the close of the fifth century, when the

gorgeous splendor of the Roman day was waning and the shades of that

long, dark night of the middle ages were closing in upon the earth;

just at that period when, as if impelled by some instinct or led by

some mysterious hand, there came pouring down from the wilds of

Scandinavia hordes of ferocious barbarians who threatened, as they

rolled on like a dark flood, to obliterate all traces of civilization

in Europe--when the martial spirit of the Roman was rapidly

degenerating into the venal valor of the mercenary--when the western

empire had fallen, after being the tragic theatre of scenes to which

there is no parallel in the history of mankind--when men, aghast at

human crime and writhing under the persecutions of those whom history

has branded as the "Scourge of God," sought in vain for some shelter

against their kind--when human nature, after that struggle between

refined corruption and barbarian ruthlessness, lay awaiting the night

of troubles which was to fall upon it as a long penance for human

crime--just at this critical period in the world's history appeared

the man who was destined to rescue from the general destruction of

Roman life the elements of a future civilization; to provide an asylum

to which art might flee with her choicest treasures, where science

might labor in safety, where {151} learning might perpetuate and

multiplied its stores, where the oracles of religion might rest

secure, and where man might retire from the woe and wickedness of a

world given up to destruction, live out his life in quiet, and make

his peace with his God.

That man was St. Benedict, who was born of noble parents about the

year 480, at Norcia, a town in the Duchy of Spoleto; his father's name

was Eutropius, his grandfather's Justinian. Although the glory of Rome

was on the decline, her schools were still crowded with young

disciples of all nations, and to Rome the future saint was sent to

study literature and science. The poets of this declining age have

left behind them a graphic picture of the profligacy and dissipation

of Roman life---the nobles had given themselves up to voluptuous and

enervating pleasures, the martial spirit which had once found vent in

deeds with whose fame the world has ever since rung, had degenerated

into the softer bravery which dares the milder dangers of a love

intrigue, or into the tipsy valor loudest in the midnight brawl. The

sons of those heroes who in their youth had gone out into the world,

subdued kingdoms, and had been drawn by captive monarchs through the

streets of Rome in triumph, now squandered the wealth and disgraced

the name of their fathers over the dice-box and the drinking cup.

Roman society was corrupt to its core, the leaders were sinking into

the imbecility of licentiousness, the people were following their

steps with that impetuosity so characteristic of a demoralized

populace, whilst far up in the rude, bleak North the barbarian, with

the keen instinct of the wild beast, sat watching from his lonely

wilds the tottering towers of Roman glory--the decaying energies of

the emasculated giant--until the moment came when he sallied forth and

with one hardy blow shattered the mighty fabric and laid the victors

of the world in abject slavery at his feet. Into this society came the

youthful Benedict, with all the fresh innocence of rustic purity, and

a soul already yearning after the great mysteries of religion;

admitted into the wild revelry of student life, that prototype of

modern Bohemianism, he was at once disgusted with the general

profligacy around him. The instincts of his youthful purity sickened

at the fetid life of Rome, but in his case time, instead of

reconciling him to the ways of his fellows, and transforming, as it so

often does, the trembling horror of natural innocence into the wild

intrepidity of reckless license, only strengthened his disgust for

what he saw, and the timid, thoughtful, pensive student shrank from

the noisy revelry, and sought shelter among his books.

About this time, too, the idea of penitential seclusion was prevalent

in the West, stimulated by the writings and opinions of St. Augustine

and St. Jerome. It has been suggested that the doctrine of asceticism

was founded upon the words of Christ, "If any man will come after me,

let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me." [Footnote

30] St. Gregory himself dwells with peculiar emphasis upon this

passage, which he expounds thus, "Let us listen to what he said in

this passage--let him who will follow me deny himself; in another

place it is said that we should forego our possessions; here it is

said that we should deny _ourselves_, and perhaps it is not laborious

to a man to relinquish his possessions, but it is very laborious to

relinquish _himself_. For it is a light thing to abandon what one has,

but a much greater thing to abandon what _one is_." [Footnote 31]

Fired by the notion of self-mortification imparted to these words of

Christ by their own material interpretation, these men forsook the

world and retired to caves, rocks, forests, anywhere out of sight of

{152} their fellow-mortals--lived on bitter herbs and putrid water,

exposed themselves to the inclemency of the winter and the burning

heats of summer.

[Footnote 30: Matt. xvi. 24.]

[Footnote 31: St. Greg. Hom, 32 in Evangel.]

Such was the rise and working of asceticism, which brought out so many

anchorites and hermits. Few things in the history of human suffering

can parallel the lives of these men.

As regards conventual life, that is, the assemblage of those who

ministered in the church under one roof, sharing all things in common,

that may be traced back to the apostles and their disciples, who were

constrained to live in this way, and, therefore, we find that wherever

they established a church, there they also established a sort of

college, or common residence, for the priests of that church. This is

evident from the epistles of Ignatius, nearly all, of which conclude

with a salutation addressed to this congregation of disciples,

dwelling together, and styled a "collegium." His epistle to the Church

at Antioch concludes thus, "I salute the sacred College of Presbyters"

(Saluto Sanctum Presbyterorum Collegium). The Epistle ad Philippenses,

"Saluto S. Episcopum et sacrum Presbyterorum Collegium"--so also the

epistles to the Philadelphians, the Church at Smyrna, to the

Ephesians, and to the Trallians.

But when St. Benedict was sent as a lad to Rome, the inclination

toward the severer form of ascetic life, that of anchorites and

hermits, had received an impulse by the works of the great fathers of

the church, already alluded to; and the pensive student, buried in

these more congenial studies, became imbued with their spirit, and was

soon fired with a romantic longing for a hermit life. At the tender

age of fifteen, unable to endure any longer the dissonance between his

desires and his surroundings, he flood from Rome, and took refuge in a

wild, cavernous spot in the neighboring country. As he left the city

he was followed by a faithful nurse, Cyrilla by name, who had brought

him up from childhood, had tended him in his sojourn at Rome, and now,

though lamenting his mental derangement, as she regarded it, resolved

not to leave her youthful charge to himself, but to watch over him and

wait upon him in his chosen seclusion. For some time this life went

on, St. Benedict becoming more and more attached to his hermitage, and

the nurse, despairing of any change, begged his food from day to day,

prepared it for him, and watched over him with a mother's tenderness.

A change then came over the young enthusiast, and he began to feel

uneasy under her loving care. It was not the true hermit life, not the

realization of that grand idea of solitude with which his soul was

filled; and under the impulse of this new emotion he secretly fled

from the protection of his foster-mother, and, without leaving behind

him the slightest clue to his pursuit, hid himself among the rocks of

Subiaco, or, as it was then called, Sublaqueum, about forty miles

distant from Rome. At this spot, which was a range of bleak, rocky

mountains with a river and lake below in the valley, he fell in with

one Romanus, a monk, who gave him a monastic dress, with a hair shirt,

led him to a part on the mountains where there was a deep, narrow

cavern, into which the sun never penetrated, and here the young

anchorite took up his abode, subsisting upon bread and water, or the

scanty provisions which Romanus could spare him from his own frugal

repasts; these provisions the monk used to let down to him by a rope,

ringing a bell first to call his attention. For three years he pursued

this life, unknown to his friends, and cut off from all communication

with the world; but neither the darkness of his cavern nor the

scantiness of his fare could preserve him from troubles. He was

assailed by many sore temptations.

One day that solitude was disturbed by the appearance of a man in the

{153} garb of a priest, who approached his cave and began to address

him; but Benedict would hold no conversation with the stranger until

they had prayed together, after which they discoursed for a long time

upon sacred subjects, when the priest told him of the cause of his

coming. The day happened to be Easter Sunday, and as the priest was

preparing his dinner, he heard a voice saying, "You are preparing a

banquet for yourself, whilst my servant Benedict is starving;" that he

thereupon set out upon his journey, found the anchorite's cave, and

then producing the dinner, begged St. Benedict to share it with him,

after which they parted. A number of shepherds, too, saw him near his

cave, and as he was dressed in goat-skins, took him at first for some

strange animal; but when they found he was a hermit, they paid their

respects to him humbly, brought him food, and implored his blessing in

return.

The fame of the recluse of Subiaco spread itself abroad from that time

through the neighboring country; many left the world and followed his

example; the peasantry brought their sick to him to be healed,

emulated each other in their contributions to his personal

necessities, and undertook long journeys simply to gaze upon his

countenance and receive his benediction. Not far from his cave were

gathered together in a sort of association a number of hermits, and

when the fame of this youthful saint reached them they sent a

deputation to ask him to come among them and take up his position as

their superior. It appears that this brotherhood had become rather lax

in discipline, and, knowing this, St. Benedict at first refused, but

subsequently, either from some presentiment of his future destiny, or

actuated simply by the hope of reforming them, he consented, left his

lonely cell, and took up his abode with them as their head.

In a very short time, however, the hermits began to tire of his

discipline and to envy him for his superior godliness. An event then

occurred which forms the second cognizance by which the figure of St.

Benedict may be recognized in the fine arts. Endeavors had been made

to induce him to relax his discipline, but to no purpose; therefore

they resolved upon getting rid of him, and on a certain day, when the

saint called out for some wine to refresh himself after a long

journey, one of the brethren offered him a poisoned goblet. St.

Benedict took the wine, and, as was his custom before eating or

drinking anything, blessed it, when the glass suddenly fell from his

hands and broke in pieces. This incident is immortalized in

stained-glass windows, in paintings, and frescoes, where the saint is

either made to carry a broken goblet, or it is to be seen lying at his

feet. Disgusted with their obstinacy he left them, voluntarily

returned to his cavern at Subiaco, and dwelt there alone. But the

fates conspired against his solitude, and a change came gradually over

the scene. Numbers were drawn toward the spot by the fame of his

sanctity, and by-and-bye huts sprang up around him; the desert was no

longer a desert, but a colony waiting only to be organized to form a

strong community. Yielding at length to repeated entreaties, he

divided this scattered settlement into twelve establishments, with

twelve monks and a superior in each, and the monasteries were soon

after recognized, talked about, and proved a sufficient attraction to

draw men from all quarters, even from the riotous gaieties of

declining Rome.

We will mention one or two incidents related of St. Benedict, which

claim attention, more especially as being the key to the artistic

mysteries of Benedictine pictures. It was one of the customs in this

early Benedictine community for the brethren not to leave the church

immediately after the divine office was concluded, but to remain for

some time in silent mental prayer. One of the brethren, however, took

no delight in this holy {154} exercise, and to the scandal of the

whole community used to walk coolly out of the church as soon as the

psalmody was over. The superior remonstrated, threatened, but to no

purpose; the unruly brother persisted in his conduct. St. Benedict was

appealed to, and when he heard the circumstances of the case, said he

would see the brother himself. Accordingly, he attended the church,

and at the conclusion of the divine office, not only saw the brother

walk out, but saw also what was invisible to every one else--a _black

boy_ leading him by the hand. The saint then struck at the phantom

with his staff, and from that time the monk was no longer troubled,

but remained after the service with the rest.

St. Gregory also relates an incident to the effect that one day as a

Gothic monk was engaged on the border of the lake cutting down

thistles, he let the iron part of his sickle, which was loose, fall

into the water. St. Maur, one of Benedict's disciples--of whom we

shall presently speak--happened to be standing by, and, taking the

wooden handle from the man, he held it to the water, when the iron

swam to it in miraculous obedience.

As we have said, the monasteries grew daily in number of members and

reputation; people came from far and near, some belonging to the

highest classes, and left their children at the monastery to be

trained up under St. Benedict's protection. Amongst this number, in

the year 522, came two wealthy Roman senators, Equitius and Tertullus,

bringing with them their sons, Maurus, then twelve years of age, and

Placidus, only five. They begged earnestly that St. Benedict would

take charge of them, which he did, treated them as if they had been

his own sons, and ultimately they became monks under his rule, lived

with him all his life, and after his death became the first

missionaries of his order in foreign countries, where Placidus won the

crown of martyrdom. Again, St. Benedict nearly fell a victim to

jealousy. A priest named Florentius, envying his fame, endeavored to

poison him with a loaf of bread, but failed. Benedict once more left

his charge in disgust; but Florentius, being killed by the sudden fall

of a gallery, Maurus sent a messenger after him to beg him to return,

which he did, and not only wept over the fate of his fallen enemy, but

imposed a severe penance upon Maurus for testifying joy at the

judgment which had befallen him. The incident of the poisoned loaf is

the third artistic badge by which St. Benedict is to be known in art,

being generally painted as a loaf with a serpent coiled round it.

These artistic attributes form a very important feature in monastic

painting, and in some instances become the only guide to the

recognition him the subject. St. Benedict is sometimes represented

with all these accompaniments--the broken goblet, the loaf with the

serpent, and in the background the figure rolling in the briers. St.

Bernard, who wrote much and powerfully against heresy, is represented

with the accompanying incident in the background of demons chained to

a rock, or being led away captive, to indicate his triumphs over

heretics for the faith. Demons placed at the feet indicate Satan and

the world overcome. Great preachers generally carry the crucifix, or,

if a renowned missionary, the standard and cross. Martyrs carry the

palm. A king who has resigned his dignity and entered a monastery has

a crown lying at his feet. A book held in the hand represents the

gospel, unless it be accompanied by pen and ink-horn, when it implies

that the subject was an author, as in the case of Anselm, who is

represented as holding in his hands his work on the incarnation, with

the title inscribed, "_Cur Deus Homo_," or it may relate to an

incident in the life, as the blood-stained book, which St. Boniface

holds, entitled "De Bono Mortis," a work he was devotedly fond of,

always {155} carried about with him, and which was found after his

murder in the folds of his dress stained with his blood. But the

highest honor was the stigmata or wounds of Christ impressed upon the

hands, feet, and side. This artistic pre-eminence is accorded to St.

Francis, the founder of the order which bears his name, and to St.

Catharine, of Siena. A whole world of history lies wrapped up in these

artistic symbols, as they appear in the marvellous paintings

illustrative of the hagiology of the monastic orders which are

cherished in half the picture galleries and sacred edifices of Europe,

and form as it were a living testimony and a splendid confirmation of

the written history and traditions of the church.

Although, at the period when we left St. Benedict reinstalled in his

office as superior, Christianity was rapidly being established in the

country, yet there were still lurking about in remote districts of

Italy the remains of her ancient paganism. Near the spot now called

Monte Cassino was a consecrated grove in which stood a temple

dedicated to Apollo. St. Benedict resolved upon clearing away this

relic of heathendom, and, fired with holy seal, went amongst the

people, preached the gospel of Christ to them, persuaded them at

length to break the statue of the god and pull down the altar; he then

burned the grove and built two chapels there--the one dedicated to St.

John the Baptist and the other to St. Martin. Higher up upon the

mountain he laid the foundation of his celebrated monastery, which

still bears his name, and here he not only gathered together a

powerful brotherhood, but elaborated that system which infused new

vigor into the monastic life, cleared it of its impurities,

established it upon a firm and healthy basis, and elevated it, as

regards his own order, into a mighty power, which was to exert an

influence over the destinies of humanity inferior only to that of

Christianity itself. St. Benedict, with the keen perception of genius,

saw in the monasticism of his time, crude as it was, the elements of a

great system. For five centuries it had existed and vainly endeavored

to develop itself into something like an institution, but the grand

idea had never yet been struck out--that idea which was to give it

permanence and strength. Hitherto the monk had retired from the world

to work out his own salvation, caring little about anything else,

subsisting on what the devotion of the wealthy offered him from

motives of charity; then, as time advanced, they acquired possessions

and wealth, which tended only to make them more idle and selfish. St.

Benedict detected in all this the signs of decay, and resolved on

revivifying its languishing existence by starting a new system, based

upon a rule of life more in accordance with the dictates of reason. He

was one of those who held as a belief that to live in this world a man

must do something--that life which consumes, but produces not, is a

morbid life, in fact, an impossible life, a life that must decay, and

therefore, imbued with the importance of this fact, he made labor,

continuous and daily labor, the great foundation of his rule. His vows

were like those of other institutions--poverty, chastity, and

obedience--but he added labor, and in that addition, as we shall

endeavor presently to show, lay the whole secret of the wondrous

success of the Benedictine Order. To every applicant for admission,

these conditions were read, and the following words added, which were

subsequently adopted as a formula: "This is the law under which thou

art to live and to strive for salvation; if thou canst observe it,

enter; if not, go in peace, thou art free." No sooner was his

monastery established than it was filled by men who, attracted by his

fame and the charm of the new mode of life, came and eagerly implored

permission to submit themselves to his rule. Maurus and Placidus, his

favorite disciples, still {156} remained with him, and the tenor of

his life flowed on evenly.

After Belisarius, the emperor's general, had been recalled, a number

of men totally incapacitated for their duties were sent in his place.

Totila, who had recently ascended the Gothic throne, at once invaded

and plundered Italy; and in the year 542, when on his triumphant

march, after defeating the Byzantine army, he was seized with a strong

desire to pay a visit to the renowned Abbot Benedict, who was known

amongst them as a great prophet. He therefore sent word to Monte

Cassino to announce his intended visit, to which St. Benedict replied

that he would be happy to receive him. On receiving the answer he

resolved to employ a stratagem to test the real prophetic powers of

the abbot, and accordingly, instead of going himself, he caused the

captain of the guard to dress himself in the imperial robes, and,

accompanied by three lords of the court and a numerous retinue, to

present himself to the abbot as the kingly visitor. However, as soon

as they entered into his presence, the abbot detected the fraud, and,

addressing the counterfeit king, bid him put off a dress which did not

belong to him. In the utmost alarm they all fled back to Totila and

related the result of their interview; the unbelieving Goth, now

thoroughly convinced, went in proper person to Monte Cassino, and, on

perceiving the abbot seated waiting to receive him, he was overcome

with terror, could go no further, and prostrated himself to the

ground. [Footnote 32] St. Benedict bid him rise, but as he seemed

unable, assisted him himself. A long conversation ensued, during which

St. Benedict reproved him for his many acts of violence, and concluded

with this prophetic declaration: "You have done much evil, and

continue to do so; you will enter Rome; you will cross the sea; you

will reign nine years longer, but death will overtake you on the

tenth, when you will be arraigned before a just God to give an account

of your deeds." Totila trembled at this sentence, besought the prayers

of the abbot, and took his leave. The prediction was marvellously

fulfilled; in any case the interview wrought a change in the manner of

this Gothic warrior little short of miraculous, for from that time he

treated those whom he had conquered with gentleness. When he took

Rome, as St. Benedict had predicted he should, he forbade all carnage,

and insisted on protecting women from insult; stranger still, in the

year 552, only a little beyond the time allotted him by the

prediction, he fell in a battle which he fought against Narses, the

eunuch general of the Greco-Roman army. St. Benedict's sister,

Scholastica, who had become a nun, discovered the whereabouts of her

lost brother, came to Monte Cassino, took up her residence near him,

and founded a convent upon the principles of his rule. She was,

therefore, the first Benedictine nun, and is often represented in

paintings, prominent in that well-known group composed of herself, St.

Benedict, and the two disciples, Maurus and Placidus.

[Footnote 32: "Quem cum a longe sedentem cerneret, non ausus

accedero sese in terram dedit."--St. Greg. Dial., lib. ii., c. 14.]

It appears that her brother was in the habit of paying her a visit

every year, and upon one occasion stayed until late in the evening, so

late that Scholastica pressed him not to leave; but he persisting, she

offered a prayer that heaven might interpose and prevent his going,

when suddenly a tempest came on so fierce and furious that he was

compelled to remain until it was over, when he returned to his

monastery. Two days after this occurrence, as he was praying in his

cell, he beheld the soul of his beloved sister ascending to heaven in

the form of a dove, and the same day intelligence was brought him of

her death. This vision forms the subject of many of the pictures in

Benedictine nunneries. One short month after the decease of this

affectionate sister, St. {157} Benedict, through visiting and

attending to the sick and poor in his neighborhood, contracted a fever

which prostrated him; he immediately foretold his death, and ordered

the tomb in which his sister lay in the church to be opened. On the

sixth day of his illness he asked to be carried to it, where he

remained for some time in silent, prayerful contemplation; he then

begged to be removed to the steps of the high alter, where, having

received the holy viaticum, he suddenly stretched out his arms to

heaven and fell back dead. This event took place on Saturday, the 21st

March, 543, in the 63d year of his age. He was buried by the side of

his sister Scholastica, on the very spot, it is said, where he threw

down the altar of Apollo. In the seventh century, however, some of his

remains were dug up, brought to France, and placed in the Abbey of

Fleury, from which circumstance it took the name of St. Benoit, on the

Loire. After his death his disciples spread themselves abroad over the

continent and founded monasteries of his name and rule. Placidus

became a martyr, and was canonized; Maurus founded a monastery in

France, was also introduced to England, and from his canonized name,

St. Maurus, springs one of the oldest English names--St. Maur,

Seymaur, or Seymour.

Divesting this narrative of its legendary accompaniments, and judging

of St. Benedict, the man, by the subsequent success of his work, and

the influence of his genius upon the whole mechanism of European

monasticism, and even upon the destinies of a later civilization, we

are compelled to admit that he must have been a man whose intellect

and character were far in advance of his age. By instituting the vow

of labor, that peculiarity in his rule which we shall presently

examine more fully, he struck at the root of the evils attending the

monasticism of his times, an evil which would have ruined it as an

institution in the fifth century had he not interposed, and an evil

which in the sixteenth century alone caused its downfall in England.

Before proceeding to examine the rule upon which all the greatness of

the Benedictine order was based, it will be necessary to mention the

two, earliest mission efforts of the order. The first was conducted

under the immediate direction of St. Benedict himself, who in the year

534 sent Placidus, with two others, Gordian and Donatus, into Sicily,

to erect a monastery upon land which Tertullus, the father of

Placidus, had given to St. Benedict. Shortly after the death of the

saint, Innocent, bishop of Mans, in France, sent Flodegarde, his

archdeacon, and Hardegarde, his steward, to ask for the assistance of

some monks of St. Benedict's monastery, for the purpose of introducing

the order into France. St. Maurus was selected for the mission, and,

accompanied by Simplicius, Constantinian, Antony, and Faustus, he set

out from Monte Cassino, and arrived in France the latter end of the

year 543; but to their great consternation, upon reaching Orleans,

they were told that the Bishop of Mans was dead, and another hostile

to their intentions had succeeded him. They then bent their steps

toward Anjou, where they founded the monastery of Glanfeuil, from

whose cloisters issued the founders of nearly all the Benedictine

institutions in France. From these two centres radiated that mighty

influence which we shall now proceed to examine.

As we have in a former paper sketched the internal structure of the

monastery, we will before going further fill each compartment with its

proper officers, people the whole monastery with its subjects, and

then examine the law which kept them together.

The abbot was, of course, the head and ruler of the little kingdom,

and when that officer died the interval between his death and the

installation {158} of his successor was beautifully called the

"widowhood of the monastery." The appointment was considered to rest

with the king, though the Benedictine rule enjoined a previous

election by the monks and then the royal sanction. This election was

conducted in the chapter-house: the prior who acted as abbot daring

the time the mitre was vacant summoned the monks at a certain hour,

the license to elect was then read, the hymn of the Holy Ghost sung,

all who were present and had no vote were ordered to leave, the

license was repeated--three scrutators took the votes separately, and

the chanter declared the result--the monks then lifted up the elect on

their shoulders, and, chanting the _Te Deum_, carried him to the high

altar in the church, where he lay whilst certain prayers were said

over him; they then carried him to the vacant apartments of the late

abbot, which were thrown open, and where he remained in strict

seclusion until the formal and magnificent ceremony of installation

was gone through. In the meantime the aspect of the monastery was

changed, the signs of mourning were laid aside, the bells which had

been silent were once more heard, the poor were again admitted and

received relief, and preparations were at once commenced for the

installation. Outside also there was a commotion, for the peasantry,

and in fact all the neighborhood, joined in the rejoicings. The

immense resources of the refectory were taxed to their utmost, for the

installation of the lord abbot was a feast, and to it were invited all

the nobility and gentry in the neighborhood. On the day of the

ceremony the gate of the great church was thrown open to admit all who

were to witness the solemn ceremony, and, as soon as the bells had

ceased, the procession began to move from the cloisters, headed by the

prior, who was immediately followed by the priest of the divine

office, clad in their gorgeous ceremonial robes; then followed the

monks, in scapulary and cowled tunic, and last of all the lay brethren

and servants; the newly elect and two others who were to officiate in

his installation remained behind, as they were not to appear until

later. The prior then proceeded to say mass, and just before the

gospel was read there was a pause, during which the organ broke out

into strains of triumphant music, and the newly chosen abbot with his

companions were seen to enter the church, and walk slowly up the aisle

toward the altar. As they approached they were met by the prior (or

the bishop, if the abbey were in the jurisdiction of one), who then

read the solemn profession, to which the future abbot responded; the

prior and the elect then prostrated themselves before the high altar,

in which position they remained whilst litanies and prayers were

chanted; after the litany the prior arose, stood on the highest step

of the altar, and whilst all were kneeling in silence pronounced the

words of the benediction; then all arose, and the abbot received from

the hands of the prior the rule of the order and the pastoral staff, a

hymn was sung, and, after the gospel, the abbot communicated, and

retired with his two attendants, to appear again in the formal

ceremony of introduction. During his absence the procession was

re-formed by the chanter, and, at a given signal, proceeded down the

choir to meet the new abbot, who reappeared at the opposite end

bare-footed, in token of humility, and clad no longer in the simple

habit of a monk, but with the abbot's rich dalmatic, the ring on his

finger, and a glittering mitre of silver, ornamented with gold, on his

brow. As soon as he had entered he knelt for a few moments in prayer

upon a carpet, spread on the upper step of the choir; when he arose he

was formally introduced as the lord high abbot, led to his stall, and

seated there with the pastoral staff in his hand. The monks then

advanced, according to {159} seniority, and, kneeling before him, gave

him the kiss of peace, first upon the hand, and afterward, when

rising, upon the month. When this ceremony was over, amid the strains

of the organ and the uplifted voices of the choir, the newly

proclaimed arose, marched through the choir in full robes, and,

carrying the pastoral staff, entered the vestiary, and then proceeded

to divest himself of the emblems of his office. The service was

concluded, the abbot returned to his apartments, the monks to the

cloisters, the guests to prepare for the feast, and the widowhood of

the abbey was over. The sway of the abbot was unlimited--they were all

sworn to obey him implicitly, and he had it in his power to punish

delinquents with penances, excommunication, imprisonment, and in

extreme cases with corporal punishment--he ranked as a peer, was

styled "My Lord Abbot," and in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries

kept an equal state and lived as well as the king on the throne: some

of them had the power of conferring the honor of knighthood, and the

monarch himself could not enter the monastery without permission. The

next man in office to the abbot was the prior, [Footnote 33] who, in

the absence of his superior, was invested with full powers; but on

other occasions his jurisdiction was limited--in some monasteries he

was assisted by sub-priors, in proportion to the size of the

institution and number of its inmates.

[Footnote 33: Heads of priories were priors also, but they were

equally subject to their respective abbeys.]

After the prior in rank came the precentor or chanter, an office only

given to a monk who had been brought up in the monastery from a child.

He had the supervision of the choral service, the writing out the

tables of divine service for the monks, the correction of mistakes in

chanting, which he led off from his place in the centre of the choir;

he distributed the robes at festivals, and arranged processions. The

cellarer was intrusted with the food, drink, etc., of the monastery,

also with the mazers or drinking cups of the monks, and all other

vessels used in the cellar, kitchen, and refectory; he had to attend

at the refectory table, and collect the spoons after dinner. The

treasurer had charge of the documents, deeds, and moneys belonging to

the monastery; he received the rents, paid all the wages and expenses,

and kept the accounts. The sacristan's duties were connected with the

church; he had to attend to the altar, to carry a lantern before the

priest, as he went from the altar to the lecturn, to cause the bell to

be rung; he took charge of all the sacred vessels in use, prepared the

host, the wine, and the altar bread. The almoner's duty was to provide

the monks with mats or hassocks for their feet in the church, also

matting in the chapter-house, cloisters, and dormitory stairs; he was

to attend to the poor, and distribute alms amongst them, and in the

winter warm clothes and shoes. After the monks had retired from the

refectory, it was his duty to go round and collect any drink left in

the mazers to be given away to the poor. The kitchener was filled by a

different monk every week in turn, and he had to arrange what food was

to be cooked, go round to the infirmary, visit the sick and provide

for them, and superintend the labors of his assistants. The infirmarer

had care of the sick; it was his office to administer to their wants,

to give them their meals, to sprinkle holy water on their beds every

night after the service of complin. A person was generally appointed

to this duty who, in case of emergency, was competent to receive the

confession of a sick man. The porter was generally a grave monk of

mature age; he had an assistant to keep the gate when he delivered

messages, or was compelled to leave his post. The chamberlain's

business was to look after the beds, bedding, and shaving room, to

attend to the dormitory windows, and to have the chambers swept, and

the straw of the beds changed once every year, and under his {160}

supervision was the tailory, where clothes, etc., were made and

repaired. There were other offices connected with the monastery, but

these were the principal, and next to these came the monks who formed

the convent with the lay brethren and novices. If a child were

dedicated to God by being sent to a monastery, his parents were

required to swear that he would receive no portion of fortune,

directly or indirectly; if a mature man presented himself, he was

required to abandon all his possessions, either to his family or to

the monastery itself, and then to enter as a novitiate. In order to

make this as trying as possible, the Benedictine rule enjoined that no

attention should be at first paid to an applicant, that the door

should not be even opened to him for four or five days, to test his

perseverance. If he continued to knock, then he was to be admitted to

the guests' house, and after more delay to the novitiate, where he was

submitted to instruction and examination. Two months were allowed for

this test, and if satisfactory, the applicant had the rule read to

him, which reading was concluded with the words used by St. Benedict

himself, and already quoted: "This is the law under which thou art to

live, and to strive for salvation. If thou canst observe it, enter; if

not, go in peace, thou art free." The novitiate lasted one year, and

during this time the rule was read and the question put thrice. If at

the end of that time the novice remained firm, he was introduced to

the community in the church, made a declaration of his vows in

writing, placed it on the altar, threw himself at the feet of the

brethren, and from that moment was a monk. The rule which swayed this

mass of life, wherever it existed, in a Benedictine monastery, and

indirectly the monasteries of other orders, which are only

modifications of the Benedictine system, was sketched out by that

solitary hermit of Subiaco. It consists of seventy-three chapters,

which contain a code of laws regulating the duties between the abbot

and his monks, the mode conducting the divine services, the

administration of penalties and discipline, the duties of monks to

each other, and the internal economy of the monastery, the duties of

the institution toward the world outside, the distribution of charity,

the kindly reception of strangers, the laws to regulate the actions of

those who were compelled to be absent or to travel; in fine,

everything which could pertain to the administration of an institution

composed of an infinite variety of characters subjected to one

absolute ruler. It has elicited the admiration of the learned and good

of all subsequent ages. It begins with the simple sentence: "Listen, O

son, to the precepts of the master! Do not fear to receive the counsel

of a good father, and to fulfil it fully, that thy laborious obedience

may lead thee back to him from whom disobedience and weakness have

alienated thee. To thee, whoever thou art, who renouncest thine own

will to fight under the true King, the Lord Jesus Christ, and takest

in hand the valiant and glorious weapons of obedience, are my words at

this moment addressed." The first words, "Ausculta, O fili!" are often

to be seen inscribed on a book placed in the hands of St. Benedict, in

paintings and stained glass. The preamble contains the injunction of

the two leading principles of the rule; all the rest is detail,

marvellously thorough and comprehensive. These two grand principles

were obedience and labor--the former became absorbed in the latter,

for he speaks of that also as a species of labor--"Obedientiae

laborem;" but the latter was the genius, the master-spirit of the

whole code. There was to be labor, not only of contemplation, in the

shape of prayer, worship, and self-discipline, to nurture the soul,

but labor of action, vigorous, healthy, bodily labor, with the pen in

the scriptorium, with the spade in the fields, with the hatchet in the

forest, or with the trowel on the walls. Labor of some sort there must

be daily, but no idleness: that was branded as "the {161} enemy of the

soul"--"Otiositas inimica est animiae." It was enjoined with all the

earnestness of one thoroughly imbued with the spirit of the great

Master, who said, "Work whilst it is yet day, for the night cometh,

when no man shall work;" who would not allow the man he had restored

to come and remain with him--that is, to lead the life of religious

contemplation, but told him to "go home to thy friends, and tell them

how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had compassion

on thee!" That is the life of religious activity. The error of the

early monasticism was the making it solely a life of contemplation.

Religious contemplation and religious activity must go together. In

the contemplation the Christian acquires strength, in the activity he

uses that strength for others; in the activity he is made to feel his

weakness and driven to seek for aid in contemplation and prayer.

But, beside being based upon divine authority and example, this

injunction of labor was formed upon a clear insight into and full

appreciation of one of the most subtle elements of our constitution.

It is this, that without labor no man can live; exist he may, but not

live. This is one of the great mysteries of life--its greatest

mystery; and its most emphatic lesson, which, if men would only learn,

it would be one great step toward happiness, or at least toward that

highest measure of happiness attainable below. If we can only realize

this fact in the profundity of its truth, we shall have at once the

key to half the miseries and anomalies which beset humanity. Passed

upon man, in the first instance, by the Almighty as a curse, yet it

carried in it the germ of a blessing; pronounced upon him as a

sentence of punishment, yet there lurked in the chastisement the

Father's love. Turn where we may, to the pages of bygone history or to

the unwritten page of everyday life, from the gilded saloons of the

noble to the hut of the peasant, we shall find this mysterious law

working out its results with the unerring precision of a fundamental

principle of nature. Where men obey that injunction of labor, no

matter what their station, there is in the act the element of

happiness, and wherever men avoid that injunction there is always the

shadow of the unfulfilled curse darkening their path. This is the

great clue to the balance of compensation between the rich and the

poor. The rich man has no urgent need to labor; his wealth provides

him with the means of escape from the injunction, and there is to be

found in that man's life, unless he, in some way, with his head or

with his hands, works out his measure of the universal task, a

dissonance and a discord, a something which, in spite of all his

wealth and all his luxury, corrupts and poisons his whole existence.

It is a truth which cannot be ignored--no man who has studied life

closely has failed to notice it, and no merely rich man lives who has

not felt it and would not confess to its truth, if the question were

pressed upon him. But in the case of the man who works, there is in

his daily life the element of happiness, cares flee before him, and

all the little caprices and longings of the imagination--those

gad-flies which torment the idle--are to him unknown. He fulfils the

measure of life; and whatever his condition, even if destitute in

worldly wealth, we may be assured that the poor man has great

compensations, and if he sat down with the rich man to count up

grievances would check off a less number than his wealthier brother.

Whatever his position, man should labor diligently; if poor he should

labor and he may become rich, and if rich he should labor still, that

all the evils attendant upon riches may disappear. Pure health steals

over the body, the mind becomes dear, and the little miseries of life,

the petty grievances, the fantastic wants, the morbid jealousies, the

wasting weariness, and the terrible sense of vacuity which haunt {162}

the life of one-half of the rich in the world, all flee before the

talisman of active labor; nor should we be discouraged by failure, for

it is better to fail in action than to do nothing. After all, what is

commonly called failure we shall find to be not altogether such if we

examine more closely. We set out upon some action or engagement, and

after infinite toil we miss the object of that action or engagement,

and they say we have failed; but there is consolation in this

incontrovertible fact, that although we may have missed the particular

object toward which our efforts have been directed, yet we have not

altogether failed. There are many collateral advantages attendant upon

exertion which may even be of greater importance than the attainment

of the immediate object of that exertion, so that it is quite possible

to fail wholly in achieving a certain object and yet make a glorious

success. Half the achievements of life are built up on failures, and

the greater the achievement, the greater evidence it is of persistent

combat with failure. The student devotes his days and nights to some

intellectual investigation, and though he may utterly fail in

attaining to the actual object of that search, yet he may be drawn

into some narrow diverging path in the wilderness of thought which may

lead him gradually away from his beaten track on to the broad open

light of discovery. The navigator goes out on the broad ocean in

search of unknown tracts of land, and though he may return, after long

and fruitless wanderings, yet in the voyages he has made he has

acquired experience, and may, perchance, have learned some fact or

thing which will prove the means of saving him in the hour of danger.

Those great luminaries of the intellectual firmament--men who devoted

their whole lives to investigate, search, study, and think for the

elevation and good of their fellows--have only succeeded after a long

discipline of failure, but by that discipline their powers have been

developed, their capacity of thought expanded, and the experience

gradually acquired which at length brought success. There is, then, no

total failure to honest exertion, for he who diligently labors must in

some way reap. It is a lesson often reiterated in apostolic teaching

that "whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth;" and the truth of that

lesson may be more fully appreciated by a closer contemplation of

life, more especially this phenomenon of life in which we see the

Father's love following close upon the heels of his chastisement. The

man who works lives, but he who works not lives but a dying and a

hopeless life.

That vow of labor infused new vitality into the monks, and instead of

living as they had hitherto done upon the charity of the public, they

soon began not only to support themselves, but to take the poor of

their neighborhood under their own especial protection. Whenever the

Benedictines resolved on building a monastery, they chose the most

barren, deserted spot they could find, often a piece of land long

regarded as useless, and therefore frequently given without a price,

then they set to work, cleared a space for their buildings, laid their

foundations deep in the earth, and by gradual but unceasing toil,

often with their own hands, alternating their labor with their

prayers, they reared up those stately abbeys which still defy the

ravages of age. In process of time the desert spot upon which they had

settled underwent a complete transformation--a little world populous

with busy life sprang up in its midst, and far and near in its

vicinity the briers were cleared away--the hard soil broken

up--gardens and fields laid out, and soon the land, cast aside by its

owners as useless, bore upon its fertile bosom flowers, fruit, corn,

in all the rich exuberance of heaven's blessing upon man's

toil--plenty and peace smiled upon the whole scene--its halls were

vocal with the voice of praise and the incense of charity arose {163}

to heaven from its altars. They came upon the scene poor and

friendless--they made themselves rich enough to become the guardians

of the poor and friendless; and the whole secret of their success, the

magic by which they worked these miracles, was none other than that

golden rule of labor instituted by the penetrating intellect of their

great founder; simple and only secret of all success in this world,

now and ever--work--absolute necessity to real life, and, united with

faith, one of the elements of salvation.

Before we advance to the consideration of the achievements of the

Benedictine order, we wish to call attention to a circumstance which

has seldom, if ever, been dwelt upon by historians, and which will

assist us in estimating the influence of monachism upon the embryo

civilization of Europe.

It is a remarkable fact that two great and renowned phases of life

existed in the world parallel to each other, and went out by natural

decay just at the same period: chivalry and monasticism. The latter

was of elder birth, but as in the reign of Henry VIII. England saw the

last of monasticism, so amid some laughter, mingled with a little

forced seriousness, did she see the man who was overturning that old

system vainly endeavoring to revive the worn-out paraphernalia of

chivalry. The jousts and tournaments of Henry's time were the sudden

flashing up of that once brilliant life, before its utter extinction.

Both had been great things in the world--both had done great things,

and both have left traces of their influence upon modern society and

modern refinement which have not yet been obliterated, and perhaps

never will be. It may then be interesting and instructive if we were

to endeavor to compare the value of each by the work it did in the

world. The origin of monasticism we have already traced; that of

chivalry requires a few comments. Those who go to novels and romances

for their history, have a notion that chivalry existed only in the

thirteenth, fourteenth, and fifteenth centuries, the periods chosen

for the incidents of those very highly colored romances which belong

to that order of writing. There is also a notion that it sprang out of

the Crusades, which, instead of being its origin, were rather the

result of the system itself. The real origin of chivalry may be fairly

traced to that period when the great empire of the West was broken up

and subdivided by the barbarians of the North. Upon the ruins of that

empire chivalry arose naturally. The feudal system was introduced,

each petty state had a certain number of vassals, commanded by

different chiefs, on whose estates they lived, and to whom they swore

fealty in return for their subsistence; these again looked up to the

king as head.

By-and-bye, as the new form of life fell into working order, it became

evident that these chiefs, with their vassals, were a power in

themselves, and by combination might interfere with, if not overthrow,

the authority of the king himself. Their continued quarrels amongst

themselves were the only protection the king had against them, but

gradually that ceased, and a time came when there was no occupation

for the superfluous valor of the country; retainers lay about

castleyards in all the mischief of idleness, drunken and clamorous;

the kings not yet firmly seated on their thrones looked about for some

current into which they might divert this dangerous spirit. The

condition of things in the states themselves was bad enough; the laws

were feebly administered; it was vain for injured innocence to appeal

against the violence of power; the sword was the only lawgiver, and

strength the only opinion. Women were violated with impunity, houses

burned, herds stolen, and even blood shed without any possibility of

redress for the injured. This state of things was the foundation of

chivalry. {164} Instinctively led, or insidiously directed to it,

strong men began to take upon themselves the honor of redressing

grievances, the injured woman found an armed liberator springing up in

her defence, captives were rescued by superior force, injuries

avenged, and the whole system--by the encouragement of the petty kings

who saw in this rising feeling a vent for the idle valor they so much

dreaded--soon consolidated itself, was embellished and made attractive

by the charm of gallantry, and the rewards accorded to the successful

by the fair ladies who graced the courts. Things went on well, and

that dangerous spirit which threatened to overturn royalty now became

its greatest ornament. In process of time it again outgrew its work,

and with all the advantages of organization and flatteries of success,

it once more became the tenor of the crowned heads of Europe. At this

crisis, however, an event occurred which, in all probability, though

it drained Europe of half her manhood, saved her from centuries of

bloodshed and anarchy; that event was the banishment of the Christians

and the taking of Jerusalem by the Saracens. Here was a grand field

for the display of chivalry. Priestly influence was brought to bear

upon the impetuous spirits of these chevaliers, religious fervor was

aroused, and the element of religious enthusiasm infused into the

whole organization; fair ladies bound the cross upon the breasts of

their champions, and bid them go and fight under the banners of the

Mother of God. The whole continent fired up under the preaching of

Peter the Hermit; all the rampant floating chivalry of Europe was

aroused, flocked to the standards of the church, and banded themselves

together in favor of this Holy War; whilst the Goth, the Vandal, and

the Lombard, sitting on their tottering thrones, encouraged by every

means in their power this diversion of the prowess they had so much

dreaded, and began to see in the troubles of Eastern Christianity a

fitting point upon which to concentrate the fighting material of

Europe out of their way until their own position was more thoroughly

consolidated. The Crusades, however, came to an end in time, and

Europe was once more deluged with bands of warriors who came trooping

home from Eastern climes changed with new ideas, new traditions, and

filled with martial ardor. But now the Goth, the Vandal, and the

Lombard had made their position secure, and the knights and chieftains

fell back naturally upon their old pursuit of chivalry, took up arms

once more in defence of the weak and injured against the strong and

oppressive. That valor which had fought foot to foot with the swarthy

Saracen, had braved the pestilence of Eastern climes and the horrors

of Eastern dungeons, soon enlisted itself in the more peaceable lists

of the joust and tournament, and went forth under the inspiration of a

mistress's love-knot to do that work which we material moderns consign

to the office of a magistrate and the arena of a quarter sessions.

It was in this later age of chivalry, when the religious element had

blended with it, and it was dignified with the traditions of religious

championship, that the deeds were supposed to be done which form the

subject of those wonderful romances;--that was more properly the

perfection of the institution; its origin lay, as we have seen, much

further back.

As regards the difference between the work and influence of chivalry

and monasticism, it is the same which always must exist between the

physical and the moral--the one was a material and the other was a

spiritual force. The orders of chivalry included all the physical

strength of the country, its active material; but the monastery

included all its spiritual power and thinking material. Chivalry was

the instrument by which mighty deeds were done, but the intellect

which guided, directed, and in {165} fact used that instrument was

developed and matured in the seclusion of the cloister. By the

adoption of a stringent code of honor as regards the plighted word,

and a gallant consideration toward the vanquished and weak, chivalry

did much toward the refinement of social intercommunication and

assuaging the atrocities of warfare. By the adoption, also, of a

gentle bearing and respectful demeanor toward the opposite sex, it

elevated woman from the obscurity in which she lay, and placed her in

a position where she could exercise her softening influence upon the

rude customs of a half-formed society; but we must not forget that the

gallantry of chivalry was, after all, but a glossing over with the

splendors of heroism the excrescences of a gross licentiousness--a

licentiousness which mounted to its crisis in the polished gallantry

of the court of Louis XIV. Monasticism did more for woman than

chivalry. It was all very well for _preux chevaliers_ to go out and

fight for the honor of a woman's name whom they had never seen; but we

find that when they were brought into contact with woman they behaved

with like ruthless violence to her whatever her station may have

been--no matter whether she was the pretty daughter of the herdsman,

or the wife of some neighboring baron, she was seized by violence,

carried off to some remote fortress, violated and abandoned.

Monasticism did something better, it provided her when she was no

longer safe, either in the house of her father or her husband, with an

impregnable shelter against the licentious pursuit of these _preux

chevaliers_; it gave her a position in the church equal to their own;

she might become the prioress or the lady abbess of her convent; she

was no longer the sport and victim of chivalrous licentiousness, but a

pure and spotless handmaiden of the Most High--a fellow-servant in the

church, where she was honored with equal position and rewarded with

equal dignities--a far better thing this than chivalry, which broke

skulls in honor of her name, whilst it openly violated the sanctity of

her person. It may be summed up in a sentence. Monasticism worked long

and silently at the foundation and superstructure of society, whilst

chivalry labored at its decoration.

When we mention the fact that the history of the mere literary

achievements of the Benedictine order fills four large quarto volumes,

printed in double columns, it will be readily understood how

impossible it is to give anything like an idea of its general work in

the world in the space of a short summary. That book, written by

Zeigelbauer, and called "Historia Rei Literariae Ordinis Sancti

Benedicti," contains a short biography of every monk belonging to that

order who had distinguished himself in the realms of literature,

science, and art. Then comes Don Johannes Mabillon with his ponderous

work, "Acta Sanctorum Ordinis Sancti Benedicti." These two authorities

gave a minute history of that marvellous institution, of whose glories

we can only offer a faint outline.

The Benedictines, after the death of their founder, steadily

prospered, and as they prospered, sent out missionaries to preach the

truth amongst the nations then plunged in the depths of paganism. It

has been estimated that they were the means of converting upwards of

thirty countries and provinces to the Christian faith. They were the

first to overturn the altars of the heathen deities in the north of

Europe; they carried the cross into Gaul, into Saxony and Belgium;

they placed that cross between the abject misery of serfdom and the

cruelty of feudal violation; between the beasts of burden and the

beasts of prey--they proclaimed the common kinship of humanity in

Christ the Elder Brother.

Strange to say, some of its most distinguished missionaries were

natives of our own country. It was a {166} Scottish monk, St. Ribanus,

who first preached the gospel in Franconia--it was an English monk,

St. Wilfred, who did the same in Friesland and Holland in the year

683, but with little success--it was an Englishman, St. Swibert, who

carried the cross to Saxony, and it was from the lips of another

Englishman, St. Ulfred, that Sweden first heard the gospel--it was an

Englishman and a Devonshire man, St. Boniface, who laid aside his

mitre, put on his monk's dress, converted Germany to the truth, and

then fell a victim to the fury of the heathen Frieslanders, who

slaughtered him in cold blood. Four Benedictine monks carried the

light of truth into Denmark, Sweden, and Gothland, sent there in the

ninth century by the Emperor Ludovicus Pius. Gascony, Hungary,

Lithuania, Russia, Pomerania, are all emblazoned on their banners as

victories won by them in the fight of faith; and it was to the

devotion of five martyr monks, who fell in the work, that Poland

traces the foundation of her church.

It is a remarkable fact in the history of Christianity, that in its

earliest stage--the first phase of its existence--its tendency was to

elevate peasants to the dignity of apostles, but in its second stage

it reversed its operations and brought kings from their thrones to the

seclusion of the cloister--humbled the great ones of the earth to the

dust of penitential humility. Up to the fourth century Christianity

was a terrible struggle against principalities and powers: then a time

came when principalities and powers humbled themselves at the foot of

that cross whose followers they had so cruelly persecuted. The

innumerable martyrdoms of the first four centuries of its career were

followed by a long succession of' royal humiliations, for, during the

sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth centuries, in addition to what took

place as regards other orders, no less than ten emperors and twenty

kings resigned their crowns and became monks of the Benedictine order

alone. Amongst this band of great ones the most conspicuous are the

Emperors Anastasius, Theodosius, Michael, Theophilus, and Ludovicus

Pius. Amongst the kings are Sigismund of Burgundy, Cassimir of Poland,

Bamba of Spain, Childeric and Theodoric of France, Sigisbert of

Northumberland, Ina of the West Saxons, Veremunde of Castille, Pepin

of Italy, and Pipin of Acquitaine. Adding to these their subsequent

acquisitions, the Benedictines claim up to the 14th. century the honor

of enrolling amongst their number twenty emperors and forty-seven

kings: twenty sons of emperors and forty-eight sons of kings--amongst

whom were Drogus, Pipin, and Hugh, sons of Charlemagne; Lothair and

Carlomen, sons of Charles; and Fredericq, son of Louis III. of France.

As nuns of their order they have had no less than ten empresses and

fifty queens, including the Empresses Zoa Euphrosyne, St. Cunegunda,

Agnes, Augusta, and Constantina; the Queens Batilda of France, Elfreda

of Northumberland, Sexburga of Kent, Ethelberga of the West Saxons,

Ethelreda of Mercia, Ferasia of Toledo, Maud of England. In the year

1290 the Empress Elizabeth took the veil with her daughters Agnes,

queen of Hungary, and the Countess Cueba; also Anne, queen of Poland,

and Cecily, her daughter. In the wake of these crowned heads follow

more than one hundred princesses, daughters of kings and emperors.

Five Benedictine nuns have attained literary distinction--Rosinda, St.

Elizabeth, St. Hildegardis, whose works were approved of by the

Council of Treves, St. Hiltrudis, and St. Metilda.

For the space of 239 years 1 month and 26 days the Benedictines

governed the church in the shape of 48 popes chosen from their order,

most prominent among whom was Gregory the Great, through whose means

the rule was introduced into England. Four of these pontiffs came from

the original {167} monastery of Monte Cassino, and three of them

quitted the throne and resumed the monastic life--Constantine II.,

Christopher I., and Gregory XII. Two hundred cardinals had been monks

in their cloisters--they produced 7,000 archbishops, 15,000 bishops,

fifteen of whom took off their mitres, resumed their monks' frock, and

died in seclusion; 15,000 abbots; 4,000 saints. They established in

different countries altogether 87,000 monasteries, which sent out into

the world upwards of 15,700 monks, all of whom attained distinction as

authors of books or scientific inventors. Rabanus established the

first school in Germany. Alcuin founded the University of Paris, where

30,000 students were educated at one time, and whence issued, to the

honor of England, St. Thomas à Becket, Robert of Melun, Robert White,

made cardinal by Celestine II., Nicholas Broakspear, the only

Englishman ever made Pope, who filled the chair under the title of

Adrian IV., and John of Salisbury, whose writings give us the best

description of the learning both of the university and the times.

Theodore and Adrian, two Benedictine monks, revived the University of

Oxford, which Bede, another of the order, considerably advanced. It

was in the obscurity of a Benedictine monastery that the musical scale

or gamut--the very alphabet of the greatest refinement of modern

life--was invented, and Guido d'Arezzo, who wrested this secret from

the realms of sound, was the first to found a school of music.

Sylvester invented the organ, and Dionysius Exiguus perfected the

ecclesiastical computation.

England in the early periods of her history contributed upwards of a

hundred sons to this band of immortals, the most distinguished of whom

we will just enumerate--St. Cuthbert, bishop of Lindisfarne, whose

life Bede has written, and whose "Ordinationes" and "De Vita

Monastica" have reached to our times. St. Benedict Biscop, the founder

of the monasteries of St. Peter and St. Paul, at Wearmouth and Jarrow,

a nobleman by birth, and a man of extraordinary learning and ability,

to whom England owes the training of the father of her ecclesiastical

history, the Venerable Bede. St. Aldhelm, nephew of King Ina, St.

Wilfrid, St Brithwald, a monk of Glastonbury, elevated to the dignity

of Archbishop of Canterbury, which he held over thirty-seven years.

His works which have come down to us are a "Life of St. Egwin, bishop

of Worcester," and the "Origin of the Monastery of Evesham." Tatwin,

who succeeded him in the archbishopric. Bede the Venerable, who was

skilled in all the learning of the times, and; in addition to Latin

and Greek, was versed in Hebrew; he wrote an immense number of works,

many of which are lost, but the best known are the greater portion of

the "Saxon Chronicle," which was continued after his death as a

national record; and his "Ecclesiastical History," which gives to

England a more compendious and valuable account of her early church

than has fallen to the lot of any other nation. He was also one of the

earliest translators of the Scriptures, and oven on his death-bed

dictated to a scribe almost up to the final moment; when the last

struggle came upon him he had reached as far as the words, "But what

are they among so many," in the sixth chapter of St. John's Gospel,

and the ninth verse. St. Boniface, already alluded to as the apostle

of Germany, was a native of Devonshire. He was made Archbishop of

Mentz, but being possessed with an earnest longing to convert the

heathen Frieslanders, he retired from his archbishopric, and putting

on his monk's dress took with him no other treasure than a book he was

very fond of reading, called "De Bono Mortis," went amongst these

people, who cruelly beat him to death in the year 755; and the book

stained with his blood {168} was cherished as a sacred relic long

after. Alcuin, whom we have already mentioned as the founder of the

University of Paris, was a Yorkshireman, and was educated under Bede.

He lived to become the friend of Charlemagne, and next to his

venerable master was the greatest scholar and divine in Europe; he

died about the year 790. John Asser, a native of Pembrokeshire, is

another of these worthies. It is supposed that Alfred endowed Oxford

with professors, and settled stipends upon them, under his influence,

he being invited to the court of that monarch for his great learning.

He wrote a "Commentary" upon Boethius de Consolatione Philosophiae,

the "Life of King Alfred," and the "Annals of Great Britain." St.

Dunstan, a monk of Glastonbury, the best known of all these great

Englishmen, died Archbishop of Canterbury; but as we shall have much

to say of him hereafter we pass on to St. Ethelwold, his pupil, also a

monk at Glastonbury, distinguished for his learning and piety, for

which he was made abbot of the Monastery of Abingdon, where he died in

the year 984. Ingulphus, a native of London, was made Abbot of

Croyland, in Lincolnshire, in the year 1075. A history of the abbey

over which he presided has been attributed to him, but its

authenticity has been gravely disputed. Alfric, a noted grammarian.

Florence, of Worcester, was another great annalist, who in his

"Chronicon ex Chronici" brings the history down to the year 1119, that

in which he died; his book is chiefly valuable as a key to the "Saxon

Chronicle." William, the renowned monk of Malmesbury, the most elegant

of all the monastic Latinists, was born about the time of the Norman

Conquest. His history consists of two parts, the "Gesta Regum

Anglorum," in five books, including the period between the arrival of

the Saxons and the year 1120. The "Historia Novella," in three books,

brings it down to the year 1142. He ranks next to Bede as an historic

writer, most of the others being mere compilers and selectors from

extant chronicles. He also wrote a work on the history of the English

bishops, called "De Gestis Pontificum Anglorum," in which he speaks

out fearlessly and without sparing: also a treatise on the antiquity

of Glastonbury Abbey, "De Antiquitate Glastoniensis Ecclesiae;" his

style is most interesting, and he is supposed to have written

impartially, separating the improbable from the real, and gives us

what can readily be appreciated as a fair and real picture of the

state of things, more especially of the influence and policy of the

Norman court, and the opening of the struggle between the two races.

Eadmer was another contemporaneous celebrity with William of

Malmesbury; he was the author of a history of his own times, called

"Historia Novorum sive Sui Secula," which is spoken of very highly by

William of Malmesbury; it contains the reigns of William the Conqueror

and Rufus, and a portion of that of Henry I., embracing a period

extending from 1066 to 1122. Matthew Paris, another historian who

lived about the year 1259, closes our selection from the long list of

British worthies who were members of the Benedictine order.

When we reflect that all the other monastic systems, not only of the

past, but even of the present day, are but modifications of this same

rule, and that it emanated from the brain, and is the embodiment of

the genius of the solitary hermit of Monte Cassino, we are lost in

astonishment at the magnitude of the results which have sprung from so

simple an origin. That St. Benedict had any presentiment of the future

glory of his order, there is no sign in his rule or his life. He was a

great and good man, and he produced that comprehensive rule simply for

the guidance of his own immediate followers, without a thought beyond.

But it was blessed, {169} and grew and prospered mightily in the

world. He has been called the Moses of a favored people; and the

comparison is not inapt, for he lead his order on up to the very

borders of the promised country, and after his death, which, like that

of Moses, took place within sight of their goal, they fought their way

through the hostile wilds of barbarism, until those men who had

conquered the ancient civilizations of Europe lay at their feet, bound

in the fetters of spiritual subjection to the cross of Christ. The

wild races of Scandinavia came pouring down upon southern Europe in

one vast march of extermination, slaying and destroying as they

advanced, sending before them the terror of that doom which might be

seen in the desolation which lay behind them; but they fell,

vanquished by the power of the army of God, who sallied forth in turn

to reconquer the world, and fighting not with the weapons of fire and

sword, but, like Christian soldiers, girt about with truth, and having

on the breastplate of righteousness, they subdued these wild races,

who had crushed the conquerors of the earth, and rested not until they

had stormed the stronghold, and planted the cross triumphantly upon

the citadel of an ancient paganism. Time rolled on, and the gloom of a

long age of darkness fell upon a world whose glory lay buried under

Roman ruins. Science had gone, literature had vanished, art had flown,

and men groped about in vain in that dense darkness for one ray of

hope to cheer them in their sorrow. The castle of the powerful baron

rose gloomily above them, and with spacious moat, dense walls, and

battlemented towers, frowned ominously upon the world which lay abject

at its feet. In slavery men were born, and in slavery they lived. They

pandered to the licentiousness and violence of him who held their

lives in his hands, and fed them only to fight and fail at his

bidding. But far away from the castle there arose another building,

massive, solid, and strong, not frowning with battlemented towers, nor

isolated by broad moats; but with open gates, and a hearty welcome to

all comers, stood the monastery, where lay the hope of humanity, as in

a safe asylum. Behind its walls was the church, and clustered around

it the dwelling-places of those who had left the world, and devoted

their lives to the service of that church, and the salvation of their

souls. Far and near in its vicinity the land bore witness to assiduous

culture and diligent care, bearing on its fertile bosom the harvest

hope of those who had labored, which the heavens watered, the sun

smiled upon, and the winds played over, until the heart of man

rejoiced, and all nature was big with the promise of increase. This

was the refuge to which religion and art had fled. In the quiet

seclusion of its cloisters science labored at its problems and

perpetuated its results, uncheered by applause and stimulated only by

the pure love of the pursuit. Art toiled in the church, and whole

generations of busy fingers worked patiently at the decoration of the

temple of the Most High. The pale, thoughtful monk, upon whose brow

genius had set her mark, wandered into the calm retirement of the

library, threw back his cowl, buried himself in the study of

philosophy, history, or divinity, and transferred his thoughts to

vellum, which was to moulder and waste in darkness and obscurity, like

himself in his lonely monk's grave, and be read only when the spot

where he labored should be a heap of ruins, and his very name a

controversy amongst scholars.

We should never lose sight of this truth, that in this building, when

the world was given up to violence and darkness, was garnered up the

hope of humanity; and these men who dwelt there in contemplation and

obscurity were its faithful guardians--and this was more particularly

the case with that great order whose foundation we {170} have been

examining. The Benedictines were the depositaries of learning and the

arts; they gathered books together, and reproduced them in the silence

of their cells, and they preserved in this way not only the volumes of

sacred writ, but many of the works of classic lore. They started

Gothic architecture--that matchless union of nature with art--they

alone had the secrets of chemistry and medical science; they invented

many colors; they were the first architects, artists, glass-stainers,

carvers, and mosaic workers in mediaeval times. They were the original

illuminators of manuscripts, and the first transcribers of books; in

fine, they were the writers, thinkers, and workers of a dark age, who

wrote for no applause, thought with no encouragement, and worked for

no reward. Their power, too, waxed mighty; kings trembled before their

denunciations of tyranny, and in the hour of danger fled to their

altars for safety; and it was an English king who made a pilgrimage to

their shrines, and prostrate at the feet of five Benedictine monks,

bared his back, and submitted himself to be scourged as a penance to

his crimes.

Nearly fourteen hundred years have rolled by since the great man who

founded this noble order died; and he who in after years compiled the

"Saxon Chronicle" has recorded it in a simple sentence, which, amongst

the many records of that document, we may at least believe, and with

which we will conclude the chapter--"This year St. Benedict the Abbot,

father of all monks, went to heaven."

------

From The Month.

SAINTS OF THE DESERT,

BY THE REV. J. H. NEWMAN, D.D.

1. Some old men came to Abbot Antony, who, to try their spirits,

proposed to them a difficult passage of Scripture.

As each in turn did his best to explain it, Antony said: "You have not

hit it."

Till Abbot Joseph said: "I give it up."

Then cried Antony: "_He_ has hit it; for he owns he does not know it."

2. When the Abbot Arsenius was at the point of death, his brethren

noted that he wept. They said then: "Is it so? art thou too afraid, O

father?"

He answered: "It is so; and the fear that is now upon me has been with

me ever since I became a monk."

And so he went to sleep.

3. Abbot Pastor said: "We cannot keep out bad thoughts, as we cannot

stop the wind rushing through the door; but we can resist them when

they come."

4. Abbot Besarion said, when he was dying: "A monk ought to be all

eye, as the cherubim and seraphim."

5. They asked Abbot Macarius how they ought to pray.

The old man made answer: "No need to be voluble in prayer; but stretch

forth thy hands frequently, and say, 'Lord, as thou wilt, and as thou

knowest, have mercy on me.' And if war is coming on, say, 'Help!' And

he who himself knoweth what is expedient for thee, will show thee

mercy."

6. On a festival, when the monks were at table, one cried out to the

servers, "_I_ eat nothing dressed, so bring me some salt."

Blessed Theodore made reply: "My brother, better were it to have even

secretly eaten flesh in thy cell than thus loudly to have refused it."

7. An old man said: "A monk's cell is that golden Babylonian furnace

in which the Three Children found the Son of God."

------

{171}

[ORIGINAL]

CHRISTINE:

A TROUBADOUR'S SONG,

IN FIVE CANTOS.

BY GEORGE H. MILES. [Footnote 34]

[Footnote 34: Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year

1886, by Lawrence Kehoe, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court

of the United States for the Southern District of New York.]

(Continued)

THE THIRD SONG.

I.

Fronting the vine-clad Hermitage,--

Its hoary turrets mossed with age,

Its walls with flowers and grass o'ergrown,--

A ruined Castle, throned so high

Its battlements invade the sky,

Looks down upon the rushing Rhone.

From its tall summits you may see

The sunward slopes of Côte Rotie

With its red harvest's revelry;

While eastward, midway to the Alpine snows,

Soar the sad cloisters of the Grande Chartreuse.

And here, 'tis said, to hide his shame,

The thrice accursed Pilate came;

And here the very rock is shown.

Where, racked and riven with remorse,

Mad with the memory of the Cross,

He sprang and perished in the Rhone.

'Tis said that certain of his race

Made this tall peak their dwelling place.

And built them there this castle keep

To mark the spot of Pilate's leap.

{172}

Full many the tale of terror told

At eve, with changing cheek,

By maiden fair and stripling bold,

Of these dark keepers of the height

And, most of all, of the Wizard Knight,

The Knight of Pilate's Peak.

His was a name of terror known

And feared through all Provence;

Men breathed it in an undertone.

With quailing eye askance,

Till the good Dauphin of Vienne,

And Miolan's ancient Lord,

One midnight stormed the robber den

And gave them to the sword;

All save the Wizard Knight, who rose

In a flame-wreath from his dazzled foes;

All save a child, with golden hair.

Whom the Lord of Miolan deigned to spare

In ruth to womanhood,

And she, alas, is the maiden fair

Who wept in the walnut wood.

But who is he, with step of fate,

Goes gloomily through the castle gate

In me morning's virgin prime?

Why scattereth he with frenzied hand

The fierce flame of that burning brand,

Chaunting an ancient rhyme?

The eagle, scared from her blazing nest,

Whirls with a scream round his sable crest.

What muttereth he with demon smile.

Shaking his mailed hand the while

Toward the Chateau of La Sône,

Where champing steed and bannered tent

Gave token of goodly tournament,

And the Golden Dolphin shone?

"Woe to the last of the Dauphin's line,

When the eagle shrieks and the red lights shine

Bound the towers of Pilate's Peak!

Burn, beacon, burn!"--and as he spoke

From the ruined towers curled the pillared smoke,

As the light flame leapt from the ancient oak

And answered the eagle's shriek.

Man and horse down the hillside sprang

And a voice through the startled forest rang--

"I ride, I ride to win my bride.

Ho, Eblis! to thy servants side;

Thou hast sworn no foe

Shall lay me low

Till the dead in arms against me ride."

{173}

II.

Deliciously, deliciously

Cometh the dancing dawn,

Christine, Christine comes with it,

Leading in the morn.

Beautiful pair!

So cometh the fawn

Before the deer.

Christine is in her bower

Beside the swift Isère

Weaving a white flower

With her dark brown hair.

Never, O never,

Wandering river.

Though flowing for ever,

E'er shalt thou mirror

Maiden so fair!

Hail to thee, hail to thee,

Beautiful one;

Maiden to match thee,

On earth there is none.

And there is none to tell

How beautiful thou art:

Though oft the first Rudel

Has made the Princes start,

When he has strung his harp and sung

The Lily of Provence,

Till the high halls have rung

With clash of lifted lance

Vowed to the young

Christine of France.

Ah, true that he might paint

The blooming of thy cheek.

The blue vein's tender streak

On marble temple faint;

Lips in whose repose

Ruby weddeth rose.

Lips that parted show

Ambushed pearl below:

Or he may catch the subtle glow

Of smiles as rare as sweet,

May whisper of the drifted snow

Where throat and bosom meet.

And of the dark brown braids that flow

So grandly to thy feet.

Ah, true that he may sing

Thy wondrous mien.

{174}

Stately as befits a queen,

Yet light and lithe and all awing

As becometh Queen of air

Who glideth unstepping everywhere.

And he might number e'en

The charms that haunt the drapery--

Charms that, ever changing, cluster

Round thy milk-white mantle's lustre,--

Maiden mantle that is part of thee.

Maiden mantle that doth circle thee

With the snows of virgin grace;

Halo-like around thee wreathing,

Spirit-like about thee breathing

The glory of thy face.

But these dark eyes, Christine?

Peace, poet, peace,

Cease, minstrel, cease!

But these dear eyes, Christine?

Mute, O mute

Be voice and lute!

O dear dark eyes that seem to dwell

With holiest things invisible,

Who may read your oracle?

Earnest eyes that seem to rove

Empyrean heights above,

Yet aglow with human love.

Who may speak your spell?

Dear dark eyes that beam and bless,

In whose luminous caress

Nature weareth bridal dress,--

Eyes of voiceless Prophetess,

Your meanings who may tell!

O there is none!

Peace, poet, peace.

Cease, minstrel, cease,

For there is none!

O eyes of fire without desire,

O stars that lead the sun!

But minstrel cease,

Peace, poet, peace.

Tame Troubadour be still;

Voice and lute

Alike be mute,

It passeth all your skill!

Sooth thou art fair,

O ladye dear.

Yet one may see

The shadow of the east in thee;

{175}

Tinting to a riper flush

The faint vermilion of thy blush;

Deepening in thy dark brown hair

Till sunshine sleeps in starlight there.

For she had scarce seen summers ten,

When erst the Hermit's call

Sent all true Knights from bower and hall

Against the Saracen.

Young, motherless, and passing fair,

The Dauphin durst not leave her there,

Within his castle lone,

To kinsman's cold or casual care,

Not such as were his own:

And so the sweet Provençal maid

Shared with her sire the first Crusade.

And you may hear her oft,

In accents strangely soft.

Still singing of the rose's bloom

In Sharon,--of the long sunset

That gilds lamenting Olivet,

Of eglantines that grace the gloom

Of sad Gethsemane;

And of a young Knight ever seen

In evening walks along the green

That fringes feeble Siloë.

Young, beautiful, and passing fair--

The ancient Dauphin's only heir,

The fairest flower of France,--

Knights by sea and Knights by land

Came to claim the fair white hand,

With sigh and suppliant lance;

And many a shield

Displayed afield

The Lily of Provence.

Ladye love of prince and bard

Yet to one young Savoyard

Swerveless faith she gave--

To the young knight ever seen

When moonlight wandered o'er the green

That gleams o'er Siloë's wave.

And he, blest boy, where lingers he?

For the Dauphin hath given slow consent

That, after a joyous tournament,

The stately spousals shall be.

Christine is in her bower

That blooms by the swift Isère,

Twining a white flower

With her dark brown hair.

{176}

The skies of Provence

Are bright with her glance,

And nature's matin organ floods

The world with music from the myriad throats

Of the winged Troubadours, whose joyous notes

Brighten the rolling requiem of the woods.

With melody, flowers, and light

Hath the maiden come to play,

As fragile, fair, and bright

And lovelier than they?

O no, she has come to her bower

That blooms by the dark Isère

For the bridegroom who named the first hour

Of day-dawn to meet her there:

But the bridal morn on the hills is born

And the bridegroom is not here.

Hie thee hither, Savoyard,

On such an errand youth rides hard.

Never knight so dutiful

Maiden failed so beautiful:

And she in such sweet need,

And he so bold and true!--

She will watch by the long green avenue

Till it quakes to the tramp of his steed;

Till it echoes the neigh of the gallant Grey

Spurred to the top of his speed.

In the dark, green, lonely avenue

The Ladye her love-watch keepeth,

Listening so close that she can hear

The very dripping of the dew

Stirred by the worm as it creepeth;

Straining her ear

For her lover's coming

Till his steed seems near

In the bee's far humming.

She stands in the silent avenue,

Her back to a cypress tree;

O Savoyard once bold and true,

Late bridegroom, where canst thou be?

Hark! o'er the bridge that spans the river

There cometh a clattering tread,

Never was shaft from mortal quiver

Ever so swiftly sped.

Onward the sound,

Bound after, bound,

Leapeth along the tremulous ground.

{177}

From the nodding forest darting.

Leaves, like water, round them parting.

Up the long green avenue,

Horse and horseman buret in view.

Marry, what ails the bridegroom gay

That he strideth a coal black steed,

Why cometh he not on the gallant Grey

That never yet failed him at need?

Gone is the white plume, that clouded his crest,

And the love-scarf that lightly lay over his breast;

Dark is his shield as the raven's wing

To the funeral banquet hurrying.

Came ever knight in such sad array

On the merry morn of his bridal day?

The Ladye trembles, and well she may;

Saints, you would think him a fiend astray.

A plunge, a pause, and, fast beside her.

Stand the sable horse and rider.

Alas, Christine, this shape of wrath

In Palestine once crossed thy path;

His arm around thy waist, I trow,

To bear thee to his saddle-bow.

But thy Savoyard was there.

In time to save, tho' not to smite,

For the demon fled into the night

From Miolan's matchless heir.

Alas, Christine, that lance lies low--

Lies low on oaken bier!

Low bent the Wizard, till his plume

O'ershadowed her like falling doom:

She feels the cold casque touch her ear,

She hears the whisper, hollow, clear,--

"From Acre's strand, from Holy Land,

O'er mountain crag, through desert sand,

By land, by sea, I come for thee.

And mine ere sunset shalt thou be!

Dost know me, girl?"

The visor raises--

God, 'tis the Knight of Pilate's Peak!

As if in wildered dream she gazes,

Gazing as one who strives to shriek.

She cannot fly, or speak, or stir,

For that face of horror glares, at her

Like a phantom fresh from hell.

She gave no answer, she made no moan;

Mute as a statue overthrown.

Her fair face cold as carved stone,

Swooning the maiden fell.

{178}

The sun has climbed the golden hills

And danceth down with the mountain rills.

Over the meadow the swift beams run

Lifting the flowers, one by one,

Sipping their chalices dry as they pass,

And kissing the beads from the bending grass.

The Dauphin's chateau, grand and grey,

Glows merrily in the risen day;

His castle that seemeth ancient as earth,

Lights up like an old man in his mirth.

Through the forest old, the sunbeams bold

Their glittering revel keep,

Till, in arrowy gold, on the chequered wold

In glancing lines they sleep.

And one sweet beam hath found its way

To the violet bank where the Ladye lay.

O radiant touch! perchance so shone

The hand that woke the widow's son.

She sighs, she stirs; the death-swoon breaks;

Life slowly fires those pallid lips;

And feebly, painfully, she wakes,

Struggling through that dark eclipse.

Breathing fresh of Alpine snows,

Breathing sweets of summer rose.

Murmuring songs of soft repose,

The south wind on her bosom blows:

But she heeds it not, she hears it not;

Fast she sits with steady stare.

The dew-drops heavy on her hair,

Her fingers clasped in dumb despair,

Frozen to the spot:

While o'er her fierce and fixed as fate,

The fiend on his spectral war-horse sate.

A horrible smile through the visor broke,

And, quoth he,

"I but watched till my Ladye woke.

Get thee a flagon of Shiraz wine,

For the lips must be red that answer mine!"

Cleaving the woods, like the wind he went.

His face o'er his shoulder backward bent,

Crying thrice--"We shall meet at the Tournament!"

Clasping the cypress overhead,

Christine rose from her fragrant bed.

And a prayer to Mother Mary sped.

Hold not those gleaming skies for her

The same unfailing Comforter?

And those two white winged cherubim,

She once had seen, when Christmas hymn

Chimed with the midnight mass,

Scattering light through the chapel dim,

Alive in me stained glass--

{179}

What fiend could harm a hair of her.

While those arching-wings took care of her?

And our Ladye, Maid divine,

Mother round whose marble shrine

She wreathed the rose of Palestine

So many sinless years,

Will not heaven's maiden-mother Queen

Regard her daughter's tears!

Yes!--through the forest stepping slow,

Tranquil mistress of her woe,

Goeth the calm Christine;

And but for yonder spot of snow

Upon each temple, none may know

How stem a storm hath been.

For never dawned a brighter day,

And the Ladye smileth on her way,

Greeting the blue-eyed morn at play

With earth in her spangled green.

A single cloud

Stole like a shroud

Forth from the fading mists that hid

The crest of each Alpine pyramid;

Unmovingly it lingers over

The mountain castle of her lover;

While over Pilate's Peak

Hangs the grey pall of the sullen smoke,

Leaps the lithe flame of the ancient oak

And the eagle soars with a shriek.

Full well she knew the curse was near.

But that heart of hers had done with fear.

By St. Antoine, not steadier stands

Mont Blanc's white head in winter's whirl

Than that calm, fearless, smiling girl

With her bare brow upturned and firmly folded hands.

Back to her bower so fair

Christine her way, is wending;

Over the dark Isère

Silently she's bending,

Thus communing with the stream.

As one who whispers in a dream:

"Waters that at sunset ran

Round the Mount of Miolan;

Stream, that binds my love to me,

Whisper where that lover be;

Wavelets mine, what evil things

Mingle with your murmurings;

Tell me, ere ye glide away.

Wherefore doth the bridegroom stay?

Hath the fiend of Pilate's Peak

Met him, stayed him, slain him--speak!

{180}

Speak the worst a Bride may know,

God hath armed my soul for woe;

Touching heaven, the virgin snow

Is firmer than the rock below.

Lies my love upon his bier,

Answer, answer, dark Isère!

Hark, to the low voice of the river

Singing '_Thy love is lost for ever!_'

Weep with all thy icy fountains,

"Weep, ye cold, uncaring mountains,

I have not a tea!

Stream, that parts my love from me,

Bear this bridal rose with thee;

Bear it to the happy hearted,

Christine and all the flowers have parted!"

They are coming from the castle,

A bevy of bright-eyed girls,

Some with their long locks braided,

Some with loose golden curls.

Merrily 'mid the meadows

They win their wilful way;

Winding through sun and shadow,

Rivulets at play.

Brows with white rosebuds blowing,

Necks with white pearl entwined.

Gowns whose white folds imprison

Wafts of the wandering wind.

The boughs of the charmèd woodland

Sing to the vision sweet.

The daisies that crouch in the clover

Nod to their twinkling feet.

They see Christine by the river,

And, deeming the bridegroom near,

They wave her a dewy rose-wreath

Fresh plucked for her dark brown hair.

Hand in hand tripping to meet her,

Birdlike they carol their joy.

Wedding soft Provençal numbers

To a dulcet old strain of Savoy.

{181}

THE GREETING.

Sister, standing at Love's golden gate.

Life's second door--

Fleet the maidentime is flying.

Friendship fast in love is dying,

Bridal fate doth separate

Friends evermore.

Pilgrim seeking with thy sandalled feet

The land of bliss;

Sire and sister tearless leaving,

To thy beckoning palmer cleaving--

Truant sweet, once more repeat

Our parting kiss.

Wanderer filling for enchanted isle

Thy dimpling sail;

Whither drifted, all uncaring.

So with faithful helmsman faring,

Stay and smile with us, awhile,

Before the gale.

Playmate, hark! for all that once was ours

Soon rings the knell:

Glade and thicket, glen and heather,

Whisper sacredly together;

Queen of ours, the very flowers

Sigh forth farewell.

Christine looked up, and smiling stood

Among the choral sisterhood:

But some who sprang to greet her, stayed

Tiptoe, with the speech unsaid;

And, each the other, none knew why.

Questioned with quick, wondering eye.

One by one, their smiles have flown.

No lip is laughing but her own;

And hers, the frozen smile that wears

The glittering of unshed tears.

"Ye nave sung for me, I will sing for ye,

My sisters fond and fair."

And she bent her head till the chaplet fell

Adown in the deep Isère.

THE REPLY.

Bring me no rose-wreath now:

But come when sunset's first tears fall.

When night-birds from the mountain call--

Then bind my brow,

Roses and lilies white--

But tarry till the glow-worms trail

Their gold-work o'er the spangled veil

Of falling night

{182}

Twine not your garland fair

Till I have fallen fast asleep;

Then to my silent pillow creep

And leave it there--

There in the chapel yard!--

Come with twilight's earliest hush,

Just as day's last purple flush

Forsakes the sward.

Stop where the white cross stands.

You'll find me in my wedding suit,

Lying motionless and mute,

With folded hands.

Tenderly to my side:

The bridegroom's form you may not see

In the dim eve, but he will be

Fast by his bride.

Soft with your chaplet move.

And lightly lay it on my head:

Be sure you wake not with rude tread

My jealous love.

Kiss me, then quick away;

And leave us, in unwatched repose,

With the lily and the rose

Waiting for day!

But hark! the cry of the clamorous horn

Breaks the bright stillness of the morn.

From moated wall, from festal hall

The banners beckon, the bugles call,

Already flames, in the lists unrolled

O'er the Dauphin's tent, the Dolphin gold.

A hundred knights in armor glancing.

Hurry afield with pennons dancing,

Each with a vow to splinter a lance

For Christine, the Lily of Provence.

"Haste!" cried Christine;

"Sisters, we tarry late.

Let not the tourney wait

For its Queen!"

And, toward the castle gate,

They take their silent way along the green.

TO BE CONTINUED

------

{183}

From The Literary Workman.

JENIFER'S PRAYER.

BY OLIVER CRANE.

IN THREE PARTS.

PART II.

Mary Lorimer returned in safety to Beremouth under Horace Erskine's

care, welcomed as may be supposed by the adopted father and her

mother. Not that "Mother Mary," as Lady Greystock in the old Claudia

Brewer days used to call her, could ever welcome Horace. She had never

liked him; she had always felt that there was some unknown wrong about

his seeking and his leaving Claudia; she had been glad that a long

absence abroad had kept him from them while her darling Mary had been

growing up; and it was with a spasm of fear that she heard of his

spending that autumn at her sister's. And yet she had consented to his

bringing Mary home. Yes, she had consented, for Mr. Brewer in his

overflowing hospitality had asked him to come to them--had regretted

that they had seen so little of him of late years--and had himself

suggested that he should come when Mary returned.

Nine years does a great deal; it may even pay people's debts

sometimes. But it had not paid Horace Erskine's debts: on the

contrary, it had added to them with all the bewildering peculiarities

that belong to calculations of interests and compound interests. He

had got to waiting for another man's death. How many have had to

become in heart death-dealers in this way! It was known that he would

be his uncle's heir, and his uncle added to what he supposed Horace

possessed a good sum yearly; making the man rich as he thought, and

causing occasionally a slight passing regret that Horace was so

saving. "He might do so much more if he liked on his good income," the

elder Mr. Erskine would say. But he did not know of the many sums for

ever paying to keep things quiet till death, the great paymaster,

should walk in and demand stern rights of himself, the elder, and pass

on the gold that we all must leave behind to the nephew, the younger

one.

But in the nine years that had passed since the coward took his

revenge on a brave woman by doing that which killed her husband, great

things had happened to pretty Minnie Lorimer. The "county people" had

been after her--those same old families who had flouted her mother,

and prophesied eternal poverty to her poor pet baby--fatherless, too!

a fact that finished the story of their faults with a note of peculiar

infamy.

That a man of good family should marry without money, become the

father of a lovely child, and _die_--that the mother should go back to

that old poverty-stricken home where that stiff-looking maid-servant

looked so steadily into the faces of all who stood and asked

admittance--that they should pretend to be happy!--altogether, it was

really too bad.

Why did not Mrs. Lorimer, widow, go out as a governess? Who was to

bring up that unfortunate child on a paltry one hundred a year? Of

course {184} she begged for help. Of course they were supported by Mr.

Erskines's charity. A pretty humiliation of Lorimer's friends and

relations!

Altogether, the whole of the great Lansdowne Lorimer connection had

pronounced that to have that young widow and her daughter belonging to

them was a trial very hard to bear. They had not done talking when

Mary made that quiet walk to church--no one but her mother and Jenifer

being in the secret--and reappeared in the county after a few months'

absence as mistress of Beremouth. Mr. Brewer had counted his money,

and had told the world what it amounted to. And this time he never

apologized, he only confessed himself a person scarcely deserving of

respect, because he had done so little good with the mammon of

unrighteousness. But Mary now would tell him how to manage. He did

perhaps take a little to the humble line. He hoped the world would

forget and forgive his former shortcomings; such conduct would

assuredly not now be persevered in; and that resolution was fulfilled

without any doubt. The splendors of Beremouth were something to talk

about, and the range of duties involved in a large hospitality were

admirably performed.

Old Lady Caroline, whose pianoforte survived in Mrs. Morier's house at

Marston, considered the matter without using quite as many words as

her neighbors. "That man will be giving money to Lorimer's child." She

was quite right. He had already invested five thousand pounds for

Minnie. Lady Caroline (what an odd pride hers was!) went to Beremouth,

and got upon business matter with "Mother Mary."

She would give that child five thousand pounds in her will if Mr.

Brewer would not give her anything. Alas! it was already given. Mr.

Brewer used to count among his faults that, with him, it was too much

a word and a blow, especially when a good action was in question, and

this curious unusual fault he had decidedly committed in the case of

Minnie Lorimer. The money was hers safe enough, invested in the hands

of trustees. "Safe enough," said Mr. Brewer exultingly; and then,

looking with a saddened air on Lady Caroline, he added, gravely, that

it couldn't be helped! "The man's a saint or a fool, I can't tell

which," was Lady Caroline's very cute remark. "The most unselfish

idiot that ever lived. Does Mary like him, or laugh at him, I wonder?"

But Lady Caroline cultivated Mr. Brewer's acquaintance. Not in an evil

way, but because she had been brought up to _use_ the world, and to

slave all mankind who would consent to such persecution. Not wickedly,

I repeat, but with a fixed intention she cultivated Mr. Brewer, and

she got money out of him.

Mr. Brewer still made experiments with ten pounds. He helped Lady

Caroline in her many charities, as long as her charities were confined

to food and clothing, so much a week to the poor, and getting good

nursing for the sick. But once Lady Caroline used that charity purse

for purposes of "souping"--it has become an English word, so I do not

stop to explain it--and then Mr. Brewer scolded her. Nobody had ever

disputed any point with Lady Caroline. But Mr. Brewer explained, with

a most unexpected lucidity, how it would be _right_ for him to make

her a Catholic, and yet _wrong_ for her to try her notions of

conversion on him.

Lady Caroline kept up the quarrel for two years. She upbraided him for

his neglect, on his own principles, of Claudia. She abused him for the

different conduct pursued about his son. Mr. Brewer confessed his

faults and stood by his rights at the same time. Two whole years Lady

Caroline quarrelled, and Mr. Brewer never left the field. And

afterward, some time after, when Lady Caroline was in her last

illness, she said: "I believe that man Brewer may be right after all."

When she was dead young Mary Lorimer had double the sum that had {185}

been originally offered, and Freddy her largest diamond ring.

But another thing had to come out of all this. Mrs. Brewer became a

Catholic; and that fact had made her recall her daughter to her

side--that fact had made Horace Erskine say, at the inn at Hull, that

he dreaded for the girl he, spoke to the influence of the home and the

people she was going to--that fact had brought that passion of tears

to Mary Lorimer's eyes, and had made her feel so angrily that he had

taken an advantage of her.

Here, then, we are back again to the time at which we began the story.

Mary got home and was welcomed.

The day after their arrival, if we leave Beremouth and its people, and

go into Marston to Mrs. Morier, "old Mrs. Morier" they called her now,

we shall see Jenifer walk into the pleasant upstairs drawing-room,

where the china glittered on comer-shelves, and large jars stood under

the long inlaid table, and say to her mistress: "Eleanor is come, if

you please, ma'am."

Mrs. Morier looked up from her knitting. She had been sitting by the

window, and the beautiful old lady looked like a picture, as Jenifer

often declared, as she turned the face shadowed by fine lace toward

her servant with a sweet, gentle air, and smiling said, "And so you

want to go to Clayton--and Eleanor is to stay till you come back?"

"Yes, ma'am--it's the anniversary." "Go, then," said the gentle lady.

"And you must not leave me out of your prayers, my good Jenifer; for

you may be sure that I respect and value them." "I'll be back in good

time," said Jenifer; and the door closed, and Mrs. Morier continued

her knitting.

Soon she saw from the window that incomparable Jenifer. Her brown

light stuff gown, the black velvet trimming looking what Jenifer

called _rich_ upon the same. Buttons as big as pennies all the way

down the front--the good black shawl with the handsome border that

had been Mr. Brewer's own present to her on the occasion of his

wedding; the fine straw bonnet and spotless white ribbon--the crowning

glory of the black lace veil--oh, Jenifer was _somebody_, I can tell

you, at Marston; and Jenifer looked it.

It was with nothing short of a loving smile that Mrs. Morier watched

her servant. Servant indeed, but true, tried, and trusty friend also;

and when the woman was out of sight, and Mrs. Morier turned her

thoughts to Jenifer's prayer, and what little she knew of it, she

sighed--the sigh came from deep down, and the sigh was lengthened, and

her whole thoughts seemed to rest upon it--it was breathed out, at

last, and when it died away Mrs. Morier sat doing nothing in peaceful

contemplation till the door opened, and she whom we have heard called

Eleanor came in with inquiries as to the proper time for tea.

I think that this Eleanor was perhaps about eight-and-twenty years of

age. She was strikingly beautiful. Perhaps few people have ever seen

anything more faultlessly handsome than this young woman's form and

face. She looked younger than she was. The perfectly smooth brow and

the extraordinary fair complexion made her look young. No one would

have thought, when looking at Eleanor, that she had ever _worked_. If

the finest and loveliest gentlewoman in the world had chosen to put on

a lilac cotton gown, and a white checked muslin apron, and bring up

Mrs. Morier's early tea, she would perhaps have looked a little like

Eleanor; provided her new employment had not endowed her with a

momentary awkwardness. But admiration, when looking at this woman, was

a little checked by a sort of atmosphere of pain--or perhaps it was

only patience--that surrounded the beautiful face, and showed in every

gesture and movement, and rested on the whole being, as it were.

{186}

Eleanor suffered. And it was the pain of the mind and heart, not of

the body--no one who had sufficient sensibility to see what I have

described could ever doubt that the inner woman, not the outer fleshly

form of beauty, suffered; and that the woe, whatever it was, had

written _patience_ on that too placid brow.

"And are they all well at Dr. Rankin's?" "Very well, ma'am, I believe.

I saw Lady Greystock in her own rooms an hour before I came away. I

said that I was coming here, and she said"--Eleanor smiled--"Lady

Greystock said, ma'am, 'My duty to grandmamma Morier--mind you give

the message right.'"

"Ah," said Mrs. Morier, "Lady Greystock is wonderfully well." "There

is nothing the matter with her, ma'am." "Except that she never goes to

Beremouth." What made the faint carnation mount to Eleanor's

face?--what made the woman pause to collect herself before she

spoke?--"Oh, ma'am, she is right not to try herself. She'll go there

one day." "I suppose you like being at Dr. Rankin's?" "Very much. My

place of wardrobe-woman is not hard, but it is responsible. It suits

me well. And Mrs. Rankin is very good to me. And I am near Lady

Greystock." "How fond you are of her!" "There is not anything I would

not do for her," said the woman with animation. "I hope, indeed Dr.

Rankin tells me to believe, that I have had a great deal to do with

Lady Greystock's cure. She has treated me like a sister; and I can

never feel for any one what I feel for her." "Lady Greystock always

speaks of you in a truly affectionate way. She says you have known

better days." "_Different_ days; I don't say _better_. I have nothing

to wish for. Ever since the time that Lady Greystock determined on

staying at Blagden, I have been quite happy." "You came just as she

came." "Only two months after." "And did you like her from the first?"

"Oh, Mrs. Morier, you know she was very ill when she came. I never

thought of love, but of every care and every attention that one woman

could show to another. Had it been life for life, I am sure she might

have had _my_ life--that was all that I _then_ thought. But when she

recovered and loved me for what I had done for her, then it was love

for love. Lady Greystock gave me a new life, and I will serve her as

long as I may for gratitude, and as a thanksgiving."

When Eleanor was gone, her pleasant manner, her beauty, the music of

her voice, and the indescribable grace that belonged to her remained

with Mrs. Morier as a pleasant memory, and dwelling on it, she

lingered over her early tea, and ate of hashed mutton, making

meditation on how Eleanor had got to be Jenifer's great friend; and

whether their both being Catholics was enough to account for it.

This while Jenifer walked on toward Clayton. She stood at last on the

top of a wide table-land, and looked from the short grass where the

wild thyme grew like green velvet, and the chamomile gave forth

fragrance as you trod it under foot, down a rugged precipice into the

little seaport that sheltered in the cove below. The roofs of the

strange, dirty, tumble-down houses were packed thickly below her. The

nature of the precipitous cliff was to lie in terraces, and here and

there goats and donkeys among the branching fern gave a picturesque

variety to the scene, and made the practical Jenifer say to herself

that Clayton Cove was not "that altogether abominable" when seen to

the best advantage on the afternoon of a rich autumn day. A zigzag

path, rather difficult to get upon on account of the steepness of the

broken edge and the rolling stones, led from Jenifer's feet down to

the terraces; short cuts of steps and sliding stones led from terrace

to terrace, and these paths ended, as it appeared to the eye, in a

chimney-top that sent up a volume of white smoke, and a {187} pleasant

scent of wood and burning turf. By the side of the house that owned

the chimney, which was whitewashed carefully, and had white blinds

inside the green painted wood-work of small sash windows, appeared

another roof, long, high, narrow, with a cross on the eastern gable,

and that was the Catholic chapel--the house Father Daniels lived in;

and after a moment's pause down the path went Jenifer with all the

speed that a proper respect for her personal safety permitted. When

the woman got to the last terrace, she opened a wicket gate, and was

in a sunny garden, still among slopes and terraces, and loaded with

flowers. Common flowers no doubt, but who ever saw Father Daniels's

Canterbury bells and forgot them? There, safe in the bottom walk,

wide, and paved with pebbles from the beach, Jenifer turned not to the

right where the trellised back-door invited, but to the left, where

the west door of the chapel stood open--and she walked in. There was

no one there. She knelt down. After a while she rose, and kneeling

before the image of our Lady, said softly: "Mother, she had no mother!

Eleven years this day since that marriage by God's priest, and at his

holy altar--eleven years this day since that marriage which the laws

of the men of this country deny and deride. Mother, she had no mother!

Oh, mighty Mother! forget neither of them. Remember her for her

trouble, and him for his sin." Not for vengeance but for salvation,

she might have added; but Jenifer had never been accustomed to explain

her prayers. Then she knelt before the adorable Presence on the altar,

and her prayer was very brief--"My life, and all that is in it!"--was

it a vain repetition that she said it again and again? Again and

again, as she looked back and thought of what _it had been_; as she

thought of that which _it was_; and knew of the future that, blessed

by our Lady's prayers, she should take it, whatever it might be, as

the will of God. And so she said it; by so doing offering _herself_.

One great thing had colored all her life; had, to her, been _life_--

_her_ life; she, with that great shadow on the past, with the weight

of the cross on the present, with the fear of unknown ill on the

future, gathered together all prayer, all hope, all fear, and gave it

to God in those words of offering that were, on her lips, an earnest

prayer; the prayer of submission, of offering, of faith--"_My life,

and all that is in it_."

Jenifer could tell out her wishes to the Mother of God, and had told

them, in the words she had used, but it was this woman's way to have

no wishes when she knelt before God himself. "My life, and all that is

in it;" that was Jenifer's prayer.

After a time she left the chapel, putting pieces of money, many, into

the church box, and went into the house. She knew Mrs. Moore, the

priest's housekeeper, very well. She was shown into Father Daniels's

sitting-room. He was a venerable man of full seventy years of age, and

as she entered he put down the tools with which he was carving the

ornaments of a wooden altar, and said, "You are later than your note

promised. I have therefore been working by daylight, which I don't

often do." She looked at the work. It seemed to her to be very

beautiful. "It is fine and teak-wood," said Father Daniels; "part of a

wreck. They brought it to me for the church. We hope to get up a

little mariner's chapel on the south side of the church before long,

and I am getting ready the altar as far as I can with my own hands.

'Mary, star of the sea'--that will be our dedication. The faith

spreads here. Mistress Jenifer; and I hope we are a little better than

we used to be." And Father Daniels crossed himself and thanked God for

his grace that had blessed that wild little spot, and made many

Christians there. {188} Jenifer smiled, as the holy man spoke in a

playful tone, and she said, "It is the anniversary, father." "Of

Eleanor's marriage. Yes. I remembered her at mass. Has she heard

anything of him?" "Yes, father; she has heard his real name, she

thinks. She has always suspected, from the time that she first began

to suspect evil, that she had never known him by his real name--she

never believed his name to be Henry Evelyn, as he said when he married

her."

"And what is his real name?"

"Horace Erskine," said Jenifer.

"What!" exclaimed Father Daniels, with an unusual tone of alarm in his

voice. "The man who was talked of for Lady Greystock before she

married--the nephew of Mrs. Brewer's sister's husband!" "Yes, sir."

"Is she sure?" "No. She has not seen him. But she has traced him, she

thinks. Corny Nugent, who is her second cousin, and knew them both

when the marriage took place, went as a servant to the elder Mr.

Erskine, and knew Henry Evelyn, as they called him in Ireland, when he

came back from abroad. He _thought_ he knew him. Then Horace Erskine,

finding he was an Irishman, would joke him about his religion, and how

he was the only Catholic in the house, and how he was obliged to walk

five miles to mass. Time was when Mr. Erskine, the uncle, would not

have kept a Catholic servant. But since Mr. and Mrs. Brewer married,

he has been less bigoted. He took Corny Nugent in London. It was just

a one season's engagement. But when they were to return to Scotland

they proposed to keep him on, and he stayed. After a little Horace

Erskine asked him about Ireland; and even if he knew such and such

places; and then he came by degrees to the very place--the very

people--to his own knowledge of them. Corny gave crafty answers. But

he disliked the sight of the man, and the positions he put him into.

So he left. He left three months ago. And he found out Eleanor's

direction, and told her that surely--surely and certainly--her

husband, Henry Evelyn, was no other than his late master's nephew, who

had been trying to marry more than one, only always some unlooked-for

and unaccountable thing had happened to prevent it. Our Lady be

praised, for her prayers have kept off that last woe--I make no

doubt--thank God!"

"How many years is it since they married?" "Eleven, to-day. I keep the

anniversary. He is older than he looks. He is thirty-two, this year,

if he did not lie about his age, as well as everything else. He told

Father Power he was of age. He said, too--God forgive him--that he was

a Catholic."

"But when I followed Father Power at Rathcoyle," said the priest,

"there was no register of the marriage. I was sent for on the

afternoon of the marriage day. I found Father Power in a dying state.

He was an old man, and had long been infirm. The marriage was not

entered. It was known to have taken place. Your niece and her husband

were gone. I walked out that evening to your brother's farm. He knew

nothing of the marriage. He had received a note to say that Eleanor

was gone with her husband, and that they would hear from them when

they got to England. Why Father Power, who was a saintly man, married

them, I do not know. It was unlawful for him to marry a Catholic and a

Protestant. If your sister went through no other marriage, she has no

claim on her Protestant husband. If she could prove that he passed

himself off as a Catholic, she might have some ground against

him--but, can she?"

"No, sir; on the contrary, she knew that she was marrying a

Protestant; she had hopes of converting him; she learnt from {189}

himself, afterward, that he had deceived the priest. She had said to

him that she would many him if Father Power consented. He came back

and said that the consent had been given. He promised to marry her in

Dublin conformably to the license he had got there--or there he had

lived the proper time for getting one, so he declared. But I have

ceased to believe anything he said. Then my brother wrote the girl a

dreadful letter to the direction in Liverpool that she had sent to

him. Then, after some months, she wrote to me at Marston. She was

deserted, and left in the Isle of Man. She supported herself there for

more than a year. I told Mr. Brewer that I knew a sad story of the

daughter of a friend, and one of her letters, saying her last gold was

changed into silvery and that she was too ill and worn oat to win

more, was so dreadful, that I feared for her mind. So Mr. Brewer went

to Dr. Rankin, and got her taken in as a patient, at first, and when

she got well she was kept on as wardrobe-woman. She had got a tender

heart; when she heard of Lady Greystock's trial, she took to her. Dr.

Rankin says he could never have cured Lady Greystock so perfectly nor

so quickly, but for Eleanor."

"That is curious," said Father Daniels, musingly. "Have you been in

Ireland since the girl left it with her husband?"

"I never was there in my life. My mother was Irish, and she lived as a

servant in England. She married an Englishman, and she had two

daughters, my sister--Eleanor's mother--and myself. My mother went

back to Ireland a year after her husband's death, on a visit, and she

left my sister and me with my father's family. She married in Ireland

almost directly, and married well, a man with a good property, a

farmer. She died, and left one son. My sister and I were four and five

years older than this half-brother of ours. Then time wore on and my

sister Ellen went to Ireland, and she married there, and the fever

came to the place where they lived, and carried them both off, and she

left me a legacy--my niece Eleanor--oh, sir I with such a holy letter

of recommendation from her death-bed. Poor sister! Poor, holy soul!

Our half-brother asked to have Eleanor to stay with him when she knew

enough to be useful on the farm. He was a good Christian, and I let

him take the girl. She was very pretty, people said, and I wished her

to marry soon. Then there came--sent, he said, by a great rich English

nobleman--a man who called himself a gardener, or something of that

sort. He lodged close by; he made friends with my brother. He was

often off after rare bog-plants, and seemed to lead a busy if an easy

life. He would go to mass with them. But they knew he was a

Protestant. Eleanor knew that her uncle would not consent to her

marrying a Protestant. But, poor child, she gave her heart away to the

gentleman in disguise. He had had friends there--a fishing party. Sir,

he never intended honorably; but they were married by the priest, and

he got over the holy man, whom everybody loved and honored, with his

falseness, as he had got over the true-hearted and trusting woman whom

he had planned to desert."

"Well," said Father Daniels, "you know I succeeded this priest for a

short time at Rathcoyle. He died on that wedding day. I never

understood how it all happened. I left a record to save Eleanor's

honor; but she has no legal claim on her husband--it ought not to have

been done." Jenifer shrank beneath the plainness of that truth--"_My

life, and all that is in it,_" her heart said, sinking, as it were, at

the sorrow that had come on the girl whom her sister had left to her

with her dying breath.

"She ought not to have trusted a man who was a Protestant, and not

willing to marry her in the only way that is legal by the Irish

marriage-law." "_My life, and all that is in it._" {190} So hopelessly

fell on her heart every word that the priest spoke, that, but for that

offering of all things to God, poor Jenifer could scarcely have borne

her trial.

"And if this Henry Evelyn should turn out to be Horace Erskine, why,

he will marry some unhappy woman some time, of course, and the law of

the land will give him one wife, and by the law of God another woman

will claim him. Oh, if people would but obey holy church, and not try

to live under laws of their own inventing." "_My life, and all that is

in it!_" Again, only that could have made Jenifer bear the trials that

were presented to her.

"And if gossip spoke truth he was very near marrying Lady Greystock

once--Mr. Brewer, himself, thought it was going to be." One more great

act of submission--"_My life, and all that is in it!_"--came forth

from Jenifer's heart. She loved Mr. Brewer, with a faithful sort of

worship--if such a trial as that had come on him through her

trouble!--_that_ was over; _that_ had been turned aside; but the

thought gave rise to a question, even as she thanked God for the

averted woe.

'"Is it Eleanor's duty to find out if Henry Evelyn and Horace Erskine

are one?" "Yes," said the priest "Yes; it is. It is everybody's duty

to prevent mischief. It is her duty, as far as lies in her power, to

prevent sin."

"And if it proves true--that which Corny Nugent says, what then?"

"Be content for the present. It is a very difficult case to act in."

Poor Jenifer felt the priest to be sadly wanting in sympathy--she

turned again to him who knows all and feels all, and she offered up

the disappointment that _would_ grow up in her heart--"_My life, and

all that is in it!_"

She turned to go; and then Father Daniels spoke so kindly, so

solemnly, with such a depth of sympathy in the tone of his voice--"God

bless you, my child;" and the sign of the cross seemed to bless her

sensibly. "Thank you, father!" And, without lifting her eyes, she left

the room and the house; and still saying that prayer that had grown to

be her strength and her help, she went up the steep rugged path to the

spreading down; and then she turned round and looked on the great sea

heaving, lazily under the sunset rays, that painted it in the far

distance with gold and red, and a silvery light, till it touched the

ruby-colored sky, and received each separate ray of glory on its

breast just where earth and heaven seemed to meet--just where you

could fancy another world looking into the depths of the great sea

that flowed up into its gates. It seemed to do Jenifer good. The whole

scene was so glorious, and the glory was so far-spreading--all the

world seemed to rest around her bathed in warm light and basking in

the smile of heaven. She stood still and said again, in a sweet soft

voice: "_My life, and all that is in it!_"

Her great dread that day when Mr. Brewer had told her to put him and

his into her prayer, had been lest the punishment of sin should come

on the man who had deserted her dear girl, and lest that sin's effect

in a heart-broken disease should fall on the girl herself.

When Mr. Brewer said, "Put me and mine into that prayer, Jenifer," the

thought had risen that she would tell him of Eleanor. She had told

him, and he had helped her. But she had never thought that, by acting

on the impulse, the two women whose hearts Horace Erskine had crushed,

as a wilful child breaks his playthings when he has got tired or out

of temper, had been brought together under one roof, and made to love

each other. Yet so it had been. The woman who could do nothing but

pray _had_ prayed; and a thing had been done which no human

contrivance could have effected. And as Jenifer stood gazing on the

heavens that grew brighter and brighter, and on the water that

reflected every glory, and seemed to bask with a living motion in the

great magnificence that was poured upon it, she recollected how great

a pain had been {191} spared her; she thought how terrible it would

have been if Claudia Brewer had married Horace Erskine--Horace

Erskine, the husband of the deserted Eleanor; and she gave thanks to

God.

Now she drew her shawl tighter round her, and walked briskly on. She

got across the down, and over a stone stile in the fence that was its

boundary from the road. She turned toward Marston, and walked fast--it

was almost getting cold after that glorious sunset, and she increased

her pace and went on rapidly. She soon saw a carriage in the road

before her, driving slowly, and meeting her. When it came near enough

to recognize her, the lady who drove let her ponies go, and then

pulled up at Jenifer's side. "Now, Mistress Jenifer," said Lady

Greystock, looking bright and beautiful in the black hat, and long

streaming black feather, that people wore in those days, "here am I to

drive you home. I knew where you were going. Eleanor tells me her

secrets. Do you know that? This is an anniversary; and you give gifts

and say prayers. Are you comfortable? I am going to drive fast to

please the ponies; they like it, you know." And very true did Lady

Greystock's words seem; for the little creatures given their heads

went off at a pace that had in it every evidence of perfect good will.

"I came to drive you back, and to pick up Eleanor, and drive her to

Blagden after I had delivered you up safely to grandmamma Morier.

Mother Mary came to see me this afternoon. You had better go and see

Minnie soon. Jenifer"--Jenifer looked up surprised at a strange tone

in Lady Greystock's voice---"Jenifer," speaking very low, "if you can

pray for my father and his wife, and all he loves, pray now. It would

be hard for a man to be trapped by the greatness of his own good

heart."

"Is there anything wrong, my dear?" Jenifer spoke softly, and just as

she had been used to speak to the Claudia Brewer of old days.

"I can't say more," Lady Greystock replied; "here we are at Marston."

Then she talked of common things; and told James, the man-servant, to

drive the horses up and down the street while she bade Mrs. Morier

"Good night." And they went into the house, and half an hour after

Lady Greystock and Eleanor had got into the pony carriage, and were

driving away. The quiet street was empty once more. The little

excitement made by Lady Greystock and her ponies subsided. Good-byes

were spoken, and the quiet of night settled down on the streets and

houses of Marston.

Jenifer had wondered over Lady Greystock's words; and comforted

herself, and stilled her fears, and set her guesses all at rest by

those few long-used powerful words--"_My life, and all that is in

it!_" She offered life, and gave up its work and its trials to God;

and Jenifer, too, was at rest then.

But at Clayton things were not quite in the same peaceful state as in

that little old-fashioned inland town. Clayton was very busy; and

among the busy ones, though busy in his own way, was Father Daniels.

That morning a messenger had brought him a packet from Mrs. Brewer;

for "Mother Mary" since becoming a Catholic had wanted advice, and

wanted strength, and she had sought and found what she wanted, and now

she had sent to the same source for further help. As soon as Jenifer

was gone, Father Daniels put away his teak-wood and his carving tools,

and packed up his drawings and his pencils. He was a man of great

neatness, and his accuracy in all business, and his fruitful

recollection of every living soul's wants, as far as they had ever

been made known to him, were charming points of his character--

points, that is, natural gifts, that the great charity which belonged

to his priesthood adorned and made meritorious. {192} While he

"tidied away his things," as his housekeeper Mrs. Moore used to say,

bethought and he prayed--his mind foresaw great possible woe; he knew,

with the knowledge that is made up of faith and experience united,

that some things seem plainly to know no other master than prayer.

People are prayed out of troubles that no other power can touch. Every

now and then this fact seems to be imprinted in legible characters on

some particular woe, actual or threatened; and though Father Daniels,

like a holy priest, prayed always and habitually, he yet felt, as we

have said, with respect to the peculiar entanglements that the letter

from Mrs. Brewer in the morning and the revelation made by Jenifer in

the afternoon seemed to threaten. So, when he again sat down, it was

with Mrs. Brewer's letter before him on the table, and a lamp lighted,

and "the magnifiers," to quote Mrs. Moore again, put on to make the

deciphering of Mrs. Erskine's handwriting as easy as possible. Mrs.

Brewer's was larger, blacker, plainer--and her note was short. It only

said: "Read my sister's letter, which I have just received. It seems

so hard to give up the child; it would be much harder to see her less

happy than she has always been at home. I don't like Horace Erskine.

It is as if I was kept from liking him. I really have no reason for my

prejudice against him. Come and see me if you can, and send or bring

back the letter." Having put this aside. Father Daniels opened Mrs.

Erskine's letter. It must be given just as it was written to the

reader:

DEAREST MARY:

"You must guess how dreadful your becoming a Catholic is to us. I

cannot conceive why, when you had been happy so long--these thirteen

years--you should do this unaccountable thing now. There must have

been some strange influence exercised over you by Mr. Brewer. I

feared how it might be when, nine years ago, your boy was born, and

you gave him up so weakly. However, I think you will see plainly

that you have quite forfeited a mother's rights over Mary. She is

seventeen, and will not have a happy home with you now. Poor child,

she would turn Catholic to please you, and for peace sake, perhaps.

But you cannot _wish_ such a misery for her. She will, I suppose,

soon be the only Protestant in your house. I can't help blaming old

Lady Caroline, even after her death; for she certainly brought the

spirit of controversy into Beremouth, and stirred up Mr. Brewer to

think of his rights. Now, I write to propose what is simply an act

of justice on your part, though really, I must say, an act of great

grace on the part of my husband. Horace is in love with Mary. As to

the fancy he was supposed to have for Claudia, I _know_ that _that_

was only a fancy. He was taken with her wilful, spoilt-child

ways--you certainly did not train her properly--and he wanted her

money. Of course as you had been married four years without

children, he did not suspect anything about Freddy. It was an

entanglement well got rid of; and Claudia wanted no comforting, that

was plain enough. But it is different now. Horace _is_ in love

_now_. And if Mary is not made a Catholic by Mr. Brewer and you and

old Jenifer, she will say, 'Yes,' like a good child. We are

_extremely_ fond of her. And Mr. Erskine generously offers to make a

very handsome settlement on her. I consider a marriage, and a very

speedy one, with Horace the best thing; now that you have, by your

own act, made her home so homeless to her. I am sure you ought to be

very thankful for so obviously good an arrangement of difficulties.

Let me hear from you as soon as Horace arrives. He is going to speak

to you directly.

"Your affectionate sister,

"Lucia Erskine.

"P.S.--As Mr. Brewer has always said that, Mary being his adopted

child, he should pay her on her marriage the full interest of the

money which will be hers at twenty-one, {193} of course Horace

expects that, as we do. Lady Caroline's ten thousand, Mr. Brewer's

five thousand, and the hundred a year for which her father insured

his life, and which I find that you give to her, will, with Horace's

means, make a good income; and to this Mr. Erskine will, as Mary is

my niece, add very liberally. I cannot suppose that you can think of

objecting. L. E."

Father Daniels read this letter over very carefully. Then he placed

it, with Mrs. Brewer's note, in his pocket-book, and immediately

putting on his hat, and taking his stick, he walked into the kitchen.

"Where's your husband?" to Mrs. Moore.

"Mark is only just outside, sir."

"I shall be back soon. Tell him to saddle the cob." One of Mr.

Brewer's experiments had been to give Father Daniels a horse, and to

endow the horse with fifty pounds a year, for tax, keep, house-rent,

physic, saddles, shoes, clothing, and general attendance. It was, we

May say as we pass on, an experiment which answered to perfection. The

cob's turnpikes alone remained as a grievance in Mr. Brewer's mind. He

rather cherished the grievance. Somehow it did him good. It certainly

deprived him of all feeling of merit. All thought of his own

generosity was extinguished beneath the weight of a truth that could

not be denied--"that cob is a never-ending expense to Father Daniels!"

However, this time, without a thought of the never-ending turnpike's

tax, the cob was ordered; being late, much to Mr. and Mrs. Moore's

surprise; and Father Daniels walked briskly out of the garden, down

the village seaport, past the coal-wharves, where everything looked

black and dismal, and so pursued his way on the top of the low edge of

the cliff, to a few tidy-looking houses half a mile from Clayton,

which were railed in from the turfy cliff-side, and had painted on

their ends, "Good bathing here." The houses were in a row. He knocked

at the centre one, and it was opened by a man of generally a seafaring

cast. "Mr. Dawson in?" "Yes, your reverence. His reverence, Father

Dawson, is in the parlor;" and into the parlor walked Father Daniels.

It was a short visit made to ascertain if his invalid friend could say

mass for him the next morning at a later hour than usual--the hour for

the parish mass, in fact; and to tell him why. They were dear friends

and mutual advisers. They now talked over Mrs. Erskine's letter.

"There can be no reason in the world why Miss Lorimer should not marry

Horace Erskine if she likes him, provided he is not Henry Evelyn. He

stands charged with being Henry Evelyn, and of being the doer of Henry

Evelyn's deeds. You must tell Mrs. Brewer. It is better never to tell

suspicions, if you can, instead, tell facts. In so serious a matter

you may be obliged to tell suspicions, just to keep mischief away at

the beginning. Eleanor must see the man. As to claiming him, that's

useless. She acted the unwise woman's part, and she most bear the

unwise woman's recompense. He'll find somebody to marry him, no doubt;

but no woman ought to do it; no marriage of his can be right in God's

sight. So the course in the present instance is plain enough." Yes, it

was plain enough; so Father Daniels walked back to Clayton and mounted

the cob, and rode away through the soft sweet night air, and got to

Beremouth just after ten o'clock.

"I am come to say mass for you to-morrow," he said to Mr. Brewer, who

met him in the hall. "No, I won't go into the drawing-room. I won't

see any one to-night. I am going straight to the chapel."

{194}

"Ring for night prayers then in five minutes, will you?" said Mr.

Brewer. And Father Daniels, saying "Yes," walked on through the hall,

and up the great stair-case to his own room and the chapel, which,

were side by side. In five minutes the chapel bell was rung by the

priest. Mrs. Brewer looked toward her daughter. "Mary must do as she

likes;" said Mr. Brewer, in his open honest way driving his wife

before him out of the room. There stood Horace Erskine. It was as if

all in a moment the time for the great choice had come. They were at

the door--the girl stood still. They were gone, they were crossing the

hall; she could hear Mr. Brewer's shoes on the carpet--not too late

for her to follow. Her light step will catch theirs--they may go a

little further still before the very last moment comes. Her mother or

Horace? How dearly she loved her mother, how her child's heart went

after her, all trust and love--and Horace, _did_ she love him?--love

him well enough to stay _there--there_ and _then_, at a moment that

would weigh so very heavily in the scale of good and evil, right or

wrong? If he had not been there she might have stayed, if she stayed

now that he was there, should she not stay with him--more, leave her

mother and stay with him? Thought is quick. She stood by the table;

she looked toward the door, she listened--Horace held out his

hand--"With me, Mary--with _me_!" And she was gone. Gone even while he

spoke, across the hall, up the stairs and at that chapel door just as

this last of the servants, without knowing, closed it on her. Then

Mary went to her own room just at the head of the great stair-case,

and opened the doors softly, and knelt down, keeping it open, letting

the stair-case lamp stray into the darkness just enough to show her

where she was. There she knelt till the night prayers were over, and

when Mr. Brewer passed her door, she came out, a little glad to show

them that she had not been staying down stairs with Horace. He smiled,

and put his hand inside her arm and stopped her from going down. "My

dear child," he said, "I have had the great blessing of my life given

to me in the conversion of your mother. If God's great grace, for the

sake of his own blessed mother, should fall on you, you will not

quench it, my darling. Meanwhile, I shall never have a better time

than _this_ time to say, that I feel more than ever a father to you.

That if you will go on treating me with the childlike candor and trust

that I have loved to see in you, you will make me happier than you can

ever guess at, dear child." And then he kissed her, and Minnie eased

her heart by a few sobs and tears, and her head rested on his

shoulder, and she thanked him for his love. Then Father Daniels came

out of the chapel, and advanced to where they stood. Mary had long

known the holy man. He saw how it was in an instant. "Welcome home,

Mary; you see I come soon. And now--when I am saying mass to-morrow,

stay quietly in your own room, and pray to be taught to love God. Give

yourself to him. Don't trouble about questions. His you are. Rest on

the thought--and we will wait on what may come of it. I shall remember

you at mass to-morrow. Good-night. God bless you."

"I can't come down again. My eyes are red," said Mary, to Mr. Brewer,

when they were again alone. And he laughed at her. "I'll send mamma

up," he said. And Mary went into her room. But she had taken no part

_against_ her mother; so her heart said, and congratulated itself. She

had not left her, and stayed with Horace. She had had those few words

with her step-father. That was over, and very happily too. She had

seen Father Daniels again. It was getting speedily like the old

things, and the old times, before the long visit to Scotland, where

Horace Erskine was the sun of her {195} new world. Somehow she felt

that he was losing power every moment--also she felt, a little

resentfully, that there had been things said or thought, or

insinuated, about the dear home she was loving so well, which were

unjust, untrue, unkind; nay, more, cruel, shameful!--and so wrong to

unite _her_ to such ideas; to make her a party to such thoughts. In

the midst of her resentment, her mother came in. "Nobody ever was so

charming looking," was the first thought. "How young she looks--how

much younger and handsomer than Aunt Erskine. What a warm loving

atmosphere this house always had, and _has_." The last word with the

emphasis of a perfect conviction. "And so you have made your eyes red

on papa's coat--and I had to wipe the tears off with my

pocket-handkerchief. Oh, you darling, I am sure Horace Erskine thought

we had beaten you!" Then kisses, and laughter; not quite without a tear

or two on both, sides, however. "Now, my darling, Horace has told us

his love story--and so he is very fond of you?" "Mamma, mamma, I love

you better than all the earth." Kisses, laughter, and just one or two

tears, all over again.

"My darling child, you have been some months away from us--do you

think you can quite tell your own mind on a question which is

life-long in its results? I mean, that the thing that is pleasant in

one place may not be so altogether delightful in another. I should

like you to decide so great a question while in the full enjoyment of

your own rights _here_. This is your _home_. _This_ is what you will

have to exchange for something else when you marry. You are very young

to marry--not eighteen, remember. Whenever you decide that question, I

should like you to decide it on your own ground, and by your own

mother's side."

"I wonder whether you know how wise you are?" was the question that

came in answer. "Do you know, mother, that I cried like a baby at

Hull, because I felt all you have said, and even a little more, and

thought he was unkind to press me. You know Aunt Erskine had told me;

and Horace, too, in a way--and he said at Hull he dreaded the

influence of this place, and--and--" "But there is nothing for _you_

to dread. This home is yours; and its influence is good; and all the

love you command here is your safety." Mrs. Brewer spoke boldly, and

quite with the spirit of heroism. She was standing up for her rights.

But Mr. Brewer stood at the door. "The lover wants to smoke in the

park in the moonlight. Some information just to direct his thoughts,

you little witch," for his step-child had tried to stop his mouth with

a kiss--

"Papa, I am so happy. I won't, because I can't, plan to leave

everything I love best in the world just as I come back to it." "But

you must give Erskine some kind of an answer. The poor fellow is

really very much in earnest. Come and see him." "No, I won't," said

Mary, very much as the wilful Claudia might have uttered the words.

But Mary was thinking that there was a great contrast between the

genial benevolence she had come to, and the indescribable _something_

which was _not_ benevolence in which she had lived ever since her

mother had become a Catholic. Mr. Brewer almost started. "I mean,

papa, that I must live here unmolested at least one month before I can

find out whether I am not always going to love _you_ best of all

mankind. Don't you think you could send Horace off to Scotland again

immediately?" "Bless the child! Think of the letters that have

passed--you read them, or knew of them?" "_Knew_ of them," said Mary,

nodding her head confidentially, and looking extremely naughty. "Well;

and I asked him here!" "Yes; I know that." "And you now tell me to

send him away! {196} My dear!" exclaimed Mr. Brewer, looking

appealingly at his wife. "Dearest, you must tell Mr. Erskine that Mary

really would like to be left quiet for awhile. Say so now; and

to-morrow you can suggest his going soon, and returning in a few

weeks." "And to-morrow I can have a cold and lie in bed. Can't I?"

said Mary. But now they ceased talking, and heard Horace Erskine go

out of the door to the portico. "There! he's gone. And I am sure I can

smell a cigar--and I could hate smoking, couldn't I?" Mother and

father now scolded the saucy child, and condemned her to solitude and

sleep. And when they were gone the girl put her head out of the open

window, and gazed across the spreading park, so peaceful in its

far-stretching flat, just roughened in places by the fern that had

begun to get brown under the hot sun; and then she listened to the

sound of the wind that came up in earnest whispers from the woody

corners, and the far-off forests of oak. The sound rose and fell like

waves, and the silence between those low outpourings of mysterious

sound was loaded with solemnity.

Do the whispering woods praise him; and are their prayers in the tall

trees? She was full of fancies that night. But the words Father

Daniels had said to her seemed to her to come again on the

night-breeze, and then she was quiet and still. And yet--and

yet--though she _tried_ to forget, and _tried_ to keep her mind at

peace, the spirit within would rise from its rest, and say that she

had left an atmosphere of evil speaking and uncharitableness; that

malice and harsh judgment had been hard at work, and all to poison

_home_, and to win her from it.

And while she was trying to still these troublings of the mind, Mr.

Brewer, by her mother's side, was reading for the first time Mrs.

Erskine's letter, which Father Daniels had returned. "My dear, my

dear," said Mr. Brewer, "a very improper letter. I think Mary is a

very extraordinary girl not to have been prejudiced against me. I

shall always feel grateful to her. And as to this letter, which I call

a very painful letter, don't you think we had better burn it?" And so,

by the assistance of a lighted taper, Mr. Brewer cleared that evil

thing out of his path for ever.

"Eleanor," said Lady Greystock, "how lovely this evening is. The moon

is full, and how glorious! Shall we drive by a roundabout way to

Blagden? James," speaking to the man who occupied the seat behind,

"how far is it out of our way if we go through the drive in Beremouth

Park, and come out by the West Lodge into the Blagden turnpike road?"

"It will be two miles further, my lady. But the road is very good, and

the carriage will run very light over the gravelled road in the park."

"Then we'll go." So on getting to the bottom of the street in which

Mrs. Morier lived, Lady Greystock took the road to Beremouth; and the

ponies seemed to enjoy the change, and the whole world, except those

three who were passing so pleasantly through a portion of it, seemed

to sleep beneath the face of that great moon, wearing, as all full

moons do, a sweet grave look of watching on its face.

"Isn't it glorious? Isn't it grand, this great expanse and this

perfect calm? Ah, there goes a bat; and a droning beetle on the wing

just makes one know what silence we are passing through. How pure the

air feels. Oh, what blessings we have in life--how many more than we

know of. I think of that in the still evenings often. Do you,

Eleanor?"

"Yes, Lady Greystock." But Eleanor spoke in a very calm,

business-like, convinced sort of manner; not the least infected by the

tears of tenderness and the poetical feeling that Lady Greystock had

betrayed.

{197}

"Yes, Lady Greystock And when in great moments"--"Great moments! I

like that," said Claudia--"when I have those thoughts I think of

you." "Of me?" "Yes. And I am profoundly struck by the goodness of

God, who endowed the great interest of my life with so powerful an

attraction for me. I must have either liked or disliked you. I am so

glad to love you."

"Eleanor, I wish you would tell me the story of your life." They had

passed through the lodge gates now, and were driving through Beremouth

Park. "You were not always what you are now."

"You will know it one day," said Eleanor, softly. "Oh, see how the

moon comes out from behind that great fleecy cloud; just in time to

light us as we pass through the shadows which these grand oaks cast.

What lines of silver light lie on the road before us. It is a treat to

be out in such a place on such a night as this. Stay, stay, Lady

Greystock. What is that?"

Lady Greystock pulled up suddenly, and standing full in the moonlight,

on the turf at the side of the carriage, was a tall, strong-built man.

He took off his cap with a respectful air, and said, "I beg pardon. I

did not intend to stop you. But if you will allow me I will ask your

servant a question." He addressed Lady Greystock, and did not seem to

look at Eleanor, though she was nearest to him. Eleanor had suddenly

pulled a veil over her face; but Lady Greystock had taken hers from

her hat, and her uncovered face was turned toward the man with the

moonlight full upon it. He said to the servant, "Can you tell me where

a person called Eleanor Evelyn is to be found? Mrs. Evelyn she is

probably called. I want to know where she is." Before James, who had

long known the person by his mistress's side as Mrs. Evelyn, could

speak, or recover from his very natural surprise, Eleanor herself

spoke. "Yes," she said, "Mrs. Evelyn lives not far from Marston. I

should advise you to call on Mrs. Jenifer Stanton, who lives at

Marston with Mrs. Morier. She will tell you about her." "She who lives

with Madam Morier, of course?" said the man. "Yes; the same."

"Goodnight."

"Good night," said Lady Greystock in answer, and obeying Eleanor's

whispered "Drive on," she let the ponies, longing for their stable,

break into their own rapid pace, and, soon out of the shadows, they

were in the light--the broad, calm, silent light--once more.

TO BE CONTINUED

------

{198}

Translated from Le Correspondant

A PRETENDED DERVISH IN TURKESTAN. [Footnote 35]

BY ÉMILE JONVEAUX

[Footnote 35: "Herman Vambéry's Travels In Central Asia." Original

German edition. Leipzic: Brockhaus,1865. Paris: Xavier. French

translation by M. Forgues. Paris: Hachette.]

A brilliant imagination, a sparkling and ready wit, an indomitable

energy, the happy gift of seeing and painting man and things in a

lively manner, such are the qualities which we remark at first in the

new explorer of central Asia. But he is not only a bold traveller, a

delightful story-teller, full of spirit and originality, we must

recognize also in him a learned orientalist, an eminent ethnologist

and linguist.

Born in 1832, in a small Hungarian town, he began at an early age to

study with passion the different dialects of Europe and Asia,

endeavoring to discover the relations between the idioms of the East

and West. Observing the strong affinity which exists between the

Hungarian and the Turco-Tartaric dialects, and resolved to return to

the cradle of the Altaic tongues, he went to Constantinople and

frequented the schools and libraries with an assiduity which in a few

years made of him a true effendi. But the nearer he approached the

desired end, the greater was his thirst for knowledge. Turkey began to

appear to his eyes only the vestibule of the Orient; he resolved to go

on, and to seek even in the depths of Asia the original roots of the

idioms and races of Europe. [Footnote 36] In vain his friends

represented to him the fatigues and perils of such a tour. Infirm as

he was (a wound had made him lame), could he endure a long march over

those plains of sand where he would be obliged to fight against the

terror of tempest, the tortures of thirst--where, in fine, he might

encounter death under a thousand forms? and then, how was he to force

his way among those savage and fanatic tribes, who are afraid of

travellers; and who a few years before had destroyed Moorcraft,

Conolly, and Stoddart? Nothing could shake the resolution of Vambéry;

he felt strong enough to brave suffering, and as to the dangers which

threatened him from man, his bold and inventive spirit would furnish

him the means to avert them in calling to his assistance their very

superstitions. Was he not as well versed in the knowledge of the Koran

and the customs of Islam as the most devout disciple of the Prophet?

He would disguise himself in the costume of a pilgrim dervish, and so

would go through Asia, distributing everywhere benedictions, but

making secretly his scientific studies and remarks. His foreign

physiognomy might, it is true, raise against him some obstacles. But

he counted on his happy star, and, above all, on his presence of mind,

to succeed at last. These difficulties were renewed often in the

course of his adventurous tour; more than once the suspicious look of

some powerful tyrant was fixed upon him as if to say: "Your features

betray you; you are a European!" The extraordinary coolness, the

ingenious expedients to which Vambéry had recourse in these

emergencies, give to the story of his travels an interest which

novelists and dramatists might envy. To this powerful charm, the work

of which we give a rapid sketch unites the merit of containing {199}

the most valuable notes on the social and political relations, the

manners and character, of the races which inhabit Central Asia.

[Footnote 36: The linguistic and ethnographical studies form a

separate volume, which the author proposes to publish very soon.]

I.

It was early in July, 1862, that Vambéry, leaving Tabriz, began his

long and perilous journey. Persia, at this period of the year, does

not offer the enchanting spectacle which the enthusiastic descriptions

of poets lead us to imagine. This boasted country displays only to the

eye a heaven of fire, burning and desert plains, through the midst of

which sometimes advances slowly a caravan covered with dust, exhausted

by fatigue and heat. After a monotonous and painful march of fifteen

days, our traveller sees at last rising from the horizon the outlines

of a number of domes, half lost in a bluish fog. This is Teheran, the

celestial city, the seat of sovereignty, as the natives pompously call

it.

It was not easy to penetrate into this noble city; a compact crowd

filled the streets, asses, camels, mules laden with straw, barley, and

other marketable articles jostled each other in the strangest

confusion. "Take care! Take care!" vociferated the passers-by; each

one pressed, pushed, and blows of sticks and even of sabres were

distributed with surprising liberality. Vambéry succeeded in getting

safe and sound out of this tumult; he repaired to the summer residence

of the Turkish ambassador, where all the effendis were assembled under

a magnificent silken tent. Haydar Effendi, who represented the sultan

at the court of the Shah, had known the Hungarian traveller in

Constantinople; he received him most cordially, and very soon the

guests, gathered round a splendid banquet, began to call up souvenirs

of Stamboul, of the Bosphorus, and their delightful landscapes, so

different from the arid plains of Persia.

The contrast of character is not less noticeable between the two

nations who divide the supremacy of the Mohammedan world. The Ottoman,

in consequence of his close relations with the West, is more and more

penetrated by European manners and civilization, and gains by this

contact an incontestable superiority. The Persian preserves more the

primitive type of the Orientals, his mind is more poetic, his

intelligence more prompt, his courtesy more refined; but proud of an

antiquity which loses itself in the night of time, he is deeply

hostile to our sciences and arts, of which he does not comprehend the

importance. Some choice spirits, indeed, have endeavored to rejuvenate

the worm-eaten institutions of Persia, and to lead their country in

the way of progress. The pressing solicitations of the minister

Ferrukh Khan engaged, some years ago, several nations of Europe,

Belgium, Prussia, Italy, to send ambassadors in the hope of forming

political and commercial relations with Iran; but their efforts were

checked, Persia not being ripe for this regeneration.

Thanks to the generous hospitality of Haydar Effendi, Vambéry was

rested from his fatigues. Impatient to continue his journey, he wished

to take immediately the road to Herat; his friends dissuaded him from

it, because the hostilities just declared between the sultan of this

province and the sovereign of the Afghans rendered communications

impossible. The northern route was quite as impracticable; it would

have been necessary to cross during the winter months the vast deserts

of central Asia. The traveller was forced to await a more favorable

season. To remove gradually the obstacles which prevented the

realization of his plan, he began immediately to draw around him the

dervishes who every year pass through Teheran on their way to Turkey.

These pilgrims or hadjis never fail to address themselves to the

Ottoman embassy, for they are all _Sunnites_ and {200} recognize the

emperor of Constantinople as their spiritual head; Persia, on the

contrary, belongs to the sect of the _Shiites_, who may be called the

Protestants of Islam, with so profound a horror have they inspired the

faithful believers of Khiva, Bokhara, Samarcande, etc. Vambéry, who

proposed to visit all these fanatic states, had then adopted the

character of a pious and zealous Sunnite. Very soon it was noised

abroad among the pilgrims that Reschid Effendi (_nom de guerre_ of our

traveller) treated the dervishes as brothers, and that he was no doubt

himself a dervish in disguise.

In the morning of the 20th of March, 1862, four hadjis presented

themselves before him whom they regarded as the devoted protector of

their sect. They came to complain of Persian officials who, on their

return from Mecca, had imposed upon them an abusive tax long since

abolished. "We do not demand the money of his excellency the

ambassador," said he who appeared to be the chief; "the only object of

our prayers is, that in future the Sunnites may be able to visit the

holy places without being forced to endure the exactions of the

infidel Shiites." Surprised at the disinterestedness of this language,

Vambéry considered more attentively the austere countenances of his

guests. In spite of their miserable clothing, a native nobility

discovered itself in them; their words were frank, their looks

intelligent. The little caravan of which they made a part, composed in

all of twenty-four persons, was returning to Bokhara. The resolution

of the European was immediately taken; he said to the pilgrims that

for a long time he had had an extreme desire to visit Turkestan, this

hearth of Islamite piety, this holy land which contained the tombs of

so many saints. "Obedient to this sentiment," said he, "I have quitted

Turkey; for many months I have awaited in Persia a favorable

opportunity, and I thank God that have at last found companions with

whom I may be able to continue my journey and accomplish my purpose."

The Tartars were at first much astonished. How could an effendi,

accustomed to a life of luxury, resolve to encounter so many dangers,

to endure so many trials? The ardent faith of the pretended Sunnite

was hardly efficient to explain this prodigy, so the dervishes felt

themselves bound to enlighten him on the sad consequences to which

this excess of zeal might expose him. "We shall travel," they said,

"for whole weeks without encountering a single dwelling, without

finding the least rivulet where we can quench our thirst. More than

that, we shall run the risk of perishing by the robbers who infest the

desert, or of being swallowed up alive by tempests of sand. Reflect

again, seigneur effendi, we would not be the cause of your death."

These words were not without their effect, but, after coming so far,

Vambéry was not easily discouraged. "I know," said he to the pilgrims,

"that this world is an inn where we sojourn for some days, and from

which we soon depart to give place to new travellers. I pity those

restless spirits who, not content with having thought of the present,

embrace in their solicitude a long future. Take me with you, my

friends; I am weary of this kingdom of error, and I long to leave it."

Perceiving in him so firm a resolve, the chiefs of the caravan

received the pretended Reschid as a travelling companion. A fraternal

embrace ratified this engagement, and the European felt not without

some repugnance the contact of these ragged garments which long use

had impregnated with a thousand offensive odors.

Following the advice of one of the dervishes, Hadji Bilal, who

entertained a particular friendship for him, the traveller cut his

hair, adopted the Bokhariot costume, and the better to play the part

of a pilgrim, an enemy of all worldly superfluity, he left behind his

bedding, his linen, everything, in {201} short, which in the eyes of

the Tartars had the least appearance of refinement or luxury. Some

days after, he rejoined his companions in the caravansery where the

hadjis had promised to meet him. There Vambéry ascertained, to his

great surprise, that the miserable garments which had disgusted him so

much were the state robes of the dervishes; their travelling dress was

composed of numerous rags, arranged in the most picturesque manner and

fastened at the waist by a fragment of rope. Hadji Bilal, raising his

arms in the air, pronounced the prayer of departure, to which all the

assistants responded by the sacramental _amen_, placing the hand upon

the beard.

Vambéry quitted Teheran not without sadness and misgiving. In this

city, placed on the frontiers of civilization, he had found devoted

friends; now, in the company of strangers, he was about to face at

once the perils of the desert and those, more to be feared, which

threatened him from the cruelty of the inhabitants of the cities. He

was roused from these reflections by joyous ballads sung by many of

the pilgrims, others related the adventures of their wandering life or

boasted of the charms of their native country, the fertile gardens of

Mergolan and Khokand. Sometimes their patriotic and religious

enthusiasm led them to intone verses from the Koran, in which Vambéry

never failed to join with a zeal which did honor to the strength of

his lungs. He had then the satisfaction of observing the dervishes

look at one another and say, in an undertone, that Hadji Rescind was a

true believer, who, without doubt, thanks to the good examples before

his eyes, would soon walk in the steps of the saints.

At the end of five days the pilgrims reached the mountain of

Mazendran, the western slope of which extends its base to the Caspian

sea. Here the sterility of the country yields to the freshest, the

richest vegetation; splendid forests, prairies covered with thick

grass, extend themselves everywhere before the charmed eye of the

traveller, and from time to time the murmur of a waterfall delights

his ear. The sight of this smiling country drove away all the sad

presentiments which had possessed the soul of Vambéry; mounted upon a

gently-treading mule, he arrives full of confidence at Karatèpe, where

he is to embark upon the Caspian sea. There an Afghan of high birth,

whom the pretended Reschid had met upon his journey, and who knew the

consideration which he enjoyed at the Ottoman embassy, offered him the

hospitality of his house. The news of the arrival of pilgrims had

collected a great number of visitors; squatted along the walls of the

houses, they fixed upon Vambéry looks of mingled distrust and

curiosity. "He is not a dervish," said some, "you can see that by his

features and complexion." "The hadjis," replied others, "pretend that

he is a near relation of the Turkish ambassador." All then, shaking

their heads with a mysterious air, said in an undertone, "Only Allah

can know what this foreigner is after." During this time, Vambéry

pretended to be plunged in a profound meditation; in which as a

Protestant, he committed a grave imprudence, for the Orientals, liars

and hypocrites themselves, cannot believe in frankness, and always

infer the contrary of whatever is told them. These suspicions,

moreover, had nearly frustrated at the outset the bold designs of the

European. The captain of the Afghan ship, employed in provisioning the

Russian garrison, had consented for a small sum to take all the hadjis

in his ship across the arm of the sea which divides Karatèpe from

Ashourada. But learning the reports which were in circulation

regarding our traveller, he refused to permit him to embark; "his

attachment for the Russians not allowing him," he said, "to facilitate

the secret designs of an emissary of Turkey." In vain Hadji Bilal,

Hadji Salih, and others of the caravan endeavored to change his {202}

resolution. All was useless, and Vambéry was doubting whether he

should not be forced to retrace his steps, when his companions

generously declared that they would not proceed without him.

Toward evening, the dervishes learned that a Turcoman named Yakaub

proposed from a religious motive, and without desiring any recompense,

to take them in his boat. The motive of this unexpected kindness was

very soon discovered. Yakaub, having drawn Vambéry apart, confessed to

him in an embarrassed tone, which contrasted singularly with his wild

and energetic physiognomy, that he nourished a profound and hopeless

passion for a young girl of his tribe; a Jew, a renowned magician who

resided at Karatèpe, had promised to prepare an infallible talisman if

the unhappy lover were able to procure for him thirty drops of essence

of rose direct from Mecca. "You hadjis," added the Tartar, casting

down his eyes, "never quit the holy places without bringing away some

perfume; and as you are the youngest of the caravan, I hope that you

will comprehend my vexation better than the others, and that you will

help me." The companions of Vambéry had in fact several bottles of the

essence, of which they gave a part to the Turkoman, and this precious

gift threw the son of the desert into a genuine ecstasy.

The voyagers passed two days on a _kèseboy_ a boat provided with a

mast and two unequal sails, which the Tartars use for the transport of

cargoes. It was almost night when Yakaub cast anchor before Ashourada,

the most southerly of the Russian possessions in Asia. The czar

maintains constantly on this coast steamers charged with repressing

the depredations of the Turkomen, which formerly inspired terror

throughout the province. All natives before approaching the port of

Ashourada must be provided with a regular passport, and must submit to

the inspection of the Russian functionaries. This visit caused Vambéry

some alarm; would not the sight of his features, a little too

European, provoke from the Russian agent an indiscreet exclamation of

surprise? and would not his incognito be betrayed? Happily, on the day

of their arrival Easter was celebrated in the Greek Church, and, on

account of this solemnity, the examination was a mere formality. The

pilgrims continued their voyage, and landed the next day at

Gomushtèpe, a distance of only three leagues from Ashourada.

II.

The hadjis were received by a chief named Khandjan, to whom they had

letters of recommendation. The noble Turkoman was a man of about forty

years; his fine figure, his dress of an austere simplicity, the long

beard which fell upon his breast, gave him a dignified and imposing

air. He advanced toward his guests, embraced them several times, and

led the way to his tent. The news of the arrival of dervishes had

already spread among the inhabitants; men, women, and children threw

themselves before the pilgrims, disputing with one another the honor

of touching their garments, believing that they thus obtained a share

in the merits of these saintly personages. "These first scenes of

Asiatic life," says Vambéry, "astonished me so much that I was

constantly doubting whether I should first examine the singular

construction of their tents of felt, or admire the beauty of the

women, enveloped in their long silken tunics, or yield to the desire

manifested by the arms and hands extended toward me. Strange

spectacle! Young and old, without distinction of sex or rank, pressed

eagerly round these hadjis covered yet with the holy dust of Mecca.

Fancy my amazement when I saw women of great beauty, and even young

girls, rush through the crowd to embrace me. These demonstrations of

sympathy and respect, however, became fatiguing when we {203} arrived

at the tent of the chief _ishan_ (priest), where our little caravan

assembled. Then began a singular contest. Each one solicited as a

precious boon the right of receiving under his tent the poor

strangers. I had heard of the boasted hospitality of the nomad tribes

of Asia, but I never could have imagined the extent of it. Khandjan

put an end to the dispute by himself distributing among the

inhabitants his coveted guests. He reserved only Hadji Bilal and

myself, who were considered the chiefs of the caravan, and we followed

him to his _ooa_ (tent)."

A comfortable supper, of boiled fish and curdled milk, awaited the two

pilgrims. The touching kindness with which he had been received, the

comfort by which he was surrounded, filled Vambéry with a joy which

accorded ill with the gravity of his assumed character of dervish. His

friend Hadji Bilal felt bound to advise him upon this subject. "You

have remarked already," said he, "that my companions and I distribute

_fatiha_ (blessings) to every one. You must follow our example. I know

it is not the custom in _Roum_ (Turkey), but the Turkomen expect it

and desire it. You will excite great surprise if, giving yourself out

for a dervish, you do not take completely the character of one. You

know the formula of this blessing; you must, then, put on a serious

face and bestow your benedictions. You can add to them _nefes_ (holy

breathings) when you are called to the sick; but do not forget to

extend at the same time your hand, for every one knows that the

dervishes subsist by the piety of the faithful, and they never leave a

tent without receiving some little present."

The Hungarian traveller profited so well by the advice of Hadji Bilal

that, five days after his arrival at Gomushtèpe, a crowd of believers

and sick people besieged him from the moment that he rose, soliciting,

one his blessing, another his sacred breathing, a third the talisman

that was to cure him. Thanks to the complaisance and marvellous tact

which characterized him, Vambéry henceforth identified himself

completely with the venerable personage of Hadji Reschid, and never

during a period of two years escaped him the smallest gesture or word

which could possibly betray him. His reputation for sanctity increased

every day, and procured for him numerous offerings, which he received

with a truly Mussulman gravity. This increasing confidence permitted

the European to form with the Turkomen frequent intimacies, of which

he profited to study the social relations of these tribes, to discover

the innumerable ramifications of which they are composed, and to form

an exact idea of the bonds which unite elements in appearance so

heterogeneous and confused. But he was obliged to exercise great

prudence; a dervish, wholly preoccupied with heavenly things, never

ought to ask the smallest question in regard to affairs purely

worldly. Fortunately, the Tartars, so terrible and so impetuous, when

they have completed their forays, pass the remainder of their time in

absolute idleness, and then they amuse themselves with interminable

political and moral discussions. Vambéry, dropping his beads with an

exterior of pious revery, lent an attentive ear to all these

conversations, of which he never lost the slightest detail.

One thing which surprised him among the Turkomen was to see that if

all are too proud to obey, no one seems ambitious to command. "We are

a people without a head," they say; "and we wish no head. Every one is

king in our country," Yet, notwithstanding the absence of all

restraint, of all authority, these savage robbers, the terror of their

neighbors, live together amicably, and we find among them fewer

robberies and murders, and more morality than among the majority of

the Asiatic people. {204} This is explained by the action of an

all-powerful law, which exercises over the inhabitants of the desert

more empire than religion itself; we speak of the _Deb_, that is to

say, the custom, the traditions. An invisible sovereign, obeyed

everywhere, it sanctions robbery and slavery, and all the

prescriptions of Islam fall to the ground before it. "How," asked

Vambéry one day of a Tartar famous for his robberies and his great

piety, "how can you sell your Sunnite brother, when the Prophet has

said expressly: Every Mussulman is free?" "Bah!" he replied, "the

Koran, this book of God, is more precious than a man, and yet you buy

and sell it; Joseph, the son of Jacob, was a prophet, and yet they

sold him, and was he ever the worse for it?" The influence of Deb

extends throughout central Asia; in converting themselves to the

worship of Mohammed, the nomad tribes have taken only the exterior

form; they adored formerly the sun, the fire, and other natural

phenomena--they personify them to-day under the name of Allah.

Many ancient and singular customs are found everywhere in central

Asia; marriage is accompanied by characteristic rites. The young girl,

in her rich bridal costume, bravely bestrides a furious courser, whom

she urges to his utmost speed; with one hand she holds the rein, with

the other she presses to her bosom a lamb just killed, which the

bridegroom, mounted also on a fast horse, endeavors to take from her.

All the young people of the tribe take a part in the eager pursuit,

and the sandy desert then becomes the theatre of this fantastic

contest.

The ceremonies prescribed for funerals are not less singular. When a

member of a Turkoman family dies, the mourners come every day for an

entire year, at the hour when the deceased expired, to utter sobs and

cries, in which the relations are bound to join. This custom seems to

prove that the Tartars, superior in this respect to civilized people,

consecrate to their dead a remembrance more profound and more durable;

but, in fact, one must abate a little of this praise; the tears and

prolonged mourning are only a matter of form, and Vambéry often could

hardly suppress a smile when he saw the head of the family tranquilly

smoking his pipe or enjoying his repast, interrupting himself now and

then to join the noisy lamentations of the choir. It is the same with

the ladies; they cry, they weep in the most lugubrious fashion,

without ceasing to turn the wheel or rock the cradle. But what then?

is not human nature the same everywhere, and do the Turkoman ladies

differ so much from our inconsolable widows, to whom, as La Fontaine

says with good-natured malice, "mourning very soon becomes an

ornament."

Vambéry, venerated as one of the elect of the prophet, often passed

his evenings among these Tartar families. Then, surrounded by a large

audience, the troubadour, accompanying himself upon the guitar,

chanted the poetry of Koroghi, of Aman Mollah, or more frequency of

Makhdumkuli, the Ossian of the desert, whom his compatriots regard as

a demigod. This holy personage, who had never studied in the colleges

of Bokhara, received the gift of all science by a divine inspiration.

He was one day transported in a dream to Mecca, in presence of the

Prophet and of the first caliphs. Seized with respect and fear at the

sight of this august assembly, he prostrated himself, and, throwing

around him a timid look, perceived Omar, the patron of the Turkomen,

who, with a benevolent air, signed him to approach. He received then

the benediction of the Prophet, a light blow on the forehead, which

awakened him. From this moment a celestial poesy flowed from his lips;

he composed heroic hymns which the Tartars regard to-day as the most

beautiful productions of the human mind.

{205}

About this time, a mollah having undertaken a trip to Atabeg and the

Göklen, our traveller seized the occasion to examine the Greek ruins

which perpetuate among these savage people the remembrance of the

conquests of Alexander. He recognized the wall built by the Macedonian

hero to oppose a barrier to the menacing stream of the desert tribes.

The legend of the Turkomen shows how the oriental imagination clothes

the events of history with poetic and religious fiction. Alexander,

they say, was a profoundly religious Mussulman; and as the saints

exercise all power over the invisible world, he commanded the spirits

of darkness, and it was by his order that the genii built the sacred

wall.

Notwithstanding the generous hospitality of Khandjan, Vambéry began to

get tired of his residence at Gomushtèpe. The continual raids of the

Turkomen peopled their tents with a crowd of Persian slaves, whose

tortures revolted any one who had a spark of humanity. These unhappy

beings, surprised for the most part in a nocturnal attack, were

dragged from their families, and loaded with heavy chains which

betrayed the slightest movement and hindered every attempt at flight.

Khandjan himself possessed two young Iranians of eighteen and twenty

years, and, singularly enough, this man, so good and so hospitable,

overwhelmed these young men with injuries and insults on the slightest

pretext. Our traveller could not, without betraying himself, manifest

the least compassion for these poor slaves. Notwithstanding, the pity

which they sometimes surprised in his looks induced them to address

him. They begged him to write to their relatives, imploring them to

sell cattle, gardens, and dwellings in order to release them from this

frightful captivity; for the Turkomen often maltreat their prisoners

merely in the hope of obtaining a great ransom for them.

Vambéry then learned with joy that the khan of Khiva, for whom the

physicians had prescribed the use of buffalo's milk, had sent his

chief of caravans to Gomushtèpe to buy two pair of these animals, in

order to have them acclimated in his own country. To join an officer

who knew the invisible paths of the desert better than the most

experienced guides, was an unexpected good fortune for the pilgrims,

and Vambéry urged Hadji Bilal to improve so good an opportunity; but

Hadji Bilal was surprised at the impatience of his friend, and

remarked that it was extremely childish. "It is of no use to be in a

hurry," said he; "you will remain on the banks of the Gorghen until

destiny shall decree that you quench your thirst at another river, and

it is impossible to tell when the will of Allah will be manifested."

This answer was not particularly satisfactory to Vambéry; but he could

not attempt the desert alone; he was forced then to submit to the

oriental slowness of his companions.

The little caravan was to return to Etrek, the capital of a tribe of

warriors, to wait until the chief of caravans should join it. One of

the most renowned chiefs of this tribe came just at this time to

Gomushtèpe. His name was Kulkhan-_le-Pir_ (chief). His sombre and wild

physiognomy, little calculated to inspire confidence, never brightened

at the sight of the pious pilgrims; nevertheless, out of regard for

Khandjan, he consented to take the hadjis under his protection,

recommending to them to be ready to start with him in two days, for he

awaited in order to return to his tent at Etrek only the arrival of

his son, who had gone on a raid. Kulkhan spoke of this expedition with

the paternal pride which makes the heart of a European beat in

learning that his son has covered himself with glory on the field of

battle. Some hours later, the young man, followed by seven Turkomen,

appeared on the banks of the Gorghen. A great crowd had gathered, and

admiration was painted upon every face when the proud cavaliers threw

themselves with their {206} prey, ten magnificent horses, into the

midst of the river, which they crossed swimming. They landed

immediately, and even Vambéry, in spite of the contempt with which

these acts of pillage inspired him, could not take his eyes from these

bold warriors, who, in their short riding-habit, the chest covered

with their abundant curling hair, gaily laid down their arms.

About noon the next day the traveller quitted Gomushtèpe, and was

escorted for a considerable distance by Khandjan, who wished to fulfil

punctually all the duties of hospitality. It was not without heartfelt

regret that he parted from this devoted host, from whom he had

received so many marks of interest. The pilgrims travelled toward the

north-east; their road, which led them from the coast, was bordered by

many mounds raised by the Turkomen in memory of their illustrious

dead. When a warrior dies, every man of his tribe is bound to throw at

least seven shovelsful of earth upon his grave. So these mausoleums

often appear like little hills. This custom must be very ancient among

the Asiatics; the Huns brought it into Europe, and we find traces of

it to-day in Hungary. Half a league from Gomushtèpe the little caravan

reached magnificent prairies, the herbage of which, knee-high, exhaled

a delicious fragrance. But these blessings of nature are thrown away

upon the Turkomen, who, wholly occupied in robbery and pillage, never

dream of enriching themselves by peaceful, pastoral occupations.

"Alas!" thought our European, "what charming villages might shelter

themselves in this fertile and beautiful country. When will the busy

hum of life replace the silence of death which broods over these

regions?"

Approaching Etrek, the landscape suddenly changes. This lonely verdure

is exchanged for the salt lands of the desert, whose rank odor and

repulsive appearance seem to warn the traveller of the sufferings

which await him in these immense solitudes. Little by little Vambéry

felt the ground become soft under foot; his camel slipped, buried

himself at each step, and gave such evident signs of intending to

throw him in the mud, that he thought it prudent to dismount without

waiting for a more pressing invitation. After tramping an hour and a

half in the mire the pilgrims reached Kara Sengher (black wall), where

rose the tent of their host, Kulkhan-le-Pir. The district of Etrek is,

to the populations of Mazendran and Taberistan, a by-word of terror

and malediction. "May you be carried to Etrek," is the most terrible

imprecation which fury can extort from a Persian. One cannot pass

before the tents of the Turkomen of Etrek without seeing the unhappy

Iranian slaves, wasted by fatigue and privations, and bent under the

weight of their chains. But the nomad tribes of Tartary offer a

singular mixture of vice and virtue, of justice and lawlessness, of

benevolence and cruelty. Vambéry, in his character of dervish, made

frequent visits among the Tartars. He always returned loaded with

presents and penetrated with gratitude for their charitable

hospitality. To this sentiment succeeded a profound horror at the

barbarous treatment inflicted upon their slaves. At Gomushtèpe such a

spectacle had already revolted him; and yet this city, compared to

Etrek, might be considered the _Ultima Thule_ of humanity and

civilization.

One day, returning to his dwelling, Vambéry met one of the slaves of

Kulkhan, who, in a piteous tone, begged him to give him to drink. This

unfortunate being had labored ever since morning in a field of melons,

exposed to the heat of a burning sun, without any other food than salt

fish, and without a drop of water to quench his thirst. The sight of

this poor sufferer, and of the cheers which ran down over his thick

black beard, made Vambéry forget the danger {207} to which an

imprudent compassion might expose himself. He gave his bottle to the

slave, who drank eagerly and fled, not without having passionately

thanked his benefactor.

Another time the European and Hadji Bilal called on a rich Tartar,

who, learning that Vambéry was a disciple of the Grand Turk, cried,

with great glee, "I will show you a spectacle which will delight you;

we know how well the Russians and the Turks agree, and I will show you

one o£ your enemies in chains." He then called a poor Muscovite slave,

whose pallid features and expression of profound sadness touched

Vambéry to the heart. "Go and kiss the feet of this effendi," said the

Turkoman to the prisoner. The poor fellow was about to obey, but our

traveller stopped him by a gesture, saying that he had that morning

begun a great purification and that he did not wish to be defiled by

the touch of an infidel.

At last a messenger came to inform the pilgrims that the chief of

caravans was about to leave, and that he would meet them at noon the

next day on the shore opposite Etrek. The hadjis therefore began their

journey, escorted by Kulkhan-le-Pir, who, thanks to the introduction

of Kulkhan, neglected nothing for the security of his guests. Now, as

these districts are infested by brigands and very dangerous for

caravans, the protection of this _graybeard_ was very useful to the

travellers. Kulkhan was, in fact, the spiritual guide and grand

high-priest of these fierce robbers; he united to a character

naturally ferocious a consummate hypocrisy which made him a curious

type of the desert chiefs. One ought to have heard this renowned

bandit, who had ruined so many families, explaining to his assembled

disciples the rites prescribed for purifications, and telling them how

a good Mussulman ought to cut his moustache, etc. A sort of pious

ecstasy, a perfect serenity, the fruit of a good conscience, was

visible meanwhile upon the countenances of these men, as if they

already enjoyed a foretaste of the delight of Mohammed's paradise.

The chief of caravans now joined the pilgrims. Vambéry desired very

much to win the good graces of so important a man, and was, therefore,

much alarmed when he saw that this dignitary, who had received the

other pilgrims with marks of great respect, treated him with great

coldness. Hadji Bilal eagerly undertook the defence of his friend.

"All this," he cried angrily, "is no doubt the work of that miserable

Mehemmed, who, even while we were in Etrek, tried to make us believe

that our Hadji Reschid, so holy and so learned in the Koran, was a

European in disguise! The Lord, pardon my sins!" This was the favorite

exclamation of the good dervish in his moments of greatest agitation.

"Be patient," he added, addressing his companion, "once arrived at

Khiva, I will set this opium-eater right." Mehemmed was an Afghan

merchant, born at Kandahar, who had frequently met Europeans. He

thought he discovered in Vambéry a secret agent travelling, no doubt,

with great treasure, and he hoped, by frightening him, to extort from

him considerable sums; but the European was too cunning to be taken in

this trap, and he found a secure protection in his reputation for

sanctity and in the generous friendship of Hadji Bilal.

This incident had no immediate consequences. The chief of caravans,

who was now chief of the united caravans, ordered each pilgrim

carefully to fill his bottle, for they would travel now many days

without meeting any spring. Vambéry followed the example of his

companions, but with a negligent air which Hadji Salih thought himself

bound to reprove. "You do not know yet," said he, "that in the desert

each drop of water becomes a drop of life. The thirsty traveller

watches over his bottle as a miser over his treasure; it is as

precious to him as his eye-sight."

They travelled the whole day over a sandy soil, at times slightly

undulating, but where it was impossible to discover the least trace of

a path. The sun alone indicated their course, and during the night the

_kervanbashi_ (chief of caravans) guided himself by the polar star,

called by the Turkomen the iron pin, because it is motionless.

Gradually the sand gave place to a hard and flinty soil, on which

through the silent night resounded the foot-fall of the camels. At

day-break the caravan stopped to take some hours of rest, and

presently Vambéry perceived the kervanbashi engaged eagerly in

conversation with Hadji Bilal and Hadji Salih, the subject of which

their looks, constantly directed toward him, sufficiently indicated.

He pretended not to observe it, and occupied himself with renewed

earnestness in turning over the pages of the Koran. Some moments after

his friends came to him, and said "his foreign features excited the

distrust of the kervanbashi, for this man had already incurred the

anger of the king because he had some years before conducted to Khiva

a European, whom this single journey had enabled to put down on paper

with diabolical art all the peculiarities of the country, and he never

should be able to save his head if he committed another such blunder.

It is with great difficulty," added the dervishes, "that we have

persuaded him to take you with us, and he has made it a condition,

first, that you shall consent to be searched, and secondly, that you

will swear, by the tomb of the Prophet, that you will not carry about

you secretly a _wooden pen_ as these detestable Europeans always do."

These words, we may imagine, were not very agreeable to Vambéry, but

he had too much self-control to permit his agitation to be seen.

Pretending to be very angry, he turned toward Hadji Salih, and, loud

enough to be heard by the chief of caravans, replied, "Hadji, you have

seen me in Teheran, and you know who I am; say to the kervanbashi that

an honest man ought not to listen to the gossip of an infidel." This

pretended indignation produced the desired effect; no one afterward

expressed a doubt in regard to the pilgrim. Vambéry could not resolve

to keep his promise, and, whatever it might have cost him to deceive

his friends, he continued to make in secret some rapid notes. "Let one

imagine," says he, to excuse himself, "the latter disappointment of a

traveller who arriving at last, after long efforts and great peril,

before a spring for which he has eagerly sighed, finds himself

forbidden to moisten his parched lips."

The caravan advanced slowly through the desert; in compassion for the

camels, who suffered much from the sand, upon which they could hardly

walk, the pilgrims dismounted when the road became very bad. These

forced marches were a severe trial to Vambéry on account of his

lameness; but he endeavored to forget, his fatigue and to take a part

in the noisy conversations of his companions. The nephew of the

kervanbashi, a Turkoman of Khiva, entertained a particular affection

for him; full of respect for his character as dervish, and won by the

benevolence of his looks, he took great pleasure in talking to him of

his _tent_, the only manner in which the prescriptions of the Prophet

permitted him to speak of the young wife whom he had left at home.

Separated for a whole year from the object of his tenderness, Khali

Mallah appealed to the science of the pretended hadji to pierce the

veil which absence had placed between himself and his family. Vambéry

gravely took the Koran, pronounced some cabalistic words, closed his

eyes, and opened the book precisely at a passage in which women are

spoken of. He interpreted the sacred text so as to draw from it an

oracle sufficiently vague, at which the young Tartar was transported

with joy.

On the 27th of May the travellers reached the table-lands of

Korentaghi, a chain of mountains surrounded by vast valleys, to the

west of which extend ruins probably of Greek origin. {209} The nomads

who inhabit this district came in crowds to visit the caravan, and for

some hours the encampment had the appearance of a bazaar. The

merchants and drovers who accompanied the kervanbashi concluded

important bargains with the natives, mostly on credit; but Vambéry was

surprised to see the debtor, instead of giving the note as a guarantee

to the creditor, tranquilly put it in his own pocket. Our European

could not refrain from speaking of this, and he received from one of

the merchants this answer of a patriarchal simplicity: "What should I

do with the paper? it would not do me any good; but the debtor

requires it in order to remind him of the amount of the debt and of

the time when it is to be paid."

Two days after a dark blue cloud appeared in the horizon toward the

north; this was Petit-Balkan, the elevation, the picturesque

landscapes, and the rich mineral resources of which are celebrated in

all Turkoman poetry. The travellers passed along the chain of

mountains, perceiving here and there green and fertile prairies, and

yet the profound solitude of these beautiful valleys filled the soul

with a vague sadness. Beyond commences the Great Desert, where the

traveller marches for many weeks without finding a drop of water to

quench his thirst, or a tree to shelter him from the rays of the sun.

In winter the cold is intense, in summer the heat; but the two seasons

present an equal danger, and frequent tempests swallow up whole

caravans under drifts of snow or whirlwinds of sand.

"In proportion," says Vambéry, "as the outlines of Balkan disappear

from the horizon, the limitless desert shows itself, terrible and

majestic. I had often thought that imagination and enthusiasm enter

largely into the profound impression produced by the sight of these

immense solitudes. I deceived myself. In my own beloved country I have

often seen vast plains of sand; in Persia I have crossed the salt

desert; but how different were my feelings to-day! It is not

imagination, it is nature herself who lights the sacred torch of

inspiration. The interminable hills of sand, the utter absence of

life, the frightful calm of death, the purple tints of the sun at his

rising and setting, all warn us that we are in the Great Desert, all

fill our souls with an inexpressible emotion."

After travelling many days, the provision of water beginning to be

exhausted, Vambéry knew for the first time the horrible tortures of

thirst. "Alas!" he thought, "saving and blessed water, the most

precious of all the elements, how little have I known your value! what

would I not give at this moment for a few drops of your divine

substance!" The unfortunate traveller had lost his appetite, he

experienced an excessive prostration, a devouring fire consumed his

veins, he sank upon the ground in a state of complete exhaustion.

Suddenly he heard resound the magic words, "Water! water!" He looked

up and saw the kervanbashi distribute to each of his companions two

glasses of the precious liquid. The good Turkoman had the habit

whenever he crossed the desert of hiding a certain quantity of water,

which he distributed to the members of his caravan when their

sufferings became intolerable. This unexpected succor revived the

strength of Vambéry, and he acknowledged the justice of the Tartar

proverb: "The drop of water given in the desert to the traveller dying

of thirst, effaces a hundred, years of sin."

The next day numerous tracks of gazelles and wild asses announced to

the travellers that springs were to be found in the neighborhood;

thither they hastened to fill their bottles, and, relieved now from

all anxiety lest water should fail them before their arrival at Khiva,

they gave themselves up to transports of joyful enthusiasm. Toward

evening they reached the table-land of Kaflankir, an island {210} of

verdure in the midst of a sea of sand. Its fertile soil, covered with

luxuriant vegetation, gives asylum to a great number of animals; two

deep trenches surround this oasis, which the Turkomen say are ancient

branches of the Oxus. The caravan, instead of going directly to Khiva,

made a circuit to avoid a tribe of marauders; the first of June it

arrived within sight of the great Tartar city, which, with its domes,

its minarets, its smiling gardens, the luxuriant vegetation which

surrounds it, appeared to the travellers, worn by the monotony of the

desert, an epitome of the delights of nature and of civilization.

III.

On entering the city their admiration was somewhat lessened. Khiva is

composed of three or four thousand houses, constructed of earth,

scattered about in all directions and surrounded by a wall, also of

clay, ten feet high. But at every step the pious Khivites offered them

bread and dried fruits, begging their blessing. For a long time Khiva

had not received within its walls so great a number of hadjis; every

face expressed astonishment and admiration, and on all sides resounded

acclamations of welcome. Entering into the bazaar, Hadji Bilal intoned

a sacred canticle, in which his companions joined; the voice of

Vambéry predominated; and his emotion was very great when he saw the

surrounding crowd rush toward him, to kiss his hands, his feet covered

with dust, and even the rags which composed his dress.

According to the usage of the country, the travellers returned

immediately to the caravan which served as custom-house. The principal

_mehrum_ (royal chamberlain) fulfilled the functions of director;

hardly had he addressed the usual questions to the kervanbashi when

the miserable Afghan before spoken of, furious at having been thwarted

in his avaricious designs, advancing, cried in a tone of raillery: "We

have brought to Khiva three interesting quadrupeds, and a biped who is

not less so." The first part of the expression, of course, alluded to

the buffaloes which had been brought from Gomushtèpe; the second was

pointed at Vambéry. Instantly all eyes were fixed upon him, and he

could distinguish among the murmurs of the crowd the words: "Spy,

European, Russian." Imagine his agitation! The khan of Khiva, a cruel

fanatic, had the reputation of reducing to slavery or destroying by

horrible tortures all suspected strangers. In this emergency Vambéry

was not intimidated; often he had considered the possible consequences

of his bold enterprise, and looked death in the face.

The mehrum, lifting his brows, considered the foreign countenance of

the unknown, and rudely ordered him to approach. Vambéry was about to

reply when Hadji Bilal, who did not know what was going on, eagerly

entered to introduce his friend to the Khivite officer; the exterior

of the Turkoman dervish inspired so much confidence that suspicions

were instantly changed into respectful excuses.

This peril avoided, Vambéry could not deny that his European features

raised in his way every moment new difficulties; he must have a

powerful protector always ready to defend him. He presently remembered

that an important man, named Shukrullah Bay, who had been for ten

years ambassador to the sultan from the khan of Khiva, must know

Constantinople and every official of that city. Vambéry thought he

should find in this dignitary the support which he desired, and he

repaired the same day to the _medusse_ (college) of Mohammed Emin

Khan, where he resided. Informed that an effendi, recently arrived

from Stamboul, wished to see him, the ex-minister immediately

appeared. His surprise, already very great, was not diminished when he

saw enter a mendicant covered with {211} rags and frightfully

disfigured; but after exchanging a few words with his strange visitor,

his distrust vanished; he addressed him question after question

regarding his friends whom he had left at Constantinople, and, from

the mere pleasure of hearing him speak of them, he forgot to raise a

doubt regarding the supposed quality of the traveller. "In the name of

God, my dear effendi," said he at last, "how could you quit such a

paradise as Stamboul to come into our frightful country?" The

pretended Reschid sighed deeply. "Ah, pir!" he replied, putting a hand

upon his eyes in sign of obedience. Shukrullah was too good a

Mussulman not to understand these words; he was persuaded that his

guest belonged to some order of dervishes, and had been charged by his

_pir_ (spiritual chief) with some mission which a disciple was bound

to accomplish even at the peril of his life. Without asking any

farther explanations, he merely inquired the name of the order to

which Vambéry was attached. Vambéry mentioned the Nakish bendi,

[Footnote 37] implying that Bokhara was the end of his pilgrimage, and

he retired, leaving the Khivite minister marvelling at his learning,

his wit, his sanctity, and his extensive acquaintance.

[Footnote 37: A celebrated order which originated in Bokhara, where

its principal establishment still exists.]

The khan, hearing of the arrival of a Turk, the first who had ever

come from Constantinople to Khiva, sent in all haste a _yasoul_

(officer of the court) to give the European a small present and inform

him that the _hazret_ (sovereign) would give him audience the same

evening, for he greatly desired to receive the blessing of a dervish

born in the holy land. Our voyager, therefore, accompanied by

Shukrullah Bay, who made it a point to present him, repaired to the

palace of the formidable monarch. We will leave Vambéry to relate

himself this curious interview:

"It was the hour of public audience, and the principal entrance and

halls of the palace were filled with petitioners of every rank, sex,

and age. The crowd respectfully made way at our approach, and my ear

was agreeably tickled when I heard the women say to each other: 'See

the holy dervish from Constantinople; he comes to bless our khan, and

may Allah hear his prayer!' Shukrullah Bay had taken care to make it

known that I was very intimate with the highest dignitaries in

Stamboul, and that nothing should be omitted to render my reception

most solemn. After waiting a few moments, two yasouls came to take me

by the arm, and, with the most profound demonstrations of respect,

conducted me in the presence of Seid Mehemmed Khan.

"The prince was seated upon a sort of platform, his left arm resting

upon a velvet cushion, his right hand holding a golden sceptre.

According to the prescribed ceremonial, I raised my two hands, a

gesture which was immediately imitated by the khan and others present;

then I recited a verse from the Koran, followed by a prayer much used

beginning with the words: '_Allahuma Rabbina_.' I concluded with an

_amen_, which I pronounced with a resounding voice, holding my beard

with both hands. '_Kaboul bolgay!_' (may thy prayer be heard),

responded in unison all the assistants. Then I approached the

sovereign and exchanged with him the _mousafeha_, [Footnote 38] after

which I retired a few steps. The khan addressed me several questions

regarding the object of my journey, and my impressions in crossing the

Great Desert.

[Footnote 38: Salute prescribed by the Koran, during which the right

and left hand of each party are placed flatly one upon the other. ]

"'My sufferings have been great,' I replied, 'but my reward is greater

yet, since I am permitted to behold the splendor of your glorious

majesty. I return thanks to Allah for this favor, and I see in it a

good omen for the rest of my pilgrimage.'

{212}

"The king, evidently flattered, asked how long I proposed to remain at

Khiva, and if I were provided with the necessary funds for pursuing my

journey.

"'My intention,' I replied, 'is to visit before my departure the tombs

of the saints who repose in the vicinity of Khiva. As to the means of

pursuing my journey, I give myself no anxiety. We dervishes occupy

ourselves very little with such trifles. The sacred breathing which I

have received from the chief of my order suffices, moreover, to

sustain me four or five days without any other nourishment; therefore

the only prayer which I address to heaven is that your majesty may

live a hundred and twenty years.'

"My words had gained the good graces of the khan; he offered me twenty

ducats, and promised to make me a present of an ass. I declined the

first of these presents, because poverty is the necessary attribute of

a dervish; but I accepted the animal with gratitude, not without

piously remarking that the precept of the Prophet requires that a

white ass should be used for pilgrimages. The king assured me that I

should have one of this color, and he put an end to the interview,

begging me to accept at least during my short residence in his capital

two _tenghe_ (1 franc 50 centimes) a day for my maintenance.

"I retired joyfully, receiving at every step the respectful homage of

the crowd, and regained my own dwelling. Once alone, I uttered a sigh

of satisfaction, thinking of the danger which I had incurred, and the

happy manner in which I had escaped it. This dissolute khan, savage

and brutal tyrant, had treated me with unexampled kindness; I was now

free from all fear, and at liberty to go where I liked. During the

entire evening, the audience of the khan was present to my mind; I saw

again the Asiatic despot, with his pallid countenance, his eyes deeply

sunk in the orbits, his beard sprinkled with white, his white lips and

trembling voice. So, I thought, Providence has permitted that

fanaticism itself should serve as a bit to this suspicious and cruel

tyrant."

It was soon understood in Khiva that the dervish of Constantinople was

in great favor with the khan, therefore the notables of the city

delayed not to overwhelm him with visits and invitations; the

_oulemas_ especially, anxious to enlighten themselves with his light,

asked him a thousand questions regarding various religious

observances. Vambéry, repressing his impatience, was obliged to spend

whole hours instructing these fervent disciples on the manner of

washing the feet, the hands, the face; explaining to them how, not to

violate any precept, the true believers ought to sit down, to rise, to

walk, sleep, etc. The pretended pilgrim, who was supposed to be a

native of Stamboul, venerated seat of religion, passed for an

infallible oracle, for the sultan of Constantinople and the grandees

of his court are regarded at Khiva as the most accomplished observers

of the law. They there represent the Turkish emperor as _coiffé_ in a

turban at least fifty or sixty yards long, wrapped in a long trailing

robe, and wearing a beard which falls to the girdle. To inform the

Khivites that this prince dresses like a European, and has his clothes

cut by Dusautoy, would only excite their pious indignation; any one

who would attempt to disabuse them on these points would pass for an

impostor, and would only risk his own life. Vambéry was obliged to

answer the most ridiculous questions: one wished to know if in the

whole world there was any city to be compared to Khiva; another, if

the meals of the grand sultan were sent to him every day from Mecca,

and if it only took one minute for them to come from the Kaaba to the

palace at Constantinople. What would these pious enthusiasts say if

they could know with what honor _Chateau-Lafitte and Chateau-Margeaux_

figure upon the table of the actual successor of the Prophet?

{213}

The convent which gave asylum to the pilgrims served also as a public

square; it contained a mosque, the court of which, ornamented with a

piece of water surrounded with beautiful trees, was the favorite

lounge of all the idle people in town. The women came there to fill

the heavy jugs which they afterward carried to their dwellings. More

than one of these recalled to the European the daughters of his dear

Hungary; he took great pleasure in watching them, and never refused

them his blessing, his powder of life, or even his sacred breathing,

which had the power of curing all infirmities. On these occasions, the

sick person squatted upon the threshold of the door, the pretended

dervish, moving his lips as if in prayer, extended a hand over the

patient, then he breathed three times upon her and uttered a profound

sigh. Very often the innocent creatures fancied that they had

experienced immediate relief, so great is the power of the

imagination!

During the time that Vambéry was at Khiva, a fair had assembled there

from twenty leagues round all the rich natives. Most of these came to

the markets not so much to buy and sell as to gratify that love of

display so inveterate among the Orientals; their purchases were often

limited to a few needles or similar trifles; but it was an excellent

occasion to parade their beautiful horses, to display their richest

clothes and their finest weapons. Khiva, moreover, is the centre of an

active commerce; beside the fruits, which enjoy great renown, and are

exported to Persia, Turkey, Russia, and China, the stalls of the fair

contain excellent manufactured articles. Beside the _urgendi

tchapani_, a kind of dressing robe made of woollen or silken stuffs of

two colors, are displayed the linens of Tash-hauz, the bronzes of

Khiva, muslins, calicoes, cloth, sugar, iron sent by Russia to be

exchanged for cotton, silk, and furs, which the caravans deliver in

the spring at the markets of Orenbourg, and in the autumn at those of

Astrakan. The transactions with Bokhara are equally important: they

export thither robes and linens, and receive in exchange tea, spices,

paper, and fancy articles.

Vambéry, divided between the friendship of Hadji Bilal and his daily

increasing intimacy with Shukrullah Bay, led a very agreeable life at

Khiva. Unhappily this calm was troubled by the secret intrigues of the

mehter (minister of the interior), who was a personal enemy of the

Khivite ambassador. He persuaded the khan that our traveller was a

secret agent of the sultan of Bokhara, and Seid Mehemmed resolved to

have a second interview with the would-be dervish, and submit him to a

strict examination. Vambéry, exhausted by the extreme heat, was taking

a siesta in his cell when he was warned by a messenger to report

himself to the sovereign. Surprised at this unexpected order, he

departed with some anxiety. In order to reach the palace he was

obliged to cross the grand square, where were assembled all the

prisoners taken in a recent war against the neighboring tribe of the

Tchandors, and the sight of these unfortunate beings impressed him

most painfully. The khan in company with the mehter awaited his

arrival; he overwhelmed him with artful questions, and said that,

knowing how thoroughly versed he was in the worldly sciences, he

should like very much to see him write some lines after the manner of

Stamboul. The necessary materials having been brought, Vambéry wrote

the following epistle, when, under pompous flowers of rhetoric, he

slipped in a bit of raillery pointed at the mehter, who was extremely

vain of his own beautiful writing:

{214}

"Most majestic, powerful, terrible, and formidable monarch and

sovereign:

"Inundated with the royal favor, the poorest and most humble of your

servants has, until this day, consecrated little time to the study

of penmanship, for he remembers the Arab proverb: 'Those who have a

beautiful handwriting have ordinarily very little wit.' But he knows

also the Persian adage: 'Every defect which pleases a king becomes a

virtue.' This is why he ventures respectfully to present these

lines."

The khan, charmed with the pompous eloquence of our traveller, made

him sit beside him, offered him tea and bread, and had with him a long

political conversation, the subject of which had been agreed upon

beforehand. In his quality of dervish, the adroit European maintained

an austere silence. Seid Mehemmed drew from him with great difficulty

some sententious phrases, which offered not the slightest pretext to

the malicious designs of the mehter.

On leaving the royal audience, a yasoul conducted Vambéry to the

treasurer to receive his daily allowance. He was obliged to cross a

vast court, where a horrible spectacle awaited him. Three hundred

Tchandors, covered with rags and wasted by hunger till they looked

like living skeletons, were expecting the sentence which was to decide

their fate. The younger ones, chained one to another by iron collars,

were to be sold as slaves or given as presents to the favorites of the

king. More cruel punishments were reserved for those whose age caused

them to be considered as chiefs. While some of them were conducted to

the block upon which already many heads had fallen, eight of these

unhappy old men were thrown upon the ground while the executioner tore

out their eyes. It is impossible to enter upon the frightful details

of these barbarous punishments. Arriving at the office of the

treasurer, Vambéry found him singularly occupied in sorting silken

vestments of dazzling colors, covered with large golden embroidery.

These were the _khilat_, or robes of honor, which were to be sent to

the camp to recompense the services of the warriors; they were

designated as robes of four, twelve, twenty, or forty heads. This

singular mode of distinguishing them, which the designs upon the

tissue in no way explained, having excited the curiosity of Vambéry,

he inquired the reason. "What!" was the reply, "have you never seen

similar ones in Turkey? In that case, come to-morrow to assist at the

distribution of these glorious emblems. The most beautiful of these

vestments are intended for those soldiers who have brought forty

enemies' heads, the most simple for those who have furnished only

four." In spite of the horror which this custom inspired, the European

could not without exciting suspicion refuse the invitation thus

extended to him. Accordingly, the next morning he saw arrive in the

principal square of Khiva a hundred cavaliers covered with dust; each

one of them led at least one prisoner fastened to the pommel of the

saddle, or to the tail of his horse; women and children bound in the

same manner making a part of the booty. Beside, all the soldiers

carried behind them large bags filled with heads cut off from the

vanquished. They delivered the captives to the officer in charge, and

then emptied their bags, rolling out the contents upon the ground with

as much indifference as if they had been potatoes. These noble

warriors received in exchange an attestation of their great exploits,

and this billet would give them a right after a few days to a

pecuniary recompense.

These barbarous customs are not peculiar to Khiva; they are found in

all central Asia. Tradition, law, and religion agree in sanctioning

them. During the first years of his reign, the khan of Khiva, wishing

to display his zeal for the Mussulman faith, proceeded with the utmost

rigor not only against the heretic Tchandors, but also against his own

subjects who were found guilty of the least infraction of the

commandments of the Prophet. The oulemas endeavored to moderate the

too ardent piety of the king; but, notwithstanding their intervention,

not a day passes without {215} some person admitted to audience of the

khan being dragged from the palace, after hearing the words,

equivalent to his death-warrant: "_Alib barin!_" (take him away).

Notwithstanding the cruelties by which Khiva is disgraced, it was in

this city that Vambéry passed, under the costume of a dervish, the

most agreeable days of his journey. Whenever he appeared in public

places he was surrounded by a crowd of the faithful, who heaped

presents upon him. Thus, though he never accepted considerable sums,

and though he shared the offerings of the pious believers with his

brethren the hadjis, his situation was much improved; he was provided

with a well-lined purse, and a vigorous ass; in short, he was

perfectly equipped for his journey. His companions were very anxious

to arrive at Bokhara, fearing that the heat might render it

impracticable to cross the desert, and they urged Vambéry to terminate

his preparations for departure. Before quitting Khiva our European

wished to bid adieu to the excellent protector to whose hospitable

reception he owed so much.

"I was deeply moved," he says, "to hear the arguments which the good

Shukrullah Bay employed to dissuade me from my enterprise. He painted

Bokhara under the most gloomy colors, the distrustful and hypocritical

emir, hostile to all strangers, and who had even treacherously put to

death a Turk sent to him by Reschid Pacha. The anxiety of this worthy

old man, so convinced at first of the reality of my sacred character,

surprised me extremely. I began to think that he had penetrated the

secret of my disguise, and perhaps divined who I was. Accustomed to

European ideas, Shukrullah Bay understood our ardor for scientific

researches, for in his youth he had passed many years in St.

Petersburg, and often also, during his residence in Constantinople, he

had formed affectionate intimacies with Europeans. Was it on this

account that he had manifested so warm a friendship for me? In parting

from him I saw a tear glisten in his eye; who can tell what sentiment

caused it to flow?"

Vambéry gave the khan a last benediction. The prince recommended to

him on his return from Samarcande to pass through his capital, for he

wished to send with the pilgrim a representative, charged to receive

at Constantinople the investiture which the masters of Khiva wish to

obtain from every new sultan. This was by no means the plan of our

traveller. "_Kismet_," he replied, with his habitual presence of mind;

a word altogether in the spirit of his character, and which signifies

that one commits a grave sin when one counts upon the future.

------

{216}

From Aubrey De Vere's May Carols.

MATER DIVINAE GRATIAE.

The gifts a mother showers each day

Upon her softly-clamorous brood:

The gifts they value but for play,--

The graver gifts of clothes and food,--

Whence come they but from him who sows

With harder hand, and reaps, the soil;

The merit of his laboring brows,

The guerdon of his manly toil?

From him the grace: through her it stands

Adjusted, meted, and applied;

And ever, passing through her hands,

Enriched it seems, and beautified.

Love's mirror doubles love's caress:

Love's echo to love's voice is true:--

Their sire the children love not less

Because they clasp a mother too.

------

As children when, with heavy tread,

Men sad of face, unseen before,

Have borne away their mother dead--

So stand the nations thine no more.

From room to room those children roam,

Heart-stricken by the unwonted black:

Their house no longer seems their home:

They search; yet know not what they lack.

Years pass: self-will and passion strike

Their roots more deeply day by day;

Old servants weep; and "how unlike"

Is all the tender neighbors say.

And yet at moments, like a dream,

A mother's image o'er them flits:

Like hers their eyes a moment beam;

The voice grows soft; the brow unknits.

Such, Mary, are the realms once thine,

That know no more thy golden reign.

Bold forth from heaven thy Babe divine!

O make thine orphans thine again!

------

{217}

From The Month

PAMPHLETS ON THE EIRENICON.

The appearance of a work such as the "Eirenicon," from the pen of one

in so conspicuous a position as Dr. Pusey, was sure to attract general

attention, and to call forth a great number of comments and answers

more or less favorable to it or severe upon it. It gives an occasion

for, and indeed invites, the frankest discussion of a very wide range

of most important questions; and in doing so it has rendered a great

service to the cause of truth. Many of these questions are of that

kind which those whom the "Eirenicon" itself may be supposed more

particularly to represent have been in the habit of avoiding, at all

events in public, although their own ecclesiastical position depended

entirely upon them. It is a very great gain that these should now be

opened for discussion, at the invitation of one who has long passed as

a leader among Anglicans. Moreover, a book which handles so many

subjects and contains so many assertions has naturally raised

questions as to itself which require consideration. It is a

comparatively easy matter to look on it as a simple overture for

peace, or to speculate on the possibility of that "union by means of

explanations" which Dr. Pusey tells us is his dearest wish. Even here

we are directly met by the necessity of further investigations. Dr.

Pusey puts a certain face on the Thirty-nine Articles, and on Catholic

doctrines and statements with regard to the questions to which those

Articles refer. Is he right in his representation either of the

definitions of his own communion or of the support which those

definitions may receive from authorities external to it? Is it true

that the "Catholic" interpretation is the legitimate sense of the

Articles? Is it true that that interpretation is supported by Roman

and Greek authorities? Is there no statement, for instance, in the

Council of Trent about justification to which any in the Anglican

communion can object? It must be quite obvious that a great number of

sanguine assertions such as these require examination in detail; and

surely no one can complain if they are not admitted on Dr. Pusey's

word. Then again, unfortunately, he was not content with painting his

own communion in his own colors; he must needs give a description of

the Catholic system also. He has told us--and we are both willing and

bound to believe him--that he has not drawn this sketch in a hostile

spirit; perhaps he will some day acknowledge--which is much more to

the point--that he has drawn it in great and lamentable ignorance, the

consciousness of which ought to have deterred him from attempting it.

Surely there are some enterprises which are usually undertaken by none

but the dullest or the most presumptuous of men. Such an enterprise is

that of giving an account of a practical system which influences and

forms the hearts and minds of thousands of our fellow-creatures, when

we have ourselves lived all our days as entire strangers to it. If it

be something simply in the natural order, such as the polity or the

customs of a foreign nation, we do not feel so much surprise at the

blunders made by the {218} writer who undertakes to describe them, as

at his temerity in making the attempt. This is, of coarse, enhanced

greatly in proportion as we ascend into the higher spheres of the

spiritual and supernatural life. It is strange enough to see any

sensible man writing as if he could fairly characterize the devotional

sentiments and religious thoughts of men of a different belief; but it

becomes something more than strange when this venturesome critic

proceeds not only to characterize, but to condemn and to denounce in

the strongest language that which he might in all reason and modesty

have supposed himself, at least, not quite able fully to comprehend;

and this at the very time that he is proposing peace.

We are not, however, here concerned with this more painful view of the

subject. We are only pointing out that the elaborate chapter of

accusation against the Catholic Church which Dr. Pusey has drawn up

could not fail to be received with great indignation on the part of

Catholics, and that the overtures which accompany it cannot be fairly

dealt with until it has been thoroughly sifted by criticism as well as

by controversy. How can we explain a "system" which we deny to exist?

Of course, no Catholic will acknowledge Dr. Pusey's representation as

anything but a monstrous caricature. Of course, also, the chief heads

of accusation can be easily dealt with one by one, and positive

statements given as to what is really taught, thought, and felt by

Catholics with regard to them. But this leaves the book untouched. How

came these charges to be made? What grounds has Dr. Pusey for

asserting that to be true which we all know to be so false? Does he

quote rightly? Has he understood the books he cites, where he has read

them? And has he read them through? Are the authors whom he gives as

fair specimens of Catholic teaching acknowledged as writers of credit,

or are some of them even on the Index? Has he ever understood the

Catholic doctrines on which he is severe, such as the immaculate

conception and the papal infallibility, or the meaning of the Catholic

authorities whom he seems to set in some sort of opposition to others,

such as Bossuet and the bishops, whose answers he quotes from the

"Pareri?" It is true that questions like this are to some extent

personal; but Dr. Pusey makes it necessary to ask them, and he is the

one person in the world who ought to wish that they should be

thoroughly handled. We cannot believe that he approves of the tactics

of some Anglican critics, who speak as if the ark of their sanctuary

were rudely touched when it is said that he can be mistaken or

ignorant about anything. He has never shown any lack of controversial

courage. Up to the present time we are not aware of a single

publication of any note from the Catholic side of the question which

has not exposed some one or two distinct and important errors of fact,

quotation, historical statement, or some grave misconception of

doctrine on his part; and this, it is to be observed, has hitherto

only been done incidentally by writers who have not addressed

themselves to the systematic examination of the "Eirenicon" as a work

of learning.

Lastly, this miscellaneous work has occasioned a call which, also, we

are glad to feel sure, will be adequately answered; a call for calm

and learned statements from Catholic theologians on some of the chief

controversial questions touched on by Dr. Pusey. What is the real

unity of the church? What is the true doctrine of her infallibility

and of that of the Roman Pontiff? and how are the commonly alleged

(though so often refuted) objections--as, for instance, that about

what Dr. Pusey calls _formal heresy_ of Liberius--to the met? What is

really meant by the immaculate conception, and what was in truth the

history of the late definition? {219} These, and a few more

important matters--such as the doctrine of transubstantiation, and the

historical truth as to the cases of Meletius and the African

churches--will be treated at length in the forthcoming volume of

essays announced under the title of "Peace through the Truth." The

case of the Anglican ordinations has been incidentally raised by Dr.

Pusey; but it will be natural for Catholic critics to wait for a

volume on the subject which has been announced by Mr. F. G. Lee. As

far as the alleged sanction of those ordinations by Cardinal Pole is

concerned, Dr. Pusey does not seem inclined to raise the question

again.

We have thus a tolerably large promise of work for theological writers

and readers; and it cannot but be looked on as a good sign that so

strong an impulse to controversial activity should have been given by

one who has not hitherto been fond of inviting attention to the

difficulties of his own position. It is but natural that the more

solid and erudite works called forth by the "Eirenicon" should be the

last to appear; and any one who has read but a few pages of that work

will understand the difficulty which its writer has imposed on any

conscientious critic by a frequently loose way of quoting, and an

occasional habit of giving no authority at all for statements that

certainly require more proof than a bare assertion. But we have

already the beginning of a most valuable collection of publications by

men of the highest position, dealing either with detached portions of

Dr. Pusey's work or in a summary way with its general plan; and some

service has been done by letters in the papers, such as those of Canon

Estcourt and Mr. Rhodes. Father Gallwey's "Sermon" has been widely

circulated; Canon Oakeley has given us an interesting pamphlet on the

"Leading Topics of the Eirenicon;" Dr. Newman has written a letter to

its author, and is understood to be preparing a second; and his grace

the Archbishop of Westminster has dealt with several of Dr. Pusey's

assertions in his "Pastoral Letter on the Reunion of Christendom." We

propose now to deal shortly with some of these publications, which,

though they belong to the earlier and more incidental stage of the

controversy, are of the highest value in themselves and on account of

the position of their authors. [Footnote 39]

[Footnote 39: We have found it impossible to deal with so important

and authoritative a è as his Grace's "Letter" in our present paper.]

We must first, however, speak of a work put forth by Dr. Pusey as a

sequel or a companion to the "Eirenicon." This is a republication

(with leave of the author) of the celebrated Tract 90, preceded by an

historical preface from Dr Pusey's own pen, and followed by a letter

of Mr. Keble on "Catholic Subscription to the Articles," which was

widely circulated, though not published, in 1861. Of the tract itself

we need not, of course, speak. Dr. Pusey's preface, however, is open

to one or two obvious remarks. It is remarkable for the manner in

which he identifies himself with the Mr. Newman of the day, though it

appears that the proof of the tract in question was submitted to Mr.

Keble, and its publication urged by him, while Dr. Pusey himself was

only made aware of its existence by the clamor with which it was

received. Then, again, the remarkable difference of view between Dr.

Pusey and Mr. Newman as to the "Catholic" interpretation of the

Articles forces itself again upon our notice. From the tract itself

all through, and its explanations by its author at the time and since,

it is perfectly clear that nothing more was meant by it than to claim

such latitude of interpretation of the Thirty-nine Articles as would

admit the "Catholic" sense on equal terms, as it were, with the

anti-Catholic; and the same view is urged by Mr. Keble in his letter.

The writer of the tract supposes that the Anglican formularies were

drawn {220} up with designed ambiguity, in order to catch Catholic

subscriptions. He compares the tactics adopted by the framers of the

Articles to those which were followed by M. Thiers: "A French

minister, desirous of war, nevertheless, as a matter of policy, draws

up his state papers in such moderate language that his successor, who

is for peace, can act up to them without compromising his own

principles. . . . The Protestant confession was drawn up with the

purpose of including Catholics; and Catholics now will not be

excluded. What was an economy in the reformers is a protection to us"

(Tract 90, conclusion). This is a plain common-sense view of the

matter, and is abundantly supported by history. But it obviously

leaves a stain on the Anglican establishment, which will appear of

vital or of trifling importance according to the different views under

which that community is regarded. If it is looked upon as a political

and national organization, it was no doubt a stroke of prudence so to

frame the formularies as to include both sides. If it is considered as

a church of Christ, it can hardly be anything but discreditable that

it should thus compromise divine truth. But Dr. Pusey's view of the

"Catholic interpretation," as expressed both in his present preface

and in the "Eirenicon," claims for it the exclusive title of the

natural and legitimate sense. It may seem almost incredible that any

one should maintain this; but so it is. Dr. Pusey thus speaks of the

"Protestant" interpretations: "We had all been educated in a

traditional system, which had practically imported into the Articles a

good many principles _which were not contained in them nor suggested

by them;_ yet which were habitually identified with them. . . . . We

proposed no system to ourselves, but laid aside piece by piece the

system of ultra-Protestant interpretation, which had incrusted round

the Articles. This doubtless appeared in our writings from time to

time; but the expositions to which we were accustomed, and which were

to our minds the genuine expositions of the Articles, had never before

been brought into one focus, as they were in Tract 90. . . . Newman

explained that it was written solely against this system of

interpretation, which brought meanings into the Articles, not out of

them, and also why he wrote it at all" (Pref., v.-vii.) Yet the words

of Mr. Newman's explanation, which are quoted immediately after this

last passage, distinctly contradict the interpretation of the tract

put forward by Dr. Pusey. Mr. Newman says that the Anglican Church, as

well as the Roman, in his opinion, has a "traditionary system beyond

and beside the letter of its formularies. . . . . And this

traditionary system not only inculcates what I cannot conceive

(receive?), but would exclude any difference of belief from itself.

_To this exclusive modern system_ I desire to oppose myself; and it is

as doing this, doubtless, that I am incurring the censure of the four

gentlemen who have come before the public. _I want certain points to

be left open which they would close._. . . In thus maintaining that

we have open questions, or, as I have expressed it in the tract,

'ambiguous formularies,' I observe, first, that I am introducing no

novelty." He then gives an instance which shows that the principle is

admitted. Again, he says: "The tract is grounded on the belief that

the Articles _need_ not be so closed as the received methods of

teaching closes them, and _ought_ not to be for the sake of many

persons" (Letter to Dr. Jelf, quoted by Dr. Pusey, p. vii.)

It is obvious that the interpretations contained in the tract, however

admissible on the hypothesis of their author, become little less than

extravagant when they are considered in the light in which Dr. Pusey

now puts them forward; and it is but fair to Dr. Newman and others to

point out the change. Moreover, it is not {221} impossible that this

republication of the tract, together with the avowals made in the

"Eirenicon" as to the interpretation of the Articles, may be

considered as a kind of challenge thrown out on the part of Dr. Pusey

and his followers to the authorities of the establishment and the

parties within it that are most opposed to "Catholic" opinions. It may

be considered fairly enough that if this "claim to hold all Roman

doctrine"--as far as those well-used words apply to it--is allowed to

pass unnoticed, the position of the "Anglo-Catholic" clergy in the

establishment will be made as secure as silent toleration on the part

of authorities can make it. [Footnote 40] Be it so by all means; but

let it be understood that the claim now made is quite different from

that made by Mr. Newman in 1841; and that if it enjoys immunity from

censure, on account of the far greater latitude now allowed in the

establishment to extreme opinions of every color except one, it has

still to free itself from the charge of being one of the most

grotesque contortions of language that has ever been seriously

advocated as permissible by reasonable men. One of the Articles, for

instance--to take the case adduced by Canon Oakeley--says that

"transubstantiation (or the change of the substance of the bread and

wine) in the Supper of the Lord cannot be proved by Holy Writ; but is

repugnant to the plain words of Scripture, overthroweth the nature of

a sacrament, and hath given occasion to many superstitions." On the

other hand, let us place the Tridentine Canon: "If any one saith that

in the sacred and holy sacrament of the eucharist the substance of the

bread and wine remains conjointly with the body and blood of our Lord

Jesus Christ, and denieth that wonderful and singular conversion of

the whole substance of the bread into the body, and of the whole

substance of the wine into the blood--the species only of the bread

and wine remaining--which conversion the Catholic Church most aptly

calls transubstantiation, let him be anathema." (Sess. xiii.) Not only

does Dr. Pusey assert that there is a sense in which the two

statements are compatible, but he maintains that such an

interpretation is the one single obvious grammatical and legitimate

interpretation of the words of the Anglican Article. We can only

imagine one process of reasoning by which this conclusion can be

maintained; and we have little doubt that if Dr. Pusey's argument were

drawn out it would come to this. The Articles must mean "Catholic"

doctrine, whether they seem to do so or not, because the Anglican

Church is a true and orthodox portion of the Catholic Church. And a

part of the proof that she is such a portion consists in the fact that

her formularies signify Catholic doctrine!

[Footnote 40: Canon Oakeley, in the pamphlet of which we shall

presently speak, says of Dr. Pusey's interpretation: "Dr. Pusey's

avowal, moreover, not merely involves the acceptance of that

interpretation of the Thirty-nine Articles for which Mr. Newman was

censured by nearly every bishop of the establishment, but goes

beyond that interpretation in a Catholic direction, inasmuch as it

comprehends the doctrine of transubstantiation, which Mr. Newman, I

believe, never thought to be included within the terms of the

Articles. It also goes beyond Mr. Newman's argument in his tract,

_in that it supports the Catholic sense of the Articles to be their

obvious and only true sense._ Instead of being merely one of the

senses which are compatible with honest subscription. And here I

must say, in passing, that I think Dr. Pusey somewhat unfair on Mr.

Ward in attributing to him the unpopularity of Tract 90, since, in

extending the interpretation of the tract to our doctrine of the

blessed eucharist. Dr. Pusey is in fact adopting Mr. Ward's

Construction of the Articles, and not Mr. Newman's" (p, 6).]

The other noticeable feature in Dr. Pusey's preface is an attempt to

throw the blame of the undoubted unpopularity of Tract 90 upon Mr.

Ward rather than on the tract itself. Mr. Ward was probably at one

time the best-abused person of all the followers of the tractarian

movement; and if powerful reasoning, keen logic, unflinching openness,

and courageous honesty are enough to make a person merit wholesale

abuse, Mr. Ward certainly deserved it. But to attribute the

unpopularity of No. 90 to him is simply to forget dates and distort

facts. {222} In 1841, when the clamor against No. 90 was at its

height, Mr. Ward, though well known in Oxford for his decided opinions

and thorough honesty in avowing them, and though highly influential

(as he could not fail to be) over those who came within his reach, was

hardly known in the country at large. Dr. Pusey's mistake has been

pointed out by Canon Oakeley in the appendix to his pamphlet, of which

we shall speak presently. He observes that the word "non-natural"--of

which he gives a very plain and simple explanation, which quite

vindicates it from the interpretation commonly put upon it--was not

used till the appearance of "The Ideal of a Christian Church" in 1844.

Canon Oakeley's pamphlet, like everything that he writes, is graceful

and courteous, lucid and cogent; and it ought to have all the greater

weight with Dr. Pusey from the evident disinclination of the author to

think or speak with severity. In fact, Dr. Pusey has already

[Footnote 41] had occasion to correct an over-sanguine conclusion as

to his own position which had been formed by Canon Oakeley in

consequence of certain explanations which he addressed to a Catholic

paper.

[Footnote 41: In his second letter to the "Weekly Register."]

We think that the fullest credit should be given to Dr. Pusey for

these explanations; but they must not be allowed to counterbalance

assertions which he has never withdrawn, and seems never to have meant

to withdraw. He has only negatively declared something about the

intention he had in making them. He says they were not meant to hurt

Catholics; he does not say that they were not meant to frighten

Anglicans. We refer, of course, to the large number of pages which he

has devoted to attacks on what he chooses to consider as the practical

system of Catholicism, chiefly with regard to the _cultus_ of our

Blessed Lady, and which no Catholic can read without intense

indignation. He has heaped up a number of extracts from books of very

little authority, and put forward as characteristics of the Catholic

system the pious contemplations of individuals, as well as tenets

which have been actually condemned. The charge is urged with all the

recklessness of an advocate, with eager rhetoric rather than calm

argument, with all the looseness of insinuation and inaccuracy of

quotation which mark the productions of a heated partizan. [Footnote

42]

[Footnote 42: A writer in the current number of "Macmillan's

Magazine" (Feb., 1866) observes: "We could scarcely transcribe all

that is here set forth without offending the religious taste of our

readers, and appearing to gloat over the degradation of a church

which, amidst all its aberrations and after all ita crimes, is a

part of Christendom. We may reasonably hope, also, that there is

something to be said upon the other side: for, without casting any

suspicion upon Dr. Pusey's honesty, we must remember that he is

personally under a strong temptation to scare the wavering members

of his party from defection to the Church of Rome" (p. 277). This is

the opinion of an intensely anti-Catholic writer; and it would be

easy to quote scores of similar criticisms. A letter from Oxford, in

the "London Review" of February 3, says: "It seems a gentle irony,

certainly, to call a book an 'Eirenicon' which most mercilessly

exposes the errors, perversions, and tendencies of those whom it

proposes to conciliate. A great portion of the book might have been

written by the most distinguished Papophobe--we will not say Dr.

Cumming, for the style does not remind us of his publications." The

writer in "Macmillan" adds an observation on another point which is

well worthy of Dr. Pusey's consideration: "Dr. Pusey's argument,

both against Mariolatry and Papal infallibility, _appeals to

principles essentially rationalistic_, which are capable, as we

conceive, of being turned with fatal effect against himself" (p.

230).]

No part of his book shows more earnestness than this. Such being the

case, it seems to us very strange that any one should expect Catholics

to be satisfied with a simple assurance from Dr. Pusey that "nothing

was further from my wish than to write anything which should be

painful to those in your communion." [Footnote 43]

[Footnote 43: Dr. Pusey to the "Weekly Register," Nov. 25, 1865.]

We suppose that if some one were to write a pamphlet of a hundred

pages full of the hardest and most vulgar insinuations against

something that Dr. Pusey holds dear and sacred, his opinion of it

would hardly be changed by the assurance, unaccompanied by a single

retraction, "I never meant to hurt your feelings." He would naturally

ask in what sort of atmosphere such a person had lived, to be able to

think that such things _could_ be said without being "painful." He

disclaims {223} all desire to "prescribe to Italians and Spaniards

what they shall hold, or how they shall express their pious opinions."

But he is not speaking of Spaniards or Italians only in many of the

most offensive passages of his work. He says, for instance, that it

"is a practical question, affecting our whole eternity: What shall I

do to be saved? The practical answer to the Roman Catholic seems to me

to be, Go to Mary, and you will be saved; in our dear Lord's own words

it is, Come unto me; in our own belief it is, Go to Jesus, and you

will be saved" (p. 182). Can anything be more shocking than the

contrast insinuated here? Or, again, when he says in another place,

"One sees not where there shall be any pause or bound, short of that

bold conception, 'that every prayer, both of individuals and of the

church, should be addressed to St. Mary?'" Dr. Pusey must be perfectly

aware of the effect of words like these from him upon the mass of his

readers. It is certainly no sufficient _withdrawal_ of them to write a

letter to a Catholic newspaper, of limited circulation, saying that he

"never thought of imputing to any of the writers whom he quoted that

they took from our Lord any of the love which they gave to his

mother." Whatever he may think about the writers themselves, he

certainly asserts in the face of the world that they teach others to

do this. He asserts that there is a "system" in the Catholic Church,

of which this is the effect. If he "had no thought of criticising holy

men who held it," he still will not take Catholic explanations of

their words, which show that they did _not_ hold it; and his own words

imply, or at all events admit of, a reservation, that such is the

tendency of the system, from which certain individuals escape in

consequence of their holiness. Now, it is this assertion about the

system of the church which offends Catholics. They care little about

their own "feelings;" they resent false charges against the church all

the more when they proceed from one who professes to be nearer to them

than others, and to be a lover of peace, and who might easily have

satisfied himself that his accusations were groundless. People have

not complained of Dr. Pusey's intention in saying these things, but of

his having said them. They willingly accept his statement as to his

intention; but misrepresentations retain their mischievous character

till they have been formally withdrawn, whatever may have been the

temper in which they have been put forward.

It is, moreover, obvious that this, which to ordinary eyes is the

prominent feature in Dr. Pusey's volume, must be taken into account in

all conclusions concerning the present state of mind among Anglicans

that are founded upon the reception which the "Eirenicon" has met with

among them. We think that there are but few among them, as there are

certainly very few among Catholics, who attach much practical

importance to the vague and dreamy ideas about corporate union by

means of mutual explanations which are put forward in other parts of

the work. It is perfectly clear that Dr. Pusey's account of the

Articles would be repudiated at once by all the Anglican authorities;

and equally clear that the points to which he still objects, such as

the papal infallibility and the dogma of the immaculate conception,

are among those which can never be conceded on the side of the church.

The proposals for union are not, therefore, generally looked upon as

matters for practical consideration; though, as Dr. Newman has

remarked, they may hereafter lead to results of the highest

importance. What has struck the Anglican public in the book is its

attack on Catholicism, which has, no doubt, surprised Protestants as

much as Catholics by its violence. We say, therefore, that to consider

Dr. Pusey's unrebuked declaration about the possibility of union as a

great sign of progress among Anglicans, without {224} taking into

consideration the other features of the work which he has put forth,

is to ignore the most essential circumstances of the case. Canon

Oakeley compares the outcry with which similar declarations were once

received on Mr. Ward's part and his own with the indifference and

absence of opposition now evinced toward Dr. Pusey. It is true that

the cases are in some respects parallel; but there is this vital

difference, that neither Mr. Ward nor Canon Oakeley accompanied their

declarations as to Roman doctrine with virulent abuse of Roman

practice; and we may feel pretty certain that the "Ideal of a

Christian Church" would never have been made the ground of an

academical condemnation of its author if it had contained the hundred

pages on the _cultus_ of the Blessed Virgin on which Dr. Pusey has

expended so much care, and which he has adorned with so much apparent

erudition. Englishmen judge roughly, and in the main fairly; and they

will look on the proposals for union as an amiable eccentricity in a

writer who has pandered so lovingly to their favorite prejudices.

Canon Oakeley has drawn out very clearly another very important

qualification, which must modify our feelings of joy at the apparent

progress of Anglicans in general toward greater tolerance of Catholic

opinions among themselves. He has shown that this seemingly good sign

is in reality only an indication of increasing indifference to

doctrine of every kind. It is the reflection on the broad mirror of

public opinion of the uniformly latitudinarian tendency of the

authorities of the establishment, as evinced in the succession of

judicial decisions of which we have all heard so much. It is not

wonderful that Puseyism should share in this universal indulgence. We

have also to thank Canon Oakeley for a calm and forcible vindication

of the Catholic devotion to our Blessed Lady, which has been made the

subject of so violent an attack by Dr. Pusey--perhaps more in the form

of an apology than was necessary--and for some very sensible remarks

on the dream of "corporate union."

There is one writer in England whose words on this subject will be

listened to with almost equal interest by Catholics and Protestants.

The conflict passes into a new phase with the appearance of Dr. Newman

upon the scene. It is "the great Achilles moving to the war." The

gleam of well-worn armor flashes on the eye, and the attention of both

armies is riveted on him as he lifts his spear. He cannot mutter his

favorite motto:

[Greek text]

for it is but lately that he struck down and kicked off the field a

swaggering bully from the opposite ranks hardly worthy of his steel.

It is different now. He will begin in Homeric fashion with a

complimentary harangue to the champion on the other side; but then

will come the time for blows--blows of immense force, dealt out with a

gentle affectionateness which enhances their effect tenfold. Dr.

Newman begins by a generous tribute to Dr. Pusey himself, and to those

whom he may be supposed to influence. No one can speak more strongly

on the paramount rights of conscience, which is not to be stifled for

the sake of making a path easy or removing a wearisome difficulty. Dr.

Pusey is allowed to have every right to mention the conditions on

which he proposes union, though Dr. Newman does not agree with them,

and thinks that he would himself not hold to them; he has also the

right to state what it is that he objects to, as requiring

explanation, in the Catholic system. But then the tone changes, and

business begins. Dr. Newman tells his old friend in the plainest way

that "there is much both in the matter and manner of his volume

calculated to wound those who love him well, but truth more;" and he

points out the {225} glaring inconsistency of "professing to be

composing an Irenicon while treating Catholics as foes;" and

characterizes, in his happy way, the proceeding of Dr. Pusey as

"discharging an olive branch as from a catapult." The hundred pages on

the subject of the Blessed Virgin which are contained in the

"Eirenicon" are so palpably "one-sided" that no one can venture to

deny it. Few have characterized them in stronger terms than Dr.

Newman. "What could an Exeter Hall orator, what could a Scotch

commentator on the Apocalypse, do more for his own side of the

controversy by the picture he drew of us?" Further on he pointedly

reminds Dr. Pusey that he all the time knew better. After a proof from

the fathers as to the doctrine in question, he says, "You know what

the fathers assert; but if so, have you not, my dear friend, been

unjust to yourself in your recent volume, and made far too much of the

differences which exist between Anglicans and us on this particular

point? It is the office of an Irenicon to smooth difficulties" (p.

83); and again, "As you revere the fathers, so you revere the Greek

Church; and here again we have a witness in our behalf, _of which you

must be aware as fully as we are_, and of which you must really mean

to give us the benefit" (p. 95); and again, "Then I think you have not

always made your quotations with that consideration and kindness which

is your rule" (p. 111). The calm gentleness of the language will

certainly not conceal from Dr. Pusey the gravity and severity of the

rebuke thus administered. Moreover, Dr. Newman has complaints of his

own to urge. With the most questionable taste Dr. Pusey has actually

brought "to life one of" Dr. Newman's "own strong sayings, in 1841,

about idolatry;" he has at least been understood to father upon him

the well-known saying, that "the establishment is the great bulwark

against infidelity in this land;" he has used some words from Dr.

Newman's notes to St. Athanasius in a collection of passages from the

fathers, the apparent purpose of which is to defend some Anglican

doctrine about the sufficiency of Holy Scripture against a supposed

Catholic contradiction. Dr. Newman also most clearly distinguishes his

own intention in publishing Tract 90 from that of Dr. Pusey in its

recent republication.

The introduction to the letter before us concludes with a passage of

singular interest, in which Dr. Newman vindicates the right of a

convert to speak freely about the system of the church to which he has

submitted. We must confess that we hardly understood the passages in

Dr. Pusey's work, to which reference is here made, as denying the

right of free comment to a convert, in the sense in which Dr. Newman

affirms it. Dr. Pusey has a standard and measure of his own (external

to the Anglican establishment), by which he criticises, approves, or

condemns this or that feature in it; and he distinctly contemplates at

least the possibility of his being driven to quit it by its formal

adoption of heresy. Certainly, to submit to the Catholic Church, and

yet retain the right of measuring her in such a way by an external

standard, would be a contradiction in terms. But this does not touch

the right of a convert either to choose freely, according to his own

tastes and leanings, among those varieties of devotion and practice

which the church expressly leaves to his choice, or to express his

opinion on such subjects (so that it be done with charity), or on any

other matters which fall within the wide and recognized range of open

questions. If Dr. Pusey meant to deny this right, he will be convinced

by the frank use made of it by Dr. Newman in the passage before us. No

one, certainly, will assail _him_ as unorthodox; yet he takes his

stand openly on one particular side with regard to some of the moot

questions of the day, as to which certainly a large {226} number of

English Catholics will be as ready to say that they do not altogether

agree with him as to acknowledge that he has a perfect right to the

opinions which he expresses. Perhaps we should rather say that they

will profess their admiration for the authors whom he so far at least

disavows as to question their right to be treated in controversy as

the legitimate and exclusive representatives of English Catholicism;

for we need not understand Dr. Newman's words about the late Father

Faber and the editor of the "Dublin Review" as meaning more than this;

and his point, as against Dr. Pusey, is fully secured by the

indisputable fact that those distinguished men have never considered

themselves, or let others consider them, as such representatives.

The greater part, however, of Dr. Newman's present letter is given to

an exquisite defence of Catholic doctrine and devotion as regards our

Blessed Lady. Its power and beauty are so great as to fill us with

inexpressible sadness at the thought that Dr. Newman has written

comparatively so little on similar subjects since he has been a

Catholic. This short and very condensed sketch on one particular point

has given him an opportunity of exercising, on however limited a

scale, those powers as to which he is simply unrivalled. There is the

keen penetration of the sense of Scripture, and of the relation

between different and distinct parts of the Holy Volume. After putting

forward the patristic view of our Blessed Lady as the second Eve, Dr.

Newman has occasion to defend that interpretation of the vision of the

woman in the Apocalypse which understands it of her. This has given

him occasion to explain how it is that this interpretation may be the

true one, although there is no great amount of positive testimony for

it in the fathers, and to refute from the general principles of

scriptural language that which looks upon the image as simply a

personification of the church. This passage is a real and great gain

in scriptural interpretation. Then, again, here is the masterly and

discriminating erudition, not dealing with the fathers as an

ill-arranged and incoherent mass of authorities, but giving to each

witness his due place and weight, pointing out what parts of the

church and what apostolical tradition he represents, and blending the

different sufferages into one harmonious statement. History is brought

in to trace the gradual development of devotion on points as to which

doctrine, on the other hand, was always uniform; and to give a natural

and simple explanation of the chronological order in which the heart,

as it were, of the church seems to have mastered the different

portions of the wonderful deposit which the apostles sowed in her

mind. The effect of Dr. Newman's explanation of the comparatively

later growth of certain devotions, which in themselves might have been

expected to precede others, is not only to remove the apparent

difficulty, but to make every other view appear more difficult than

that which he gives. Equally beautiful and convincing is his

explanation in the appendix of the historical account which may be

given of the strange sayings of certain fathers as to our Blessed Lady

having possibly fallen into faults of infirmity. Some most accurate

and delicate tests for the discernment of a real tradition are here

given, as well as reasons for the apparent absence of such a tradition

in a special case. Dr. Newman is one of the few writers who show us,

first, that they thoroughly understand a difficulty or an objection;

then, that they can make it even stronger; and then, that they can not

only say something against it, or crush it, but even unravel it, and

show that it was to be expected. In every one of these respects Dr.

Pusey is his exact contrary. Then again, Dr. Newman brings together a

series of passages from the fathers of the "undivided church"--to use

the now term invented, we believe, by Mr. Keble--of which, of course,

{227} Dr. Pusey was aware, but of which he has said nothing in his

"Eirenicon." These testify amply not only to the doctrine but to the

devotion of the fourth and fifth centuries as to our Blessed Lady. He

is, of course, sparing of quotations in a work like the present; but

he crowns his argument from authority by a number of passages not from

popular books of devotion among the Greeks, but from their liturgies

and authoritative formularies--on which Dr. Pusey would have founded

a strong argument to the effect that our Lady is elevated to the place

of our Lord, if he had been able to find them in circulation among

Catholics. In fact, a number of formal Greek devotions end with the

words, "through the Theotocos," instead of "per Dominum nostrum Jesum

Christum." The contrast between the cogency and appositeness of every

word of Dr. Newman's few quotations (almost universally given at

length), and the utter illusiveness and bewildering misapplication of

the clouds upon clouds of citations paraded in Dr. Pusey's volume, is

wonderfully striking. Nor, again, is the difference less great between

the two when a personal remark has to be made. Dr. Newman has no hard

words for any one. He does not shrink from pointing out faults, as we

have already said. He tells Dr. Pusey plainly enough that he does not

think that he even understands what the immaculate conception means;

and when he speaks of Anglicans being ignorant of the Catholic

doctrine of original sin, he seems carefully to omit exempting Dr.

Pusey from the general statement. He says again pointedly, "He who

charges us with making Mary a divinity is thereby denying the divinity

of Jesus. _Such a man does not know what divinity is._" He complains

of the unfairness--of which, we are sorry to say, Dr. Pusey seems

habitually guilty--of taking a strong and apparently objectionable

passage from an author who, either in the immediate context or

elsewhere, has qualified it by other statements, which any one but a

partizan writer would feel bound to take into consideration and to

place by its side, without giving the reader any intimation that such

qualifications exist. "When, then, my dear Pusey, you read anything

extravagant in praise of our Lady, is it not charitable to ask, even

while you condemn it in itself, Did the author write nothing else?"

(p. 101). He refuses to receive Dr. Pusey's collection of strong

passages as a fair representation of the minds of the authors from

whom they are quoted. He speaks of their "literal and absolute sense,

as any Protestant would naturally take them, and as the writers

doubtless did not use them" (p. 118). And again: "I know nothing of

the originals, and cannot believe that they have meant what you say"

(p. 120). But with all this strong and decisive language, which we may

be sure is the very gentlest that he can use, and implies an estimate

of the "Eirenicon" by no means in accordance with that of its

admirers, he is so uniformly calm and affectionate in manner that we

cannot but hope that Dr. Pusey and others who think with him will be

won over to think more seriously of the extreme gravity of their step

in casting forth upon the world of English readers so extremely

intemperate an accusation against the Catholic Church as that which

they have put in circulation. Nor can we abandon the hope that they

will listen to Dr. Newman's clear and unanswerable statement of the

doctrine of the fathers as to our Blessed Lady, and see how truly he

has pointed to the flaws and defects in their own thoughts with regard

to her. They will certainly be hardly able to deny that they have

misunderstood not only the immaculate conception, against which they

have talked so loudly, but even, it may be, original sin itself; nor

do we think that it can be questioned that he has put his finger upon

the fundamental error--not to say heresy---to which all their low

conceptions as to the Blessed Mother of God {228} are to be assigned

as their ultimate cause. Dr. Pusey, as Dr. Newman remarks, seems to

have no idea that our Blessed Lady had any other part or position in

the incarnation than as its _physical instrument_--much the same part,

as it were, that Juda or David may have had. The fathers, on the

contrary, from the very first, speak of her "as an intelligent,

responsible cause of our Lord's taking flesh;" "her faith and

obedience being accessories to the incarnation, and gaining it as her

reward" (p. 38). Dr. Newman insists on this vital and all-important

difference more than once, and seems to consider it the explanation of

the strange blindness of these students of antiquity. If they can once

gain a new and more Catholic idea as to that which is the foundation

alike of our Blessed Lady's greatness and the devotion of the church

to her--and certainly they must be very blind or very obstinate not to

see the reasons for such an idea in Dr. Newman's pages--then the

"Eirenicon" will have produced incidentally a far greater blessing to

themselves and others than if its strange interpretation of the

Anglican Articles had been allowed as legitimate in England, and there

had been half a score of Du Pins in France ready to enter into

negotiations with the Archbishop of Canterbury on the basis of its

propositions. These good men have in fact been living and teaching and

studying the fathers with one of the great seminal facts, so to speak,

of Christianity absent from their minds or entirely undeveloped in

them. "It was the creation of a new idea and a new sympathy, a new

faith and worship, when the holy apostles announced that God had

become incarnate; we a supreme love and devotion to him became

possible, which seemed hopeless before that revelation. _But beside

this, a second range of thoughts was opened on mankind, unknown

before, and unlike any other, as soon as it was understood that that

incarnate God had a mother. The second idea is perfectly distinct from

the former--the one does not interfere with the other."_ We conceive

that these words will fall strangely on the ears of Dr. Pusey, though

they might not perhaps do so on those of the author of the "Christian

Year" and the "Lyra Innocentium;" and if they do so, after the

incontestable proof which Dr. Newman has adduced from the early

fathers of their view of the position of our Blessed Lady in the

economy of the incarnation, it will only remain for Dr. Pusey either

to confute that proof or to acknowledge that he has been reasoning on

that great mystery without the guidance of the church, deaf to the

teaching of the fathers, and that he has incurred the usual fate of

men who so reason. May the prayers of the Blessed Mother, against

whose honor he has raised his voice so harshly, save him from closing

his eyes still more firmly!

It appears to be one of the characteristics of Dr. Newman to look at

particular questions and phases of opinion with regard to a wider and

more comprehensive range of thought than other men. Possibly his

retired position favors this habit of mind; but it is, of course, far

more naturally to be attributed to a loftier intellectual stature and

a wider knowledge of history than others possess. Such a man is

eminently fitted for a controversy like the present, in which the word

peace has been blurted forth in so uncouth a manner, while yet it is

not the less the expression of the real and powerful longings of a

thousand hearts. It is a most unpromising overture, but it is an

overture nevertheless. Dr. Newman is not only fitted to deal with it

on account of his tender and large sympathies, and of the affectionate

solicitude with which he has always treated his former friends; he is

able also not indeed to go to the very verge of Catholic doctrine for

their sakes, or to encourage delusive hopes of a compromise which

would patch up rather than unite, but to speak with calm {229}

accuracy, looking on his own times as a philosophical historian of the

church may look at them by-and-bye, and point out what may be

accidental, transient, local, in the features of the religion of the

present day. No one can be less inclined to exaggerate, for instance,

the differences between English and Italian devotion; and we have

seldom felt ourselves in a more Italian atmosphere, out of Italy, than

in the oratory at Edgbaston. But he is not afraid of giving full

weight to national differences of character, nor of avowing himself a

hearty Englishman. In the same way, without going into the question of

fact as to alleged extravagances--which, after all, is of no real

cogency in the argument--he is ready to admit that there may be such,

and puts forward a simple common-sense argument to show that such may

be expected in the living working of energetic ideas generally, and

especially of such ideas in matters of religion, which acts on the

affections. This is the true philosophical answer; and it by no means

excludes other answers that might be given to particular charges,

which might be proved to be false in fact, or to apply to matters so

grave as that the church would never be allowed to permit the alleged

corruption.

Dr. Newman never shrinks from allowing the full force of any principle

that he has laid down. Thus, he has distinguished between faith as to

our Blessed Lady's position in the kingdom of her Son and the devotion

to her founded upon that faith. The faith may have been from the

beginning, and actually was so, as he proves from the early fathers;

but the full devotion may not all at once have been developed; or

again, it may have been checked in particular countries at a

particular time, and so make no show in the writings of some fathers

of that age, in consequence of the baneful influence of a prevalent

heresy which cut at the faith itself. This, which is really almost

self-evident, enables him not only to explain the passages in St.

Chrysostom and St. Basil which are sometimes objected to, but to grant

that there are no certain traces of _devotion_, strictly so called, to

our Blessed Lady in the writings of others beside these. There need

not be, according to his principles. It must be remembered that all

these statements admit of great development and explanation; they are

germs of thought, and are only put forward most concisely in Dr.

Newman's present letter. It is more to our present purpose to observe

how ready he is to look through the cloud of charges, great and small,

which Dr. Pusey has blown in the face of Catholics, and to discern in

the book of his old friend a new and important turning-point in the

Anglican controversy. He thinks that the indignation of Catholics has

led them in consequence to misconceive Dr. Pusey, so as not, it would

seem, to give him credit for really pacific intentions. We think that

no one has denied--what, indeed, it does not become a critic to

question--the reality of a purpose distinctly avowed; but at the same

time we must repeat that it has never been denied by Dr. Pusey, nor do

we think it ever can be denied, that the book was written with a clear

and distinct intention so to represent Catholicism as to deter people

from submitting to it except on certain terms pointed out by the

author. Possibly Dr. Newman only means that Catholics have been more

alienated by Dr. Pusey's most unhandsome attack than attracted by his

professions of friendship; and certainly never was a friendly

expostulation, never was an earnest request for explanation on certain

points which appear to be difficulties in the way of a much-desired

union, proposed in a way less calculated to conciliate. Dr. Newman,

therefore, neither wonders nor complains at the strong feeling with

which the "Eirenicon" has been received; but he looks beyond the

present moment, and, recalling the former phases of opinion as to

{230} Catholicism which have prevailed among Anglicans, he sees in Dr.

Pusey's proceeding nothing less than the putting "the whole argument

between you and us on a new footing"--a footing which may really and

profitably be used by those who desire peace. No English Catholic but

will most heartily rejoice in this statement of Dr. Newman; and surely

one of our first feelings must be that of thankfulness that he is

among us at a time like this, and that circumstances will give him a

more patient hearing and a more ready acceptance, on the part of those

whose souls may be staked on the issue of this controversy, than he

might otherwise meet with. From him, at least, Anglicans will hear no

extreme or novel doctrine; him, at least, they will never accuse of

not loving everything that is English. He, if any one, may convince

them that no true child of the "undivided church" would be found at

the present day outside the communion of the Holy See; that the church

is the same now as she ever was, and as she ever will be; that she can

never compromise with her enemies, though she yearns with unutterable

love to take back every wanderer to her heart.

Experience has happily shown that the great Shepherd of souls leads

men on in a way they neither discern nor desire, when they have once

set themselves to wish and pray for greater light; and that prophecies

of ill and suspicions of sinister purposes, which have not lacked

ample foundation, have yet been often defeated in the indulgent

dispensations of grace. Nor, indeed, at the present time, are all the

signs of the sky evil. In its most disagreeable and inexcusable

features the "Eirenicon" is not, we are convinced, a fair

representation of the mind of a great number who might commonly be

supposed to sympathize with its author. He has put himself for the

moment at their head; and they are, of course, slow to repudiate his

assistance; but we do not believe that the earnest men who publish so

many Catholic devotions, and who, however mistakenly, attempt to

reproduce in their own churches the external honors paid by Catholics

to him whom they also think that they have with them, would willingly

make themselves responsible for the hundred pages with which Dr.

Newman's present pamphlet is engaged. The advance toward Catholicism

among the Anglicans has, in fact, left Dr. Pusey some way behind other

and younger men. Even as to himself, he is hardly further away than

others have been who are now within the church.

Only it must not be forgotten that the largest and most charitable

thoughts as to the meaning and intentions of individuals, and the most

hopeful anticipations as to the ultimate result of their movements, do

not exhaust the duties imposed upon Catholic writers at the present

moment. Let us see ever so much of good in demonstrations such as

this, and believe that there is a still greater amount of good which

we do not see. We may forbear to press men harshly, to point out

baldly the inconsistencies of their position; we may put up with the

rudeness of the language in which they propose peace. They may be

haughty and ungenerous now; but this is not much to bear for the sake

of that unity which those who know it love better than those who are

strangers to it. Let us be ready, as far as persons are concerned, to

be tender in exposing faults even wanton, and misconceptions which, as

we think, common industry and fairness might have obviated. For Dr.

Pusey himself we can wish no severer punishment than that he should be

able some day to look upon his own work with the eyes of a Catholic.

He has himself shown us, by the use which he has made of old

expressions of Dr. Newman and others, who have long since repudiated

them, that the retraction of charges against the Catholic Church by

their authors does not prevent {231} others from repeating them. We

are sorry to say--what we still believe will be acknowledged as true

by all who have been at the pains--pains not taken by some who have

written on this subject--of not merely considering the animus and

motives of Dr. Pusey, but of examining his book in detail, and taking

its measure as a work of erudition and controversy--that, unattractive

in style, rambling, incoherent, vague, and intentionally "loose" as it

is, it has one great quality, however unintentional--that of being a

perfect storehouse of misrepresentation. We speak simply as critics,

and we disclaim all attempts to account for the phenomenon. It

contains an almost unparalleled number of misstatements of every kind

and degree. Its author's reputation will give weight and currency to

these. Though never perhaps likely to be a popular book, it will still

take its place in Protestant libraries, and will be much used in

future controversies. No one can tell how often we shall have certain

extraordinary statements about the sanctification of the Blessed

Virgin, her active and passive conception, the protest of the Greek

Church against the doctrine, Bellarmine's assertion about general

councils, transubstantiation, extreme unction, and the like, brought

up against us; and the erroneous conclusions founded upon them cannot

be neglected by the defenders of Catholic truth. It is, therefore,

essential not that Dr. Pusey should be attacked in an unkindly spirit,

but that his book should be handled critically, and, as far as may be,

whatever it contains of misstatement, misquotation, unfair insinuation

and conclusion catalogued and exposed. It must be remembered that

there is a great demand for the materials of anti-Catholic

controversy. Dr. Pusey does not subscribe to the societies which

mostly hold their meetings in Exeter Hall in the month of May; but he

might well be made a life-governor of all of them in consideration of

this book. It will be used by the zealots who try to win the poor

peasants of Connaught to apostasy by means of food and clothing, and

by the more decorous "Anglo-Continentals," who are just now rubbing

their hands at the prospects of infidelity in Italy. Alas! it not only

teems with snares for the learned and conscientious, but it is full of

small insinuations for the ignobler herd of paid agents and

lecturers--"what the poorer people believe in Rome," what Catholic

churches are called in south India, what Cardinal Wiseman is reported

to have said of Archbishop Affré, "who died in recovering his people

at the barricades." These things may be passed by as simply faults of

taste; but the pretensions of the book to learning, and its historical

and doctrinal statements, cannot be admitted without sifting. Dr.

Pusey has imposed an unwelcome task on Catholic critics. At the very

time that they would be conciliating his followers, they are forced to

attack him. It has seemed to us indeed that ordinary care in examining

authorities, an attention to the common-sense rule that strangers

cannot understand a system from without, the use of the many means at

his disposal of ascertaining the Catholic meaning of Catholic

language, more self-restraint in assertion, in urging arguments that

appeared telling and conclusions that were welcome to himself, and

somewhat less of confidence in his own attainments as a theologian,

would have spared those who wish him well this painful undertaking at

a time when they would gladly say no word that may sound harsh to his

ears. But, after all, truth is more precious than peace, and peace can

only be had through the truth; and we can cordially return to Dr.

Pusey the assurance which he himself has proffered to Catholics, that

those engaged in the ungrateful task of subjecting his volume to the

analysis of criticism have no intention whatever of wounding his

feelings.

------

{232}

[ORIGINAL.]

CURIOSITIES OF ANIMAL LIFE.

There is an old aphorism which says that "all life comes from an

egg"--_omne vivum ex ovo_; but this, like a good many other old

aphorisms, is only a convenient and attractive way of stating a

falsehood. It is very true that almost all animals, from man down to

the mollusk, pass through the egg stage at an early period of their

existence; but we purpose to show our readers in this article that

there are others which appear to be sometimes exempted from the common

lot of their kind, and which indeed come into the world in such

curious fashions that we may almost say of them, in the words of

Topsey, that they "never were born; 'spect they _growed_."

To begin with, what is an egg? According to the popular idea, it is an

oval-shaped body, consisting of a hard, thin shell inclosing a whitish

substance called the albumen, within which is a yellowish matter

called the yolk; it is the embryo form of the young of birds and some

other animals, which finally emerge from the shell after the egg has

been acted upon for some time by the heat of the parent's body. Now

this definition may do well enough as a loose description of the more

familiar varieties of eggs, but it will not do for all. It will

perhaps surprise the unscientific reader to be told that every animal

whatever produces eggs. A "mare's nest" is the popular expression of a

myth, an absurdity; but _mare's eggs_ are no myths; they are just as

real as hen's eggs; only we never see them, because they are hatched

in the parent's body before the young colt is brought forth. The same

is true of the eggs of all the other quadrupeds and of viviparous

animals in general.

An egg, therefore, like the seed of a plant, is the germ from which

the embryo is developed. It may have a shell, or it may not; it may be

comparatively large, like birds' eggs, or it may be so small as to be

with difficulty discerned by the naked eye. When it is first formed it

is simply an aggregation of fluid matter, very minute in size, and

exceedingly simple in structure. By degrees this fluid is transformed

into the small particles or granules which form the yolk; the yolk

shapes itself into a multitude of _cells_--little microscopic bodies

consisting of an external membrane, or cell-wall, and of an inner

nucleus, which may be either solid or fluid; and in due process of

time a number of cells combine and form a living being. The albumen,

or "white," is, like the shell, an accessory. It performs important

functions in the development of the young from the germ, but we will

not stop to explain them here; the true egg is the yolk. In the lowest

forms of animal life the egg is a mere cell, with a light spot in one

part of it, and the creature which is developed from it is almost as

simple in structure as the egg itself.

The ordinary mode of reproduction, as we have already said, is by the

formation of an egg in the body of the parent, from which the young

may be hatched either before or after they are brought into the world.

But there are certain of the lower orders of animals which sometimes

multiply and {233} perpetuate their kind in other ways also. Professor

Henry James Clark, of Harvard University, has lately published an

interesting treatise [Footnote 44] on animal development, in which

he gives some curious instances of the phenomena to which we refer. We

have drawn a good deal of what we have just said about the structure

of eggs from his valuable work, and we purpose now to follow him in

his remarks upon the processes of reproduction by what is called

_budding_ and _division_.

[Footnote 44: "Mind in Nature; or, The Origin of Life and the Mode

of Development of Animals." 8vo. New York: D. Appleton & Co.]

Let us look first at that exceedingly beautiful and wonderful animal

commonly called the sea anemone, on account of the delicate fringed

flower so much loved by poets. You may often find it on our coasts

contracted into a lump of gelatinous substance looking like

whitish-brown jelly; [Footnote 45] watch it for a while, and you

will see the body rise slightly, while a delicate crown of tentacles,

or feelers, steals out at the top. The jelly-like mass continues to

increase in height, and the wreath of tentacles gradually expands.

Soon you will perceive that this graceful fringe surrounds a wide

opening; this is the animal's mouth. When expanded to its full size

the anemone is about three or four inches in height. The body consists

of a cylindrical gelatinous bag, the bottom of which is flat and

slightly spreading at the margin. The upper edge of this bag is turned

in, so as to form a sack within a sack; this is the stomach. The whole

summit of the body is crowned by the soft plumy fringes which give it

such a remarkable resemblance to a flower. At the base it has a set of

powerful muscles, by which it attaches itself to rocks and shells so

firmly that it can hardly be removed without injury. Another set of

muscles enables it to contract itself almost instantaneously into a

shapeless lump. It is extremely sensitive, not only shrinking from the

slightest touch, but even drawing in its tentacles if so much as a

dark cloud passes over it. Anemones may be found, say the authors of

"Sea-side Studies," "in any small pools about the rocks which are

flooded by the tide at high water. Their favorite haunts, however,

where they occur in greatest quantity, are more difficult to reach;

but the curious in such matters will be well rewarded, even at the

risk of wet feet and a slippery scramble over rocks covered with damp

sea-weed, by a glimpse into their more crowded abodes. Such a grotto

is to be found on the rocks of East Point at Nahant. It can only be

reached at low tide, and then one is obliged to creep on hands and

knees to its entrance in order to see through its entire length; but

its whole interior is studded with these animals, and as they are of

various hues, pink, brown, orange, purple, or pure white, the effect

is like that of brightly-colored mosaics set in the roof and walls.

When the sun strikes through from the opposite extremity of this

grotto, which is open at both ends, lighting up its living

mosaic-work, and showing the play of the soft fringes whenever the

animals are open, it would be difficult to find any artificial grotto

to compare with it in beauty. There is another of the same kind on

Saunders's ledge, formed by a large boulder resting on two rocky

ledges, leaving a little cave beneath, lined in the same way with

variously-colored sea anemones, so closely studded over its walls that

the surface of the rock is completely hidden. They are, however, to be

found in larger or smaller clusters, or scattered singly, in any rocky

fissures overhung by sea-weed and accessible to the tide at high

water."

[Footnote 45: "Sea-side Studies in Natural History." By Elizabeth

Alexander Agassiz. Boston: Ticknor & Fields. 1865.]

Mr. Gosse, in his "History of British Sea Anemones and Corals,"

mentions the existence of a singular connection between a certain

variety of these animals and a species of hermit crab that lives in

the deserted {234} shell of a mollusk. An anemone is always found

attached to the shell which the crab inhabits, and is so placed that

its fringed month comes just below the mouth of the crab. Whatever

food comes within reach of either animal can, therefore, be shared in

common. The crab is so far from objecting to this community of goods

that he seems unhappy without his companion. Though he is a hermit, he

is not exempt from the common lot of housekeepers; he submits every

now and then to the trouble of _moving-day_.

Mr. Gosse observed one in the act of changing houses. No sooner had he

taken possession of the new shell than he began removing the anemone

from the old one, running his claw under it to separate it from the

shell, and then bringing it to the new house, where, having placed it

in its customary position, he held it down until it had attached

itself, and now and then pressed it closer, or gave it a pat to hasten

the process. In another instance, observed by Mr. Holdsworth, the

crab, after vainly trying for more than an hour to remove his

companion anemone, deserted his new quarters and went back to the old,

rather than submit to a separation.

The anemone, for all that it is so delicate and graceful in

appearance, is a gluttonous little beast, eats raw meat in the

aquarium, and when upon its native coast sucks mussels and cockles out

of their shells. Queer compound of plant and animal in appearance, its

natural kingdom seems still more doubtful than ever if we watch it

while it is undergoing certain processes of reproduction. It does

indeed generally produce its young by maternal gestation; eggs are

formed in the cavity that surrounds its stomach, and at the proper

time the young swim out of the parent's mouth. But it has other modes

of propagation, one of which is almost exactly like the process of

raising plants from suckers. Very often you may see, growing out of

the lower part of the body of the anemone, and as a general thing near

the edge of the basal disc by which it attaches itself to the shell or

rock, little rounded protuberances, like buds; well, they are

buds--the buds of young anemones. In a short time six small tentacles

make their appearance on the top of each bud. A minute oblong aperture

opens in the midst of them. A digestive cavity is formed. The curious

internal structure of the animal (which we have not space here to

describe) is gradually developed. The bud becomes elongated and

enlarged every way. The tentacles multiply; the small aperture grows

into a mouth; and finally the young anemone drops off from its parent

and floats away to shift for itself. Professor Clark has seen as many

as twenty thus detach themselves in the course of a single month. This

is the process of generation by _budding_ or _gemmation_, of which we

spoke on a previous page.

But we have not yet exhausted the list of wonders displayed by this

extraordinary plant-animal. We have seen that it has at least two ways

of being born; what will our readers say when we assure them that it

has not only two but _four?_ The remaining two both come under the

head of what is called _voluntary self-division_. One of them is

strikingly like the propagation of plants by cuttings. Little pieces

break off from the anemone at the base and float away. For a long time

they give no sign of life; but when they have recovered, so to speak,

from the shock of separation, they begin to shoot out their tentacles

and grow up into perfect individuals. The fourth method of generation

is still more wonderful. Now and then you find an anemone whose upper

disc is contracted in a peculiar manner at opposite sides. The

contraction increases until the disc loses its circular form and

presents the shape of the figure 8. The two halves of the 8 next

separate, and you {235} have an anemone with two mouths, each

surrounded by its own set of tentacles. Then the processes of

constriction and separation continue all down the body of the animal

from summit to base, and the result is two perfect anemones, each

complete in its organization. It is well that the lower orders of

creatures have none of the laws of inheritance and primo-geniture that

bother mankind, or such irregular methods of coming into the world

might breed a great deal of trouble among them. Here, for instance,

you have two anemones, which we will call A and B, formed by the

splitting asunder of a single individual; what relation are they to

each other? Are they brother and sister or parent and child? And if

the latter, how is any one to decide which is the parent? Then suppose

A raises offspring in the usual way from eggs, what relation are these

young to B? Are they sisters, or nieces, or grandchildren?

Let us now look at another animal, the stentor, or trumpet-animalcule.

This is a minute infusorian, very common in ponds and ditches, where

it forms colonies on the stems of water-weeds or submerged sticks and

stones. Some of the varieties have a deep blue color, and a settlement

of them looks very much like a patch of blue mould. The stentor is

shaped like a little tube, about one-sixteenth of an inch in length,

spread out at the upper end like a trumpet, and tapering at the lower

almost to a point. When it has fixed upon a place of abode, it

constructs a domicile, consisting of a gelatinous sheath, perhaps half

as high as itself. It lives inside this sheath, with its smaller

extremity attached to the bottom of it, and its wide, funnel-shaped

end projecting above the top. When disturbed it retreats into the

house and shrinks into a globular mass. The disc of the trumpet end is

not perfectly regular; on one side the edge turns inward so as to form

a notch, and curls upon itself in a spiral form. Within this spiral is

the mouth, and a long funnel-shaped throat reaches from it to the

digestive cavity. Opposite the mouth there is a globular cavity, from

which a tube extends to the lower extremity of the body. The cavity

seems to perform the functions of a heart, and the tube takes the

place of veins and arteries. Once in three-quarters of a minute this

heart-like organ contracts and forces the fluid which it contains into

the tube; the latter in its turn, after expanding very sensibly to

receive the flow, contracts and returns it to the heart.

The stentor propagates by budding, like the anemone. The first change

that takes place is a division of this contractile vesicle into two

distinct organs at about mid-height of the body, the lower portion

developing a globular cavity like the upper one. Soon after this a

shallow pit opens in the side of the stentor, in a line with the new

vesicle. This pit is the future mouth. A throat or oesophagus is next

fashioned; and all being ready for the accommodation of the new animal

the process of division begins, and goes on so rapidly that it is all

done in about two hours.

A still more curious animal, in some respects, than either of those we

have just mentioned is the hydra, one of the simplest of the

zoophytes. To all intents and purposes it is nothing but a narrow

sack, about half an inch in length, open at one end, where the mouth

is situated, and attaching itself by the other to pond-lilies,

duck-weeds, or stones on the margins of lakes. Around the mouth it has

from five to eight slender tentacles, which are used as feelers and

for the purpose of seizing the food. What it does with its food after

it has swallowed it is, strange as the statement may sound, a question

to which naturalists have not yet found a satisfactory answer; for the

hydra has no digestive organs, and its stomach is merely a pouch

formed by the folding in of the outer skin. It has no glands, no

mucous membrane, no appliances of any sort for the performance of the

chemical process {236} which we call digestion. You may turn a hydra

inside out and it will get along just as well as it did before, and

swallow its prey with just as good an appetite. The French naturalist

Trembley was the first to notice this remarkable fact. With the blunt

end of a small needle he pushed the bottom of the sack through the

body and out at the mouth, just as you would invert a stocking. He

found that the animal righted itself as soon as it was left alone; so

he repeated the operation, and this time made use of persuasion, in

the form of a bristle run crosswise through the body, to induce the

victim to remain inside out. In the course of a few days its interior

and exterior departments were thoroughly reorganized, and it ate as if

nothing had happened. Trembley next undertook to engraft one

individual upon another! For this purpose he crammed the tail of one

deep down into the cavity of another, and, in order to hold them in

their position, stuck a bristle through both. What was his surprise to

find them, some hours afterward, still spitted upon the bristle, but

hanging _side by side_ instead of one within the other! How they had

got into such a position he could not imagine. He arranged another

pair, and on watching them the mystery was solved. The inner one first

drew up its tail and pushed it out through the hole in the outer one's

side where the bristle entered. Then it pulled its head out after the

tail, and sliding along the spit completely freed itself from its

companion. This it repeated as often as the experiment was tried in

that way. It then occurred to M. Trembley that if the inner hydra were

turned inside out, so as to bring the stomachs of the two animals in

contact, union would take place more readily; and so it proved. The

little creatures seemed much pleased with the arrangement, and made no

attempt to escape. In a short time they were united as one body, and

enjoyed their food in common.

It was perhaps only natural to expect that animals which care so

little about their individuality that two specimens can be turned into

one, would be equally ready to multiply themselves by the simple

process of being cut to pieces. In other words, you may make one hydra

out of two, or two out of one, just as you please. M. Trembley divided

them in every conceivable manner. He cut them in two, and, instead of

dying, one half shot out a new head and the other developed a new

tail. He sliced them into thin rings, and each slice swam away, got

itself a set of tentacles, and grew into a perfectly formed

individual. He split them into thin longitudinal strips, and each

strip reproduced what was wanting to give it a complete body. Some he

split only part way down from the mouth, and the result was a hydra,

like the fabled monster, with many heads. The famous cat with nine

lives is nothing to these little zoophytes. They seem sublimely

indifferent not only to the most fearful wounds, but even to disease

and, we are tempted to add, decomposition itself. A part of the body

decays, and the hydra simply drops it off, like a worn-out garment,

and lives on as if it had lost nothing.

If it can do all this, we need not wonder that it can reproduce its

kind by budding. Indeed, after we have seen a living creature split

itself up into a dozen distinct individuals any other process of

generation must seem tame by comparison. At certain seasons of the

year very few hydras can be found which have not one, two, or three

young ones growing out of their bodies. The budding begins in the form

of a simple bulging from the side of the parent, something like a

wart. This is gradually elongated, and after a time tentacles sprout

from the free end, and a mouth is formed. The young is now in a

condition to seek its own prey. Its independence is finally

accomplished by a constriction of the base of the new body at the

point where it is attached to the old stock, until finally it cuts

itself off. Before {237} this separation takes place, however, it has

often begun to reproduce its own young, and so we sometimes see a

large colony of hydras all connected together, like minute branching

waterweed.

After all, you may say, it is not so very wonderful that a simple

animal like the hydra, which has no intestines, and scarcely any

special organs whatever, should be able to reproduce its lost parts,

or to multiply itself by the simple processes of growth and subsequent

division. Well, then, let us take a more complex creature, and we have

a remarkable example at hand in a certain marine worm called

_myrianida fasciata_. It is an inch or two in length, tapering off

gradually from the head. The body is marked with numerous rings or

joints, attached to which are oar-like appendages, serving not only as

instruments of propulsion but also as gills, or breathing organs. An

intestine extends from the head in a direct course to the posterior.

Blood-vessels are arranged about it like a net-work, and connect with

similar vessels in the gills. It has an organ which serves the purpose

of a heart, a nervous cord swollen at every joint into knots or

ganglions, and, in the head, one principal ganglion, which may be

considered as the brain. Its reproductive organs are situated only in

the posterior rings, and are located there in reference to the

peculiar mode of generation which we are about to describe. The young

worm begins to grow immediately in front of the parent's tail, that is

to say, between the last joint or ring and the next before the last,

and is formed by the successive growth of new rings. Before it is old

enough to be cast off another appears between its anterior end and the

next joint of the old stock; and so on until we have six worms at

once, all strung together behind the parent, and hanging, so to speak,

from one another's tails. They drop off separately, in the order of

their age. Now in this case, you will observe, there must be a

division of several organs--the intestine, the blood-vessels, and the

nervous cord; and each of the six young must develop a heart, a brain,

and a pair of eyes. An odd result of their method of growth (the first

one being formed, you will remember, not behind the parent but

_between_ her last two rings) is that the eldest offspring

appropriates the tail of his mother, while his five brothers and

sisters have to find tails of their own. We are here tempted to

indulge in a curious speculation: this first born produces its young

in the same way itself was produced, and passes on its inherited tail

to the next generation. The eldest born of that generation bequeaths

it to the next, and so on. What becomes of that ancestral tail in the

course of years? Does it at last wear out and drop off? Does the worm

that bears it die after a time without leaving any children? Or is it

possible that the process of entail has been going on without

interruption ever since the year one of the world, and that there may

be a _myrianida fasciata_ now living with a tail as old as creation?

Not very probable, certainly; but if any solution has been offered of

the great tail problem, we do not happen to have heard of it.

Professor Clark also tried various experiments upon the common flat

worm, or _planaria_, which may be found so readily in our ponds,

creeping over stones and aquatic plants, and is so easily recognized

by its opaque white color, and the liver-colored ramifications of its

intestine. He cut the creature in two, and immediately after the

operation the halves crawled away as if nothing had happened; the

anterior part preceding an ideal tail, and the posterior one following

an equally imaginary head and brain. He watched the pieces from day to

day, and found that each reproduced its missing half by a slow process

of budding and growth. This _planaria_ may be cut into several pieces,

and each will reproduce what is requisite to complete the mangled

organism. If the tail of a lizard be broken off, a {238} new one will

grow; and crabs, lobsters, spiders, etc., are known to replace their

amputated limbs. The instances we now and then meet with of what are

called _monsters_--two-headed dogs, calves with six legs, and, more

rarely, even double-headed human beings, are examples of the

phenomenon of budding--which is very common, by the way, among fishes;

and there is an animalcule called the _amoeba_ which shows a more

remarkable tenacity of life than any of the other creatures we have

mentioned, since you may divide and subdivide it until it is

physically impossible to reduce it to particles any smaller, and yet

each piece will live.

The discovery that animals may originate in so many ways independent

of maternal gestation naturally suggests the inquiry whether further

researches may not develop still other methods of reproduction, in

which the new-born creature shall have no connection whatever with any

previously existing individual. Thus we are brought back to the

question which was thought to have been settled long ago, whether

generation ever takes place spontaneously, as Aristotle and the old

physicists supposed it did. Later naturalists, following the Italian,

Redi, utterly rejected the supposition; but within the present century

it has found many reputable supporters, and Professor Clark is one of

them. When organic matter decays, numbers of _infusoria_, or

microscopic plants and animals, arise in it. Where do they come from?

Do the disorganized particles, set free by the process of

decomposition, combine into new forms, which are then endowed with

life by the direct action of Almighty power; or is the decaying

substance merely the _nest_ in which minute eggs or seeds, borne

thither upon the air, or dropped by insects, find conditions suitable

for their development in the ordinary natural way? The question is not

easily answered. Many of these germs are so excessively minute as to

defy detection. Some of the infusoria are no larger than the

twenty-four-thousandth of an inch in diameter, and it is estimated

that a drop of water might contain five hundred millions of them. It

is obvious that the germs of such little creatures must be invisible

even with the best microscope. The problem can only be solved by

placing a portion of the decomposing matter under such conditions that

any germs it may contain shall infallibly be killed and that none can

possibly reach it; then, if infusoria appear, we shall know that they

have been generated spontaneously. The great difficulty is in securing

these conditions. For the development of the living forms we require

both water and air. How are we to be certain that there are no living

germs in the organic matter before we begin the experiment? that there

are none in the water? that none are brought by the air? The action of

heat has been relied upon for the destruction of germs in the organic

matter and the water, and it has been sought to purify the air from

them by passing it through sulphuric add; but experience has shown

that sulphuric add does not kill the germs; so of course experiments

performed in that way prove nothing. Professor Clark quotes a series

of very delicate experiments tried by Professor Jeffries Wyman, of

Harvard University, which seem to us to come nearer to proving

spontaneous generation than any others with which we are acquainted.

He proceeded in three different methods, as follows:

1. The organic matter, consisting of a solution of beef or mutton

juice (or, in a few instances, vegetable matter), was placed in a

flask fitted with a cork through which passed a glass tube. The cork

was pushed deeply into the mouth of the flask, and the space above it

was filled with an adhesive cement, composed of resin, wax, and

varnish. The tube was drawn to a narrow neck a little way above the

cork, and bent at right angles, and {239} the end of it inserted in an

iron tube, where it was secured by a cement of plaster of Paris. The

rest of the iron tube was filled with wires, leaving only very narrow

passages between them. The solution in the flask was then boiled--in

some cases as long as two hours--in order to kill any germs which

might be enclosed, and to expel the air. The iron tube and wires at

the same time were heated to redness. When the boiling had continued

long enough the heat was withdrawn from beneath the flask, and the

steam was allowed slowly to condense. As it did so, air flowed in

between the red-hot wires, which had been kept at a temperature high

enough, it was supposed, to destroy any germs in the air that passed

through them. The flask was then hermetically sealed by fusing the

glass tube with the blow-pipe. When opened, several days afterward, it

was found to contain animal life.

2. A similar solution was placed in a flask the neck of which, instead

of being supplied with a cork and tube, was drawn out and bent at

right angles, and then fitted to the iron tube containing wires. The

experiment was performed as by method No. 1, and with the same result.

3. That there might be no suspicion of imperfectly sealed joints, a

solution was put into a flask with a narrow neck, and the neck itself

was then closed by fusing the glass. The whole flask was then immersed

in boiling water. At the expiration of a few days living infusoria

were found in two instances out of four.

Now these experiments undoubtedly prove that generation sometimes

occurs spontaneously, provided it be true, as Professor Clark assumes,

that there was no imperfection in the closing of the flasks (which we

see no reason to doubt), and that the infusorial germs are destroyed

by boiling. We confess that it is hard to believe they could have

survived such a heat as was applied to them in these cases; but is it

certain that they could not? A writer in an English review a few years

ago, whom we believe to have been Mr. G. H. Lewes, announced that he

had boiled certain germs _an hour and three-quarters_, and yet they

remained perfectly unaltered. At most, therefore, we can regard

spontaneous generation as a probable phenomenon.

Whether spontaneous generation, if it occurs at all, occurs by the

formation of an egg from which the animalcule is hatched, or by the

immediate formation of the adult, Professor Clark does not attempt to

say; but the French naturalist M. Pouchet, who is one of the foremost

advocates of the theory, holds that an egg is produced first. If this

is true we shall have a striking correlative to the proposition with

which we began this paper: not only can living creatures be developed

where no egg has been deposited, but eggs can be produced where there

is no animal to lay them. _Omne ovum e vivo_ will be no more true than

_Omne vivum ex ovo._

------

{240}

From Chambers's Journal

POOR AND RICH.

In a shattered old garret scarce roofed from the sky,

Near a window that shakes as the wind hurries by,

Without curtain to hinder the golden sun's shine,

Which reminds me of riches that never were mine--

I recline on a chair that is broken and old.

And enwrap my chilled limbs--now so aged and cold--

'Neath a shabby old coat, with the buttons all torn.

While I think of my youth that Time's footprints have worn.

And remember the comrades who've one and all fled,

And the dreams and the hopes that are dead with the dead.

But the cracked plastered walls are emblazoned and bright

With the dear blessed beams of the day's welcome light.

My old coat's a king's robe, my old chair is a throne,

And my thoughts are my courtiers that no king could own;

For the truths that they tell, as they whisper to me,

Are the echoes of pleasures that once used to be,

The glad throbbings of hearts that have now ceased to feel,

And the treasures of passions which Time cannot steal;

So, although I know well that my life is near spent,

Though I'll die without sorrow, I live with content.

Though my children's soft voices no music now lend;

Without wife's sweet embraces, or glance of a friend;

Yet my soul sees them still, as it peoples the air

With the spirits who crowd round my broken old chair.

If no wealth I have hoarded to trouble mine ease,

I admit that I doted on gems rich as these;

And when death snatched the casket that held each fair prize,

It flew to my heart where it happily lies;

So, 'tis there that the utt'rings of love now are said

By those dear ones, whom all but myself fancy dead.

So, though fetid the air of my poor room may be.

It still has all the odors of Eden for me.

For my Eve wanders here, and my cherubs here sing,

As though tempting my spirit like theirs to take wing.

Though my pillow be hard, where so well could I rest

As on that on which Amy's fair head has been pressed?

So let riches and honor feed Mammon's vain heart,

From my shattered old lodging I'll not wish to part;

And no coat shall I need save the one I've long worn.

Till the last thread be snapped, and the last rent be torn.

------

{241}

From The Lamp.

ALL-HALLOW EVE;

OR, THE TEST OF FUTURITY.

BY ROBERT CURTIS.

[CONCLUSION.]

CHAPTER XXX.

While the above exploits were being performed by Jamesy Doyle and the

police, a sad scene indeed was being enacted at the bridge. Winny

Cavana, whose bonds had been loosed, had rushed to where Emon lay with

his head in his father's lap, while the two policemen, Cotter and

Donovan, moved up with their prisoner. They not only handcuffed him,

but had tied his legs together, and threw him on the side of the road,

"to wait their convenience," while they rendered any assistance they

could to the wounded man.

The father had succeeded in stanching the blood, which at first had

poured freely from the wound. With the assistance of one of the

police, while the other was tying the prisoner, he had drawn his son

up into a sitting posture and leaned him against the bank at the side

of the road, and got his arm round him to sustain him. He was not shot

dead; but was evidently very badly wounded. He was now, however,

recovering strength and consciousness, as the blood ceased to flow.

"Open your eyes, Emon dear, if you are not dead, and look at your own

Winny," she said; "your mad Winny Cavana, who brought you here to be

murdered! Open your eyes, Emon, if you are not dead! I don't ask you

to speak."

Emon not only opened his eyes, but turned his face and looked upon

her. Oh, the ghastly smile he tried to hide!

"Don't speak, Emon; but tell me with your eyes that you are not dying.

No, no, Emon--Emon-a-knock! demon as he is, he could not murder you.

Heaven would not permit so much wickedness!"

Emon looked at her again. A faint but beautiful smile--beautiful now,

for the color had returned to his cheeks--beamed upon his lips as he

shook his head.

"Yes, yes, he has murdered him," sobbed the distracted father; "and I

pity you, Winny Cavana, as I hope you will pity his poor mother; to

say nothing of myself."

"No, no, do not say so! He will not die, he _shall_ not die!" And she

pressed her burning that's to his marble forehead. It was smooth as

alabaster, cold as ice.

"Win--ny Ca--va-na, good-by," he faintly breathed in her ear. "My

days, my hours, my very moments are numbered. I feel death trembling

in every vein, in every nerve. I could--could--have--lived for

you--Winny; but even--to--die for you--is--a blessing,

because--successful. One last request--Winny, my best beloved, is

--all--I have--to ask; spare me--a spot in Rathcash--chapel-yard, in

the space allotted to--the--Cavanas. I feel some wonderful strength

given me just now. It is a special mercy that I may speak with you

before I go. But, Winny, my own precious, dearest love, do not deceive

yourself. If I reach home to receive my mother's blessing before I

die, it is the most--" and he leaned his head against his father's

breast.

"No more delay!" cried Winny energetically, "Time is too precious to

be lost; bring the cart here, and let us take him home at once, and

send for {242} the doctor. Oh, policeman, one of you is enough to

remain with the prisoner here; do, like a good man, leave your gun and

belts here, and run off across the fields as fast as you can, and

bring Dr. Sweeney to Rathcash house."

"To Shanvilla," faintly murmured the wounded man; "and bring Father

Farrell."

"Yes, yes, to Shanvilla, to be sure," repeated Winny; "my selfish

heart had forgotten his poor mother."

Emon opened his eyes at the word mother, and smiled. It was a smile of

thanks; and he closed them again.

The policeman had obeyed her request in a moment; and, stripped of ail

incumbrances, he was clearing the hedges, ditches, and drains toward

Dr. Sweeney's.

They then placed Lennon, as gently as if he were made of wax, into the

cart, his head lying in Winny's lap, and his hand clasped in hers,

while the distracted father led the horse more like an automaton than

a human being. They proceeded at a very gentle pace, for the cart had

no springs, and Winny knew that a jolt might be fatal if the blood

burst forth afresh. The policeman followed with his prisoner at some

distance; and ere long, for the dawn had become clear, he saw his

comrades coming on behind him, a long way off. But there was evidently

a man beside themselves and Jamesy Doyle. He sat down by the side of

the road until they came up.

How matters stood was then explained to Sergeant Driscoll aside.

Cotter told him he had no hopes that ever Lennon would reach home

alive; that Donovan had gone off across the country for the doctor and

the priest, and his _carabine_ and belts were on the cart.

"We will take that prisoner from you, Cotter," said Driscoll, "and do

you get on to the cart as fast as you can; you may be of use. I don't

like to bring this villain Murdock in sight of them; you need not say

we have got him at all. We will go on straight to the barrack by the

lower road, and let you go up to Lennon's with the cart. But see here,

Cotter--do not speak to the wounded man at all, and don't let anybody

else speak to him either. We don't want a word from him; sure we all

saw it as plain as possible."

Cotter then hastened on, and soon overtook the cart. He merely said,

in explanation of being by himself, that his comrades had come up, and

that he had given his prisoner to them and hastened on to see if he

could be of any use.

Winny soon suggested a use for the kind-hearted man--to help poor Pat

Lennon into the cart, and to lead the horse. This was done without

stirring hand or foot of the poor sufferer; and the father lay at

Emon's other side scarcely less like death than he was himself.

When they came to the end of the road which turned to Rathcash and

Shanvilla, Winny, as was natural, could have wished to go to Rathcash.

She knew not how her poor father had been left, or what might be his

fate. She could not put any confidence in the assurance of such

ruffians, that a hair of his head should not be hurt; and did not one

of the villains remain in the house? Yes, Winny, one of them _did

remain_ in the house, but he _did no harm to your father_.

With all her affection and anxiety on her father's account, Winny

could not choose but to go on to Shanvilla. The less moving poor Emon

got the better, and to get from under his head now and settle him

afresh would be cruel, and might be fatal. Winny, therefore, sat

silent as Cotter turned the horse's head toward Shanvilla, where, ere

another half-hour had added to the increasing light, they had arrived.

Winny Cavana, who knew what a scene must ensue when they came to the

door, had sent on Cotter to the house; the father again taking his

place at the horse's head. He was to tell Mrs. Lennon that an accident

had happened--no, no, not _that_; but that {243} Emon had been hurt;

and that they were bringing him home quietly for fear of exciting him.

These precautions were of no use. Mrs. Lennon had waited but for the

word "hurt," which she understood at once as importing something

serious. She rushed from the house like a mad woman, and stood upon

the road gazing up and down. Fortunately Winny had the forethought to

stop the cart out of sight of the house to give Cotter time to execute

his mission, and calm Mrs. Lennon as much as possible. It was a lucky

thought, and Cotter, who was a very intelligent man, was equal to the

emergency.

As Mrs. Lennon looked round her in doubt, Cotter cried out, "Oh, don't

go that road, Mrs. Lennon, for God's sake!" and he pointed in the

direction in which the cart was not. It was enough; the ruse had

succeeded; and Mrs. Lennon started off at full speed, clapping her

hands and crying out: "Oh! Emon, Emon, have they killed you at last?

have they killed you? Oh! Emon, Emon, my boy, my boy!" And she clapped

her hands, and ran the faster. She was soon out of sight and hearing.

"Now is your time," said Cotter, running back to the cart; "she is

gone off in another direction, and we'll have him on his bed before

she comes back."

They then brought the cart to the door, and in the most gentle and

scientific manner lifted poor Emon into the house and laid him on his

bed.

"God bless you, Winny!" he said, stretching out his hand. "Don't, like

a good girl, stop here now. Return to your poor father, who must be

distracted about you. I'm better and stronger, thank God, and will be

able to see you again before I--"

"Whist, whist, Emon mavourneen, don't talk that way; you are better,

blessed be God! I must, indeed, go home, Emon, as you say, for my

heart is torn about my poor father. God bless you, Emon, my own Emon!"

And she stooped down and kissed his pale lips.

Cotter and she then left the house and made all the speed they could

toward Rathcash. They had not gone very far when Cotter heard Mrs.

Lennon coming back along the road, and they saw her turn in toward her

own house.

Bully-dhu having satisfied himself that nothing further was to be

apprehended from the senseless form of a man upon the kitchen floor,

and finding it impossible to burst open the door where his master was

confined, thought the next best thing that he could do was to bemoan

the state of affairs outside the house, in hope of drawing some help

to the spot. Accordingly he took his post immediately at the

house-door, still determined to be on the safe side, for fear the man

was scheming. Here he set up a long dismal and melancholy howl.

"My father is dead," said Winny; "there is the Banshee."

"Not at all, Miss Winny; that is a dog."

"It is all the same; Bully-dhu would not cry that way for nothing;

there is somebody dead, I'm sure."

"It is because he knew you were gone, Miss Winny, and he did not know

where to look for you; that's all, you may depend."

"Thank you, Cotter; the dog might indeed do that same. God grant it is

nothing worse!"

By this time they were at the door, and Cotter followed Bully-dhu into

the house. Winny, without looking right or left, rushed to her

father's room. She found it locked, but, quickly turning the key, she

burst in. It was now broad daylight, and she saw at a glance her

father stretched upon the bed, still bound hand and foot. She flew to

the table, and taking his razor cut the cords. The poor old man was

quite exhausted from suspense, excitement, and the fruitless physical

efforts he had been making to free himself.

"Thank God, father!" she exclaimed; "I hope you are not hurt."

{244}

"No, dear. Give me a sup of milk, or I will choke."

Poor Winny, in the ignorance of her past habits, called out to Biddy

to bring her some.

Biddy answered with a smothered cry from the inner room. Cotter flew

to the door and unlocked it. In another moment he had set her free

from her cords, and she darted across the kitchen to minister to the

old man's wants at Winny's direction.

Poor Bully-dhu then pointed out to Cotter the share he had taken in

the night's work, and it might almost be said quietly "gave himself

up." At least he showed no disposition to escape. He lay down at the

dead man's head, sweeping the floor with an odd wag of his bushy tail,

rather proud than frightened at what he had done. That it was his

work, Cotter could not for a moment doubt. The man's throat had by

this time turned almost black, and there were the marks of the dog's

teeth sunk deep at each side of the windpipe, where the choking grip

of death had prevailed.

Cotter then brought a quilt from the room where he had released Biddy

Murtagh, and spread it over the corpse, and was bringing Bully-dhu out

to the yard, when he met Jamesy Doyle at the door. Jamesy took charge

of him at once, and brought him round to the yard, where for the

present he shut him up in his wooden house; but he did not intend to

neglect him.

Jamesy told Cotter that Sergeant Driscoll and his men had taken their

prisoners safe to the barracks, and desired him to tell Cotter to join

them as soon as soon as possible.

"I cannot join them yet awhile, Jamesy; we have a corpse in the

house."

"God's mercy! an' shure it's not the poor ould masther?" said Jamesy.

"No; I don't know who he is. He must have been one of the

depredators."

"An' th' ould masther done for him!--God be praised? More power to his

elbow!"

"No, Jamesy, it was not the old master. It was Bully-dhu that choked

him--see here;" and he turned down the quilt.

"The divil a word of lie you're tellin', sir; dear me, but he gev' him

the tusks in style. Begorra, Bully, I'll give you my own dinner

to-day, an' tomorrow, an' next day for that. See, Mr. Cotter, how the

Lord overtakes the guilty at wanst, sometimes. Didn't he strike down

Tom Murdock wid lightning, an' he batin' me out a horseback? an I'd

never have cum up wid him only for that."

Cotter could not help smiling at Jamesy's enthusiasm.

"What are you laughin' at, Mr. Cotter? Maybe it's what you don't give

in to me; but I tell you I seen the flash of lightning take him down

ov the horse, as plain as the daylight. Where's Miss Winny?"

"Whist, whist, boy, don't be talking that way. Never heed Miss Winny;

she's with her father. I would not like her to see this dead man here;

don't be talking so loud. Is there any place we could draw him into,

until we find out who he is?"

"An' _I'd_ like to show him to Miss Winny, for Bully-dhu's sake. Will

I call her?"

"If you do, I'll stick you with this, Jamesy," said Cotter, getting

angry, and tapping his bayonet with his finger.

"Begorra, an' that's not the way to get me to do anything, I can tell

you; for I--"

"Well, there's a good boy, James; you have proved your cell one

tonight; and now for God's sake don't fret poor Miss Winny worse than

what she is already, and it would nearly kill her to see this dead man

here now--it would make her think of some one else dead,

Jamesy--_thigum thu_?

"_Thau_, begorra--you're right enough."

{245}

"Where can we bring him to? is there any outhouse or place?"

"To be sure there is; there's the barn where I sleep; cum out wid him

at wanst. I'll take him by the heels, an' let you dhraw him along the

floore by his shoulders."

There was a coolness and intrepidity about all Jamesy's acts and

expressions which surprised Cotter. With all his experience he had

never seen the same in so young a boy--except in a hardened villain;

and he had known Jamesy for the last four years to be the very

contrary. Cotter, however, was not philosopher enough to know that an

excess of principle, and a total want of it, might produce the same

intrepidity of character.

Cotter took the dead man under the shoulders and drew him along, while

Jamesy took him by the feet and pushed him.

Neither Winny, nor Biddy, nor the old man knew a word about this part

of the performance. Jamesy saw the propriety of keeping it to himself

for the present. Cotter locked the barn-door and took away the key

with him. He told Jamesy that he would find out from the other

prisoner "who the corpse was," and that he would call again with

instructions in the course of the day. He then hastened to the

barrack, and Jamesy went in to see Miss Winny and the ould masther.

The message which Cotter had sent her by Jamesy was this--"To keep up

her heart, and to hold herself in readiness for a visit from the

resident magistrate before the day was over."

CHAPTER XXXI.

It was still very early. The generality of the inhabitants were not

yet up, and Winny sighed at the long sad day which was before her. She

had first made her father tell her how the ruffians had served him,

and after hearing the particulars she detailed everything which had

befallen herself. She described the battle at the bridge, as well as

her sobs would permit her, from the moment that Lennon sprang up from

behind the battlement to their rescue until the fatal arrival of the

police, as she called it, upon the approach of whom "that demon fired

his pistol at my poor Emon as close as I am to you, father."

"Well, well; Winny, don't lave the blame upon the police; he would

have fired at Lennon whether they cum up or not, for Emon never would

have let go his holt."

"True enough, father. I do not lay it upon them at all. Emon would

have clung to his horse for miles if he had not shot him down."

"Beside, Jamesy says the police has him fast enough. Isn't that a

mercy at all events, Winny?"

"It is only the mercy of revenge, father, God forgive me for the

thought. The law will call it justice."

"And a just revenge is all fair an' right, Winny. He had no pity on an

innocent boy, an' why should you have pity on a guilty villain?"

"Pity! No, father, I have no pity for him. But I wish I did not feel

so vengeful."

"But how did the police hear of it, Winny, or find out which way they

went; an' what brought Jamesy Doyle up with them?"

"We must ask Jamesy himself about that, father," she said; and she

desired Biddy to call him in, for he was with Bully-dhu.

Jamesy was soon in attendance again, and they made him sit down, for

with all his pluck he looked weary and fatigued. They then asked him

to tell everything, from the moment he first heard the men smashing

the door.

Jamesy Doyle's description of the whole thing was short and decisive,

told in his own graphic style, with many "begorras," in spite of

Winny's remonstrances.

"Begorra, Miss Winny, I tould Bully-dhu what they were up to, an' I

let him in at the hall doore, an' {246} when I seen him tumble the

fust man he met, and stick in his windpipe without so much as a growl,

I knew there was one man wouldn't lave that easy, any way; an' I med

off for the polis as fast as my legs and feet could carry me."

"And how did--how--did--poor Emon hear of it?" sighed Winny.

"Arra blur-an-ages, Miss Winny, didn't I cut across by Shanvilla, an'

tould him every haporth? Why, miss, he'd murdher me af I let him lie

there dhramin', an' they carrin' you off, Miss Winny."

"Oh, Jamesy, why did you not go straight for the police, and never

mind Emon-a-knock?" she said.

"Ah! Winny dear," said her father, "remember that there was nearly

half-an-hour's battle at the bridge before the police came up; and had

your persecutor that half-hour's law, where and what would you be

now?"

"I did not care. I would have fought my battle alone against twenty

Tom Murdocks. They might have ill-used me, and then murdered me, but

what of that? Emon-a-knock would live, perhaps to avenge me; but

now--now--oh, father, father! I wish he had murdered me along with

Emon. But, God forgive me, indeed I am very sinful; I forgot you,

father dear. Here, Biddy, get the kettle boiling; we all want a cup of

tea;" and she put her handkerchief to her swimming eyes.

Jamesy had thrown himself in his clothes on some empty sacks in a

corner of the kitchen, saying, "Miss Winny, I'm tired enough to sleep

anywhere, an' I'll lie down here."

"Hadn't you better go to your own bed in the barn, Jamesy, where you

can take off your clothes? I am sure you would be more comfortable."

"No, Miss Winny, I'm sure I would not. Beside, the policeman tuck--"

Jamesy stopped himself. "What the mischief have I been saying?"

thought he.

"The policeman took what, Jamesy?" said Winny.

"He tuck the key, miss. He said no one should g'win there till he cum

back."

"Oh, very well, Jamesy; lie down, and let me throw this quilt over

you. But, God's mercy, if here is not a pool of blood! I wonder what

brought it here? Oh, am I doomed to sec nothing but blood--blood? What

is this, Jamesy, do you know?"

"I do, miss. It was Bully-dhu that cut one of the men when they cum

in; and no cure for him, Miss Winny!"

"Why, he must have cut him severely, James; the whole floor is covered

with blood."

"Cut him, is it? Begorra, Miss Winny, he kilt him out-an-out. I may as

well tell you the thruth at wanst."

"For heaven's sake, you do not mean to say that he actually killed

him, Jamesy?"

"That's just what I do mane. Miss Winny, an' I may as well tell you,

for Mr. Cotter will be here by-an-bye with the coroner and a jury to

hould an inquest. Isn't he lyin' there abroad in the barn as stiff as

a crowbar, an' as ugly as if he was bespoke, miss? Didn't I help Mr.

Cotter to carry him out, or rather to dhrag him? for begorra he was as

heavy as if he was made of lead!"

"Fie, fie, James, you should not talk that way of any poor

fellow-being--for shame!"

"An' a bad fellow-bein' he was, to cum here to carry you away. Miss

Winny, an' maybe to murdher you in the mountain, or maybe worse. My

blessin' on you, Bully-dhu!"

Winny was shocked at the cool manner in which Jamesy spoke of such a

frightful occurrence. She was afraid she would never make a Christian

of him.

Cotter and a comrade soon returned and took charge of the body until

the coroner should arrive. They had served summonses upon twelve or

fourteen of the most respectable neighbors--good men and true. They

had ascertained that the deceased was a man named John Fahy, from the

{247} county of Cavan, a reputed Ribbonman. The cart had belonged to

him, but of course there was no name upon it. The news of the whole

affair had already spread like fire the moment the people began to get

about; and two brothers of Fahy's arrived to claim the body before the

inquest was over.

Jamesy Doyle was the principal witness "before the fact." His evidence

was like himself all over. Having been sworn by the coroner, he did

not think that sufficient, but began his statement with another oath

of his own--the reader knows by this time what it was. The coroner

checked him, and reminded him that he was already on his solemn oath,

and that light swearing of that kind was very unseemly, and could not

be permitted. He advised him to be cautions.

Jamesy had sense enough to take his advice, although he seldom took

Winny's upon the same subject.

"When first I heerd the _rookawn_ I got up, an' dhrew on my clothes,

an' cum round the corner of the house. I seen three men stannin' at

the doore, an' I heerd wan of 'em ordher it to be bruck in. I knew

there was but two women an' wan ould man, the masther, in the house,

an' I knew there was no use in goin' in to be murdhered, an' that I

could be of more use a great dale outside. Bully-dhu was roarin' like

a lion in the back yard, an' couldn't get out. I knew Bully was well

able for wan of 'em, any way, if not for two, an' I let him out an'

brought him to the hall-doore. The minit ever I let him out iv the

yard he was as silent as the grave, an' I knew what that meant. Well,

I brought him to the doore, an' pointed to the deceased, for he was

the first man I seen in from me. Well, without with your lave or by

your lave, Bully had him tumbled on the floore, an' his four big teeth

stuck in his windpipe. 'That'll do,' says I, 'as far as wan of ye

goes, any way;' an' I med off for the police. I wasn' much out about

Bully, your worship, for the man never left that antil Mr. Cotter an'

I helped him out into the barn."

Cotter was then examined. His evidence was "that he had found the

deceased lying dead on the kitchen floor; that the dog on entering lay

down at his head and put his paw upon his breast, as if pointing out

what he had done." That was all he knew about it.

The doctor was then examined--surgeon, perhaps, we should call him on

this occasion--and swore "that he had carefully examined the deceased;

that he had been choked; and that the wounds in the throat indicated

that they had been inflicted by the teeth of a large, powerful dog; no

cat nor other animal known in this country could have done it."

This closed the evidence. The coroner made a short charge to the jury,

and the verdict was "that the deceased, John Fahy, as they believed

him to be, had come by his death by being suffocated _and choked_ by a

large black dog called Bully-dhu, belonging to one Edward Cavana, of

Rathcash, in the parish, etc., etc.; but that inasmuch as he, the said

deceased, was in the act of committing a felony at the time, for

which, if convicted in a court of law, he would have forfeited his

life, they would not recommend the dog to be destroyed."

The coroner said "he thought this was a very elaborate verdict upon so

simple a case; and disagreed with the jury upon the latter part of the

verdict. The dog could not have known that, and it was evident he was

a ferocious animal, and he thought he ought to be destroyed."

"He did know it, your honor," vociferated Jamesy Doyle. "Didn't I tell

him, and wasn't it I pointed out the deceased to him, and tould him to

hould him? If it was th' ould masther or myself kilt him, you couldn't

say a haporth to aidher of us, let alone the dog."

If this was not logic for the coroner, it was for the jury, who

refused to change their verdict. But the {248} tack to the verdict,

exonerating poor Bully-dhu, was almost unnecessary, where he had such

a friend in court as Jamesy Doyle; for he, anticipating some such

attempt, had provided for poor Bully's safety. His first act after

Cotter had left in the morning was to get a chum of his, who lived not

for off, to take the dog in his collar and strap to an uncle's son, a

first cousin of his, about seven miles away, to tell him what had

happened, and to take care of the dog until the thing "blew over," and

that "Miss Winny would never forget it to him."

Billy Brennan delivered the dog and the message safely; "he'd do more

nor that for Miss Winny;" or for that matter for the dog himself, for

they were great play-fellows in the dry grass of a summer's day. Now

it was a strange fact, and deserves to be recorded for the curious in

such things, that although Bully-dhu had never seen Jamesy's cousin in

his life, and that although he was a surly, distant dog to strangers,

he took up with young Barny Foley the moment he saw him. He never

stirred from his side, and did not appear inclined to leave the place.

Before the inquest had closed its proceedings the two brothers of the

deceased man adverted to had arrived to take away the dead body. It

was well for poor Bully-dhu, after all, that Jamesy had been so

thoughtful, although it was quite another source of danger he had

apprehended. The two Fahys searched high and low for the dog, one of

them armed secretly with a loaded pistol, but both openly with huge

crab-tree sticks to beat his brains out, in spite of coroner,

magistrate, police, or jury. But they searched in vain. They offered

Jamesy, not knowing the stuff he was made of, a pound-note "to show

them where the big black dog was." His answer, though mute, was just

like him. He put his left thumb to the tip of his nose, his right

thumb to the little finger of the left hand, and began to play the

bagpipes in the air with his fingers.

They pressed it upon him and he got vexed.

"Begorra," said be, "af ye cum here to-night after midnight to take

Miss Winny away, I'll show him to you, an' maybe it wouldn't be worth

the coroner's while to go home."

"He may stay where he is, for that matther," said one of the brothers.

"He'll have work enough tomorrow or next day at Shanvilla;" and they

turned away.

"Ay, and the hangman from the county of _Cavan_ will have something to

do soon afther," shouted Jamesy after them, who was never at a loss

for an answer. He had the last word here, and it was a sore one.

As the brothers Fahy failed in their search for Bully, they had

nothing further that they dare vent their grief and indignation upon.

It was no use in bemoaning the matter there amongst unsympathizing

strangers; so they fetched the cart to the barn-door and laid the

corpse into it, covering it with a white sheet which they had brought

for the purpose.

"Will I lind you a hand, boys?" said Jamesy, as they were struggling

with the weight of the dead man at the barn-door.

The scowl he got from one of the brothers would have discomfited a boy

less plucky or self-possessed than Jamesy Doyle; but he had not said

it in irony. No one there appeared inclined to give any help, and

Jamesy actually did get under the corpse, and "_helped_ him into the

cart," as he said himself.

The unfortunate men then left, walking one at each side of their dead

brother. And who is there, except perhaps Jamesy Doyle, who would not

pity them as they rumbled their melancholy way down the boreen to the

road?

{249}

CHAPTER XXXII.

About two hours later in the day "the chief" arrived to "visit the

scene," as he was bound to do before he made his report.

He was received courteously and with respect by Winny Cavana, who

showed him into the parlor. He considerately began by regretting the

unfortunate and melancholy occurrence which had taken place; but of

course added, the satisfaction it was to him, indeed that it must be

to every one, that the perpetrators had been secured, particularly the

principal mover in the sad event.

Winny made no remark, and "the chief" then requested her to state in

detail what had occurred from the time the men broke into the house

until the shot was fired which wounded the man. She seemed at first

disinclined to do so; but upon that gentleman explaining that she

would be required to do so on her oath, when the magistrate called to

take her information, she merely sighed, and said:

"I suppose so; indeed I do not see why I should not."

She then gave him a plain and succinct account as far as their conduct

to herself was concerned, and referred him to her father and the

servants for the share they had taken toward them.

He then obtained from old Cavana, Biddy Murtagh, and Jamesy Doyle what

they knew of the transaction; and thus fully primed and loaded for his

report, he left, telling Winny Cavana "the stipendiary magistrate had

left home the day before, but that he would be back the next day; and

she might expect an official visit from him, as he would make

arrangements with him that she should not be brought from her home,

when no doubt the prisoners would be remanded for the doctor's report

of the wounded man."

The morning after "the chief" had been at Rathcash house, Winny

Cavana, almost immediately after breakfast, told Jamesy Doyle to get

ready and come with her to Shanvilla. She was anxious to ascertain

from personal knowledge how poor Emon was going on. She was distracted

with the contradictory reports which Biddy Murtagh brought in from

time to time from the passers-by upon the road. Winny had little, if

any, hope at all that Edward Lennon would survive. She had been

assured by Father Farrell, in whose truth and experience she placed

the greatest confidence, that it was _impossible_, although he might

linger for a few days. The doctor, too, had pronounced the same solemn

doom. Her thoughts as she hastened toward Shanvilla were full of awe

and _determination_. She had spent the night, the entire night, for

she had never closed an eye, in laying down a broad short map of her

future life, and it was already engraven on her mind. She had been

clever in drawing such things at the school where she had him been

educated, and her thoughts now took that form.

Her poor father while he lived; herself before and after his death;

the Lennons one and all; Kate Mulvey, Phil M'Dermott, Jamesy Doyle,

Biddy Murtagh, and Bully-dhu were the only spots marked upon the map;

but they were conspicuous, like the capital towns of counties. There

was but one river on the map, and it could be traced by Winny's tears.

It was the great river of "the Past," and rose in the distant

mountains of her memory which hemmed in this map of her fancy. It

flowed first round old Ned and the Lennons, who were bounded by Winny

on the north, south, east, and west. It passed by Kate Mulvey and Phil

M'Dermott, and thence passing by Jamesy Doyle, Biddy Murtagh, and

Bully-dhu, it emptied itself into the Irish ocean of Winny's

affectionate heart.

Winny knew that she would meet Father Farrell at Emon's bedside; he

scarcely ever left it; and she knew {250} that he would not deceive

her as to his real state. She knew, too, that he would not refuse her

a sincere Christian advice and counsel upon the sudden resolve which

had taken possession of her heart.

Father Farrell saw her coming from Emon's window, and went to meet her

at the door. They stood in the kitchen alone. The poor father and

mother had been kept out of Emon's room by the priest, and were

bewailing their fate in their own room.

"I am glad you are come, Winny, dear," said he. "The poor fellow has

not ceased to speak of you and pray for you from the first, when he

does transgress his orders not to speak at all."

"How is he, oh, how is he, Father Farrell?"

"Stronger just now, but dying, Winny Cavana. Let nothing tempt you to

deceive yourself. He has been so much stronger for the last hour or so

that I was just going to send my gig for yon. He said it would soothe

his death-bed, which he knows he is on, Winny, to see you and have

your blessing."

"He shall have my blessing, and I shall claim every right to give it

to him. Father Farrell," she added, solemnly, but with a full,

untrembling tone, "will you marry me to Edward Lennon?"

The priest almost staggered back from her for a moment.

"Yes, Father Farrell, you have heard aright, and I solemnly and

sincerely repeat the question. Listen: You must know that never on

this earth will I wed any other. I shall devote myself and the greater

portion of any wealth I may possess to the church for charitable

purposes after Edward Lennon, my future husband--future here and

hereafter--is dead. I wish to call him husband by that precious right

which death will so soon rob me of. Even so, Father Farrell; give me

that right, short though it be. It will enable me legally to provide

for his honest, stout-hearted father and his broken-hearted mother,

without the lying lips of slander doubting the motive. Oh, Father

Farrell, it is the only consolation left me now to hope for, or in

your power to bestow."

The priest was struck dumb. Her eyes, her breath, pleaded almost more

than her words.

Father Farrell sat down upon a form.

"Winny Cavana," he said, "do not press me--that is, I mean, do not

hurry me. The matter admits of serious consideration, and may not be

altogether so unreasonable or extraordinary as it might at first

appear. But I say that it requires consideration. Walk abroad for a

few minutes and let me think."

"No, father. You may remain here for a few minutes and think. Let me

go in and see my poor Emon."

"Yes, yes, you shall; but I must go in along with you, Winny. I can

come out again if I find that more consideration is necessary."

Winny saw that she had gained her point. They then entered the room,

and Emon cast such a look of gratitude and love upon Winny as calmed

every doubt upon the priest's mind, for he was afraid that Emon

himself would object, and that the scene would injure him.

Winny was soon at Emon's side, with his hand clasped in hers.

"You are come, Winny dear, to bid me a final good-by--in this world,"

he murmured. "God bless you for your goodness and your love for me!"

"I am come, Emon dear, to fulfil that love in the presence of heaven,

and with Father Farrell's sanction--am I not, Father Farrell?"

"I never doubted it, Winny dear."

"And you shall not doubt it now. You shall die declaring it. Emon--

Emon, my own Emon-a-knock, I am come to claim the promise you gave me

to make me your wife."

"Great God, Winny I are you mad?--she not mad. Father Farrell?"

{251}

"No, Emon dear, she really is not mad. She will devote herself and her

whole future life to charity and the love of a better world than this.

She can do that not only as well, but better, in some respects, as

your widow than otherwise. I have considered the matter, and I cannot

see that there are any just reasons to deny her request."

"Then I shall die happy, though it be this very night. But oh, Winny,

Winny, think of what you are about; time will soften your grief, and

you may yet be happy with ano--"

"Stop, Emon dear--not another word; for here, before heaven and Father

Farrell, I swear never shall I marry any one in this world but you.

Here, Father Farrell, begin; here is a ring you gave me yourself,

Emon, and although not a wedding-ring it will do very well--we will

make one of it."

Father Farrell then brought in Emon's father and mother, and married

Winny Cavana to the dying man.

She stooped down and kissed his pallid lips. Big drops of sweat burst

out upon his forehead, and Father Farrell saw that the last moment was

at hand. Winny held his hand between both hers, and said, "Emon, you

are now mine--mine by divine right, and I resign you to the Lord." And

she looked up to heaven through the roof, while the big tears rolled

down her pale cheeks.

"Winny," said Emon, in a solemn but distinct voice, "I now die happy.

For this I have lived, and for this I die. I cannot count on even

hours now; my moments are numbered. I feel death trembling round my

heart. But you have calmed its approach, Winny dear. Your love and

devotion at a moment like this is the happiest pang that softens my

passage to the grave. I can now claim a right to what you promised me

as a favor--my portion of your space in Rathcash chapel-yard. God

bless you, Winny dear!--Good-by--my--wife!"

Yes, Emon had lived and had died for the love of her who was _now his

widow_.

As Emon had ceased to speak, a bright smile broke over his whole

countenance, and he rendered his last sigh into the safe-keeping of

his guardian angel, until the last great day.

Winny knew that he was dead, though his breath had passed so gently

forth that he might have been only falling asleep. She continued to

hold his hand, and to gaze upon his still features, while Father

Farrell's lips moved in silent prayer, more for the living than the

dead.

"Come, Winny," he at last said, "you cannot remain here just at

present. Come along with me, and I will bring you in my gig to your

father's house, where I will tell him all myself."

"Oh, thank you, thank you, Father Farrell," she said, turning

resignedly with him. "Tell poor Pat Lennon what has happened; their

pity for me as a companion in their grief may help to soften their

own. Tell him, of course, Father Farrell, that I shall take all the

arrangements of the funeral upon myself--God help them and me!"

As they came from the dead man's room they met Pat Lennon in the

kitchen, and Winny, throwing her arms round his neck, caught the big

salt tears which were rolling down his face upon her quivering lips.

"I have a right to call you father now," she exclaimed. "You have lost

a son, but I will be your daughter," and she kissed him again and

again.

CHAPTER XXXIII.

On their way to Rathcash, Winny in the first instance told the priest

that "of course her poor husband should be buried in Rathcash

chapel-yard, and, as a matter in which she could not interfere, by

Father Roche." Here she stopped, but the kind-hearted priest took her

up at once.

{252}

"Of course, my dear child," he said, "that will be quite right.

Indeed, Winny, I should not wish to be the person so soon to add that

sad ceremony to the still sadder one I was engaged in to-day."

"Before God or man, Father Farrell, you will never have cause to

regret that act. It was my own choosing after deliberate

consideration, and I was best judge of my own feelings. I _can_ be

happy now. I never _could_ be happy if it were otherwise."

"God grant it, my love," said the priest.

"But still, Father Farrell," she continued, "I have something more for

you to do for me. Will you not, like a good man, take all the

arrangement of the funeral upon yourself? I will pay every penny of

the expenses, and let them not be niggardly. Thank God, Father

Farrell, I can do so now without reproach."

The kind, sympathizing priest engaged to do everything which was

requisite in the most approved of manner. The more he reflected upon

what he had done, the less fault he had to find with himself. There

was a calm, resigned tone about all that Winny now said very different

from what he might have anticipated from his knowledge of her temper

and disposition, had the fatal moment taken place when the shot was

fired, or even subsequently before she became Edward Lennon's wife.

Bitter revenge, he thought, would have seized her soul toward the man

who had deprived her of all hope or source of happiness in this world.

Now the only time she trusted her tongue to speak of him was an

exclamation--"May God forgive him!"

They soon arrived at Rathcash house, where Father Farrell paid a long

visit to old Ned Cavana. His kindness quite gained upon the old man,

and, before he left, he acquainted him with the facts of his

daughter's position and the death of her husband.

The old man sat silent for some time after the truth had been made

known to him. Winny stood hoping for a look of encouragement and

forgiveness; but the old man gave it not. At length, with that

impatience habitual to her disposition, she rushed into his arms and

wept upon his breast.

"Oh, father!" she exclaimed, "I could never be the wife of any man

living after poor Emon's death in defence of my life; ay, more than my

life, of my honor."

"But oh, Winny, Winny! to sacrifice yourself for a man so near the

grave! There was no hope for him, I heerd."

"None, father. I was aware of that. Had there been, I should have

waited patiently. I told Father Farrell here my plans, and the same

thing as swore that I would not alter them. He will now tell them to

you, father dear; and I shall lie down for a couple of hours, for

indeed I want rest of both body and mind."

She then kissed her father again and again, and blessed him, or rather

she prayed God to do so, and went to her room.

Father Farrell then explained all Winny's views to her distracted

father, observing, as he had been enjoined to do, the tenderest love

and respect for the old man; taking nothing "for granted;" but at the

same time showing the utmost confidence that all matters would still

be arranged for his daughter in the same manner he had often explained

to her to be his intention. "One step she was determined on," Father

Farrell said; "and that was to join a religious sisterhood of charity

in the north. Nothing should ever tempt her to marry."

"I'll sell this place at wance," said old Ned. "It's not a month since

I had a rattlin' bid for it; but my landlord--and he's member for the

county, you know--tould me with his own lips, that if ever I had a

mind to part with it, he'd give me a hundred pounds more for it than

any one else."

"That was Winny's wish, Ned; and that you should remove with her to

the north, where she would settle you comfortably, and where she could

{253} see you almost every day in the week."

"Almost," repeated old Ned, sorrowfully.

"Well, perhaps every day, Ned, for that matter."

"Well, Father Farrell, I would not wish to stay here any longer afther

what has happened. I'll sell the place out an' out at wance. I have

nothing to do but to write to my landlord. I could not bear to be

lookin' across at Mick Murdock's afther what tuck place. I think my

poor Winny is right; an' that it was the Lord put it all into her

head. Athen, Father Farrell, maybe it was yourself laid it down for

the little girl?"

"No, Ned; she laid it all down for me. I was going to reason with her

at first, but she put her hand upon my mouth, and told me to stop;

that nothing should alter her plans. I considered her words, Ned, for

a while, and I gave in; not on account of her determination, but

because I thought she was right. And I think so still; even to the

marrying of Emon on his death-bed."

"Indeed, Father Farrell, you have aised my mind. Glory be to God that

guided her!"

"Amen," said the priest.

Father Farrell had now in the kindest manner dealt with old Ned

Cavana, according to Winny's wishes and instructions; so that it was

an easy matter for Winny herself on that evening, when she had joined

her father after a refreshing sleep, to explain more in detail her

intentions as regarded herself, and her wishes as regarded her

friends--those capitals of counties which were marked on the map of

her imagination.

Old Ned was like a child in her hands; and no mother ever handled her

first-born babe more fondly than Winny dealt with her poor old father.

"Ducks an' dhrakes iv it, Winny asthore; ducks an' dhrakes iv it,

Winny dear! Isn't it all your own; what do I want with it, mavrone,

but to see you happy? an' haven't you laid out a plan for both

yourself an' myself that can't be bet, Winny mavoureen?"

The old man was perfectly satisfied with the map, and studied it so

well that he had it by heart before he went to bed, and could have

told you the boundaries of all Winny's wishes to the breadth of a

hair, as he kissed her for the last time that night.

I will spare the reader a detail of the melancholy _cortège_ of poor

Emon-a-knock's funeral, which proceeded from Shanvilla to Rathcash

chapel-yard the day but one after.

Winny had expressed a wish to attend it, but had yielded to the joint

advice of Father Farrell and Father Roche to resist the impulse.

Emon-a-knock had been well and truly loved in life, and was now

sincerely regretted in death. Father Farrell, at the head of the

procession, was met by Father Roche bare-headed at the chapel-gate of

Rathcash, and the melancholy ceremony was performed amidst the silent

grief of the immense crowd around. Poor Emon's last wish was complied

with, and he now occupied his last resting-place with the Cavanas of

Rathcash.

CHAPTER XXXIV.

It was still about an hour after noon when Winny beheld from the

parlor window at which she stood a very exciting cavalcade upon the

road, slowly approaching the house. At once she became acquainted with

the whole concern. "The chief" had fore-warned her that she might

expect a visit from the magistrate the moment he returned; and her

intelligence at once recognized the addition of the police and

prisoners some distance in rear of the car.

Winny's heart beat quick and high as she saw them draw nigh and turn

up the lane. It would be mock heroism to say that it did not. She knew

{254} that Tom Murdock, the murderer of her husband, must be one of

the prisoners, but she did not know why they were bringing him

there--for the police had now made the turn. She thought the

magistrate might have spared her that fresh excitement--that renewal

of her hate. But the magistrate was one of those who had anticipated

the law by his sense of justice and his practice. He was one who gave

every one of his majesty's subjects fair play, and it was therefore

his habit to have the accused face to face with the accuser when

informations were taken and read.

Poor Winny was rather fluttered and disturbed when they entered,

notwithstanding "the chief" had considerately prepared her for the

visit. She did not lose her self-possession, however, so much as to

forget the respect and courtesy due to gentlemen, beside being

officers of the law. She asked them down into the parlor, and

requested of them to be seated. They accepted her civility in silence,

seeing enough in her manner to show them that she was greatly

distressed, and required a little time to compose herself'. She was,

however, the first to speak.

"I suppose, gentlemen, you are come respecting this sad affair. I told

this gentleman here all I knew about it yesterday."

"Yes, but matters are still worse today, although there was no hope

even then that they would be better. Of course it will relieve you so

far at once to tell you that we are aware of the position in which you

now stand toward the deceased."

"Yes, sir. It was with a wish that the world might know it I took the

step I did. I had Father Farrell's approval of it, and my own

parish-priest's as well; but subsequently--"

"My good girl, we did not come here to question the propriety or

otherwise of either your actions or your motives. Nor do I for one

hesitate to say that I believe both to have been unexceptionable. But

it will be necessary that you should make an information upon oath as

to what took place from the first moment the men came to the door,

until the shot was fired by which Edward Lennon came by his death."

"I suppose, sir, you must have much better evidence than mine as to

the firing of the shot. I can only swear to the fact of two men having

tied me up and carried me away on a cart, and that there was a third

man on horseback with a mask upon his face; that when we came to Boher

bridge, the deceased Edward Lennon and his father came to our rescue;

that there was a long and distracting struggle at the bridge, which

lasted with very doubtful hopes of success for my deliverance until

Jamesy Doyle, our servant-boy, came up with the police; that the man

on horseback with the mask, whom I verily believe to have been Thomas

Murdock, turned to fly; that the deceased Edward Lennon fastened in

his horse's bridle to prevent him; that a deadly struggle ensued

between them, and that the man on horseback fired at the deceased, who

fell, I may say, dead on the road. The sight left my eyes, sir, and

except that we brought the dying man home on the cart, I know no more

about it of my own knowledge, sir."

"A very plain, straightforward, honest story as I ever heard," said

the magistrate. "But it will be necessary for you, when upon your

oath, to state whether you know, that is, whether you recognized, the

man on horseback at time."

"I could not recognize his features, sir, on account of the mask he

wore; but I did recognize his voice as that of Tom Murdock, and I know

his figure and general appearance."

"That will do now, Mrs. Lennon. I shall only trouble you to repeat

slowly and distinctly what you have already said, so that I can write

it down."

The magistrate then unlocked his leather writing-case, took out the

necessary forms for informations, and was {255} not long embodying

what Winny had to say in premier shape.

He then went through the same form with old Ned, with Biddy Murtagh,

and with Jamesy Doyle.

When the magistrate had all the informations taken and arranged, he

directed Sergeant Driscoll to bring in the prisoners, that he might

read them over and swear the several informants in their presence.

Winny became very nervous and fidgety, and would have left the room,

but the magistrate assured her that it was absolutely necessary that

she should remain, at least while her own informations were being

read. He would read them first, and she might then retire. He

regretted very much that it was necessary, but he would not detain her

more than a couple of minutes at most.

Tom Murdock and the other prisoner were then brought in; and Winny

having identified the other man, her informations were read in a loud,

distinct voice by the magistrate, and she acknowledged herself bound,

etc, etc.

"You may now retire, Mrs. Lennon," said the magistrate; and she

hastened to leave the room.

Tom Murdock stood near the door out of which she must pass, his hands

crossed below his breast in consequence of the handcuffs. He knew that

there was no chance of escape, no hope of an alteration or mitigation

of his doom in this world. Everything was too plain against him. There

were several witnesses to his deed of death, and the damning words by

which it was accompanied, and he knew that the rope must be his end.

Well, he had purchased his revenge, and he was willing to pay for it.

He determined, therefore, to put on the bravado, and glut that revenge

upon his still surviving victim.

"Emon-a-knock is dead. Miss Cavana," said he, as Winny would have

passed him to the door, her eyes fastened on the ground; "but not

buried yet", he added, with a sardonic smile. "I wish I were free of

these manacles, that I might follow his _remains_ to Shanvilla

chapel-yard."

"You would go wrong," she calmly reply. "He is indeed dead, but not

buried yet. But he is my dead husband, and will lie with the Cavanas

in the chapel-yard of Rathcash, and rise again with them; and I would

rather be possessed of the inheritance of the six feet of grass upon

his grave than be mistress of Rathcash, and Rathcashmore to boot.

Where will you be buried, Tom Murdock? Within the precincts of--the

jail? To rise with-but no! I shall not condemn beyond the grave; may

God forgive you! I cannot."

Even Tom Murdock's stony heart was moved. "Winny Cavana, do you think

God can?" he said, turning toward her; but she had passed out of the

door.

The magistrate then read the informations of the other witnesses,

while Tom Murdock and the other prisoner, stood apparently listening,

though they heard not a word.

Jamesy Doyle's informations were word for word characteristic of

himself. He insisted upon having the flash of lightning inserted

therein, as an undoubted fact, "if ever he saw one knock a man down in

his life."

The magistrate and "the chief" had then some conversation with old Ned

and Winny, who had returned at their request to the parlor. It was of

a general character, but still respecting the melancholy occurrence,

or indeed occurrences, the magistrate said, for he had heard of the

death of the man who had been killed by the "watch-dog." Ere they left

they took Jamesy aside upon this subject, as the only person who knew

anything of this part of the business, and the magistrate requested

him to state distinctly what he knew of the transaction.

Jamesy was _distinct_ enough, as the reader will believe, from the

specimens he has already had of his style of communicating facts.

"Tell me, my good boy," said the magistrate, "did you _set_ the dog at

{256} the deceased?" laying a strong emphasis on the word.

"Beghorra, your honor, Bully-dhu didn't want any settin' at all. The

minnit he seen the man inside in the kitchen, he stuck in his thrapple

at wanst. I knew he'd hould him till I come back, an' I med off for

the police."

"Are you aware, my young champion, that if you set the dog at the

deceased you would be guilty of manslaughter at least, if not murder?"

"Of murdher, is id? Oh, tare anages, what's this for? Begorra, af that

be law it isn't justice. Didn't they tie th' ould masther neck an'

heels? Didn't they tie Miss Winny and carry her off to murdher her, or

maybe worse? Didn't they tie Biddy Murtagh? and wouldn't they ha' tied

me af they could get hoult of me? an' would you want Bully-dhu to sit

on his boss, lookin' on at all that, your honor?"

"That may be all true, Jamesy, but I do not think the law would

exonerate you, for all that, if you set the dog at the deceased man."

"Well, begorra, I pointed at the man, your honor; but I tell you

Bully-dhu wanted no settin' at him at all; af he did I'd have given it

to him; and I think the law would onerate me for that same. See here

now, your honor. Af th' ould masther had a double-barrel gun, an' shot

the two men as dead as mutton that was goin' to tie him up, wouldn't

the law be well plaised wid him? and if I had a pistol, an' shot every

man iv 'em, wouldn't your honor make a chief iv me at least, instead

of sending me to jail? and why wouldn't Bully-dhu, who had on'y a pair

of double-barrel tusks, do his part an' help us? I'm feedin' an'

taichin' that dog, your honor, since he was a whelp, an' he never

disappointed me yet--there now!"

There was certainly natural logic in all this, which the magistrate,

with all his experience of the law, found it difficult to contradict.

A notion had come into his head at one time that if Jamesy Doyle had

set the dog at John Fahy, he might be guilty of his death,

notwithstanding the said John Fahy had been committing a felony at the

time. But there was no proof that he had set the dog at the man beyond

his own admission, and the question had not been raised. Jamesy was

willing to avow his responsibility, as far as it went, in the most

open and candid manner, and not only that, but to _justify_ it, which

he had indeed done in a most extraordinary, clever manner. Then what

had been his conduct all through? Had it not been that of a

courageous, faithful boy, who had risked his own life in obstructing

the escape of the murderer? and was he not the most material witness

they had--the only one who had never lost sight of the man who had

shot Edward Lennon, until he himself had secured him for the police?

"No, no," reflected the magistrate; "it would be absurd to hold Jamesy

Doyle liable for anything, but the most qualified approbation of his

conduct from first to last."

"Well, Jamesy," said he, out of these thoughts, "we will take your own

opinion in favor of yourself for the present. There is no doubt of

your being forthcoming at the next assizes?"

"Begorra, your honor, I'll stick to the ould masther and Miss Winny,

an' I don't think they're likely to lave this."

"That will do, Jamesy. Come, Mr.----, I think we have taken up almost

enough of these poor people's time. We may be going."

A word or two about old Mick Murdock ere we close this chapter, as the

reader, not having seen or heard of him for some days, will no doubt

be curious to know what he had been doing, and how he comported

himself during so trying and exciting a scene.

During the period which Tom had spent in the obscure little

public-house {257} upon the mountain road in the county Cavan, his own

report that, he had gone to the north had done him no service; for the

addition which he had tacked to it, about "going to get married to a

rich young lady," was not believed by a single person for whose

deception it had been spread abroad. That sort of thing had been so

often repeated without fulfilment that people reversed the cry of the

wolf upon the subject.

There was nothing now for it with those to whom Tom was indebted but

to go to his father, in hopes of some arrangement being made to even

secure them in their money. Several bills of exchange--some overdue,

and some not yet at maturity--with his name across them, were brought

to old Mick for sums varying from ten to fifteen and twenty pounds.

Old Mick quietly pronounced them one and all to be _forgeries_. Tom

and he had had some very sharp words before he went away. He had

called the poor old man a "----old niggard" to his face, and he heard

the words "cannot lost very long," as Tom slapped the door behind him.

Old Mick would have only fretted at all this had his son returned in a

reasonable time to his home, and, as usual, made promises of

amendment, or had even written to him. It was the first time that ever

a forged acceptance had been presented to him for payment, and Tom's

prolonged absence without any preconcerted object to account for it

weighed heavily upon the old man's heart as to his son's real

character. Tom was all this time, as the reader is aware, planning a

bold stroke to secure Winny Cavana's fortune to pay off these

forgeries. But we have seen with what a miserable result.

It was impossible to hide the glaring fact of Tom Murdock's

apprehension and committal to jail upon the dreadful charge of murder

from his father. It rang from one end of the parish to the other. But

instead of rushing to meet his son, clapping his hands, and

exclaiming, "Oh! wiristhrue, wiristhrue! what's this for?" poor old

Mick was completely prostrated by the news; and there he lay in his

bed, unable to move hand or foot from the poignancy of his grief and

disgrace.

If Tom Murdock has broken his poor old father's heart, and he never

rises from that bed, it is only another item in his great account.

CHAPTER XXXV.

The reader will recollect that the incidents recorded in the two last

chapters took place toward the latter end of June. We will, therefore,

have time, before the assizes come on, to let him know how far Winny's

fancy map was perfected.

For herself, then, first. She had determined to become a member of a

convent in the north of Ireland, giving up the world with all its

vanities--she knew nothing of its pomps--and devoting her time, her

talents, and whatever money she might finally possess, to religious

and charitable purposes. She had not delayed long after the magistrate

and "the chief" had left, and she had experienced a refreshing sleep,

in taking her father into her confidence to the fullest extent of her

intuitions, not only as regarded herself, but with respect to those

friends whom she had set down upon the map to be provided for.

"Father," she said, continuing a conversation, "there is no use in

your moving such a thing to me. It is no matter at what time you

project it for me; my mind is made up beyond even the consideration of

the question. I will never marry. Do not, like a dear good father that

you have ever been, move it to me any more."

"Indeed, Winny, I could not add a word more than I have already sed;

an' if that fails to bring you round, {258} share I'm dumb, Winny

asthore. God's will be done! I'm dumb."

"It is his will I am seeking, father. What matter if we are the last

of the Cavanas, as you say? Beside, my children would not be Cavanas;

recollect that, father."

"I know that, Winny jewel; but they'd be of th' ould stock all the

same. Their grandfather would be a Cavana, if he lived to see them."

"Be thankful for what you have, father dear. There never was a large

clan of a name but some one of them brought grief to it."

"Ay, Winny asthore; but there is always wan that makes up for it by

their superior goodness. Look at me that never had but the wan, an'

wasn't she, an' isn't she, a threasure to me all the days of my life?

Look at that, Winny."

"And there is your next-door neighbor, father, never had but the one,

and instead of a treasure, has he not been a curse? Look you at that,

father."

Old Ned was silent for some moments, and Winny did not wish to

interrupt his thoughts. She hoped he was coming quite round to her way

of thinking with respect to her never "getting married;" and she was

right.

"Well, Winny asthore," he said, after a pause, "shure you're doin' a

good turn for your sowl hereafther at any rate; an' I'll be led an'

sed by your own sinse of goodness in the matther. For myself, Winny,

wheresomever you go I'll go, where I'll see you sometimes--as often as

you can, Winny. Be my time long or short, I know that you will never

see me worse, if not betther nor what I always was. But it isn't aisy

to lave this place, Winny asthore, where I'm livin' since I was the

hoith of your knee with your grandfather an' your grandmother--God

rest their sowls! There isn't a pebble in the long walk in the garden,

nor a pavin'-stone in the yard, that I couldn't place upon paper

forenent you there this minnit, and tell you the color of them every

wan. There's scarcely a blade of grass in the pasthure-fields that I

couldn't remember where it grows in my dhrames. There isn't a

furze-blossom in the big ditch but what I'd know it out iv the bud it

cum from. There isn't a thrush nor a blackbird about the place but

what I know themselves an' their whistles as well as I know your own

song from Biddy Murtagh's or Jamesy Doyle's. Not a robin-redbreast in

the garden, Winny, that doesn't know me as well as I know you; an' I

could tell you the difference between the very chaffinches--I could,

Winny, I could."

"I know all that, father dear, and I know it will not be easy to break

up all them happy thoughts in your mind. But then you know, father

dear, I could not stop here looking across at the house where that man

lived. God help me, father, I do not know what to do!"

Poor old Ned saw that she was distressed, and was sorry he had drawn

such a picture of his former happiness at Rathcash. The recollection

of these little matters had run upon his tongue, but it was not with

any intention of using them as an argument to change Winny's plans.

"Winny," he said, "I didn't mane to fret you; shure I know what you

say is all thrue. I could not stop here myself no more nor what you

could, Winny, afther what has happened. Dear me, Winny jewel, how soon

you seen through that fellow, an' how glad I am that you didn't give

in to me! But now, Winny asthore, let us quit talking of him, and

listen to what I have to say to you. 'Tis just this. My landlord, who

you know is member for the county, tould me any time I had a mind to

sell my intherest in Rathcash, that he'd give me a hundred pounds more

for it than any one else. I'll write to him tomorrow, plaise God,

about it. You know Jerry Carty? Well, he is afther offerin' me seven

hundred {259} pounds into my fist for my good-will of the place. As

good luck would have it, I did not put any price upon it when my

landlord spoke to me about sellin' it. I can tell him now that I have

a mind to sell it, an' I won't hide the raison aidher. I can let him

know what Carty is willin' to give me for it, an' he's sure to give me

eight hundred pounds. You know, Winny, that your six hundred pounds is

in the bank b'arin' intherest for you, an' what you don't dhraw is

added to it every half year. But that's naidher here nor there, Winny,

for it will be all your own the very moment this place is sould, an',

as I sed before, you may make ducks and dhrakes iv it. Shure I know,

Winny, that'll you never see me want for a haporth while I last, be it

long or short. But, Winny dear, let us live in the wan house; that's

all I ax, mavourneen macree."

"That will be about fourteen hundred pounds in all, father."

"A thrifle more nor that, I think, Winny. Maybe you did not know how

much or how little it was, when you laid it out the way you tould me."

"No, not exactly, father; but I knew I must have been very much within

the mark; I took care of that."

"Go over it again for me, Winny dear, af it wouldn't be too much

throuble."

"Not in the least, father. You know I took Kate Mulvey first, and

determined to settle three hundred pounds upon her for a fortune

against 'she meets with some young man,' as the song says. And I

believe, father, Phil M'Dermott, the whitesmith, will be about the

man. He is very fond of Kate, but he would not marry any woman until

he had saved enough of money to set up a house comfortly and decently

upon. Three hundred pounds fortune with Kate will set them up in good

style, and I shall see the best friend I ever had happy. Then, father,

there are the Lennons, my poor dear husband's parents, whom I shall

next consider. Pat Lennon, poor Emon's father, risked his life most

manfully in my defence. Were it not for his resolute attack upon the

two men with the cart, and the obstruction he gave them, they would

have carried me through the pass long before the police and Jamesy

Doyle came up; and the probability is that you would never have seen

your poor Winny again. I purpose purchasing the good-will of that

little farm and house from which the Murphys are about to emigrate,

and settle a small gratuity upon them during their lives."

"Annuity, I suppose you mane, Winny; but it's no matther. How much

will that take, Winny?"

"About two hundred pounds, father, including the--what is it you call

it, father?'

"Annuity, Winny, annuity; I didn't think you were so--"

"Annuity," she repeated before he had got the other word out, and he

was glad afterward.

"Well, Winny, that's only five hundred out of somethin' over six."

"Then I'll give Biddy Murtagh a hundred pounds, and she must live as

cook and house-maid with Kate; and I'll lodge twenty pounds in the

savings-bank for Jamesy Doyle. Perhaps I owe him more than the whole

of them put together."

"That will be the first duck, Winny."

"How is that, father?'

"Why, it's well beyant the six hundred, Winny, which was all you were

goin' upon at first; but you may now begin with whatever we get by the

sale of Rathcash."

"Well, father, I would only wish to suggest the distribution of that,

for you know I have no call to it, and God grant that it may be a long

day until I have."

"Faix, an' Winny, af that be so, you've left yourself bare enough. But

don't be talkin' nonsense, child. What would I want with it? Won't

{260} you take care iv me, Winny asthore? an' won't you want the most

iv it where you are agoin? an' didn't you tell me already that you'd

like me to let you give it to the charities of that religious

establishment? Shure, there's no use in my askin' you any more not to

go into it."

"None indeed, father, for I am resolved upon it. But you shall live in

the town with me, and I can take care of you the same as if I was in

the house with you. There shall be nothing that you can want or wish

for that you shall not have, and no day that it is possible that I

will not see you."

"What more had I here, Winny, except the crops coming round from the

seed to the harvest, an' the cattle, an' the grass, an' the birds in

the bushes? Dear, oh dear, yes! Hadn't I yourself, Winny asthore,

forenent me at breakust, dinner, an' supper; an' warn't you for ever

talkin' to me of an evenin', with your stitchin' or your knittin'

across your lap; an', Winny jewel, wasn't your light song curling

through the yard, an' the house, afore I was up in the mornin'? But

now--now--Winny--oh, Winny asthore, mavourneen macree! but your poor

old father will miss yourself, no matther how kind your plans may be

for his comfort. Shure, the very knowledge that you were asleep in the

house with me was a blessin'."

"Father," she said, "God bless you! I will be back with you in a few

minutes--do not fret;" and she left him, and shut herself up in her

room.

But he did fret; and he was no sooner alone than the big tears burst

uncontrollably forth into a pocket-handkerchief, which he continued to

sop against his face.

Winny had thrown herself upon her knees at the bedside, and prayed to

God to guide her. Her thoughts and prayers were too dignified and holy

for tears. But they had made a free course to the pinnacle of the

mercy-seat, and she rose with her soul refreshed by the glory which

had responded to her cry for guidance.

She returned to her father, a radiant smile of anticipated pleasure

playing round her beautiful lips. There was no sign of grief, or even

of emotion, on her cheeks.

"Father," she said, "I have been seeking guidance from the Almighty in

this matter; and the old saying that 'charity begins at home'--that is

moral charity in this instance--has been suggested to my heart. We

shall not part, father, even temporarily. Where you live, I shall

live. I have been told, father, just now, while upon my knees, that to

do all the good I have projected need not oblige me to join as an

actual member of any charitable or religious society. No, father, I

can carry out all my plans without the necessity of living apart from

you; we will therefore, father dear, still live together. But let us

remove when this place is sold to B----, where the establishment I

have spoken of is situated, and there, with my knitting or my

stitching on my lap before you in the evenings, I can carry on all my

plans in connection with the institution without being an actual

member, which might involve the necessity of my living in the house.

But, father dear, I hope you do not disapprove of any of them, or of

the distribution of the money, so far as I have laid it out."

It was then quietly and finally arranged between them that as soon as

Rathcash was sold, and the stock and furniture disposed of, they would

remove to B----, in a northern county. They there intended to take a

small house, either in the town or precincts--the latter old Ned

preferred--where Winny could join the Sisters of Charity, at least in

her acts, if not as a resident member. The money was to be disposed of

as Winny had laid out, and legal deeds were to be prepared and

perfected; and poor Winny, notwithstanding the sudden cloud which had

darkened the blue heaven of her {261} life, was to be as happy as the

day was long.

CHAPTER XXXVI.

Within a month from the scene between Winny and her father described

above, Rathcash bad been purchased and paid for. There had been "a

great auction" of the stock, crops, and furniture. The house was shut

up, the door locked, and the windows bolted. No smoke curled from the

brick chimneys through the poplars. No sleek dark-red cows stood

swinging their tails and licking their noses, while a fragrant smell

of luscious milk rose through the air. No cock crew, no duck quacked,

no Turkey gobbled, and no goose gabbled. No dog bayed the moon by

night. Bully-dhu was at the flitting. The corn-stands and haggard were

naked and cold, and the grass was beginning to grow before the door.

The whole place seemed solitary and forlorn, awaiting a new tenant, or

whatever plans the proprietor might lay out for its future occupation.

Winny and her father had torn themselves from the spot hallowed to the

old man by years of uninterrupted happiness, and to the young girl by

the memory of a blissful childhood and the first sunshine of the

bright hope which is nearest to a woman's heart, until that fatal

night when vengeful crime broke in and snapt both spells asunder.

Rathcash and Rathcashmore had been a byword in the mouths of young and

old for the nine days limited for the wonder of such things.

If the goodness of his only child had broken the heart of one old man

from the reflection that her earthly happiness had been hopelessly

blighted, and his fond plans and prospects for her crushed for ever,

the villany and wickedness of another had not been less certain in a

similar result. Old Mick Murdock--ere his son stood before an earthly

tribunal to answer for his crimes--had been summoned before the court

of heaven.

The assizes came round, "the charge was prepared, the judge was

arrayed--a most _ter_rible show." Old Cavana and his daughter were, as

a matter of course, summoned by the crown for the prosecution, as were

also Pat Lennon, Jamesy Doyle, Biddy Murtagh, and the policemen who

had come to the rescue.

Old Ned was the first witness, Winny the second, Jamesy Doyle the

third. Then Biddy Murtagh and Pat Lennon, and finally, before the

doctor's medical evidence was given, the policemen who came to the

rescue, particularly he who had seen the shot fired and the man fall.

This closed the evidence for the Crown. There was no case, there could

be no case, for the prisoner, beyond the futile cross-examination of

the witnesses, by an able and tormenting counsellor, old Bob B----y,

whose experience in this instance was worse than useless.

The reader need hardly follow on to the result. Tom Murdock was

convicted and sentenced to death; and ere three weeks had elapsed he

had paid the penalty of an ungovernable temper and a revengeful

disposition upon the scaffold.

Poor Winny had pleaded hard with the counsel for the crown, and even

with the attorney-general himself--who prosecuted in person--that Tom

Murdock might be permitted to plead guilty to the abduction, and be

sentenced to transportation for life. But the attorney-general, who

had all the informations by heart, said that the animus had been

manifest all through, from even prior to the hurling-match, which was

alluded to by the prisoner himself as he fired the shot, and that he

would most certainly arraign the prisoner for the murder. And so he

was found guilty; and Winny, with her heart full of plans of peace and

charity, was obliged to forge the first link in a chain the {262}

succeeding ones of which dragged Tom Murdock to an ignominious grave.

Old Ned and Winny, accompanied by faithful Bully-dhu, had returned to

B----, where the old man read and loitered about, watching every

figure which approached, hoping to see his angel girl pass on some

mission of holy charity, dressed in her black hood and cape.

Accompanied by Bully-dhu, he picked up every occurrence in the street,

and compiled them in his memory, to amuse Winny in the evenings, in

return for her descriptions of this or that case of distress which she

had relieved. Thus they told story about, not very unlike tragedy and

farce!

A sufficient time had now elapsed, not only for the deeds to have been

perfected, but for the provisions which they set forth to have been

carried out. Pat Lennon had already removed to the comfortable cottage

upon the snug little farm which had been purchased for him by Winny,

and the "annuity" she had settled upon him was bearing interest in the

savings-bank at C. O. S.

Phil M'Dermott was one of the best to do men in that side of the

country, and his wife (if you can guess who she was) was the nicest

and the handsomest he (now that Winny was gone) that you'd meet with

in the congregation of the three chapels within four miles of where

she lived. Jamesy Doyle had been transferred--head, body, and

bones--to the establishment, where he excelled himself in everything

which was good and useful and--_handy_. Many a figary was got from

time to time after him in the forge, filed up bright and nice, and if

he does not "sorely belie" his abilities and aptitude, he will one day

become a "whitesmith" of no mean reputation.

Biddy Murtagh was to have gone as cook and thorough servant to _Mrs.

M'Dermott;_ but the hundred pounds which had been lodged to her credit

in the bank soon smoothed the way between her and Denis Murrican--a

Shanvilla boy, you will guess--who induced her to become cook, but not

thorough servant, I hope, to himself; so Kate M'Dermott--how strange

it seems not to write 'Kate Mulvey'!--was obliged to get somebody

else.

Poor Winny, blighted in her own hopes of this world's happiness, had

turned her thoughts to a surer and more abiding source. She had seen

her plans for the happiness of those she loved carried out to a

success almost beyond her hopes. Her poor old father, getting whiter

and whiter as the years rolled on, attained a ripe and good old age,

blessed in the fond society of the only being whom he loved on earth.

Winny herself found too large a field for individual charity and good

to think of joining any society, however estimable, during her

father's lifetime, and was emphatically _the_ Sister of Charity in the

singular number.

But poor old Ned has long since passed away from this scene of earthly

cares, and sleeps in peace in his own chapel-yard, between _two

tombs_. Long as the journey was, Winny had the courage and

self-control to come with her father's bier, and see his coffin laid

beside that of him who had been so rudely snatched away, and whom she

had so devotedly loved. Poor Bully-dhu was at the funeral, and gazed

into the fresh-made grave in silent, dying grief. When all was over,

and the last green sod slapped down upon the mound, he could nowhere

be found. He had suddenly eluded all observation. But ere a week had

passed by, he was found dead upon his master's grave, after the whole

neighborhood had been terrified by a night of the most dismal howling

which was ever heard.

Winny returned to the sphere of her usefulness and hope, where for

many years she continued to exercise a course of unselfish charity,

which made many a heart sing for joy.

{263}

But she, too, passed away, and was brought home to her last

resting-place in Rathcash chapel-yard, where the three tombs are still

to be seen. Were she now alive she would yet be a comparatively young

woman, not much past sixty-four or sixty-five years of age. But it

pleased God, in his inscrutable ways, to remove her from the circle of

all her bounty and her love. Had it not been so, this tale would not

have yet been written.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

"REQUIEM AETERNAM."

Lo! another pilgrim, weary

With his toils, hath reached the goal.

And we lift our "_Miserere_"

For the dear departed soul;

God of pity and of love!

May he reign with thee above!

By the pleasures he surrendered,

By the cross so meekly borne.

By the heart so early tendered.

By each sharp and secret thorn,

And by every holy deed--

For our brother's rest we plead!

'Mid the throng who rest contented,

Earth to him was but a waste.

And the sweets this life presented,

Were but wormwood to his taste.

Faith had taught him from the first

For the fount of life to thirst

Faith, the sun that rose to brighten

All his pathway from the font:

Then no phantom e'er could frighten,

Nor the sword of pain or want:

"For," he said, "though pain be strong,

Time shall vanquish it ere long."

When he spoke of things eternal,

How the transient seemed to fade!

And we saw the goods supernal

Stand revealed without a shade:

"Surely 'twas a spirit spoke,"

Was the thought his language woke.

{264}

Thought prophetic! _now_ a spirit

Speaketh from the world unseen:

And the faith we, too, inherit

Telleth what the tidings mean:

"Friend and stranger! oh, prepare--

Make the wedding garment fair."

Yet our brother's strength was mortal;

Bore he naught of earthly taint?

Did he pass the guarded portal

In the armor of a saint?

Lord of holiness! with dread

On this awful ground we tread.

He was merciful and tender

To the erring and the weak;

Therefore will thy pity render

Unto him the grace we seek.

Whilst we bring to mercy's fount

Pledges uttered on the Mount.

He remembered the departed

As we now remember him:

Bright, and true, and simple-hearted.

Till the lamp of life grew dim:

Friend was he of youth and age--

Now a child--and now a sage.

If those footsteps unreturning

Leave on earth no lasting trace:

If no kindred heart be yearning

Tearful in his vacant place:

If oblivion be his lot

Here below, we murmur not;

Only let his portion be

Evermore, dear Lord, _with thee!_

MARIE.

Beaver, PA.

------

{265}

From The Dublin University Magazine.

TINTED SKETCHES IN MADEIRA.

CHAPTER I.

Notwithstanding that Madeira enjoys an imperishable distinction for

its matchless scenery, its sunny skies, and its healthful climate, yet

the character of its inhabitants seems to have been but little

studied, and still less the singular usages and customs which indicate

their nationality. Impressed with the idea that to supply some

information on these particulars might heighten the interest

experienced for the Madeirans as an isolated little community, I have

compiled a few pages descriptive of their social and domestic life,

intending them, however, merely as supplementary to the valuable

information afforded by others.

Passing over the novel and amusing circumstance of landing at Funchal,

which has already been so often described, I find myself in a

boi-caro, or ox-car, traversing narrow and intricate streets; the

murmur of waters and soft strains of instrumental music saluting my

ear, while a faint perfumed breeze stirs the curtains of my caro. By

some travellers the boi-caro has been likened to the body of a calèche

placed on a sledge, but to me it neither had then, nor has it assumed

since, any other appearance than that of a four-post bed, curtained

with oil-cloth, lined with some bright-colored calico, and having

comfortably cushioned seats. It is made of light, strong timber,

secured on a frame shod with iron. A pair of fat, sleek oxen are yoked

to this odd-looking carriage, while from thongs passed through their

horns bits of carved ivory or bone hang on their foreheads to protect

them from the influence of Malochio or Evil-eye.

Half an hour brought me to my destination, No.--, Rua San Francisco.

This house in its structure resembles the generality of the better

class of houses in the island, the sleeping-rooms being sacrificed to

the magnificence of the reception-rooms, the vastness of which appears

to mock the ordinary wants of daily life. The walls are pure white,

lined with prints, paintings, and mirrors; the floors are either

covered with oil-cloth or highly polished; and the windows are shaded

by lace curtains and Venetian blinds; the furniture is modern, and of

English manufacture. I have been thus minute because the interiors of

all the superior dwellings have the same general character. I cannot,

however, say the same with regard to the tastes and habits of the

occupants. The British prince-merchant, with his spirit, his

intelligence, and his philanthropy, gives his days to the busy cares

of life, and his evenings to the quiet enjoyments of home; while the

Madeiran gentleman passes his days in luxurious indolence, and his

evenings in crowded rooms. The ladies present an equally strong

contrast, and yet, during one short period in each day, their tastes

and purposes seem to assimilate: when the brief and beautiful

twilight, with its freshness, its odors, and its music, induces even

the exclusive English-women to appear in the shaded balcony, and find

amusement in the passing scenes.

At this hour the peasantry may be seen returning to their homes in

little parties of four or five, each group being accompanied by a

musician playing on the national instrument, the machêtes, or

guitarette, and singing some plaintive air in which, occasionally, all

join. No sooner has one group passed, than the sweet, soft intonations

of other songsters are heard {266} approaching. Sometimes two or even

more parties will enter the street at the same time, when they at once

take up alternate parts, and that with such perfect taste and harmony

that when the notes begin to die away in the distance the listener's

car is aching with attention. These songs are usually of their own

composition, and are improvised for the occasion. They have but few

national ballads, and of these the subjects are either the

mischief-loving Malochio, or Macham and the unhappy Lady Anna, or the

fable of Madeira's having been cast up by the sea covered with

magnificent forests of cedar, which afterward, catching fire from a

sun-beam, burned for seven years, and then from the heated soil

produced the luxuriant vegetation with which it is now clothed.

It must not be supposed, however, that the peasantry are of a

melancholy disposition because it is their custom to make choice of

plaintive music to time their footsteps when returning at the close of

a golden day to their homes by the sea or on the rugged mountain

heights. On the contrary, the character of their minds combines all

the variety of the scenes amongst which they were nurtured, though the

leading trait is a desire for the gay and fanciful, whether in dress

or amusement; While they regard neither money nor time in comparison

with the gratification of witnessing the numerous ceremonies and

pageants which every other day fill the streets with richly-dad trains

of ecclesiastics, flashing cavalcades, and troops of youths and

maidens in festive wreaths and gay attire. The season of Lent affords

them almost daily opportunities for the indulgence of this taste.

At an early hour of the Monday morning in the first week in Lent the

ordinary stillness of the town is interrupted by loud and clamorous

sounds, such as sometimes assail the ear in a European town, at

midnight, when bands of revellers are reeling toward their homes.

Laughter, song, instrumental music, and the unsteady tramp of a crowd

meet the startled ear, suggesting the idea of the proximity of a

disorderly multitude. Opening the window cautiously you look down into

the street, and behold bands of men in masks and habited in every

variety of strange and ridiculous costume. Some few, however, display

both taste and wealth in the choice of their disguises, but the

generality of the crowd in their tawdry attire and hideous masks

appear to have studied only effectual concealment. For some hours

party after party continue to pass through the street, and as they

knock loudly at the doors, and even call on the inhabitants by name,

you discover that a feeling of impatience to have the shops opened and

the ordinary routine of business commenced is common to all, and, if

not gratified, may manifest itself in some open act of aggression.

Slowly and with evident reluctance the houses are opened, while the

curious and amused faces of children and servants may be seen peeping

from the trellised balconies down on the noisy crowd. After a time a

few men in ordinary costume begin to appear in the street, trying to

look unconscious and unsuspicious of any danger, and hurrying forward

with the important pre-occupied air of men of business. But neither

their courage nor cunning avails them anything. A shower of stale eggs

breaking on the stalwart shoulders of one merchant reminds him that

the more grave and English-like is his demeanor, the more is he

regarded as the proper subject for mirth; while a plate of flour

thrown over another would send a dusty miller instead of a dandy

flying into some open door for shelter, followed by the derisive

laughter of the insolent crowd.

Amazed at such an exhibition of unchecked violence, the stranger

inquires the meaning of the scene, and learns that it is merely the

customary way of celebrating in Funchal the day known as Shrove

Tuesday, the people having from time immemorial {267} enjoyed an

established license to indulge on that day in such rude practical

jokes as are warranted by the usages of all carnival seasons.

I may here observe that the Madeirans reckon their days from noon to

noon, instead of from midnight to midnight, though their impatience

for frolic and mischief frequently leads them, as on the present

occasion, into the error of beginning the day some hours too soon.

When, however, celebrating religious festivals, or on days set apart

for fasting and invoking of their patron saints--Nossa Senhora do

Monte and Sant Jago Minor--they carefully adhere to the established

rule.

As the day advances the crowd becomes bolder, and no one, no matter

what his age, rank, or nation, is suffered to pass unmolested. These

coarse carnival jests are continued not only through the day but

through the night, and until noon the next day, when the firing of

cannon from the fort announces the cessation of the privilege of

outraging society with impunity. Although, however, practical joking

is prohibited from that moment until the next anniversary of the same

day, masquerading is allowed from Shrove Tuesday till the week after

Easter, the English being the chief, if not the only, objects for

raillery and ridicule.

In general the most amicable feelings exist between the Madeirans and

all foreigners, yet the lower classes of the natives appear to derive

the utmost satisfaction in being openly permitted to caricature the

English, and under favor of their privileged disguise to display

John's eccentricities and weaknesses in the most ludicrous light,

while the jealousy of the authorities prohibits on his part the most

distant approach to retaliation.

As the last echo of the warning gun died away amongst the hills, the

sun's position in the heavens indicated the hour of noon, and

instantly the musical peals of numerous bells came floating to the ear

from every direction, while above their sweet harmonious sounds is

heard the booming of cannon from the vessels anchored in the roads,

and the loud blasts of trumpets from the fort and the barracks. A

stranger might be excused for supposing that the people were about to

renew the carnival, whereas they were only announcing, in conformity

with ecclesiastical law, the commencement of the season of Lent. This

was the first day, or Ash Wednesday, though by our manner of computing

time it was still the noon of Tuesday. At one o'clock the roar of

artillery from the Loo Rock and the shipping was silent, the martial

strains ceased, but the bells at short intervals continued to ring out

their melodious summons, which was responded to by hundreds of persons

in ordinary costume, all moving in the direction of the sé, or

cathedral, in the Praca Constitutionel. Mingling with this decorous

portion of the crowd were many of the most grotesquely attired masques

of the previous day, whose antics and buffoonery, jests and laughter,

formed the oddest contrast to the costume and bearing of the others.

Meanwhile, by one of those sudden changes so common in tropical

climates, the sky, which a short time before was so blue and serene,

began to show signs of a gathering storm. There was an ominous

stillness in the atmosphere, the dull leaden color overhead was

shedding its gloom everywhere, and I heard voices from the crowd

exclaiming, "Hasten forward there, the rain is coming--hasten!" A few

big drops just then fell with a plashing sound, and in a second or two

afterward down, with a terrific noise, poured the fierce wild rain,

coming on the streets with the noise of a waterfall, while on the

house-tops it fell with a sharp rattle, as if every drop was a

paving-stone.

In a few moments from the commencement of the rain the people had all

disappeared, the streets had assumed the appearance of rushing

streams, while the three fiumeras traversing the town kept up an {268}

unceasing roar, as the swollen waters rushed plunging toward the sea.

Formerly these fiumeras were uninclosed, and consequently after heavy

rains the torrents would enlarge their borders, spreading out on every

side and encompassing the town, until it assumed the appearance of

having been built in the midst of waves and currents. Now, however,

walls of strong masonry attest the wisdom and industry of the modern

Madeirans, and between these the rivers flow in shallow musical

streams in summer, or sweep on in deep, sullen floods during the rainy

seasons in spring and autumn. It sometimes, however, happens that,

though the rivers can no longer overleap their boundaries to career

round pillared edifices and lay bare their foundations, or, sweeping

up into their fierce embrace cottages and their inmates, inclosures

and their stalled cattle, hurry with them into the blue depths of the

bay of Funchal, they still, when increased by these mountain torrents,

which on leaving the heights are but whispering streamlets, gathering

depth and strength in their descent, will send boulders of many tons

weight over the high broad walls, followed by giant trees, planks of

timber, and jagged branches, as if from the heaving bosom of the angry

waters rocks and withered boughs are flung off with equal ease.

CHAPTER II.

From the period alluded to in the last chapter, namely, the beginning

of Lent, processions and public ceremonies become of such frequent

recurrence that I must either pass over a period of some weeks or fill

a volume in describing them. Believing the former course to be the

wisest, I shall pass on to the fourth Sunday in Lent. From an early

hour in the morning every bell-tower had been awakening the echoes

with its musical clamor, and every hamlet and village had responded to

the summons by sending forth crowds of hardy inhabitants in their best

attire, to join the gaily dressed multitudes thronging through the

narrow, angular streets of Funchal toward the Praca, in which, as I

have said, stands the sé, or cathedral. This building is

quaint-looking and massive, proclaiming the liberality, if not the

taste, of its founders. It is somewhat more than three centuries old,

having been completed in the year 1514, and is only now beginning to

assume that mellow and sombre hue which comports so well with the

character of such piles. By the hour of noon the Praca presented a sea

of human faces. The long seats beneath the shade of trees had been

resigned to the children, while the platform in the centre of the

square, occupied on ordinary occasions by the military bands, now

presented a waving parterre of the smiling and observant faces of

peasant girls, who, notwithstanding their proverbial timidity and

gentleness, had managed to secure that elevated position. Meantime the

balconies were filling fast with the families of the English and

German residents, all intent on seeing the remarkable pageant of the

day known as the "Passo."

Having obtained a front seat in the balcony of the English

reading-room, I had a full view of the animated and picturesque scene

beneath, the latter feature being heightened by the striking contrasts

exhibited between the costumes of the peasant women and those of the

same grade residing in the town. As one looked at the latter it was

not difficult to imagine they had just come from Europe with the tail

of the fashions. Bonnets, feathers, flowers, ballooned dresses, all

were foreign importations; while the women who had come down from

those cottages on the heights, which, on looking up at, appear like

pensile nests hanging from the crags, wore dresses of masapuja--a

mixture of thread and bright wools manufactured by themselves--small

shawls woven {269} in bright stripes, and on their heads the graceful

looking lenco, or handkerchief, in some showy, becoming color. Others

from the fishing villages wore complete suits of blue cloth, of a

light texture, even to the head-dress, which was the carapuca, or

conical shaped cap, ending in a drooping horn and a golden tassel;

while a few wore cotton dresses, and covered their heads with the

barrettea, a knitted cap in shape like an elongated bowl, and having a

woollen tuft at the top glittering with gold beads. The elder women

covered their shoulders with large bright shawls, while the younger

wore tightly-fitting bodices, fastened with gold buttons, and over

these small capes with pointed collars. All, whether old or young,

wore their dresses full, and sufficiently short to display to

advantage their small and beautifully formed feet.

In singular contrast with this simplicity of taste in their apparel,

is their desire for a profusion of ornaments. Accordingly, you will

find adorning the persons of the peasant women of Madeira rings and

chains and brooches of intrinsic value and much beauty, such as in

other countries people of wealth assume the exclusive right to wear.

An instance of this ruling passion came under my notice a short time

since, which I may mention here.

Through a long life of toil and poverty a peasant woman had regularly

laid by, from her scanty earnings, a small sum weekly. Her neighbors

commended her forethought and prudence, not doubting but that the

little hoard so persistently gathered was meant to meet the

necessities of the days when the feeble hands would forget their

cunning. At length the sum amounted to some hundreds of testatoes, or

silver five-pences, and then the poor woman's life-secret was

discovered. With a step buoyant for her years, and a smile which for a

moment brought back the beauty of her youth, she entered a jeweller's

shop, and exchanged the contents of her purse for a pair of costly

earrings. Had she been remonstrated with, she would have betrayed not

only her own but the national feeling on the subject, by saying--"I

lose nothing by the indulgence. At any moment I can find a purchaser

for real jewelry."

An hour passed, and signs of impatience were becoming visible in the

crowd, when the sounds of distant music caused a sudden and deep

silence. A feeling of awe seemed to have fallen at once on the

multitude, and every bronze-colored face was turned with a reverential

expression toward the street by which it was known the procession

would enter the Praca. Slowly the music drew near, now reaching us in

full strains, then seeming to die away in soft cadences. Meantime the

guns from the forts and shipping renewed their firing, and the bells

swung out their grandest peal. Curiosity was at its height, when the

foremost row of the procession met our view--four men walking abreast,

wearing violet-colored silk cassocks, with round capes reaching to the

girdles, and holding in their hands wax candles of an enormous size. A

long train, habited in the same way, followed these, and then came

four ecclesiastics in black silk gowns and Jesuits' caps, bearing

aloft a large and gorgeous purple banner, in the centre of which were

four letters in gold, "S.Q.P.R," being the initials of a sentence, the

translation of which is, "To the Senate and People of Rome."

After this followed another long line of men in violet, and then again

four clothed in black, carrying a wax image, large as life, on a

platform, meant to represent the garden of Gethsemane. Round the edge

were artificial trees about a foot and a half in height, having their

foliage and fruit richly gilt. The figure was clothed in a purple

robe, and on the brow was a crown of thorns. It was in a kneeling

position, and the face was bowed so low you could not distinguish the

features, but the attitude {270} gave you the impression that it was

making painful attempts to rise, which the weight of the huge cross on

the shoulders rendered ineffectual. Another train of candle-bearers

followed this, and then, in robes of rich black silk, and having on

their shoulders capes of finest lawn trimmed with costly lace, came

four priests holding up a gorgeous canopy, having curtains of white

silk and silver, which glittered and flashed as the faint breeze,

sweet with the perfume of flowers and fruit-trees, dallied amidst the

rich folds. From the centre of the canopy was suspended a silver dove,

its extended wings overshadowing the head of the bishop, who walked

beneath, robed in his most gorgeous sacerdotal habiliments. Between

his hands he carried the host, and as he passed along thousands of

prostrate forms craved his blessing. Following the canopy were more

men with tapers, and dressed in violet silk; then another purple

banner of even greater expansion than the first; then a lovely train

of little girls dressed to represent angels; then the band playing the

Miserere; and lastly a regiment of Portuguese soldiers. As soon as the

last of the men in violet had entered the cathedral, the door was

closed; the soldiers formed in lines on each side; the band was

silent; and, at the command of an officer, all uncovered their heads,

and stood in an attitude expressive of deep humiliation. This scene

was meant to represent that sorrowful yet glorious one enacted

eighteen centuries ago in the judgment hall of Pontius Pilate. The

little girls remained outside as well as the soldiery.

The dress of these children was tasteful and picturesque. They wore

violet-color velvet dresses, very short and full, and profusely

covered with silver spangles; white silk stockings and white satin or

kid shoes; rich white and silver wreaths, and bright, filmy, white

wings.

For an hour the cathedral door was kept closed, the soldiers remaining

all that time with bowed heads, motionless as statues. At length the

door was slowly opened, and one of the men wearing violet, having in

his hand a long wand, at the end of which appeared a small bright

flame, passed out, and proceeded to light up numerous tapers which had

been placed on the front of different houses in the Praca. As soon as

this was done, a command from an officer caused the men to resume

their caps and their upright attitude. Presently the rich, expressive

music of a full band was again heard playing the Miserere, and the

procession passed out between the glittering and bristling lines, its

numbers and its images increased.

Following close after the garden of Gethsemane, there was now an image

of the Virgin, attired in an ample purple robe and a long blue veil,

worked in silver. The exquisite taste and skill of the Madeiran

ladies, exerted upon the richest materials, had given to this figure a

lifelike appearance far surpassing that which usually distinguishes

other draped statues. Over the clasped hands the velvet seemed rather

to droop than lie in folds, while the expression of the attitude,

which was that of earnest supplication, as if craving sympathy for

some crushing woe, was heightened by the artistic arrangement of the

heavy plaits of the robe.

The men who carried this image, and those immediately preceding and

following it, wore blue instead of violet cassocks, while the little

angels who had brought up the van of the first procession were now

clustered about the bearers of the image of the Virgin.

From the cathedral the pageant passed on through the principal streets

into the country, the faint peal of the trumpets occasionally coming

back to the ear, mingled with the silvery sound of the bells, and the

deep boom of the minute-guns. At the foot of the Mount church,

however, various changes were effected. The little girls quietly

separated themselves from the crowd, and, being watched for by anxious

mothers and elder sisters, {271} were carried home. A deputy bishop

took the place of his superior beneath the canopy, other men relieved

the bearers of the banners and images, and other musicians released

those whose attendance had commenced with the dawn. All through the

day you could trace their course, only occasionally losing sight of

them, and all through the night too, by the light of the cedar-wood

torches borne by little boys, in snowy tunics, who had joined the

procession at the foot of the mount.

To understand how beautiful was the effect of this, you must look with

me on the unique and picturesque town of Funchal, running round the

blue waters of the bay, and rising up into the vineyards and groves

and gardens clothing the encircling hills. A golden light slumbers

over the whole scene, so pure and luminous that we can trace

distinctly every feature in the luxuriant landscape. The white houses

of the town crowned with terrinhas, or turrets, and having hanging

balconies glowing with flowers of rare beauty; the majestic palms

expanding their broad and beautiful heads over high garden walls; the

feathery banana waving gracefully on sunny slopes, where clumps of the

bright pomegranates display their crimson pomp; the shady plane-trees

running in rows along the streets; the snowy quintas or villas on the

hills, becoming fewer and more scattered toward the summit; the

churches and nunneries on higher elevations; and still further up the

white cottages of the peasantry, with their vine-trellised porches and

their gardens of pears, peaches, and apricots; while above and around

all these, forming a sublime amphitheatre as they tower to nearly six

thousand feet above the level of the sea, are the Pico Ruivo and Pico

Grande. A wreath of purple mist lay that day, as it almost always

does, on their topmost peaks, giving now and again glimpses of their

picturesque outline, as, like a soft transparent veil, it was folded

and unfolded by the breeze roaming over the solitudes of scented broom

and heather. Through such scenes, in view of all, moved the long,

glittering pageant just described.

CHAPTER III.

Everywhere the grave declares its victory--in beautiful Madeira as

elsewhere. An old servant, whose business it was to cut up fire-wood

and carry it into the house, has performed his last earthly duty and

finished life's journey. He dwelt with his mother and sister in a

cottage at the extremity of the garden; and I was only apprised of the

circumstances of his death by hearing loud cries coming up from the

shady walks, and the exclamations: "Alas, my son, my son!" and "Oh, my

brother!" repeated over and over in accents of uncontrollable grief.

It is customary, as soon as a death occurs in the family of one of the

peasant class, for all the survivors to rush forth into the open air,

and, with cries and lamentations, to call on the dead by every

endearing epithet and implore of them to return once more. The

neighbors being thus made acquainted with what has occurred, gather

round the mourners, and try to steal away the bitterness of their

grief by reminding them that all living shall share the same fate, and

that one by one each shall depart in his turn to make his bed in the

silent chamber of the grave. By such simple consolations--untaught

nature's promptings--they induce the bereaved ones to re-enter the

house and prepare the body for interment.

The heat of the climate renders hasty burial necessary in Madeira, and

the authorities are strict in enforcing it. From ten to twelve hours

is the longest period allowed by law between death and the grave, and

the very poor seldom permit even so much time to elapse; they merely

wait to ascertain to a certainty that the hand of death has released

the imprisoned {272} soul before they wrap up the body and carry it

with hurrying feet to "breathless darkness and the narrow house."

In such instances coffins are rarely used, and when they are, they are

hired by the hour. The usual way is to roll the body up tightly in a

sere cloth, then place it in a "death hammock" (which resembles an

unbleached linen sheet, tied at the ends to an iron pole); and hurry

with it to an unhonored grave.

A few days subsequent to the death of the old servant, the remains of

a little girl were borne past; the sight was so singular I think it

worth describing.

Moving slowly and solemnly along the street were a number of men,

habited in deep blue home-made cloth, the two foremost of whom carried

a light iron bier, on which lay the body of a little girl, whose brief

period of life numbered not more than five summers. A robe of soft,

clear, snowy muslin enveloped the motionless form like a cloud; on the

tiny feet, crossed in rest at last, were white silk stockings and

white shoes; and her little hands, which must so lately have found

gleeful employment in scattering the fragments of broken toys, were

now meekly folded on her bosom over a bouquet of orange blossoms. A

heavy wreath of the same flowers, mingled with a few leaves of the

allegro campo, encircled her young brow, which, as may be supposed,

wore that lovely, calm expression described by poets as the impress of

"heaven's signet-ring."

In almost every one of the varied scenes of life orange blossoms are

made use of in Madeira, either as types or emblems. Wreaths of them

grace the bride's young head, as being emblematical of the beauty and

purity of her character; as typical of a grief which shall be ever

fresh, chaplets of them crown the pale brows of the dead. On the

anniversary of a birth-day they are presented to the aged as an

embodiment of the truth that they shall again renew their youth; while

the proud triumphal arch is adorned with their snowy bells, as an

assurance that the occasion for which it was erected shall be held in

ever-enduring remembrance.

The little child on the rude bier, who looked as fair in her

death-sleep as these fairest of flowers, was being carried to the

cemetery belonging to the resident Roman Catholics, and known as

Laranjeira. There a priest was awaiting its arrival. He was standing

by the open grave, and when the body was laid at his feet he read over

it in Latin a short burial service, placed some grains of dust on the

pulseless bosom, and departed. Being carefully wrapped in a sere doth,

it was then placed in a shallow grave (according to custom) and

lightly covered with three or four inches of earth.

Laranjeira is situated on the west of the town. Passing up the

Augustias Hill the stranger sees a large, handsome gate near the

empress's hospital; this is the entrance to the graveyard. Inside is a

small flower-garden, tastefully laid out and neatly kept, through

which you pass to the broad stone steps leading to the fine gravel

walk running quite through the cemetery. Another walk, also of

considerable width, leads round it, while several narrower ones,

shaded by hedges of geraniums, roses, and lavender, are cut through it

in different directions. Inclosing the whole is a high wall, studded

with monumental tablets, on some of which praise and grief are

charactered in deep, newly-cut letters, while from many others time

has either obliterated every trace of writing, or the pains and the

heat have washed and bleached them into meaningless, cloudy white

slabs. There are but few monuments or even tombstones of any

pretension, though many of the latter bear English inscriptions. Rows

of cypress trees border the centre walk, and almost every grave in the

inclosure is overshadowed by a weeping willow.

{273}

CHAPTER IV.

It was the last week in Lent, and, according to our manner of

computing time, it was eleven o'clock A.M. of the day known as "Holy

Thursday." Reckoning, however, as the Madeirans do, it was the last

hour of that day, and the next would be the first of Good Friday.

An unusual silence had reigned in the town since the first streaks of

purple light appeared in the east, as if to render more remarkable the

din which at the hour above-named assailed the ears of the inhabitants

of Funchal. Strains of military music filled the air, mingled with the

tolling of bells and the firing of guns, which found a hundred echoes

in the adjoining hills. These sounds were the signals to the people of

Madeira that the time was drawing near when the most imposing

ceremonial of their religion would be celebrated. With the first

trumpet-notes the streets began to fill, every house sending forth its

inmates, whether rich or poor, old or young, either to witness or take

part in the spectacles of the day. As on all like occasions, the

peasantry, in their best attire, poured in with astonishing rapidity;

while crowding in with them were ladies in hammocks, clad in robes of

rainbow hues, and partially concealed from curious eyes by silken

curtains of pink or blue, which were matched in color by the vests of

the bearers, and the ribbons with long floating ends adorning their

broad-brimmed straw hats; and gentlemen on horseback, whom you at once

would recognize as natives by their short stature, their bright vests,

neckties, and hat-ribbons, and their profusion of rich, showy

ornaments. Quietly making their way on foot through this throng were

the English merchants, with their wives and daughters, distinguished

from those by whom they were surrounded by an air of severe reserve

and a studied simplicity of dress. A few handsome wheeled carriages

also appeared on the scene, and one or two of the awkward looking

boi-cars. All were taking the same direction, the Praca da

Constitutionel, and the common object was to gain admission to the

cathedral. At every turn the crowd augmented, and even masquers joined

in considerable numbers--but these latter brought neither jest nor

laughter with their presence; the ceremonies of the day had subdued

even them, causing them to abandon the vacant gaiety appertaining to

their attire for a demeanor more fitting the time and occasion.

Arrived at the cathedral, each party, no matter how exalted their

rank, encountered a delay in obtaining an entrance. The throng around

the door was great, and it was in vain that the soldiers endeavored to

keep the general crowd at a distance. Trained as the Madeirans are to

habits of deference to both military and ecclesiastical authority,

they become, like other people, audacious and headstrong when

assembled in large multitudes, and, in spite of both church and state,

they now sought an entrance by the exertion of physical force, and

some hundreds succeeded.

While, however, the struggle and contention at the door remained

unabated, the ceremonial which all were so anxious to witness had been

enacted within. To describe it is needless. The hour when the God-man

poured forth his soul even unto death is a sad and awful memory

familiar to us all. Let us, therefore, look at the scene which the

cathedral presents at two o'clock on that day.

The windows are boarded up on the outside, and within are covered with

curtains of heavy black cloth. The walls all round are hung with fine

stuff of the same color, concealing the paintings and other ornaments,

and the altar is hidden behind drapery of black velvet with

ghastly-looking borders of silver. Between this gloomy vail and the

cancelli, or railings, you see a magnificent catafalque, and on it

{274} a coffin covered and lined with rich black velvet. A pale,

corpse-like figure, wearing a crown of thorns, lies within, blood

flowing from the wounded brow (or appearing to flow) and from the

hands which lie outside the winding-sheet of snowy linen. Numerous

tapers surround the catafalque, but from some cause they carry such

weak, glimmering flames, that a dim, uncertain light pervades the

immediate precincts of the altar, leaving the rest of the building in

deep shadow. Habited in close-fitting black silk robes, and with heads

bowed down as in unspeakable sorrow, several priests stand round the

coffin, while fitful wails and sobs from the multitude show that the

scene is not without its effect.

An hour passed thus, and was succeeded by a sudden and dismal silence,

as if the great heart of the multitude had become exhausted with

sorrow, when the melancholy cadences of the Miserere coming down from

the huge organ as if rolling from the clouds, awoke up anew the grief

of the people, and low cries and half-stifled groans mingled freely

with the long-drawn, plaintive notes. Meantime the bishop, habited in

his most simple sacerdotal robes, came from the sacristy and stood at

the foot of the coffin, while four priests raised it from the

catafalque by means of loops of black silk and silver cord. The bishop

then moved forward, the dense crowd opening a lane for him as he

passed slowly round the church, followed by the four priests carrying

the coffin, and by others bearing the dim tapers. As He returned

toward the altar the people's sorrow seemed to increase, and every

head was stretched forward to catch a last glimpse of the coffin, when

just as the procession got within the cancelli a heavy curtain was let

fall, shutting in altar, catafalque, and tapers, and leaving the

cathedral in utter darkness.

This scene was meant to represent the burial in the tomb of Joseph of

Arimathea, and while the greater portion of the congregation were

weeping aloud, a voice was heard proceeding from the pulpit, and

pronouncing that preliminary sentence to a sermon known as the

"blessing."

In an instant the sounds of grief were hushed, and the mute audience

seemed to suppress their very breathing while they anxiously listened

to the words of the preacher.

Spoken in a tongue with which few visitors to the island are

acquainted, the discourse took to the ears of strangers the shape of a

varied murmur, whose tones and cadences played on the very

heart-strings of the auditors, awakening at will feelings of fear,

agony, remorse, and repentance. As he proceeded, the passion and

pathos of his accents increased, and when he ceased to speak a

desolate stillness pervaded the whole multitude. Presently two men

entered from a side door bearing dim tapers, and at the same moment

the great door leading into the Praca was opened, and the congregation

poured like a tide into the open air, while low, soft sighs and

murmurs falling on the ear told of feelings of relief which words were

powerless to express.

For a moment the throng leaving the church mingled with the multitude

without. The solid mass swayed like a troubled sea, and then quietly

broke up and scattered widely. Men in trade turned their faces

homeward, the business of life being, in their judgment, of more

importance than any further participation in the day's proceedings.

Elderly men and women of the lower classes sought out those houses and

temporary sheds, over the doors of which the four golden letters,

"P.V.A.B.," served the same purpose as the less mysterious British

announcement of "entertainment for man and horse;" while the young

peasants and artisans, forming an immense concourse, went shouting

toward the Mount road, leaving the streets leading to the beach free

from all obstacles, a circumstance of which the more respectable and

even aristocratic {275} portion of the multitude eagerly availed

themselves. Mingling with all parties were ragged-looking vendors of

curiosities, clamorous old beggars, and younger ones whose brilliant,

laughing black eyes contradicted the earnest appeal of the lips.

Should our taste or curiosity lead us to follow the mob to the Mount

road we behold one of those singular exhibitions which excite almost

to frenzy--a hideous, straw-stuffed figure, or effigy, of Pontius

Pilate, tied on the back of a poor, miserable, lean donkey. Amidst the

wildest shouts and fiercest turmoil this creature is dragged forward,

every one taxing his inventive faculties to discover new indignities,

by which to express his feelings of horror and disgust for the

original. While the tumultuous throng thus parade through the

principal streets of the town, the bay is seen covered by hundreds of

boats, people of almost every nation in Europe reclining beneath their

awnings as they sweep slowly over the blue waves toward the Loo Rock,

or idly glide in front of that well-known point, beneath which on the

sands a gallows had been erected in the morning.

Some hours passed, however, and there was no occurrence either to

gratify the taste or arouse the attention of the pleasure seekers. The

sun was drawing near the verge of the horizon, and the sea, assuming

the most intense shades of crimson, gold, and purple, differed only

from the magnificent canopy which it mirrored in that it gleamed with

a more wondrous splendor, as if a veil of diamonds floated and

trembled over its broad expanse. Not alone the sea, however, but the

whole landscape was bathed in the rich amber and purple floods of

light which on that evening streamed down from the ever changing

firmament. The sublime mountains of Pico Ruivo and Pico Grande were

crowned with radiance, the graceful hills, with their unnumbered giant

flowers, their gardens and vineyards, their rivulets and waterfalls,

glowed in the lustrous beams, while the brown sands on the

semi-circular beach, reaching from the picturesque basalts of Garajaô

to Ponta da Cruz, glittered as if a shower of diamond sparklets had

fallen on them.

At length loud and prolonged shouts, mingling with the music of

military bands, were heard approaching from the town, and immediately

after a riotous and excited crowd, amongst which appeared hundreds of

masquers, came pressing forward with extravagant gestures, and driving

before them toward the gallows the ill-used donkey and its foul and

hideous burthen.

A general movement at once took place among the boats, as the crew of

each sought to obtain the most favorable position for witnessing the

revolting spectacle of hanging the effigy, which was accomplished with

all the appalling ceremonies which might have been deemed necessary,

or which the law might have demanded, had the Governor of the Jews

been there in person.

The hatred of the exulting mob being at length satiated, the figure

was cut down and cast into the sea, calling forth a last volley of

execration as it rolled and floundered on the long blue swells, or

momentarily sunk out of sight in the troughs, while the ebbing tide

carried it out to the deep.

CHAPTER V.

It may appear strange, perhaps even incredible, that the lower classes

of Madeirans should have leisure, from their humble duties and the

labors required by their daily necessities, to attend at so many

festas and public ceremonies as we shall have occasion to describe,

and to indulge beside in their extravagant fancy for golden ornaments.

But the seeming enigma is easily solved. In the first place, the men

of the peasant class leave home for Demara every year, remaining away,

at high wages, from six to eight months, and then returning with money

sufficient to enable them to indulge {276} their families daring the

remainder of the year in their oriental taste for festas and finery.

Secondly, almost all the manual occupations connected with agriculture

devolve on the women, so that the absence of either husbands, sons, or

brothers neither retards nor diminishes the autumn fruits. Added to

this, they employ themselves during the evening hours, and at other

seasons when out-door labor is either impossible or unnecessary, in

those arts to which female faculties are particularly appropriate.

Nothing can exceed the exquisite beauty of the embroidery on cambric

and lace executed by some of the peasant women, and which comes from

their skilful fingers so perfectly white and pure that it is fit for

the wear of a princess the moment it is freed from the paper on which

the design had been traced, and over which it had been worked. Others,

not possessing such delicate taste as the embroiderers, exert their

ingenuity in knitting shawls, and veils, and pin-cushion covers, in

black or white thread, drawing on their own imaginations for new and

curious patterns; while some few devote their leisure time to netting

black silk shawls and scarfs, for which they also invent the designs.

The earnings of the women by the sale of these articles to strangers

are considerable, and so completely at their own disposal that they

can independently indulge, whenever opportunities offer, in their

taste for ornament and emotional spectacles. The wear and tear,

however, of such a mode of life deprive them at an early period of

their native beauty, leaving them at twenty-five little more than that

grace and freedom of attitude which they retain to the close of the

longest life.

The men also have their handicrafts, and the emoluments arising from

their exercise; and those of them who are either too old or too young,

or too indolent, or too sincerely attached to home to seek the toils

of labor and their reward in Demara, employ themselves in making

articles of inlaid wood, such as writing-desks, work-boxes,

paper-cutters, and pen-trays. The designs on many of these give

evidence of refined and skilful taste, while others only indicate a

fantastic ingenuity. The most perfect of these manufactures are

eagerly secured for the Portuguese market by agents, who generally

make an honest estimate of their value, while those of less merit are

set aside till some of the visitors to Madeira proportion their worth

by their own abundant wealth.

This digression has been so long that, instead of returning now to the

midnight wanderers mentioned at the close of the lost chapter, I shall

request my readers to imagine it ten o'clock A.M. on Saturday morning,

and, consequently, two hours before the commencement of the Sabbath of

the Madeirans. Once more the Praca da Constitutionel is filled with an

eager and picturesque throng--peasants, artisans, aristocrats,

merchants, masqueraders, beggars, and curiosity-venders all mingled

together, and all, either from motives of piety or inquisitiveness,

once more seeking admission to the cathedral, whose fine proportions

and gorgeous ornaments are still veiled in thick darkness.

By some magic influence the wealthier portion of the multitude have

all obtained entrance, and then, the cathedral being full, the door is

forcibly closed. Directly this occurs the crowd disperse, and while

strangers are still trying to unravel the mystery of such unusual

self-denial, troops of little children and young girls are entering

the Praca dressed in white, wearing silver-tissue wings, snowy festive

wreaths, and carrying on their arms beautiful baskets of cane-work

filled with ranunculuses and lilies. Boys in embroidered tunics and

carrying silver censers follow these, and presently numbers of these

men who had left that the children might take up their proper

positions, now return, having in the meantime provided themselves with

fire-arms and rockets.

{277}

While all these changes take place without, preachers are succeeding

each other every half hour in the pulpit within the cathedral. At

length one loud sonorous stroke on a gong, or some other metallic

substance, is heard from the sacristy, announcing the hour of noon,

and then in an instant, as if by magic, the wooden blinds without and

the black curtains within are gone from the windows, the veil which

had concealed the altar disappears, and a blaze of light fills the

edifice, displaying a scene resplendent with gold and gems, tapers and

flowers; while simultaneously with the pouring in of the light,

thrilling and enthusiastic voices singing, "Christ is risen! Christ is

risen!" join the peal which, like a roar of triumph, had burst from

the organ.

When the multitude have sufficiently recovered the stunning effects of

this scene to separate cause and effect, they perceive that every

pillar and column from pedestal to chapiter is enwreathed with

gorgeous ranunculuses and snowy lilies, mingled with the rich green

leaves of the allegro campo, that crowns and garlands of silver leaves

and artificial dew-drops are scattered profusely, yet with artistic

taste, over the high altar and the various side altars; while pendent

from that masterpiece of art--the sculptured ceiling of native

juniper--are rich chaplets of gold leaves and gems, seeming as if

ready to fall on and crown the heads of the worshippers.

After a short interval, the bishop, in dazzling robes, wearing his

jewelled mitre, and followed by a train of priests in gorgeous

vestments, is seen standing in front of the high altar, which on this

occasion is covered with a white satin cloth, worked in silver, while

huge candelabras, inlaid with precious stones, gleam in front of the

recesses known as the diaconicum and the prothesis. In the former are

kept the vessels belonging to the altar, and in the other the bread

and wine used at the celebration of the mass.

A short mass having been performed by priests and choir, the great

door is opened, and the people crowding into the Praca are met by the

little children and young girls strewing flowers over the streets, by

the graceful youths swinging silver censers and filling the ambient

air with light columns of costly incense; by bands playing the most

inspiriting airs; by masquers and others in ordinary costume sending

off rockets and Roman candles, and by hundreds of artisans bearing

fire-arms, the sharp report of which, mingling with the booming of

cannon, the braying of trumpets, and the soft chimes of bells, filled

the air with a most indescribable din.

In a few moments, however, a cloud overshadows the scene--a cloud

which comes not silently but with a whirring, joyful noise, and with

the beat of fleet pinions. Every one looks up, and behold, there are

the doves--doves in hundreds, sent off by nuns, and monks, and other

devotees, to proclaim in their broad-winged flight the welcome news

that "Christ is risen!"

Having witnessed all this, and while the joyful excitement is still

unabated, you enter your home, imagining that nothing of the peculiar

usages or customs of a place in which you are a stranger can follow

you there, save the sounds which float in through your shaded windows;

but an agreeable surprise awaits you. The Madeirans are too gentle and

affectionate in their dispositions to forget in a time of such

universal joy even the stranger who may differ from them in religion,

and, accordingly, you find awaiting you a little girl, neatly dressed,

and bearing in her hands a dish covered with a white lace veil. She

has been sent by the nuns, and delivers her present with a suitable

message.

Uncovering the dish you see a wreath of flowers round the edge, and in

the centre a little lamb made of sugar, lying amidst almond comfits of

{278} every delicate shade of Magenta, blue, and violet. A wreath of

sugar-flowers crowns the head of the lamb, and a similar one graces

its neck.

With this picturesque gift you may sometimes receive a present of

royal and heavenly bacon. These singularly-named dishes are composed

of eggs and sugar. The first is passed through a hair sieve, falling

in a heap of rings and curls on the dish; the other is made into thick

slices, and lies on the dish drowned in sweet syrup.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

THE CATHOLIC PUBLICATION SOCIETY. [Footnote 46]

[Footnote 46: Prospectus of The Catholic Publication Society. Tract

No. 1, "Indifferentism in Religion and its Remedy." No. 2, "The Plea

of Sincerity." No. 3, "The Forlorn Hope." No. 4, "Prisoner of

Cayonne."]

Nothing in the history of the human mind can be more obvious, even to

a superficial observer, than the fact that every age has possessed

intellectual features peculiar to itself, growing out of its own

particular need. Thus we find the mental activity of one period

setting in a strong current toward moral and metaphysical speculation

and of another toward scientific discovery. When one has obtained

predominance, the other has been measurably neglected.

At the present time, however, the fact is otherwise. The diligence

heretofore manifested in the conquest of special subjects is now

diffused over a greater area; and the energies of the mind, instead of

being concentrated upon the profound and exhaustive knowledge of a few

branches of learning, are directed to the acquisition of a general

knowledge of many. Hence, popular instruction today, to be successful,

must be simplified and condensed, rendered suitable to popular

apprehension and fixed at a point demanding the least amount of mental

labor and promising immediate and tangible results.

It would need but little argument to show how these conditions of

knowledge have been brought about. The vast development and wonderful

discoveries of science within the last century, the increase of

commercial and mechanical industry, the settlement and growth of

America with its vast resources of wealth, are sufficient to account

for a material change in the intellectual status of Christendom.

Science by increasing the means of human enjoyment has increased the

extent of human wants; these, by the force of habit in one class and

the stimulus of ambition in another, have become in time absolute

necessities. Thus men engage in eager strife to attain what all unite

in esteeming essential to human happiness.

Now since our nature has moral and intellectual longings--however

subdued by the engrossing occupations of active life--which are still

absolute and imperative, up to a certain point, it would seem that

instruction to suit the exigency of the times must be conveyed in such

a manner and by such means as the opportunities and inclinations of

mankind require. You may easily gain attention to truth by a concise,

simple mode of addressing the intellect, demanding but little time and

not very severe thought, when you cannot secure it by presenting the

subject in a more profound way, by more elaborate proofs or by more

subtle and comprehensive views. If knowledge, therefore, cannot be

imparted in such a way as to suit both the capacity and convenience of

men, it can rarely be communicated at all. {279} What is deemed the

most important pursuit of a man's life is that to which he will pay

the greatest attention. If he cannot attain mental improvement by

means he considers easy and agreeable, the probabilities are that in a

great majority of cases he will neglect it. Here, however, there is

but little difficulty. Whenever a public necessity is fully

recognized, the means of supplying it will not be long wanting. Hence,

we see at the present time every art and science reduced to its

elementary principles and presented to the public mind in plain

rudimentary lessons, so that, while comparatively few are deeply

versed in any one subject, the great mass of thinkers are well

informed in the general outlines of many.

What has been said with regard to matters more strictly intellectual

may be affirmed with almost equal truth of such as are purely moral.

You may instruct a hundred men in their duty by means of a tract of

ten pages, setting forth incentives to virtue in a cogent argument or

forcible appeal, where you would scarcely be able to obtain a hearing

from one by means of an elaborate essay on ethics, however able or

convincing. Now, it is evident that a duty, carrying all the weight of

deep obligation, rests upon those who have the higher interests of

mankind at heart to provide for them the means of moral and

intellectual improvement; and not only so, but to furnish it in such a

shape as shall be most acceptable and productive of the most hopeful

and lasting results. That such an obligation exists, is apparent from

the general establishment of public and common schools and from the

numerous efforts constantly made to disseminate knowledge among the

masses. The ends here proposed, however, are animated by a sentiment

of general benevolence or political expediency. If, then, we owe to

society the moral and intellectual advancement of the people from

motives of public interest, surely our obligations are not diminished

by those higher considerations which readily suggest themselves to a

religious mind.

We are now prepared for the question, Are we doing our duty in this

matter? But to bring it nearer home and to address the more immediate

circle of our readers, Are we Catholic Christians doing what we know

to be required of us in the education of our people with sufficient

faithfulness to satisfy an enlightened conscience? Engrossed in more

selfish pursuits, have we not rather neglected this business and

turned it over to others who are only more responsible than ourselves?

We speak to Catholic laymen when we say it is greatly to be feared

that we are not wholly blameless. And here one word as regards the

relative positions of clergy and laity in the church and their mutual

want of co-operation in such things as may fairly come under the

charge of both.

Every one knows that among all sects of Protestants the laity perform

no inconsiderable amount of labor and share no little responsibility

with the pastor. As teachers and superintendents of Sunday-schools,

leaders of Bible classes, heads of missionary societies and the like,

their influence is much felt and their usefulness highly appreciated

by their co-religionists. Among Catholics, where the priests have

generally three times the ministerial duty of Protestants to perform,

the pastor of a church gets little or no aid from the laity. His

mission may extend over twenty miles of territory, and he is expected

not only to administer the sacraments to both sick and well, but to do

all that is necessary in the religious training of the children. In

fact, the instruction of the young is generally looked upon as

belonging peculiarly to his office. And yet it cannot be denied that

well-disposed laymen of moderate intelligence can at times, acting

under his advice and counsel, very materially assist the overworked

priest without trenching in the least upon his {280} vocation. The

benefit of such assistance could not but be sensibly felt in those

parishes which receive the services of a priest in common with others.

In the more thinly populated districts of our country the want of

priests is a crying necessity, known and felt by every prelate in the

land. It is morally impossible after mass said on Sunday morning, at

two points perhaps fifteen miles apart, that the priest can preach a

sermon and attend to other duties arising from the urgent and

imperative wants of his cure. He cannot administer holy baptism, hear

confessions, visit the sick, bury the dead, say mass, recite his

office, attend to church temporalities (no small affair in some

instances of itself) and yet find time to give the requisite

instruction to his people.

We can but be aware that regular pulpit instruction is a most

effectual mode of promoting piety and one of which we ought not to be

deprived. We require at least all the agencies for this purpose

enjoyed by others. The people, too, are eager for it. Mark the strict

attention with which Catholic congregations follow every word of the

preacher, and mark, too, the effect of an earnest and appropriate

sermon! It is plainly visible upon the faces of old and young. In

addition to this, the command given in Holy Scripture to preach is

imperative. Are we not, then, bound to more than ordinary exertion to

comply with it?

Such, unfortunately, is the proneness of men to forget their religious

duties that they require precept upon precept, often renewed and

diligently urged upon their minds. Surrounded by temptation,

forgetfulness of the great practical truths of religion is not strange

in the absence of direct spiritual teaching. The sacraments of the

church, especially the holy sacrifice of the altar, undoubtedly do

much to arrest spiritual decline in the people; but no one will deny

that frequent appeals to the conscience, and judicious instruction in

the principles of Catholic faith and morality, however conveyed to the

understanding, are valuable aids even to the worthy reception of the

sacraments.

It is to supply the deficiencies here aimed at that this enterprise,

with the hearty approbation of several prelates, has been undertaken,

which, if it shall receive the cordial support of the Catholic public,

will produce results the extent of which is not to be easily foreseen.

Those persons who have attempted the task are actuated with a settled

determination that it shall succeed; and it is not to be believed, in

a matter of so great moment, that they are to be left without the

substantial help of Catholics throughout the country. A society has

been formed, and its work has already begun, styled "The Catholic

Publication Society," to which the attention of our readers was called

in our last number. This society proposes to issue short tracts and

pamphlets conveying that species of instruction required by Catholics

in the most entertaining form, so as to engage the attention, affect

the hearts, and suit the wants of all classes. To none would such a

blessing be more welcome than to the poor, who are in an especial

manner, from their very defencelessness, under our protection. These,

though they may not read themselves, can listen to their children,

taught at school, who can read for them. Thus, in a simple narrative

or dialogue some important practical truths may be impressed upon the

mind which shall do good service in a moment of temptation. It is by

these means that other denominations are instructing their people and

producing an influence on many outside of their own communions.

The number of Catholics in this country, already large, is constantly

increasing, and unless we do something of the kind here suggested,

others will attempt it in our stead. Religious tracts from Protestant

societies are flying over the country like leaves before the autumn

wind, and it {281} would not be remarkable if our own people were

brought within the range of their influence.

Beside this, there is another field in which we have not only the

right to work, but which we cannot, or at least ought not to, neglect.

There are thousands of young men in the land of fair education who,

impelled by necessity or ambition, flock to the great commercial

centres. These, careless in matters of religion, having no settled

principles of faith, often called upon to confront great dangers and

temptations, seldom attend any place of worship; or if so, only to

relieve the ennui of Sunday. These are souls to be cared for. They

need instruction upon cardinal points of the Christian faith. They may

have received something akin to it in early youth, but it has been

forgotten. They are difficult to reach, and in no way can access to

them be gained more readily than by the publications of this society.

A few words of earnest advice, a hint as to the end of a vicious

career, or a warning of the uncertainty of life, may excite

reflection, and reflection is the first step toward reformation.

At a time like the present of vast intellectual activity, when myriads

of books are produced on all subjects embracing every description of

teaching, there must be abroad not only a great mass of error, but a

great number of unstable minds ready to receive it. Men imperfectly

educated, striving to master subjects far beyond their comprehension,

trained to no logical modes of thought, restrained by no respect for

authority, confounding scepticism with freedom of inquiry, are often

led by a dangerous curiosity to examine certain fundamental questions

which lie at the root of all knowledge, and which can only be safely

handled by the most learned and profound. Such is the class of persons

peculiarly to be benefited by Catholic teaching. A theology positive

and satisfying to the soul, that sets wholesome limits to human

knowledge, and is able to give adequate answers to great social and

moral problems, is best adapted to impress minds of this class. The

reading of three pages has before now convinced a man of the error of

his whole philosophical system, and may do it again.

The spirit of Catholic charity takes in all sorts and conditions of

men. The mission of the church is well defined, and may be summed up

in one word, namely, to convert the world to God; and as every day

brings its blessings upon labors that have been already undertaken to

secure this object, we have reason to hope that new efforts and fresh

zeal, well directed, will produce abundant fruits.

We cannot close this notice of the Catholic Publication Society

without adverting to one means of usefulness which we think it is

especially fitted to promote.

Such has been the virulence of hostility to the Catholic religion in

days gone by, such the monstrous credulity and unreasoning prejudice

of its foes, that it is not surprising to find a true knowledge of the

Catholic faith exceedingly rare. Within the last twenty years,

however, a great change has taken place. The general blamelessness of

life in those who honor their religion, fidelity to social and

political duties, and charity toward our enemies, have not been

without precious results. At the present moment religious bigotry can

no longer animate the hatred alike of wise and simple. One who comes

prepared to censure, must come prepared also for the conflict of

truth. Statements, facts, and opinions are closely scrutinized.

Everything is not now taken upon trust. The attitude of controversy

begets caution. Now, what advantages may we not hope to reap from this

one isolated fact? A fair hearing for the true exposition of Catholic

doctrine; not doctrine carefully prepared with exterior show of

fairness and then imputed to us for the purpose of being more easily

{282} destroyed; but of the truths of Christianity as taught by the

church for ages. When we can gain the unprejudiced ear of the world,

truly we may begin to hope for the day of Christian unity.

To disarm prejudice is of itself a work worthy of special effort. We

can hope to make no great progress in persuading men to listen to the

voice of Christian truth until we can convince them that our teaching

rests upon the basis of sound reason. Those who have been told that to

embrace Catholic doctrine is to surrender at discretion all the powers

of the mind, and even the evidence of the senses, must be undeceived

before they can be expected to make any progress in the impartial

investigation of it. But it is chiefly among Catholics themselves that

we predict the greatest success for this association. Of our own

people there are very many who need that instruction which hitherto we

have not had the adequate means of providing for them. We all feel how

important it is that every Catholic should be thoroughly intelligent

upon all that he is required to believe, and the reasons that exist

for requiring it. In every class of society Catholics are called upon

to render an account of the faith that is in them, to explain the

doctrines and ceremonies of their religion, and when unable to do so,

they both suffer the evil consequences of this ignorance themselves

and, by it, retard the spread of the knowledge of the truth among

those whom the church is equally commissioned to enlighten, guide, and

save.

We have advocated the aims of the Catholic Publication Society at

greater length than we at first intended, but feel that in

consideration of their importance we have not said too much. It is

impossible to over-estimate the good this society may, with God's

blessing, be made to accomplish. To make it effective, its

organization throughout the United States should be co-extensive with

the church itself. Our work in this country is getting ahead of us.

The religious needs of our people are rapidly increasing. If we are

not up and doing in proper season, we shall find that during our

repose the enemy has been sowing tares among the wheat. The harvest is

great, but the laborers few. Let us all, then, as God gives us grace

to know our duty, take this matter earnestly to heart, and let us not

suffer under the reproach of denying to our fellow-Christians all the

spiritual food they are willing to receive.

What is here proposed is truly a missionary work. Efforts of this kind

can only be successful by zealous labor and generous support; and we

sincerely hope, as the plan by which funds are to be raised becomes

generally known, the Catholic public will not deny liberal aid to so

worthy a cause. Almost every one can lend a helping hand. It will be

seen by reference to the Society's Prospectus that the sum of five

dollars constitutes a member for one year. Parents could hardly

gratify their children more than by subscribing for them. It gives

young folks the idea that they amount to something in this world when

they find their own names enrolled on the books of a religious

society. The sum of thirty dollars constitutes a member for five years

and of fifty dollars a life member. Patrons of one hundred and five

hundred dollars will not be wanting amongst so many generous and

appreciative Catholics as there are in the country. A number of these

last have already come forward in the city of New York, and subscribed

that amount to constitute a fund to enable the society to accomplish

its missionary work, and we are sure that this call will elicit a

similar ready response from many in other cities and towns who wait

only to know what to do for the advancement of their holy faith in

order to do it. Your parish priest is willing to spend and be spent in

your service. Show your gratitude by making him a member of one of the

above classes. He will accept it from you as a beautiful testimonial

of {283} your esteem and respect. It has also been suggested by an

eminent prelate and patron of the society that it would greatly

promote its success if a clergyman should be appointed in each diocese

by the ecclesiastical authority, to take charge of the society's

interests, and to act as its agent.

We trust as the enterprise becomes more extensively known that

generous hearts will be found to feel a voluntary interest in this

work and prompted to aid it without further solicitation. Let it not

be forgotten that one of the objects of this society is to supply

religious reading to the inmates of hospitals, almshouses, asylums,

and prisons--a class of persons whose spiritual welfare requires to be

specially looked after. Benevolence has no more sacred field than

among this unfortunate class; and we hope that those who have so often

proved themselves worthy of their faith by relieving the physical

wants of their fellow-creatures, will not be found indifferent to the

spiritual. In short, what we desire of our fellow-Catholics is, that

an interest in this matter should become general throughout the

country; and that each one should assist as he is able, either alone

or in conjunction with his neighbors. Several prelates have already

become patrons of this society, and the venerable Archbishop of

Baltimore has honored it by contributing the first tract.

While treating of the practical part of this subject, we desire to say

that priests residing in the remote parts of the country can be

furnished with the society's publications on precisely the same terms

as those living near at hand. They will be supplied at prices _never

exceeding cost_, postage prepaid. All Catholics, in every section of

our land, have an equal interest in its success.

Upon the co-operation of the clergy we, of course, confidently rely.

To aid them in their arduous duties is one of the objects of the

society. It will be a most powerful auxiliary to the priesthood in

spreading instruction among our own people and the truths of the

Catholic faith among all classes of our community. If they should ask

us what we would have them do, we reply--"Reflect upon the immense

importance of this enterprise to the souls of men; and, when you have

comprehended what a vast work of usefulness lies before this society,

your own intelligence and good dispositions will best suggest the

manner in which you can most successfully lend your aid."

------

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND A PORTION OF CHRIST'S ONE HOLY

CATHOLIC CHURCH, AND A MEANS OF RESTORING VISIBLE UNITY.

An Eirenicon, in a Letter to the Author of "The Christian Year." By E.

B. Pusey, D.D., Regius Professor of Hebrew and Canon of Christ Church,

Oxford. New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1866. (Reprint from the English

edition.)

Dr. Pusey's "Eirenicon" has been extensively commented on by the

Catholic press both in England and on the Continent. Some of his

critics have regarded it with favorable eyes, as a sign of approach

toward the Catholic Church, and others with marked hostility, as an

evidence of determined opposition. We concur with the former class

most decidedly. The most remarkable of all the answers it has called

forth is that of Dr. Newman, republished in our April number, and

since then issued in a separate form, with all the notes, by Mr.

Kehoe. Dr. Newman confines himself to one point, however--the defence

of the {284} Catholic doctrine concerning the Blessed Virgin. The

"Dublin Review" has given a very able criticism on the portion which

relates to the attitude of the Church of England. An admirable article

has also appeared in the learned Jesuit periodical, "Etudes

Religieuses," published at Paris, which is especially valuable for its

exposition of the doctrinal authority of the Holy See. As a general

answer to Dr. Pusey's specific proposals concerning the way of

reconciliation with Rome, we consider P. Lockhart's article, in the

"Weekly Register," as the most judicious and satisfactory. The

following letter, from Dr. Pusey to the editor, shows how he himself

appreciated this answer:

LETTER FROM DR. PUSEY

ON HIS HOPES OF REUNION.

TO THE EDITOR OF THE WEEKLY REGISTER:

CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD, NOV. 22, 1865.

Sir: I thank you, with all my heart, for your kind-hearted and

appreciative review of my "Eirenicon." I am thankful that you have

brought out the main drift and objects of it, what, in my mind,

underlies the whole, to show that, in my conviction, there is no

insurmountable obstacle to the union of (you will forgive the terms,

though you must reject them) the Roman, Greek, and Anglican

communions. I have long been convinced that there is nothing in the

Council of Trent which could not be explained satisfactorily to us,

if it were explained _authoritatively--i.e._ by the Roman Church

itself, not by individual theologians only. This involves the

conviction, on my side, that there is nothing in our Articles which

cannot be explained rightly, as not contradicting any things held to

be _de fide_ in the Roman Church. The great body of the faith is

held alike by both; in those subjects referred to in our Art. XXII.

I believe (to use the language of a very eminent Italian nobleman)

"your [our] _maximum_ and our [your] _minimum_ might be found to

harmonize." In regard to details of explanation, it was not my

office, as being a priest only, invested with no authority, to draw

them out. But I wished to indicate their possibility. You are

relatively under the same circumstances. But I believe that the hope

which you have held out, that the authorities in the Roman communion

_might_ hold that "a reunion on the principles of Bossuet would be

better than a perpetual schism," will unlock many a pent-up

longing--pent-up on the ground of the apparent hopelessness that

Rome would accord to the English Church any terms which it could

accept.

May I add, that nothing was further from my wish than to write

anything which should be painful to those in your communion? A

defence, indeed, of necessity, involves some blame; since, in a

quarrel, the blame must be wholly on the one side or on the other,

or divided; and a defence implies that it is not wholly on the side

defended. But having smoothed down, as I believe honestly, every

difficulty I could, to my own people, I thought that it would not be

right toward them not to state where I conceive the real difficulty to

lie. Nor could your authorities meet our difficulties unless they knew

them. You will think it superfluous that I desired that none of this

system, which is now matter of "pious opinion," should, like the

doctrine of the immaculate conception be made _de fide_. But, in the

view of a hoped-for reunion, everything which you do affects us. Let

me say, too, that I did not write as a reformer, but on the

defensive. It is not for us to prescribe to Italians or Spaniards

what they shall hold, or how they shall express their pious

opinions. All which we wish is to have it made certain by authority

that we should not, in case of reunion, be obliged to hold them

ourselves. Least of all did I think of imputing to any of the

writers whom I quoted that they "took from our Lord any of the love

which they gave to his mother." I was intent only on describing the

system which I believe is the great obstacle to reunion. I had not

the least thought of criticising holy men who held it.

As it is of moment that I should not be misunderstood by my own

people, let me add that I have not intended to express any opinion

about a visible head of the church. _We readily acknowledge the

primary of the Bishop of Rome; the bearings of that primacy upon

other local churches we believe to be a matter of ecclesiastical,

not of divine law; but neither is there anything in the supremacy in

itself to which we should object._ Our only fear is that it should,

through the appointment of one bishop, involve the reception of that

practical _quasi_--authoritative system which is, I believe, alike

the cause and (forgive me) the justification in our eyes of our

remaining apart.

But, although I intended to be on the defensive, I thank you most

warmly for that tenderness which enabled you to see my aim and

objects throughout a long and necessarily miscellaneous work. And I

believe that the way in which you have treated this our _bonâtell

you fide_ "endeavor to find a basis for reunion, on the principle

debated between Archbishop Wake and the Gallican divines two

centuries ago," will, by rekindling hope, give a strong {285}

impulse toward that reunion. Despair is still. If hope is revived in

the English mind that Christendom may again be united, rekindled

hope will ascend in the more fervent prayer to him who "maketh men

to be of one mind in an house," and our prayers will not return

unheard for want of love. Your obedient servant,

E. B. PUSEY.

This letter, with others which have appeared from time to time, and

the whole course of Dr. Pusey's conduct, prove, in our estimation,

that he is acting with sincere good faith and goodwill toward the

Catholic Church. The long list of objections and charges which his

book contains, and which has irritated some Catholics so much, proves

only that Dr. Pusey's mind is troubled and bewildered, but not that

his heart is malevolent. The doctor is a very learned man, and a very

deep thinker, but in the mystic or contemplative order. He is not

either rapid or clear in his intellectual conceptions, nor is he

precise and methodical in the arrangement of the subject of which he

treats. He represents the best school of English evangelical and

scriptural divines, with the addition of extremely high-church

doctrines. No one can question his devout and deeply religious spirit,

the extraordinary purity and goodness of his life, or the zeal and

ability with which he has labored for fifty years to propagate several

of the most fundamental Catholic dogmas. His essay on baptismal

regeneration is the most thorough and exhaustive one in our language,

and we have never met with anything equal to it in any other. It has

had an incalculable influence over the theological mind of the

Episcopalian communion in England and America, in laying the

foundation of a right belief in sacramental grace, and thus preparing

the way for the reception of the entire Catholic system. The same may

be said, in part, respecting the doctrine of the real presence, the

authority of tradition, and other points. We look on him as a kind of

_avant courier_ not only of high-churchmen, but of orthodox

Protestants generally, laboring his way with difficulty through

thickets and morasses back to the Catholic Church, by dint of study,

meditation, and prayer. That he has come so near, bringing with him

the sympathy of so large a number, is a sign that an extraordinary

grace of the Holy Spirit is drawing the most widely separated members

of the Christian family back to unity and integrity of faith and

communion. We request our readers to take note of the fact that Dr.

Pusey, boldly and without censure, maintains that the articles of his

church can and ought to be explained in conformity with the decrees of

the Council of Trent. He proposes these decrees as the basis of

reconciliation. That there should still remain certain difficulties,

prepossessions, and misconceptions in his mind, is not strange; and

while these exist as a bar to a complete and cordial reception of the

entire Catholic system, there is no other way for him to do but to

state them as strongly as possible, so as to bring them under

discussion. There are only two of these difficulties which are

formidable. One relates to the office of the Blessed Virgin as Mother

of the Incarnate Word and Queen of Saints; the other, to that of the

Pope as Vicar of Christ and supreme Bishop of the Catholic Church. A

critical notice gives no opportunity for discussing such great and

grave questions, which demand an elaborate volume. The prelates and

theologians of the church will no doubt give them the full and ample

treatment which they deserve. We simply note the fact that the whole

ground of discussion is reduced in fact, by Dr. Pusey, to the nature

and extent of the Papal supremacy, on which depends the definition of

the body actually constituting the _Ecclesia Docens_ or teaching

church, and the dogmatic value of the decisions made by the Roman

Church with the concurrence of the bishops in her communion. It is

evident that the concession of the supremacy claimed by the Roman

Church involves the admission of all the dogmatic decisions of the

councils ratified by the popes as ecumenical, from the Eighth Council

to the Council of Trent; together with the dogmatic definition of the

immaculate conception, and the condemnations of heretical propositions

which have issued from the Holy See and are universally acknowledged

and enforced by all bishops in her communion. There is but one point,

therefore, really in controversy with the party of Dr. Pusey, as there

is but one with the so-called Greek Church, viz.: the Papal supremacy.

It will be noticed by every attentive reader that Dr. Pusey partially

admits {286} this doctrine already, and shows himself open to argument

on the subject. On the other great question, respecting the

prerogatives of the Blessed Virgin Mary, he appears to show himself

also disposed to listen to explanations tending to remove his

misconceptions. In a letter to Dr. Wordsworth, published in the

"Weekly Register," of Jan. 27, Dr. Pusey says:

"In regard to 'the immaculate conception,' . . . I may, however,

take this opportunity of saying that I understand that Roman divines

hold that all which is defined is, that the soul of the Blessed

Virgin was infused pure into her body, and was preserved from both

guilt and taint of original sin for those merits of our Lord, by

whom she was redeemed, and that nothing is defined as to 'active

conception,' i.e., that of her body. In this case, the words, 'in

primo instanti conceptionis suae,' must be used in a different sense

from that in which St. Thomas uses it of our Lord. The

immaculateness of the conception would then differ in degree, not in

kind, from that of Jeremiah, who was sanctified in his mother's

womb."

It must be borne in mind that Dr. Pusey finds no fault with the

language of the Latin or Greek missals and breviaries respecting the

Blessed Virgin. Let the quotations from the Greek books in the notes

to Dr. Newman's letter be carefully examined, and it will be seen that

they fully sustain the common Catholic belief and practice. We have

been ourselves fully acquainted with the doctrine and practice of the

children of St. Alphonsus Liguori, who are considered as having

carried devotion to the Blessed Virgin to the greatest extreme. We

can, therefore, give our testimony that there is nothing in it which

is not identical in principle with the prescribed devotions of the

missal and breviary. The notion of there being a substitution of the

Blessed Virgin for Christ, or an overshadowing of the supreme worship

and love of God, anywhere in the Catholic Church, is a mere chimaera,

a spectral illusion of an alarmed imagination. We know what St.

Bernard, St. Alphonsus, and other approved writers have said. There is

nothing there beyond the language of St. Ephrem, the fathers of

Ephesus, the Greek liturgies, the _Salve Regina, Regina Coeli, Ave

Domina_, and litany of Loretto.

The array of quotations which Dr. Pusey has made from Catholic writers

will be found, on critical examination, to contain nothing formidable.

One of the works from which he quotes, that of Oswald, was placed on

the Index in 1855, and retracted by the author. Some of the other

passages are from works of a highly imaginative character, and contain

figurative or poetic expressions easily susceptible of an erroneous

sense when read by persons not intimately acquainted with the Catholic

religion. We think with Dr. Newman, with the late Archbishop Kenrick,

and with many other wise and holy men, that it is very ill-judged to

adopt such phraseology when it is sure to beget bewilderment and

misunderstanding. We have more need to teach the solid dogmas of faith

than to propagate pious opinions, and cultivate exotic, hot-house

flowers of piety. Dr. Newman has done more to establish a solid

devotion to the Blessed Virgin, by his brief theological essay, than

all the fanciful and rhetorical rhapsodies ever penned. We can forgave

Dr. Pusey for getting bewildered in perusing such a quantity of

poetry, accustomed as he is to Hebrew and other dry studies; but we

regret that he has displayed such an assortment of obscure and dark

sayings to bewilder others. We acquit him cheerfully of all blame for

it, but we nevertheless cannot help giving our deliberate judgment

that he has put forth one of the most mischievous books, to ordinary

and imperfectly informed minds, that has ever proceeded from the

English press. We cannot by any means recommend it to general perusal,

but those who do read it will do well to take its statements, on many

points, with great caution. We will conclude our remarks upon it with

noting some of its serious, albeit unintentional, misstatements:

1. The correspondence between Archbishop Wake and Du Pin was not a

_bonâ fide_ negotiation between that prelate and orthodox Gallicans,

but with Jansenists, in view of a coalition against the Roman Church.

2. There is no proof of any ratification ever having been made by Rome

of any ordinations according to the Anglican ordinal.

3. It is a mistake to say that extreme unction is given only to those

whose life is despaired of. It may be given {287} in all cases where a

probable danger of death is feared.

4. It is not admitted by Catholic writers that Russia was converted by

missionaries separated from the communion of the Roman Church.

5. It is a mistake to suppose that the prelates of the United States

gave no response to the Holy See respecting the definition of the

immaculate conception. The question was discussed in a full council,

and the judgment of' the prelates was transmitted to Rome in favor of

the definition. The Blessed Virgin, under the title of the Immaculate

Conception, was proclaimed, by a decree of the prelates, the patroness

of the Church of the United States, and the Sunday within the octave

of the feast has been made one of the principal solemnities of the

year.

Finally, a complete misconception of the whole question respecting

Papal infallibility and its limits underlies and vitiates all the

statements of the book on that subject. There is no dissension or

doubt existing in the Catholic episcopate in regard to any definition

of faith, or any doctrinal decisions whose acceptance is exacted by

the Holy See under pain of censure. The Pope and the bishops, as the

infallible _Ecclesia Docens_, are a unit. What one teaches and

requires to be believed, all teach alike. The unity of faith in the

episcopate was never so palpable a fact as it is at the present

moment. So far as relates to disciplinary authority over doctrinal

matters, the Roman Church is recognized in universal Catholic law as

the court of ultimate appeal, and all questions respecting the

interpretation of the definitions of the Council of Trent, which are

the great standard of orthodoxy, were expressly reserved to it by the

bull of confirmation, with the assent of the council itself, and by

the decree _De Recipiendis_, etc. There is no possibility, therefore,

of negotiating with the Catholic Church, or any portion of it, for

reconciliation, except through the head of the church. The conditions

of reconciliation are plain and distinct, and they will never be

modified so far as relates to doctrine or essential discipline.

Explanation, courtesy, benignant interpretation, full liberty in

regard to mere theological opinions, will be cheerfully accorded; but

no more.

It is vain to expect any propositions for reconciliation to come from

the hierarchy of the Protestant Episcopal Church of England or

America. We advise those who desire the reunion of Christendom to

consider, carefully, the claims of the Roman Church, and if they are

convinced of their validity to effect their own personal union with

the mother and mistress of churches. If they are not, we do not wish

them to come to us, either singly or in a body. Those who really

become Catholics will desire to become members of the Catholic Church

as she is, and not of a reformed body, conglomerated from the

Catholic, Russian, and Anglican churches, and will not thank us to

concede an iota of principle. Strict, dogmatic unity, and

unconditional submission to the supreme authority of the See of Peter,

is the only condition of union in ecclesiastical fellowship. The

Greeks themselves have exacted that the question of dogma should be

settled first, before any propositions of intercommunion with

Anglicans can be entertained; so that the hope of obtaining

recognition from them, with the question of dogma left open, has been

overthrown. Our other Protestant brethren have embroiled themselves

worse than ever over their projects for an anti-Catholic union of

sects. There is not the faintest chance of any reunion of Christians

except by a return to the centre of unity.

We are glad to see that Dr. Pusey has been passing some time with

Catholic bishops in France, and that there is a probability of his

going to Rome to confer with the Holy Father. We trust the learned and

venerable doctor will do so, and that he will find his doubts and

perplexities settled at the Seat of Truth, the chair of the Prince of

the Apostles, whence all unity takes its rise.

NOTES ON DOCTRINAL AND SPIRITUAL SUBJECTS.

By the late Frederick William Faber, D.D., etc. Vol. I. Mysteries and

Festivals. London; Richardson & Son, 1866. New York: Lawrence Kehoe.

Father Faber was a man of cultivated mind, rich imagination, high

poetic gifts, exuberant sensibility, and ardent devotion. His life was

rich in good works and his death deeply regretted. In a literary point

of view we consider his poetry as the best portion {288} of the

products of his fertile mind and pen. His spiritual works, however,

have attained a great popularity and a wide circulation, and no doubt

have done and will do great good to that large class who love and

require instructions deeply imbued with sentiment and emotion. The

present volume consists of sketches of instructions never finished,

and is intended as an aid in preparing sermons or conferences on

spiritual subjects. We are glad to see that F. Faber's life is in

preparation, and shall await its publication with interest. If well

done, it cannot fail to be one of the most attractive of biographies.

The life and writings of F. Faber are well suited to please and

benefit a large class of Protestants as well as Catholics. We have

heard not only Episcopalians and Unitarians speak in warm terms of the

pleasure they take in his books, but even an aged and venerable

Presbyterian clergyman recite his poetry with enthusiasm. We do not

consider his works to be beyond criticism, and, for those who are able

to bear it, we regard the more solid and plain food of F. Augustine

Baker and Father Lallemant as more wholesome. But every one has his

own proper gift, and that of Father Faber was evidently to make

spiritual doctrine sweet and palatable to a vast number of persons who

would not receive it except through the avenue of sensibility. His

works are a wilderness of flowers and foliage; nevertheless they

contain a doctrine which is substantially sound and useful, and their

general aim and tendency is to establish solid, practical piety and

virtue. The volume before us is replete with thoughts and conceptions

redolent with all the peculiar vividness and brilliancy of the

author's style, and exhibiting also extensive and profound knowledge

of theology. We con recommend it to clergymen who wish for a treasury

of choice materials wherewith to enrich and enliven their discourses,

as a more complete and suggestive manual than any we have in the

English language, and one which may be used to great advantage if used

judiciously. It would be a very unsafe experiment, however, to attempt

a close imitation of F. Faber's style, especially for young and

inexperienced preachers, who might meet the fate of Icarus attempting

to fly with waxen wings. We cannot, therefore, unreservedly recommend

this volume as containing the best _models_ for imitation, but only in

a qualified sense as extremely suggestive and quickening to thought

and sentiment, and thus furnishing the materials and ornaments for

discourses planned and constructed in a plainer and more sober style.

We think it likely to become a great favorite with a large class of

clergymen, especially those who are anxious to make their sermons as

attractive as possible, and well fitted to be of great service to them

in the way we have indicated.

THE GRAHAMES. By Mrs. Trafford

Whitehead. American News Company. 1 volume 12mo, pp. 382.

This is a commonplace, _fashionable_ novel, written in an inflated

style. Its sentiment is weak, its pathos twaddle, and its tone and

morality low and reprehensible. We hope none of our young people will

read it; but if they do that they will not imitate the heroine who

finds it her _mission_ to stay in a gentleman's house, in the capacity

of governess to a namby-pamby child, after she has discovered that the

lady is cold as ice, and the gentleman, whose eyes she cannot

understand, has _accidentally_ betrayed his penchant for herself.

The lady, as in duty bound, dies, and the governess, of course,

marries the gentleman.

CHRISTUS JUDEX: A Traveller's Tale.

By Edward Roth. 12mo, pp. 78. Philadelphia: F. Leypoldt. 1864.

This is a piece of composition full of beauty and marked by the most

refined taste. There is a chaste elegance, too, about the typography

and binding which is highly creditable to the publisher. It is just

such a book as one wishes to find to present as a gift to a friend. We

heartily recommend it to all our readers.

[Transcriber's note: This section was printed in small type; many

words are merely guesses.]

BOOKS RECEIVED.

From D. Appleton & Co., New York: The Temporal Mission of the Holy

Ghost; or Reason and Revelation, by Henry Edward, Archbishop of

Westminster 12mo, pp. 274.

F. W. Christ???, New York: Victor Hugo's Les Travalileurs de las Mer.

Edition special pour les Etats-Unis.

P. O'Shea, New York: Nos. 23, 24 and 25 of Darras' History of the

Church.

Brophy & Burch, Washington, D.C: Argument in the Supreme Court of

United States of America, by Alexander J. P. Careschi[?], in the case

of the Rev. Mr. Cummings, plaintiff in error, vs. the state of

Missouri, defendant in error.

{289}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. III., NO. 15.--JUNE, 1866.

[ORIGINAL]

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

III.

THE BELIEF IN GOD IS THE FIRST ARTICLE OF A RELIGIOUS CREED.

The first article of the Christian Creed is "Credo in Deum"--"I

believe in God." The Christian child receives this originally by

instruction before it attains the complete use of reason, and believes

it by a natural faith in the word of those who teach it. Afterward it

attains to a clearer and more distinct conception of its meaning and

truth. This conception, however, is still furnished to it by Christian

theology, and by theology itself is referred back to a revelation

whose beginning is coeval with the human race. The fact just stated in

regard to the belief of the Christian child is also true in regard to

the belief of mankind universally. Wherever the idea of God, as

exhibited by pure, theistic philosophy, is contained in the common

belief of the people, it is held as a portion of some religious system

purporting to be derived from revelation. It is learned from the

instruction of religious teachers, and transmitted by a sacred

tradition. We do not attain to the conception of God by the

spontaneous, unaided evolution of it in our individual reason. Those

nations which remain in the state of infancy, through a lack of the

civilizing and instructing power, do not attain to that conception.

The only way in which pure, theistic conceptions have ever been

communicated to any considerable number of persons previously

destitute of them, has been by the instruction of those who already

possessed them.

This tradition goes back to the original creation of the race. Mankind

was originally constituted by the Almighty in a state of civilized and

enlightened society, fully furnished with that sacred treasure which

tradition diffuses universally, and which constitutes {290} the

inherited capital on which all the precious gain and increase in

science, civilization, and every kind of intellectual and moral

wealth, are based. It is in this way that the conception of God, which

the founders of the human race received by immediate revelation, has

been preserved and transmitted by universal tradition. In the pure and

legitimate line of descent it has come down uncorrupted through the

line of patriarchs and prophets to Jesus Christ, who has promulgated

it anew in such a manner as to secure its inviolable preservation to

the end of time. Indirectly, and subject to various changes and

corruptions, it has descended through human language and law, through

civilization and science, through Gentile literature and mythology,

and through philosophy. Directly or indirectly, all the conceptions of

mankind respecting God, whether perfect or imperfect, crude or mature,

have been transmitted by tradition from the original and primitive

revelation made to the founders of the race.

The universal utterance of mankind is, and always has been, "Credo in

Deum." This is a common credence, possessed by the race from the

beginning, which the individual mind receives and acquiesces in with

more or less of intelligent belief and understanding, but never

totally eradicates from among its conceptions. It is a credence

perfectly enunciated in that divine revelation which the Christian

church possesses in its integrity, and communicates in the most

complete and explicit manner to all those who receive her

instructions.

Here may easily arise a misunderstanding. Some one will say: "You

appear to resolve all our knowledge of God into an act of faith in a

revelation handed down from the past. But the very conception of

revelation implies the previous conception of God, who makes the

revelation. Faith in a revealed doctrine is based on the veracity of

God, who reveals it. But in order that one may be able to make this

act of faith, he must previously know that God is, and that he is

veracious. Thus, we must believe that God is veracious because it is

revealed, and believe this revealed doctrine that he is veracious

because of his veracity. This is a vicious circle, and gives no basis

whatever for rational belief."

This objection has really been anticipated and obviated in the

preceding chapter. A full understanding of the answer to it will

require a careful reading of the present chapter entire, and perhaps

of the greater part of the succeeding ones. Just now, we simply reply

to the objector that we do not, as he imagines, resolve the evidence

of God's existence, and of other rational truths, into a tradition or

revelation. We hold firmly that these truths are provable by reason.

In speaking of revelation or tradition as our instructor in the

doctrine of God, what is meant is this: The correct and complete

formula, the divine word, or infallible speech, expressing in the

sensible signs of human language the explicit conception of that

divine idea which is constitutive of the soul's very rational

existence,--this _formula_ has been handed down by tradition from the

origin of the race. We do not propose this tradition as a mere

exterior authority to which the mind must submit blindly, from which

it must derive its rational activity, or in which it must locate its

criterion of rational certitude. We admit the obligation of proving

that this tradition is universal and divine. So far as the doctrines

it proposes are within the sphere of reason, we hold that reason

receives them because they are self-evident, or capable of being

deduced from that which is self-evident. Thus, for instance, in

proposing the veracity of God as the ground of faith in his

revelation, it is proposed as a truth evident by the light of reason.

Reason, however, is indebted to the instruction which comes by

tradition for that clear and distinct statement of the being and

attributes {291} of God, including his infinite and eternal veracity,

which brings the mind to a reflective consciousness of its own

primitive idea.

This may be illustrated by a comparison of the exterior word or

revelation with that interior word or revelation which creates the

soul and gives it the natural light of reason. The word of God spoken

in the creative act creates the rational soul, and affirms to it his

being and the existence of creatures, including that of the soul

itself. This is a revelation. All natural knowledge is a revelation

from God. Our belief in the reality of the outward world, and of our

own existence, is resolved into a belief in the reality of the

creative act of God, or of that spoken word by which he creates the

world. We see no difficulty here, because we see that the word of God,

in this case, enlightens the soul to see the truth of that which it

declares to it. We need not find any more difficulty in the case of

the exterior word. When this exterior, word declares plainly to an

ignorant mind the nature and attributes of God, and the obligation of

believing and obeying the truth revealed by him, this word also

enlightens that mind to perceive the truth of what it declares. It

illuminates the soul to see more distinctly the truths that are within

the sphere of reason by direct, rational perception; and to see

indirectly and indistinctly those truths which are above reason, in

the self-evident truth of God's veracity, and in the analogies and

correspondences which exist between these truths and those which are

directly apprehended by reason.

This is anticipating what is to be treated of expressly hereafter. We

trust it is now plain that we do not profess to derive the idea of God

in the human race, and in each individual mind, from a mere outward

tradition, or to prove its reality from a mere authoritative dictum of

revelation. What we really intend to do is, to exhibit the conception

of God contained in Christian theology, for the purpose of showing its

objective truth and reality by a rational method. In the first place,

we wish to bring out the conception itself as clearly as possible; to

describe a circle in language vast and perfect enough to include all

that is intelligible to human reason respecting God and his

perfections. In the second place, to review the different methods of

proving to reason the objective reality of this conception. And

finally, to propose what we believe to be the best and most complete

method of presenting to the reflective consciousness of the soul the

certitude of its positive judgment, affirming the being of God.

[Footnote 47]

[Footnote 47: In the actual treatment of the subject, this order has

been changed for the sake of convenience.]

A great task, certainly! Some may regard it as on evidence of

presumption to undertake it. Truly, if one should propose the

conception of the being of the infinite God as a mere hypothesis;

criticising and condemning the arguments of great men respecting it as

illogical and unsuccessful attempts to prove it; professing to have

discovered or invented some new process of demonstrating the problem,

and thus pretend to make that certain which has hitherto been doubtful

or probable, it would argue the height of arrogance and presumption.

We do not, however, propose any such thing. The idea of God

constitutes the very existence and life of the human soul. The

conception of God, more or less perfectly explicated, is the

possession of the human race universal, and in its completely

explicated form it is the possession of the church universal of all

ages. It is the treasure of universal theology and philosophy, handed

down by an universal and inviolable tradition not of mere dead words

and logical forms, but of the living thought and belief of all the

sages and saints of the earth. The truth that {292} God is, and is

infinitely perfect in his attributes, is the infallible and

irreversible judgment of the reason of mankind, whether naturally or

supernaturally enlightened. All that an individual can do is to

attempt to gain a distinct apprehension and a correct verbal

expression of the self-luminous idea which shines in all philosophy,

but especially in Christian Catholic philosophy. It is a mistake,

then, to consider an argument respecting the being of God as a mere

logical process, conducting from some known premises to an unknown

conclusion; a process in which any incorrectness in analysis or

deduction vitiates the result and leaves the unsolved problem to the

efforts of some new candidate for the honor of first discovering the

solution. The reflex conceptions of that infallible affirmation of God

to the soul which constitutes its rational existence must be

substantially correct. This is especially the case where revelation

furnishes a perfect and infallible outward expression of that inward

conception which the reflective reason is laboring to acquire.

Therefore we consider that there is a real agreement among all

theistic and Christian philosophers. All have true intellectual

conceptions of the idea of God. Yet there may be some of these

conceptions which, though true, are confused. Again, in the multiplied

reflex action of the mind upon itself and its own judgments and

conceptions, there may be some imperfections in the analysis or

critical examination of the component parts of the idea, in the

synthesis or construction of these component parts into an ideal

formula, and in the language by which verbal expression is given to

the conceptions of the mind. What is to be aimed at is, to obtain

intellectual conceptions which are clear and adequate to the idea, and

a verbal expression which is also clear and adequate to the mental

conception. In this direction lies the true path of progress in

Christian philosophy. It is a continual effort to apprehend more

clearly and adequately in the intelligence the conceptions given to

our reflective reason by revelation, and to express these conceptions

more clearly and intelligibly in language. Hence, so far as the

doctrine of God is concerned, philosophy can only strive after

formulas which express adequately the conception existing in every

mind which has brought the idea of God into reflective consciousness.

If this be true relatively to the common mind, it must be so much more

relatively to the instructed philosophic mind of the world, especially

the instructed theological mind of the church, where philosophy and

theology are developed in a scientific form. The individual may

reflect on that part of theology which his own intelligence has

appropriated and assimilated to itself, and may possibly advance

science by his reflections. But he cannot possibly cut himself off

from the intellectual tradition and the continuity of intellectual

life by which his reason lives and acts, without perpetrating

intellectual suicide. We despise and reject, therefore, all philosophy

or theology which severs itself from the great vital current and

pulsation of traditional wisdom and science. We despise also that

which merely repeats what it has learned, unless it has first made an

intelligent judgment that this is, in regard to whatever matter is

under discussion, the ultimatum that human reason can attain. One may

do some good by repeating and explaining to others what are, for him,

the last and most perfect words of wisdom which he has found in

studying the works of the great and wise teachers of men. This gives

him no claim to be honored as an original thinker or writer. He

diffuses but he does not advance science. It is better to do this than

to fall into error and folly, or at least to waste time and paper, by

vainly striving after originality for its own sake, or from a silly

motive of {293} vain-glory. Or one may really advance science by

original and valuable thoughts which are an elaboration of the truth

that has hitherto remained in a crude form; by a better analysis or

synthesis of common, universal conceptions; if nothing more, at least

by a better verbal expression and a more distinct and intelligible

method of exposition. For ourselves, we are satisfied to explain and

diffuse that wisdom which we have found in the writings of the

greatest and most profound thinkers, especially those who have created

or embellished Catholic theology. We strike out no new and unknown

path. We do not pretend even to push forward into any unexplored

region in the old one. All that is in this treatise may probably be

found elsewhere, and by many will be recognized as already familiar to

them. Although we do not choose to burden our pages with citations and

references, the reader may rely on it that in the main we follow the

common current of Catholic theology. If we sometimes deviate from it,

we are still, in most instances, following the steps of some one or

more of the giant pioneers who have gone on before, leaving a broad

trail to direct the weaker traveller in the path of science.

What has just been said is applicable to every subject treated in

these essays. In relation to the special subject now under

consideration, we are very anxious not to seem captious or rash in

criticising the common methods of argument employed by theologians. We

recognize the substantial solidity of the doctrine of God contained in

the best philosophers of all ages, so far as it agrees with

revelation; and the perfect soundness and completeness of the doctrine

as taught by Christian theologians. It is only the form and method

that we intend to criticise, so far as theological doctrine is

concerned; and, so far as relates to the purely human and rational

element of philosophy, only that which is peculiar to individuals,

schools, or periods, and not that which is common and universal. Let

us remember that we are not reasoning as sceptics, and, beginning from

a principle of philosophic doubt, ignoring all knowledge and belief,

and striving to work our way upward to something positive and certain.

Whether we are positively Christian in our belief or not, we are

taking the viewing-point of Christian faith, and making a survey of

the prospect visible to the eye from that point. It presents to us the

completely developed idea of God as always known and always believed

with certitude. What we are to do, then, is to find the most adequate

expression of that which faith has believed and reason been able to

understand during all time respecting God. We stand not alone, in the

ignorance of our isolated, individual minds, to create by a slow and

laborious task the truth and the belief of which our souls feel the

need. We stand in union with the human race, always in possession of

at least the elements of truth. We stand in union with that favored

portion of the human race which has always clearly and distinctly

believed in the absolute truth of the being and infinite perfection of

God, and in a distinct revelation from him. We are about to examine

this universal belief, and these intelligent judgments of cultivated

universal human reason, and to compare them with the principles and

judgments of our own reason. To ascertain what Christian Catholic

faith is, and how it is radicated in an intelligent indubitable

certitude of reason--this is what we are about to attempt; and the

first part of our task is to examine the Christian conception of God,

as expressed in theistic philosophy and Catholic theology. We intend

to prove that it is the original, permits have, constitutive idea of

human reason, brought, into distinct, reflective consciousness; made

intelligible to the understanding, so far as it is not immediately

intelligible in itself, by analogy; and correctly expressed by the

sensible signs of language.

{294}

IV.

DIFFERENT METHODS OF PROVING THE BEING OF GOD.

It is evident that we have no direct intellectual vision or beholding

of God. The goal is separated from him by an infinite and impassable

abyss. We cannot now take into account the person of Jesus Christ, or

of any who have been elevated to an intellectual condition different

from that which is proper to our present state on earth. Apart from

such exceptions, the soul even of the highest contemplative never

directly beholds God himself. In the words of St. Augustine; _"Videri

autem divinitas humano visu nullo modo potest; sed eo visu videtur,

quo jam qui vident, non homines sed ultra homines sunt."_ "The

divinity can in no way be seen by human vision: but it is seen by a

vision of such a kind that they who see by it are not men, but are

more than men." [Footnote 48] Neither have we the power to comprehend

the intrinsic necessity of God's being and the intimate reason and

nature of his self-existence. If we had a natural power of seeing God

immediately, we would be naturally beatified, and all error or sin

would be impossible. Moreover, we have not even a formed and developed

conception of God innate to our reason, such as that which the

instructed and educated reason can acquire. For, if we had, it would

be in all minds alike without exception; everywhere and under all

circumstances the same, without any need of previous reflection or

instruction. What, then, is the genesis of our rational conception and

belief of the divine being and attributes? How is it evident that God

really is?

[Footnote 48: De Trin. lib. ii. c. ii.]

The arguments employed by philosophers are usually divided into two

classes, those called _à priori_, and those called _à posteriori_.

An argument _à priori_ is one which deduces a truth from another truth

of a prior and more universal order. Therefore, to prove the being of

God _à priori_ we must go back to a truth either really and in itself

antecedent to his being, or antecedent in the primitive idea of

reason. That is to say, there must be an ideal world of truth

logically antecedent to God, and independent of him; an eternal nature

of things which is in itself necessary, and intelligible to our

reason, before it has any idea of God. Or else, the primitive,

constitutive idea of our reason must be an idea of some abstract being

of this nature which is not God, and which in the real order is not

antecedent to God, but only antecedent to him in the order of human

thought and knowledge. If the first is true, God is not the first

cause, the first principle, the infinite and eternal truth in himself,

the absolute essence, and the immediate object of his own

intelligence. The very conception of God which is sought to be proved

is destroyed and rendered unintelligible. This will appear more

clearly when we come to develop more fully hereafter the idea of God

and his attributes. In the order of real being there is and can be

nothing before God. There is no cause, no principle, no truth, no

intelligible idea more universal than God, and prior to him, from

which his being can be deduced as a consequence. In this sense, then,

an _à priori_ argument for the being of God is impossible.

If the second alternative is true, that we have a primitive idea of

something in our minds which is before the idea of God, the order of

ideas, of reason, of human thought, is not in harmony with the real

order. We apprehend the unreal and not the real. We see things as they

are not, and not as they are. The reason apprehends the abstract,

ideal universe, the eternal nature of things, the world of necessary

truth, as antecedent to God and independent of him, when it is not so.

If this were so, we could never attain to the true idea of God as

before all things and the principle of all. For reason most develop

{295} according to its primary and constitutive idea and its necessary

law of thought. If in this constitutive idea there is something before

God from which, as a prior principle, a more universal truth, the

being of God is deduced as a consequence and a secondary truth, we

must always look at things in this way, and can never directly behold

the real order of being as it is. Thus we can never attain the true

idea of God while we apprehend any intelligible object of thought as

prior to him who is really prior to all, and must be apprehended as

prior or else falsely apprehended.

An _à priori_ argument in this sense is, therefore, as impossible as

in the other.

Let us now examine more particularly some of the so-called _à priori_

arguments.

One is an argument from the conceptions, or, as they are commonly

called, the _ideas_, of space and time. It proceeds thus: We have an

idea of infinite space, and of infinite time, as necessary in the

eternal nature of things. Do what we will, we cannot banish these

ideas, or avoid thinking of space and time as necessary and eternal.

Therefore, there is an infinite, eternal being, of whose existence

space and time are the necessary effects.

This argument dazzles the mind by a certain splendor and overwhelms it

by a certain profundity and vastness of conception, but yet leaves it

confused and overpowered rather than convinced. It will not bear

analysis, as Leibnitz has successfully proved in his letters to Adam

Clarke, who defended it with all the acuteness and ingenuity which his

subtle and penetrating intellect could bring to bear on the question.

Nothing is, or can be, which is not either God or the creation of God.

Space and time, therefore, are either attributes of God, or created

entities, if they have any being or existence in themselves at all.

They are either identical with the essence of God, or they are

included within the creation and only coeval and co-extensive with it;

that is, bounded by finite and precise limits of succession and

extension. If the former, in perceiving them we perceive God directly.

This is not affirmed by the argument, which asserts that they are

effects of God's being and external to it. If the second, they are not

infinite; the idea of their infinity and necessity is an illusion, and

no argument can be derived from it. It is, beside, impossible to

conceive of space and time as entities, or existing things, distinct

and separate from other existences, and having certain defined limits.

The language used by those who distinguish them both from God and

creation, and call them necessary effects of the being of God, is

simply unintelligible. Their conception of infinite space and time is,

as Leibnitz calls it, a mere idol of the fancy, a phantasm

representing nothing real. There is no intelligible conception of

space and time as distinct both from God and creation. There is no

such thing in the order of reality or of thought as a _necessary_

effect of God's being, or any effect except that produced by his free

creative act. Into the idea of God nothing enters except God himself.

Supposing that God exists alone without having created, when we think

of God we think of all that can be thought as actual. His being fills

up his own intelligence, of which it is the only and complete object.

Into a true conception of that being our notions of space and time

cannot enter. Nevertheless, in apprehending space and time there must

be some real and intelligible idea which is apprehended. This idea is

the possibility of creation, which in God is necessary and infinite.

By his very essence, God has the power to create, and this power is

unlimited. The idea of a created universe necessarily includes the

idea of its existence in space and time. The possibility of space and

time are, therefore, included in the possibility of creation, and as

no limits can be placed to {296} the one, so none can be placed to the

other. Our apprehension of infinite space and time is an apprehension

of the infinite possibility of creation in God. We apprehend God under

the intuition of the infinite, the necessary, and the eternal. This

intuition of the infinite enters into all our thoughts. And therefore,

however much we may extend our conception of actual duration or

extension in regard to the created universe, we must always think the

possibility of that duration and extension being increased even to

infinity. Ideal space and time is that which we apprehend of real

space and time, with the thought of their possible extension to

infinity included. Real space and time are not entities distinct in

themselves, but relations of succession and co-existence among created

things. As in God alone, as distinct from creation, there is nothing

intelligible but the divine being, so in the creation there is nothing

intelligible but that which God has created. God and the existences

which God has made are all that the mind can think. Take away God and

finite, real things; nothing remains. Think of God as not creating,

and God is the sole object of thought. Add to this the thought of God

creating, and you have finite created entities. But you have nothing

more; and if you fancy there is anything more, such as space and time

in the abstract, you have a phantasm or idol of the imagination, which

is nothing. Real space and time must be relations of existing things,

and ideal space and time the possibility of relations among things

which might be; or they are nothing. Destroy real entities, and you

destroy all real relations. Deny the possibility of real entities, and

you destroy all ideal relations. This answers the puzzling question

sometimes asked, "Can God annihilate space?" He can annihilate real

space by annihilating the real universe from which it is inseparable.

He cannot annihilate ideal space, because it is in himself, as

included in his eternal idea of the possible creation, or of his own

infinite power to create. Our apprehensions of space and time are in

the intelligible and not in the sensible world. The sensible form

which they have results from the universal law that all intelligible

conceptions come to us through the sensible, and represented to us

through sensible signs. They must ultimately terminate in the idea of

God as pure spirit, without extension or successive duration. When we

think of extension in space we imagine a material figure, or an

atmosphere whose circumference we extend further and further in all

directions. When we think of duration in time, we think of a

succession of material or intellectual actions, whose series we extend

backward into the past or forward into the future. But, no matter how

far we carry these processes, a definite and limited extension and

duration is all that we reach. It is impossible that the idea of

infinite space and duration should be actually realized in the order

of finite and created things. The impossibility of placing any limit

to them which shall be final must, therefore, be referred to an idea

beyond all relations of space and time, and truly infinite, which we

imperfectly apprehend by analogy through these relations. This is the

idea of God as having an infinite power to create which is

inexhaustible by any actual creation, however vast. Only in this way

is the idea intelligible, and we must affirm God as real and infinite

being before we can correctly apprehend it.

It may be said that this is what is really meant by the argument from

space and time. We are willing to admit that it is what these eminent

writers really had in their minds. But it appears to us that they have

expressed it without sufficient clearness and precision, by reason of

the confusion which prevails in modern philosophy, and that it is not

really an _à priori_ argument, since it cannot be made {297}

intelligible without affirming the idea of God as prior to all other

ideas in the order of thought as well as in the order of being.

Another argument is derived from the possibility of conceiving that

there is a being absolutely perfect. We can conceive that there is a

being possessing all possible perfections. But actual existence is a

perfection. Therefore if we conceive of a being possessing _all_

perfection, we must conceive of him as having actual existence.

This amounts merely to saying that actual existence enters into our

conception of God. Where is the proof that that conception is not

merely in our mind? Does the fact that we are able to form a

conception of God prove that God really exists? Some will answer. Yes.

Because it is absurd to suppose that the mind can form an idea greater

than itself, and conceive of a possible order of being greater than

the real order. It is, indeed, absurd; but the absurdity cannot be

shown without at the same time showing the impossibility of finding

any principle of reason prior to the idea of God. Is that which the

reason perceives real being? Then the idea of the infinite is the

affirmation of an infinite being. It is impossible to conceive of a

possible being greater than the real being, because the real being is

directly affirmed as infinite in the idea of reason. The very idea we

are seeking to prove real presents itself as real to the reason before

we can even begin the process of proving it. It is itself prior to

every principle we are looking for as the most ultimate and the most

universal. There cannot be found anything from which we can reason _à

priori_ to that which is itself prior to all. We have began by

affirming our conclusion as the basis of our proof. At the end of our

argument we come back to our starting-point.

Is that which the reason perceives not real being? What, then, is it?

It will be said that it is an a idea. If so, this _à priori_ argument

proves only that the actual existence of God is conceivable, and that

it cannot be proved that there is no God. It may even make his real

existence appear to be probable, taken in connection with the other

arguments usually employed. At best, however, it leaves the idea of

God always under the form of an hypothesis, and affords no protection

against the corruption of the idea by pantheistic and materialistic

notions. Where is the passage from the abstract to the concrete, from

the mental conception to the objective reality? If our conceptions of

God lie in the order of an abstract world, and it is not the reality

which is the ultimate object of reason, how can we ever obtain

certitude that there is a real world corresponding to that abstract

world which exists in our own mind? Such is the reasoning of modern

materialism which is conducting vast numbers as near to absolute

atheism as the mind by its own nature is able to go. For the class of

men alluded to there are no realities except those of the sensible

world. The spiritual world of dogmatic truth, religious obligation,

and supernatural hopes, is ignored and neglected as merely abstract,

hypothetical, and having at best but a dubious claim on our attention;

one which may with safety and prudence be practically set aside for

the more obvious claims of the present life. The entire falsity of

this whole philosophy of the abstract, and the nullity of all

abstractions considered as self-subsisting objects of thought, will be

more directly shown hereafter. For the present we say no more on this

head, but proceed to consider another form in which the argument from

abstract, _à priori_ principles is presented.

We have an idea of the good, the beautiful, the true, as being

necessary, universal, and eternal. Therefore there must be a being in

whose mind these ideas exist, or of whom these qualities can be

affirmed. This argument has been answered in answering {298} the

foregoing one, with which it nearly coincides. Are these ideas

abstract, independent of reality, antecedent to the idea of real,

concrete being? Then they are forms of the mind, and leave it without

a direct perception of the existence of a real, concrete being,

infinitely good, beautiful, and true; or rather, the infinite

goodness, beauty, and truth in himself. Are these ideas immediate

affirmations of this real being? Then we have lost again our _a

priori_ principle, by finding that the conclusion is actually prior to

it. Either we affirm the intuition of the concrete, real object, from

which the abstract conception of the good, the beautiful, and the true

is derived, or we can prove only the existence of these conceptions in

the mind, and cannot argue from the conceptions to the reality, or in

any way perceive clearly the existence of the reality in an order

external to our own mind.

Let us pass now to the argument called _à posteriori_. This is a

method of reasoning exactly the reverse of the former; in which we

proceed from effects to their causes, and from particulars to the

universal. We endeavor to prove the existence of God from certain

facts which cannot be accounted for unless they are regarded as

effects of an absolute first cause.

We may consider this argument from two distinct points of view. First,

we may take it as an effort to deduce the existence of God from a

great number of facts, as the result of our knowledge of these

particular facts; an effort to prove by experiment and observation an

hypothesis which is proposed as a probable solution of the problem of

the universe. We suppose that we begin without the idea of God. We

acquire the knowledge of particular facts through sensation and

reflection. By noting a great number of facts, and reflecting upon

them, we ascend to general and abstract truths, and as a last result

arrive at the conception of the being of God as the most universal

truth, and the one which is the sum of all probabilities.

In the second place, we may take this argument as a method of

manifesting the way in which the action of the first cause is shown

forth in the universe. The idea of God is first affirmed, and the due

explication of the facts of the universe is then demonstrated to be

only an explication of the idea of God as first cause. The universe is

shown to be intelligible in its cause, and apart from it to be

unintelligible. Taken in this way the argument is identical with that

which we are about to propose a little later.

Taken in the former sense, it is not a demonstration of the existence

of God. Suppose that we can begin to reason without the idea of cause,

and we can never establish its necessity by induction. Eliminate the

idea of self-subsisting, necessary, eternal being, and suppose it

unknown, unimagined; we can never rise above the particular, isolated

sensations and perceptions of which we are conscious. If the facts

which are called effects are intelligible in themselves, they imply no

cause, and none can be proved from them. If they are not intelligible

in themselves, they are from the first intelligible only in their

cause, and the idea of cause is ultimate in the mind, antecedent to

all knowledge of particulars, the first premised of every conclusion.

It cannot then be proved as the conclusion of any syllogism; for all

arguments start from it as the primitive idea and first principle of

reason.

This method of argument belongs to that sceptical system of philosophy

which came in vogue with the theology of Protestantism, and has been

ever since working out its fatal results. It is the principle of

disintegration, doubt, and denial, transferred from the domain of

revealed dogma into the order of rational truths. Kant, the great

master of this philosophy, and one of the principal chiefs of modern

thought, carried out this philosophy to the denial of all possibility

of science, and therefore of all {299} Scientific knowledge of God,

immortality, and moral obligation. Having swept all natural and

revealed truths out of the domain of _pure_ reason, he made a feeble

attempt to establish their authority in the sphere of _practical_

reason. The individual man and the human race need the belief in God

to keep them in the order required for their well-being. Therefore we

may believe that there is a God. It is needless to say that these

dictates of practical reason are not respected by those who carry out

consistently and boldly the sceptical philosophy. The ravages made by

the principle of scepticism among those who have cast off all

traditional belief in Christianity are obvious to all eyes. But it is

not so generally acknowledged that the same philosophy has had a wide

and baneful influence over Christian theology. Some Christian writers

would avowedly sweep away science to give place to faith, not

reflecting that faith tumbles to the ground when its rational basis is

removed. Others follow the method of a philosophy constructed upon

that method, a method which is altogether unfit to be a medium of the

rational explanation of Christian dogmas. Hence, there is a schism

between theology and philosophy, leaving both these sciences in a

mutilated condition. The manifest inadequacy of the common

philosophical system brings it into contempt, and induces the effort

to transfer the seat of all certitude and all true science to

theology. Theology cannot make the first step without a basis of

rational certitude for faith and for conclusions drawn from premises

which are furnished by faith. Consequently her efforts to walk on air

result to her discredit, and theology falls into contempt. This ends

in adopting Kant's practical reason as the basis of religious belief.

Philosophy and theology, as sciences of the highest order, are

deserted. Religion is defended and explained on the ground of its

probability and its utility. We cannot have science or make our belief

intelligible. It is safe and prudent to follow on in the way the great

majority of the wise and good have walked. Let us do so, and silence

the questionings of the intellect. [Footnote 49] The language of

scepticism! This is the mental disease of our day. Scepticism in

regard to the doctrines of revelation; scepticism in regard to the

dictates of reason! No doubt, if faith had full sway, and no false

philosophy prevailed, theology would be sufficient by itself. For it

contains in solution the true philosophy; and the simple,

unsophisticated Christian intellect will take it up and absorb it

naturally without needing to have it administered in a separate state.

But where the mind has been sophisticated by false philosophy, it

cannot take theology until the antidote of true philosophy has been

given to it. Here is a lack in our English-speaking religious world.

And this lack is, perhaps, the reason why some of the best writers

speak so uncertainly of the rational basis of faith in revealed

truths, and even in the truth of God's existence. While they affirm

the certitude of their own inward belief, yet they acknowledge that

they can only construct an argument which in philosophy is probable.

That is to say, they have not a philosophy in which the ground of

their inward certitude is expressed in a distinct formula, and by

which they can make their readers conscious of a similar ground of

certitude in themselves. They have no philosophy corresponding to

their theology, and therefore, when they address the unbelieving or

doubting world, they are at a loss for a bridge to span the chasm

lying between it and themselves.

[Footnote 49: These remarks are not levelled against any approved

system of Catholic philosophy, but only against those which are in

vogue in the non-Catholic world, or among certain Catholic writers

of a modern date.]

There is at present a laudable and {300} encouraging desire manifested

by the leading thinkers and writers of different churches to bring out

the great fundamental truth that God is the author of nature and

revelation, in such a way as to stem the tide of scepticism. Guizot,

who is among the most eminent, if not the very first, of the modern

advocates of orthodox Protestantism, in the programme of a recent work

in defence of revealed religion which he has published, expresses the

opinion that the differences between his own co-religionists and

Catholics are of minor importance compared to the great pending

controversy with modern scepticism. This, with many other indications

of a growing cordiality in earnest Protestants toward Catholics who

are similarly earnest, makes us hope to receive from them as well as

from the members of our own communion a respectful and candid hearing

of what we have to say on this weighty subject.

And now, having done with the disagreeable task of criticism, we

entreat of our readers, if they have found the preliminary treatment

of the subject we are on abstruse and wearisome, to resume their

courage and push on a little further up the ascent toward the summit

of truth. The traveller, who struggles through thickets and over rocks

toward the top of a mountain is well rewarded by the landscape which

lies below and around him, lighted up by the radiance of the full orb

of day. So, gentle reader, whether you are believer or sceptic, there

is an eminence before us which we can attain, from which the fair

landscape of natural and supernatural truth is visible as far as the

outermost boundaries which fade away into the infinite. We wish to

lead you to this eminence, and to show you this landscape lighted up

with the radiance of the primal source of light, _the idea of God_,

the self-luminous centre of the universe of thought. We wish to show

you this idea of God in its absolute truth and certitude; clearly and

distinctly visible in that horizon which is within the scope of the

naked eye of reason, but whose boundaries are enlarged and its objects

magnified by the aid of that gigantic telescope called faith.

{301}

From Once a Week

A MONTH IN KILKENNY.

BY W. P. LENNOX.

There is little to attract the attention of the traveller between

Dublin and Kilkenny, except the fine range of mountains and the

Curragh of Kildare. The Newmarket of Ireland is a vast, unbroken,

bleak plain, consisting of 4,858 statute acres. It belongs to the

crown, and is appropriate to racing and coursing, the adjacent

proprietors having the privilege of grazing sheep thereon. The ranger

of the Curragh is appointed by the government, and has the entire

charge of this celebrated property. Of the race-meetings that take

place on this spot it is needless to speak, as they are recorded in

the newspapers of the day. Suffice it to say that the arrangements are

well carried out, the prizes considerable, the number of horses that

contend for them great, and the sport first-rate.

After changing trains at Kilkenny, I reached Parsonstown, where a

carriage awaited me, to convey me to Woodstock, the hospitable seat of

my brother-in-law, the Right Hon. William Tighe, and my sister, Lady

Louisa Tighe.

Inistioge, anciently called Inis-teoc, is a charmingly situated small

town overlooking the Nore, which is crossed by a picturesque bridge of

ten arches, ornamented on one side with Ionic pilasters. The town is

built in the form of a square, which being planted with lime-trees

gives it the appearance of a foreign town. In the centre of the square

is a small plain pillar, based on a pedestal of stone. This was the

shaft of an ancient stone cross, and bears an inscription to the

memory of David, Baron of Brownsfield, one of the Fitzgerald family,

who died in 1621. The emerald green turf, and the foliage of the

trees, in the square, give it a fresh appearance, and form an

agreeable contrast to the surrounding stone buildings. Inistioge was

once a royal borough, and famed for its religious establishments. It

also possessed a large Augustinian monastery. All that now remains of

it consists of two towers: one of them is incorporated with the parish

church; the other is square at the base and octagonal in the upper

stages. Of Woodstock itself, I will merely say that the house contains

a valuable library, some good paintings; the gardens can find no equal

in the United Kingdom; and the grounds, laid out with every diversity

that wood and water can bestow, are perfectly beautiful. At the back

rises a wooded hill, to the height of 900 feet, the summit crowned

with an ornamental tower; and as the demesne stretches for a

considerable distance along the Nore, there are some magnificent views

of

"The stubborne Nenvre, whose waters grey,

By fall Kilkenny and Rosseponte bend;"

which may be described in the words of the poet of the Thames--

"Though deep, yet clear; though gentle, yet not dull:

Strong without rage; without o'erflowing fail."

One of our first excursions was to Kilkenny, on our way to which city

we stopped at Bennet's Bridge, to {302} witness the humors of a

horse-fair. This small town is famed as having been the place where

the Duke of Ormonde held a review in 1704, and which attracted such

hosts of visitors that an inn-keeper is said to have made as much by

his beds as paid his rent for seven years. I have attended many fairs

in England, Scotland, Wales, France, Holland, Germany, and Canada, but

never did I witness such an extraordinary sight as the one that

presented itself at Bennet's Bridge. The hamlet itself, and its

outskirts, were filled for more than a mile with horses, ponies, and

vehicles, attended by a mass of people consisting of dealers, farmers,

peasants, tramps, and beggars. There might be seen some "artful

dodger" trying to palm off to one less experienced than himself a

spicy-looking thorough-bred nag, whose legs showed evident marks of

many a hard gallop, declaring that for speed the animal was

unequalled, and that there was not a stone wall in the whole county

that could stop him; there might be noticed a gallant colonel of

hussars, attended by his "vet," selecting some clever three-year-olds,

with which to recruit the ranks of her majesty's service. "Bedad,

gineral," exclaims the vendor, "with such a regiment of horses you'd

ride over the whole French cavalry, with Napoleon at the head of it."

"A broth of a boy" may now be pointed out, charging a stone wall, with

a raw-boned brute that never attempts to rise at it, and who, turning

the animal round, and backing him strongly, makes an aperture, at the

same moment singing a snatch of an Irish song, most appropriate for

the occasion--"Brave Oliver Cromwell, he did them so pommel, that he

made a breach in her battlements." Next, a ragged urchin, without

shoes and stockings, with what might be termed "the original shocking

bad hat" and which--on the principle of exchange no robbery--I was

credibly informed he had taken from a field, set up to scare away the

crows. Then there was the usual number of idlers and lookers-on, and

an unusual amount of hallooing, shouting, screaming, and bellowing.

After devoting an hour to the humors of the fair, we proceeded to view

the remains of the abbey of Jerpoint, which was founded in 1180, by

Donogh, King of Ossory, for Cistercian monks. The monks, on the

arrival of the English, had interest sufficient with King John to get

a confirmation of all the lands bestowed on them by the King of

Ossory; and Edward III., in the thirty-fourth year of his reign, at

the instance of Phillip, then abbot, granted him a confirmation of

former charters. Oliver Grace, the last abbot, surrendered this abbey

on the 18th of March, the 31 Henry VIII. It then possessed about 1,500

acres of arable and pasture land, three rectories, the altarages and

tithes of thirteen other parishes; all these were granted in the reign

of Philip and Mary to James, Earl of Ormonde, and his heirs male, to

hold _in capite_, at the yearly rent of £49 3s. 9d. It is an

interesting ruin, and well worthy the attention of the antiquarian.

From Jerpoint we proceeded to Kilkenny Castle, the home of the

Ormondes.

Richard Strongbow, by his marriage with Eva, daughter of Dermot, King

of Leinster, came into possession of a great part of the province of

Leinster. Henry II. confirmed his right, with the reservation of the

maritime ports. On being appointed Lord Justice of Ireland in 1173, he

laid the foundation of a castle in Kilkenny, but it was scarcely

finished when it was demolished by the insurgent Irish. However,

William, Earl Marshal, descended from Strongbow, and also Lord

Justice, in 1195 began a noble pile on a more extensive scale, and on

the ancient site. A great part of this fine castle has survived the

convulsions of this distracted kingdom, and continues at this day a

conspicuous ornament of {303} the city of Kilkenny. A rising ground

was chosen, which on one side has a steep and abrupt descent to the

river Nore, which effectually protects it on that quarter by its rapid

stream; the other sides were secured by ramparts, walls, and towers,

and the entrance is through a lofty gate of marble of the Corinthian

order. Hugh Le DeSpenser, who obtained the castle by marriage, in

September, 1391, conveyed it and its dependencies to James, Earl of

Ormonde. In later days, the castle has been much improved; the

tapestry which adorns the walls of the entrance-hall and staircase

exhibits the history of Decius; it is admirably executed, and the

colors are fresh and lively. The ballroom, which is of great length,

contains a fine collection of portraits, landscapes, and

battle-pieces.

From the castle we visited the cathedral church of St. Canice, which

is the largest church in Ireland, with the exception of St. Patrick's

and Christ church, Dublin. There are a centre and two lateral aisles.

The roof of the nave is supported by five pillars, and a pilaster of

black marble on each side, upon which are formed five arches. Each

lateral aisle is lighted by four windows below, and the central aisle

by five above; they are in the shape of quatrefoils. The origin of

this beautiful structure is uncertain, but it is conjectured that it

was begun in 1180, when a small church was erected near the round

tower.

"Hugh Rufus laid the foundation of a noble edifice," say the old

writers, "and Bishop Mapilton, in 1233, and St. Leger, who succeeded

him, completed the fabric." In describing the church of St. Canice, I

cannot refrain from alluding to the extreme politeness of Father

Kavanagh, a Roman Catholic priest, who devoted his time to my party

and myself in pointing out the beauties of this venerable pile.

The Black Abbey was founded by William, Earl Marshal, about 1225, for

Dominican friars. The founder was interred here in 1231, and three

years after his brother Richard, who was slain in a battle with the

O'Mores and O'Conors on the Curragh of Kildare. Henry VIII. granted

this monastery to the burgesses and commonalty of the city of

Kilkenny. In the time of the elder James it served for a shire-house,

and in 1643 it was repaired, and a chapter of the order held in it.

Its towers are light and elegant, and some of the windows are most

artistically executed.

St. Mary's church contains some very interesting monuments, among them

one in memory of Sir Richard Shee, dated 1608, with its ten sculptured

figures at the base. There is one also to his brother, Elias Shee, of

whom Holinshed wrote that he was "a pleasant-conceited companion, full

of mirth without gall." On an unpretending tablet of black and white

marble appears the following inscription:

"FREDERICK GEORGE HOWARD,

SECOND SON OF THE EARL OF CARLISLE

CAPTAIN OF THE 90TH REGIMENT

DIED A.D. 1833, AET. 28.

"Within this hallowed aisle, mid grief sincere,

Friends, comrades, brothers late young Howard's bier;

Gentle and brave, his country's arms he bore

To Ganges' stream and Ava's hostile shore:

His God through war and shipwreck was his shield,

But stretched him lifeless on the peaceful field.

Thine are the times and ways, all-ruling Lord!

Thy will be done, acknowledged, and adored!"

The above lines are from the pen of the late Earl of Carlisle, who

never went near Kilkenny without paying a visit to the tomb of his

brother. Poor Howard was killed by leaping out of a curricle, which

was run away with between the barracks at Kilkenny and Newtownbarry,

where his regiment was quartered. Another monument attracted my

attention; it bore an inscription to the memory of Major-General Sir

Denis Pack, recording the military career of this distinguished

soldier. I knew the deceased officer well during the Belgian {304}

campaign, and a thousand recollections sprang up in my mind when I saw

the bust, by Chantrey, of as brave a man as ever served in the British

army. But to return.

Although the salmon fishing in Ireland has in many rivers sadly

degenerated within a few years, there is still excellent sport to be

had in many of the rivers and lakes. The Nore, which flows through the

county of Kilkenny, would be a first-rate river for salmon and trout

were it not for the number of weirs and the illegal destruction of the

fish by cross-lines and nets. At Mount Juliet, the romantic seat of

Lord Carrick, and Narlands, the river is partially preserved; and

here, as at Dunmore, the property of Lord Ormonde, the angling is

excellent. The general run of salmon flies suits the Nore; they should

be tied with dobbing of pig's wool, and a good deal of peacock in the

wing. For trout, the ordinary run of flies will be found to answer

well.

Among other fishing localities in Ireland may be mentioned Lough Ree,

a fine sheet of water about twenty miles in extent, studded with

numerous islands, around the shores of which, and on the shoals, trout

abound. The lake of Allua, about ten miles above Macroom, in the

county of Cork, was once famous for trout and salmon, which have of

late years diminished considerably, in consequence of the introduction

of pike, the tyrant of the waters. The lakes of Carvagh, in Kerry, of

Inchiquin, of Currana (near Derrynane), Lough Kittane (four miles from

Killarney), Lough Brin (in Kerry), Lough Atedaun, Lough Gill (in

Sligo), and Lough Erne, are well supplied with trout and salmon; while

the far-famed lakes of Killarney will furnish sport to those who seek

pastime, in addition to the enjoyment of witnessing the most beautiful

and romantic scenery that is to be found in the Emerald Isle. The

rivers, too, abound in fish. Among the best are the Liffey, Laune,

Tolka, Bann, Blackwater (in Cork), Suir, Annar, Nire (a mountain

stream rising in the Waterford mountains), Shannon, Lee, and Killaloe

(remarkable for its eels, as also for the gastronomic skill of the

inhabitants in dressing them).

I must now turn from the "gentle crafte" to otter-hunting, a sport

still carried on with spirit in Ould Ireland. The mephitic nature of

the otter renders him an easy prey to his pursuers, and his scent is

so strong that a good hound will at once challenge it. The lodging of

this subtle plunderer is called his _kennel_, or _couch_, and his

occasional lodgments and passages to and fro are called his _halts_.

So clever is he as an architect that he constructs his _couches_ at

different heights, so that, let the water rise or fall, he has a dry

tenement. Spring is the best season for otter-hunting, but it is

carried on during the summer in the Emerald Isle; and a day with the

amphibious tyrant of the finny tribe in the river Nore, which I

enjoyed last September, may not be uninteresting.

At about eleven o'clock on a bright sunny day, with a refreshing

breeze blowing on us from the south-east, we met at Coolmore, the seat

of Mr. P. Connellan. The harriers--belonging to my host, and

consisting of about six couple of handsome, well-sized hounds, about

seventeen inches high--met in a field close to the house, attended by

a whipper-in, admirably mounted. The pack seemed to possess all the

qualifications of good harriers--fine heads, ear-flaps thin, nostrils

open, chests deep, embraced by shoulders broad but light, and wen

thrown back; the fore-legs straight, clean, bony, terminated by round,

ball-like feet, the hind-legs being angular, and the thighs powerful.

The beauty of the day had attracted a large party of both sexes from

the neighborhood, some of whom, and one young lady in particular,

managed a cot so ably, that she drew forth the following complement

{305} from one of the bold peasantry: "Bedad, miss, you'd do honor to

Cleopatra's galley." The principal part of the sportsmen and

sports-women were on foot, although a few were mounted, and among the

fair equestrians was a young lady whose seat and hand were perfect,

and who evidently wished to emulate the prowess of the Thracian

huntress. This modern Harpalyce, combining courage with feminine

deportment, was prepared to fly like the wind across the country, had

an occasion presented itself by the accidental discovery of a fleet

hare. Arrived at the river's side, two Saxons with loaded guns kept a

good lookout for the lurking prey, while the hounds swam across to a

small island, where an otter had been tracked by his _seal_ Shortly a

hound was heard to challenge, but on the approach of the pack the

"goose-footed prowler," having been hunted before, left his couch, and

diving under the water made head up the stream. Now every eye on shore

is intent on watching his _ventings_; his muzzle appears above the

surface for a second; again it disappears; and he can be tracked alone

by the bubbles of air he throws out. The sport is now exciting. One of

the police, armed with a primitive spear, which he had taken from a

river poacher, consisting of a three-pronged fork fixed into the end

of a long pole, is ready to hurl the weapon which has proved so fatal

to many a salmon, should the otter appear in view, while the staunch

hounds are close on the scent. "Have a care there," cries a keen

sportsman to the preserver of the peace. "Don't strike too quickly, or

bedad you may transfix a hound instead of the marauding animal." But

he is not doomed to die so inglorious a death as that caused by a

rusty fork, for before the crude spear is hurled the hounds have

seized him, and, after a desperate struggle, in which many of the

gallant pack were bitten, shake the life out of the captured prey.

While enjoying the sport of the morning, my attention was attracted to

a young lady on the opposite bank of the river, who, wising to join

our party, entered a small cot, and gallantly paddled herself across

the fast-flowing stream. So admirably did this "guardian Naiad of the

strand" guide her fragile bark, that I could not fail to congratulate

her upon her prowess. My compliments, however, fell very short of one

uttered by a ragged boatman, who exclaimed:

"Ay, and sure, miss, you must be one of the queen's company. Bedad,

miss, you are worthy of taking a cot into the Meditherranean."

While upon the clever sayings of the Irish, I must give an anecdote

which was told me by Sir John Power, of Kilfane, than whom a finer

sportsman or more hospitable man never existed. It seems that the

complaints made against the vulpine race by owners of poultry are not

confined to England, and upon one occasion a genuine Irishman, "Pat

Driscoll by name," claimed compensation for damage done to a turkey

and duck. This was awarded to him, when a week afterward he waited

upon the owner of Kilfane, and asked him for compensation for "a

beautiful cow killed by that nasty varmen, a fox." "A fox kill a cow!"

said Sir John; "impossible!" "Fait and sure he did," continued Pat.

"I'll tell you how it was. My cow was feeding in the meadow close to

my garden, and was eating a turnip, when up jumped a baste of a fox,

and frightened her so much that bedad the poor creature choked

herself." The good-humored baronet could not fail to be amused at

Driscoll's ready wit, but declined paying for the loss of the animal,

upon which Pat, not at all taken aback, remarked, "Well, Sir John,

it's rather hard upon me; but in future, instead of advertising your

meets at Kilfane or Thomastown, perhaps you will name _Kilmacoy_"

(pronounced "Kilmycow") "as more appropriate to case."

{306}

Chapters could be filled with Irish sayings, but space prevents my

giving more than one, which was told to me by a friend in whose

veracity I have perfect confidence. An English gentleman dining in the

house of an Irish lady, was greatly surprised at hearing the Butler

ask, "please, ma'am, will I strip?" "Yes", was the reply; "all the

company arrived." Turning to a neighbor, he inquired the meaning of

the expression, when he found it applied to taking the covers off the

dishes, and was quite foreign to the usual acceptation of the word

"strip."

------

[ORIGINAL.]

BANNED AND BLESSED.

"And the Lord God formed man of the slime of the earth; . . . .

Cursed is the earth in thy work.

"And the word was made flesh and dwelt among us."

Bud out, glad earth, in beauty,

Ring out, glad earth, in song;

The funeral pall is lifted

That covered thee so long:

The heavy curse laid on thee

For Eden's primal wrong.

Long ages gone, the angels

Hailed thee with pure delight.

The blooming of thy day-time.

The radiance of thy night;

And e'en thy Maker named thee

As pleasant in his sight--

Soon lost that early joyance,

Brief worn that birth-day crown!

The very stars of heaven

Look sorrowfully down

On fairest flowers withered

Beneath man's sinful frown.

Blinded, and banned, and broken,

Along thy penance-path.

Thy vesture streamèd over

With the torrents of man's wrath;

Thou treadest through the ether

A thing of shame and scath.

{307}

Lift up thy head, poor mourner,

Shake the ashes from thy brow;

Lay off thine age-worn sackcloth

And wear the purple now:

Amid the starry brethren,

Who honor hath, as thou?

The dust from off thy bosom

The Maker deigns to wear;

"The word made flesh," in heaven,

Hath given thee such share

No grandeur of thy brethren

With it can hold compare.

Blest art thou that his footsteps

Along thy pathways trod;

Blest art thou that his pillow

Has been thy grassy sod;

And blest the burial shelter

Thou gavest to thy God.

And for that little service,

Divine the meed shall be:

When "fervent heat" hath melted

The starry choirs and thee,

The moulded dust of Eden

Shall live eternally.

"The first-born of all creatures"

Doth wear it on his throne,

The vesture of humanity

By which he claims his own.

How infinite the pardon

That doth thy penance crown!

GENEVIEVÉ SALES.

March 22, 1806

------

{308}

Translated from French.

L'ABBÉ GERBET. [Footnote 50]

BY C. A. SAINTE-BEUVE.

[Footnote 50: "Considérations sur le Dogme Générateur de la Piété

Cathiolique." 4e édition, chez Vaton. 1859]

For a long time I have been reserving this subject for some feast-day,

for Corpus Christi or some festival of Mary, feeling that holiness

belongs to it; unction, grace mingled with science, and a reverential

smile. "But why," some of our readers will say,--"why does l'Abbé

Gerbet's name imply all this?" I shall try to show them the reason and

give some idea of one of the most learned, distinguished, and truly

amiable men that the church of France possesses, as well as one of our

best writers; and, without embarking on vexed or doubtful questions,

to delineate for them in soft tints the personality of the man and his

talent.

But in the first place, that I may connect with its true date this

modest name, which has rather courted oblivion than notoriety, let me

remind my readers that during the Restoration, about the year 1820,

when that regime, at first so unsettled, was beginning to enter into

complete possession of its powers, a movement arose on all sides among

the youthful spirits, ardently impelling them to literary culture and

philosophical ideas. In poetry Lamartine had given the signal of

revival, others gave it in history, others again in philosophy; and

among the young people there sprang up a universal spirit of

emulation, a unanimous determination to begin anew. It seemed as if,

like a fertile land, the French mind, after its compulsory rest of so

many years, were eagerly demanding every kind of cultivation. Yes, in

religion then, in theology, it was the same; a generation had sprung

up full of zeal and animation, who tried, not to renew what is in its

nature immutable, but to rejuvenate the forms of teaching and

demonstration, adapt them to the mental condition of the times, and

make the principle of Catholicity respected even by its opponents.

For, in the words of one of these young Levites in the beginning of

the movement, "to act upon the age, we must understand it."

I could cite the names of several men who, with shades of difference

known in the ecclesiastical world, had this in common, that they stood

at the head of the studious and intelligent young clergy: M. Gousset,

now cardinal archbishop of Rheims, and standing in the first rank of

theologians; Mgr. Affré, who met his death so gloriously as archbishop

of Paris; M. Douey, the present bishop of Montauban; and M. de

Salinis, bishop of Amiens. But at that time, between the years 1820

and 1822, one name alone among the clergy offered itself to men of the

world as a candidate for widespread fame. M. de Lamennais in his first

Catholic fame had enforced the attention of all by his "Essay on

Indifference," stirring a thousand thoughts even in the minds of the

astonished clergy.

And here for the first time we meet l'Abbé Gerbet. He was born in 1798

{309} at Poligny, in the Jura. After completing his first studies in

his native town, he passed through a course of philosophy in the

academy of Besançon; and in obedience to an instinctive vocation,

which awoke within him at the age of ten years, began his theological

studies in the same city. During the dangers of invasion, in

1814-1815, he went into the mountains to visit a curate, a relation or

friend of his family, and remained there to study. Thither came one

day a young student of the Normal School, Jouffroy, two years his

senior, who in going home to pass his vacation in the village of

Pontets, had paused a moment on the way. Jouffroy, though in the first

flush of youth and learning, and wearing the aureole upon his brow,

did not disdain to enter into discussion with the young provincial

seminarian. He combated the proofs of revelation, and especially

contested the age of the world, relying upon the testimony of the

famous Zodiac of Denderah, so often invoked in those days, and so soon

destroyed. The young seminarian, in the presence of this unknown

monument, could only answer: "Wait." These two young men never met

again, compatriots though they were, and from that day forth

adversaries; but l'Abbé Gerbet and Jouffroy, while carrying on a war,

pen in hand, never failed to do so in the most dignified terms of

controversy, and Jouffroy, whose heart was so good despite his

dogmatic language, always spoke of l'Abbé Gerbet, if I remember

rightly, with feelings of affectionate esteem.

On arriving in Paris at the close of the year 1818, l'Abbé Gerbet

entered the seminary of Saint-Sulpice, but his health, which was

already delicate, not allowing him to stay there long, he established

himself as a boarder in the House of Foreign Missions, where he

followed the rules of the seminarians. He was ordained priest in 1822

at the same time with l'Abbé do Salinis, whose inseparable friend he

has always remained.

A little later he was appointed assistant professor of the Holy

Scriptures in the Theological Faculty of Paris, and went to live in

the Sorbonne. Having no lectures to deliver, he soon began to assist

M. de Salinis, who had been made almoner in the college of Henry lV.,

and it was at this time that he first knew M. de Lamennais.

At twenty-four years of age, l'Abbé Gerbet had given evidence of

remarkable philosophical and literary talent, and had sustained a

Latin thesis with rare elegance in the Sorbonne. By nature he was

endowed with all the gifts of oratory, a sense of rhythmic movement,

measure, and choice of expression, and a graphic power which, in one

word, must become a talent for writing. To these endowments he added

an acute and elevated faculty for dialectics, fertile in distinctions,

which he sometimes took delight in multiplying, but without ever

losing himself among them. In the very beginning of his friendship

with M. de Lamennais, he felt, without perhaps acknowledging it to

himself, that that bold and vigorous genius, who was wont to open new

views and perspectives, as it were by main force, needed the

assistance of an auxiliary pen, more tempered, gentler and firm,--a

talent that could use evidence judiciously, fill up spaces, cover weak

points, and smooth away a look of menace and revolution from what was

simply intended as a broader expression and more accessible

development of Christianity. L'Abbé Gerbet clothed M. de Lamennais'

system as far as possible with the character of persuasion and

conciliation that belonged to it: to soften and graduate its

tendencies was properly the part he filled at this time of his youth.

Upon this system I shall touch in a few words that will suffice to

explain what I have to say of l'Abbé Gerbet's moral and literary

gifts. Instead of seeking the evidences of Christianity in such and

such texts of Scripture, or in a personal argument {310} addressed to

individual reason, M. de Lamennais maintained that it should, in the

first place, be sought in the universal tradition and historical

testimony of peoples, for he believed that even before the coming of

Jesus Christ and the establishment of Christianity a sort of testimony

was to be traced, confused certainly, but real and concordant, running

through the traditions of ancient races and discernible even in the

presentiments of ancient sages. It seemed to him demonstrable that

among all nations there had been ideas, more or less defined, of the

creation of man, of the fall and promised reparation, of the expiation

or expected redemption--in short, of all that should one day

constitute the treasures of Christian doctrine, and was then only the

scattered and persistent vestige of the primitive revelation. From

this he argued that the lights of ancient sages might be considered as

the dawn of faith, and that without, of course, being classed among

the fathers of the primitive church, Confucius, Zoroaster, Pythagoras,

Heraclitus, Socrates, and Plato should be considered up to a certain

point as preparers for the gospel, and not be numbered among the

accursed. They might almost be called, in the language of the ancient

fathers, primitive Christians--at least they were like so many Magi

travelling more or less directly toward the divine cradle. By this

single view of an anterior Christianity disseminated through the

world, by this voyage, as it were, in search of Catholic truths

floating about the universe, the teaching of theology would have been

wonderfully widened and enlarged, for it necessarily comprised the

history of philosophical ideas. M. de Lamennais' system, which is

especially attractive when developed historically by the pen of l'Abbé

Gerbet, has not since then been recognized by the church. It appeared

to be at least delusive, if not false; but perhaps, even from the

point of view of orthodoxy, it can only merit the reproach of having

claimed to be the sole method, to the exclusion of all others;

combined with other proofs, and presented simply, as a powerful

accessory consideration, I believe that it has never been rejected.

It may be understood, however, even without entering into the heart of

the matter, that in 1824, when l'Abbé Gerbet, in concert with M. de

Salinis, established a religious monthly magazine, entitled the

"Catholic Memorial," and began to develop his ideas therein with

modesty and moderation, but also with that fresh confidence and ardor

that youth bestows, there was, to speak merely of the external form of

the questions, a something about it that gave the signal for the

struggle of a new spirit against the stationary or backward spirit.

The old-fashioned theologians, whether formalist or rationalistic, who

found themselves attacked, resisted and took scandal at the name of

traditions which were not only Catholic but scholastic and classic.

But in l'Abbé Gerbet they had to deal with a man thoroughly well read

in the writings of the fathers, and possessed of their true

significance. He could bring forward, in his turn, texts drawn from

the fountain-head in support of this freer and more generous method;

among other quotations, he liked to cite this fine passage from

Vincent de Lérius: "Let posterity, thanks to your enlightenment,

rejoice in the _conception_ of that to which antiquity gave respectful

credence without understanding [its full meaning]; but remember to

teach the same things that have been transmitted to you, so that,

while presenting them in a new light, you do not invent new

doctrines." Thus, while maintaining fundamental immutability, he took

pleasure in remarking that, in spite of slight deviations, the order

of scientific explanation has followed a law of progress in the

church, and has been successively developed; a fact which he {311}

demonstrated by the history of Christianity.

"The Catholic Memorial," in its very infancy, stirred the emulation of

youthful writers in the philosophical camp. It was at first printed at

Lachevardière's, where M. Pierre Leroux was proof-reader, and the

latter, on seeing the success of a magazine devoted to grave subjects,

concluded that a similar organ for the promotion of opinions shared by

himself and his friends might be established with even better results.

In that same year, 1824, "The Globe" began its career, and the two

periodicals often engaged in polemic discussions, like adversaries who

knew and respected each other while they clearly understood the point

of controversy. For the benefit of the curious, I note an article of

M. Gerbet's [Footnote 51] (signed X.) which represents many others,

and is entitled "Concerning the Present State of Doctrines;"--the

objections are especially addressed to MM. Damiron and Jouffroy. It

was the heyday then of this war of ideas.

[Footnote 51: 1825. Vol. 4th, p. 188. ]

L'Abbé Gerbet's life has been quite simple and uniform, marked by only

one considerable episode--his connection with l'Abbé de Lamennais, to

whom he lent or rather gave himself for years with an affectionate

devotion which had no term or limit except in the final revolt of that

proud and immoderate spirit. After fulfilling all the duties of a

religious friendship, after having waited and forborne and hoped,

Gerbet withdrew in silence. For a long time he had been all that

Nicole was to Arnauld--a moderator, softening asperities and averting

shocks as far as possible. He never grew weary until there was no

longer room for further effort, and then he returned completely to

himself. These ultra and exclusive methods are unsuited to his nature,

and he hastened to withdraw from them, and to forget what he would

never have allowed to break out and reach such a pass if he had been

acting alone. It needs but a word, but a breath, from the Vatican to

dissipate all that seems cloudy or obscure in l'Abbé Gerbet's

doctrines. His gentle clouds inclose no storm, and, in dispersing,

they reveal a depth of serene sky, lightly veiled here and there, but

pure and delicious.

I express the feeling that some of his writings leave upon the mind,

and especially the work that has just been reprinted, of which I will

say a few words. "Les Considérations sur le Dogme générateur de la

Piété Catholique," that is to say, Thoughts upon Communion and the

Eucharist, first appeared in 1829. It is, properly speaking, "neither

a dogmatic treatise nor a book of devotion, but something

intermediate." The author begins by an historical research into

general ideas, universally diffused throughout antiquity--ideas of

sacrifice and offering, as well as of the desire and necessity of

communication with an ever-present God, which have served as a

preparation and approach toward the mystery; but, mingled with

historical digressions and delicate or profound doctrinal

distinctions, we meet at every step sweet and beautiful words which

come from the soul and are the effusion of a loving faith. I will

quote a few, almost at hazard, without seeking their connection, for

they give us an insight into the soul of l'Abbé Gerbet. As, for

instance, concerning prayer:

"Prayer, in its fundamental essence, is but the sincere recognition

of this continual need (of drawing new strength from the source of

life) and an humble desire of constant assistance; it is the

confession of an indigence full of hope."

"Wherever God places intelligences capable of serving him, there we

find weakness, and there too hope."

And again:

"Christianity in its fulness is only a bountiful alms bestowed on

abject poverty."

{312}

"Is there not something divine in every benefit?"

"Charity enters not into the heart of man without combat; for it

meets an eternal adversary there--pride, the first-born of

selfishness, and the father of hatred."

"The gospel has made, in the full force of the term, a revolution in

the human soul, by changing the relative position of the two

feelings that divide its sway: fear has yielded the empire of the

heart to love."

L'Abbé Gerbet's book is full of golden words; but when we seek to

detach and isolate them, we see how closely they are woven into the

tissue.

The aim of the author is to prove that, from a Christian and Catholic

point of view, communion, accepted in its fulness with entire faith,

frequent communion reverently received, is the most certain,

efficacious, and vivid means of charity. In speaking of the excellent

book entitled "The Following of Christ," he says:

"The asceticism of the middle ages has left an inimitable monument,

which Catholics, Protestants, and philosophers are agreed in

admiring with the most beautiful admiration, that of the heart. It

is wonderful, this little book of mysticism, upon which the genius

of Leibnitz used to ponder, and which roused something like

enthusiasm even in the frigid Fontenelle. No one ever read a page of

the 'Following of Christ,' especially in time of trouble, without

saying as he laid the book down: 'That has done me good.' Setting

the Bible apart, this work is the sovereign friend of the soul. But

whence did the poor solitary who wrote it draw this inexhaustible

love? (for he spoke so effectively only because of his great love.)

He himself tells us the source in every line of his chapters on the

blessed sacrament: the fourth book explains the other three."

I could multiply quotations of this kind, if they were suited to these

pages, and if it were not better to recommend the book for the

solitary meditation of my readers; I would point out to be remembered

among the most beautiful and consoling pages belonging to our language

and religions literature, all the latter part of Chapter VIII. Nothing

is wanting to make this exquisite little book of l'Abbé Gerbet's more

generally appreciated than it now is but a less frequent combination

of dialectics with the expression of affectionate devotion. Generally

speaking, the tissue of l'Abbé Gerbet's style is too close; when he

has a beautiful thing to say, he does not give it room enough. His

talent is like a sacred wood, too thickly grown;--the temple,

repository, and altar in its depths are surrounded on all sides, and

we can reach them only by footpaths. I suppose that this is because he

has always lived too near his own thoughts, never having had the

opportunity to develop them in public. Feeble health, and a delicate

voice which needs the ear of a friend, have never allowed this rich

talent to unfold itself in teaching or in the pulpit. If at any time

he had been induced to speak in public, he would have been obliged to

clear up, disengage, and enlarge not his views, but the avenues that

lead to them.

In 1838, being troubled with an affection of the throat, he went to

Rome and, always intending to return home soon, remained there until

1848. It was there that in the leisure moments of a life of devotion

and study, in which, too, the most elevated friendship had its share,

he composed the first two volumes of the work entitled "A Sketch of

Christian Rome," designed to impart to all elevated souls the feeling

and idea of the Eternal City. "The fundamental thought in this book,"

he says, "is to concentrate the visible realities of Christian Rome

into a conception and, as it were, a portrait of its spiritual

essence. An excellent interpreter in the way he has chosen for

himself, he goes on to speak of the monuments not with the dry science

of a modern antiquary, {313} or with the _naïf_ enthusiasm of a

believer of the middle ages, but with a reflective admiration which

unites philosophy to piety.

"The study of Rome in Rome," he says again, "leads us to the living

springs of Christianity. It refreshes all the good feelings of the

heart, and, in this age of storms, sheds a wonderful serenity over

the soul. We must not, of course, attach too much importance to the

charm which we find in certain studies, for books written with

pleasure to one's self run the risk of being written with less

charity. But none the less should we thank the Divine Goodness when

it harmonizes pleasure with duty."

In these volumes of l'Abbé Gerbet, introductions and dissertations

upon Christian symbolism and church history lead to observations full

of grace or grandeur, and to beautiful and touching pictures. The

Catacombs, which were the cradle and the asylum of Christianity during

the first three centuries, interested him especially, and inspired in

him thoughts of rare elevation. Here are some verses (for l'Abbé

Gerbet is a poet without pretending to be one) which give his first

impressions of them, and show the quality of his soul. The piece is

called "The Song of the Catacombs," and is intended to be sung.

[Footnote 52]

[Footnote 52: We translate "Le Chant des Catacombes" into prose,

that the noble ideas may be given with literal accuracy. The author

intended it to be sung to the air of "Le Fil de La Vierge" (Scudo).

We give one verse of the original:

"Hier j'ai visité les grandes Catacombes

Des temps anciens;

J'ai touché de mon front les immortelles tombes

Des vieux Chrétiens:

Et ni l'astre du jour, ni les célestes sphères,

Lettres du feu,

Ne m'avaient mieux fait lire en profonds caractères

Lo nom de Dieu."]

"Yesterday I visited the great Catacombs of ancient times. I touched

with my brow the immortal tombs of early Christians, and never did

the star of day, nor the celestial spheres with their letters of

fire, teach me more clearly to read in profound characters the name

of God.

"A black-frocked hermit, with blanched hair, walked on in front--

old door-keeper of time, old porter of life and death; and we

questioned him about these holy relics of the great fight, as one

listens to a veteran's tales of ancient exploits.

"A rock served as portico to the funeral vault; and on its fronton

some martyr artist, whose name is known, no doubt, to the angels,

had painted the face of Christ, with the fair hair, and the great

eyes whence streams a ray of deep gentleness like the heavens.

"Further on, I kissed many a symbol of holy parting upon the tombs.

And the palm, and the lighthouse, and the bird flying to God's

bosom; and Jonas, leaving the whale after three days, with songs, as

we leave this world after three days of trouble called time.

"Here it was that each one, standing beside his ready-made grave,

like a living spectre, wrestled the fight out, or laid his head down

in expectation! Here, that they might prepare a strong heart

beforehand for the great day of suffering, they tried their graves,

and tasted the first-fruits of death!

"I sounded with a glance their sacred dust, and felt that the soul

had left a breath of life lingering in these ashes; and that in this

human sand, which weighs so lightly in our hands, lie, awaiting the

great day, germs of the almost god-like forms of eternity.

"Sacred places, where love knew how to suffer purely for the soul's

good! In questioning you, I felt that its flame could never perish;

for to each being of a day who died to defend the truth, the Being

eternal and true, as the price of time, has given eternity.

"Here at each step we behold, as it were, a golden throne, and while

treading on tombs we seem to be on Mount Tabor. Go down, go down

into the deep Catacombs, into their lowest recesses--go down, and

your {314} heart shall rise and, looking up from these graves, see

heaven!"

Beside these verses, which are not found in the volumes of "Christian

Rome," and are only a first utterance, should be placed, as an

original picture full of meaning, his words concerning the slow and

gradual destruction of the human body in the Catacombs. We all know

Bossuet's _mot_ (after Tertullian) in speaking of a human corpse: "It

becomes a something unutterable," he exclaims, "which has no name in

any language." The following admirable page from l'Abbé Gerbet's book

is, as it were, a development and commentary of Bossuet's words. At

this first station of the Catacombs he confines himself to the study

of the nothingness of life: "the work I do not say of death, but of

what comes after death;" the idea of awakening and of future life

follows later. Listen:

"In your progress you review the various phases of destruction, as

one observes the development of vegetation in a botanic garden from

the imperceptible flower to large trees, rich with sap and crowned

with great blossoms. In a number of sepulchral niches that have been

opened at different periods one can follow, in a manner, step by

step, the successive forms, further and further removed from life,

through which _what is there_ passes before it approaches as closely

as possible to pure nothingness. Look, first, at this skeleton; if

it be well preserved in spite of centuries, it is probably because

the niche where it lies was hollowed out of damp earth. Humidity,

which dissolves all other things, hardens these bones by covering

them with a crust which gives them more consistency than they had

when they were members of a living body. But not the less is this

consistency a progress of destruction; these human bones are turning

to stone. A little further on is a grave where a struggle is going

on between the power that makes the skeleton and the power that

makes dust; the first defends itself, but the second is gaining

ground, though slowly. The combat between life and death that is

taking place in you, and will be over before this combat between one

death and another, is nearly ended. In the sepulchre near by, of all

that was a human frame nothing is left but a sort of cloth of dust,

a little tumbled and unfolded like a small whitish shroud, from

which a head comes out. Look, lastly, at this other niche; there is

evidently nothing there but simple dust, the color of which even is

a little doubtful from its slightly reddish tinge. There, you say,

is the consummation of destruction! Not yet. On looking closely, you

discern a human outline: this little heap, touching one of the

longitudinal extremities of the niche, is the head; these two heaps,

smaller and flatter, placed parallel to each other a little lower

down, are the shoulders; these two are the knees. The long bones are

represented by feeble trails, broken here and there. This last

sketch of man, this vague, rubbed-out form, barely imprinted on an

almost impalpable dust, which is volatile, nearly transparent, and

of a dull, uncertain white, can best give us an idea of what the

ancients called a _shade_. If, in order to see better, you put your

head into the sepulchre, take care; do not move or speak, hold your

breath. That form is frailer than a butterfly's wing, more swift to

vanish than a dewdrop hanging on a blade of grass in the sunshine; a

little air shaken by your hand, a breath, a tone, become here

powerful agents that can destroy in a second what seventeen

centuries, perhaps, of decay have spared. See, you breathed, and the

form has disappeared. So ends the history of man in this world."

This seems to me quite a beautiful view of death, and one that prompts

the Christian to rise at once to that which is above destruction and

escapes the catacomb--the immortal principle of life, love, sanctity,

and {315} sacrifice. I can only indicate these noble and interesting

considerations to those who are eager to study in material Rome the

higher city and its significance.

Among l'Abbé Gerbet's writings I will mention only one other, which

is, perhaps, his masterpiece, and is connected with a touching

incident that will be felt most deeply by practically religious

persons, but of which they will not be alone in their appreciation. It

was before the year 1838, previously to the abbé's long residence in

Rome, that he became intimate with the second son of M. de la

Ferronais, former minister of foreign affairs. Young Count Albert de

la Ferronais had married a young Russian lady, Mdlle. d'Alopeus, a

Lutheran in religion, whom he eagerly desired to lead to the faith. He

was dying of consumption at Paris in his twenty-fifth year, and his

end seemed to be drawing near, when the young wife, on the eve of

widowhood, decided to be of her husband's religion; and one night at

twelve o'clock, the hour of Christ's birth, they celebrated in his

room, beside the bed so soon to be a bed of death, the first communion

of one and the last communion of the other. (June 29, 1836.) L'Abbé

Gerbet was the consecrator and consoler in this scene of deep reality

and mournful pathos, but yet so full of holy joy to Christians. It was

the vivid interest of this incomparable and ideal death-bed which

inspired him to write a dialogue between Plato and Fénélon, in which

the latter reveals to the disciple of Socrates all needful knowledge

concerning the other world, and in which he describes, under a

half-lifted veil, a death according to Jesus Christ.

"O writer of Phaedon, and ever admirable painter of an immortal

death, why was it not given to you to be the witness of the things

which we see with our eyes, hear with our ears, and seize with the

inmost perceptions of the soul, when by a concurrence of

circumstances of God's making, by a rare complication of joy and

agony, the Christian soul, revealed in a new half-light, resembles

those wondrous evenings whose twilight has strange and nameless

tints! What pictures then and what apparitions! Shall I describe one

to you, Plato? Yes, in heaven's name, I will speak. I witnessed it a

few days ago, but at the end of a hundred years I should still call

it a few days. You will not understand the whole of what I tell you,

for I can only speak of these things in the new tongue which

Christianity has made; but still you will understand enough. Know,

then, that of two souls that had waited for each other on earth and

had met," etc.

Then follows the story, slightly veiled and, as it were, transfigured,

but without hiding the circumstances. "Plato as a Christian would have

spoken thus," said M. de Lamartine of this dialogue, and the eulogium

is only just.

L'Abbé Gerbet could, no doubt, have written more than one of these

admirable dialogues if he had wished to devote himself to the work, or

if his physical organization had enabled him to labor continuously. He

processes all that is needed to make him the man for Christian

_Tusculanes_. Three times in my life have I had the happiness of

seeing him in places entirely suited to him, and which seemed to make

a natural frame for him: at Juilly, in 1831, in the beautiful shades

that Malebranche used to frequent; in 1839, at Rome, beneath the

arches of solitary cloisters; and yesterday, again, in the episcopal

gardens of Amiens, where he lives, near his friend, M. de Salinis.

Everywhere he is the same. Imagine a slightly stooping figure, pacing

with long, slow steps a peaceful walk, where two can chat comfortably

together on the shady side, and where he often stops to talk. Observe

closely the delicate and affectionate smile, the benign countenance,

in which something reminds us of {316} Fléchier and of Fénélon; listen

to the sagacious words, elevated and fertile in ideas, sometimes

interrupted by fatigue of voice, and by his pausing to take breath;

notice among doctrinal views, and comprehensive definitions that come

to life of themselves and prove their strength upon his lips, those

charming _mots_ and agreeable anecdotes, that talk strewn with

reiniscences and pleasantly adorned with amenity,--and do not ask if

it is any one else--it is he.

L'Abbé Gerbet has one of those natures which when standing alone are

not sufficient unto themselves, and need a friend; we may say that he

possesses his full strength only when thus leaning. For a long time he

seemed to have found in M. de Lamennais such a friend of firmer will

and purpose; but these strong wills often end, without meaning to do

so, by taking possession of us as a prey, and then casting us like a

slough. True friendship, as La Fontaine understood it, demands more

equality and more consideration. L'Abbé Gerbet has found a tender and

equal friend, quite suited to his beautiful and faithful nature, in M.

de Salinis; to praise one is to win the other's gratitude at once.

Will it be an indiscretion if I enter this charming household and

describe one day there, at least, in its clever and literary

attractions? L'Abbé Gerbet, like Fléchier, whom I have named in

connection with him, has a society talent full of charm, sweetness,

and invention. He himself has forgotten the pretty verses, little

allegorical poems, and couplets appropriate to festivals or occasional

circumstances, which he has scattered here and there, in all the

places where he has lived and the countries he passed through. He is

one of those who can edify without being mournful, and make hours pass

gaily without dissipation. In his long life, into which an evil

thought never glided, and which escaped all turbulent passions, he has

preserved the first joy of a pure and beautiful soul. In him a

discreet spirituality is combined with cheerfulness. I have by me a

pretty little scene in verse which he wrote a few days ago for the

young pupils of the Sacred Heart at Amiens, in which there is a faint

suggestion of Esther, but of Esther enlivened by the neighborhood of

Gresset. The bishop of Amiens always receives them on Sunday evenings,

and they come gladly to his _salon_, where there is no strictness, and

where good society is naturally at home. They play a few games, and

have a lottery, and, in order that no one may draw a blank, l'Abbé

Gerbet makes verses for the loser, who is called, I think, _le nigaud_

(the ninny). These _nigauds_ of l'Abbé Gerbet are appropriate and full

of wit; he makes them _by obedience_, which saves him, he says, from

all blame and from all thought of ridicule. It is difficult to detach

these trifles from the associations of society that call them forth;

but here is one of the little _impromptus_ made for the use and

consolation "of the losers;" it is called the "Evening Game:"

"My children, to-day is our Lady's day;

Now tell me, I pray, in her dear name,

Should the hand that this morning a candle clasped,

Hold cards to-night in a childish game?

I would not with critical words condemn

A pastime the world holds innocent,

Let me but say that its levity

May veil a lesson of deep intent

Think at the drawing of each card

That every day is an idle game.

If at its close in the treasures of God

There is no prize answering to your name.

This evening game is an hour well passed

If God be the guardian of your sports;

And the day, closing as it dawned,

Shall rejoin this morning's holy thoughts.

I startle you all with my grave discourse;

You would laugh and I preach with words austere;

No worldly place this--'tis the bishop's house;

So pardon this sermon, my children dear."

This is the man who wrote the book upon the eucharist and the dialogue

between Plato and Fénélon, and who had a plan of writing the last

conference of {317} St. Anselm on the soul; this is he whom the French

clergy could oppose with honor to Jouffroy, and whom the most

sympathetic of Protestants could combat only while revering him and

recognizing him as a brother in heart and intelligence. L'Abbé Gerbet

unites to these elevated virtues, which I have merely been able to

glance at, a gentle gaiety, a natural and cultivated charm, which

reminds one even in holiday games of the playfulness of a Rapin, a

Bougeant, a Bonhours. There has been much dispute lately as to the

studies and the degree of literary merit authorized by the clergy;

many officious and clamorous persons have been brought forward, and it

is my desire to notice one who is as distinguished as he is modest.

For a long time I have said to myself, If we ever have to elect an

ecclesiastic to the French Academy, how well I know who will be my

choice! And what is more, I am quite sure that philosophy in the

person of M. Cousin, religion by the organ of M. de Montalembert, and

poetry by the lips of M. de Lamartine, would not oppose me.

Monday, Day after the Feast of Assumption,

Aug. 16, 1832.

[Since the above article was written, the Abbé Gerbet has had

conferred on the episcopal dignity. He died about one year ago.--Ed.

C. W.]

------

[ORIGINAL.]

OUR NEIGHBOR.

Set it down gently at the altar rail,

The faithful, aged dust, with honors meet;

Long have we seen that pious face so pale

Bowed meekly at her Saviour's blessed feet.

These many years her heart was hidden where

Nor moth nor rust nor craft of man could harm;

The blue eyes seldom lifted, save in prayer,

Beamed with her wished for heaven's celestial calm.

As innocent as childhood's was the face,

Though sorrow oft had touched that tender heart;

Each trouble came as winged by special grace

And resignation saved the wound from smart.

On bead and crucifix her fingers kept

Until the last, their fond, accustomed hold;

"My Jesus," breathed the lips; the raised eyes slept.

The placid brow, the gentle hand, grew cold.

The choicely ripening cluster lingering late

Into October on its shriveled vine

Wins mellow juices which in patience wait

Upon those long, long days of deep sunshine.

Then set it gently at the altar rail,

The faithful, aged dust, with honors meet;

How can we hope if such as she can fail

Before the eternal God's high judgment-seat?

------

{318}

From The Literary Workmen

JENIFER'S PRAYER.

BY OLIVER CRANE.

IN THREE PARTS.

[CONCLUSION.]

PART III.

Lady Greystock drove on briskly. They were out of the shadow of the

trees and again on the broad, white gleaming gravelled road that led

to the west lodge, and the turnpike road to Blagden. Not a word was

spoken. On went the ponies, who knew the dark shadows of the elms that

stood at intervals, in groups, two or three together, by the side of

the road, and threw their giant outlines across it, making the

moon-light seem brighter and brighter as it silvered the surface of

the broad carriage drive, and made the crushed granite sparkle--on

went the ponies, shaking their heads with mettlesome impatience when

the pulling of the reins offended them, not frightened at the whirling

of the great droning night insects, which flew out from the oak-trees

on the left, nor shying away from the shadows--on they went through

the sweet, still, soft, scented night air, and the broad, peaceful

light of the silent moon--on they went! Not one word mingled with the

sound of their ringing hoofs, not a breath was heard to answer to the

sighing of the leaves; the "good night" that had been spoken between

the stranger and themselves still seemed to live in the hearing of

those to whom he had spoken, and to keep them in a meditative and

painful silence.

At last the lodge was reached. The servant opened the gates; the

carriage was driven through; the high road was gained, and all

romantic mystery was over; the dream that had held those silent ones

was gone; and like one suddenly awoke, Lady Greystock said: "Eleanor!

how wonderful; you knew that man! Eleanor! he knew you; asked about

you; had been seeking you. Why was he there in the Beremouth

woods--appearing at this hour, among the ferns and grass, like a wild

creature risen from its lair? Eleanor! why don't you speak to me? Why,

when he spoke of you by your name, did you not answer for yourself?

Why did you send him to Jenifer? Oh! Eleanor; I feel there is

something terrible and strange in all this. I cannot keep it to

myself. I must tell my father. It can't be right. It cannot be for any

good that we met a man lurking about, and not owned by you, though he

is here to find you. Speak, Eleanor! Now that I am in the great high

road I feel as if I had gone through a terror, or escaped some strange

danger, or met a mystery face to face."

Lady Greystock spoke fast and in a low voice, and Eleanor, bending a

little toward her, heard every word.

"You _have_ met a mystery face to face," she said in a whisper, which,

however, was sufficiently audible. "I _did_ know that man. And I am

{319} not denying that he sought me, and that he had a right to seek

me. But many things have changed since those old days, when, if I had

obeyed him, I should have done better than I did. I know what he

wants; and Jenifer can give it to him. Here we are at Blagden; think

no more of it, Lady Greystock."

No answer was given to Eleanor's words; they met Dr. Blagden on the

steps at the door. "You are later than usual--all right?" "All quite

right," said Eleanor. "The beauty of the night tempted us to come home

through Beremouth," said Lady Greystock. "How lovely it would look on

such a sweet, peaceful night," said Mrs. Blagden, who now joined them;

and then Eleanor took the carriage wraps in her arms up stairs, and

Lady Greystock went into the drawing-room, and soon after the whole

household--all but Eleanor--were in bed.

Not Eleanor. She opened a box where she kept her letters, and many

small objects of value to her, and carefully shutting out the

moonlight, and trimming her lamp into brilliancy, she took out letter

after letter from Henry Evelyn calling her his beloved one, and his

wife; then the letter from Corny Nugent, saying that Henry Evelyn and

Horace Erskine were one; and the one thing that Corny Nugent had sent

to her as evidence--it seemed to be proof sufficient. It was a part of

a letter from Horace to his uncle, Mr. Erskine, which had been flung

into a waste-paper basket, and which, having the writer's signature,

Corny had kept, and sent to Eleanor. Not, as he said, that he knew the

man's handwriting, but that she did; and that, therefore, to her it

would have value as proving or disproving his own convictions.

Eleanor had never brought this evidence to the proof. She had laid by

Corny's letter, and the inclosure. She had put it all aside with the

weight of a great dread on her mind, and "Not yet, not yet," was all

she said as she locked away both the assertion and the proof.

But her husband was at Beremouth now. Yes; and on what errand? She

knew that too.

Mrs. Brewer had called that morning to see Lady Greystock. Mrs. Brewer

had come herself to tell Claudia that Mary would arrive, and that

Horace would bring her. She would not trust any one but herself to

give that information. She never let go the idea of Horace having

behaved in some wrong way to Claudia. She knew Claudia's disposition,

her bravery, her determination; and her guesses were very near the

truth. "Mother Mary" had those womanly instincts which jump at

conclusions; and the truths guessed at through the feelings are

truths, and remain truths for ever, though reason has never proved

them or investigation explained them.

Then, too, there was her sister's letter, which Mrs. Brewer had sent

to Father Daniels. There the passing fancy for Claudia had been spoken

of. In that letter the love of money had peeped out, and supplied the

motive; but Mrs. Brewer knew very well that Claudia's disposition was

not of a sort to have any acquaintance with passing fancies. If she

had loved Horace, she had loved with her whole heart; and if she had

been deceived in him, her whole heart had suffered, and her whole life

been overcast. "Mother Mary" had felt to some purpose; and now, only

herself should say to Lady Greystock that he was coming among them

again.

She had arrived at Blagden and she had told Claudia everything; what

Horace wished as to Mary, and what her sister and Mr. Erskine desired;

and she had not hidden her own unwillingness to lose her child, or her

own wish that Mary might have married, when she did marry, some one

more to her mother's mind, and nearer to her mother's {320} house. And

it was in remembrance of this conversation that Lady Greystock, when

she took Jenifer into the carriage, had said: "If you ever pray for my

father, and all he loves, pray _now_?"

Something of all this had been told by Lady Greystock to Eleanor. And

in the time that the aunt and niece had been together that day,

Eleanor had said to Jenifer, "He is down at the park wanting to marry

Miss Lorimer."

Jenifer's darling--Jenifer's darling's darling; how she loved "Mother

Mary," and Lansdowne Lorimer's child, only her own great and good

heart knew. What could she do but go to God, and his priest? What

human foresight could have prevented this? What human wisdom could set

things right? And after all, they did not _surely_ know that Eleanor's

husband and Claudia's lover were met in one man, and that man winning

the heart of lovely, innocent Mary Lorimer, and pressing marriage on

her. But for her prayer, Jenifer used to say, she should have gone out

of her mind. Oh, the comfort that grew out of the thought that GOD

KNEW! and that her life and all that was in it were given to him. Such

a shifting of responsibility--such a supporting sense of his never

allowing anything to be in that life that was not, in some way, for

his glory--such practical strength, such heart-sustaining power, grew

out of Jenifer's prayer that even Eleanor's numbed heart rested on it,

and she had learnt to be content to live, from hour to hour, a life of

submission and waiting.

But was the waiting to be over now?--was something coming? If so, she

must be prepared. And so, diligently, by the lamp-light, Eleanor

produced her own letters, and opened that torn sheet to compare the

writing. It was different in some things, yet the same. As she gazed,

and examined, and compared terminations, and matched the capital

letters together, she knew it was the same handwriting. Time had done

its work. The writing of the present was firmer, harder, done with a

worse pen, written at greater speed. But that was all the change. She

was convinced; and she put away her sorrow-laden store, locked them

safe from sight, said her night prayers, and went to bed. Not a sigh,

nor a tear. No vain regrets, no heart-easing groans. The time for such

consolations had long been passed with Eleanor. Within the last nine

years her life had as much changed as if she had died and risen again

into another world of intermediate trial. A very great change had been

wrought in her by Lady Greystock's friendship. Eleanor had become

educated. The clever, poetical girl, who had won Horace Erskine's

attention by her natural superiority to everything around her--even

when those surroundings had been of a comparatively high state of

cultivation, had hardened into the industrious and laborious woman.

When it pleased Lady Greystock to hear her sing, in her own sweet,

untaught way, the songs of her own country, she had sung them; and

then, when Lady Greystock had offered to cultivate the talent, she had

worked hard at improvement. She had been brought up by French nuns, at

a convent school, and had spoken their language from childhood; when

Lady Greystock got French books, it was Eleanor's delight to read

aloud; and she had made Mrs. Blagden's two little girls almost as

familiar with French as she was herself. Those things had given rise

to the idea that Mrs. Evelyn, as she was always called, had seen

better days; and no one had ever suspected her relationship to

Jenifer. Mr. Brewer alone knew of it. As to Mr. Brewer ever telling

anything that could be considered, in the telling, as a breach of

confidence, that was, of course, impossible.

That night--that night so important in our story, Jenifer, having done

all her duties by her mistress, which were really not a few, and

having seen that the girl who did the dirty {321} work was safe in the

darkness of a safely put out candle, opened her lattice to look on the

night. Her little room had a back view. That is, it looked over the

flagged kitchen court, and the walled-in flower garden, and beyond

toward the village of Blagden and the majestic woods at the back of

the house at Beremouth.

Jenifer had gone to bed, and had risen again, oppressed by a feeling

that something was, as she expressed it, "going on--something doing

somewhere--'something up,' as folks say, sir. I can't account for it.

I fancied I heard something--that I was wanted. And I thought at first

that some one was in my room. Then I went into mistress's room,

without my shoes, not to wake her. She was all right, sleeping like a

tender babe. Then I went to Peggy's room. The girl was asleep. I

sniffed up and down the passage, just to find if anything wrong in the

way of smoke or fire was about. No; all was pure and pleasant; and

then I went down stairs to make sure of the doors being locked.

Everything was right, sir"--such was Jenifer's account to Mr. Brewer;

who, when she paused at this point, asked: "What next did you do? Did

you go upstairs again to bed?" "I went upstairs," the woman answered,

"but not to bed. I sat at the window, and looked out over the garden,

and over the meadows beyond the old bridge, and on to Beremouth. And

the night was the brightest, fairest, loveliest night I ever beheld.

And so, sir, I said my prayers once more, and went again to bed; and

slept in bits and snatches, for still I was always thinking that

somebody wanted me, till the clock struck six; and then I got up."

"You don't usually get up at six, or before the girl gets up, do you?"

"No, sir; never, I may say. But I got up to ease my mind of its

burthens. And when Peggy had got up, and was down stairs, I started

off for the alms-house; I thought Mr. Dawson might be up to say mass

there, for it was St. Lawrence's Day." "Well?" "But there had been no

message about mass, and no priest was expected. And as I got back to

our door there was Mrs. Fell, the milk-woman. She had brought the milk

herself. I asked how that should be. She said they had had a cow like

to die in the night, and that their man had been up all night, and

that she was sparing him, for he had gone to lie down. Then I said,

'Why, I could never have heard any of you busy about the cattle in the

night'--you see they rent the meadows. But she said they were not in

the meadows; the beasts were all in the shed at the farm. 'But,' she

said, it's odd if you were disturbed, for a man came to our place just

before twelve o'clock, and asked for you.' 'For me!' I cried--'a man

at your place in the middle of the night, asking for me!' She said,

'Yes; and a decent-spoken body, too. But tired, and wet through and

through. He said he had fallen into the Beremouth deer pond, up in the

park. That is, he described the place clear enough, and we knew it was

the deer pond, for it could not be anywhere else!'" "And did you ask

where the man went to?" "No, sir. I lifted my eyes, and I saw him."

"And who was he?" "Oh, Mr. Brewer, it must all be suffered as he gives

it to me to suffer; but I am not clear about telling his name."

Mr. Brewer took out his watch and looked at it. "It is nearly ten

o'clock," he said. "Where's your mistress?"

"Settled to her work, sir."

Mr. Brewer held this long talk with Jenifer in that right-hand parlor

down stairs where he had paid that money to Mrs. Morier, when the

reader first made his acquaintance. He had great confidence in

Jenifer. He knew her goodness, and her patience, and her trust. He

knew something, too, of her trials, and also of her prayer; but he had

come there to investigate a very serious matter, and he was going

steadily through with it.

"Listen, Jenifer."

"Yes, sir."

{322}

"Last night, just after our night prayers, Father Daniels being in the

house, my friend, Mr. Erskine, who escorted my step-daughter, Mary

Lorimer, home, went out into the park, just, as was supposed, to have

a cigar before going to bed. Mrs. Brewer and I were in Mary's room

when we heard Mr. Erskine leave the house. He certainly lighted his

cigar. Mary's window was open, and we smelt the tobacco. Jenifer, he

never returned."

They were both standing and looking at each other. "My life, and all

that is in it!" Up went Jenifer's prayer, but voicelessly, to heaven.

"My life, and all that is in it!" But a strong faith that the one

terrible evil that her imagination pictured would not be in it, was

strong within her.

"He never returned. My man-servant woke me in my first sleep by

knocking at the bed-room door, and saying that Mr. Erskine had not

returned. I rose up and dressed myself. I collected the men and went

out into the park. We went to the south lodge, to ask if any one had

seen him. 'No,' they said. 'But the west lodge-keeper had been there

as late as near to ten o'clock, and he had said that a man had been in

their house asking a good many questions about Beremouth, and who we

had staying there, and if a Mr. Erskine was there, or ever had been

there, and inquiring what sort of looking man he was, whether he wore

a beard, or had any peculiarity? how he dressed, and if there had ever

been any report of his going to be married? They had answered his

questions, because they suspected nothing worse than a gossiping

curiosity; and they had given him a rest, and a cup of tea. He said

that a friend, a cousin of his, had lived as servant with Mr. Erskine;

and he also asked if Mr. Erskine would be likely to pass through that

lodge the next day, for that he had a great curiosity to see him. He

said that he had known him well once, and wanted greatly to see him

once more. He, after all this talking, asked the nearest way to

Marston. He was directed through the park, and he left them. Our

inquiries about Horace Erskine having been answered by this history

told by one lodge-keeper to the other, we could not help suspecting

that some one had been on the watch for the young man, and taking

Jones from the lodge, and his elder boy with us, we dispersed

ourselves over the park to seek for him, a good deal troubled by what

we had heard. We got to the deer pond, but we had sought many places

before we got there; it did not seem a likely place for a man to go to

in the summer night. We looked about--we went back to get

lanterns--they were necessary in the darkness made by the thick

foliage; one side was bright enough, and the pool was like a

looking-glass where it was open to the sloping turf, and the short

fern, which the deer trample down when they get there to drink; but

the side where the thorns, hollies, and yew-trees grow was as black as

night; and yet we thought we could see where the wild climbing plants

had been pulled away, and where some sort of struggle might have taken

place. As we searched, when we came back, we found strong evidence of

a desperate encounter; the branches of the great thorn-tree were

hanging split from the stem, and, holding the lantern, we saw the

marks of broken ground by the margin of the pond, as if some one had

been struggling at the very edge of it. Then, all at once, and I shall

never understand why we did not see it before--the moonbeams grew

brighter, I suppose--but there in the pond was the figure of a man;

not altogether in the water, but having struggled so far out as to get

his head against the bank, hid as it was with the grass and low

brush-wood, the ferns and large-leaved water-weeds; we laid bold of

the poor {323} fellow--it was Horace Erskine, Jenifer!"

"_My life, and all that is in it_." But the hope, the faith, rather,

was still alive, that that worst grief should not be in it--so she

prayed--so she felt--for Jenifer! "Master," she gasped, "not dead--not

dead--Mr. Brewer."

"Not dead!" he said gravely; "he would have been dead if we had not

found him when we did. He was bruised and wounded; such a sight of

ill-treatment as no eyes ever before beheld, I think. He must have

been more brutally used than I could have believed possible, if I had

not seen it. His clothes were torn; his face so disfigured that he

will scarcely ever recover the likeness of a man, and one arm is

broken." "But not dead?" "No; but he _may_ die; the doctor is in the

house, and the police are out after the man whom we suspect of this

horrible barbarity. Now, Jenifer, hearing some talk of a stranger who

seemed to know yon, I came here to ask you to tell me, in your own

honest way, your honest story."

But Jenifer seemed to have no desire to make confidences.

"Who told you of a stranger?"

"Have you not told me yourself, in answer to my first questions,

before giving you my reasons for inquiring?"

"No, sir; that won't do. I judge from what you said that you had heard

something of this stranger before you came here."

"I had, Jenifer." And Mr. Brewer looked steadily at her.

"Well, sir?"

"Jenifer, I have really come out of tenderness to you, and to those

who may belong to you."

"No one doubts your tenderness, sir; least of any could I doubt it.

Tell me who mentioned a stranger to you, so as to send you here to

me?"

"Lady Greystock's groom, coming to Beremouth early, and finding us in

great trouble, made a declaration as to a stranger who had appeared

and stopped his mistress as she was driving through the park last

night. He says this man asked if they could tell where Mrs. Evelyn

lived, and Mrs. Evelyn, immediately answering, said that she lived

somewhere in the neighborhood, and that he could learn by inquiring

for you. The groom says that the man evidently knew Mrs. Morier's

name, as well as year name; and that after speaking to him, Mrs.

Evelyn asked Lady Greystock to drive on, and that she drove rapidly,

and never spoke till they had almost got back to Blagden."

"It is quite true," said Jenifer. "He told me the same story this

day."

"Can you say where this man is? He will be found first or last; and it

is for the sake of justice that you should speak, Jenifer. The police

are on his track. Let me entreat you to give me every information.

Concealment is the worst thing that can be practised in such a case as

this--have you any idea where he is? I do not ask you who he is; you

will have to tell all, I fear, before a more powerful person than I

am. I only come as a friend, that you may not be induced to conceal

the evil-doer."

"The evil-doer," said Jenifer; "who says he did it?"

"I say he will be tried for doing it; and that a trial is good for the

innocent in such a case of terrible suspicion as this."

"May be," said Jenifer, "may be!"

Then, once more, that prayer, said, from her very heart, though

unspoken by her lips; and then these quiet words--"And as to the man

himself. He is my brother. My mother's child by her second husband."

"Your brother--he with whom Eleanor lived in Ireland?" "Yes, Mr.

Brewer; he of whom I told you when you saved Eleanor so {324} many

years ago. And as to where he is--step into the kitchen, sir, and you

may see him sleeping in a chair by the fire--any way, I left him

there, when I came to open the door to you."

Mr. Brewer had really come to Jenifer in a perfectly friendly way;

exactly as he had said--out of tenderness. He had known enough to send

him there, and to have those within call who would secure this

stranger, whoever he was, and wherever he was found. Now, known, he

walked straight into the kitchen, and there stopped to take a full

view of a man in a leathern easy chair, his arm resting on Jenifer's

tea-table, and sound asleep. A finer man eyes never saw. Strong in

figure, and in face of a remarkable beauty. He was sunburnt; having

pulled his neckcloth off, the skin of his neck showed in fair

contrast, and the chest heaved and fell as the strong breath of the

sleeper was drawn regularly and with healthy ease. It was a picture of

calm rest; it seemed like a pity to disturb it. There stood Mr. Brewer

safely contemplating one who was evidently in a state of blissful

unconsciousness as to danger to others or himself.

"Your brother?" repeated Mr. Brewer to Jenifer, who stood stiff and

upright by his side.

"My half-brother, James O'Keefe."

"There is some one at the front door; will you open it?"

Jenifer guessed at the personage to be found there. But she went

steadily through the front passage, and, opening the door, let the

policeman who had been waiting enter, and then she came back to the

kitchen without uttering a word. As the man entered Mr. Brewer laid

his hand on the sleeper's shoulder, and woke him. He opened his fine

grey eyes, and looked round surprised. "On suspicion of having

committed an assault on Mr. Horace Erskine last night, in the park at

Beremouth," said the policeman, and the stranger stood up a prisoner.

He began to speak; but the policeman stopped him. "It is a serious

case," he said. "It may turn out murder. You are warned that anything

you say will be used against you at your trial." "Are you a

magistrate, sir?" asked O'Keefe as he turned to Mr. Brewer. "Yea; I

am. I hope you will take the man's advice, and say nothing."

"But I may say I am innocent?" "Every word you say is at your own

risk." "I ran no risk in saying that I am innocent--that I never saw

this Horace Erskine last night--though if I had seen him--"

"I entreat you to be silent; you must have a legal adviser"--"I! Who

do I know?"' "You shall be well looked to, and well advised," said

Jenifer. "There are those in this town, in the office where Lansdowne

Lorimer worked, who will work for me."

It was very hard for Mr. Brewer not to promise on the spot that he

would pay all possible expenses. But the recollection of the

disfigured and perhaps dying guest in his own house rose to his mind,

and he had a painful feeling that he was retained on the other side.

However, he said to Jenifer that perfect truth and sober justice

anybody might labor for in any way. And with this sort of broad hint

he left the house, and Jenifer saw the stranger taken off in safe

custody, and, mounting his horse, rode toward Blagden. He asked for

his daughter; and he was instantly admitted, and shown upstairs into

her sitting-room--there he found Claudia, looking well and happy,

engaged in some busy work, in which Eleanor was helping her.

"Oh, my dear father!" and Lady Greystock threw the work aside, and

jumped up, and into the arms that waited for her.

It was always a sort of high holiday when Mr. Brewer come by himself

to visit his daughter. When the sound of the brown-topped boots was

{325} heard on the stairs, like a voice of music to Claudia's heart,

all human things gave way, for that gladness that her father's great

heart brought and gave away, all round him, to everybody,

everywhere--but _there_, there, where his daughter lived--there, among

the friends with whom she had recovered from a great illness and got

the better of a threatened, life-long woe--there Mr. Brewer felt some

strong influence making him _that_, which people excellently expressed

when they said of him--"he was more than ever himself that day."

Now Mr. Brewer's influence was to make those to whom he addressed

himself honest, open, and good. He was loved and trusted. It did not

generally enter into people's minds to deceive Mr. Brewer. Candor grew

and gained strength in his presence. Candor took to herself the

teachings of wisdom; candor listened to the advice of humility; candor

threw aside all vain-glorious garments when Mr. Brewer called for her

company, and candor put on, forthwith, the crown of truth. "My

darling!" said Mr. Brewer, as he kissed Claudia; "my darling!"

"Oh, my dear father--my father, my dear father!" so answered Claudia.

Then she pushed forward a chair; and then Eleanor made ready to leave

the room. "Yes, go; go for half an hour, Mrs. Evelyn. But don't be out

of the way; I have a fancy for a little chat with you, too, to-day." A

grave smile spread itself over Eleanor's placid face as she said she

should come back when Lady Greystock sent for her, and then she went

away. Once more, when she was gone, Mr. Brewer stood up and taking

Claudia's hand, kissed her. "My darling," he said, "I have something

to say, and I can only say it to you--I have some help to ask for, and

only you can help me. But are you strong enough to help me; are you

loving enough to trust me?"

"I will try to be all you want, father; I _am_ strong; I _can_

trust--but if you want to know how much I love you--why, you know I

can't tell you that--it is more than I can measure, I am afraid. Don't

look grave at me. It can't be anything very solemn, if _I_ can help

you; or anything of much importance, if my help is worth your having."

"Your help is absolutely necessary; at least necessary to my own

comfort--now, Claudia. Tell your father why you broke off your

engagement with Horace Erskine."

"_He_ did it"--she trembled. Her father took her little hand into the

grasp of his strong one, and held it with an eloquent pressure.

"He wanted more money, father. It came as a test. He was in debt. I

had loved him, as if--as if he had been what _you_ must have been in

your youth. You were my one idea of man. I had had no heart to study

but yours. I learnt that Horace Erskine was unworthy. He was a coward.

The pressure of his debts had crushed him into meanness. He asked me

to bear the trial, and to save him. I did. I did, father!"

"Yes, my darling."

He never looked at her. Only the strong fingers closed with powerful

love on the little hand within their grasp. "But you were fond of Sir

Geoffrey?"

"Yes; and glad, and grateful. I should have been very happy--but--"

"But he died," said her father, helping her.

"But Horace sent to Sir Geoffrey the miniature I had given

him--letters--and a lock of my poor curling hair--" How tight the

pressure of the strong hand grew. "I found the open packet on the

table"--she could not say another word. Then a grave, deep voice told

the rest for her--"And your honored husband's soul went up to God and

found the truth"--and the head of the poor memory-stricken daughter

found a refuge on her father's breast, and she wept there silently.

"And that made you ill, my darling; my dear darling Claudia--my own

{326} dear daughter! Thank you, my precious one. And you don't like

Beremouth now?"

"I love Beremouth, and everything about it," cried Lady Greystock,

raising her head, and gathering all her strength together for the

effort; "but I dare not see this man--and I would rather never look

again on the deer-pond in the park, because there he spoke: there he

promised--there I thought all life was to be as that still pool,

deep, and overflowing with the waters of happiness and their

never-ceasing music. We used to go there every day. I have not looked

on it since--I could not bear to listen to the rush of the stream

where it falls over the stones between the roots of the old trees,

between whose branches the tame deer would watch us, and where old

Dapple--the dear old beauty whose name I have never mentioned in all

these years---used to take biscuits from our hands. Does old Dapple

live, father? Dapple, who was called _'old'_ nine years ago?" And Lady

Greystock looked up, and took her hand from her father's grasp, and

wiped her eyes, and wetted her fair forehead from a bowl of water, and

tried by this question to get away from the misery that this sudden

return to the long past had brought to mind.

"Dapple lives," said Mr. Brewer. And then he kissed her again, and

thanked her, and said "they should love each other all the better for

the confidence he had asked and she had given."

"But why did you ask?"

"I want to have my luncheon at your early dinner," said Mr. Brewer,

not choosing to answer her. "You do dine early, don't you?"

"Yes, and to-day Eleanor was going to dine with me."

"Quite right. And I want to speak to her. Claudia, something has

happened. You most know all before long. Everybody will know. You had

better be in the room while I speak to Eleanor. Let us get it over.

But you had better take your choice. It is still about Horace that I

want to speak--to speak to Eleanor, I mean."

"I should wish to be present," said Claudia. And she rose and rang the

bell.

"Will you ask Mrs. Evelyn to come to us?" she said, when her servant

appeared. In a very few minutes in walked Eleanor.

"Mrs. Evelyn," said Mr. Brewer, "last night you directed a man to seek

Jenifer at Mrs. Morier's house. That man was James O'Keefe, Jenifer's

half-brother. You knew him?" "Yes, Mr. Brewer, I knew him." "But he

did not know you?" "No." "He asked about you. Why did you send him to

Marston?" "Because he could there learn all he wanted to know. I am

not going to bring the shadow of my troubles into this kind house."

"That was your motive?" "Yes. But I might have had more motives than

one. I think that was uppermost; and on that motive I believe that I

acted."

"That man was in the park. At the lodge-gate he had made inquiries

after my guest, Mr. Erskine. That man was at Mrs. Fell's, the

dairy-woman, at midnight. He was not through; he had, he said, fallen

into the water--he described the place, and they knew it to be the

deer-pond."

As Mr. Brewer went on in his plain, straightforward way, both women

listened to him with the most earnest interest; but as he proceeded

Eleanor Evelyn fixed her eye on him with an anxiety and a mingled

terror that had a visible effect on Mr. Brewer, who hesitated in his

story, and who seemed to be quite distracted by the manner of one

usually so very calm and so unfailingly self-processed.

"Now Mr. Erskine had gone out into the park late. Mr. Erskine, my dear

friends,--Mr. Erskine _never came back._" {327} He paused, and

collected his thoughts once more, in order to go on with his story.

"We went to seek for him. He was found at last, at the deer-pond,

surrounded by the evidences of a hard struggle having taken place

there, a struggle in which he had only just escaped with his life. He

has been ill-treated in a way that it is horrible to contemplate. He

is lying now in danger of death. And this morning I have assisted in

the capture of James O'Keefe, whom I found by Mrs. Morier's kitchen

fire, for this possible murder. I should tell you that Mr. Erskine is

just as likely to die as to live."

"Mr. Brewer," said Eleanor, rising up and taking no notice of Lady

Greystock's deathlike face,--"Mr. Brewer, is there any truth in a

report that has reached me from a man who was in the elder Mr.

Erskine's service in Scotland--a report to the effect that Mr. Horace

Erskine wished to propose marriage, or had proposed marriage, to Miss

Lorimer?"

"There _is_ truth in that report," said Mr. Brewer.

"Then I must see that man," said Mrs. Evelyn. "Before this terrible

affair can proceed, I must see Horace Erskine. If indeed it be true

that he has received this terrible punishment, I can supply a motive

for James O'Keefe's conduct that any jury ought to take into

consideration."

"But O'Keefe denies having ever seen him," said Mr. Brewer. "He does

not deny having inquired about him. He even said words before me that

would make me suppose that he had come into this neighborhood on

purpose to see him, and to take some vengeance upon him. Mr. Erskine

is found with the marks of the severest ill-usage about him, and you

say you can supply a motive for such a deed. O'Keefe, however, denies

all but the will to work evil; he confesses to the will to do the

deed, but denies having done it."

"I must see Mr. Erskine," was all that Eleanor answered. "I must see

Mr. Erskine. Whether he sees me or not, _I_ must see _him_."

The young woman was standing up--her face quite changed by the

expression of anxious earnestness that animated it.

"I must see Mr. Erskine. Mr. Brewer, you must so manage it that I must

see Mr. Erskine without delay."

"But you would do no good," said Mr. Brewer, in a very stern tone and

with an utter absence of all his natural sympathy. "The man is so

injured that his own mother could not identify him."

"Then may God have mercy on us!" cried Eleanor, sinking into a chair.

"If I could only have seen that man before this woe came upon us!"

And then that woman burst into one of those uncontrollable fits of

tears that are the offspring of despair. Lady Greystock looked at her

for a moment, and then rose from her chair. "Victories half won are

neither useful nor honorable," she said. "Wait, Eleanor, I will show

you what that man was."

She opened a large metal-bound desk, curiously inlaid, and with a look

of wondrous workmanship. She said, looking at her father, "I left this

at Beremouth, never intending to see it again, But it got sent here a

few years ago. It has never been opened since I locked it before my

wedding day." She opened it, and took out several packets and small

parcels. Then she opened one--it was a miniature case which matched

that one of herself which had been so cruelly sent to good, kind Sir

Geoffrey--she opened it "Who is that, Eleanor?" It was curious to see

how the eyes, blinded by tears, fastened on it "My husband--my

husband--Henry Evelyn. My husband, Mr. Brewer. Oh, Lady Greystock,

thank God that at any cost he did not run his soul still {328} farther

into sin by bringing on you and on himself the misery of a marriage

unrecognized by God."

"And because your unde, James O'Keefe, heard the report that got about

concerning that man and Miss Lorimer, he ran his own soul into a guilt

that may by this time have deepened into the crime of murder. Oh,

Eleanor! when shall we remember that 'vengeance is mine, saith the

Lord?'"

"_My life, and all that is in it!_" The words came forth softly, and

Mr. Brewer, turning round, saw Jenifer.

"He has been before the magistrates at Marston, Mr. Brewer. He has

denied all knowledge of everything about it. He is remanded on the

charge--waiting for more evidence--waiting to see whether Mr. Erskine

lives or dies. I hired a gig, and came off here to you as fast as I

could be driven. Mr. May, in the old office, says that if Mr. Erskine

dies, it will be hard to save him. But the doctor's man tells me Mr.

Erskine has neither had voice nor sight since he was found--I saw

Father Daniels in the street, and he, too, is evidence against the

poor creature. He knows of Corny Nugent's letter; and Corny wrote to

Jem also, so Jem told me, and he came off here to make sure that

Horace Erskine and Henry Evelyn were the same people. And he walked

from the Northend railway station, and asked his way to Beremouth, and

got a gossip with the gate-keeper, and settled to come on to Marston.

And he met Lady Greys took in the carriage, and asked where Eleanor

lived, and inquired his way. Did you know him, Eleanor?"

"Yes, I knew him directly; and it was partly because I knew him that I

directed him on to you."

"Then he lost his way, and took to getting out of the park by walking

straight away in the direction he knew Marston to be lying in. And he

got by what we call 'the threshetts,' sir--the water for keeping the

fishponds from shallowing--and there he must have fallen in, for he

says he climbed the hedge just after, and walked straight away through

the grass fields and meadows, and seeing the lights where the Fells

were tending the sick cow last night, he got in there, all dripping

wet, as the town-clock struck twelve. He does not deny to the

magistrates that if he had found Horace Erskine and Henry Evelyn to be

one and the same man, that he might have been tempted to evil; he does

not deny that. He says he felt sore tempted to go straight to

Beremouth House and have him out from sleep and bed, if to do so could

have been possible, and to have given him his punishment on the spot.

He says he wished as he wandered through the park that something might

send the man who had injured us all so sorely out to him, to meet him

in the way, that they might have come hand to hand, and face to face.

He says he has had more temptations since Corny Nugent's letter to

him, and more heart-stirrings in the long silent time before it came,

than he can reckon up; and that he has felt as if a dark spirit goaded

him to go round the world after that man, and never cease following

him till he had made his own false tongue declare to all the earth his

own false deeds--but something, he says, kept him back. Always kept

him back till now; till now, when Corny's last letter said that

Erskine was surely gone to Beremouth to be married. Then, he said, it

was as if something sent him--ah yes; and sent him _here_ to see the

man, to make sure who he was. To tell you, as a brother Catholic, the

whole truth--to keep from the dear convert mother the bitter grief of

seeing her child bound to a man whom she could never call that child's

husband. So {329} he came, Mr. Brewer. He came, and he was found

here--but he knows no more of the punishment of that poor man, that

poor girl's husband"--pointing to Eleanor--"than an unborn babe. As I

hear him speak, I trace the power of the prayer that I took up long

ago in my helplessness--when I could not manage my own troubles, my

own life, my own responsibilities, it came into my heart to offer all

to him. '_My life and all that is in it_.' You and yours have been in

it, Mr. Brewer. Your wife has been in it, her life, and her

child's--you, too, my dear," turning to Claudia,--"you whom I have

loved like one belonging to me--you have been in it; and that woman,

my sister's legacy to my poor helplessness. There were so many to care

for, to fear for, to suffer for, and to love--how could I put things

right, or keep off dangers? I could only give up all to the Father of

us all--'_My life, and all that is in it_.' And I tell you this, Mr.

Brewer--I tell it [to] you because my very soul seems to know it, and

my lips must utter it: In that life there will be no red-handed

punishment--no evil vengeance--no vile murder, nor death without

repentance. I cannot tell you, I cannot even guess, how that bad man

got into this trouble--I have no knowledge of whose hands he fell

into--but not into the hands of any one who belongs to me, or to that

life which has been so long given into God's keeping."

Jenifer stopped speaking. She had been listened to with a mute

attention. Her hearers could not help feeling convinced by her

earnestness. She had spoken gently, calmly, sensibly. The infection of

her entire faith in the providence of God seized them. They, too,

believed. Lady Greystock, the only one not a Catholic, said afterward

that she felt quite overpowered by the simple trust that Jenifer

showed, and the calm strength with which it endowed her. And Lady

Greystock was the first to answer her.

"It is no time for self-indulgence," she said. "Father, Eleanor and I

must both go to Beremouth. And we must stay there. We must be there on

the spot, to see how these things are accounted for--to know how

matters end--to help, as far as we may, to bring them right."

And so, before two hours were over, Jenifer was back in Mrs. Morier's

parlor, and Mary Lorimer was with her; sent there to stay; and Lady

Greystock and Mrs. Evelyn were at Beremouth.

There was silence in the house, that sort of woful silence that

belongs to the anxiety of a dreadful suspense. Toward evening there

were whispered hopes--Mr. Erskine was better, people thought. But the

severest injuries were about the neck and throat, the chest and

shoulders. His hair had been cut off in large patches where the head

wounds were--his face was disfigured with the bandages that the

treatment made necessary. He lay alive, and groaning. He was better.

When more was known about the injuries done to the throat and chest,

something less doubtful would be said as to his recovery. "If he can't

swallow, he'll die," said one nurse. "He can live long enough without

swallowing," said another. And still they waited.

At night, Eleanor and Lady Greystock stood in the room, with Mr.

Brewer, far off by the door, looking at him. There was no love in

either heart. The poor wife shrank away, almost wishing that the

period of desertion might last for ever.

A week passed, a terribly long week. He could swallow. He could speak.

He could see out of one eye. He had his senses. He had said something

about his arm. He would be ready in another week to give some account

of all he had gone {330} through. He would be able, perhaps, to

identify the man. In the meantime, James O'Keefe was safe in custody.

And Jenifer was saying her prayer--"_My life, and all that is in it;_"

still quite sure, with a strong, simple, never-failing faith, that the

great evil of a human and remorseless vengeance was not in it. And

yet, as time passed on, and, notwithstanding every effort made by the

police, backed by the influence of all that neighborhood, and by Mr.

Brewer himself, not a mark of suspicion was found against any one

else, it seemed to come home to every one's mind with the force of

certainty that James O'Keefe had tried to murder Horace Erskine--that

James O'Keefe had done this thing, and no one else.

Very slowly did Horace seem to mend--very slowly. When questions were

put to him in his speechless state, he seemed to grow so utterly

confused as to alarm his medical attendants. It was made a law at

Beremouth that he was to be kept in perfect quietness. James O'Keefe

was again brought before the magistrates, and again remanded; and

still this time of trial went on, and still, when it was thought

possible to speak to Horace on the subject of his injuries, he grew so

utterly confused that it was impossible to go on with the matter.

Was there to be no end to this misery? The waiting was almost

intolerable. The knowledge that now existed in that house of Horace

Erskine's life made it very easy to understand his confusion and

incoherency when spoken to of his injuries. But the lingering--the

weight of hope deferred--the long contemplation of the miserable

sufferer--the slowness of the passage of time, was an inexpressible

burthen to the inhabitants of Beremouth.

One sad evening, Lady Greystock and her father, on the terrace, talked

together. "Come with me to the deer-pond, Claudia." She shrank from

the proposal "Nay," he said, "come! You said at Blagden that half

victories were powerless things. You must not be less than your own

words. Come to the deer-pond--now." So she took his arm and they

walked away. It was the beginning of a sweet, soft night--the evening

breezes played about them, and they talked together in love and

confidence, as they crossed the open turf, and were lost in the

thickets that gathered round the gnarled oak and stunted yew that

marked the way to the pond.

It had been many years since Claudia had seen its peaceful waters;

terrible in dreams once; and now saddened by a history that would

belong to it for ever. They reached the spot, and stood there talking.

Suddenly they heard a sound, they started--a tearing aside of the

turning boughs--a sound, strong, positive, angry--then a gentle

rustling of the leaves, a soft movement of the feathery fern--and Lady

Greystock had let go her father's arm, and was standing with her hand

on the head, between the antlers, of a huge old deer--Dapple--"Don

Dapple," as the children had called him--and speaking to him

tenderly--"Oh, Dapple, do you know me? Oh, Dapple--alas! poor

beast--did you do it--that awful thing? Are you so fierce, poor

beast--were you the terrible avenger?" How her tears fell! How her

whole frame trembled! How the truth came on her as she looked into the

large, tearful eyes of the once tame buck, that had grown fanciful and

fierce in its age, and of whom even some of the keepers had declared

themselves afraid. Mr. Brewer took biscuit from his coat-pocket,

chance scraps from lunches, secreted from days before, when he had

been out on long rounds through the farms. These old Dapple nibbled,

and made royal gestures of satisfaction and approval--and there,

viewing his stately head in the water, where his spreading antlers

were mirrored, they left him to walk home, with one wonder out of

their hearts, and another--wondering awe at the thing that had

happened among them--to by their for ever.

{331}

They came back, they called the doctors, they examined the torn

clothes. They wondered they had never thought of the truth before.

Time went on. And at last, when Horace could speak, and they asked him

about the old deer at the pond, he said that it was so--it was as they

had thought. It had been an almost deadly struggle between man and

beast; and Horace was to bear the marks upon the face and form that

had been loved so well to his life's end. A broken-featured man, lame,

with a stiff arm, and a sightless eye--and the story of his ruined

life no longer a secret--known to all.

Lady Greystock and Mrs. Evelyn remained at Beremouth. Mary Lorimer was

left at her grandmother's under the care of the trusty Jenifer. James

O'Keefe had returned to Ireland, leaving his niece and her history in

good guardianship with Father Daniels and Mr. Brewer; and Freddy,

being at school, had been happily kept out of the knowledge of all but

the surface facts, which were no secrets from anybody, that a man who

had been seen in the park and was a stranger in the neighborhood had

been suspected of being the perpetrator of the injuries of which the

old deer had been guilty. Poor old deer--poor aged Dapple! It was with

a firm hand and an unflinching determination that the kindest man

living met the beast once more at the deer-pond, and shot him dead.

Mr. Brewer would trust his death to no hand but his own--and there in

the thicket where he loved to hide a grave was dug, and the monarch of

the place was buried in it.

Lady Greystock and Eleanor kept their own rooms, and lived together

much as they had done latterly at Blagden. When Horace Erskine was fit

to leave his bed-room, he used to sit in a room that had been called

"Mr. Brewer's." It was, in fact, a sort of writing-room, fitted up

with a small useful library and opening at the end into a bright

conservatory. He had seen Lady Greystock. He knew of Eleanor being in

the house. He knew also that his former relations with her were known,

and he never denied, or sought to deny, the fact of their Catholic

marriage.

No one ever spoke to him on the subject. The subject that was first in

all hearts was to see him well and strong, and able to act for

himself. One thing it was impossible to keep from him; and that was

the anger of Mr. Erskine, his unde, an anger which Lucia his wife did

not try to modify. Mrs. Brewer wrote to her sister; Mr. Brewer pleaded

with his brother-in-law. Not a thing could they do to pacify them.

Horace was everything that was evil in their eyes; his worst crime in

the past was his having made a Catholic marriage with a beautiful

Irish girl, and their great dread for the future was that he would

make this marriage valid by the English law. They blamed Mr. Brewer

for keeping Eleanor in the house; they were thankless to Mr. Brewer

for still giving to Horace care, kindness, and a home. Finally, the

one great dread that included all other dreads, and represented the

overpowering woe, was that contained in the thought that Horace might

repent, and become a Papist.

Mr. Brewer, when it came to that, set his all-conquering kindness

aside for the time, or, to adopt his wife's words when describing

these seeming changes in her husbands's character, "he clothed his

kindness in temporary armor, and went out to fight." He replied to Mr.

and Mrs. Erskine that for such a grace to fall on Horace would be the

answer of mercy to the prayer of a poor woman's faith--that he and all

his household joined in that prayer; that priests at the altar, and

nuns in their holy homes, were all praying for that great result; and

that for himself he would only say that for such a mercy to fall upon

his house would make him glad for ever.

There was no disputing with a man who could so openly take his stand

on {332} such a broad ground of hope and prayer in such direct

opposition to the wishes of his neighbors. The Erskines became silent,

and Mr. Brewer had gained all he hoped for; peace, peace at least for

the time.

At last Horace was well enough to move, and Freddy's holidays were

approaching, and there was an unexpressed feeling that Horace was not

to be at Beremouth when the boy came back. Mr. Brewer proposed that

Horace should go for change of air to the same house in which Father

Dawson was lodging, just beyond Clayton, where the sea air might

refresh him, and the changed scene amuse his mind; and where, too, he

could have the benefit of all those baths, and that superior

attendance, described in the great painted advertisement that covered

the end of the lodging-houses in so promising a manner. Horace

accepted the proposal gladly. He grew almost bright under the

expectation of the change, and when the day came he appeared to

revive, even under the fatigue of a drive so much longer than any that

he had been before allowed to venture upon.

Mr. Dawson was to be kind, and to watch over him a little; and Father

Daniels was to visit him, and write letters for him, and be his,

adviser and his friend. Before he left Beremouth he had asked to see

Lady Greystock. She went with her father to his room quite with the

old Claudia Brewer cheerfulness prettily mingling with woman's

strength and woman's experience. He rose up, and said, "I wished to

ask you to forgive me, Lady Greystock--to forgive me my many sins

toward you!" She trembled a little, and said, "Mr. Erskine, may God

forgive _me_ my pride, my anger, my evil thoughts, which have made me

say so often I could never see nor pardon you." It seemed to require

all her strength to carry out the resolution with which she had

entered that room. "Of course," she went on, "the personal trial that

you brought upon me, here, in my young days, I know now to have been a

great blessing in a grief's disguise. Though not--_not yet_--a

Catholic, I know you were then, as now, a married man." Horace Erskine

never moved; he was still standing, holding by the heavy

writing-table, and his eyes were fastened on the carpet. She went on:

"Since then your wife, a beautiful and even an accomplished woman, has

become my own dear friend. We are living together, and until she has a

home of her own, we shall probably go on living together. I have

nothing, therefore, to say more, except--except--" Here her voice

trembled, and changed, and she was only just able to articulate her

last words so as to be understood by her hearers, "Except about my

dear husband's death--better death than life under misapprehension.

That too was a blessing perhaps. Let us leave it to the Almighty

Judge. I forgive you; if you wish to hear those words from my poor

erring lips, you may remember that I have said them honestly,

submitting to the will of _him_ who loves us, and from whom I seek

mercy for myself."

She turned round to leave the room. "Stop, Lady Greystock; stop!"

cried Horace. "In this solemn moment of sincerity, tell me--do you

think Eleanor loves me now?" "I would rather not give any opinion."

"If you have ever formed an opinion, give it. I entreat you to tell me

what is, as far as you know, the truth. Does Eleanor love me?" "Must I

speak, father?" "So solemnly entreated, I should say, _yes_." "Does

Eleanor love me?" groaned Horace. "No," said Lady Greystock; and

turning round quickly, she left her father alone with Horace, and went

out of the room.

Five years passed by. Freddy was growing into manhood, enjoying home

by his bright sister Lady {333} Greystock's side, and paying visits to

his other sister, the happy bride, Mrs. Harrington, of

Harrington-leigh, the master of which place, "a recent convert," as

the newspapers said, "had lately married the convert step-daughter of

Mr. Brewer, of Beremouth." Lady Greystock always lived with her father

now, united to him in faith, and joining him in such a flood of good

works that all criticism, all wonderment, all lamentation and argument

at "such a step!" was simply run down, overpowered, deluged, drowned.

The strong flowing stream of charity was irresistible. The solemn

music of its deep waters swallowed up all the surrounding cackle of

inharmonious talk. Nothing was heard at Beremouth but prayer and

praise--evil tongues passed by that great good house to exercise

themselves elsewhere. Evil people found no fitting habitation for

their wandering spirits in that home of holy peace. And all his life

Mr. Brewer walked humbly, looking at Claudia, and calling her "my

crown!" She knew why. He had repented with a great sorrow of those

early days when he had left her to others' teaching. He had prayed

secretly, with strong resolutions, to be blessed with forgiveness. And

at last the mercy came--"crowned at last. All the mercies of my life

crowned by the great gift of Claudia's soul." So the good man went on

his way a penitent. Always in his own sight a penitent. Always

recommending himself to God in that one character--as a penitent.

Five years were passed, and Lady Greystock had been at Mary's wedding,

and was herself at Beremouth, still in youth and beauty, once more the

petted daughter of the house--but Eleanor was there no longer. Full

three years had passed since Eleanor had gone to London with Lady

Greystock, and elected not to return. They heard from her however,

frequently; and knew where she was. When these letters came Claudia

would drive off to Marston to see Grandmamma Morier, still enjoying

life under Jenifer's care. The letters would be read aloud upstairs in

the pretty drawing-room where the fine old china looked as gay and

bright as ever, and where not a single cup and saucer had changed its

place. Jenifer would listen. Taking careful note of every expression,

and whispering--sometimes in the voice of humble prayer, sometimes in

soft tones of triumphant thanksgiving--"My life, and all that is in

it!"

But now this five years' close had been marked by a great fact; the

death of Horace Erskine's uncle, and his great estate passing to his

nephew, whom he had never seen since their quarrel with him, but whom

he had so far forgiven as not to alter his will.

Horace Erskine was in London; and his Beremouth friends were going up

to town to welcome him home after four years of life on the continent.

London was at its fullest and gayest. Mr. Erskine had been well known

there, making his yearly visits, taking a great house, and attracting

round him all the talent of the day. A very rich man, thoroughly well

educated, with a fine place in Scotland, and his beautiful wife Lucia

by his side, he found himself welcome, and made others in their turn

welcome too. Now all this was past. For two seasons London had missed

Mr. Erskine, and he had been regretted and lamented over, as a

confirmed invalid. Now he was dead. And after a little brief wonder

and sorrow the attention of the world was fixed upon his heir, and

people of fashion, pleasure, and literature got ready their best

smiles for his approval.

Horace had been well enough known once. Never exactly sought {334}

after by heads of homes, for he was too much of a speculation. He was

known to be in debt; and all inquiries as to his uncle's property had

been quenched again and again by those telling words, "no entail." But

Horace had had his own world; and had been only too much of a hero in

it. That world, however, had lost him; and as the wheels of fashion's

chariot fly fast, the dust of the light road rises as a cloud and

hides the past, and the people that belonged to Horace Erskine had

been left behind and forgotten. Now, however, Memory was alive, and

brushing up her recollections; and Memory had found a tongue, and was

hoping and prophesying to the fullest extent of friend Gossip's

requirements, when the news came that Horace Erskine had arrived. "He

has taken that charming house looking on to the park. Mr. Tudor had

seen him. Nobody would know him. Broken nose, my dear! And he was so

handsome. He is lame, too--or if not lame, he has a stiff shoulder. I

forget which it is. He was nearly killed by some mad animal in the

park at Beremouth. He behaved with the most wonderful courage,

actually fought and conquered! But he was gored and trampled

on--nearly trampled to death. I heard all the particulars at the time.

His chest was injured, and he was sent to a warmer climate. And there

he turned Papist. He did, indeed! and his uncle never forgave him. But

I suspect it was a love affair. You know he has brought his wife home.

And she is lovely, everybody who has seen her says. She is so very

still--too quiet--too statuesque--that is her only fault in fact. But

all the world is talking of her, and if you have not yet seen her lose

no time in getting introduced; she is the wonder of the day."

And so ran the talk--and such was Eleanor's welcome as Horace

Erskine's wife. Her husband had really repented, and had sought her,

and won her heart all over again, and married her once more.

To have these great triumphs of joy and justice in her life was

granted to Jenifer's Prayer.

------

From The Month.

SAINTS OF THE DESERT.

BY VERY REV. J. H. NEWMAN, D.D.

1. Abbot Cyrus said to a brother: "If thou hadst no fight with bad

thoughts, it would be because thou didst bad actions; for they who do

bad actions are thereby rid of bad thoughts."

"But," said the other, "I have bad memories."

The abbot answered: "They are but ghosts; fear not the dead, but the

living."

2. When Agatho was dying, his brethren would have asked him some

matter of business. He said to them: "Do me this charity; speak no

more with me, for I am full of business already." And he died in joy.

3. An old man visited one of the fathers. The host boiled some

pot-herbs, and said: "First let us do the work of God, and then let us

eat."

------

{335}

[ORIGINAL.]

CHRISTINE:

A TROUBADOUR'S SONG,

IN FIVE CANTOS.

BY GEORGE H. MILES. [Footnote 53]

[Footnote 53: Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year

1866, by Lawrence Kehoe, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court

of the United States for the Southern District of New York.]

(CONCLUDED.)

THE FOURTH SONG.

I.

Amid the gleam of princely war

Christine sat like the evening star,

Pale in the sunset's pageant bright,

A separate and sadder light.

O bitter task

To rear aloft that shining head,

While round thee, cruel whisperers ask--

"Marry, what aileth the Bridegroom gay?

The heralds have waited as long as they may.

Yet never a sign of the gallant Grey.

Is Miolan false or dead?"

II.

The Dauphin eyed Christine askance:

"We have tarried too long," quoth he;

"Doth the Savoyard fear the thrust of France?

By the Bride of Heaven, no laggard lance

Shall ever have guard of thee!"

{336}

You could see the depths of the dark eyes shine

And a glow on the marble cheek,

As she whispered, "Woe to the Dauphin's line

When the eagle shrieks and the red lights shine

Bound the towers of Pilate's Peak."

She levelled her white hand toward the west,

Where the omen beacon shone;

And he saw the flame on the castle crest.

And a livid glare light the mountain's breast

Even down to the rushing Rhone.

Never braver lord in all the land

Than that Dauphin true and tried;

But the rein half fell from his palsied hand

And his fingers worked at the jewelled brand

That shook in its sheath at his side.

For it came with a curse from earliest time,

It was carved on his father's halls,

It had haunted him ever from clime to clime,

And at last the red light of the ancient rhyme

Is burning on Pilate s walls!

Yet warrior-like beneath his feet

Trampling the sudden fear,

He cried, "Let thy lover's foot be fleet--

If thy Savoyard would wed thee, sweet.

By Saint Mask, he were better here!

"For I know by yon light there is danger near,

And I swear by the Holy Shrine,

Be it virgin spear or Miolan's heir.

The victor to-day shall win and wear

This menaced daughter of mine!"

The lists are aflame with the gold and steel

Of knights in their proud array,

And gong and tymbalon chiming peal

As forward the glittering squadrons wheel

To the jubilant courser's neigh.

The Dauphin springs to the maiden's side,

And thrice aloud cries he,

"Ride, gallants all, for beauty ride,

Christine herself is the victor's bride.

Whoever the victor be!"

{337}

And thrice the heralds cried it aloud,

While a wondering whisper ran

From the central lists to the circling crowd,

For all knew the virgin hand was vowed

To the heir of Miolan.

Quick at the Dauphin's plighted word

Full many an eve flashed fire,

Full many a knight took a truer sword,

Tried buckle and girth, and many a lord

Chose a stouter lance from his squire.

Back to the barrier's measured bound

Each gallant speedeth away;

Then, forward fast to the trumpet's sound,

A hundred horsemen shake the ground

And meet in the mad melée.

Crimson the spur and crimson the spear,

The blood of the brave flows fast;

But Christine is deaf to the dying prayer,

Blind to the dying eyes that glare

On her as they look their last.

She sees but a Black Knight striking so well

That the bravest shun his path;

His name or his nation none may tell,

But wherever he struck a victim fell

At the feet of that shape of wrath.

"'Fore God," quoth the Dauphin, "that unknown sword

Is making a merry day!"

But where, oh where is the Savoyard,

For low in the slime of that trampled sward

Lie the flower of the Dauphinée!

And the victor stranger rideth alone,

Wiping his bloody blade;

And now that to meet him there is none.

Now that the warrior work is done,

He moveth toward the maid.

Sternly, as if he came to kill,

Toward the damsel he turneth his rein;

His trumpet sounding a challenge shrill,

While the fatal lists of La Sône are still

As he paces the purple plain.

{338}

A hollow voice through the visor cried,

"Mount to the crupper with me.

Mount, Ladye, mount to thy master's side.

For 'tis said and 'tis sworn thou shalt be the Bride

Of the victor, whoever he be."

At sound of that voice a sudden flame

Shot out from the Dauphin's eyes,

And he said, "Sir Knight, ere we grant thy claim,

Let us see the face, let us hear the name,

Of the gallant who winneth the prize."

"'Tis a name you know and a face you fear,"

The Wizard Knight began;

"Or hast thou forgotten that midnight drear,

When my sleeping fathers felt the spear

Of Vienne and Miolan?

"Ay, quiver and quail in thy coat of mail,

For hark to the eagle's shriek;

See the red light burns for the coming bale!"

And all knew as he lifted his aventayle

The Knight of Pilate's Peak.

From the heart of the mass rose a cry of wrath

As they sprang at the shape abhorred,

But he swept the foremost from his path,

And the rest fell back from the fatal swath

Of that darkly dripping sword.

But uprose the Dauphin brave and bold,

And strode out upon the green,

And quoth he, "Foul fiend, if my purpose hold,

By my halidome, tho' I be passing old,

We'll splinter a lance for Christine.

"Since her lovers are low or recreant.

Her champion shall be her sire;

So get a fresh lance from yonder tent.

For though my vigor be something spent

I fear neither thee nor thy fire!"

Swift to the stirrup the Dauphin he sprang,

The bravest and best of his race:

No bugle blast for the combat rang;

Save the clattering hoof and the armor clang,

All was still as each rode to his place.

{339}

With the crash of an April avalanche

They meet in that merciless tilt;

Back went each steed with shivering haunch.

Back to the croup bent each rider staunch.

Shivered each spear to the hilt.

Thrice flies the Baron's battle-axe round

The Wizard's sable crest;

But the coal-black steed, with a sudden bound,

Hurled the old Crusader to the ground,

And stamped on his mailed breast.

Thrice by the vengeful war-horse spurned,

Lowly the Dauphin lies;

While the Black Knight laughed as again he turned

Toward the lost Christine, and his visor burned

As he gazed at his beautiful prize.

Her doom you might read in that gloating stare,

But no fear in the maid can you see;

Nor is it the calm of a dumb despair,

For hope sits aglow on her forehead fair.

And she murmurs, "At last--it is he!"

Proudly the maiden hath sprung from her seat,

Proudly she glanceth around,

One hand on her bosom to stay its beat,

For hark! there's a sound like the flying feet

Of a courser, bound after bound.

Clearing the lists with a leopard-like spring,

Plunging at top of his speed.

Swift o'er the ground as a bird on the wing.

There bursts, all afoam, through the wondering ring,

A gallant but riderless steed.

Arrow-like straight to the maiden he sped.

With a long, loud, tremulous neigh,

The rein flying loose round his glorious head.

While all whisper again, "Is the Savoyard dead?"

As they gaze at the riderless Grey.

One sharp, swift pang thro' the virgin heart,

One wildering cry of woe.

Then fleeter than dove to her calling nest,

Lighter than chamois to Malaval's crest

She leaps to the saddle bow.

{340}

"Away!" He knew the sweet voice; away,

With never a look behind;

Away, away, with echoing neigh

And streaming mane, goes the gallant Grey,

Like an eagle before the wind.

They have cleared the lists, they have passed her bower,

And still they are thundering on;

They are over the bridge--another hour,

A league behind them the Leaning Tower

And the spires of Saint Antoine.

Away, away in their wild career

Past the slopes of Mont Surjeu;

Thrice have they swum the swift Isère,

And firm and clear in the purple air

Soars the Grand Som full in view.

Rough is their path and sternly steep,

Yet halting never a whit,

Onward the terrible pace they keep,

While the good Grey, breathing free and deep,

Steadily strains at the bit.

They have left the lands where the tall hemp springs,

Where the clover bends to the bee;

They have left the hills where the red vine flings

Her clustered curls of a thousand rings

Round the arms of the mulberry tree.

They have left the lands where the walnut lines

The roads, and the chestnuts blow;

Beneath them the thread of the cataract shines,

Around them the plumes of the warrior pines.

Above them the rock and the snow.

Thick on his shoulders the foam flakes lay.

Fast the big drops roll from his chest,

Yet on, ever on, goes the gallant Grey,

Bearing the maiden as smoothly as spray

Asleep on the ocean's breast.

Onward and upward, bound after bound,

By Bruno's Bridge he goes;

And now they are treading holy ground,

For the feet of her flying Caliph sound

By the cells of the Grand Chartreuse.

{341}

Around them the darkling cloisters frown,

The sun in the valley hath sunk;

When right in her path, lo! the long white gown,

The withered face and the shaven crown

And the shrivelled hand of a monk.

A light like a glittering halo played

Round the brow of the holy man;

With lifted finger her course he stayed,

"All is not well," the pale lips said,

"With the heir of Miolan.

"But in Chambery hangs a relic rare

Over the altar stone:

Take it, and speed to thy Bridegroom's bier;

If the Sacristan question who sent thee there,

Say, 'Bruno, the Monk of Cologne.'"

She bent to the mane while the cross he signed

Thrice o'er the suppliant head:

"Away with thee, child!" and away like the wind

She went, with a startled glance behind,

For she heard an ominous tread.

The moon is up, 'tis a glorious night,

They are leaving the rock and the snow,

Mont Blanc is before her, phantom white,

While the swift Isère, with its line of light,

Cleaves the heart of the valley below.

But hark to the challenge, "Who rideth alone?"--

"O warder, bid me not wait!--

My lover lies dead and the Dauphin o'erthrown--

A message I bear from the Monk of Cologne"--

And she swept thro' Chambery's gate.

The Sacristan kneeleth in midnight prayer

By Chamber's altar stone.

"What meaneth this haste, my daughter fair?"

She stooped and murmured in his ear

The name of the Monk of Cologne.

Slowly he took from its jewelled case

A kerchief that sparkled like snow.

And the Minster shone like a lighted vase

As the deacon unveiled the gleaming face

Of the Santo Sudario.

{342}

A prayer, a tear, and to saddle she springs,

Clasping the relic bright;

Away, away, for the fell hoof rings

Down the hillside behind her--God give her wings!

The fiend and his horse are in sight.

On, on, the gorge of the Doriat's won,

She is nearing her Savoyard's home,

By the grand old road where the warrior son

Of Hanno swept with his legions dun,

On his mission of hatred to Rome.

The ancient oaks seem to rock and reel

As the forest rushes by her,

But nearer cometh the clash of steel,

And nearer falleth the fatal heel,

With its flickering trail of fire.

Then first the brave young heart grew sick

'Neath its load of love and fear,

For the Grey is breathing faint and quick,

And his nostrils burn and the drops fall thick

From the point of each drooping ear.

His glorious neck hath lost its pride,

His back fails beneath her weight.

While steadily gaining, stride by stride,

The Black Knight thunders to her side--

Heaven, must she meet her fate?

She shook the loose rein o'er the trembling head,

She laid her soft hand on his mane,

She called him her Caliph, her desert-bred,

She named the sweet springs where the palm trees spread

Their arms o'er the burning plain.

But the Grey looked back and sadly scanned

The maid with his earnest eyes--

A moment more and her cheek is fanned

By the black steed's breath, and the demon hand

Stretches out for the virgin prize.

But she calls on Christ, and the kerchief white

Waves full in the face of her foe:

Back with an oath reeled the Wizard Knight

As his steed crouched low in the wondrous light

Of the Santo Sudario.

{343}

Blinded they halt while the maiden hies,

The murmuring Arc she can hear,

And, lo! like a cloud on the shining skies,

Atop of yon perilous precipice,

The castle of Miolan's Heir.

"Fail not, my steed!"--Round her Caliph's head

The relic shines like the sun:

Leap after leap up the spiral steep,

He speeds to his master's castle keep,

And his glorious race is won.

"Ho, warder!"--At sight of the gallant Grey

The drawbridge thundering falls:

Wide goes the gate at that jubilant neigh,

And, glory to God for his mercy to-day,

She is safe within Miolan's walls.

THE FIFTH SONG.

I.

In the dim grey dawn by Miolan's gate

The fiend on his wizard war-horse sate.

The fair-haired maid at his trumpet call

Creeps weeping and wan to the outer wall:

"My curse on thy venom, my curse on thy spell,

They have slain the master I loved too well.

Thou saidst he should wake when the joust was o'er,

But oh, he never will waken more!"

She tore her fair hair, while the demon laughed,

Saying, "Sound was the sleep that thy lover quaffed;

But bid the warder unbar the gate,

That the lost Christine may meet her fate."

II.

"Hither, hither thou mailèd man

With those woman's tears in thine eyes,

With thy brawny cheek all wet and wan,

Show me the heir of Miolan,

Lead where my Bridegroom lies."

{344}

And he led her on with a sullen tread.

That fell like a muffled groan,

Through halls as silent as the dead,

'Neath long grey arches overhead,

Till they came to the shrine of Moan.

What greets her there by the torches' glare?

In vain hath the mass been said!

Low bends the sire in mute despair,

Low kneels the Hermit in silent prayer.

Between them the mighty dead.

No tear she shed, no word she spoke,

But gliding up to the bier,

She took her stand by the bed of oak

Where her Savoyard lay in his sable cloak,

His hand still fast on his spear.

She bent her burning cheek to his,

And rested it there awhile.

Then touched his lips with a lingering kiss,

And whispered him thrice, "My love, arise,

I have come for thee many a mile!"

The man of God and the ancient Knight

Arose in tremulous awe;

She was so beautiful, so bright,

So spirit-like in her bridal white,

It seemed in the dim funereal light

Twas an angel that they saw.

"Thro' forest fell, o'er mount and dell,

Like the falcon, hither I've flown.

For I knew that a fiend was loose from hell,

And I bear a token to break this spell

From Bruno, the Monk of Cologne.

"Dost thou know it, love? when fire and sword

Flamed round the Holy Shrine,

It was won by thee from the Paynim horde,

It was brought by thee to Bruno's guard,

A gift from Palestine.

"Wake, wake, my love! In the name of Grace,

That hath known our uttermost woe,

Lo! this thorn-bound brow on thine I place!"

And, once more revealed, shone the wondrous face

Of the Santo Sudario.

{345}

At once over all that ancient hall

There went a luminous beam;

Heaven's deepest radiance seemed to fall,

The helmets shine on the shining wall,

And the faded banners gleam.

And the chime of hidden cymbals rings

To the song of a cherub choir;

Each altar angel waves his wings,

And the flame of each altar taper springs

Aloft in a luminous spire.

And over the face of the youth there broke

A smile both stern and sweet;

Slowly he turned on the bed of oak,

And proudly folding his sable cloak

Around him, sprang to his feet.

Back shrank the sire, half terrified,

Both he and the Hermit, I ween;

But she--she is fast to her Savoyard's side,

A poet's dream, a warrior's bride,

His beautiful Christine.

Her hair's dark tangles all astray

Adown her back and breast;

The print of the rein on her hand still lay.

The foam-flakes of the gallant Grey

Scarce dry on her heaving breast.

She told the dark tale and how she spurred

From the Knight of Pilate's Peak;

You scarce would think the Bridegroom heard.

Save that the mighty lance-head stirred.

Save for the flush in his cheek;

Save that his gauntlet clasped her hair--

And oh, the look that swept

Between them!--all the radiant air

Grew holier--it was like a prayer--

And they who saw it wept.

E'en the lights on the altar brighter grew

In the gleam of that heavenly gaze;

The cherub music fell soft as dew,

The breath of the censer seemed sweeter too.

The torches mellowed their requiem hue,

And burnt with a bridal blaze.

{346}

And the Baron clasps his son with a cry

Of joy as his sorrows cease;

While the Hermit, wrapt in his Rosary,

Feels that the world beneath the sky

Hath yet its planet of peace.

But hark! by the drawbridge, shrill and clear,

A trumpet's challenge rude:

The heart of Christine grew faint with fear,

But the Savoyard shook his mighty spear,

And the blood in his forehead stood.

"Beware, beware, 'tis the Fiend!" quoth she:

"Whither now!" asks the ancient Knight,

"What meanest thou, boy?--Leave the knave to me:

Wizard, or fiend, or whatever he be,

By the bones of my fathers, he shall flee

Or ne'er look on morning light.

"What, thou just risen from the grave,

Atilt with an armèd man?

Dost dream that youth alone is brave,

Dost deem these sinews too old to save

The honor of Miolan?"

But the youth he answered with gentlest tone,

"I know thee a warrior staunch.

But this meeting is meant for me alone.

Unhand me, my lord, have I woman grown?

Wouldst stop the rushing of the Rhone,

Or stay the avalanche?"

He broke from his sire as breaks the flash

From the soul of the circling storm:

You could hear the grasp of his gauntlet crash

On his quivering lance and the armor clash

Round that tall young warrior form.

"Be this thy shield?" the maiden cried,

Her hand on the kerchief of snow;

"If forth to the combat thou wilt ride,

Face to face be the Fiend defied

With the Santo Sudario!"

But the young Knight laid the relic rare

On the ancient altar-stone;

"Holy weapons to men of prayer.

Lance in rest and falchion bare

Must answer for Miolan's son."

{347}

Again the challenger's trumpet pealed

From the barbican, shrill and clear;

And the Savoyard reared his dinted shield,

Its motto, gold on an azure field--

"ALLES ZU GOTT UND IHR."

To horse!--From the hills the dawning day

Looks down on the sleeping plain;

In the court-yard waiteth the gallant Grey,

And the castle rings with a joyous neigh

As the Knight and his steed meet again.

And the coal-black charger answers him

From the space beyond the gate,

From the level space, where dark and dim

In the morning mists, like giant grim,

The Fiend on his war-horse sate.

Oh, the men at arms how they stared aghast

When the Heir of Miolan leapt

To saddle-bow sounding his bugle-blast;

How the startled warder breathless gasped.

How the hoary old seneschal wept!

And the fair-haired maid with a sob hath sprung

To the lifted bridle rein;

Fast to his knee her white arms clung,

While the waving gold of her fair hair hung

Mixed with Grey Caliph's mane.

"O Miolan's heir, O master mine,

O more than heaven adored,

Live to forget this slave of thine,

Wed the dark-eyed Maid of Palestine,

But dare not yon demon sword!"

But the Baron thundered, "Off with the slave!"

And they tore the white arms away,

"A woman 's a curse in the path of the brave;

Level thy lance and upon the knave,

For he laughs at this fool delay!

"But pledge me first in this beaker bright

Of foaming Cyprian wine;

Thou hast fasted, God wot, like an anchorite.

Thy cheeks and brow are a trifle white,

And, 'fore heaven, thou shall bear thee in this fight

As beseemeth son of mine!"

{348}

The youth drank deep of the burning juice

Of the mighty Marètel,

Then, waving his hand to his Ladye thrice,

Swifter than snow from the precipice,

Spurred full on the infidel.

"O Bridegroom bold, beware my brand!"

The Knight of Pilate cries,

"For 'tis written in blood by Eblis' hand,

No mortal might may mine withstand

Till the dead in arms arise."

"The dead are up, and in arms arrayed,

They have come at the call of fate:

Two days, two nights, as thou know'st, I've laid

On oaken bier"--and again there played

That halo light round the Mother Maid

In the niche by the castle gate.

Each warrior reared his shining targe,

Each plumed helmet bent.

Each lance thrown forward for the charge,

Each steed reined back to the very marge

Of the mountain's sheer descent.

The rock beneath them seemed to groan

And shudder as they met;

Away the splintered lance is thrown,

Each falchion in the morning shone,

One blade uncrimsoned yet

But the blood must flow and that blade must glow

E'er their deadly work be done;

Steel rang to steel, blow answered blow,

From dappled dawn till the Alpine snow

Grew red in the risen sun.

The Bridegroom's sword left a lurid trail,

So fiercely and fleetly it flew;

It rang like the rattling of the hail,

And wherever it fell the sable mail

Was wet with a ghastly dew.

The Baron, watching with stern delight,

Felt the heart in his bosom swell:

And quoth he, "By the mass, a gallant sight!

These old eyes have gazed on many a fight,

But, boy, as I live, never saw I knight

Who did his devoir so well!"

{349}

And oh, the flush o'er his face that broke,

The joy of his shining eyes,

When, backward beaten, stroke by stroke,

The wizard reeled, like a falling oak,

Toward the edge of the precipice.

On the trembling verge of that perilous steep

The demon stood at bay.

Calling with challenge stern and deep,

That startled the inmost castle keep,

"Daughter of mine, here's a dainty leap

We must take together to-day.

"Come, maiden, come!" Swift circling round,

Like bird in the serpent's gaze,

She sprang to his side with a single bound.

While the black steed trampled the flinty ground

To fire, his nostrils ablaze.

"Farewell!" went the fair-haired maiden's cry,

Shrilling from hill to hill;

"Farewell, farewell, it was I, 'twas I,

Who sinned in a jealous agony,

But I loved thee too well to kill!"

High reared the steed with the hapless pair,

A plunge, a pause, a shriek,

A black plume loose in the middle air,

A foaming plash in the dark Isére,--

Thus banished for ever the maiden fair

And the Knight of Pilate's Peak.

A mighty cheer shook the ancient halls,

A white hand waved in the sun,

The vassals all on the outer wall

Clashed their arms at the brave old Baron's call,

"To my arms, mine only one!"

But oh, what aileth the gallant Grey,

Why droopeth the barbèd head?

Slowly he turned from that fell tourney

And proudly breathing a long, last neigh,

At the castle gate fell dead.

III.

Lost to all else, forgotten e'en

The dark eyes of his dear Christine,

His fleet foot from the stirrup freed,

The Knight knelt by his fallen steed.

{350}

Awhile with tone and touch of love

To cheer him to his feet he strove:

Awhile he shook the bridle-rein--

That glazing eye!--alas, in vain.

Bareheaded on that fatal field.

His gauntlet ringing on his shield,

His voice a torrent deep and strong,

The warrior's soul broke forth in song.

THE KNIGHT'S SONG

And art thou, _art_ thou dead,--

Thou with front that might defy

The gathered thunders of the sky.

Thou before whose fearless eye

All death and danger fled!

My Khalif, hast thou sped

Homeward where the palm-trees' feet

Bathe in hidden fountains sweet,

Where first we met as lovers meet,

My own, my desert-bred!

Thy back has been my home;

And, bending o'er thy flying neck,

Its white mane waving without speck,

I seemed to tread the galley's deck.

And cleave the ocean's foam.

Since first I felt thy heart

Proudly surging 'neath my knee,

As earthquakes heave beneath the sea,

Brothers in the field were we;

And must we, _can_ we part?

To match thee there was none!

The wind was laggard to thy speed:

O God, there is no deeper need

Than warrior's parted from his steed

When years have made them one.

And shall I never more

Answer thy laugh amid the clash

Of battle, see thee meet the flash

Of spears with the proud, pauseless dash

Of billows on the shore?

{351}

And all our victor war,

And all the honors men call mine,

Were thine, thou voiceless warrior, thine;

My task was but to touch the rein--

There needed nothing more.

Worst danger had no sting

For thee, and coward peace no charm;

Amid red havoc's worst alarm

Thy swoop as firm as through the storm

The eagle's iron wing.

O more than man to me!

Thy neigh outsoared the trumpet's tone.

Thy back was better than a throne,

There was no human thing save one

I loved as well as thee!

O Knighthood's truest friend!

Brave heart by every danger tried,

Proud crest by conquest glorified.

Swift saviour of my menaced Bride,

Is this, is _this_ the end?--

Thrice honored be thy grave!

Wherever knightly deed is sung.

Wherever minstrel harp is strung,

There too thy praise shall sound among

The beauteous and the brave.

And thou shalt slumber deep

Beneath our chapel's cypress sheen;

And there thy lord and his Christine

Full oft shall watch at morn and e'en

Around their Khalif's sleep.

There shalt thou wait for me

Until the funeral bell shall ring.

Until the funeral censer swing.

For I would ride to meet my King,

My stainless steed, with thee!

----

The song has ceased, and not an eye

'Mid all those mailed men is dry;

The brave old Baron turns aside

To crush the tear he cannot hide.

{352}

With stately step the Bridegroom went

To where, upon the battlement,

Christine herself, all weeping, leant.

Well might that crested warrior kneel

At such a shrine, well might he feel

As if the angel in her eyes

Gave all that hallows Paradise.

And when her white hands' tender spell

Upon his trembling shoulder fell.

Upward one reverent glance he cast,

Then, rising, murmured, "Mine at last!"

"Yes, thine at last!" Still stained with blood

The Dauphin's self beside them stood.

"Fast as mortal steed could flee,

My own Christine, I followed thee.

Saint George, but 'twas a gallant sight

That miscreant hurled from yonder height:

Brave boy, that single sword of thine,

Methinks, might hold all Palestine.

But see, from out the shrine of Moan

Cometh the good Monk of Cologne,

Bearing the relic rare that woke

Our warrior from his bed of oak.

See him pass with folded hands

To where the shaded chapel stands.

The Bridegroom well hath won the prize,

There stands the priest, and there the altar lies."

IV.

When the moon rose o'er lordly Miolan

That night, she wondered at those ancient walls:

Bright tapers flashing from a hundred halls

Lit all the mountain--liveried vassals ran

Trailing from bower to bower the wine-cup, wreathed

With festal roses--viewless music breathed

A minstrel melody, that fell as falls

The dew, less heard than felt; and maidens laughed.

Aiming their curls at swarthy men who quaffed

Brimmed beakers to the newly wed: while some

Old henchmen, lolling on the court-yard green

Over their squandered Cyprus, vowed between

Their cups, "there was no pair in Christendom

To match their Savoyard and his Christine?"

----

{353}

The Trovère ceased, none praised the lay,

Each waited to hear what the King would say.

But the grand blue eye was on the wave,

Little recked he of the tuneless stave:

He was watching a bark just anchored fast

With England's banner at her mast,

And quoth he to the Queen, "By my halidome,

I wager our Bard Blondel hath come!"

E'en as he spoke, a joyous cry

From the beach proclaimed the Master nigh;

But the merry cheer rose merrier yet

When the Monarch and his Minstrel met.

The Prince of Song and Plantagenet.

"A song!" cried the King. "Thou art just in time

To rid our ears of a vagrant's rhyme:

Prove how that recreant voice of thine

Hath thriven at Cyprus, bard of mine!"

The Minstrel played with his golden wrest,

And began the "_Fytte of the Bloody Vest_."

The vanquished Trovère stole away

Unmarked by lord or ladye gay:

Perchance one quick, kind glance he caught,

Perchance that glance was all he sought.

For when Blondel would pause to tune

His harp and supplicate the moon,

It seemed as tho' the laughing sea

Caught up the vagrant melody;

And far along the listening shore.

Till every wave the burthen bore,

In long, low echoes might you hear--

"Alles, Alles zu Gott und Ihr!"

------

{354}

From The Dublin Review.

THE CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS OF ALEXANDRIA.--ORIGEN.

_Origenis Opera Omnia_, Ed. De la Rue, accurante J. P. Migne.

Parisiis. _S. Gregorii Thaumaturgi_, Oratio Panegyrica in Origenem

(Opera Omnia), accurante J. P. Migne. Parisiis.

Last July we commenced a sketch of the history and labors of Origen.

We resume our notes on those twenty years (211-280) which he spent

with little interruption at Alexandria, engaged chiefly in the

instruction of the catechumens. We have already seen what he did for

the New Testament; let us now study his labors on the Old.

The authorship of that most famous Greek version of the Old Testament,

the Septuagint, seems destined to be a mystery in literature. The

gorgeous and circumstantial account of the Jew Aristeas, with all its

details of embassy and counter-embassy, of the seventy-two venerable

sages, the cells in the rock, the reverence of the Ptolemy, and the

wind-up of banquets, gifts, and all good things, seems, as Dom

Montfaucon says, to "savor of the fabulous." There is some little

difficulty about dates in the matter of Demetrius Phalerius, the

literary minister under whose auspices the event is placed. There is a

far more formidable difficulty in the elevation of Philadelphus, a

cruel, sensual despot, into a devout admirer of the law of Moses,

bowing seven times and weeping for joy in presence of the sacred

documents, and in the sudden conversion of all the cultivated Greeks

who are concerned in the story. The part of Aristeas's narration which

regards the separate cells, and the wonderful agreement of the

translations, is curtly set down by St. Jerome as a fiction. It seems

probable, moreover, that the translator of the Pentateuch was not the

same as the translate of the other parts of the Old Testament. In the

midst of uncertainties and probabilities, however, four things seem to

be tolerably clear; first, that the version called the LXX. was made

at Alexandria; secondly, that it was the work of different authors;

thirdly, that it was not inspired; fourthly, that it was a holy and

correct version, quoted by the apostles, always used in the Greek

church, and the basis of all the Latin editions before St Jerome's

Vulgate.

All the misfortunes that continual transcription, careless blundering,

and wilful corruption could combine to inflict upon a manuscript had

fallen to the lot of the Septuagint version at the time when it was

handed Origen to be used in the instruction of the faithful and the

refutation of Jew and Greek. This was only what might have been fully

expected from the fact that, since the Christian era, it had become

the court of appeal of two rival sets of controversialists--the

Christian and the Jew. Indeed, from the very beginning it had been

defective, and, if we may trust St. Jerome, designedly defective; for

the Septuagint translation of the prophetical books had purposely

omitted {355} passages of the Hebrew which its authors considered not

proper to be submitted to the sight of profane Greeks and Gentiles. Up

to the Christian era, however, we may suppose great discrepancies of

manuscript did not exist, and that those variations which did appear

were not much heeded in the comparatively rare transcription of the

text. The Hellenistic Jews and the Jews of Palestine used the LXX. in

the synagogues instead of the Hebrew. A few libraries of great cities

had copies, and a few learned Greeks had some idea of their existence.

Beyond this there was nothing to make its correctness of more

importance than that of a liturgy or psalm-book. But, soon after the

Christian era, its character and importance were completely changed.

The eunuch was reading the Septuagint version when Philip, by divine

inspiration, came up with him and showed him that the words he was

reading were verified in Jesus. This was prophetic of what was to

follow. The Christians used it to prove the divine mission of Jesus

Christ; the Jews made the most of it to confute the same. Thereupon,

somewhat suspiciously, there arose among the Jews a disposition to

underrate the LXX., and make much of the Hebrew original. Hebrew was

but little known, whereas all the intellectual commerce of the world

was carried on by means of that Hellenistic Greek which had been

diffused through the East by the conquests of Alexander. If,

therefore, the Jews could bar all appeals to the well-known Greek, and

remove the controversy to the inner courts of their own temple, the

decision, it might be expected, would not improbably turn out to be in

their own favor. Just before Origen's own time more than one Jew or

Judaizing heretic had attempted to produce Greek versions which should

supersede the Septuagint. Some ninety years before the period of which

we write, Aquila, a Jewish proselyte of Sinope, had issued what

professed to be a literal translation from the Hebrew. It was so

uncompromisingly literal that the reader sometimes found the Hebrew

word or phrase imported bodily into the Greek, with only the slight

alteration of new characters and a fresh ending. Its purpose was not

disavowed. It was to furnish the Greek-speaking Jews with a more exact

translation from the Hebrew, in order to fortify them in their

opposition to Christianity. Some five years later, Theodotion, an

Ebionite of Ephesus, made another version of the Septuagint; he did

not profess to re-translate it, but only to correct it where it

differed from the Hebrew. A little later, and yet another Ebionite

tried his hand on the Alexandrian version; this was Symmachus. His

translation was more readable than that of Aquila, as not being so

utterly barbarous in expression; but it was far from being elegant, or

even correct, Greek.

Of course Origen could never dream of substituting any of these

translations for the Septuagint, stamped as it was with the

approbation of the whole Eastern church. But still they might be made

very useful; indeed, notwithstanding the original sin of motive to

which they owed their existence, we have the authority of St. Jerome,

and of Origen himself, for saying that even the barbarous Aquila had

understood his work and executed it more fairly than might have been

expected. What Origen wanted was to get a pure Greek version. To do

this he must, of course, compare it with the Hebrew; but the Hebrew

itself might be corrupt, so he must seek help also elsewhere. Now

these Greek versions, made sixty, eighty, ninety years before, had

undoubtedly, he could see, been written with the Septuagint open

before their writers. Here, then, was a valuable means of testing how

far the present manuscripts of the Septuagint had been corrupted

during the last century at {356} least. He himself had collected some

such manuscripts, and the duties of his office made him acquainted

with many more. From the commencement of his career he had been

accustomed to compare and criticise them, and he had grown skilful, as

may be supposed, in distinguishing the valuable ones from those that

were worthless. We have said sufficient to show how the idea of the

"Hexapla" arose in his mind. The Hexapla was nothing less than a

complete transcription of the Septuagint side by side with the Hebrew

text, the agreement and divergence of the two illustrated by the

parallel transcription of the versions of Aquila, Theodotion, and

Symmachus; the remaining column containing the Hebrew text in Greek

letters. The whole of the Old Testament was thus transcribed sixfold

in parallel columns. These extra illustrations were furnished by the

partial use of three other Greek versions which Origen found or picked

up in his travels, and which he considered of sufficient importance to

be occasionally used in his great work. And Origen was not content

with the mere juxtaposition of the versions. The text of the

Septuagint given in the Hexapla was his own; that is to say, it was an

edition of the great authoritative translation completely revised and

corrected by the master himself. It was a great and a daring work. Of

its necessity there can be no doubt; but nothing except necessity

could have justified it; and it is certainly to the bold and

unprecedented character of the enterprise that we owe the shape that

he has given it in performance. To correct the Septuagint to his own

satisfaction was not enough; it must be corrected to the satisfaction

of jealous friends and, at least, reasonable enemies. Side by side,

therefore, with his amended text he gave the reasons and the proofs of

his corrections. He was scrupulously exact in pointing out where he

had altered by addition or subtraction. The Alexandrian critics had

invented a number of critical marks of varied shape and value, which

they industriously used on the works about which they exercised their

propensity to criticise. Origen, "Aristarchus sacer," as an admiring

author calls him, did not hesitate to avail himself of these profane

_notae_. There was the "asterisk," or star, which marked what he

himself had thought it proper to insert, and which, therefore, the

original authors of the Septuagint had apparently thought it proper to

leave out. Then there was the "obelus," or spit, the sign of

slaughter, as St. Jerome calls it; passages so marked were not in the

original Hebrew, and were thereby set down as doubtful and suspected

by sound criticism. Moreover, there was the "lemniscus," or pendent

ribbon, and its supplement, the "hypo-lemniscus;" what these marks

signified the learned cannot agree in stating. It seems certain,

however, that they were not of such a decided import as the first two,

but implied some minor degree of divergence from the Hebrew, as for

instance in those passages where the translators had given an elegant

periphrasis instead of the original word, or had volunteered an

explanation which a critic would have preferred to have had in the

margin. The "asterisk" and "obelus" still continue to figure in those

scraps of Origen's work that have come down to us; so, indeed, does

the lemniscus; but since the times of St. Epiphanius and St. Jerome no

MS. seems to make much distinction between it and the "asterisk." Of

the other marks, contractions, signs, and references which the MSS. of

Hexapla show, the greater part have been added by transcribers who had

various purposes in view. Some of these marks are easy to interpret,

others continue to exercise the acumen of the keenest critics.

The Hexapla, as may be easily supposed, was a gigantic work. The labor

of writing out the whole of the {357} Old Testament six times over,

not to mention those parts which were written seven, eight, or nine

times, was prodigious. First came the Hebrew text twice over, in

Hebrew characters in the first column, in Greek in the second.

Biblical scholars sigh to think of the utter loss of Origen's Hebrew

text, and of what would now be the state of textual criticism of the

Old Testament did we possess such a Hebrew version of a date anterior

to Masoretic additions. But among the scattered relics of the Hexapla

the Hebrew fragments are at once fewest in number and most disputable

in character. The two columns of Hebrew were followed by Aquila the

stiff, and be by Symmachus, so that the Jews could read their Hebrew

and their two favorite translations side by side. Next came the

Septuagint itself, pointed, marked, and noted by the master.

Theodotion closed the array, except where portions of the three extra

translations before mentioned had to be brought in. Beside these

formidable columns, which may be called the text of the Hexapla, space

had to be found for Origen's own marginal notes, consisting of

critical observations and explanations of proper names or difficult

words, with perhaps an occasional glance at the Syriac and Samaritan.

Fifty enormous _volumina_ would hardly have contained all this, when

we take into consideration that the characters were in no tiny Italian

hand, but in great broad uncial penmanship, such as befitted the text

and the occasion. The poverty and unprovidedness of Origen would never

have been able to carry such a work through had not that very poverty

brought him the command of money and means. It is always the detached

men who accomplish the really great things of the world. Origen had

converted from some form of heresy, probably from Valentinianism, a

rich Alexandrian named Ambrose. The convert was one of those zealous

and earnest men who, without possessing great powers themselves, are

always urging on and offering to assist those who have the right and

the ability to work, but perhaps not the means or the inclination. The

adamantine Origen required no one to keep him to his work; and yet the

grateful Ambrose thought he could make no better return for the gift

of the faith than to establish himself as prompter-in-chief to the man

that had converted him. He seems to have left his master very little

peace. He put all his wealth at his service, and it would appear that

he even forced him to lodge with him. He was continually urging Origen

to explain some passage of Scripture, or to rectify some doubtful

reading. During supper he had manuscripts on the table, and the two

criticised while they ate; and the same thing went on in their walks

and recreations. He sat beside him far into the night, prayed with him

when he left his books for prayer, and after prayer went back with him

to his books again. When the master looked round in his catechetical

lectures, doubtless the indefatigable Ambrose was there, note-book in

hand, and doubtless everything pertaining to the lectures was rigidly

discussed when they found themselves together again; for Ambrose was a

deacon of the church, and as such had great interest in its external

ministration. Origen calls him his [Greek text], or _work-presser_.

and in another place he says he is one of God's work-pressers. There

is little doubt that the Hexapla is in great measure owing to Ambrose.

Origen resisted long his friend's solicitations to undertake a

revision of the text; reverence for the sacred words, and for the

tradition of the ancients, held him back; but he was at length

prevailed upon. Ambrose, indeed, did a great deal more than advise and

exhort; he put at Origen's disposal seven short-hand writers, to take

down his dictations, and seven transcribers to write out fairly what

the others had taken down. And so the gigantic work was begun. When it

was finished we cannot exactly tell, but it cannot have been till near

the end of {358} his life, and it was probably completed at Tyre, just

before he suffered for the faith. After his death, the great work,

"opus Ecclesia," as it was termed, was placed in the library of

Caesarea of Palestine. Probably no copy of it was ever taken; the

labor was too great. It was seen, or at least quoted, by many; such as

Pamphylus the Martyr, Eusebius, St. Athanasius, Didymus, St. Hilary,

St. Eusebius of Vercelli, St. Epiphanius, St. Basil, St. Gregory

Nyssen, St. Ambrose, St. Augustine, and especially St. Jerome and

Theodoret. It perished in the sack of Caesarea by the Persians or the

Arabs, before the end of the seventh century. [Footnote 54]

[Footnote 54: A new edition of the fragments of the Hexapla is

announced, at we write, by Mr. Field, of Norwich. The first

instalment of this important work, for which there are now many more

materials than Dom Montfaucon had at command, may be expected almost

as we go to press. The editor's new sources are chiefly the recently

discovered Sinaitic MSS., and the Syro-Hexaplar version, part of

which he has lately re-translated into Greek in a very able manner,

by way of a specimen.]

We need not say much here about the Tetrapla. Its origin appears to

have been as follows: When the Hexapla was completed, or nearly

completed, it was evident that it was too bulky to be copied. Origen,

therefore, superintended the production of an abridgment of it. He

omitted the two columns of Hebrew, the great stumbling-block to

copyists, and suppressed some of his notes. He then transcribed

Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodotion, putting his amended version of the

Septuagint, without the marks and signs, just before the last. The two

first answered the purposes of a Hebrew text, the last was a sort of

connecting link between it and the freedom of the Septuagint; and so,

for all practical purposes, he had a version that friends might put

their trust in, and that enemies could not dispute.

Such was the work that Origen did for the Bible. It was not all done

at once, in a year, or in ten years. It was begun almost without a

distinct conception of what it would one day grow to. It progressed

gradually, in the midst of many cares and much other labor, and it was

barely completed when its architect's busy life was drawing to a

close. Every one of those twenty years at Alexandria, which we are now

dwelling upon, must have seen the work going on. The seven short-hand

writers, and the seven young maidens who copied out, were Origen's

daily attendants, as he seems to say himself. But the catechetical

school was in full vigor all this time. Indeed, the critical fixing of

the Bible text, wonderful as it was, was only the material part of his

work. He had to preach the Bible, not merely to write it out. His

preaching will take us to a new scene and to new circumstances--to

Caesarea, where the greater part of his homilies were delivered. But,

before we accompany him thither, we must take a glance at his school

at Alexandria, and try to realize how he spoke and taught. We have

already described his manner of life, and the description of his

biblical labors will have given some idea of a very important part of

his daily work; what we have now to do is to supplement this by the

picture of him as the head of the great catechetical school.

One of the most striking characteristics of the career of Origen is

the way in which his work grew upon him. It is, indeed, a feature in

the lives of all the great geniuses who have served the church and

lived in her fold, that they have achieved greatness by an apparently

unconscious following of the path of duty rather than by any brilliant

excursion under the guidance of ambition. Origen was the very opposite

of a proud philosopher or self-appointed dogmatizer. He did not come

to his task with the consciousness that he was the man of his age, and

that he was born to set right the times. We have seen his birth and

bringing up, we have seen how he found himself in the important place

that he held, and we have seen how all his success {359} seemed to

come to him whilst he was merely bent on carrying through with the

utmost industry the affair that had been placed in his hands. We have

seen that, so far was he from trying to fit the gospel to the

exigencies of a cramped philosophy,--that he was brought up and passed

part of his youth without any special acquaintance with philosophy or

philosophers. He found, however, on resuming his duties as catechist,

that if he wished to do all the good that offered itself to his hand,

he must make himself more intimate with those great minds who, erring

as he knew them to be, yet influenced so much of what was good and

noble in heathenism. At that very time, a movement, perhaps a

resurrection, was taking place in Gentile philosophy. A teacher,

brilliant as Plato himself, and with secrets to develop that Plato had

only dreamt of, was in possession of the lecture-hall of the Museum.

Ammonius Saccas had landed at Alexandria as a common porter; nothing

but uncommon energy and extraordinary talents can have given him a

position in the university and a place in history, as the teacher of

the philosophic Trinity and the real founder of Neo-Platonism. Origen,

to whom the Museum had been strange ground in his early youth, saw

himself compelled to frequent it at the age of thirty. Saccas, to be

sure, was probably a Christian of some sort. At any rate, the

Christian teacher went and heard him, and made himself acquainted with

what it was that was charming the ears of his fellow-citizens, and

furnishing ground for half of the objections and difficulties that his

catechumens and would-be converts brought to him for solution. That

the influence of these studies is seen in his writings is not to be

denied. It would be impossible for any mind but the very dullest to

touch the spirit of Plato and not to be impressed and affected. The

writings of Origen at this period include three philosophical works.

There is first the "Notes on the Philosophers," which is entirely

lost. We may suppose it to have been the common-place book wherein was

entered what he learnt from his teacher, and what he thought of the

teacher and the doctrine. Then there is the "Stromata" (a work of the

same nature as the Stromata of his master, St. Clement), whose leading

idea was the great master-idea of Clement, that Plato and Aristotle

and the rest were all partially right, but had failed to see the whole

truth, which can only be known by revelation. This work, also, is

lost--all but a fragment or two. Thirdly, there is the celebrated

work, [Greek text], or, "De Principiis." Eusebius tells us expressly

that this work was written at Alexandria. Most unfortunately, we have

this treatise not in the original, but in two rival and contradictory

Latin versions, one by St. Jerome, the other by Ruffinus. Both profess

to be faithful renderings of a Greek original, and on the decision as

to which version is the genuine translation depends in great measure

the question of Origen's orthodoxy or heterodoxy. And yet this

treatise, "De Principiis," much as it has been abused, from Marcellus

of Ancyra down to the last French author who copied out Dom Ceillier,

and waiving the discussion of certain particular opinions that we may

have yet to advert to, seems to us to bear the stamp of Origen on

every page. It is such a work as a man would have written who had come

fresh from an exposition of deep heathen philosophy, and who felt,

with feelings too deep for expression, that all the beauty and depth

of the philosophy he had heard were overmatched a thousand times by

the philosophy of Jesus Christ. It is the first specimen, in Christian

literature, of a regular scientific treatise on the _principles_ of

Christianity. Every one knows that a discussion on the principles or

sources of the world, of man, of life, was one of the commonest shapes

of controversy between the {360} schools of philosophy; and at that

very time, the great Longinus, who probably sat beside Origen in the

school of Ammonius Saccas, was writing or thinking out a treatise with

the very title of that of Origen. It was a natural idea, therefore, to

show his scholars that he could give them better _principia_ than the

heathens. The treatise takes no notice, or next to none, of heathen

philosophy and its disputes; but it travels over well-known ground,

and what is more, it provokes comparison in a very significant manner.

For instance, the words wherewith it commences are words which Plato

introduces in the "Gorgias," and to those who knew that elaborate

dialogue, the sudden and unhesitating introduction of the name of

Christ, and the calm position that he and none else is the truth, and

that in him is the science of the good and happy life, must have been

quite as striking as its author probably intended it to be. The

treatise is not in the Platonic form--the dialogue; that form, which

was suitable to the days of the Sophists and the sharp-tongued

Athenians, had been superseded at Alexandria by the ornate monologue,

more suitable to an audience of novices and wonderers. Origen adopts

this form. One God made all things, himself a pure spirit; there is a

Trinity of divine persons, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit; of the

rational creatures of God, some fell irremediably, others fell not at

all; others again--that is, the race of man--fell, but not

irremediably, having a mediator in Jesus Christ, being assisted by the

good angels and persecuted by the bad; the wonderful fact that the

Word was made flesh; man's free will, eternal punishment and eternal

reward; such are the heads of the subjects treated of in the "De

Principiis." The lame and disjointed condition of the present text is

evident on a very cursory examination; it is perfectly unworthy of the

"contra Celsum." But the reader who studies the text carefully, by the

light of contemporary thought, can hardly help thinking that materials

so solid and good must have been put together in a form as

satisfactory and as conclusive. A first attempt in any science is

always more admired for its genius than criticised for its faults.

This of Origen's was a first attempt toward a scientific theology. We

say a theology, not a philosophy; for, though philosophic in form, and

accepted as philosophy by his hearers, it is wholly theological in

matter, being founded on the continual word of Holy Scripture, and not

unfrequently undertaking to refute heresy. Christianity, as we have

before observed, was looked upon by strangers as a philosophy, and its

doctors rightly allowed them to think so, and even called it so

themselves. Now the "De Principiis" was Origen's philosophy of

Christianity. It did not prove so much as draw out into system. It

answered all the questions of the day. What is God? asked the

philosophers. He is the creator of all things, and a pure spirit,

answered the Christian catechist. Is not this Trinity a wonderful

idea? said the young students to each other, after hearing Saccas.

Christianity, said Origen, teaches a Trinity far more awful and

wonderful, and far more reasonable, too--a Trinity, not of ideas, but

of persons. The new school talked of the inferior gods that ruled the

lower world, and of the demons, good and bad, who executed their

behests. The Christian philosopher explained the great fact of

creation, and laid down the true doctrine of guardian angels and

tempting devils. The constitution of man was another puzzle; the

rebellion of the passions, the nature of sin, the question of

free-will. Plotinus, who listened to Saccas at the same time as

Origen, has left us the attempts at the solution of these difficulties

that were accepted in the school of his master; the answers of Origen

may be read in the "De Principiis." The earnest among the heathen

{361} philosophers were totally in the dark as to the state of soul

and of body after death. Some were ashamed of having a body at all,

and few of them could see of what use it was, or how it could subserve

the great end of arriving at union with God. Origen dwells with marked

emphasis, and with tender lingering, on the great key of mysteries,

the incarnation, and its consequences, the resurrection of the flesh;

and shows how the body is to be kept down in this life by the rational

will, that it too may have its glory in the life to come. The whole

effort and striving of Neo-Platonism was to enable the soul to be

united with the Divinity. Origen accepted this; it was the object of

the Christian philosophy as well; but he drew into prominence two

all-important facts--first, the necessity of the grace of God;

secondly, the moral and not physical nature of the purification of the

soul; together with the Christian dogma that it was only after death

that perfect union could take place. All this must have been perfectly

fitted to the time and the occasion. And yet there are evident signs

that it was not delivered or written as a manifesto to the frequenters

of the Museum; it was evidently meant as an instruction to the upper

class of the catechetical school. Its author's first idea was that he

was a Christian teacher, and he spoke to Christians who believed the

Holy Scriptures. What his words might do for others he was not

directly concerned with, but there is no doubt that the subjects

treated of in the "De Principiis" must have been discussed over and

over again with those students and philosophers from the university

who, as Eusebius tells us, flocked to hear him in such numbers, and

also with that large class of Christians who still retained their love

of scientific learning, though believing most firmly in the faith of

Jesus Christ.

Of the matter of his ordinary catechetical instructions we need say

little, because it is evident that it would be mainly the same as it

has been under the like circumstances in all ages. Those of St. Cyril

of Jerusalem, delivered a century later, may furnish us with a good

idea of them, saving where doctrinal distinctions are discussed which

had not arisen in the time of the elder teacher. It is rather

extra-ordinary that so little trace has reached us of any formal

catechetical discourse of Origen. We are inclined to think, however,

that the "De Principiis," in its _original_ form, must have been the

summary or embodiment of his periodical instructions. But we have

numerous hints at what he taught in the several works on Holy

Scripture, some lost, some still partly extant, which he composed

during these twenty years at Alexandria. It appears that he was in the

habit of writing three different kinds of commentary on the

Scriptures; first, brief comments or notices, such as he has left in

the Hexapla; secondly, scholia, or explanations of some length; and

thirdly, regular homilies. But his homilies belong to a later period.

At Alexandria he commented St. John's Gospel (a labor that occupied

him all his life), Genesis, several of the Psalms, and the "Canticle

of Canticles," a celebrated work, yet extant in a Latin version, of

which it has been said that whereas in his other commentaries he

excelled all other interpreters, in this he excelled himself. But the

whole interesting subject of his creation of Scripture-commenting must

be treated of when we follow him to Caesarea, and listen to him

preaching.

What we desire now, to complete our idea of his Alexandrian career,

and of what we may call the inner life of his teaching, is, that some

one--a contemporary and a scholar, if possible--should describe his

method and manner, and let us know how he treated his hearers and how

they liked him. Fortunately, the very witness and document that we

want is ready to our hands. One of the most famous of Origen's

scholars was St. Gregory Thaumaturgus, and the most {362} interesting

of the extant works of that father is undoubtedly the discourse and

panegyric which he pronounced upon his master, on the occasion of

bidding farewell to his school. Gregory, or, as he was then called,

Theodore, and his brother Athenodorus, were of a noble and wealthy

family of Cappadocia; that is to say, probably, descendants of Greek

colonists of the times of the Alexandrian conquests, though, no doubt,

with much Syrian blood in their veins. When Gregory was fourteen they

lost their father, and the two wealthy young orphans were left to the

care of their mother. Under her guidance they were educated according

to their birth and position, and in a few years began to study for the

profession of public speakers. As they would have plenty of money, it

mattered little what they took to; but the profession of an orator was

something like what the bar is now, and gave a man an education that

would be useful if he required it, and ornamental whether he required

it or not. The best judges pronounced that the young men would soon be

finished _rhetores_; St. Gregory tells us so, but will not say whether

he thinks their opinion right, and before proof could be made the two

youths had been persuaded by a master they were very fond of to take

up the study of Roman jurisprudence. Berytus, a city of Phoenicia,

better known to the modern world as Beyrout, had just then attained

that great eminence as a school for Roman law which it preserved for

nigh three centuries. Thither the young Cappadocians were to go. Their

master had taught them what he could, and wished either to accompany

them to the law university or to send them thither to be finished and

perfected. It does not appear, however, that they ever really got

there. Most biographies of St. Gregory say that they studied there;

what St. Gregory himself says is, that they were on their way thither,

but that, having to pass through Caesarea (of Palestine), they met

with Origen, to whom they took so great an affection that he converted

them to Christianity and kept them by him there and at Alexandria for

five years. The "Oratio Panegyrica" was delivered at Caesarea, and

after the date of Origen's twenty years as catechist at Alexandria;

but it will be readily understood that the whole spirit, and, indeed,

the whole details, of the composition are as applicable to Alexandria

as to Caesarea; for his teaching work was precisely of the same nature

at the latter city as at the former, with a trifling difference in his

position. The oration of St. Gregory is a formal and solemn effort of

rhetoric, spoken at some public meeting, perhaps in the school, in the

presence of learned men and of fellow-students, and of the master

himself. It is written very elegantly and eloquently, but it is in a

style that we should call young, did we not know that to make parade

of apophthegms and weighty sayings, to moralize rather too much, to

pursue metaphors unnecessarily, and to beat about a thing with words

so as to do everything but say it, was the characteristic of most

orators, old and young, from the days of Ptolemy Philadelphus till the

days when oratory, as a profession, expired before anarchy and the

barbarians. But its literary merits, though great, are the least of

its recommendations. Its value as a theological monument is shown by

the appeals made to it in the controversy against Arius; and in more

recent times Bishop Bull, for instance, has made great use of it in

his "Defensio Fidei Nicaenae." To us, at present, its most important

service is the light it sheds upon the teaching of Origen. We need

make no apology for making St. Gregory the type of the Alexandrian or

Caesarean scholar; they may not have been all like him, but one real

living specimen will tell us more than much abstract description.

First of all, then, the scholar was not of an emphatically philosophic

cast of mind. The Greek philosophers were absolutely unknown to him.

He was a rich and clever young {363} man, bade fair to be a good

speaker, studied the law not because he liked it, but because his

friends and his master wished it; thought the Latin language very

imperial, but _very_ difficult; and had a habit of taking up what

opinions he did adopt more after the manner of clothes that he could

change as he pleased than as immutable truths. He was of a warm and

affectionate disposition, and had a keen appreciation of physical and

moral beauty. He was not without leanings to Christianity, but he

leaned to it in an easy, off-hand sort of way, as he might have leaned

to a new school in poetry or a new style of dress. He had no idea that

there is such a thing as the absolutely right and the absolutely wrong

in ethics any more than in taste. He was confirmed in this state of

mind by the philosophic schools of the day, among whom it was

considered disreputable to change one's opinions, however good the

reasons for a change might be; which was to degrade philosophy from

truth to the mere spirit of party, and to make a philosopher not a

lover of wisdom but a volunteer of opinion. So prepared and

constituted, the scholar, on his way to Berytus, fell in with Origen,

not so much by accident as by the disposition of Providence and the

guidance of his angel guardian; so at least he thought himself. The

first process which he went through at the hands of the master is

compared by the scholar to the catching of a beast, or a bird, or a

fish, in a net. Philosophizing had small charms for the accomplished

young man; to philosophize was precisely what the master had

determined he should do. We must remember the meaning of the word

[Greek text]; it meant to think, act, and live as a man who seeks true

wisdom. All the sects acknowledge this theoretically; what Clement and

Origen wanted to show, among other things, was that only a Christian

was a true philosopher in practice. Hence the net he spread for

Theodore, a net of words, strong and not to be broken. "You are a fine

and clever young man," he seemed to say; "but to what purpose are your

accomplishments and your journeys hither and thither? you cannot

answer me the simple question, Who are you? You are going to study the

laws of Rome, but should you not first have some definite notion as to

your last end, as to what is real evil and what is real good? You are

looking forward to enjoyment from your wealth and honor from your

talents; why, so does every poor, sordid, creeping mortal on the

earth; so even do the brute beasts. Surely the divine gift of reason

was given you to help you to live to some higher end than this." The

scholar hesitated, the master insisted. The view was striking in

itself, but the teacher's personal gifts made it strike far more

effectually. "He was a mixture," says the scholar, "of geniality,

persuasiveness, and compulsion. I wanted to go away, but could not;

his words held me like a cord." The young man, unsettled as his mind

had been, yet had always at heart believed in some sort of Divine

Being. Origen completed the conquest of his intellect by showing him

that without philosophy, that is, without correct views on morality,

the worship of God, or _piety_, as it used to be called, is

impossible. And yet wisdom and eloquence might have been thrown away

here as in so many other cases had not another influence, imperious

and all-powerful, been all this time rising up in his heart. The

scholar began to love the master. It was not an ordinary love, the

love with which Origen inspired his hearers. It was an intense, almost

a fierce, love (we are almost translating the words of the original),

a fitting response to the genuineness and kindly spirit of one who

seemed to think no pains or kindness too great to win the young heart

to true morality, and thereby to the worship of the only God--"to that

saving word," says St. Gregory, in his lofty style, "which alone can

teach God-service, which to whomsoever it comes home {364} it makes a

conquest of them; and this gift God seems to have given to him, beyond

all men now in the world." To that sacred and lovely word, therefore,

and to the man who was its interpreter and its friend, sprang up in

the heart of the scholar a deep, inextinguishable love. For that the

abandoned pursuits and studies which he had hitherto considered

indispensable; for that he left the "grand" laws of Rome, and forsook

the friends he had left at home, and the friends that were then at his

side. "And the soul of Jonathan was knit to the soul of David," quotes

the scholar, noting that the text speaks emphatically of the union of

the soul, which no earthly accidents can affect, and finding a

parallel to himself in Jonathan, to his master in David, the wise, the

holy, and the strong. And though the hour for parting had come, the

moment when these bonds of the soul should be severed would never

come!

The scholar was now completely in the hands of his teacher---"as a

land," he says, "empty, unproductive, and the reverse of fertile,

saline" (like the waste lands near the Nile), "burnt up, stony,

drifted with sand; yet not absolutely barren; nay, with qualities

which might be worth cultivating, but which had hitherto been left

without tillage or care, to be overgrown with thorn and thicket." He

can hardly make enough of this metaphor of land and cultivation to

show the nature of the work that the teacher had with his mind. We

have to read on for some time before we find out that all this

vigorous grubbing, ploughing, harrowing, and sowing represents the

dialectical training which Origen gave his pupils, such pupils, at

least, as those of whom Gregory Thaumaturgus was the type. In fact,

the dialectics of the Platonists and their off-shoots is very

inadequately represented by the modern use of the word logic. It seems

to have signified, as nearly as a short definition can express it, the

rectifying the ideas of the mind about itself, and about those things

most intimately connected with it. A modern student takes up his

manual of logic, or sits down in his class-room with his most

important ideas, either correct and settled, or else incorrect, beyond

the cure of logic. At Alexandria manuals were scarce, and the ideas of

the converts from heathenism were so utterly and fundamentally

confused, that the first lessons of the Christian teacher to an

educated Greek or Syrian necessarily took the shape of a Socratic

discussion, or a disquisition on principles. And so the scholar, not

without much amazement and ruffling of the feelings, found the field

of his mind unceremoniously cleared out, broken up, and freshly

planted. But, the process once complete, the result was worth the

inconvenience.

It was about this stage, also, that the master insisted on a special

training in natural history and mathematics. In his youth Origen had

been educated, as we have seen, by his father in the whole circle of

the sciences of the day. Such an education was possible then, though

impossible now, and the spirit of Alexandrian teaching was especially

attached to the sciences that regarded numbers, the figure of the

earth, and nature. The schools of the Greek philosophers had always

tolerated these sciences in their own precincts; nay, most of the

schools themselves had arisen from attempts made in the direction of

those very sciences, and few of them had attempted to distinguish

accurately between physics and metaphysics. Moreover, geography,

astronomy, and geometry, were the peculiar property of the Museum, for

Eratosthenes, Euclid, Ilipparchus, and Ptolemy himself, had observed

and taught within its walls. Origen, therefore, would not be likely to

undervalue those interesting sciences which he had studied with his

father, and which nine out of ten of his educated catechumens were

more or less {365} acquainted, and puzzled, or delighted, with. Happy

days when mathematics was little and chemistry in its infancy, when

astronomy lived shut up in a tower, clad in mystic vesture, and when

geology was yet in the womb of its mother earth! Enviable times, when

they all (such at least as were born) could be sufficiently attended

to and provided for in a casual paragraph of a theological

instruction, or brought into a philosophical discussion to be admired

and dismissed! Origen, however, had, as usual, a deeper motive for

bringing physics and mathematics into his system. We need not remind

the reader that, if Plato can be considered to have a weak part, that

part is where he goes into Pythagorean speculations about bodies,

numbers, and regular solids. His revivers, about the time we are

speaking of, had with the usual instinct of revivers found out his

weak part, and made the most of it, as if it had been the sublimest

evolution of his genius. We may guess what was taking place from what

afterward did take place, when even Porphyry fluctuated all his life

between pretensions to philosophy and what Saint Augustine calls

"sacrilegious curiosity," and when the whimsical triads of poor old

Proclus were powerless to stop the deluge of theurgy, incantations,

and all superstitions that finally swamped Neo-Platonism for ever.

With this view present to our minds the words of the scholar in this

place are very significant "By these two studies, geometry and

astronomy, he made us _a path toward heaven_," The three words that

Saint Gregory uses in the description of this part of the master's

teaching are worth noticing. The first is Geometry, which is taken to

mean everything that relates to the earth's surface. The second is

astronomy, which treats of the face of the heavens. The third is

physiology, which is the science of nature, or of all that comes

between heaven and earth. So that Origen's scientific teaching was

truly encyclopaedic. He was, moreover, an experimental philosopher,

and did not merely retail the theories of others. He analyzed things

and resolved them into their elements (their "very first" elements,

says the scholar); he descanted on the multiform changes and

conversions of things, partly from his own discoveries, and gave his

hearers a rational admiration for the sacredness and perfection of

nature, instead of a blind and stupid bewilderment; he "carved on

their minds geometry the unquestionable, so dear to all, and astronomy

that searches the upper air." What were the precise details of his

teachings on these subjects it would be unfair to ask, even if it were

possible to answer. We know that he thought diamonds and precious

stones were formed from dew, but this is no proof he was behind his

age; and his acquaintance with the literature of the subject proves he

was, if anything, before it. With regard to naphtha, the magnet, and

the looking-glass, it will be pleasing to know he was substantially

right. He was, perhaps, the first to make a spiritual use of the

accepted notion that the serpent was powerless against the stag; the

reason is, he says, that the stag is the type of Christ warring

against Anti-Christ. That he believed in griffins is unfortunate, but

natural in an Alexandrian, who had lived in an atmosphere d stories

brought down from the upper Nile by the ingenious sailors. As to his

"denying the existence of _the Tragelaphus_" we must remain ignorant

whether it redounds to his credit or otherwise, until modern

researches have exhausted the African continent.

TO BE CONTINUED.

------

{366}

Translated from the Revue Contemporaine.

EVE DE LA TOUR-D'ADAM.

BY G. DE LA LANDELLE.

I hate those pretentious and high-sounding Christian names which

certain upstarts inflict as a label of ridicule on their children;

but, though I should be accused of having two weights and two

measures, I should be pleased to see perpetuated in the descendants of

a noble race the most fantastic of those chosen by their ancestors. My

antipathy gives way before the religion of remembrance, before heroic

or knightly traditions. I love then even their oddity. I can pardon

even their triviality. I perceive only the old glory, the reflection

of which is preserved by these consecrated names.

Among the Roqueforts, who claim to have sprung from the Merovingians,

they have, even to our days, the names of Clodimir, Chilpérie, or

Bathilde. Since the time of the Crusades, the youngest son of the Du

Maistres is always an Amaury. The Canluries of Gonneville owe their

names of Arosca and Essomerie to the discoveries of the celebrated

navigator, their ancestor, who brought from southern lands, in 1503,

the Prince Essomerie, son of the King Arosca, whom he adopted and

married later, in Normandy, to one of his relations. There is a family

in Brittany who never part with the names of Audren, Salomon, Grallow,

or Conau. The Corréas, originally from Portugal, pride themselves on

seeing on their genealogical tree those of Caramuru and of

Paraguassus, which signify the _Man of Fire_ and _Great River_.

Chivalry, the Crusades, some semi-fabulous legend, some marvellous

chronicle, the grand adventures of a Tancred or a Bohemond, the

exploits of a Tannegry, finally, the great alliances, explain and

justify in certain families the privileged use of first names too

rare, or too commonplace, fantastic, romantic, strange, or old, to be

suitable except for them.

Now, it was thus that, in virtue of an old custom, the grand-daughter

of the Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam had received that of Eve at the

baptismal fonts of St. Sulpice.

In passing the Gorge d'Enfer, not far from the famous valley of

Roncevaux, you have perhaps remarked the ruins, still majestic, of a

tower which leans above a frightful precipice. The shepherds of the

country maintain that it was built by the fathers of the human race;

were I the most profound of archaeologists I should be very careful

not to contradict them. Who can prove that the Pyrenees did not rise

on the limits of Eden? In the fourteenth century was not all Europe

convinced that the terrestrial paradise, engulfed in the Atlantic,

rises partly above the water in the form of Saint Brandan's Isle, the

promised land of the saints, where Enoch and Elias await the last day?

In the same manner that the erudite La Tour d'Auvergne, as simple as

he was brave, has demonstrated in his "Origines Gauloises" that Adam

and Eve spoke Bas-Breton, in the same manner the Basque tongue

furnishes unexceptionable proofs of the antiquity {367} of the times

of Adam which the waters of the deluge respected.

Be this as it may, antediluvian or not, Punic or Roman, Gothic,

Saracen, or Spanish, the old tower was the cradle of an illustrious

family--illustrious on both sides of the Pyrenees. From time

immemorial the first-born was given the name of Adam or of Eve.

At the beginning of this simple history we have not the leisure to

recount how a royal Moorish prisoner, who, it is said, was called

Adam, escaped from the tower, carrying with him the heiress of the

castle. Nor can we stop from the wars in Palestine one of the warlike

ancestors of our Parisian heroine, a proud Crusader, who brought to

his domains an Oriental Eve, the beloved daughter of we know not what

Saladin.

These different traditions, which were not the only ones, made the

customs of their ancestors very dear to the family of La Tour-d'Adam;

but the young and merry companions of the grand-daughter of the last

marquis did not care to inquire into the cause of her unusual name.

They kept themselves in bounds in finding it tolerably ridiculous that

she should be called just like the ancestors of the human species.

"Really, I do not know who could have served as god-mother to our

beautiful friend," said Clarisse Dufresnois, biting her lips. "In my

days I would not consent to give so dangerous a name. When one hears

it one seems to have a too decided fancy for forbidden fruit."

"Oh! Clarisse, that is mean," murmured Leonore.

This charitable and timid observation received no response. Albertine,

Valerie, Suzanne, and several other young girls, who were chattering

together while waiting the opening of the ball, seemed by their smiles

to encourage the mocking spirit of Clarisse Dufresnois. They made a

charming group. Blondes and brunettes, red and white, adorned with

flowers and ribbons with delicate taste, they presented to the view an

adorable reunion of smiles and graces, as they said in the last

century. Youth, gaiety, freshness, beautiful black eyes, large blue

eyes, lovely figures, wilful airs, piquant countenances, enjoyment,

vivacity, delicacy--what then did they lack that the gentlemen

cavaliers should make them wait? Truly, we cannot say; but their

habitual delay contradicted the olden fame of French gallantry. These

gentlemen, without doubt, were a thousand times culpable for

Clarisse's little sarcasms.

"With the fortunate name of Eve," she continued, "should one not

always be the first to show herself?"

"If you would say, at least the first to arrive," interrupted Leonore.

"But it has a grand air to appear late; it produces a sensation; one

seats by her entrance all the most elegant dancers; one would be

watched for, desired, impatiently waited for."

"For that matter, I am sure," said Leonore quickly, "Eve thinks little

about all that; she is as simple as she is good."

"You see, girls," replied Clarisse, with equal vivacity, "that I have

said something evil of our dear Eve! Goodness! I love her with all my

heart. She is languid, cool, and sentimental; she has her little

eccentricities. Who of us has not? I said simply that she is always

the last to arrive; but, however, I do not think she is so much

occupied in varying her toilette. She is inevitably crowned with

artificial jasmine."

"Nothing becomes her better," said Leonore. "Beside, Eve is

sufficiently pretty to be charming in anything."

"Doubtless," replied Clarisse, a little piqued; "only I ask, how can

you tell what becomes her best when she has never worn anything else

for at least four years."

"Four!" cried nearly all the girls. "Four years! Why, that is an age!"

"Four years of jasmine!" said Valerie; "what constancy!"

{368}

"Bouquet, garland, crown, and I don't know what else," continued

Clarisse, "Eve always has jasmine in some shape."

"For me," said Suzanne, "I would not, for anything on earth, show

myself three times in succession with a branch or wreath of jasmine."

The word jasmine, repeated four or five times, made a young girl

tremble as she entered, and, not knowing any of the young ladies, seat

herself at a distance; but, as if drawn by the word which affected her

so singularly, Louise de Mirefont took her place nearest to Clarisse.

Louise was nineteen; she did not yield in natural grace to Suzanne nor

to Valerie; her color was equal in freshness to the charming

Albertine's; Lucienne had not such brilliant black hair, Leonore an

expression of gentleness not more sympathetic. A timidity acquired,

perhaps, by a sudden trouble veiled the looks of the new rival who now

disputed with all the palm of beauty; a lively carnation spread itself

over her features, which had a faultless purity. With her blushes and

her embarrassment was mingled a vague sentiment of sadness; but what

physiognomist would have been sufficiently skilful to explain the

impression which affected her?

Of all the merry young girls collected at the ball, Louise was the

simplest attired. She was beautiful enough to carry off any costume; a

simple white dress, a light, rose-colored ribbon around her waist,

that was all. All her companions had either flowers or pearls in their

hair; she alone had no other coiffure than her waving curls, which

rolled round her white shoulders. Each young girl had some rarity in

her toilette. Clarisse, for example, had admirable bracelets and

ear-rings, Lucienne, had a valuable cameo, Suzanne was distinguished

by a spencer of an original pattern, even Leonore by knots of ribbons

of exquisite taste, Albertine by bands of coral interwoven in the

tresses of her fair hair.

No borrowed ornament could have increased the value of Louise's

charms, whom if one could not without hesitation discern as the prize

of the concourse, at least as the most faithful lover of the Greek

type the model of which she presented in her classic perfection.

At the moment she approached, Leonore had said, indulgently: "Four

years! four winters!--without doubt Clarisse exaggerates."

"No, Miss Leonore, I do not exaggerate; I repeat that for four years

Eve has worn only jasmine."

Clarisse alone could call up the memories of four years; she was the

oldest of all her friends. Some of these had been only a few months

out of the convent, others had made their entrance into society only

the winter preceding. She was not even of the same age as Eve, who had

come out much earlier than any of them.

Clarisse had just passed the age of twenty-five. Having dreamed of six

or seven superb marriages, she had the grief of aspiring to a seventh

dream, and this was why her indulgence, at all times mediocre enough,

went decreasing in hope as hope deceived, or in inverse ratio to the

square of her age, to help ourselves for once, by chance, by the

algebraic style. Clarisse could have said, but she did not, that she

had seen Eve de La Tour-d'Adam, crowned with roses, the first time she

appeared at the house of the Comtesse de Peyrolles.

Four or five springs, at most, made a second crown of roses for the

brow of that maiden, who conducted an old septuagenary whose ideas and

decorations recounted the exploits of a generation almost extinct. Eve

advanced on the arm of the Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam, who had not been

seen for several years. Man of the world as he had been in his youth,

and was no longer, the marquis reserved to himself to introduce her

into society. {369} Eve was very young, but the weight of years was

heavy on the old man. The hour was advanced because he wished it so.

Their entrance made a great sensation; Clarisse remembered that it

made too much.

Fair, delicately pale, frail and slender as a wasp, the only and last

heiress of the Lords de La Tour-d'Adam, Eve, the child yet unknown,

attracted all eyes. Give life to one of those aerial vignettes to

which the English sculptors deny nothing, unless it is a soul; render

motion to those images of the saints which the simple and pious

workmen sculpture and _animate_ in some sort with their faith, for the

front of our temples; spread an expression of angelic sweetness and

infinite tenderness over the countenance of a virgin purer than the

azure of the sky; around this creation of your least profane thought

let there reign an atmosphere of generous sympathies, that hearts may

be touched, that souls may he captive, that men and women shall be

equally attracted by this undefined sentiment, commonly called of

interest, that this interest shall extend to every harmonious gesture,

to every movement, to every word of the fair young girl; take into

account the veneration inspired by the presence of the old gentleman,

her grandfather--and you will understand at once what was Eve, and the

effect of her first appearance at Madame de Peyrolles'.

Four years had passed since then. Eve now had entered her nineteenth

year. Had she grown old in one day, had she grown young again, or some

slow suffering, unknown phenomenon, some mysterious illness, was it,

that, without wasting the young girl, abruptly arrested her

development, up to that time so precocious? But, such as she was seen

at Madame de Peyrolles' four winters before, as such Eve reappeared in

the same drawing-room; only Clarisse Dufresnois had said enough about

it--the crown of roses was replaced by a branch of jasmine entwined in

her golden hair.

And, indeed, a branch of jasmine was placed on the front of the girl's

dress, when dressed for the ball, and, accompanied by Madame du

Castellet, her governess, she presented herself to her grandfather,

who awaited her in the west parlor of the mansion of La Tour-d'Adam

and welcomed her with a tender smile.

Eve came forward raising to him her sweet blue eyes, and, in melodious

accents:

"My father," she said, "I have obeyed you; you see I am ready; but why

will you oblige me to leave you again alone for all one long evening?'

"Child, I shall not be alone; I shall think that my Eve is amusing

herself, I shall see her as if I were there! Youth should have

innocent distractions. Oh! thou hast nobly loved me with all thy

heart, but the society of an old man like me does not suffice at thy

age."

"God knows I would renounce this ball with happiness, in order to give

you your evening reading."

"I do not doubt it, my child; but you have promised me that you will

go; go then, amuse yourself with your companions; dance, frolic,

receive the homage which is your due. I am not a miser who hides his

treasure, I wish that my diamond should shine for all eyes; your

triumphs are mine, and your gaiety is the joy of my life."

"My father, I am never gay except by your side."

The old man smiled, not without a little incredulity, but the young

girl's clear eyes were fixed on him with a touching expression of

veneration and filial love. Eve repeated with affecting candor that

the watch by her grandfather's side was to her a thousand times

preferable to the noisy pleasures of the world; she grew animated,

and, drawing yet nearer, she said:

{370}

"When I have passed the evening with you, I return joyously to my

room, my heart full of noble thoughts. Often you have recounted to us

some incidents of your life, and I am proud of being your child; I

wish for power to imitate your generous example; finally, I find an

inexpressible charm in your recollections and in your narratives. If

you have spoken to me of my father and my mother, whom I have never

known, I am still happy; my melancholy is sweet; I represent to myself

as my guardian angels those whom your words make me love more every

day."

The Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam felt himself touched; the young girl's

governess had seated herself. Eve added in a less firm tone:

"On the contrary, when I return from a ball, I feel an indefinable

sentiment of void and weariness; I do not know what it is that I want,

I am sad, discontented with myself."

"Childishness!" interrupted the old gentleman. "Off with us! A little

thoughtlessness and folly, I insist upon it! One is discontented with

oneself only when one has failed in some duty; you are good,

submissive, pious, charitable."

Eve blushed slightly, and while her grandfather was continuing his

eulogy she prepared him a cup of tea, drew the stool near, arranged

the cushion on which he rested his head, then, going to the piano, she

played an old battle air of which he was very fond.

Meanwhile the marquis addressed the governess.

"My cousin," he said (Madame du Castellet was a distant relative of

the Tour-d'Adams), "combat these tendencies, I implore you; pleasures

and distractions, they are the remedy! I do not understand why this

ball should sadden our darling Eve, why meeting her friends and her

partners should make her melancholy. Eve does not know how to be

untruthful, she hides nothing from us; but she is ignorant herself why

she suffers. Discover this secret, I implore you, that she may be

happy."

"Eve's happiness is my only desire," replied the governess. "You know

that I love her as my own daughter. I never contradict her; indeed,

she never desires anything that is not praiseworthy. She plans to do

good with an admirable perseverance and delicacy."

The old marquis at this moment recognized the martial air which Eve

was playing for him; he was deeply affected:

"She forgets nothing," he murmured.

Then noticing the flowers the young girl wore:

"Always jasmine," he said to the governess.

"She forgets nothing," said Madame du Castellet, in her turn.

"It is then impossible to overcome the pride of those unfortunate

Mirefonts?" replied the marquis.

"My nephew, Gaston, cannot get anything accepted," respondent the

governess; "but we will save them in spite of themselves."

"Heaven preserve me," said the marquis immediately, "from blaming

their susceptibility; unfortunately, the secret means which Eve has so

long employed scarcely suffice; it is necessary to do more."

"Gaston will aid us, I imagine," replied the governess in a low voice;

"but hush! my pupil will not pardon me if I betray her secrets."

Eve returned from the piano; the marquis and the governess exchanged a

glance of prudent intelligence.

"Off with us, young lady, to the ball, to the ball, the carriage is

waiting!" said the old gentleman gaily, kissing the young girl's

forehead.

Madame du Castellet dragged off Eve; the marquis, left alone, thought

tenderly of his dear grandchild, the bouquet of jasmine, the

unfortunate Mirefont family, of all that Eve had said or done with her

habitual grace, while the military march she had played still

resounded in his heart.

{371}

"The noble child!" he murmured; "they counselled me to be severe; how

could I be? I have been indulgent; I have repressed nothing, spoiled

nothing; her generous nature has freely developed itself; she has made

herself blessed even by those who do not know her. Happy, yes, happy,

will he be who shall be her husband."

The few words exchanged between the marquis and Eve's governess have

shown us that for some time, at least, the secret of one of the young

girl's good actions had been revealed to her grandfather. The old

gentleman would have thought little enough of the coiffures chosen by

Eve, or of her taste for such or such a flower; but Madame du

Castellet had been much surprised one day by her pupil's predilection

for bouquets and wreaths of jasmine. Questions followed each other;

Eve evaded them for a long time; the governess insisted. She blamed

the girl's extravagance, which did not cease to expend considerable

sums for the same flowers.

"I wish to know if this caprice has anything reasonable in it?" she

said finally, with firmness, even at the risk of displeasing the young

heiress.

Eve blushed; then in a suppliant tone--

"Be at least discreet," she said. "It is the matter of an honorable

family suddenly fallen into extreme poverty, whose only resource is

the sale of jasmine. People do not buy it, so it is that I buy so

much."

"But still," said Madame du Castellet, "without doubt you know the

name of the family."

"No, cousin. Fearing to wound worthy people, I have not asked it. Only

my artificial-flower seller told me that this jasmine was the work of

the only child of a poor knight of St. Louis, completely ruined by the

last revolution, and struck with incurable infirmities. His wife can

only take care of him and wait on him. I was much affected by the

story, and above all by the courage shown by this young girl, who

obtained a living for her father and mother by her work. I promised

often to buy jasmine on condition that my name should never be

mentioned; do not be surprised, cousin, that I keep my promise."

Madame du Castellet embraced Eve with fervor. But soon going to the

source, she knew that the family suffering from so many misfortunes

was that of the Mirefonts. The marquis was instructed. Various offers

of assistance were made, but proudly refused.

Eve continued to adorn herself with jasmine and to make liberal

presents of it to all her friends, which Clarisse Dufresnois

pleasantly laughed at.

"Do you love jasmine?" she said, smiling. "Apply to Eve. For a

lottery, a vase or a crown of jasmine; for a present, jasmine; for a

head-dress, jasmine. Madeline, who has penetrated into the delicious

boudoir of Mademoiselle de La Tour-d'Adam, saw only jasmine on every

side. Has she not given some to you also?"

"Eve has given me a charming bunch," said Leonore. "It was a

master-piece of its kind; a flower was never more perfectly imitated."

Nobody listened to Leonore.

"Jasmine is, then, Eve's adoration?" said Albertine.

"Perhaps," suggested Suzanne, "it is the emblem of a deep sentiment,

some memory."

"In any case, it is a passion, a mania."

"I do not know what to imagine," said Leonore; "but I would rather

believe it a work of charity."

"You hear Leonore, young ladies," cried Clarisse; "would it still be

wicked to find this abuse of jasmine monotonous?"

Louise de Mirefont had started several times, for she was the unknown

artist whose filial devotion created the bouquets and wreaths which

Eve had not ceased to buy.

For the second time in her life Louise penetrated into the

drawing-room of the Countess de Peyrolles, where she had been

presented the {372} preceding winter by Mlle. de Rouvray, an old

friend of her mother, and companion to the Countess. At the reiterated

requests of Mlle. de Rouvray, Louise's parents consented that their

daughter should go among the society in which her birth and education

called her to live, had not her entire want of fortune kept her away.

At the time of that single party, which occupied a large place in the

young girl's memory, she had remarked one of her masterpieces over the

brow of Eve de La Tour-d'Adam. She had blushed, not without an

innocent joy.

How different was her feeling now! Every mocking shaft of Clarisse

wounded her, the smiles of the other girls put her to torture; and

when Leonore, in her indulgent observations, which had consoled her a

little, innocently pronounced the word charity, she grew pale and felt

humbled. Pride brought to her eyes two tears, which vexation dried on

her eyelashes.

"Mlle. de La Tour-d'Adam has done me an act of charity," she thought

with a sort of wrath. "We have a disguised alms, and M. Gaston du

Castellet has failed in all his promises."

Such were, we are obliged to avow it, Louise de Mirefont's first

thoughts; pride rendered her unjust and ungrateful. Alas! as we have

been told many times, first thoughts in our weak nature are not always

the best. An angry suspicion, moreover, augmented the girl's

indignation.

The nephew of Eve's governess, Gaston du Castellet, introduced into

the family of Mirefont by Mlle. de Rouvray, had he, in an excess of

zeal, revealed the secret of a distress courageously concealed for

more than four years? Gaston was, himself, in a position of fortune

more than mediocre, he lived honorably, but in a very modest office.

He had been received with a noble simplicity; his tact, his delicacy,

rendered him worthy of such a reception, and he had also conquered the

good graces of M. and Mme, de Mirefont.

Louise, during her long is hours of work, often surprised herself

thinking of the amiable qualities, the distinction, the benevolence,

of Gaston du Castellet. While with a light hand she cut out or

adjusted the green leaves or white flowers on their stem, she could

not forbid herself to dream of the prudent attentions which Gaston

showed her. Together with her fairy fingers, her imagination, or

rather her heart, built a frail edifice of green leaves, hope, and

white flowers, like the innocence of her love. A word, a glance, a

smile of Gaston's, some mark of solicitude for her venerable parents,

a generous word pronounced with feeling, received with eagerness,

plunged her in long and sweet reveries. Her floral task was generally

finished before her dream.

"He wished to associate his efforts with mine to comfort my parents'

old age! With what eagerness he assisted my mother!" thought Louise,

trembling with emotion. "'Why can I not always replace you thus?' said

he. 'My presence will permit you to continue your pious work.' I

succeeded in finishing that evening the crown of jasmine for which my

employer waited so impatiently. And on Sunday, what could be greater

than Gaston's sincere goodness toward my father while my mother and I

had gone to pray for him? When we returned our prayers seemed to have

been heard: he suffered less, and attributed the amelioration of his

state to Gaston's cares, cordial gaiety, and conversation. Heavens!

what were they talking of in our absence?"

And Louise's mind lost itself in sweet and charming suppositions. Add

to this, that a year before Gaston had met Louise at a ball at Madame

de Peyrolles'; he had noticed her there; and a few days afterward was

presented to her parents by their old friend Mlle. de Rouvray. Gaston

was the only young man admitted to their intimacy. Six months had not

rolled away before he occupied a room in the same house with Louise.

{373}

Louise believed herself loved, and did not fear to speak without

disguise of the extreme trouble of her family. The young man had

already ventured various offers of assistance, he returned to the

charge; H. and Mme. de Mirefont constantly with a grateful dignity

refused them. Louise, whose delicious work was selling better and

better, positively forbade him to attempt any officious proceeding.

Gaston promised to make none, and very sincerely kept his word.

"But Gaston was the nephew of Eve de La Tour-d'Adam's governess. As

Clarisse Dufresnois said, Eve bought jasmine with devotion; according

to Leonore, it was without doubt from charity she did so. Well, then I

had Gaston broken his promise? his direct offers being refused, had he

employed indirect means? might he not be, finally, Eve de La

Tour-d'Adam's agent, her associate, her agent in good works?"

Louise loved Gaston. And you will pardon her injustice, her

ingratitude, her jealousy; for her second thought was a burst of

repentance; she reproached herself for her pride, she was ashamed of

herself for doubting Gaston, and, more than all, for being ungrateful

to her benefactress.

Eve entered; she entered crowned with jasmine.

A tear--but this was a tear of gratitude--bathed Louise's eyelashes,

and slowly descended down her burning cheeks. Her heart was already

refreshed. She no longer heard Clarisse's whispers, she did not see

the mocking smiles of Valerie, Albertine, and their companions; she

did not even perceive that several young men were coming toward her,

and asking her hand for a contra-dance; Eve had entered--she saw only

Eve.

"Oh! she is an angel! she murmured rapturously.

"You say truly, Miss Louise, she is an angel!" replied Gaston, taking

her hand.

Louise raised her head, dried her eyes, and permitted herself to be

carried off by her attentive cavalier, who had observed all, heard

all, and understood all, from the moment she had taken her place in

the circle of girls.

Eve, conducted by her partner, passed near them, and turning:

"Gaston," she said in a tone of affectionate familiarity, "will you be

our _vis-â-vis?_"

The young girls found themselves in each other's presence, their looks

met; Louise's ardent gratitude suddenly aroused Eva de La

Tour-d'Adam's sympathy.

"What a charming young girl! Do you know her, sir?"

"No, Miss Eve," answered Eve's partner, and his reply was not finished

without the compliment called forth by a natural term of comparison,

but the triumphant gentleman expended his eloquence for nothing.

"Does she know me?" said Louise to Gaston; "how she looks at me!"

"Eve does not know who you are; she will doubtless ask me your name;

well, in telling it, I shall not relate any of your family secrets."

"Oh! so much the better!" exclaimed Louise.

"Just now you were blushing and turning pale, I heard, I noticed--"

Louise lowered her eyes in embarrassment.

"You were wrong," continued Gaston. "The only indiscretion committed

has been by your employer, the flower-merchant. Eve is interested in

you, she loves you without knowing your name. Her sincere solicitude

goes back already for four years; it is only one, Louise, since I had

the happiness of first seeing you. It was here. The next day Mlle, de

Rouvray received a visit from me, and a few days afterward your

parents kindly admitted me to their house."

An expression of happiness lighted Louise's delicate features.

"Then, just now," she said after a moment's interruption, "you divined

my thoughts?"

{374}

"I heard Miss Clarisse Dufresnois. I suffered as you suffered. I

hastened to justify myself to you."

"Oh, Gaston, how much better is your beautiful cousin than I!"

They now passed in the contra-dance; Eve's hand was not slow in taking

Louise's; the two girls shivered at once.

Eve must have seemed singularly absent to her partner; she did not

cease to watch Louise and Gaston, she was troubled, and was conscious

of a strange uneasiness.

"Why this extreme emotion?" she asked herself; "oh! how my heart

beats! I tremble, I suffer, my eyes are growing dim! What is the

matter with me? Who is this young girl, and what is Gaston saying to

her? They pronounced my name, I believe!"

Gaston was talking enthusiastically to Louise.

"Eve is not of this earth!" he said. "She is a celestial being whom I

feel myself disposed to invoke on my knees; the respect with which she

inspires me prevents me from seeing even her beauty. I venerate her,

but you, Louise, you I love!"

Louise started.

"Oh! do not be vexed by this avowal; I am permitted to make it. During

your absence, on Sunday, M. de Mirefont yielded to my request. My

happiness, Louise, depends on you alone."

The young girl did not succeed in dissembling her joy, her smiles

crowned Gaston's wishes; he continued in a softened voice:

"Oh! it was not without trouble that I triumphed, dear Louise. For a

long time your father rejected me on account of his deplorable

position; he would not consent, he said, that I should bind my future

to the sad destinies of his family. I spoke of my love, he replied by

reciting his misfortunes. Permit, I said to him, a son to diminish by

his zeal your Louise's task. Would you repulse me if fortune favored

you? or do you find me unworthy to share your lot? Her filial virtues

even more than her charms have captivated me. If she were destined to

opulence like Mlle, de La Tour-d'Adam, for example, I should be insane

to dare to aspire to her hand. But your Louise is the companion

necessary for a poor, hard-working man like me. She is courageous and

devoted. I came to supplicate you to accept my devotion and my

courage. Finally, overcome by my insistance, he held out his hand to

me; I bathed it with my tears; then, opening his arms: 'Louise shall

pronounce,' he said. With what impatience I waited for you that

evening! Your mother by this time should be aware of my application,

and to-morrow, if you consent, it shall not be simply as a friend, but

as your _fiancé_ that I shall enter under your parent's roof."

"Gaston--my _fiancé_," murmured Louise. "O God! I am too happy."

Eve also was near succumbing under a strange emotion; but by a supreme

effort she succeeded in conquering it; but she was so pale she might

have been taken for an alabaster statue. She was faint when she seated

herself at some distance behind Mme. du Castellet and Mlle. Rouvray,

who, retired to one side apart, were talking in a low voice but with

animation.

Gaston's aunt and the countesses companion, drawn together by the

similarity of their positions, made part of that commendable variety

of aristocracy which we are permitted to call the poor of the great

world. Resigned, free from envy, devoted, body and soul, to the

families in which even their office increased the consideration and

the regard which they merited, such persons are always justly

respected. Their presence honors the houses which welcome them. They

lived in the highest sphere with an admirable abnegation; the firmness

of their principles equalled the amiability of their character: they

had espoused the interests which exclusively occupied them, and were

slaves to their duties.

{375}

Eve, still trembling, continued to watch Gaston and Louise, at the

same time that, as if her nervous excitement had given her the faculty

of hearing the feeblest sounds, she did not lose a word of the

conversation of the two old friends.

"You cannot believe how much this marriage contents me," said Madame

du Castellet, "I have always been afraid that my nephew was taken with

Eve. Eve is so beautiful, so tender, so generous: one cannot know her

without loving her. Gaston already loved her like a brother; they saw

each other continually in spite of all my skill. I did well, the old

marquis did not even suspect the danger. It would have been imprudent

to have hinted the possibility; I have lived on thorns for three or

four years. Eve and Gaston have known each other from childhood; a

formidable friendliness reigned between them; Eve was full of sisterly

attentions; I trembled for my poor nephew."

"It is certain that Mlle. de La Tour-d'Adam, with her name and her

immense fortune, can only make a grand marriage," said Mlle, de

Rouvray. "We can doubly felicitate ourselves on the success of our

effort. The old Chevalier de Mirefont was ten years younger this

evening, when he announced to me the regular request made by Gaston."

"It is scarcely any time since I said to the marquis how much I relied

on my nephew, but I did not know it was so advanced."

"It is a settled thing," said Mlle. de Rouvray, smiling, for Gaston

and Louise had been constantly observed by the two old friends.

"My nephew will soon be advanced," said Madame du Castellet, "he will

not lack a future, and moreover, he will not refuse the advantages of

which our good cousin will assure him by marriage contract. The

Mirefont family will soon find themselves in ease."

"Louise is worthy of this good fortune," said Mademoiselle de Rouvray.

"When I shall be permitted to tell Eve that her cousin is to marry her

interesting _protégé_, oh! I am sure she will be transported with

joy."

Eve, at these words, thoroughly understood. Detaching from her

headdress a little branch of flowers, she contemplated it a moment.

Then she regarded Louise and Gaston, seated by each other, wrapped in

their happiness, oblivious of the world around them.

"How happy they are!" she thought

The ball was very animated, Albertine, Valerie, and Lucienne had

abandoned themselves to the gaiety of their age, but Clarisse, who

observed with secret envy sometimes Gaston and Louise, sometimes Eve,

pensive, refusing ten invitations,--Clarisse cried out all at once:

"Mademoiselle de La Tour-d'Adam is ill."

The musicians stopped playing. Gaston rushed to his cousin. Louise was

the first to take in hers Eve's ice-cold hands; she could not refrain

from pressing them to her lips.

Eve soon opened her eyes, saw Louise on her knees, Gaston at her side,

smiled on them with angelic sweetness, and addressing herself to the

young girl:

"You do not know me," she said, "but I wish you to be my friend. You

will come to see me, will you not?"

The little branch of jasmine which Eve had taken from her own forehead

remained in Louise's hands. Madame du Castellet, aided by her nephew,

carried away Eve de la Tour-d'Adam.

A few minutes after Louise was conducted home.

Clarisse Dufresnois did not fail to attribute Eve's fainting to the

desire of appearing interesting; this was at least the version which

she gave to the young ladies Suzanne, Valerie, Lucienne, and

Albertine, but the supposition which she expressed to the Vicomte de

la Perlière, the object of her seventh matrimonial dream, was less

inoffensive.

{376}

"Mademoiselle de La Tour-d'Adam," said she, "was taken ill of jealousy

and vexation, on remarking her cousin's attention to Mlle, de

Rouvray's _protégé_."

She enlarged on this theme with so much wit, that the Vicomte de la

Perlière, a man of sense who did not lack heart, forgot at the end of

the winter to propose to her. The autumn following he asked and

obtained Leonore's hand, which did not prevent Clarisse from being

more witty than ever.

II.

Eve passed a frightful night, a prey to the delirium of fever; the

doctors, forced to reassure the old marquis and the governess, did not

conceal from Gaston that his cousin's case presented very alarming

symptoms. Gaston was uneasy, Louise shared his fears, but their

betrothal took place notwithstanding; the promise already made by M.

de Mirefont was confirmed in the family, but on account of Eve's

illness Madame du Castellet's absence was excused.

In the Castle de La Tour-d'Adam reigned a profound sadness.

Eve had recovered her ordinary calm and serenity, but her weakness and

pallor were extreme; the old marquis was conducted to her room.

"Eve, my dear child, when I think of all you said to me before going

to the ball, I reproach myself bitterly for having forced you to go."

"Do not regret it, grandfather, for I am delighted to have seen the

young girl who is going to marry my cousin Gaston. I wish her to be my

best friend."

"My child," said the marquis again, "is anything lacking that you

wish? Have confidence in me."

"What can I lack? you refuse me nothing."

"Doubtless, and for all," suggested the old man, with a real timidity,

"you fear to unveil for me the state of your heart! I hesitate to say

what I think, my dear daughter, but if you have a secret

inclination--"

Eve shuddered, and lowered her large eyes.

"Know well, at least, that I shall never be an obstacle to your

happiness; my Eve would not know how to make an unworthy choice."

The young girl bent her head and remained silent. Mme. du Castellet

observed her sadly.

"Eve," said she, "you answer nothing?"

"What can I answer?" murmured the heiress, "I ask myself," she said

with feeling. "My good father," she said again, "words are wanting to

express to you my gratitude and my tenderness."

"Then from what does she suffer?" the marquis asked himself in

despair.

As a flower scorched by the sun, Eve languished; the fever

disappeared, but her strength did not return. Her only pleasure was to

put on, one after another, the freshest of her jasmine wreaths.

The doctors understood nothing of her illness; the most skilful of all

interrogated the governess.

"I fear that this young girl is struck by a moral hurt; love, when it

is opposed, sometimes presents analogous symptoms."

"We have been beforehand with your question, doctor; Eve knows that

her choice would be approved; she made no response."

"Has she pronounced any name in her delirium?"

"None; she spoke only of the good works which constantly occupied

her."

Madame du Castellet had found that Eve knew the whole history of

Louise's filial devotion.

"Madame," replied the physician, "I persist in believing that Mlle, de

La Tour-d'Adam conceals her secret from you. A false shame, without

doubt, restrains her; send for her confessor, and have him, if

possible, oblige her to tell you the truth."

When the doctor had gone, Madame du Castellet burst into tears. Eve

was given up by science, because they {377} absolutely would have it

that her illness had a mysterious origin.

The confessor was called, although the governess hoped nothing from

his intervention. An emotion of profound piety was painted on the

features of the man of God when he came out of the invalid's chamber,

but Eve, calm and with pious recollection, was praying with her eyes

raised to heaven. The young girl made no confidence to Mme. du

Castellet, only several hours later--

"Cousin," she said, "Mlle. Louise de Mirefont and Gaston are slow in

coming to see me."

It was not the first time that Eve had expressed the same desire; the

governess ordered the carriage in order to go for Mlle. de Mirefont.

"Louise, generous Louise," murmured Eve, "I would that my soul could

be blended with yours!"

Her heart beat violently as she thought of Gaston's happiness; Eve did

not account to herself for her poignant emotion, but she prayed that

God would permit her to live for her noble grandfather.

"My loss would be too cruel for him," she murmured, weeping.

Then she interrogated herself with a simple severity:

"Would I then be culpable for not speaking of that of which I am

myself ignorant?"

Her conscience responded by a firm resolution not to carry trouble to

the hearts of all those who cherished her. "My duty, I feel, is to

rejoice at the happiness of Gaston and of Louise. Do I deceive myself?

My God! enlighten me, guide me!"

Eve was kneeling; the Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam, assisted by his

valet, entered, and in a reproachful tone--

"Why do you fatigue yourself thus?" said he; "Eve, I implore thee, be

careful of thy strength, if only out of pity for me."

Eve arose with difficulty.

"Forgive me," she said with a sweet smile, "I will not kneel again

until I am cured."

Then she sat by her grandfather's side. The marquis, frightened at her

mortal pallor, contemplated her with anguish.

"I saw her father perish in the flower of his age," he thought; "her

mother a few months after died in giving her life; she was an orphan

from her cradle. All my affections are concentrated in her; she has

never given me occasion for the least pain. Alas! I suffer to-day for

all the happiness she has given me."

"Do not distress yourself, my father," said Eve, who surprised a tear

in the old man's dry eyes; "I have asked of God to let me remain to

console the rest of your days; my prayer has been heard, it will be

granted. Oh, for pity, do not cry more."

The marquis took her hand and pressed it against his heart.

"My father," said Eve after several moments of silence, "our cousin

has gone for Gaston and his _fiancée_; my father, I have a request to

make of you."

"Tell it, tell it," said the old man ardently.

Eve bent, and said in a trembling voice:

"They are both of them generous and devoted; both of them have

suffered much: make them rich, I implore you, lest your wealth should

pass into avaricious hands."

"Oh! my God! you expect, then, to die! Eve, my darling daughter, is

this your secret?"

"No! I do not wish to die! no! I wish to live for you!"

"But I am old, very old!" the marquis replied, with hesitation,

"and--after me--"

"After you whom shall I love?" said Eve in a melodious voice. "Father,

I implore you, make Gaston and Louise's future sure, and you will have

crowned all my wishes."

Eve had scarcely finished when Mme. du Castellet entered; Louise and

Gaston followed her. The two lovers succeeded in wiping away their

tears, but their emotion was {378} redoubled when they saw themselves

between the young girl and her grandfather.

"Come to me," said Eve, "come, Louise! Do you not know that I loved

you before I knew you? See, all that surrounds me is your work. What

would I not give to have made, like you, one of these bouquets of

jasmine!

"Mademoiselle," murmured Louise, "I have known you and have loved you

only for a few days; but my gratitude and my affection for you are

boundless."

"Place them on Gaston: he is dear to me as a brother; and you, Louise,

call me henceforth your sister."

She held her one hand, with the other she drew Gaston forward; then,

addressing the marquis:

"Father," she said, "see them before you; bless them, I pray you."

The old gentleman, weeping, extended his hands, then with a voice

choked with sobs:

"Eve, my beloved child! Eve, thou wishest then to die?"

The young girl blushed slightly, a ray of sunlight which played

through the curtains crowned her with a luminous halo; she had risen,

her ethereal figure mingled with the white flowers which adorned her

room.

Gaston said in a low voice to Louise:

"You see plainly, my friend, that she is not of the earth."

They bent reverently; but Eve extended her arms: Louise found herself

pressed against her heart.

The marquis, seeing Eve so radiant, renewed his hope:

"She is saved!" he said to Madame du Castellet. "The presence of these

young lovers has done her good. Have them come often, I pray you. But

I should leave them together. Adieu, my children, adieu!"

He was carried back to the great hall. However, the governess

trembled; she saw at last the fatal truth. The heiress's great blue

eyes were fixed on hers; the old lady's trouble increased. Eve put her

finger on her lips, and drawing her to one side:

"Why are you still distressed, my good cousin," she said to her; "do

you not see how happy I am in their happiness?"

Gaston's aunt retired heart-broken, doubtful of her suppositions, not

daring to hope for the young girl's recovery.

Eve was seated between the two lovers:

"I demand a part in your joy, my friends, and I wish that my memory

may always live with you."

Then she recounted with simplicity the history of her four last years.

The praises which she gave to Louise's filial piety penetrated the

hearts of the two betrothed, who wished to prostrate themselves before

her, her words had so much purity, sweetness, and unction. Louise

reproached herself, as if it were a sacrilege, for the thought of

pride which she had felt at the ball. Gaston was under an indefinable

impression of tenderness and of gratitude. Eve addressed him with

noble and tender encouragement. Eve, with a pious ardor, made wishes

for the felicity of their union; finally, when they were retiring she

divided between them a branch of jasmine.

"Preserve this," she said, "in memory of me."

The sacrifice was accomplished. When they had gone, Eve sighed,

prayed, and felt herself weaker. She had expended in this interview

the little strength which remained to her.

A despairing cry soon resounded through the house where the young

girl's inexhaustible goodness had won all hearts.

"Mademoiselle is dying! Mademoiselle is going to die!"

The Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam, fulfilling his promise, went to add a

disposition to his will, in case the heiress should not attain her

majority. The pen fell from his hand, the chill of death ran through

his veins:

{379}

"Eve! Eve! who will take me to her?"

But Eve entered the room, for she, on her side, had prayed the

governess to have her conducted there.

The old man saw on her features the certain mark of death, and death

struck him. He murmured for the last time the name of Eve, then fell

back, cold, in his arm-chair.

However, Eve lived an entire day after her grandfather.

Her agony was slow and gentle. She asked for jasmine, her couch was

covered with white flowers, bathed in her tears whose filial love had

made them.

"May Louise be your daughter," said Eve to Madame du Castellet "Louise

will replace me with you."

Then, addressing Louise:

"My sister, make your husband happy. Love the poor and pray with them

for my parents, my grandfather, and myself. God be praised," she

murmured finally, "my father's father has preceded me, I go to join

him. Adieu, Gaston! my brother, adieu!"

Her voice failed, her heart ceased to beat, heaven counted one angel

more.

Madame du Castellet, Gaston, and Louise passed the night in prayers by

the two beds of death. Finally, the same hearse conducted to the same

tomb Adam, Marquis de La Tour-d'Adam, last of the name, and his

grandchild Eve, the last branch of an illustrious stock.

A sword which had never been drawn except in a just and holy cause

decorated the aged man's coffin, but that of the child cut down at the

threshold of life was covered with the white flowers which she had so

piously loved.

To-day the mansion of the Tour-d'Adams is inhabited by M. and Mme. de

Mirefont, Mme. du Castellet, her nephew Gaston, and her niece, Louise.

A room hung with crowns and wreaths of artificial jasmine serves as

the family oratory.

No one ever penetrates there except with recollection.

The servants call it the saints' chamber.

It is that whence rose toward heaven, as an agreeable perfume to God,

the soul of a maiden dying in all the purity of first innocence; dead

without knowing there existed a forbidden fruit; dead because she

loved with that celestial love which belongs only to the angels in

paradise.

------

From The Month.

BURY THE DEAD

"Give me a grave, that I made bury my dead

out of my sight."--Genesis xxiii.

Enwrapt in fair white shroud.

With fragrant flowers strewn.

With loving tears and holy prayers,

And wailing loud,

Shut out the light!

Bury the Dead, bury the Dead,

Out of my sight!

{380}

Corruption's touch will wrong

The sacred Dead too soon;

Then wreath the brow, the eyelids kiss;

Delay not long,

Behold the blight!

Bury the Dead, bury the Dead,

Out of our sight!

But there are other Dead

That will not buried be,

That walk about in glaring day

With noiseless tread.

And stalk at night;

Unburied Dead, unburied Dead,

Ever in sight.

Dear friendships snapt in twain.

Sweet confidence betrayed,

Old hopes forsworn, old loves worn out,

Vows pledged in vain.

There is no flight,

Ye living, unrelenting Dead,

Out of your sight.

Oh! for a grave where I

Might hide my Dead away!

That sacred bond, that holy trust,

How could it die?

Out of my sight!

O mocking Dead, unburied Dead,

Out of my sight!

O ever-living Dead,

Who cannot buried be;

In our heart's core your name is writ.

What though it bled?

The wound was slight

To eyes that loved no more, in death's

Remorseless night

O still belovèd Dead,

No grave is found for you;

No friends weep with us o'er your bier.

No prayers are said;

For out of sight

We wail our Dead, our secret Dead,

Alone at night.

Give me a grave so deep

That they may rest with me;

For they shall lie with my dead heart

In healing sleep;

Till out of night

We shall all pass, O risen Dead,

Into God's sight!

------

{381}

[ORIGINAL.]

RELIGION IN NEW YORK.

The city of New York is supposed to contain about one million of

inhabitants. Of these, from 300,000 to 400,000 are Catholics, probably

60,000 Jews, and from 550,000 to 650,000 Protestants, or

Nothingarians.

We will first speak of the provision made for the religions

instruction of the non-Catholic majority of our population.

There are 280 churches of all descriptions, excluding the Catholic

churches. Of these, there are:

Episcopalian 61

Presbyterian 56

Methodist 48

Baptist 30

Jewish 25

Dutch Reformed 20

Lutheran 9

Congregational 4

Universalist 4

Unitarian 3

Friends 3

Miscellaneous 17

[Footnote 55]

[Footnote 55: These figures are taken from the last Directory. The

"Walk about New York" gives the number at 318.]

The number of communicants in Protestant churches is estimated as

64,800. If the churches were all of ample size and equally distributed

through the city, they would suffice tolerably well for the

accommodation of the people, should they be generally disposed to

attend public worship. A large proportion of them, however, are small,

and only 80 churches are situated below First street. The lower and

more populous portion of the city is therefore very destitute of

church accommodation, while the great majority of the churches,

especially the largest and finest, are in the upper part of the town,

among the residences of the more well-to-do classes of the community.

The Protestant population as a whole is, therefore, very poorly

provided with church accommodation.

A pamphlet, entitled "Startling Facts: a Tract for the Times, by

Philopsukon: Brinkerhoff, 48 Fulton street, 1864," gives a

considerable amount of information on this point. The estimates of

this gentleman are based on a supposed population of 950,000. For the

section of the city below Canal and Grand streets, including the first

seven wards, there are, according to him, 12 churches and 8 mission

chapels, capable of accommodating about 15,000 persons. The population

of this district is 185,000. Twenty Protestant congregations have

within the last twenty-five years abandoned their churches in this

district, and removed to new ones up town. One of the old churches

(St. George's) is retained as a mission chapel, and another, a very

fine one, the Rutgers street Presbyterian church, has been converted

into a Catholic church. These removals have reduced the church

accommodation from 18,000 to 20,000 sittings, while the population has

meanwhile doubled.

For the section between Canal and Fourteenth streets, including also

seven wards, there are 88 churches for a population of 262,000.

Fourteen churches have been abandoned within ten years. Of these 34

abandoned churches, 3 have been turned into livery stables, and the

remainder into public offices or stores and factories.

The upper section, extending to Sixty-first street, includes eight

wards, with a population of 418,000, and has 82 churches.

{382}

This gentlemen has counted only what he calls "Evangelical" churches,

in which he estimates the total sittings throughout the whole city at

126,600, but the actual attendance at only 84,400. A "Condensed

Statement" which we have in our bands, estimates the total Protestant

church accommodation at 200,000, and the number of communicants at

64,800. If we allow 150,000 for the ordinary or occasional attendants

at Protestant worship, and 25,000 for the Jewish synagogues, we shall

have then from 375,000 to 475,000 of the non-Catholic population who

attend no place of religious worship or instruction at all. [Footnote

56] The author of the "Startling Facts," who summarily hands over all

except the attendants at "Evangelical" churches to the devil, takes a

very gloomy view of the state of things, and considers that "865,600

out of the 950,000 pass to the judgment-seat of Christ WITHOUT THE

MEANS OF GRACE;" to be condemned, we are left to infer, because they

did not enjoy those means; while those who did enjoy them and failed

to provide for the wants of the remainder are to be rewarded.

[Footnote 56: "The Great Metropolis, a Condensed Statement," gives

the Protestant church accommodation at 200,000. "Walks about New

York, by the Secretary of the City Mission," estimates the number of

attendants at "Evangelical churches" at 324,000. Allowing 10,000

more for other Protestant congregations, and 25,000 for the Jewish

synagogues, this leaves 240,000 as the minimum number of the

non-Catholic population who attend no place of public worship. It

appears to us that it is a large calculation to allow 1,000

attendants to each church, which would give the total of 280,000

church-goers, leaving a remainder of 320,000. All the non-Catholic

churches together are capable of accommodating less than 225,000

persons at one time, leaving 375,000 who have not sufficient

church-room to accommodate them, if all were disposed to attend

regularly. Nevertheless, it does not appear that the majority of the

Protestant churches are over-crowded. The mass of the

non-church-goers are quite apathetic on the subject. They do not

wish to have churches, and probably would not frequent them if they

were built for them free of expense.]

It must be allowed, however, that he berates them handsomely for their

neglect of duty. He says:

"Nor is it intended in these few pages to canvass the question as to

the necessity or the expediency, etc., of what is called the

_up-town removal_ of so many of the churches (in all 36), first from

the lower, and now from the central section of the city. All that

can be done is to note the following facts, and leave others to draw

their own inference as to their practical effects.

"1. In every instance of such church removal, it has originated in

_the change of residence of a few of the wealthier families_ of said

church: this, of course, was followed by a diminution of the means

of support to the said church. Hence the plea of _necessity_ for its

removal; and, making no provision to retain the old church for

_missionary_ purposes, the effect has been to scatter by far the

larger portion both of the church members and of the congregation to

the four winds. For,

"2. The old church property having been sold, the new location has

been selected with a sole view to the accommodation of these

families of wealth, who left it for an up-town palatial residence,

and a costly church edifice has been erected (often largely beyond

their means) compatible with their tastes. The _result_ of this has

been,

3. To place the privileges of the church beyond the reach of the

_mediocre_ and _lower_ classes. And this has led to an _ignoring_ of

that divinely appointed law of God, "_the rich and the poor meet

together, the Lord being the maker of them all_" (Prov. xxiii. 12).

Hence the origin of _caste_ in the churches. _Money_ has been

erected into _the standard of personal respectability_, by which

every man is measured; and hence a courting of the favor of the

rich, and a despising of the poor.

"Thus the way is prepared _to account for the paucity_ of attendance

at many of these larger and wealthier churches. A consciousness of

_self-respect_ operates largely to deter those who might otherwise

repair to them. They shrink from an encounter, whether right or

wrong, from that _invidiousness_ to which the above principle of the

measurement of personal respectability subjects them; and taking

human nature as it is, it cannot be otherwise. Hence, finding

themselves thus "cut off" from the privileges of the churches, and

that by the act of the churches themselves, {383} they relapse into

a state of absolute "_neglect of the great salvation_." [Footnote 57]

[Footnote 57: How this is possible in the case of those who have

received the gift of infallible perseverance, it is difficult to see,

unless the "elect" are chiefly found among the _élite_ of society.]

"And when there is taken into the account _the neglect_ of these

wealthier churches to make provision for the populations in those

sections of the city formerly occupied by them, there is furnished

_an explanation of the vast disparity_ between the number of

churches compared with the immense population as a whole, which

remain unprovided for.

"True, in order to escape the imputation of neglecting _'the poor of

this world'_ altogether, some of the wealthier churches have

established _missionary Sabbath schools outside_ of their own

congregations. The principal denominations--the Episcopalians,

Methodists, Baptists, Reformed Dutch Church, and Presbyterians, are

also doing something in the way of supporting _missionary chapels

for the poor_; but none of them are making provisions for them in a

manner or to an extent at all commensurate either with their _duty_

or their _means_.

"Take, in illustration, a view of the amount of missionary work

being done in this city by the large and wealthy presbytery of New

York. True, the Brick church; the Fifth avenue church, corner

Twenty-first street; the Fifth avenue church, between Eleventh and

Twelfth streets; the Presbyterian church in University place, corner

Tenth street, and perhaps one or two others, each support,

independently of drawing upon the funds raised for domestic

missions, a _mission Sabbath school and chapel_. But out of the

moneys contributed annually by the churches connected with the

presbytery, amounting to from $12,000 to $15,000, there are only

_two regularly organized missionary churches_ connected with that

body. These are the German mission church in Monroe street, comer of

Montgomery, and the African mission church in the Seventh avenue,

each supported at an expense of $600 per annum. Nor are the

ecclesiastical judicatories of other churches doing much better.

"Is this, then, the way to _'continue in God's goodness?'_ Writing

on this subject, so long ago as 1847, the Rev. Dr. Hodge, the oldest

professor occupying a chair in the Princeton Theological Seminary,

and the learned and able editor of 'The Princeton Review,' had used

his pen in refuting the statement of those in the Presbyterian

Church who affirm that _'we have already more preachers than we know

what to do with,'_ etc.; and having disposed of that matter, he

passes to the subject of the _difference in the mode_ of sustaining

and extending the gospel in and by the Presbyterian Church. In

reference to the _policy_ adopted by said church to this end, he

says:

"'Our system, which requires the minister to rely for his support

_on the people_ to whom he preaches, has had the following

inevitable results: 1. In our cities _we have no churches to which

the poor can freely go and feel themselves at home_. No doubt, in

many of our city congregations there are places in the galleries in

which the poor may find seats free of charge; but, as a general

thing, _the churches are private property_. They belong to those who

build them, or who purchase or rent the pews after they are built.

They are intended and adapted for the cultivated and thriving

classes of the community. There may be exceptions to this remark,

but we are speaking of a general fact. _The mass of the people in

our cities are excluded from our churches._ The Presbyterian Church

is practically, in such places, _the church for the upper classes_

(we do not mean the worldly and the fashionable) _of society._" And

to this Dr. Hodge adds, as the _result_ of the working of 'our

system,' the following:

{384}

"'_The Presbyterian Church_ IS NOT A CHURCH FOR THE POOR. She has

precluded herself from that high vocation by adopting the principle

_that the support of the minister must be derived from the people to

whom he preaches._ If therefore, the people are too few, too sparse,

too poor, to sustain a minister, or too ignorant or wicked to

appreciate the gospel, THEY MUST GO WITHOUT IT.'"

Thus far the author of the tract and Dr. Hodge. The statements of the

latter are indorsed by the General Assembly of the Presbyterian

Church. A Baptist clergyman, writing in the "Memorial Papers," a work

which was suppressed after publication, says: "The Church has no

conversions and no hold on the masses. The most successful church

building is that which excludes the poor by necessity." [Footnote

58]

[Footnote 58: A high price will be paid at this office for a copy

of "The Memorial Papers."]

We do not cite these statements in order to make a point against

Protestantism from the admissions of its advocates, or to exult over

these admissions. We respect our anonymous friend, and the learned and

accomplished Princeton divine, for their candor, honesty, and zeal for

the religious instruction of the poor. We have nothing in view except

an exposition of the real state of things in New York, and are anxious

to arrive at facts. Allowing for all errors and exaggerations, and

with a perfect willingness to admit everything which can be said to

extenuate the evil, we must admit the palpable, undeniable fact, that

some hundreds of thousands of our population are either unprovided

with the opportunity of attending any form of worship and religious

instruction, or are indifferent to the subject. Sunday is to them a

mere holiday from work (to many not even that), to be spent in

recreation and amusement, if not in something positively bad.

It appears especially that the lower section of the city has been

almost entirely given up by Protestants. [Footnote 59] There is one

very notable and very honorable exception, however, in Trinity church,

which has always been the best managed ecclesiastical corporation of

all the Protestant religious institutions in our country.

[Footnote 59: That is, except as a missionary ground.]

The educational and eleemosynary institutions of New York are on a

colossal scale. We will not go into extensive details on this subject,

as our topic is properly the religion of the city. It is estimated

that there are 144,000 children in New York, of whom 104000 are at

school, [Footnote 60] and 40,000 growing up without instruction. The

poverty, wretchedness, and indifference of parents is more to blame

for the condition of that portion not at school, than the want of

accommodation.

Hospitals, refuges, asylums of all kinds, abound in the city; as well

as dispensaries where medical assistance and medicine can be obtained

by the poor gratuitously. There is, beside, a gigantic system of

domestic relief and outdoor charity under the direction of the

municipal authorities. The number of individuals relieved in various

ways during the year by these public charities is about 57,000; 30,000

receive gratuitous medical attendance from the dispensaries. For

education, $1,000,000 a year is expended by the city, and for public

charity, $700,000. The collections made for local purposes of

benevolence are estimated at $500,000, and the other collections made

in Protesant churches at $500,000 more. The ecclesiastical expenses of

maintaining the various churches are estimated at $1,000,000. The

great Protestant societies whose headquarters are in New York, receive

about $2,700,000 annually. $6,000,000 were distributed among the

families of soldiers during the late war. Beside these rough estimates

of the vast sums expended by great public organizations, there is no

counting the amount of individual contributions, often on a large

scale, to colleges, etc., and the sums expended in benevolent works by

private societies or individuals.

[Footnote 60: This includes also Catholic schools and colleges. The

estimate is too small, however, and another gives 206,000 as the

number going to school.]

{385}

There can be no doubt that the people of New York, possessing means,

are a very liberal and philanthropic class. That there is still

remaining a great deal of "evangelical" religious zeal and activity is

also manifest. Nevertheless, it cannot be denied that the influence of

the old, orthodox Protestant tradition has remarkably diminished, and

that the minority of nominal Protestants have lapsed into a state of

indifference to positive Christianity. We doubt if 25,000 men can be

found in the city who sincerely profess to believe the tenets common

to what are called the "evangelical" churches; and of these but a

small fraction adhere intelligently to the distinctive doctrines of

any one sect; _e.g._, the Protestant Episcopal, or Presbyterian. The

remainder have a general belief in the truth of Protestant

Christianity, more or less vague, with a great disposition to consider

positive doctrines as matters of indifference. Outside the communion

list of the different churches, we believe the general sentiment to

be, among the educated, that Christianity is a very useful, moral

institution, containing substantially all the truth which can be known

respecting ultra-mundane things, but without any final authority over

the reason, and completely subject to the criticism of science. Among

the uneducated, we believe that negative unbelief, and a supine

indifference to everything beside material interests, prevails. We

will not attempt to assign causes or reasons for it; but the fact is

evident. A vast mass of the population is completely outside of the

influence of any religious body, or any class of religious teachers

professing to expound revealed truths concerning God and the future

life. Moreover, the traditional belief in revealed truths is much

weaker in the young and rising generation, even of those brought up

under positive religious instruction, than it is in the present adult

generation. There appears to be no tangible, palpable reason for

thinking that Protestant Christianity, under any form, is in a

condition to revive its former sway; to keep what it retains, or to

recover what it has lost. The mere lack of church accommodation will

not account for this, and if at once this lack were remedied, it would

not change it materially. For, in those places which are furnished

with a superabundance of churches, the same undermining of religious

belief is going on. The fact that the most respectable Protestant

publishers make no scruple of republishing the works of such writers

as Renan and Colenso, and that these books are read with such avidity,

indicates the way the current is setting.

What the result of all this will be, is a matter for very serious

consideration. Our political, civil, and moral order is founded on

Christianity. The old Christian tradition has been the principle of

the interior life of the nation. Take away positive Christian belief,

and the moral principles which are universally acknowledged are still

only a residuum of the old religion. The spirit of Christianity

survives partly in civilization as its vital principle. How long a

certain political and social order may continue after faith has died

out, we cannot say. We cannot but think, however, that a

disintegrating principle begins to work as soon as religious belief

begins to die out. There is nothing, therefore, more destructive to

the temporal well-being of men, than the spread of sceptical and

infidel principles. Merely from this point of view, therefore, the

decay of religious belief and earnestness ought to be deplored as the

greatest of evils, and one for which no advance in physical science or

material prosperity can compensate. What the moral fruits already

produced by this decay are, and what the prospects are for the future

in this direction, we leave our readers to gather from the perusal of

the secular papers; and it may be estimated from the cry of alarm

which is from time to time forced from them, as new and startling

developments of the progress in vice and criminality are made.

{386}

We turn our attention now to the Catholic population of the city, and

the religious institutions under the control of the Catholic Church.

The Catholic population is variously estimated at from 300,000 to

400,000. As no census has been taken, all estimates must be merely

approximate. One way in which an estimate may be made, is by taking

the returns of the census giving the total population of foreign

birth, and getting the proportion of Catholics to non-Catholics among

the various nationalities. Some probable estimate of the native-born

Catholics must then be made and added to the number of foreign-born.

In 1860 the number of inhabitants of foreign birth was 383,717, out of

a total of 813,669. If we suppose that the foreign-born population has

increased to 460,000, it seems not improbable that the Catholic

proportion of it, with the home-born Catholics added, will reach the

total of 400,000.

Another basis of calculation is the ratio of baptisms to the whole

population. A register is kept with the utmost exactness in each

parish, and the result transmitted once a year to the chancery, where

it is entered in the diocesan record. We are furnished, therefore,

with an authentic census of births from Catholic parents each year,

and if the exact multiplier could be ascertained by which to multiply

this number, we should reach a certain result. It can only be

conjectured, however, with more or less probability, and varies in

different localities remarkably according to the character of the

population. The baptisms for one year are 18,000. Multiply the number

by 33, as is usually done in making the estimates of the general

census, and you have 594,000. This number is too large, however. If we

take 20, it gives us 360,000; 25, 450,000. We do not profess to come

any nearer than this to an estimate of the actual Catholic population.

The two conjectural calculations, compared with each other, appear to

settle the point that it is, as we have already stated, between

300,000 and 400,000.

The number of churches is 32, or one to from 10,000 to 12,000 people;

and the number of priests 93, or one to about 4,000 people. In the

lower section, embracing the first seven wards, there are five

churches: St. Peter's in the Third ward, St. James's in the Fourth,

St. Andrew's and Transfiguration in the Sixth, and St. Teresa's in the

Seventh. These churches furnish nearly three times as much

accommodation as the Protestant churches in the same district. It must

be remembered that the capacity of a Catholic church includes standing

room as well as sittings, and must be multiplied by the number of

masses. A church which will hold, when crowded, 2,000 persons, and

where four masses are celebrated, will accommodate 8,000 on one

Sunday; and, considering the causes which keep many from attending

church regularly, 12,000 different individuals who attend regularly or

occasionally. One of these churches, St. Teresa's, is a very fine

building of stone, which was purchased about four years ago from the

Presbyterians, and was called in former times the Rutgers street

Presbyterian church. No Catholic church in the lower part of the city

has ever been closed, or moved up town, with the exception of St.

Vincent de Paul's.

The middle district has nine churches: St. Alphonsus' in the Eighth

ward (German and English), St. Joseph's in the Ninth, St Bridget's in

the Eleventh, St. Mary's in the Thirteenth, St. Patrick's in the

Fourteenth, St. Ann's in the Fifteenth, Holy Redeemer (German), St.

Nicholas's (German), Nativity, in the Seventeenth.

Below Fourteenth street we have, therefore, fourteen churches, most of

them very large, surrounded by a dense Catholic population, and

crowded with overflowing congregations. A very large proportion of our

Catholic population is in this part of the city.

{387}

Between Fourteenth and Eighty-sixth streets we have fifteen churches:

St. Columba's and St. Vincent de Paul's (French) in the Sixteenth

ward, St. Francis Xavier's and the Immaculate Conception in the

Eighteenth, St. Francis's (German), St. John Baptist's (German), and

St. Michael's in the Twentieth, St. Stephen's and St. Gabriel's in the

Twenty-first, Holy Cross, Assumption (German), and St. Paul's in the

Twenty-second, St. Boniface's, St. John's, and St. Lawrence's in the

Nineteenth. Above Eighty-sixth street we have St. Paul's, Harlem, and

the Annunciation and St. Joseph's (German), Manhattanville. [Footnote

61]

[Footnote 61: Of these churches, St. Teresa's, Immaculate Conception

St. Michael's, St. Gabriel's, St. Boniface's, Assumption, St.

Paul's, and St. Joseph's (German), are comparatively new; and a very

large cathedral, capable of containing 10,000 persons is building.

St. Stephen's is also being enlarged to a capacity of 5,000, and a

church has been purchased for the Italians.]

After the old Catholic fashion of jamming and crowding, all these

churches might allow somewhere near 200,000 persons, or two-thirds of

the adult Catholic population, to hear mass on any one Sunday, if they

should all attempt to do so on the same day. Judging by the way

churches are crowded, we would suppose that more than two-thirds

attend occasionally; and of those who do not, the majority neglect it

through poverty, discouragement, indolence, and a careless habit, or

some other reason which does not imply loss of faith. As to

confessions and communions, they flow in a ceaseless stream throughout

the year, as if the paschal time were perpetual. In cachone of our

churches there are from 100 to 500 communions every week, and a much

greater number on the principal festivals. Probably the usual number

of communions in the city, on any Sunday taken at random, is not short

of 5,000. At least 8,000 children receive first communion and

confirmation every year; and from 40,000 to 50,000 are instructed

every week in the catechism, the Sunday schools varying in their

numbers from 500 to 2,500.

The Catholic population is increasing at the rate of at least 20,000 a

year. New York is now about the fourth city in the world in Catholic

population, and bids fair, in a few years, to rank next to Paris in

this respect.

The Catholic institutions for education, strictly within the city

limits, are:

1. Two colleges, St. Francis Xavier's and Manhattan colleges, the

first conducted by Jesuits, and the second by Christian Brothers.

2. Two academies for boys and twelve for girls.

3. Twenty-one parochial schools for boys, and twenty for girls, the

whole containing about 14,000 pupils.

There are other very large and fine establishments in the vicinity of

New York, practically belonging to the city, but not within its

limits.

There are 4 orphan asylums, a protectory for the reception of vagrant

children in two departments, male and female, which is out of town,

another for servant girls out of place, a very fine industrial school

for girls, 2 hospitals, 4 religious communities of men; and 11 of

women. The most numerous of these religious congregations are the

Jesuits and the Sisters of Charity; the former having in the diocese

39 fathers, beside numerous members of inferior grade, and the latter

333 sisters and 39 different establishments.

In every sense except as regards municipal government, Brooklyn, which

is on the other side of East River, is a part of New York; and there

we have another diocese of immense proportions, with another great

congeries of Catholic institutions. On the opposite side of the town,

and on the Jersey shore of the Hudson, the churches of Jersey City,

which is remarkably advanced in Catholic institutions, are plainly

visible.

Our object in this article has been to give a general idea of the

provision made for the religious wants of the mass of the population

in the city of New York.

{388}

In spite of the uncertainty of the estimates and statistics we have

given in regard to exact numbers, it is plain that this provision is

very inadequate; that a vast mass of our population is unprovided for

or totally indifferent; that the orthodox Protestant societies have

lost to a great extent their influence over the mass of the

population, and that a great body of practically heathen people has

been gradually forming and accumulating in the very bosom of our

social system.

Where are we to look for a remedy to this state of things? It is

necessary to our political and social well-being that crime and vice

should be restrained, that the mass of the people should be instructed

and formed in virtue, taught sobriety, chastity, honesty, obedience to

law, fidelity to their obligations, and universal morality. Soldiers,

policemen, prisons, poor-laws, and all extrinsic means of this kind

are insufficient preventives or remedies for the disorders caused by a

prevalence of vice and immorality. They will burst all these bonds,

and disrupt society, if not checked in their principle. Can liberal

Christians, philanthropists, philosophers, political economists, and

our wealthy, well-informed gentlemen of property, who have thrown away

their Bibles, and who sneer at all positive revelation, indicate to us

a remedy? Can they apply it? Is it in their power, by scientific

lectures, by elegant moral discourses, by material improvements, by

societies, by laws, by any means whatever, to tame, control, civilize,

reform, make gentle, virtuous, conscientious, this lawless multitude?

Can they give us incorruptible legislators, faithful magistrates,

honest men of business, a virtuous commonalty? Can they create truth,

honor, and magnanimity, patriotism, chastity, filial obedience,

domestic happiness, integrity? If not, then give them their way, let

their doctrines prevail, throw away faith in a positive revelation,

and they will not be safe in their houses. The rogues will hang the

honest men, and might will be the only right. One of the leaders of

the party has not hesitated to avow that the prevalence of his

principles would necessarily produce a social and moral chaos of

disorder, before mankind could learn in a rational way that their true

happiness lies in intellectual and moral cultivation. What has the

sect of the philosophers ever done yet to produce virtue and morality

in the mass of mankind? What can they do now? They cannot even

reproduce what was good in heathenism, for that was due to an

imperfect and corrupted tradition of the ancient revelation, and the

influence of the sophists tended to destroy even that. Our modern

sophists act on the same principle, and are busily at work to destroy

the Christian tradition of faith, and with it the principle which

vitalizes Christian civilization.

Can orthodox Protestantism recover its ancient sway, and reproduce a

state of religions belief and moral virtue equal to that which once

prevailed? We would like to have them prove their ability to do so,

and show that they have even made a fair beginning toward recovering

their lost ground. We leave them to do what they can, and to try out

their experiment to the end on the non-Catholic majority of our

population. If their intelligence, wealth, zeal, and prestige of

position were thrown into the defence of the common cause of Christian

revelation by union with the Catholic Church, the victory would be

certain. Unbelief and indifferentism could never make any stand

against a united Christianity, in a population so full of religions

reminiscences and predilections, and so susceptible to persuasive

logic and genuine eloquence, as our own. The Christian cause is

weakened by its divisions, and by the political and social schisms

which are bred by the schisms in religion. Not only those who are

separated from the common trunk of the Catholic Church suffer from the

separation, but the trunk itself suffers and is mutilated by the loss.

{389} The Catholic Church cannot do her work completely where the

majority of those who prefer Christianity are opposed to her,

especially when this majority includes the greater part of the more

elevated classes.

It is evident, nevertheless, that the Catholic Church in New York has

done a great work in our population, and has a great work to do. We

have much more than one-third of the whole population, and the

majority of the laboring class, and of the poor people, on our hands.

The Catholic clergy alone possess a powerful and extensive religions

sway over the masses of the people. The poor are emphatically here, as

they have been always and everywhere, our inheritance. Nearly all that

has been done, and is now doing, in an efficacious manner and on a

large scale, for the religions welfare of the populace, is the work of

our priesthood and their coadjutors. It is impossible to estimate the

benefit to society in a political, social, and moral point of view,

accruing from the influence and exertions of the Catholic clergy. This

is persistently denied by a certain class of writers, who never do

justice to the Catholic Church except under compulsion. One of them,

writing in one of our principal weeklies, recently qualified the

Catholic Church in the United States, whose growth and progress he

could not ignore, as a mere empty shell without any moral life or

power. He accused the Catholic clergy of not exercising that moral

influence in the country at large which they ought to exercise, and

have exercised in other times and places.

What a change of base this is! But now, the Catholic religion was a

kind of embodied spirit of evil, and her ministers had to vindicate

their title to the rank of men and Christians. Religion, morality,

liberty, happiness, would be swept from the country if they were not

exterminated! Now, forsooth, we are gravely asked why we do not exert

a greater influence for promoting the general well-being of the

country? The truth is, that the influence of the Catholic clergy on

the people at large has until now been a cipher. They have had no

recognized position, and have been counted for nothing, except so far

as certain individuals have commanded a personal respect. There is,

moreover, a great amount of sham and trumpet-blowing about the great

moral demonstrations of the day. The Catholic clergy have not chosen

to meddle with questions which were none of their business, or to

parade and speechify on platforms or at anniversaries. They have

enough to do in looking after the immediate and pressing spiritual and

temporal wants of their own people. And in doing this they prevent and

reform more vice, produce more solid morality, and work more

effectually for the well-being of their fellow-men, than could be done

by the best devised philanthropic schemes. One mission in a city

congregation, one paschal-time with its labor in the confessional,

will do more to uproot drunkenness, dishonesty, and licentiousness, or

to hinder these upas-trees from striking root in virgin soil, than our

amateur philanthropists could _describe_ if they were all to write and

lecture on the subject for a year.

The one great, palpable fact which confronts us on every side is, that

the religious and moral education of nearly one-half our population is

in the hands of the Catholic Church, and that the well-being of our

commonwealth depends, therefore, to a great degree on the thorough

fulfilment of this task. It is evident that we have enough to do in

making provision for our vast and increasing Catholic population, to

employ all the energies and resources which can possibly be brought

into play, both by the clergy and the laity.

------

{390}

Translated from Le Correspondant

A PRETENDED DERVISH IN TURKESTAN.

BY ÉMILE JONVEAUX.

IV.

The next day the hadjis assembled in the court of the monastery in

which they had resided since arriving in Khiva. The caravan, thanks to

the generosity of the faithful, presented a very different appearance

from that which it offered at its arrival. They were no more those

ragged beggars, covered with sand and dust, whose pious sufferings the

multitude had admired; every pilgrim had the head enveloped in a thick

turban as white as snow, the haversacks were full, and even the

poorest had a little ass for the journey.

"It was Monday, toward the close of the day," relates our traveller,

"that making an end of our benedictions, and tearing ourselves with

difficulty from the passionate embraces of the crowd, we left Khiva by

the gate Urgendi. Many devotees in the excess of their seal followed

us more than a league; they shed many tears, and cried despairingly,

'When will our city have the happiness again to shelter so many

saints?' Seated upon my donkey, I was overwhelmed with their too

lively demonstrations of sympathy, when happily for me, the animal,

fatigued by so many embraces, lost patience and started off at a grand

gallop. I did not think it proper at first to moderate his ardor; only

when at a considerable distance from my inconvenient admirers I

endeavored to slacken somewhat his pace. But my long-eared hippogriff

had taken a fancy to the course; my opposition only vexed him, and he

testified his ill-humor in noisy complaints which displayed the extent

and richness of his voice, but which I could have preferred to hear at

a distance."

The travellers, after a day's march, encamped on the bank of the Oxus,

which they wished to cross at this point. The river, swollen by the

melting of the snows, becomes so wide in the spring that one can

hardly see the opposite bank. The yellow waves, hurried rapidly along,

contrast with the verdure of the trees and cultivated lands which

extend as far as eye can reach. Toward the north, a

mountain--Oveis-Karaine--is defined like an immense cloud upon the

azure sky. The passage of the Oxus, begun in the morning, lasted till

sunset. It would not have required so long a time, but the current

carried the voyagers into the midst of little arms from which it was

necessary afterward to ascend or re-descend, and this accident

occurred every few paces. The transportation of the donkeys, which it

was necessary now to put upon land, and again to gather into the

boats, was, as one may imagine, a prodigious labor. "We were reduced,"

says our traveller, "to carry them in our arms like so many babies,

and I laugh yet when I think of the singular figure of one of our

companions, named Hadji Yakaub. He had taken his _monture_ upon his

back, and while he tenderly pressed the legs to his bosom, the poor

animal, all trembling, tried to hide his head upon the shoulder of the

pilgrim."

{391}

The caravan followed the banks of the Oxus for many days, or rather

during many nights, for the heat was so great that it was impossible

to travel until sunset. The pale light of the moon gave to the

landscape something fantastic; the long file of camels and travellers

extended itself in tortuous folds upon the flinty soil, the waters of

the river flowing slowly with a mournful noise, and beyond extended

afar the formidable desert of Tartary. This district, which bears the

name of Toyeboyun (camel's back), no doubt on account of the curves

described by the Oxus, is inhabited at certain seasons of the year by

the Kirghiz, a nomad people among the nomads. A woman to whom Vambéry

made some remarks on the subject of this vagabond existence, replied

laughing, "Oh, certainly! one never sees us, like you other mollahs,

remain days and weeks sitting in the same place; man is made for

movement. See! the sun, the moon, the stars, the animals, the fish,

the birds, everything moves in this world; only death remains

motionless." As she finished these words, the cry was heard, "The

wolf! the wolf!" The shepherdess cut short her philosophical

dissertation to fly to the assistance of her flock, and made so good a

use of voice and gesture, that the ferocious beast took flight,

carrying with him only the beautiful fat tail of one of the sheep.

The Kirghiz are very numerous in central Asia; they inhabit the

immense prairies situated between Siberia, China, Turkestan, and the

Caspian sea; but it is difficult to compute their number. Ask them a

question on this subject, and they will reply emphatically, "Count

first the sands of the desert, then you will be able to number the

Kirghiz." Their wandering habits have secured them against all

authority, and Europeans are in an error when they believe them to be

subject to the government of Russia or that of the Celestial Empire.

None of these nations have ever exercised the least power over the

Kirghiz; they send, it is true, officers charged to left taxes among

them, but the nomads regard these functionaries as the chiefs of a

vast foray, and they only admire how, instead of despoiling them of

everything, they content themselves with levying upon them only a

slight tax. Revolutions have often changed the face of the world, the

inhabitants of the desert have remained the same for thousands of

years; singular types of savage virtue and vice, they offer today a

faithful image of the ancient Turani.

The pilgrims were anticipating with delight the end of their journey;

only six or eight stages remained, when one morning at break of day,

two men almost naked approached the caravan, crying in suppliant

tones: "A morsel of bread, for the love of God!" Every one hastened to

assist them, and when food had somewhat restored their strength, they

informed the dervishes that, surprised by a band of Cossacks, _ataman

Tekke_, they had lost baggage, clothes, provisions, and were only too

happy not to have lost their lives. The brigands, one hundred and

fifty in number, were planning a raid upon the troops of Kirghiz

camped upon the banks of the Oxus: "Fly, then, or hide yourselves,"

added the men, "or else you will meet them in a few hours, and in

spite of your sacred character, these bandits without faith or law

will abandon you in the Khalata, after robbing you of all you

possess." The kervanbashi, who had already been pillaged twice, no

sooner heard the words Tekke and ataman than he gave the order to beat

a retreat. Consequently after having rested the animals a short time

and filled their bottles, the hadjis, casting a look of inexpressible

regret upon the tranquil banks of the Oxus, made their way toward

those frightful solitudes which had already swallowed up so many

caravans. They advanced in perfect silence, not to arouse their

enemies; the step of the camels upon the dusty soil returned no sound,

and very soon the shades of night enveloped them.

{392}

Toward midnight all the pilgrims were obliged to dismount and walk,

because the animals buried themselves to the knees in the sand. It was

a severe trial for Vambéry; his infirmity doubled the fatigue of a

tramp over a moving ground, in the midst of a continuous chain of

little hills, therefore he hailed with joy the point designated for

the morning station. The place, however, bore a name little calculated

to inspire confidence. _Adamkyrylgan_ (the place where men perish)

justified in appearance its sinister appellation. As far as the eye

could reach, extended only a sea of sand, which, on one side raising

itself in hills like furious waves, still bore the visible imprint of

the tempest, and on the other resembled a tranquil lake hardly ruffled

by a light breeze. Not a bird traversed the air, not an animal, not an

insect gave an appearance of life to this desolate spot. Far and near

were seen only the blanched bones of men and camels, frightful

witnesses of the disasters caused by the _Tebbad_ or fever-wind, which

from time to time poured upon the desert its burning breath.

The travellers were not pursued; the Tekkes themselves, bold

cavaliers, hesitated to penetrate the Khalata. According to the

calculation of the kervanbashi, six days' journey at most separated

the caravan from Bokhara; the bottles being well filled, the pilgrims

hoped they should not suffer from thirst; they had not counted upon

the burning sun of the dog-days, which evaporated the precious liquid.

In vain, to escape from this cursed region, they endeavored to double

the hours of march; many camel died of fatigue, and the water

diminished all the more rapidly. At last two hadjis, exhausted by

privations, became so ill that it was necessary to bind them upon

their donkeys with cords, for they were unable to hold themselves up.

"Water! Water!" they murmured in dying accents. Alas, their best

friends refused to sacrifice for them the least swallow of this

liquid, each drop of which represented an hour of life; so, on the

fourth day, when the pilgrims reached Medemin Bulag, one of these

unhappy men was released by death from the cruel tortures of thirst.

His palate had assumed a grayish tint, his tongue had become black,

the lips like parchment and the open mouth displaying the naked teeth.

Horrible to relate, the father hides from the son, brother from

brother, the provision of water which would relieve his torture! Under

any other proof, these men would, perhaps, have shown themselves

generous and devoted, but thirst drives from the heart every sentiment

of compassion.

Vambéry soon experienced himself its terrible effects. He managed with

the parsimony of a miser the contents of his bottle, until he

perceived with fright a black point formed upon the middle of his

tongue. Then, blinking to save his life, he swallowed at once half the

water which he had left. The fire which devoured him became more

violent toward the morning of the fifth day, the pains in the head

increased, and he felt his strength failing him. Meanwhile, they

approached the mountains of Khalata, the sand became less deep, all

eyes eagerly sought the tracks of a flock, or the hut of a shepherd;

in this instant the kervanbashi called the attention of the pilgrims

to a cloud of dust which rose at the horizon, warning them to lose not

a moment in dismounting from their camels.

"The poor animals," relates Vambéry, "felt the approach of the Tebbad.

Uttering a doleful cry, they threw themselves upon their knees,

extended their long necks upon the ground, and endeavored to hide

their heads in the sand. We sheltered ourselves near them as behind a

wall; hardly were we upon the ground when the tempest broke over us

with a sullen roar, leaving us the moment after, covered with a thick

coat of dust. When this rain of sand enveloped me, it seemed to me

burning like fire. If we had been attacked by this tempest two days

before in the midst of the desert, we must all have perished.

{393}

"The air had become of an overwhelming weight; I could not have

remounted my camel without the aid of my companions; I suffered

intolerable pains, of which no words can give the least idea. In face

of other perils, courage had now left me, but in this moment I felt

broken down, my head ached so that I could not think, and a heavy

sleep overcame me. On awaking, I found myself lying in a hut of clay,

surrounded by long-bearded men whom I recognized as Iranians."

They were, in fact, Persian slaves sent into the desert to watch the

flocks of their master; these brave fellows made Vambéry swallow a

warm drink, and, soon after, a beverage composed of sour milk, water,

and salt, which soon restored his strength. Before quitting the

Sunnite pilgrims, in whom they must have recognized the bitterest

enemies of their race, the poor prisoners shared with them their

slender provision of water, an act of meritorious charity which

without doubt was regarded with complacency by the God of mercy who is

the Father of all.

The caravan at last reached Bokhara, the most important city of

central Asia, but which preserves to-day few traces of its ancient

grandeur. Still, it possesses fine monasteries and colleges which

rival those of Samarcand. These schools, founded at a great expense

and sustained by great sacrifices, have given Europeans a high idea of

Asiatic learning; but it must be remembered, they are controlled by a

blind fanaticism. The exclusive spirit of the Bokhariots restricts

singularly the circle of studies, all instruction turning upon the

precepts of the Koran and religious casuistry. We do not find to-day a

single disciple who occupies himself with history or poetry; if any

one were tempted to do it, he would be obliged to conceal it, for

attention given to subjects so frivolous would be considered a proof

of weakness of mind.

Vambéry and his companions found asylum in a _Tekki_ or convent, a

vast square building, of which the forty cells opened upon a court

planted with fine trees. The _Khalfa_, or "reverend abbot," as our

Hungarian traveller calls him, was a man of agreeable exterior and

gentle and published manners. He received Vambéry most graciously, and

the two interlocutors opened a pompous, subtle conversation, full of

reticence and mental reserves, which charmed the good Khalfa and gave

him also the highest opinion of his new guest; so from his arrival in

Bokhara, our traveller acquired a great reputation for learning and

sanctity.

The next day, accompanied by Hadji Bilal, he went out to see the city.

The streets and houses of this noble city are chiefly remarkable for

their slovenly appearance and ruinous condition. After having crossed

the public squares, where they went up to the ankles in a blackish

dust, the two friends arrived at the bazaar which was filled with a

noisy and busy crowd. These establishments by no means equal those of

Persia in extent and magnificence, but the mingling of races, of

costumes and habits, forms a bizarre spectacle which captivates the

eye of a stranger. Persians, their heads wrapped in their large blue

or white turbans, according to the class to which they belong, jostle

the savage Tartar, the Kirghiz with his slouching gait, the Indian

with his yellow and repulsive face, bearing upon the forehead the red

brand, and, finally, the Jew, who preserves here, more than anywhere

else, his distinctive type, his noble features, his deep-sunk eyes,

where an astute intelligence glitters. Here and there we meet also a

Turcoman, easily recognized by his proud mien and bold glance;

motionless before the shops of the merchants, they think perhaps of

the precious booty which the riches displayed before them will furnish

for their forays.

The pilgrims received everywhere marks of enthusiastic sympathy; the

foreign appearance of Vambéry excited particular admiration. "What

{394} faith he must have," said one, "to come from Constantinople to

Bokhara, and endure the fatigue of a journey through the great

Desert, in order to meditate at the tomb of Baveddin!" [Footnote 62]

"Without doubt," replied another, "but we also go to Mecca, the holy

city by eminence, and in order to accomplish this pilgrimage we leave

our business, and endure, I should think, quite enough fatigue. These

people," and he pointed his finger at Vambéry, "have no business to

occupy them; their whole life is consecrated to exercises of piety and

to visiting the tombs of the saints."--"Bravo, very well imagined!"

thought our traveller, while he cast glances which he tried to render

indifferent, upon the display of Russian and other European goods

exposed for sale; he often had great difficulty in repressing an

imprudent emotion when he saw articles of merchandise bearing the

stamp of Manchester or Birmingham. Quickly turning his head for fear

of betraying himself, he fixed his attention upon the products of the

soil and of native industry, examined a fine cotton fabric called

_Aladja_, where two colors alternate in narrow stripes, silken stuffs,

rich and various, from the elegant handkerchief as thin as the

lightest gauze, to the heavy _atres_, which falls in large luxurious

folds. Leathers play an important part in Bokharist manufactures, the

shoemakers of the country make of them long boots for both sexes; but

the shops towards which the people pressed most eagerly were those of

the clothes-merchant, where ready-made garments strike the eye by

their dazzling colors, for Bokhara is the Paris of central Asia,

regarded by the Turcomen as the centre of elegance.

[Footnote 62: An ascetic celebrated throughout Islam, founder of the

order of the Nakishbendi, to which the Hungarian traveller pretended

to belong.]

When he had sufficiently contemplated this curious tableau, Vambéry

asked Hadji Bilal to take him to a place where he might rest and

refresh himself; and the two friends went together to a place called

_Lebi Hanz Divanbeghi_(quay of the reservoir of Divanbeghi), where all

the fashionables of the city collect. In the middle of the square is

a reservoir one hundred feet deep and eighty wide, bordered with cubic

stones forming a stair of eight steps to the water's edge. All around

magnificent elms shade the inevitable tea-shop, and the colossal

_samovar_, not less inevitable, invites every passer-by to take a cup

of the boiling liquid. On three sides of the square, little stalls,

sheltered by bamboo matting, display to the eye bread, fruits,

confectionery, hot and cold meats. The fourth side takes the form of a

terrace, and close by rises the mosque _Mesdjidi Divanbeghi_, Before

the doors are planted a number of trees, under which the dervishes and

_meddah_ (popular orators) recount to the wondering crowd, the

exploits of heroes, or the holy deeds of the prophets. Just as Vambéry

arrived, the Nakishbendis crossed the square, making their daily

procession. "Never shall I forget," says our traveller, "the

impression which these wild enthusiasts made upon me: their heads

covered with pointed hats, with flowing hair, and long staves in their

hands, they danced a round like the orgies of witches, yelling sacred

songs, of which their chief, an old man with a gray beard, intoned

alone the first strophe."

The secret inquisition established in Bokhara began very soon to annoy

Vambéry in spite of his reputation for sanctity. Spies sent by the

government came almost every day, upon one pretext or another, to open

with the stranger conversations which always turned upon Europeans,

their diabolical artifices, and the chastisements which had punished

the audacity of many of them. They hoped that some imprudent word

would drop to justify their suspicions, but the European was too much

on his guard to be caught; he listened at first with patience, and

then affecting an air of contemptuous indifference, "I left

Constantinople," said he, "to get away from these {395} cursed

Europeans, who, no doubt, owe their arts and sciences to the demon.

Now, Allah be praised! I am in Bokhara, and I don't want to be

troubled with thinking about them."

The emir was then absent; the minister who directed the inquest,

seeing that his emissaries were completely foiled, resolved to make

the stranger appear before a tribunal composed of onlemas, where his

orthodoxy would be scrupulously examined. He had, in fact, to sustain

a running fire of embarrassing questions which would be sure some day

to pierce his incognito. Fortunately, he perceived the snare in time,

and changing his character, took himself the part of questioner. Urged

by a pious zeal, he consulted the learned doctors on the most minute

cases of conscience, wished to know the differences, often

imperceptible, between the _Farz_ and the _Sunnet_, precepts of

obligation, and the _Tadjib_ and the _Mustahab_, simple religious

counsels. This artifice had complete success; many an obscure text

furnished material for an animated discussion, in which Vambéry never

lost an occasion of making a pompous eulogium of the Bokharist

oulemas, and loudly proclaiming their superiority. Then the judges,

gained to his cause, told the minister that he had committed a grave

mistake. Hadji Reschid was a very distinguished mollah, well prepared

to receive the divine inspiration, precious heritage of the saints.

Vambéry, free henceforth from all fear, could study at leisure the

character and aptitudes of the people of Bokhara. This city, which is,

according to him, the Home of Islam, since Mecca and Medina represent

Jerusalem, is not a little proud of its religious supremacy. Though it

recognizes the spiritual authority of the Sultan, it does not, like

Khiva, blindly submit to it, and it hardly pardons the emperor for

permitting himself to be corrupted by the detestable influence of

Europeans. Our traveller, in his supposed quality of Turk, was

frequently obliged to defend Constantinople from the reproaches

addressed to him: "Why," demanded, for example, the fervent

Bokharists,--"why does not the sultan put to death all the Europeans

who live in his states? why does he not ordain every year a holy war

against the unbelievers?" Or again: "Why do not the Turks wear the

turban and the long robe which the law prescribes? Is not this a

frightful sin? and also, why have they not the long beard and short

moustache which the Prophet wore?"

The emir Mozaffar ed Din watches carefully over the maintenance of the

sacred doctrines. Every city has its _Reïs_ or guardian of religion,

who, whip in hand, runs through the streets and public squares,

interrogating every one he meets upon the precepts of Islam. Woe to

the unhappy passenger taken in the flagrant crime of ignorance: if it

were a gray-headed old man he is also, all business ceasing, sent for

a fortnight to the benches of the school. A discipline equally

rigorous, obliges every one to go to the mosques at the hour of

prayer. Finally, the espionage of the Reïs does not stop at the

threshold of the private dwelling, and in the privacy of his family a

Bokharist takes care not to omit the least rite, or even to pronounce

the name of the emir without adding the sacramental formula, "May

Allah give him a hundred and twenty years of life!" It needs not to

say that all joy and gaiety are banished from social life, except the

momentary animation of the bazaar. Bokhara presents a sad and

monotonous aspect. During the day, every one fears perpetually to find

himself in the presence of a spy; in the evening, two hours after

sunset, the streets are deserted; no one ventures to visit a friend,

the sick may perish for want of help, for Mozaffar ed Din forbids any

one to go out under the most severe penalties.

Nevertheless, this prince is generally beloved by his subjects: he is

strictly faithful to the policy of his predecessors, but they cannot

reproach {396} him with any crime, or arbitrary or cruel act. A pious

and instructed Mussulman, he has taken for device the word "justice,"

and he conforms himself to it scrupulously. This Bokharist justice

might appear a little summary to Europeans, and the war against

Khokand, is not, as we shall see by-and-bye, just in the full

acceptation of the word, yet a prince of central Asia, educated in the

bosom of the most fiery fanaticism, must be judged with some

indulgence. It must be said in his praise, that if he is sometimes

lavish of the blood of his nobles, he spares at least that of the

poorer class, so that his people have surnamed him "the destroyer of

elephants, and the protector of, mice."

A declared enemy of all innovation, the emir applies himself

especially to maintain the austere manners of the ancient Bokhara. The

importation of articles of luxury is forbidden, very rigorous

sumptuary laws regulate not only dress, but even the structure and

furniture of the dwellings. Mozaffar ed Din gives the first example of

the contempt of all luxury; he has reduced by half the number of his

servants; and one vainly seeks in his palace the least appearance of

princely pomp. The same simplicity resigns in the harem, the oversight

of which is intrusted to the mother and grandmother of the sovereign;

the wise direction of these two princesses merits for this sanctuary a

high reputation for chastity. Its doors, carefully closed to laics,

open only to the mollahs, whose sacred breathings bring with them only

happiness and piety. The sultanas, four in number, are accustomed to

the exercise of domestic virtues; their table is frugal, their dress

modest; they make their own garments and sometimes those of the emir,

who exercises over all expenses a minute control.

Before quitting Bokhara, Vambéry wished to visit the tomb of Baveddin,

the supposed end of his long pilgrimage.

This saint, the patron of Turkestan, is the object of profound

veneration throughout all Asia. They regard him as a second Mohammed;

and even from the heart of China, the faithful come in crowds to kiss

his relics. The sepulchre is in a little garden, near which they have

built a mosque; troops of blind, lame or paralytic beggars completely

obstruct the approach. In front of the mausoleum is found the famous

_Stone of Desire_, which has been much worn by the contact of the

foreheads of pilgrims; on the tomb are placed rams' horns, a banner,

and a broom sanctified by a long service in the temple of Mecca. Many

times they have tried to cover all with a dome, but Baveddin prefers

the open air, and always after three nights the buildings are thrown

down. At least such is the legend, related by the sheiks, descendants

of the saint.

V.

The two companions of Vambéry, Hadji Salih and Hadji Bilal, were

impatient to quit Bokhara in order to reach before winter the distant

province where they lived. Our traveller proposed to accompany them to

Samarcand; he wished to see this celebrated city, and anticipating an

interview with the emir, he wished to secure for himself the support

of the pilgrims. The day of departure the caravan was already much

reduced, being contained entirely in two carts. The European,

sheltered from the sun by a hanging of mats, expected to repose

comfortably in his rustic carriage, but this illusion was soon broken.

The violent jolting of the vehicle threw the pilgrims every instant

here and there, now against each other, now against the heavy

wagon-frame; their heads were beaten about like billiard-balls. "For

the first few hours," adds Vambéry, "I was literally sea-sick; I

suffered much more than when mounted upon the camel, the swaying of

which, {397} resembling the rolling of a ship, I had dreaded very

much."

The travellers followed, at first a monotonous road; short, stinted

pastures extended everywhere to the horizon, but nothing justified the

marvellous stories of the inhabitants of the charming villages and

enchanted gardens which lie between Bokhara and Samarcand. The caravan

crossed the little desert of _Chol Melik_, and reached the next day

the district of Kermineh; there the landscape suddenly changes,

beautiful hamlets, grouped near each other, offer to the eye their

inns, before which the gigantic _samovar_ makes the traveller dream of

solace and comfort; their farms, surrounded by rich harvests, by

prairies where magnificent cattle feed, and by farm-yards sheltering

their feathered population. Everything breathed life and abundance,

and Vambéry could not contemplate without emotion this smiling

picture, which recalled his fertile Germany.

After a journey of five days the hadjis arrived within sight of

Samarcand. Thanks to the remembrances of the past, and the distance

which separates it from Europe, the ancient capital of Timour excites

a lively curiosity. We will permit the Hungarian traveller to

describe, himself, this famous city.

"Let the reader," says he, "take a seat beside me in my modest

carriage. He will perceive toward the east a high mountain, the

cupola-like summit of which is crowned by a small edifice; there

reposes Chobanata, the venerated patron of shepherds. Below extends

the city. Its circumference nearly equals that of Teheran, but it must

be much less populous, for the houses are much more scattered; on the

other hand its ruins and public monuments give it an air more grand

and imposing. The eye is first attracted by four lofty dome-like

buildings, which are the _midresses_ or colleges. Further on we

perceive a small, guttering dome, then toward the south another,

larger and more majestic; the first is the tomb, the second the mosque

of Timour. Just in front of us, at the extreme southwest of the city,

rises on a hill the citadel (_Ark_), itself surrounded by temples and

sepulchres, which define themselves against the blue sky. If now we

imagine all this intermingled with gardens of the most luxuriant

vegetation, we shall have an idea of Samarcand. A feeble and imperfect

idea, it is true, for the Persian proverb justly says 'It is one thing

to see and another to hear.'

"Alas! why must we add that in entering this city all this prestige

vanishes, and gives place to a bitter disappointment? We were obliged

to cross the cemetery before reaching the inhabited quarters, and in

spite of myself, this line of a Persian poet, which to-day seems

tinged with a cruel irony, came to my mind?

"Samarcand is the sun of the world."

The same evening Vambéry and his companions were received in a house

very near the tomb of Timour. Our traveller was delighted to learn

that his host filled important functions near the Emir. The return of

this prince, who had just finished a victorious campaign in Khokand,

being expected very soon, Hadji Salih and Haji Bilal consented, out of

regard to their friend, to prolong their stay in Samarcand until

Vambéry had obtained an audience of Mozaffar ed Din, and found a

caravan with which he might return to Persia. While waiting the

pilgrims visited the ancient monuments of the city, which, in spite of

its miserable appearance, is the richest city in Central Asia in

historical remembrances. The plan of this sketch does not permit us to

follow the author in the details which he gives of these remarkable

buildings. We only cite.

1. The summer palace of Timour, which preserves, even to-day, some

vestiges of its ancient magnificence. The apartment, to which we

ascend by a marble staircase of forty steps, {398} contains rich mural

paintings, made with colored bricks, and the pavement, entirely of

mosaic, preserves the freshness and brilliancy of the first day.

2. The citadel, where we admire in a vast apartment called "Timour's

audience-hall," the celebrated _Köktash_ (green stone) upon which was

placed the throne of the famous conqueror.

3. The tomb of Timour, surmounted by a very beautiful stone of deep

green, two spans and a half wide, ten long, and of the thickness of

six fingers. Not far from this a black stone shades the sepulchre of

_Mir Seid Berke_, the spiritual director of the emir, near whom the

powerful monarch wished to be buried. In the vaults of this mausoleum

is preserved a copy of the Koran written upon gazelle skin, by the

hand of Osman, the secretary and successor of Mohammed.

4. The _Midusses_, of which many, entirely abandoned, are falling into

ruin; others, yet flourishing, are maintained with care. The most

remarkable is that of Tillakair, so called from its golden ornaments.

The new city is much smaller than the ancient capital of Timour; it

has six gates, and several bazaars where they sell at a very low price

manufactured articles, confessedly of European workmanship. Vambéry,

without thinking, like the Tartars, that "Samarcand resembles

Paradise," still found it quite superior to other Turcoman cities, by

the beauty of its situation, the splendor of its monuments, and the

richness of its vegetation.

Meanwhile, days passed and the emir did not arrive, the caravan which

was to take Vambéry back prepared to start, when the conqueror of

Khokand at last made his triumphant entry. Mozaffar ed Din, following

the unscrupulous policy adopted in the east, had organized a vast

conspiracy against the sovereign of the rival khanat; then hired

assassins, by his orders, delivered him from his enemies; and

profiting by the confusion thus caused, Mozaffar succeeded in making

himself master of the capital. At this news Samarcand burst into

transports of joy, the people considered Mozaffar as a new Timour, who

was about to reduce successively under his dominion, China, Persia,

Afghanistan, India, and Europe; in their warlike ardor the Turcomen

saw already the world divided between their prince and the Sultan of

Constantinople. Nor must we be so much surprised that the taking of

Khokand had so greatly excited them; this city, four times as large,

they say, as Teheran, is the capital of a powerful khanat, which has

for a long time remained in a state of perpetual hostility to the

Bokharists. But one foresees that the Russian government will soon

establish peace between these two enemies, in assuming the part of the

judge in the fable. It slowly pursues its end, sows division, and

already its bayonets have subjected Tashkend, the most western city of

Khokand, and equally important in a commercial and military point of

view.

At the period when Vambéry visited Samarcand, the intoxication of the

victory obtained by the emir dispelled all gloom; the Europeans and

their encroachments were forgotten in the noisy rejoicings. The happy

return of Mozaffar ed Din was celebrated by a national festival, in

which rice, mutton, tallow, and tea were distributed to the people

with royal prodigality; the next day, the emir having granted his

subjects a public audience, our traveller seized the occasion to be

presented. Accompanied by his friends the pilgrims, he was preparing

to enter the palace, when a Mehrem stopped him, saying that his

Majesty desired to see the hadji of Constantinople alone. "We were

extremely alarmed," relates Vambéry; "this distinction seemed to us an

ill omen. Nevertheless, I followed the officer with a firm step. He

introduced me into a spacious hall, where I perceived the emir seated

upon an ottoman, and surrounded with books and manuscripts of all

sorts. I did not suffer myself to be intimidated by the cold and

severe air of the {399} prince, and after having recited a short

_sura_, followed by the habitual prayer for the sovereign, I seated

myself without asking permission near the royal person. He did not

appear offended, for my character of dervish authorized this conduct,

but he fixed upon me his great black eyes with a suspicious and

interrogatory air, as if he would read to the bottom of my soul.

Fortunately, for a long time I have lost the habit of blushing,

therefore I sustained this scrutiny with coolness.

"Hadji," at last the emir said to me, "you have come from Turkey, I

understand, to visit the tombs of Baveddin and the saints of

Turkestan?"

"'Yes, Takhsir' (Your Majesty), but I wished also to refresh myself

with the sight of your divine beauty.'

"'It is very strange! how, have you no other motive for undertaking so

long a journey?'

"'No, Takhsir; I have always had an ardent desire to behold the noble

Bokhara, the enchanting Samarcand, the sacred soil of which, according

to the remark of the sheikh Djilal, ought to be trodden with the head

rather than with the feet. I have beside no other business in this

world, and for a long time I have wandered about like a pilgrim of the

universe.'

"A pilgrim of the universe! you, with your lame leg!'

"'Remember, Takhsir, that your glorious ancestor Timour, [Footnote

63] peace be with him, had the same infirmity, which did not hinder

him from being the conqueror of the universe.'

[Footnote 63: This prince, from whom the emirs of Bokhara pretend to

descend, was lame, from whence came the surname of Timonr-leuk, or

Timour the lame, of which we make Tamerlan (Fr.), Tamerlane (Eng.) ]

"These words charmed the emir; he addressed to me various questions

relating to my journey, asking the impression which Bokhara and

Samarcand had made upon me. My answers, all wrapped in Persian

sentences and verses of the Koran, gained the confidence of the

prince. Before dismissing me, he gave an order to remit to me a

complete suit of clothes, and to count me out thirty tenghes."

Vambéry, much elated, hastened to inform his friends of the result of

the interview; they advised him not to count too surely on the royal

protection, and not to defer his departure. It cost him much to quit

these good dervishes, generous and devoted hearts, the faithful

companions of his hours of suffering. The bold explorer, the witty and

sarcastic writer, full of pungent humor, here finds words which

indicate deep feeling "I cannot describe," says he, "the emotion with

which we parted. For six months, we had lived the same life, shared

the same perils; perils in the midst of the burning sands of the

desert, perils from the savage Turcomen, perils from the inclemency of

nature and the elements. Differences of age, of position, of

nationality, had disappeared; we were members of one family. Now we

were to separate, never to meet again; death could not have parted us

more widely, nor left in our souls a deeper grief. My heart

overflowed, and I sobbed aloud, when I thought that even in this

supreme hour, I could not confide to these men, my best, my dearest

friends, the secret of my disguise. I must deceive those to whom I

owed my life. This thought caused me a real remorse: I sought, but in

vain, an occasion for bringing out the dangerous confidence."

How, in fact, could he tell these pious pilgrims, zealous believers,

that the friend whose religious learning they had admired, whose faith

and virtue they respected, was an impostor, who, urged by the thirst

for secular learning, had surprised their confidence, profaned their

ministry, had trifled, in a word, with their dearest sentiments? Such

an avowal might not, perhaps, have broken the bonds of affection which

united him to the two dervishes, but what a bitter deception for these

fervent and sincere souls t {400} And why destroy an illusion so

sweet? Vambéry retained the secret ready to escape him; his eyes

swimming in tears, he tore himself from the embraces of his friends.

"I see them always," he adds, "motionless in the place where I had

quitted them, the hands raised toward heaven, imploring the blessing

of Allah for my journey. Many times I turned my head to see them

again; at last they disappeared in the fog, and I could distinguish

only the domes of Samarcand, feebly lighted by the rays of the moon."

The journey home was marked by fewer dramatic incidents. Vambéry had

to cross the country of Bokhara, but avoiding the capital, he arrived

after three days at Karshi, the second city of the khanat in extent

and commercial relations. It contains six caravansaries and a

well-supplied market, where are seen very remarkable articles of

native cutlery, which are largely exported into central Asia, Persia,

Arabia, and even into Turkey. These fine blades, richly damaskeened,

the handles covered with incrustations of gold and silver, are far

superior to the best products of Sheffield or Birmingham. Vambéry's

new companions advised him to use such funds as he had left, in

purchasing knives, needles, and glass-ware, the exchange of which

would secure a pilgrim the means of existence among the nomad tribes.

Our traveller thought it best to follow this prudent counsel, and add,

as he gaily remarks, "the profession of merchant to that of antiquary,

hadji and mollah, without prejudice to a crowd of not less important

functions, such as bestowing benedictions, holy breathings, amulets,

and talismans."

The caravan passed through Bokhara without disturbance; the rigor with

which the emir enforces the police regulations rendering all the roads

from across the desert perfectly secure, not only for caravans, but

even for individual travellers. Vambéry could hardly contain his joy

in crossing the frontier: at every step he approached the West; he was

about to revisit Persia, the first stage of civilization, the object

of his ardent desires. Other members of the caravan were not less

impatient, these were Iranian slaves, returning to their own country.

One of them, an old man, bent under the weight of years, had been to

Bokhara to pay the ransom of his son, the only support of his family,

the price demanded was fifty ducats, and the poor father had exhausted

his resources in the payment. "But," said he, "better to fear the

staff of the beggar than to leave my son in chains." Another of these

unhappy men greatly excited Vambéry's compassion; his wasted features,

and hair prematurely white, proved sufficiently his sufferings, eight

years previous, a Turcoman raid had carried away his wife, his sister

and his six children; the unfortunate man pursued them, vainly sought

them in the two Khanats of Khiva and Bokhara; when at last he

discovered the place of their captivity, his wife, his sister and two

children had perished under the rigors of slavery. Of the four who

remained he was able to ransom only two; the others having become men,

their master exacted so heavy a ransom that the unhappy father was

unable to raise the sum.

These instances give but a faint idea of the scourge which has for

centuries depopulated the north of Persia and neighboring countries.

The Turcomen Tekkes number to-day more than fifteen thousand mounted

plunderers, whose only occupation consists in organizing a system of

vast brigandage, to decimate families and ravage hamlets. The

travellers crossed whole districts desolated by war and exactions of

all sorts; the laws are powerless to repress disorders, a bribe

suffices to exculpate one from the most odious crime; therefore every

one speaks with admiration of Bokhara, whose emir is regarded as a

model of justice and wisdom. An inhabitant of Audkuy acknowledged that

his compatriots envied the happiness of being {401} subject to the

sceptre of Mozaffar ed Din, and added that the Europeans would be

preferable to the present Mussulman chiefs.

Meanwhile, the journey was long, and Vambéry saw with anxiety his

little package of merchandise diminish. He hoped to obtain assistance

at Herat; but unfortunately, when they arrived in this city, the key

of central Asia, it had just been put to sack by the Afghans. The

fortifications and houses were only a heap of ruins, the citadel

trembled, half demolished upon its crumbling base, some few

inhabitants here and there showed themselves, the celebrated bazaar,

which had stood so many sieges, alone offered some animation, but the

shops were opened timidly, the remembrance of the foray still

terrifying the people. Moreover, the custom-house system, established

by the rapacity of the Afghans, promises little prosperity either to

commerce or industry, an article of fur which has been purchased for 8

francs, pays 3 francs tax; they levy one franc upon a hat of the value

of two francs, and so of every thing else. When we add to that, for

articles brought from distant provinces, the rights already collected

in intermediate districts, we see how much the merchant must raise his

price in order to realize anything.

In a city so ravaged, the trade of a dervish is not lucrative; no one

asked Vambéry for his holy breathing, his cutlery and pearls were

exhausted; his travelling companions, very different from Hadji Bilal,

lent him no help. Only one young man named Ishak, remained faithful to

him. Every morning he begged the food for the day, and prepared the

frugal repasts of our traveller, whom he regarded as his master, and

served with affectionate respect.

In order to neglect nothing which might enable him to continue his

journey, Vambéry resolved to apply to the Viceroy of Herat, Serdar

Mehemmed Yakoub, the son of the King of Afghanistan. The halls of the

palace were filled with servants and soldiers; but the large turban of

the pretended dervish, and the hermit-like air which long fatigues had

given him, were letters of recommendation which opened all doors. The

prince, not more than sixteen years old, sate in a large easy chair,

surrounded by high dignitaries. Vambéry, faithful to his character,

went directly to him, and sat by his side, pushing aside the vizier to

make himself a place. This behavior excited general hilarity. Serdar

Mehemmed regarded the stranger attentively, then rose suddenly, and

cried, half-laughing, half-bewildered: "You are an Englishman, I'll

take my oath!" He approached our traveller, clapping his hands like a

child who has made a happy discovery: "Say, say," added he, "are you

not an Englishman?" In the presence of this innocent joy, Vambéry had

half a mind to discover himself, but remembering that the fanaticism

of the Afghans might yet expose him to great perils, he resolved not

to raise the mask which protected him. Taking, then, a serious air:

"That will do," said he to the prince, "have you then forgotten this

proverb--'He who even in joke treats a true believer as an infidel,

makes himself worse than an infidel?' Give me rather something for my

benediction, that I may have the means of pursuing my journey."

Vambéry's look, and the maxim which he so appropriately recalled, put

the young viceroy out of countenance. He stammered some excuses,

alleging the singular physiognomy of the stranger, which was not of

the Bokhariot type. Vambéry hastened to reply that he was a native of

Stamboul; he showed to Serdar Mehemmed and to the vizier his Turkish

passport, spoke of an Afghan prince residing in Constantinople, and

succeeded in completely effacing the impression which he had at first

made.

The 15th of November, 1868, the grand caravan which was going to

Meshed, left Herat, taking with it our traveller. It comprised not

less than two thousand persons, at least {402} half of whom were

Afghans, who, in spite of the most frightful misery, had undertaken,

with their families, a pilgrimage to the tombs of the Shiite saints.

In proportion as Vambéry approached civilization, he let fall little

by little the veil of his incognito, and let it be understood that in

Meshed he should find powerful protectors, and financial resources

which would enable him to recompense the services of his companions.

The doubtful light which surrounded him furnished inexhaustible matter

for conjecture, and gave rise to some lively discussions, which very

much amused Vambéry. At last, twelve days after leaving Herat, the

dome of the mosque, and the tomb of Iman-Riza, gilded by the first

rays of the sun, announced the approach to Meshed. The sight caused

the European deep emotion, his dangerous exploring expedition was

finished, and he had no further need of disguise. In passing the gates

of the city he forgot the Turcoman, the desert, the Tebbad, to think

of the happiness of seeing friendly faces, and of speaking at his ease

of Europe. He passed successively through Meshed, Teheran, and

Constantinople, where he bade adieu to Oriental life; then through

Pesth, where he left his Turcoman companion, the faithful Ishak, who

had followed him even to Europe, and the 9th of June, 1864, he arrived

in London.

Singular force of habit. Vambéry had so identified himself with the

character of a learned effendi, he was so impregnated with Asiatic

manners and customs, that this son of Germany found himself ill at

ease in England. "It cost me," says he, "incredible difficulty to

accustom myself to my new life, so different from that which I had led

at Bokhara some months previous. Everything in London seemed strange

and novel; one would have said that the remembrances of my youth were

a dream; only my travels had left upon my mind a deep impression. Is

it astonishing that sometimes in Regent street or in the saloons of

the English aristocracy I felt myself as embarrassed as a child, and

that often I forgot everything around me to dream of the profound

solitudes of central Asia, of the tents of the Kirghiz and the

Turcomen?"

Vambéry's book paints in vivid colors the real condition of central

Asia; it contains curious and characteristic details regarding the

three khanats of Turkestan (Khiva, Bokhara, and Khokand), on the

particular manners of each people, the commerce and industry of the

cities. We follow there the slow but continuous progress of the

Russian government, whose ambition is excited by the riches of these

fertile provinces. It advances with persevering obstinacy toward the

conquest of Turkestan, the only country which is wanting to-day to the

immense Asiatic kingdom dreamed of, four centuries ago, by Ivan

Vasilievitch. Since that period the czars have never lost an

opportunity to extend their influence in the Orient. Russia maintains

with the khanats regular and active commercial relations; her

exportations into central Asia were valued in 1850 at twenty-five

millions of francs, and her importations from thence at not less than

thirty-three millions. England, whose possessions in India approach

Turkestan, has not taken so deep root there, she understands less the

tastes, and submits less to the exigencies, of the Tartar populations.

At the same time, the protection which she gives the Afghans, the

declared enemies of the Khivites and Bokhariots, gives her a part to

play in the events which are preparing, and which the taking of

Tashkend by Russian troops will perhaps precipitate.

Central Asia is destined to be absorbed by one or other of the rival

powers which every day embrace her more closely. Will she be Russian

or English? that is the only form the question takes to-day.

{403}

Persia and Turkey, tottering themselves, cannot protect her. The grand

contest, commenced centuries ago, between the two hostile

civilizations, between the sword of Mohammed and the cross of Christ,

to-day touches its term. Of the different oriental tribes, these

endeavor to revive themselves by the contact of our arts and sciences,

those intrench themselves behind their mountains and their deserts;

but these powerless barriers cannot hinder European activity from

reaching them. They are, moreover, condemned to inevitable ruin by

barbarism, superstition, and fatalism, which form the basis of their

character and their creeds, the populations, bent under an implacable

despotism, consider even the encroachments of Europeans as a benefit,

their faith, moreover, delivers them without defence to misfortune, to

tyranny, to the joke of the stranger, for it persuades them that an

inflexible destiny, against which the will of man is powerless, rules

the lot of individuals and nations. "Who can prevail agamst the

Nasib?" said to Vambéry an unfortunate man whose wife and children had

been carried off. "It was written!" replied the Mussulmans when their

most beautiful provinces were snatched from them.

The European race, on the contrary, energetic and indefatigable, makes

all obstacles yield before it; its science and industry transform

nature into a docile instrument; difficulties stimulate its courage:

"This sea I will cross," it cries; "I will level this mountain; this

people, reputed invincible, I will subjugate." From antiquity it had

raised upon its flag this proud device, which made the grandeur of the

Roman world: "Audaces fortuna juvat." Afterward, Christianity, in

elevating minds, and pouring upon all hearts sentiments of tenderness

and charity heretofore unknown, brought new elements to this expansive

force. It showed God respecting, even in their errors, the liberty of

men; it showed the sacrifice of Jesus, this Son of the Most High come

upon earth to suffer all griefs, yet voluntarily powerless to save man

without his concurrence and his own participation. This noble morality

not only regenerated consciences, it developed individual action, made

known the value of the hidden force which we call the will, and

contributed largely to the social and political progress of the

western nations. At the same time, it is true, the Christian dogma

preached resignation in sufferings, but this pious resignation

resembles as little the oriental indolence as the calm of death

resembles that of strength and health.

Such are the causes of European supremacy. The Asiatics, not less

gifted by nature, have stifled, under the double influence of fatalism

and a sensual morality, the germs of civilization which might have

given them a durable life and glory. To-day, as we learn from the

intrepid traveller who has penetrated into the very heart of Turkestan

and returned again safe and sound, everything among them is in decay;

their cities and institutions, alike, offer nothing but ruins.

------

{404}

From The Lamp,

UNCONVICTED; OR, OLD THORNELEY'S HEIRS.

CHAPTER I.

"Mr. Thorneley presents his compliments to Mr. John Kavanagh, and

would feel obliged if he would call in Wimpole street this evening

at seven o'clock. Mr. Thorneley wishes to have Mr. Kavanagh's

professional assistance in a matter of business.

"100 Wimpole street, Cavendish Square,

"Oct. 23, 185--"

The above note lay amidst a heap of letters awaiting my return from a

pleasant mountaineering tour among alps and glaciers, perpetual snows,

and ice-bound passes. Yes, it had been in every sense of the word a

delightful excursion, a real holiday to me,--me, a dusty, musty,

hard-working lawyer, living in chambers, poring over parchments, and

deeds, and matters dull and dry to all, save them whom those things

concerned,--me, a middle-aged bachelor, a solitary man, with little of

kith or kin left to surround my dying bed or follow my old bones to

their grave. It was a renewal of youth and early days to climb those

mountains, to face those majestic peaks, to scale those rugged passes,

and feel the fresh clear air fanning my brow as I raised it to God's

heaven above, whilst all that was of the world worldly seemed to lie

beneath my feet. My two months' holiday and repose from labor, when I

packed my modest portmanteau, locked up my papers, left my rooms to

the care of clerk and laundress, and took my ticket at London Bridge

for Dover or Boulogne, bound for Chamouni, Unterwalden, or the

Simplon,--these eight weeks of pure enjoyment were the oasis in the

desert of my life. But now, for this year at least, it was over. I was

back to busy life again; to work and daily duty; to my calf-bound

volumes, my inky table, my yellow sheets inscribed with the promises

of one said party to another said party--how soon to be broken, God

only knew--or the blue folio pages stating how this said man is to

bully that said fellow man, and how there is to be war between two

Christian beings, not to the knife, but to the bar, the judge, jury,

prison, and future ruin of one or the other fellow heir to the great

inheritance of a hereafter. I had returned to it all--this turmoil of

strife and struggle, out of which quagmire I got my daily bread, like

hundreds of others cruising in the same barque on the sea of life; and

my table was heaped with the business correspondence that once more

was to induct me into my ordinary avocations. There were

communications from old clients about affairs of long standing, and

familiar to me as my morning shave; and letters from new clients

promising fresh labor and new grist to the mill, but I scanned them

all with the same feeling of weariness and disgust--casting many a

regretful thought to the scenes I had left behind me,--inclined to

throw business, law, and clients wholesale and pell-mell into the Red

Sea. It was in this frame of mind that I opened the above note, but as

I read it, my ennui and lassitude gave place to the keenest interest

and curiosity. That old Thorneley should send for me professionally,

when I knew for certain that all his affairs were completely in the

hands, and he entirely under the thumbs, of my highly-respected

brother lawyers Smith and Walker, was enough to rouse one from a

mesmeric sleep. Old Thorneley; who {405} lived like a hermit, never

meddling with anything nor anybody; whose last intentions were

supposed amongst us in Lincoln's Inn to be hermetically sealed up in a

certain tin box, lodging at Messrs. Smith and Walker's; whose frugal

house-keeping and simple taste could involve him in no pecuniary

trouble,--what could he want with the professional advice of one who

was almost a stranger to him, whose standing in the law was of much

later date and whose clientage much less distinguished than that of

the firm above mentioned, and who had been his legal advisers during

his whole lifetime?

Again I referred to the note--"Oct. 23;"--the interview was asked for

that very evening I looked at my watch--it was half-past six, the hour

named, seven. Tired with travel and hungry as a hunter, I was little

inclined to leave my cosy fire, my tender steak, my fragrant cup of

bohea, my delicious plate of buttered toast, and face the raw air and

mizzling rain of an autumnal evening at the beck of a man whose hand I

had never shaken, at whose table I had never sat, and whose foot had

never crossed my threshold. But curiosity and interest prevailed at

last, and these were induced by two motives. 1. Thorneley was a

millionaire--a man whose name Rothschild had not scorned on 'Change,

and whose breath had once fluttered the money-markets of Europe. 2.

And a far more powerful one,--he was the uncle of Hugh Atherton. O

Hugh, best of friends, thou man of true and noble heart, if these

pages ever meet your eyes, and you look back through the dim vista of

intervening years, bear witness how mournfully I stand by the grave of

our buried affection, opened on this night, how tenderly I touch the

fragments of our wrecked friendship! and from your heart, O lost

comrade and brother, believe that, whatever of pain lay between us

two, severing our lives, no thought disloyal to you ever crossed my

soul or shook the fealty of my honor and reverence. Hastily I

despatched the meal, made a few changes in my dress, threw myself into

the first hansom, and knocked at 100 Wimpole street, at five minutes

past seven.

I was ushered at once into Mr. Thorneley's study--a

comfortably-furnished room, lined with well-stocked bookcases, and

hung with neatly-framed engravings of first-rate excellence. He was

sitting reading beside a cheery fire when I entered, and on a table

near him stood fruit, biscuits, and wine. I had not seen him for many

months; and as he rose to receive me, the light of the shaded gas lamp

falling upon his head and face revealed to me how aged and broken his

appearance had become in that period of time. Then I remembered him as

a hale, hearty old man, strong of limb, straight and square about the

shoulders, carrying himself with the air of an old soldier, gaunt,

upright, stern, unbending and unbent. Now, before me stood a bowed

infirm figure, with trembling hands and tottering feet, with thin

pinched features and sunken eyes. Little as I knew the man, and little

as I liked what I knew or had heard of him, I was touched to see what

a wreck he looked of his former outward self. Involuntarily I

stretched out my hand to him, and expressed my regret at seeing him

look so ill. He bowed, and touched my hand with the tips of his

fingers, which were clammy and cold. Then he motioned me in silence to

a chair on the opposite side of the fire to where he sat, and resumed

his own seat.

"You are somewhat late, sir," he said querulously, glancing at me from

beneath his shaggy brows; the same keen searching glance I remembered

of old--the glance of a man who has made money.

"But five minutes, Mr. Thorneley," I replied; "and that I think you

will excuse when I tell you I have crossed the Channel to-day, and

only arrived home about an hour ago."

"Have you dined? Allow the to order you something."

{406}

"Nothing, thanks. I took my usual meal after a journey--a meat tea;

and, though despatched in haste, it sufficed for mine requirements."

"At least," he said more courteously, "you will take a glass of wine!"

"With pleasure, sir, after we have finished the business in which I

understand you require my assistance."

He saw that I wished to come to the point at once; and drawing his

chair near to mine, he fixed his piercing gray eyes upon my

countenance. I returned his gaze steadily enough; and he then shifted

uneasily, so that his countenance was turned sideways to me.

"You are aware, Mr. Kavanagh, that my family solicitors have been, and

still are, Messrs. Smith and Walker, and no doubt you are surprised

why I should now require other professional aid than theirs. Your

curiosity and speculative faculties, if you possess such, must have

been on the _qui vive_ since you got my note. Eh, sir?"

There was a covert sarcasm in the old man's voice which vexed me.

"Every movement of Mr Thorneley's must be a matter of general

interest," I said, with equal satire.

"Ha, ha, ha! Very good--given me back in my own kind,--tit for tat.

Like you all the better for it, Mr. Kavanagh,--a sharp lawyer is a

good thing in its way. Well, you've not repudiated the curiosity, so

I'll satisfy it. I sent for you to make _my Will_;" and again he

turned on me those shrewd glittering eyes, as if enjoying the

amazement I could not entirely suppress.

"But I thought--" I stammered; "surely, sir, your own lawyers are the

fittest persons; it is against etiquette. Indeed, sir, I'd rather not

have any thing to do with it."

"You will be _paid_ sir," he said rudely.

"It is not a question of _payment_, Mr. Thorneley; simply, you place

me, I foresee, in an awkward position with regard to a firm with whom

I am on the most friendly terms. But of course they are acquainted

with your desire of having my services?"

"Of course they are nothing of the sort. If you are squeamish in the

matter, I can get another man to do my business, and they'll not be a

bit more enlightened on the subject. Whomsoever I employ must be bound

to inviolable secrecy during my lifetime. Let us understand each

other, Mr. Kavanagh: I sent for you because I knew you to be a

discreet man, on whose prudence after my death I could rely. But I do

not choose that Smith and Walker should know any thing of this

transaction. You can do as you please in the matter, but you must make

your decision now."

I gave a rapid glance at my position with all the care time would

allow; and one consideration outweighed every thing else,--I take

heaven to witness it!--the thought that Hugh Atherton's interests,

which I felt to be now involved, would be safer in my hands than in

those of any other man; and I replied, "So be it, Mr. Thorneley; you

may command my services." If I had known what was coming; if in mercy

one shadowy vision of that miserable future had been vouchsafed to me;

if but a ray of light had illumined my darkened sight, I had shaken

the dust off my feet, and left that doomed house never again to cross

its threshold.

Thorneley rose and pushed a small writing-table towards me, on which

was placed the printed form of a will to be filled in.

"Are you ready?" he asked.

"I am."

He bent forward, with his hand shading his rugged brow, his eyes fixed

intently on the fire and spoke in low distinct tones. I listened

almost breathlessly; and as I listened, I felt the cold sweat breaking

out upon my forehead. And then I made the will. Yes, God help me! I

made the will, for I saw it was inevitable.

{407}

"We must have witnesses," I said when it was finished.

Mr. Thorneley rang the bell. "Tell Thomas I want him here, and come

back yourself." The two men returned in a few moments,--coachman and

footman; and before those two, with unshaken hand, with a face of

rigid firmness, Gilbert Thorneley wrote his name; the servants affixed

their signatures, and the deed was done.

When we were alone I rose to depart, and bade him good-night. As I

left the room I looked back at the old man. He had sunk in his chair,

and his face was buried in his hands, bowed and bent beside the fire,

with his thin gray locks straying over his forehead, as if some bitter

blast had swept over him and left him desolate;--thus I saw him for

the last time on earth.

I left that house with a heavy secret locked in my breast, with a

weight on heart and brain, and heeded not the blinding, drizzling rain

as I bent my footsteps rapidly homeward, longing only to reach my

quiet chamber, where I might commune with myself and be still. I am

not an inveterate smoker; but when I want to think out a knotty point,

when I wish to obtain a clear view of any difficult question, I can

quite appreciate the aid which a good cigar affords one. This night I

was dazed, bewildered, and mechanically I sought my old friend in my

breast-pocket. I stopped beside the window of a large chemist's shop

at the comer of Vere street and Oxford street to strike a light, when

some one hastily passed out of the shop and ran full against me.

"Kavanagh!" "Atherton!" The man of all men in the world to meet _that_

night! What fatality was it that was hedging me in and fencing me

round, without any agency of my own?

"Who would have thought of seeing you here?" he exclaimed as he

grasped my hand. "I had no idea you had returned even."

"I came back this very evening."

"Only this evening! and whither away so soon, old fellow?"

I muttered something about business.

"Business! Come, I like that. You have changed your nature, John, if

you go after business the first evening of your return from

Switzerland. Why, I didn't suppose you would have stirred if my old

uncle yonder had sent for you to make his will, leaving me his sole

heir." And he laughed his old hearty joyous laugh, which had been

music to me from the time when I fought his first battle for him at

Rugby. Now it filled me with an unaccountable dread; now it fell on my

ear as the knell of times which were never more to come back. So near

the truth too as he had been, talking in his own thoughtless,

light-hearted way. What spell was over us all that fatal evening?

Perhaps--I think it must have been so--all the dark shadows which were

gathering over my soul revealed themselves in my countenance, for I

saw him look at me with the kind solicitous look that never became a

manly face better than his.

"I'll tell you what it is, dear old John," he said, putting his arm

within mine; "you are looking terribly hipped about something or

another, and any thing but the man you ought to look, after such a

jolly outing as you've just had. Come, I'll go home with you, and

we'll have a prime Manilla, a steaming tumbler, and a cosy chat

together; and if that doesn't send the blues back to the venerable old

party from which they are generally supposed by all good Christians to

come, why, as Mr. Peggotty hath it, 'I'm gormed!' "And again that

fatal influence stepped in, making me its agent to bring upon us the

inevitable _To be_; and putting his friendly hand from off my arm, I

said, '"No, Hugh, not to-night; I have need to be alone. Indeed I am

too tired to be good company even to you."

"Well, good-night then, my friend; I'll betake me to mine uncle, and

see {408} how the old man is getting along this damp weather. Lister

said he should look in, so we can tramp home together. But I won't be

shirked by you to-morrow, Master Jack,--don't think it; and I shall

bring somebody to fetch the Swiss toy I know you have got packed away

for her somewhere in your knapsack. Good-night, good-night."

We shook hands, and he turned down Vere street. An impulse,--blind,

unreasoning,--seized me a minute afterwards to call him back and ask

him to come home with me; and I followed quickly upon his footsteps.

The evening was very dark, and the rain beat blindingly in one's face,

so that it was difficult, with my near sight, to distinguish his

figure ahead amidst the numerous other foot-passengers. After a few

moments I gave up the chase, half angry with myself for haying been

the sport of a sudden fancy. As once more I turned round to retrace my

steps, a woman passed me at a hurried pace, and as she passed she

almost stopped and gazed intently at me. A thick veil prevented my

seeing her face, and in no way was her figure familiar to me; but the

gesture with which she stared at me was remarkable, and for a moment a

matter of wonder; then I forgot the circumstance, and rapidly made my

way home, thinking of the strange revelations I had just heard;

thinking of Hugh Atherton and our chance meeting; thinking of the days

past and the days to come,--of much and many things which belong to

the story I am telling,--of the time when I was a boy again at school,

senior in my form and umpire in all pitched battles and the petty

warfare boys wage with one another, when that little curly-headed,

blue-eyed fellow, with his cheeks all aglow and his nostrils big with

indignant wrath, had come to me, a great burly clumsy lad of sixteen,

and laid his plaint before me:

"Please, Kavanagh, the fellows say I'm a coward because I won't lick

Tom Overbury. Will you tell them to leave me in peace?--because I

_won't_ lick him."

"Why not, spooney?"

"Because I don't wish to."

"That won't go down here, you know, Atherton; you must give your

reasons."

"He's got something the matter with his right arm, and he can't hit

out. He'd have no chance against me. I know all about it, but the

other fellows don't, and they think he can't fight; he bade me not

tell any one. That's why they are always at him to make him pick

quarrels. They set him on at me; but I won't fight him, not for the

whole school, masters and all."

Such was Hugh Atherton as a boy; such was he as a man,--ever generous

and noble-hearted. I thought of him as then, I thought of him as now,

remembering all our long friendship, our close intimacy, with the

weight of that dread secret upon me, and with the indescribable sense

of coming evil clinging to me. I wished I had yielded to his request,

and allowed him to accompany me home; I wished I had persevered in

going after him; in short, I wished anything but what then was. Were

those desires troubling me a taste of the vain, futile, heart-bitter

wishes which the morrow was to bring forth? So, with the cold wind

whistling round me, and scattering the dead leaves across the desolate

square, where stood the house wherein I dwelt, the rain beating

against my face, and the sky above black and lowering, I reached my

home, wet and weary.

Methodical habits to a man brought up to the law, who has any pretence

of doing well in his profession, become like second nature; and when I

had divested myself of my wet garments, I took out my journal and made

an entry as usual of the date, object, etc., of my visit to Mr.

Thorneley; and then I wrote out a brief memorandum of the same, which

I addressed to Hugh Atherton in case of my death, and carefully locked

it up with some {409} very private papers of my own, about which he

already had my instructions. This done, I smoked a cigar, drank a

tumbler of hot brandy-and-water, and went to bed, thoroughly tired

out. But I could not sleep. For hours I tossed restlessly from side to

side; now and then catching a few moments' repose, which was disturbed

by the most horrible and distressing dreams. Toward morning, I

suppose, I must at last have fallen into a deep slumber--so profound

that I never heard the old laundress's hammering at the door, nor the

arrival of my clerk, nor the postman's knock.

At last I awoke, or rather was awakened. The day had advanced some

hours; all traces of last night's rain seemed to have vanished, and

the sun shown full and bright in at the windows. Beside my bed stood

Hardy, my old clerk.

"God bless you, sir, I thought you'd never wake!"

"I wish I never had, for I am awfully tired. How are you. Hardy? and

how is all going on?"

"Quite well, sir, thank you; and I hope you're the same. We've wanted

you badly enough. There's that Williams, he's been here almost every

day, teasing and tormenting about having his mortgage called in; and

Lady Ormskirk, she called twice, and seemed in some trouble. Then

there was a queer young chap from the country with a long case about

some inheritance; in short, sir, if you had been at home we might have

been no end busy--what with the old ones and what with the new;" and

Hardy cast a sigh after the possible tips and fees of which my absence

had deprived him.

"Well, I'll see to it all as soon as I have dressed and had some

breakfast. I suppose they've brought it up, and also the hot water?"

"Some time ago, sir; you slept so late that I ventured to come in."

"All right. I shall be ready directly."

Hardy still lingered, and I knew by his face there was some news

coming.

"There's a fine to-do at Smith and Walker's, sir, this morning. I just

met their head-clerk as I was coming here."

I sprang up in bed as if I had been shot, the old fancies and dread of

the previous night returning with full force.

"Smith and Walker's!" I cried; "what is the matter there?"

"Well, sir, I couldn't quite make out the particulars, he was in such

a hurry; but old Mr. Thorneley's been found dead in his room this

morning, and they suspect there has been foul play. Mr.

Griffiths--that's the clerk--was going off to Scotland Yard. It's a

terrible thing, an't it, sir, to be hurried off so quick? and none of

the best of lives too, if one may believe what folks say. It's shocked

you, sir, I see; and so it did me, for I thought of Mr. Atherton and

what a blow like it would be to him."

Whiter and whiter I felt my face was getting, and a feeling of dead

sickness seized me. The man whom I had seen and spoken with but such

few short hours since lay dead! the secret of whose life I possessed,

knowing what I now knew of him, and what had been left untold hanging

like a black shadow of doubt around me; he was gone from whence there

was no returning,--he was standing face to face with his Creator and

his Judge!

By this time Hardy had left the room, and I proceeded hastily to dress

myself, feeling that more was coming than I wotted of then, and that

the fearful storm which was gathering would quickly burst.

Scarcely was I dressed when I heard a loud double-knock at the

office-door, and directly after Hardy's voice demanding admittance. I

opened my door.

"Sir, there is a police-officer who wishes to see you immediately."

I went out into the sitting-room. A detective in plain clothes was

there; I had known the man in another business formerly.

"What do you want with me, Jones?"

{410}

"You have heard of Mr. Thorneley being found dead, sir?"

"Yes--my clerk has just told me. What did he die of?"

"He was poisoned, Mr. Kavanagh."

I felt the man's eyes were fixed on me as if he could read in my soul

and see the fearful dread therein. I could have hurled him from the

window.

"Who is suspected?" I asked as calmly as my parched tongue would let

me speak.

The man did not answer my question.

"You were with him last evening, sir, were you not?"

"Good heavens!" I exclaimed, completely thrown off my guard; "they

surely don't suspect _me!_"

"Not that I'm aware of, sir; but your evidence is necessary, since you

were _one_ of the last persons who saw him alive."

"But not the last," I said, still blind to the fact pointed at. "Mr.

Atherton, his nephew, was with him after I left. I met him going there

at the comer of Vere street."

There was a peculiar look on the man's countenance--of compassion for

me, I had almost said.

"Mr. Kavanagh, sir, I had rather have cut off my right hand than that

you should have told me that, for you've both been kind gentlemen to

me and mine. _Mr. Atherton is arrested on suspicion of having

administered the poison to his uncle._ When you remember _where_ you

met him, you can guess what your evidence will be against him.

Here--Mr. Hardy! Help!"

I remember nothing more, for I had fallen back insensible.

TO BE CONTINUED.

------

[Original.]

Peace.

"Not as the world giveth give I unto you."--St. John 14th.

Break not its sleep, the faithful grief, still tender;

God gives at length his own beloved rest;

How worn and the suffering brow! Yet these meek fingers

Still press the cross of patience to her breast.

Stir not the air with one sweet, lingering cadence

From life's fair prime of love and hope and song;

Serener airs, from martyr hosts celestial,

To that high trance of Conquered peace belong.

Hush mortal joy or wail, hush mortal paeans;

Ye cannot reach that Thabor height sublime

Where God's eternal joy, in tranquil vision,

Seems nearer than the sights and sounds of time.

------

{411}

[Original.]

TWO PICTURES OF LIFE IN FRANCE BEFORE 1848.

Those who are familiar with the Journal of Eugénie de Guérin, know

that in Languedoc, near the towns or villages of Andillac and Gaillac,

and not far from Toulouse, there is an ancient estate called Le Cayla;

but they know little more than this of the place where Maurice and

Eugénie de Guérin passed their youth in the quaint an beautiful

simplicity that stamped their genius with so marked and individuality.

The peasantry of that region are wedded to old habits and traditions,

and the ancient families are imbedded like rocks in the land, says

Lamartine, (from whose "Entretiens" many of these local details are

taken), and are nobles by common consent, because the château is

merely the largest ruin in the village, and every one goes there as to

a home to get whatever he needs in the way of advice, agricultural

tools, medicine or food.

Let us in the imagination visit the Château of like a lot, as it was

in the year 1837, four we must make our first acquaintance with it

when it is graced by the exquisite presence of those two, whose names

are fast becoming household words on both sides of the Atlantic

--Maurice and Eugénie de Guérin.

It is not like one's dream of an ancient _castel_, this spreading,

rectangular house, built of brick and stone after a fashion of Henry

the Fourth's time, and perched on the summit of a sharp declivity.

There is little to distinguish it from the great farms of the country

round, but a half ruined portico, projecting over the flight of stone

steps, a pointed current and the grooves of a drawbridge, over which

the ruthless hand of 1793 as effaced the ancient arms of the Guérins.

The great flagstones of the courtyard were loosened and uprooted long

ago by the drainage from the stables, and in the angles of the wall

grow holly and elder bushes, not too aristocratic to take root in such

a soil. These gates stand open always, admitting wayfarers who may

wish for a cup of water from the bucket hanging behind the door, or

for a plate of soup to eat, sitting in the sunshine on the broad steps

that lead down into the courtyard from the kitchen, an important

department in this venerable homestead.

Within doors blazes a goodly fire on the hearth, a whole tree,

standing on end, sending its smoke up a great chimney through which

daylight is visible, and ready to give a comfortable greeting to Jean,

or Gilles, or Romignières, when they come to talk about corn or sheep

with the master, they sitting on the stone settles, built into the

wall, he on one of those walnut armchairs standing between the kitchen

table and the fireplace. See the great copper boilers standing around

the wall, and those immense soup-tureens, ornamented with coarse

painting, and the big dishes for the fish that they catch in the

mill-pond once in three years.

There--we have looked long enough; pass through this long smoke-dried

corridor to the dining-room, where masters and servants take their

meals together, excepting on state occasions, the menials standing or

sitting at the lower and of the unbleached cloth.

Now down this little flight of steps to the _salon_, which is all

white, with a large sofa, some straw chairs, and a table with books on

it. Yes--here {412} we pause--here are the objects of our search. In a

faded tapestry arm-chair sits Maurice reading and Eugénie is near

here. He looks but shadowy still, having just recovered from a fever,

but the outline of his face is beautiful as he bends slightly over the

book, the refined mouth, the expressive, drooping eyelids, the noble

brow declaring him the worthy descendent of a long line of knights and

gentlemen. One of these ancestors, Guérin de Montaigu, Grand Master of

the Knights of Malta, looks down upon us from the wall as we stand

behind Maurice's chair, glancing, by the way, over his shoulder at the

page he is reading, one of Barbey d'Aurevilly's brilliant articles.

And now he reads aloud a striking passage, and Eugénie lifts her eyes

and lets the work drop on her lap. What earnest, dovelike eyes they

are! See how softly the hair parts on her forehead, passing over the

pretty ear and falling in little curls at the back of her neck. The

dress looks old-fashioned to us now, with its half-high, baby waste,

and belt, and tucker, and her hair is dressed too high to be becoming;

but there is the air of a refined lady in everything about her, and

her face is like the face of a sweet, good little child.

The reading has stopped and their talk turns upon private matters,

something about Caroline, and hopes and fears for the future. We will

leave them to their conversation, and pass out through yonder door,

pausing for an instant to admire that picture of the Madonna and

child, presented to the family by the Queen, and to look through the

glass doors and arched window at the terrace, all green and blossoming

with roses and acacias.

Here we are in an M. de Guérin's room, with its table and chairs

loaded with books and with dust! That priè-Dieu was embroidered by

Mme. de Guérin and whose pensive look face looks out from the

pictures, hanging between the fireplace and the bed. There is the

cross presented by Christine Rognier, and the holy water vase, and the

picture of Calvary before which Eugénie used to kneel and pour out her

childish woes. One day she prayed that some spots might disappear from

her frock, and a disappeared--and again she begged that her doll might

have a soul, but that never came to pass. No doubt it was in this

great state bed that Madame de Guérin died at midnight on the second

of April, 1819. Eugénie had fallen asleep at her mother's feet, and as

the spirit passed away from the long suffering body, M. de Guérin

waked the little girl. "My God! I hear the priest, I see the lighted

candles and a pale face the in tears," she wrote sixteen years

afterwards. Poor little soul! She awoke to the double responsibility

of child and parent, for the little eight-year-old Maurice was her

mother's legacy to her.

Now a dark spiral staircase in the turret leads to a large hall on the

first story, and then winds on with several landing-places to the

upper part of the house where the servants sleep.

This hall is the grand reception-room for guests of distinction, and

has more and air of grandeur then the rest of the château. This

ornamented ceiling and deep wainscoting of carved wood, these

paintings set in the panels, and that huge chimney-piece supported on

stone caryatides, call up to our fancy the days when stately dames and

gentle couriers visited Le Cayla for the hunting season. But there is

a golden renown in store for this shattered, time-worn house, more

precious than that shed upon it by any Guérin of the seventeenth

century.

Suites of small rooms lead from the hall--here is the room that

Eugénie shares with her younger sister Marie, and near by is the

_chambrette_ where Maurice sleeps when he is at home. In his absence

it is her nest where she reads, writes, prays, or leans on the

window-sill to listen to the brook rippling below the terrace, two

doves, and nightingales and all the lovely {413} out-door sounds; or

to look over the corn-fields, groves, chestnut trees, and vineyards in

the valley, far away to the mountains where the friend, Louis de

Bayne, lives in a white château with a linden tree walk, in a country

of ravines and waterfalls;--but we have indulged long enough in this

summer dream of Le Cayla, and must turn to a picture full of sober

tints and shadows.

LA CHENAIE

In Brittany, within a few hours drive from Rennes, was the old family

place of the Lamennais, where about the year 1830 Hughes Filicité de

Lamennais drew about him several of the most promising intellects of

France, [Footnote 64] with the view of establishing a new religious

order, that should meet all the demands of that most grasping of

centuries, the nineteenth. Montalembert, Gerbert, Sainte-Beuve,

Lacordaire, Rohrbacher, Combalot, and many others of more or less

distinction, were inmates or frequent visitors in the old white house

with its peaked French roof, surrounded on every side by thick woods

that were full of beauty and song in summer, but in winter pressed

about it in dusky--brown monotony, while overhead on the grey, heavy

Breton sky.

[Footnote 64: The precise period at which La Chênaie became the

resort of the celebrated men we have been unable to ascertain.

The Lamennais were a commercial family in Bordeaux, ennobled during

the reign of Louis XVI. L'Abbé de Lamennais, the second son,

refusing to become a merchant, retired to La Chênaie, and prepared

himself for the priesthood.]

Here Lamennais passed through many of the struggles of his giant

nature, slow in its action, but never pausing until it had reached the

extreme result of any course of thought or feeling. Here, at fifteen

years of age, he took refuge with his brother, Jean de Lamennais, to

think out the perplexities that clouded his faith so persistently as

to prevent him from receiving his first communion until he was

twenty-two years old; and hither he came to labor over the task he had

proposed to himself, of procuring the banishment of tyranny and

suffering from the earth.

At the time Maurice de Guérin [Footnote 65] joined the little circle

at La Chênaie, Lamennais had reached the turning point in his career.

After preaching in his journal, with the assurance of a prophet, the

public union of Catholicity and democracy, he had suffered the

mortification of finding himself obliged to suspend the publication of

_L'Avenir_. A visit to Rome, where he was treated with the greatest

personal consideration, convinced him that there was no prospect of

support from the Holy See, and he returned home oppressed with

disappointment, and though apparently submissive to the decisions of

his superiors, already resolving in his mind, perhaps unconsciously,

plans to crush the power that had crushed him. Those around him feared

that he would die of grief. One day he said to his favorite pupil,

Elie de Kertauguy, when they were sitting together under one of the

Scotch pines behind the chapel, in the great spreading garden: "There

is the place where I wish to rest," marking out on the grass the form

of a grave with his stick: "But no tombstone over me--only a mound of

earth. Oh! I shall be well off there."

[Footnote 65: Vide M. Sainte-Beuve's "Notice sur Maurice de

Guérin."]

"If," says M. Sainte-Beuve, "he had died then, or in the following

months, if his heart had snapped in it's hidden struggle, what a fair,

unblemished memory he would have left, what fame as a faithful

believer (fidèle) a hero--almost a martyr! What a mysterious subject

of meditation and revery to those who love to contemplate great

destinies thwarted!" And yet even then Lamennais' sufferings must have

proceeded more from wounded pride than from disappointed philanthropy,

for one can hardly imagine a sterner course of tyranny then that of

forcing dogmatically upon Catholic nations a theory of political

freedom that would have thrown half the civilized world into a state

of revolution.

{414}

A striking point in M. Sainte-Beuve's masterly analysis of the

character of his former friend is the strange contrast offered by the

double nature of Lamennais, who always leaned completely to one side

or the other, without any gradation, sometimes being possessed by what

Buffon calls, in speaking of beasts of prey, "a soul wrath;" and again

filled with a sweetness and tenderness that drew little children to

him, a truly fascinating mood; and from one humor to the other he

would pass in an instant.

To La Chênaie and to the influence of this wonderful being, this

compound a pathetic gentleness and combative obstinacy, of magnetism

and repulsion, Guérin came one afternoon early in the December of

1832. M. Féli, as Lamennais was called in his household, where

ceremony was laid aside, and the most charming relations existed

between old and young, received him very cordially in his little

private parlor, which was furnished with one chair and a chest of

drawers. The master had a way of letting the person he was conversing

with say everything that he had to say upon a subject without

interruption (and uncomfortable method, by the way, of convincing one

of the paucity of one's ideas), and then he would take up the matter

himself, and speak "gravely, profoundly, luminously." But on this

occasion he gave himself up freely to a chat upon all sorts of

subjects calculated to draw out the general intelligence of his new

pupil--the weather in Languedoc, Maurice's traveling companions, his

age, the high tides that Saint Malo, Calderon, oyster fishing,

Catholic poetry, Victor Hugo, the most remarkable fishes on the coast

of Brittany--all the while hurrying to and fro in the little room,

presenting a singular appearance with his small, slender figure clad

in grey from head to foot, his oblong head, pale complexion, grey

eyes, long nose, and brow furrowed with wrinkles.

The life at La Chênaie suited Guérin's taste admirably, excepting

perhaps the practice of rising at five o'clock, against which every

well-regulated mind must rebel. One of his great enjoyments was the

daily mass in the quiet little chapel below the terrace in the garden.

"At breakfast," he wrote to Eugénie, "we have butter, and bread which

we toast to make it more appetizing (toast was rather a luxury in

those days on the continent), butter plays an important part in the

meals. Dinner _très confortable_, with coffee and _liqueurs_ when we

have company, is seasoned with a rolling fire of wit, generally coming

from M. Féli--whose _mots_ are charming--vivid, piercing, sparkling,

and innumerable. His genius escapes in this way when he is not at

work, and from sublime he becomes fascinating."

In studies, Maurice was thrown into modern languages, Catholic

philosophy, and the history of philosophy. Each pupil had a room to

himself, but they all studied in a common room sitting round a good

fire. Their recreations consisted in skating on a pond close by the

house, or taking walks in the woods, staff in hand, M. Féli marching

on ahead wearing a battered old straw hat such as great men love to

shelter their illustrious heads with. They had supper at eight o'clock

and then adjourned to the pleasant, quaint old parlor, where chess and

backgammon greeted the master's longing eyes, smoothing his brow and

putting him in genial mood. Then he would throw himself on the immense

sofa that stood under his grandmother's portrait, and become absorbed

into the threadbare crimson velvet, except the little head ever

rolling restlessly from side to side with eyes gleaming like

fire-flies.

"And then he would talk,

Ye gods! how he would talk!"--

What treasures of wit, humor, anecdote, analysis, and broad

generalization poured from that horn of plenty, {415} his mind stored

with the prints of nearly half a century of philosophic research and

observation of men and things! His voice varied with his words from

grave to gay, and now and then came long peals of shrill laughter,

more derisive perhaps than mirthful. "That is _our man!_" said Maurice

proudly, after describing such an evening; that evening perhaps when

his own attractions eclipsed the master's brilliancy in the estimation

of one who saw him for the first time--M. de Marzan, a former pupil of

Lamennais, who revisited La Chênaie on the 18th of December, 1832.

M. Féli was in one of his most delightful moods, recounting the

experiences of his late Italian journey, and drawing out in his genial

way the keen observations of the young men about him--of all excepting

poor Maurice, who stood silent among the hopeful, eager talkers,

painfully conscious of himself and distrustful of others, we must

confess, with all affectionate sympathy for our hero. But in his

reserved mien, in his expressive southern eyes and intellectual face,

there was a magnetism that won completely M. de Marzan's attention

from the delights of conversation, and as soon as the evening ended,

he obtained an introduction through Elie de Kertauguy, a handsome,

gifted youth from Lower Brittany, passionately devoted to Lamennais,

and compassionately attentive to Guérin, regarding him, as did most of

the inmates of La Chênaie, as a refined but very inefficient member of

their circle.

Not so Marzan, who in twenty-four hours had thawed Maurice's reserve,

won his confidence, seen his journal, heard the circumstances of his

unrequited love for Mlle. de Bayne, and laid the foundation of a

friendship that lasted unbroken to the day of Guérin's death. What

days, and nights too, of rapture these two young poets used to spend

together, guided by their older and more experienced friend, Hippolyte

de La Morvonnais (a frequent visitor at La Chênaie), who had been to

Grasmere to visit Wordsworth, and come home imbued with veneration for

"Les Lakistes". (The Lake Poets). There came to be a mania among the

three friends for describing in homely language the simplest domestic

details, which they considered it a triumph in art to be able to give

in a rhythm so dubious that none but the initiated could tell whether

it was meant for prose or verse.

Even at this early period, Guérin gave evidence of the peculiar

strength and weakness of his style, the vagueness and looseness of his

verse, the faultless harmony of his prose, which is as pure as air,

free from the least touch of provincialism or mannerism; and yet, in

the simple fervor of its revelations of the secrets that nature poured

into his attentive ear, we are reminded of the sweet pipings of the

Ettrick Shepherd, as dear old Christopher North interprets them to us.

Through him we see and hear trees wave and waters flow, birds sing and

winds sigh in the woods, and without being disturbed by moral

inferences and philosophical conclusions. And surely, when beauty

comes to us so pure and fresh and untarnished, she may be left to

teach her own lessons, which come to us so softly too from her lips.

The months that Maurice spent at La Chênaie were not especially

fruitful to him, except in the sad experiences that tended to develop

his moral strength. But for Morvonnais and Marzan, he would have

remained quite unappreciated, for Lamennais, who gave the tone to the

household, was too much "absorbed in his apocalyptic social visions"

[Footnote 66] to be conscious of the jewel that glittered before his

eyes. Lamennais was a logician, a philosopher, a passionate and

fanatical worker. Guérin was a man of {416} exquisite artistic

perceptions, but dreamy, undecided, deficient in vigor. Odin and

Apollo,--sledge-hammer and chisel,--thunderbolt and sunbeam, are not

more unlike in use and significance. M. Féli offered nothing but

pitying tenderness, which Maurice accepted in dumb veneration. No

wonder that, with the life at La Chênaie, all intimate intercourse

between them ceased.

[Footnote 66: Sainte-Beuve.]

But it is a matter for surprise that, with all his powers of

fascination, Lamennais inflicted (so far as we can learn the

circumstances of the case) no permanent injury upon the faith of any

one of his companions at La Chênaie. Lacordaire, Gerbet, Montalembert,

and Bohrbacher became renowned champions of the church. Combalot, who

had adored Lamennais, burst forth into a storm of invectives against

him (as is the wont of disappointed idolaters), and then exclaimed,

"Alas! I have wounded that heart into which I could have poured

torrents of love!" Morvonnais and Marzan were ardent believers; Elie

de Kertauguy and Guérin died Catholics. In short, Lamennais had

devoted the prime of life to the church, and in those years had

uttered words of wisdom never to be unsaid or forgotten. In spite of

himself he must always be an eloquent advocate of the faith he

deserted, a powerful enemy of the cause he espoused.

The time was already drawing near when the asylum should be closed to

Maurice where he had found, in spite of disappointment and frequent

depression, a happy, congenial home. On Easter Sunday, Lamennais

celebrated his last mass and gave communion to all the little circle.

"Who would have said" (we quote from Sainte-Beuve) "to those who

clustered round the master, that he who had just given them communion,

would never administer it again to anyone; that he would refuse it

forevermore; and that he would soon adopt for his too true device an

_oak shattered_ by the storm, with the proud motto: _I break but bend

not!_ A Titan's device, _à la Capanée!_"

Early in the autumn of 1833, the Bishop of Rennes ordered the

dissolution of Lamennais' religious community, and the pupils were

removed to Ploërmel, where they continued their studies under the

supervision of M. Jean de Lamennais. M. Féli disbanded his little army

with the dignity of a defeated general, and then threw himself

single-handed again into the fight. He changed his patrician name to

F. Lamennais, and demanded of democracy (says one of his biographers),

as he had demanded of the church, a wand-stroke that should free the

world at once from suffering and oppression. His success may be judged

by the political history of France in the last sixteen years. In

religion he adopted "_Christianisme législate,_" [Footnote 67]

whatever that may be. "If," said he, "men feel so irresistibly

impelled to unite themselves to God that they return to Christianity,

let no one suppose that it can be to that Christianity which presents

itself under the name of Catholicism."

[Footnote 67: Lamartine.]

In the revolution of '48 he thought he saw the birth of liberty; in

the "Coup d'Etat" he received its death-blow in his own person.

Baffled on every side, he betook himself to literature, and translated

the "Divina Commedia;" then "feeling within him no life-sustaining

thought," he died in his seventy-third year, after an illness of a few

weeks, leaving these words in his will: "I will be buried among the

poor, and like the poor. I will have nothing over my grave, not even a

stone; nor will I have my body carried into any church." They laid him

in Père la Chaise, and no word of blessing was uttered over his grave.

Poor Lamennais! What magnificent possibilities were shattered in his

fall!

And Maurice, what were his emotions when the door of La Chênaie dosed

behind him?--the "little paradise" he called it, but then, poor soul,

{417} anything that had escaped him for ever seemed to have been

paradise. He suffered all that must be endured by those who have

mistaken personal influence for a divine attraction. The novitate on

which he had entered at La Chênaie with a certain reluctance, galled

him beyond endurance at Ploërmel. "I would rather run the chance of a

life of adventure than be garrotted by a rule," he said, and so he

went out into the world again, feeling like a thing let loose in the

universe, and by the blessing of Providence was received into the home

of his unfailing friend, Hippolyte de la Morvonnais, who lived most

delightfully on the coast of Brittany, at a place called Le Val de

l'Arquenon.

Two months of simple country life, and of intercourse with Morvonnais,

and with his wife, who exercised over Maurice the noblest and sweetest

influence, gave him renewed strength to battle with life again. In the

following extract from his journal, describing the last walk at Le

Val, we see with what tenacity he clung to the past, and with what

sadness he encountered the future: "Ten o'clock in the evening. Last

walk, last visit to the sea, to the cliffs, to the whole grand scenery

that has enchanted me for two months. Winter is smiling upon us with

all the grace of spring, and giving us days that make birds sing and

leaves burst forth on the rose-bushes in the garden, on the eglantine

in the woods, on the honeysuckle climbing over rock and wall. About

two o'clock we took the path that winds so gracefully through

flowering broom and coarse cliff grass, skirting along wheat-fields,

bending toward ravines, twisting in and out between hedge-rows, and at

last boldly ascending the loftiest rocks. The object of our walk was a

promontory that commands the Bay of Quatre-Vaux. A hundred feet below

us shone the sea, breaking against the rocks with sounds that passed

through our souls as they mounted to heaven. Toward the horizon the

fishing-boats unfurled against the azure sky their dazzling sails, and

as our eyes turned from this little fleet to the more numerous one

that sailed singing nearer to us, an innumerable crowd of sea-birds

fishing gaily, and gladdening our eyes with the sight of their bright

plumage and graceful movements over the water--the birds, the sails,

the lovely day and universal peace gave to the sea a festal beauty

that filled my soul with glad enthusiasm in spite of the sad thoughts

I had brought with me to our promontory; and then I looked with all my

soul at headlands, rocks, and islands, trying to imprint them on my

memory and carry them away with me. Coming home I trod religiously,

and with regret at every step, the path that had so often led me to

such beautiful thoughts, in such sweet company. The path is so

charming when it reaches the coppice, and passes on among high hazel

trees, and a thick, bushy hedge of boxwood! Then the joy that nature

had bestowed upon me died away, and the melancholy of parting took

possession of me. Tomorrow will make of sea, and woods, and coast, and

all the charms I have enjoyed, a dream, a floating thought to me; and

so, that I might carry away from these dear places as much as

possible, and as if they could give themselves to me, I besought them

to engrave their images upon my soul, to give me something of

themselves that could never pass away; and I broke off branches of

boxwood, bushes, and luxurious thickets, plunging my head into their

depths to breathe in the wild perfumes they exhale, to penetrate into

their very essence, and speak as it were heart to heart.

"The evening passed as usual in talking and reading. We recalled the

happiness of past days; I traced a faint picture of them in this book,

and we looked at it sadly, as at some dear, beautiful, dead face."

One more passage from his journal and we will leave Maurice de Guérin

in Paris. Two years from the following date he was a fashionable man

of the world, capable of vieing in {418} conversation with those

marvels of wit and brilliancy, the talkers of Paris; but we have to do

with him only as the banished recluse, the exile from La Chênaie.

"Paris, Feb., 1834.

"O God! close my eyes, keep me from seeing all this multitude, whose

presence rouses in me thoughts so bitter and discouraging. As I pass

through it, let me be deaf to the sounds, inaccessible to the

impressions that overwhelm me when I am in the crowd; set before my

eyes some image, some vision of the things I love, a field, a

valley, a moor, Le Cayla, Le Val, something in nature; I will walk

with eyes fastened upon these dear forms, and pass on without a

sense of suffering."

------

From the Month.

OF DREAMERS AND WORKERS.

Nearly all men are born either dreamers or workers; not perhaps only

the one or only the other, but one of these two points is the centre

of their oscillation. Like a pendulum, they can move only so far

toward their opposite, some more, some less; but, like the pendulum,

they invariably return to their centre. Do we not all know some man

with abstracted eye, high, retreating forehead, rather refined and

often slightly attenuated frame and features, and placidly resolute in

demeanor, who has held the same position in the opinion of his

fellow-men, or, it may be, has occupied the same bench on the Sunday

quietly for twenty years or more? He is a specimen of the extreme type

of dreamers--venerative, mystical, and benevolent; but to all

appearance practically useless, helpless, and inert. Viewed

physiologically, these men are chiefly fair-haired and of the nervous

lymphatic temperament; sometimes this is combined with the bilious

temperament, and in such cases (to some of which we shall have more

particularly to allude) they become remarkable characters. It has been

said that the religion natural to dreamers is a mild form of Buddhism;

but this is probably because most Buddhists are dreamers and mystics

in the highest degree. One thing is certain, dreamers are in politics

either conservative or utopian, and in religion are little disposed

either to reject what they have been taught or to influence others to

do so. If they have been educated as Catholics, mild and devout

Catholics they live and die; if as Protestants, they are unusually

gentle and tolerant, and oppose alike reforms that would be

innovations, and innovations that would be reforms. A man who lives by

faith, thus resting on the invisible, has at times an apparent

resemblance to a dreamer. It is not our object in this paper to point

out the distinction, wide as it indeed is. Dreamers are the subject of

wonderful anecdotes about their absence of mind: it is related of them

that they forget their meals, start on a journey without their hats,

walk with their eyes wide open over precipices, ride on their

walking-sticks, and are surprised when toll is not demanded of them

for their charger. There is no occasion to believe all these

preposterous tales, but no doubt there are many very curious and

perfectly well-authenticated cases of abstraction of mind so entire as

to cause catastrophes both painful and ludicrous. To these men their

real life is their dream, their working-day is only their interruption

and annoyance. They are in heart mystics, and only need a certain

activity of brain and speech to proclaim themselves as such. They

possess great store of happiness within themselves, owing to their

peculiarity of caring less than others for those {419} substantial and

golden rewards which cause the unrest of the world. They love the

unseen and mysterious better than the visible and sensuous, and would

in general barter any amount of distinct and limited reality for

indefinite prospects; so that the single streak of wan and dying

light, which sleeps on the edge of the dark horizon, is more precious

to them, as suggesting Infinity, than any view which could be offered

of noble cities or fertile plains. Almost all things are to them

symbolical. No action is in their thought simply what it seems to be;

but there is about every deed performed, circumstance encountered, or

season passed, a secret sense of omen or prescience, of brightness or

of shadow. Light becomes a sentiment calling up images of

corresponding radiance and beauty, but especially perhaps that early

morning light which seems, while yet sleeping, to float in on the

world, as opposed to the fading colors of departing day. Darkness,

again, sometimes lends a sense of peril; but more often is peopled by

spirits--a realm of shadows and shadowy delights, all called into

being, moved, governed, and colored by the dreamer in his dream. The

many gradations between brightness and gloom have each their especial

fascination for dreamers, who are in this respect as discriminative

and fanciful as the Jews, who, in olden times, distinguished two kinds

of twilight: the doves' twilight, or crepusculum of the day, and

ravens' twilight, or the crepusculum of the night. In truth, their

tendency is to behold all actual things as illusions, and to consider

the spiritual and unseen world as the only true one: thus, in the

cloudy mantle of constant reverie they hide all the ills and

infirmities of humanity, and slumber in the "golden sleep of halcyon

quiet apart from the everlasting storms of life." For when a man can

sit calmly on an uncomfortable pole, like the Indian mystic, and say

"I am the Universe, and the Universe is me," he has attained to the

greatest conceivable height and perfection of dream-life. From the age

of Plato to our own times dreamers have been born perpetually among

the sons of men. St. John is claimed by them as being the most

profound and loving mystic ever given to the world. There have been

countless others; we need not add a list of names; those of

Swedenborg, Boehmen, and Irving, will occur to the memory as

representing one class of dreamers. These leaders are, as one might

predict, regarded with the extreme veneration characteristic of the

order. Indeed, of some it may be chronicled, as it was of the ancient

deities, Buddha, etc., "Once a man, now a God!" In general, dreamers

have tenanted our madhouses rather than filled our prisons; if,

however, they do commit crimes, they are serious ones. Religious and

political assassinations have been commonly the fruits of mad

dreamers. In the ranks have been numbered many holy men, and as a rule

they have influenced mankind rather by the example of their life and

the teaching of their pen than by busy practical action. Only certain

professions and occupations are suitable for dreamers. In the olden

times they were poets, shepherds, prophets, soothsayers, diviners,

alchemists, rhabdomantists. [Footnote 68] In these days they are by

rights clergymen, authors, poets, philanthropists, and, philosophers.

If they enter trade they commonly end in the _Gazette_; and placed in

positions of authority, where severity of discipline has to be

exercised, they are uniformly unsuccessful; in situations of trust,

they are invariably single-hearted and faithful, but in every place

and at all times they are the most frequent victims of fraudulent

representations and impudent imposture. A certain number of the

priesthood among all nations, gentle, speculative, and saintly men,

{420} have been of this order; weaving their work and their dreams

together into a fair fabric of many colors, which if it seems to

ordinary eyes shadowy and unsubstantial as the mist, is yet, like the

air, elastic, solid, and capable of resisting a very heavy pressure.

Idealists are, however, rarely formidable in action unless the bilious

is largely transfused in their temperament. They then become

missionaries and martyrs; patriots, revolutionists, fanatics; they

head revolutions, plan massacres, overthrow monarchies, and shatter

creeds. Peter the Hermit, John of Leyden, are examples of this order.

[Footnote 68: [Greek text], _a rod_; men who undertook, and in

certain unenlightened regions do still undertake, to discover wells

of water, veins of minerals, or hidden treasures of money and

jewels, by means of divining-rods. ]

The workers born into the world are widely different in temperament

and disposition, and antagonistic in principles, sentiment, and

action. They consist both of those who work with their hands alone,

and of those who work up into a practical form the reveries and

speculative schemes of the dreamers. Physiologically viewed, the

extreme type of the worker exhibits most frequently the bullet-shaped

head, square jaw, muscular, thick neck, large chest development, and

elemental hand, commonly also the sanguine, sanguine-nervous, or

sanguine-bilious temperament, They have an irresistible propensity to

do, to acquire, to conquer or invade; they are fertile in resource,

opulent in stratagem, full of quarrel, and essentially aggressive. A

contest is to them an occasion of inexplicable delight; and naturally

dedicated to action, they are as unable to conceive of disappointment

as the other class are to resist that which is or seems to be their

destiny. They become engineers, manufacturers, merchants, inventors,

mighty hunters, soldiers, sailors, pioneers, emigrants, rough-riders,

pugilists, smugglers, aeronauts, acrobats, and celebrated performers

in travelling circuses and menageries, lion-tamers, snake-charmers,

rat-catchers, burglars, thieves, and highwaymen. They are gamekeepers,

and devote their lives to circumvent and strive in mortal strife with

poachers; or they are poachers, and spend their days and nights in

plotting against and harassing and threatening the gamekeepers. As

clergymen they are most hard-working, zealous and excellent, but also

the most quarrelsome and intolerant. When they come on to the earth as

younger members of the aristocracy, who may neither dig, trade, nor

fight in the ring, and have not the wherewithal to keep racehorses and

hunters, they enter the army or navy, and there in times of peace,

when no legitimate outlet presents itself for the expenditure of these

energies, they form a very insubordinate and turbulent item of the

population. The lower classes of the workers who cannot get work, then

crusade against the upper classes, who are in the same predicament;

and we see the result in the perpetual placarding in some journals and

newspapers of "deplorable blackguardism in high life." Three parts out

of five, or even a larger proportion, of the Anglo-Saxon population

are composed of workers as opposed to dreamers; and the seething

unquiet mass of humanity known and described by some writers as our

"dangerous classes" is almost entirely recruited from their ranks.

Many centuries ago they were Vikings, pirates, and border robbers;

they scoured the seas, made raids, reived the cattle, and levied

black-mail; anon they were crusaders, for though Peter the Hermit was

a dreamer, his followers were workers; subsequently they destroyed

monasteries; and in these days they have made railroads and abolished

the corn-laws. But, nevertheless, the men who first built churches,

and dwelt in monasteries, and discovered the mysterious agency by

which the engine was to do its work, were not workers, but dreamers,

and were reviled in their day as visionaries and enthusiasts. Where a

dreamer would have been an alchemist, a modern worker finds his

mission to be a gold-digger; where one is a shepherd, the other will

be a hunter or trapper:--the first works that he may retire to dream.

{421} the second dreams how he shall arise and work.

The dreamers among men select as mates the workers among women, or are

(perhaps more often) selected by them, and _vice versa_. It is the old

eternal law of nature--the duality pervading all things, types, and

classes, man and woman, positive and negative, matter and spirit,

reason and faith; and, in spite of the gentle scorn which dreamers

cherish for workers, and the undisguised contempt with which workers

regard dreamers, so they will continue to exist side by side until the

day comes when the worker can work no more, and the dreamer shall have

dreamed for the last time.

--------

MISCELLANY.

_The Old Church at Chelsea, England_,--Mr. H. H. Burnell read a paper

before the British Archaeological Society lately, on the Old Church of

Chelsea. The chancel, with the chauntries north and south of it, are

the only portions of ancient work left. The north chauntry, called the

Manor Chauntry, once contained the monuments of the Brays, now in very

imperfect condition, having been destroyed or removed to make space

for those of the Gervoise family. There remains, however, an ancient

brass in the floor. Of the south, or More Chauntry, he stated that the

monument of Sir Thomas More was removed from it to the chancel; and

the chauntry had been occupied by the monuments of the Georges family,

now also removed, displaced, and destroyed. Mr. Blunt showed that,

notwithstanding the current contrary opinion, founded on Aubrey's

assertion, the More monument is the original one for which Sir Thomas

More himself dictated the epitaph. Mr. Burnell, the architect of the

improvements effected subsequently to 1857, spoke positively as to the

non-existence of a crypt which conjecture had placed under the More

Chauntry. The foundation of the west end of the church before it was

enlarged in 1666, he found west of Lord Dacre's tomb. On the north

side of the chancel an aumbrey, and on the south a piscina was found,

coeval with the chancel (early fourteenth century). The arch between

the More Chauntry and the chancel is a specimen of Italian

workmanship--dated 1528--a date confirmed by the objects represented

in the carved ornaments, those objects being connected with the Roman

Catholic ritual. It is a remarkably early instance of the use of

Italian architecture in this country. In a window of this chapel, then

partly bricked up, was found in the brickwork in 1858 remains of the

stained glass which once filled it. The body of Sir Thomas More was,

according to Aubrey, interred in this chapel, and his head, after an

exposure of fourteen days, testifying to the passers-by on London

Bridge the remorseless cruelty of Henry VIII. and his barbarous

insensibility, was consigned to a vault in St. Dunstan's Church,

Canterbury. It was seen and drawn in that vault in 1715.--_Reader_.

_New Artesian Well in Paris_,--A third artesian well is now being

added to the two which Paris' has already. Already the perforation has

reached the depth of eighty-two metres, being twenty metres below the

sea-level. Before reaching this point, considerable difficulties had

to be overcome in the shape of intermediate sheets of water, which

form a series of subterranean lakes. The first of these was kept in

its bed by means of a strong iron tube driven perpendicularly through

it; that which followed received wooden palings, and the subsequent

stratum being clay, the masonry was continued without difficulty to

about five metres above sea-level. But at this point a layer of

agglomerations was reached, which let a great deal of water escape. It

thus became necessary to have again recourse to pumps: those employed

were in the aggregate of 20 horse-power. Owing to the bad nature of

this stratum, it was resolved to protect the perforation by a

revetment of extraordinary thickness; and in order that the well might

preserve its diameter of two metres notwithstanding, the upper part

has had to be widened in proportion, so as to {422} give it the

enormous width of four metres at the top. After this labor the work of

perforation was continued through a stratum of pyrolithic limestone.

At the depth corresponding to the level of the sea, they reached a

layer of tubular chalk, all pierced with large holes, forming so many

spouts, as thick as a man's thigh, through which water poured into the

well with incredible velocity. While the pumps were at work to get rid

of this water, a cylindrical revetment of bricks was built on a sort

of wheel made of oak, and laid down flat at the bottom of the

perforation by way of a foundation, and the intermediate space between

this cylinder and the chalk stratum was filled with concrete, 47,000

kilos, of which were expended in this operation. As soon as the

concrete might be considered to have set, or attained sufficient

consistency, the brick cylinder was taken to pieces again, and the

perforation continued to the pressure point, where a new sheet of

water has been reached, requiring ingenious contrivances._--Artisan_.

_New Irish Coal Fossils_.--Through the labors of Professor Huxley, Dr.

E. P. Wright, and Mr. Brownrig, some very interesting fossils from the

Castlecomer coal-measures of Co. Kilkenny, Ireland, have been brought

under the notice of geologists. The specimens consist of fish,

insects, and amphibian reptiles. Three out of the five forms of these

amphibians are _undoubtedly new_ to science, and, in all probability,

the remaining two also. The first, and most remarkable genus,

Professor Huxley has named "_Ophiderpeton_," having reference to its

elongated, snake-like form, rudimentary limbs, peculiar head, and

compressed tail. In outward form _Ophiderpeton_ somewhat resembles

_Siren lacertina_ and _Amphiuma_, but the ventral surface appears

covered with an armature of minute, spindle-shaped plates, obliquely

adjusted together, as in _Archaegosaurus_ and _Pholidogaster_. The

second new form, which he names _Lepterpeton_, possesses an eel-like

body, with slender and pointed head, and singularly constructed

hourglass-shaped centra, as in _Thecodontosaurus_. The third genus,

which Professor Huxley names _Ichthyerpeton_, has also ventral armor,

composed of delicate rod-like ossicles; the hind limbs have three

short toes, and the tail was covered with small quadrate scutes, or

apparently horny scales. The fourth new amphibian Labyrinthodont he

appropriately names _Keraterpeton_, a singular salamandroid-looking

form, but minute as compared with the other associated genera. Its

highly ossified vertebral column, prolonged epiotic bones, and armor

of overlapping scutes, determine its character in a remarkable manner.

A paper has been read before the Royal Irish Academy upon the subject,

and, in the course of the discussion which followed, Professor

Haughton said he had Professor Huxley's authority for stating that the

coal-pit at Castlecomer had within a few months afforded more

important discoveries than all the other coal-pits of

Europe.--_Geological Magazine_.

_The Accommodation-Power of the Eye._--The manner in which the human

eye alters its focus for the perception of objects at various

distances has always been a difficult problem for physiologists and

physicists. The literature of medical science is full of dissertations

on this subject, yet very little, if anything, is positively known of

the exact means by which the alteration is achieved. There appears to

be now a tendency among ophthalmologists to believe that the effect

required is produced by an alteration of the form of the crystalline

lens of the eye, which becomes less or more convex as occasion

demands. This view has just received a rather strong condemnation by

the Rev. Professor Haughton, of Trinity College, Dublin, in some

remarks published in the "Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science."

Speaking of the alteration of form in the lens, he says:--"Even this

must take place on a far greater and more important scale than

anatomists have as yet suspected. The change amounts to the addition

of a double convex lens of crown glass having a radius of a third of

an inch. Anatomists have not as yet discovered a mechanism for

changing the shape of the lens sufficient to produce these results.

The lens should almost be turned into a sphere, and I know of no

ciliary muscles capable of effecting so great a change."--_Popular

Science Review_.

{423}

_Petroleum as a Substitute for Coal_.--Some recent experiments with

petroleum oil used for heating water, gave results from which it was

estimated that petroleum had more than three times the heating effect

of an equal weight of coal. Mr. Richardson's experiments at Woolwich,

however, gave an evaporation of 13.96 to 18.66 lb. of water, by one

pound of American petroleum; 9.7 lb. of petroleum being burnt per

square foot of grate per hour. With shale oil the evaporation was 10

to 10.5 lb. of water per pound of fuel. The evaporative power of good

coal may be taken, for comparison, at 8 to 8.5 lb. per pound of fuel.

Taking into account the saving of freight due to the better quality of

the fuel, and the saving of labor in stoking, it is possible that at

some future time mineral oil may supersede coal in some of our ocean

steamers.--

_Frith of Forth Bridge_.--Parliamentary sanction has been obtained for

a bridge over the Frith of Forth, of a magnitude which gives it great

scientific interest. It is to form part of a connecting-link between

the North British and Edinburgh and Glasgow Railways. Its total length

will be 11,755 feet, and it will be made up of the following spans,

commencing from the south shore:--First, fourteen openings of 100 feet

span, increasing in height from 63 to 77 ft. above high-water mark;

then six openings of 150 ft. span, varying from 71 ft. to 79 ft. above

high water level; and then six openings of 175 ft. span, of which the

height above high-water level varies from 76 to 83 ft. These are

succeeded by fifteen openings of 200 ft. span, and height increasing

from 80 ft. to 105 ft. Then come the four great openings of 500 ft.

span, which are placed at a clear height of 135 ft. above high-water

spring tides. The height of the bridge then decreases, the large spans

being followed by two openings of 200 ft., varying in height from 105

to 100 ft. above high-water; then four spans of 175 ft., decreasing

from 102 to 96 ft. in height; then four openings of 150 ft. span,

varying in height from 95 to 91 feet; and lastly seven openings of 100

ft. span, 97 to 93 feet in height. The piers occupy 1,005 feet in

aggregate width. The main girders are to be on the lattice principle,

built on shore, floated to their position, and raised by hydraulic

power. The total cost is estimated at £476,543.--_Engineering_, Jan.

5.

_Origin of the Diamond_.--Contrary to the usual opinion that the

diamond has been produced by the action of intense heat on carbon,

Herr Goeppert asserts that it owes its origin to aqueous agency. His

argument is based upon the fact that the diamond becomes black when

exposed to a very high temperature. He considers that its Neptunian

origin is proved by the fact that it has often on the surface

impressions of grains of sand, and sometimes of crystals, showing that

it has once been soft.

_The Purification of Coal-Gas_.--An important essay on this subject

has been written by Professor A. Anderson, of Queen's College,

Birmingham. It relates chiefly to the methods discovered by the author

for the successful removal of bisulphide of carbon and the

sulphuretted hydro-carbons by means of the sulphides of ammonium. By

washing the gas with this compound, a very large proportion (nearly 35

per cent.) of the sulphur impurities are removed, and the illuminating

power of the gas, so far from being diminished, becomes actually

increased. Professor Anderson records several carefully conducted

experiments, all of which prove the truth of the conclusions at which

he has arrived. His method is now in operation at the Taunton and

other local gas-works, and is highly spoken of by those who have given

it careful consideration.

_Paraffine in the Preservation of Frescoes_.--In _Dingler's Journal et

Bulletin de la Société Chimique_ it is stated that paraffine may be

used with advantage for the above purpose. Vohl coats the picture with

a saturated solution of paraffine in benzole, and, when the solvent

has evaporated, washes the surface with a very soft brush. Paraffine

has this advantage over other greasy matters--it does not become

colored by time.

_Welsh Gold_.--During the year 1864, we learn from statistics only

recently published, there were five gold-mines working in

Merionethshire. In these 2,836 tons were crushed, from which 2,887

ozs. of gold, valued at £9,991, were obtained. This is in excess of

the quantity obtained in 1868, which was only 552 ozs.; but it is

considerably less than the production of 1862, when 5,299 ozs., having

a value of £20,390, were extracted.

{424}

_A New Train-Signaling Apparatus._--Sundry mechanical contrivances

and improvements in philosophical apparatus have been exhibited at the

scientific gatherings of the present season in London, attracting more

or less of attention, according to their merits and utility. Mr.

Preece's train-signalling apparatus for promoting the safety of

railway-travelling, can hardly fail of being interesting to everybody.

It is in use on the South-western Railway, and if properly used,

accidents from collision ought never to happen; it has the advantage

of being applicable to any number of stations, which is of importance,

considering how stations are multiplying in and around the metropolis.

Mr. Preece has a very simple and complete method of communication

between the signalman and switchman. The latter, on being informed

that trains are waiting to come in, operates on the lever-handles

before him, there being as many handles as lines of converging

railway; and these handles are so contrived, that on moving any one to

admit a train, it locks the others; so that if the switchman should

pull at any one of them by mistake, he cannot move it. He is thus

prevented from admitting two trains at the same time upon one line of

rails, and thus one of the most frequent occasions of railway accident

is avoided. And besides this, safety is further promoted by a series

of small signal-discs, which start up before the switchman's eyes at

the right moment, and give him demonstration that he has given the

right pull at the right handle.

_Action of Liquid Manure on certain Soils_.--Some recent researches on

this point, conducted by Professor Voelcker, were alluded to by Dr. G.

Calvert in his Canton lecture before the Society of Arts. In some

respects Dr. Voelcker's conclusions differ from those of Mr. Way. They

are briefly as follows: (1.) That calcareous, dry soils absorb about

six times as much ammonia from the liquid manure as the sterile, sandy

soil. (2.) That the liquid manure in contact with the calcareous soil

becomes much richer in lime, whilst during its passage through the

sandy soil it becomes much poorer in this substance. (3.) That the

calcareous soil absorbs much more potash than the sandy soil. (4) That

chloride of sodium is not absorbed to any considerable extent by

either soil, (5.) That both soils remove most of the phosphoric acid

from the liquid. (6.) That the liquid manure, in passing through the

calcareous soil, becomes poorer, and in passing through the sandy soil

becomes richer in silica.

_The Value of Sewage_.--This important question, which has been so

ably discussed by Baron Liebig in his various works upon Agricultural

Chemistry, had a paper devoted to it by Dr. Gilbert at a late meeting

(February 1st) of the Chemical Society. After entering into the

details of his subject, the author draws the following general

conclusions: 1st. It is only by the liberal use of water that the

refuse matters of large populations can be removed from their

dwellings without nuisance and injury to health. 2d. That the

discharge of town sewage into rivers renders them unfit as water

supplies to other towns, is destructive to fish, causes deposits which

injure the channel, and emanations which are injurious to health, is a

great waste of manurial matter, and should not be permitted. 3d. That

the proper mode of both purifying and utilizing sewage-water is to

apply it to land. 4th. That, considering the great dilution of town

sewage, its constant daily supply at all seasons, its greater amount

in wet weather, when the land can least bear, or least requires more

water, and the cost of distribution, it is best fitted for application

to grass, which alone can receive it the year round, though it may be

occasionally applied with advantage to other crops within easy reach

of the line or area laid down for the continuous application to grass.

6th. That the direct result of the general application of town sewage

to grass land would be an enormous increase in the production of milk

(butter and cheese) and meat, whilst by the consumption of the grass a

large amount of solid manure, applicable to arable land and crops

generally, would be produced. 6th. That the cost or profit to a town

of arrangements for the removal and utilization of its sewage must

vary greatly, according to its position and to the character of the

land to be irrigated; where the sewage can be conveyed by gravitation

and a sufficient tract of suitable land is available, the town may

realize a profit; but, under contrary conditions, it may have to

submit to a pecuniary loss to secure the necessary sanitary

advantages.

------

{425}

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

THE PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY.

By Herbert Spencer. New York:

Appleton & Co. 1866, Vol. I. 12mo. Pp. 475.

We have omitted the long list of works of which Herbert Spencer is the

author, works of rare ability in their way, but essentially false in

the philosophical principles on which they are based. Mr. Herbert

Spencer is naturally one of the ablest men in Great Britain, far

superior to the much praised Buckle, and equalled, if not surpassed by

John Stuart Mill, now member of Parliament. We have heretofore

considered him as belonging to the positivist school of philosophy,

founded by Auguste Comte, and the ablest man of that school; able, and

less absurd than even M. Littré. But in a note in the work before us

he disclaims all affiliation with Positivism, declares that he does

not accept M. Comte's system, and says that the general principles in

which he agrees with that singular man, he has drawn not from him, but

from sources common to them both. This we can easily believe, for in

the little we have had the patience to read of M. Comte's unreadable

works we have found nothing original with him but his dryness,

dulness, and wearisomeness, in which if he is not original, he is at

least superior to most men. Yet we have not been able to detect any

essential difference of doctrine or principle between the Frenchman

and the Englishman, and to us who are not positivists, M. Comte, M.

Littré, George H. Lewes, Herbert Spencer, John Stuart Mill, Miss

Evans, and Harriet Martineau belong to one and the same school.

It is but simple justice to Herbert Spencer to say that he writes in

strong, manly, and for the most part classical English, and has made

himself master of the best philosophical style that we have met with

in any English or American writer. He understands, as far as a man can

with his principles, the philosophy of the English tongue, and writes

it with the freedom and ease of a master, though not always with

perfect purity. He must have been a hard student, and evidently is a

most laborious thinker and industrious writer. But here ends, we are

sorry to say, our commendation. It is the misfortune, perversity, or

folly of Herbert Spencer to spend his life in attempting to obtain or

at least to explain effects without causes, properties without

substance, and phenomena without noumena or being. In his _Principles

of Philosophy_, he divides the real and unreal into the knowable and

the unknowable, without explaining, however, how the human mind knows

there is an unknowable; and to the unknowable he relegates the

principles, origin, and causes of things; that is, in plain English,

the principles, origin, and causes of things, are unreal at least to

us, and are not only unknown, but absolutely unknowable, and should be

banished as subjects of investigation, inquiry, or thought. Hence the

knowable, that to which all science is restricted, includes only

phenomena, that is to say, the sensible or material world.

Biology, which is the subject of the volume before us, is the science

of life, but on the author's principles, is necessarily confined to

the statement, description, and classification of facts, or phenomena

of organic as distinguished from inorganic matter. He can admit on his

philosophy no vital principle, but must explain the vital phenomena

without it, by a combination, brought about nobody knows how, of

chemical, mechanical and electric changes, forces, action, and

reaction--as if there can be changes, forces, action, or reaction

where there is no relation of cause and effect! But after all his

labor, and it is immense, to show what chemical, mechanical, and

electric changes and combinations, binary, tertiary, etc., are

observed in a living subject, he explains nothing; for life, while it

lasts, is neither mechanical, chemical, nor electrical, but to a

certain extent resists and counteracts all these forces, and the human

body falls completely under their dominion only when it has ceased to

be a living body, when by chemical action it is decomposed, and

returns to the several elements from which it was formed. Mr. Spencer

describes very scientifically the entire {426} process of

assimilation; but what is that living power within that assimilates

the food we eat and converts it into chyle, blood, and flesh and bone?

You see here a principle operating of which no element is found in

mechanics, chemistry or electricity, or any possible combination of

them. The muscles of my arms and shoulder may operate on mechanical

principles in raising my arm when I will to raise it; but on what

mechanical, chemical, or electric principles do I will to raise it?

That I will to raise it, and in willing to do so perform an immaterial

act, I know better than you know that "percussion produces detonation

in sulphide of nitrogen," or that "explosion is a property of

nitro-mannite," or "of nitroglycerine."

The simple fact is that the physical sciences are all good and useful

in their place, and for purposes to which they are fitted; but they

are all secondary sciences, and without principles higher than

themselves to give dialectic validity to their inductions, they are no

sciences at all. There is no approach to the science of life in

Herbert Spencer's Biology; there is only a painfully elaborate

statement of the principal external facts which usually accompany it

and depend on it. Indeed, we had the impression that our most advanced

physiologists, while admitting in their place chemical and electric

forces as necessary to the phenomena of organic life, had abandoned

the attempt to expound the science of physiology on chemical, electric

or mechanical principles, or any possible combination of them. Even

Dr. Draper, if he makes no great use of it in his physiology,

recognizes a vital principle, even an immaterial soul, in man. We had

also the impression that the medical profession were abandoning the

chemical theory of medicine, so fashionable a few years ago. We may be

wrong, but as far as we have been able to keep pace with modern

science, Mr. Spencer is a quarter of a century behind his age.

The chapter on genesis, generation, multiplication, or reproduction,

is as unscientific as it is unchristian. We merely note that the

author insists on metagenesis as well as parthenogenesis, that is,

that the offspring may differ in kind from the parents, and that there

are virgin, or rather, sexless mothers. Some years ago, in conversing

with a scientific friend, I ventured to deny this alleged fact, on the

strength of the theological and scriptural doctrine that every kind

produces its like. He laughed in my face, and brought forward certain

well-known facts in the reproduction of the aphid or cabbage-louse. I

assured him that if he would take the pains to observe more closely he

would find that his metagenesis and parthenogenesis are only different

stages in the entire process of the reproduction of the aphid. Of

course he did not believe a word of it; but a few days afterwards he

came and informed me that he had seen his friend. Dr. Burnham of

Boston, a naturalist of rare sagacity, who told him that naturalists

were wrong in asserting metagenesis in the case of aphides. "I have,"

said he, "been making my observations for some years on these little

organisms, and I find that what we have taken for metagenesis is only

the different stages in the process of reproduction, for I have

discovered the young aphid properly formed and enveloped in the

so-called virgin or sexless mother." The naturalist is dead, but his

friend, my informant, is living.

We have no space to enter into any detailed review of this very

elaborate volume. It contains many curious materials of science, but

the author rejects creation, generation, formation, and emanation, and

adopts that of evolution. Life is evolved from various elements which

are reducible to gases, and, upon the whole, he gives us a gaseous

sort of life. His theory seems to be that of Topsy, who declared she

didn't come, but _growed_. We cannot perceive that Mr. Herbert Spencer

has made any serious advance on Topsy. The universe is evolution, and

evolution is growth, and he must say of himself with Topsy, "I didn't

come, I growed." At any rate, he must be classed with those old

philosophers who evolved all things from matter, some from fire, some

from air, and some from water, and made all things born from change or

corruption; or rather, with Epicurus, who evolved all from the

fortuitous motion, changes, and combination of atoms. Those old

philosophers were unjustly ridiculed by Hermias, or our recent

philosophers have less science than they imagine. Verily, there is

nothing new under the sun, and false science only traverses a narrow

{427} circle, constantly coming round to the absurdities of its

starting point. Yet Herbert Spencer's book has profited us. It has

made us feel more deeply than ever the utter impotence of the greatest

man to explain anything in nature, without recognizing God and

creation.

THE CHRISTIAN EXAMINER. May, 1866.

The first volume of the new series of this periodical is completed in

the present number, and, we suppose, is a fair specimen of the way in

which we may expect to see its programme carried out. On the whole,

our expectations are quite well satisfied, particularly with the

present number. The first article, "The Unitarian Movement," is an

_exposé_ of the view taken by the conductors of the influence which

the Unitarian movement is expected to exert upon the future destiny of

Christendom and the civilized world. The Unitarian movement is

supposed to represent the generally diffused and accepted theology of

the mass of thinking persons in the Protestant world, especially of

those who give tone to literature, and are most active in promoting

science, art, culture, civilization, and process in general. The

Catholic Church is a sect, because separated from the scientific and

progressive movement. The Unitarian denomination is a useful little

institution in a small way, but is not expected to absorb other bodies

into itself. Rather it and they are expected to coalesce into a more

universal form of organization, which will be the New Christendom or

Church of the Future.

The principal difficulty we find in the ingenious theories of our

Unitarian friends is, that they assume a great deal, and prove but

little. They assume to be in advance of all the world in intelligence,

science, liberality, etc., and quietly ignore the whole massive,

colossal fabric of Catholic theology. The truth is, the Unitarian

idea, so far as it is an idea, and in the way in which any

considerable class of Unitarians represent it, is not, and cannot

become, the dominant idea of that portion of the scientific or

civilized world which has disowned allegiance to the supreme authority

of divine revelation. Nor can it be shown that the Catholic idea will

not win again the control partially lost over the intellectual realm.

Either the human race has a purely natural destiny, or a supernatural

one. If the former, a Trinitarian or Unitarian Church, a Past,

Present, or Future Church, is not necessary. The State and Society are

the highest and all-sufficient organization of the race. If the

latter, there must be a divinely instituted organization, possessing

continuity of life and fixedness of laws, from the origin of the race.

Our friends must admit more or give up more. They are on a road now

which will infallibly bring them face to face with the Catholic

Church. We look with hope to see some of the boldest and most

consistent thinkers of the Unitarians come through into the Catholic

Church by this road, and interpret the genuine rationalism of

Christian doctrine to their own people much better than we can do it.

Dr. Brownson has really demonstrated the whole problem from their own

axioms and definitions, if they would but attend to him. But the good

Doctor, unfortunately for them, has travelled over the road in

seven-league boots, so fast and so far, that it will take at least

twenty-five years for his ancient compeers to come up with him.

In the review of "Tischendorff's Plea for the Genuineness of the

Gospels," Dr. Hedge has given us an essay marked with his sound and

solid scholarship. It is a valuable contribution to sacred literature,

and we would gladly see volumes of the same sort from his pen.

The sketch of that singular and gifted person, Francis Newman, the

brother of Dr. Newman, has great interest. It tells us something we

are very glad to know, and could not easily have found out without the

help of the writer. These are always the most interesting and valuable

articles in reviews. The author cannot help giving a few passing cuts

at Dr. Newman. Dr. Newman seems to annoy a great number of people very

much. They seem vexed that he should be a Catholic, and yet extort

from even the unwilling so much homage to his genius. The

"Independent" calls him renegade and apostate, and Bishop Coxe's very

inharmonious organ, misnamed the "Gospel Messenger," calls him

"detected thief," with similar epithets. The "Church Journal" tries to

make believe that his letter to Dr. Pusey is a "wail of despair." Our

Unitarian friend is too much of a gentleman to indulge in such boorish

{428} demeanor, but still he cannot suppress a well-bred sneer. "What

has Dr. Newman ever done for God's humanity? Has the oppression of the

English masses ever weighed upon his heart? Has he ever lifted up his

voice in behalf of our down-trodden little ones? Has he ever thought

of saving men from the great hell of ignorance and superstition, or

are these the safeguards of his precious faith? We have a right to

judge of that faith by its fairest fruit. _Ex pede Herculem_."

Dr. Newman's conversion seems, in the eyes of Protestants, to have

such a tremendous moral weight, and to carry such a force of argument

in it for the truth of the Catholic Church, that they are obliged to

deny in some plausible way either his intellectual or moral greatness,

in order to escape from it. Does not the author of these sentences

know well, that if the Catholic Church and her clergy were taken away

from the masses and the poor, they would perish in ignorance and vice

while he and his companions were discussing their plans and estimates

for the church of the paulo-post future? Does he not know that Dr.

Newman and a multitude of other gifted men like him are preaching and

working every day among the poorest of the people, while Unitarian

clergymen are ministering to select and intelligent congregations?

Does he know what St. Peter Claver did for the negroes, and can he

point to any Protestant who has done the like? A little more of Dr.

Newman's own conscientiousness in speech would do no harm to some of

his critics.

The article on "Bushnell on Vicarious Sacrifice" is ably and fairly

written, and all the writer's positive views are compatible with

Catholic doctrine. He commits the great _faux pas_, however, of

ignoring all the post-reformation theology of the Catholic Church, and

speaking as if theological science were confined to Protestants. He

appears also to be unaware that Catholic theologians commonly teach,

after St. Augustine, that God was not bound by his justice to exact

condign satisfaction as the condition of pardoning sin, but was free

to pardon absolutely. It was more glorious both for God and man that

this pardon should be accorded as the fruit of the noblest and most

perfect act of merit possible, rather than given gratuitously.

"An American in the Cathedrals of Europe" is an article full of the

genuine and pure sentiment with which Mr. Alger's writings abound, and

without a word to mar the pleasure a Catholic would take in reading

it.

The notices of Dr. Hall and of the University of Michigan have each

their interest and value, and the literary criticisms are, as usual,

in good taste.

THE APOSTLESHIP OF PRAYER.

By the Rev. H. Ramière, of the Society of Jesus. Translated from the

latest French edition and revised by a Father of the Society. 12mo,

pp. 393. John Murphy & Co., Baltimore. 1866.

A most excellent and thorough treatise on prayer. The spirit and

intention of the rev. author are best gained from a perusal of the

introduction, which warms one's heart and gives a new and stronger

impulse to every hope and desire which the Christian reader may have

for the greater glory of God. We cannot, however, entirely agree with

the gloomy and discouraging view which is taken of the success of

Christianity in the world. Christianity is not, nor has it ever been,

a failure; and it is something to which we cannot subscribe when the

author attributes "apparent barrenness" to the incarnation, and

"comparative uselessness" to the precious blood of our Lord Jesus

Christ. Neither do we think it suffices to answer the infidel, "Who

hath aided the Spirit of the Lord, or who hath been his counsellor and

taught him?" when he points us to the great portion of the world yet

unchristianized. And if prayer be good, both individual and

associated; if it be absolutely necessary, as it is in the Christian

economy; if it be, as it were, the soul which gives life to every work

of the Christian; still we do not imagine that of all the means of

grace this alone deserves our earnest thought or demands our undivided

attention.

We are not called upon, in any sense, to apologize for Christianity.

It is not worthy of us as men of strong faith to treat of religion as

though it were a subject that needed to be excused in the face of the

unbeliever, or which humbly supplicates the notice of the philosopher

and the statesman. The truly great minds which have not professed

Christianity have sought rather {429} to excuse the world for not

submitting to the force of its arguments and to the charms of its

beauty. Christianity is no failure, if there be anything which

deserves the name of success. What other institutions can compare with

it for actual and permanent success? The propagation of the faith, its

preservation, and its enormous diffusion, may well put all past,

present, and future works of man to the blush. What else is it now,

but _the_ great FACT of the world's history and of the world's present

advanced and civilized state? We are not a petty, insignificant sect

of thinkers, nor a despicable school of philosophers, seeking a

momentary acknowledgment from the great unchristian world. On the

contrary, Christianity rules the world; and all that is great and

noble in humanity, all that has sanctified the past, sustains the

present, and inspires hope for the future; all that is free,

civilized, and enlightened in society, depends now for its life, as it

has received its seed, from the divine power and light of the

Christian faith. Truly, we must pray, and that "without ceasing," for

those who are not of the fold of Christ, and for the coming of the

kingdom of God upon earth; and any one who peruses the work before us

will feel the depth of this obligation; and if he has any real,

practical desire for the salvation and sanctification of man, will not

fail to be stimulated to constant and earnest prayer. But have we

reflected, as well as we might, that before men will pray to God they

must first believe in him? The man of enlightened faith prays

naturally; the ignorant and the superstitious are noted for their want

of confidence in prayer. Prayer is the union of the soul with God, and

the better God is known, the better is the heart of man prepared for

the influences of the Holy Spirit. "Whosoever shall call upon the name

of the Lord shall be saved. But how shall they call on him in whom

they have not believed? Or how shall they believe him of whom they

have not heard? And how shall they hear without a preacher?" We may

urge our faithful Christians to pray for the conversion of the world,

and we may mourn that they do not pray for this end more than they do;

but whatsoever arms God has placed at our disposal for conquering the

world unto himself, we, like good soldiers of Jesus Christ, must use

them with alacrity, with zeal, and, above all, with that spirit of

sacrifice which our holy faith alone has the power to inspire. Whilst

we need not neglect the apostolic manner of preaching the word of God,

we should also lay to heart the oft-repeated and wise admonition of

the Holy Father to make diligent use of the providential means of the

press, to diffuse the knowledge of the Christian faith, and promulgate

the saving principles of strict Christian morality, and thus prevent

defection from the congregation of the just, and enlighten them that

sit in the darkness and in the shadow of death. The people need more

light, more instruction. The masses among non-Catholics are very

ignorant of religion. They are living upon only the poor remnants of

Catholic faith and tradition which have been left to them by the

ruthless hand of the despoiler. None have felt this more than the

clergy and enlightened laity of our own country, where religion is

thrown upon its own merits for support and progress, and where the

hold upon the ancient Christian tradition is so slight; and it is a

happy augury for the conversion of the American people that these

sentiments are beginning to have a practical and encouraging result.

We must make the truth known, for it is that which enlightens man. And

Christianity is truth. There is no form of truth so broad, so

exalting, so truly progressive, so noble and so tree. Men will accept

it when you make it known to them--accept it with joy, and a reverent

enthusiasm. The tone of our remarks must not be misunderstood as

attributing to the spirit of the work before us any want of

appreciation of the great needs of which we have spoken, or that we

think the rev. author displays a want of confidence in the power of

Christian truth. On the contrary, we have seldom met with a book so

urgent in earnestness and so fall of faith. We can only say, in

conclusion, God send the church many more such zealous souls as the

Père Ramière, now that the harvest is so full and the laborers are so

few.

{430}

REPORT OF THE TRIAL OF DR. W. H. STOKES, PHYSICIAN, AND MARY

BLENKINSOP, SISTER SUPERIOR, OF MOUNT HOPE INSTITUTION, BEFORE THE

CIRCUIT COURT FOR BALTIMORE COUNTY.

Reported by Eugene L. Didier. 8vo pamphlet, pp. 202. Baltimore: Kelly

& Piet. 1866.

The famous Mount Hope case, which was brought to trial in February

last, ended in a verdict for the defendants, and we have here a full

report of it. We trust the projectors of this magnificent _fiasco_ are

abundantly pleased with the fruits of their endeavors, although they

seem to have forgotten that, failing to sustain their indictment, the

odium they sought to fix upon others would be sure to recoil upon

themselves. Hence we think that popular judgment will incline to the

belief that the only conspiracy in the case (if there be any) was upon

the part of the prosecution. The fact that an attempt was made to

deprive the defendants of a plea secured to them by positive law would

rather favor this opinion. We should be happy to believe that

sectarian prejudice had nothing to do in founding this accusation; but

the animus which prompted it will soon be apparent to any one who will

take the trouble to read the charge. The estimable and pious ladies,

whose life of sacrifice in the interests of religion and humanity has

compelled the admiration of the world, are deemed unfit to undertake

their office of charity because they are women! because they are

religious and governed by a foreign priest! This tells the whole

story, and simply means that ladies of the Catholic religion, who

choose to unite in a religious order for the purpose of relieving

human suffering, are unworthy of public sympathy or confidence. We

strongly doubt if all the testimony sought to be introduced on the

trial, could it have been admitted, would have materially changed the

result. To say nothing of the equivocal character of that evidence, as

coming from persons but recently inmates of the institution, and whose

perfect competency to testify is far from certain, we know the

proneness of those living under the government and direction of others

to deem themselves the objects of harsh treatment and neglect. There

is not an establishment of such persons in the country, not even a

common boarding-school, against which similar charges are not

constantly made. The well-known character of these admirable sisters

and their unwearied efforts to do good--for the most part far removed

from human recognition or applause--afford a strong presumption that

the management of their asylum will stand the test of rigorous

scrutiny.

A case not wholly unlike the present, got up in a similar spirit, in

Boston, some years since, under the Know-Nothing regime, is doubtless

still fresh in public recollection. Affairs directed to the same end

as this of Mount Hope are got up from time to time, but they serve

only to arouse feelings which had much better lie dormant where they

cannot be eradicated, and invoke a spirit entirely opposed to the

plainest dictates of Christian charity.

The report of the trial appears to be very complete, and we commend it

to those who are at all acquainted with the circumstances of the case,

or have felt any interest in its result.

CHRISTIAN MISSIONS:

Their Agents and Their Results. By T. W. M. Marshall. 2 volumes. New

York: Sadliers, No. 31 Barclay street. Reprint from an English

edition.

It is somewhat late to notice this valuable work; but, as the

publishers have recently sent us a copy, we take the occasion to

recommend it to all who are desirous of knowing what has been

accomplished both by Catholic and Protestant missionaries.

Mr. Marshall's work has attained a high reputation abroad, and has

been translated into several European languages. It is very thorough,

and its statements are backed up by a vast array of citations, chiefly

from Protestant writers. Catholic missions form a beautiful and

attractive page of ecclesiastical history. Their great success and

abundant fruits are demonstrated beyond a cavil by the author, as they

have been many times before. The majority of Catholics are too

indifferent to the great work of missions, and ought to take a deeper

interest in them than they do.

The very signal failure of Protestant missions as a whole is also

proved, by Mr. Marshall, in such a way that their advocates cannot

rebut his evidence. Nevertheless, we think there is an unnecessary

amount of satire levelled at the missionaries themselves, and too dark

a shade given to the picture of their labors. Many of them are {431}

certainly men who, if they were Catholic missionaries, would honor

their calling, and who undertook their hopeless task from high and

worthy motives. They have accomplished but little, yet their labors

have not been altogether without results. The same may be said of the

Russian missions. The particular facts stated by Mr. Marshall

concerning the low state of a large part of the Russian clergy, the

violent means used for enforcing conformity to the Russian Church, and

the imperfect instruction given to the ostensible converts, are

indubitable. Yet we believe there are other facts also to be taken

into the account, which tell on the other side, and are necessary to a

perfectly correct view of the true state of the case. A perfectly just

balancing of all the accounts would prove most conclusively that the

Catholic Church alone is adequate to the task of successfully

propagating Christianity. Mr. Marshall has gone very far toward

success in his effort to make this balance, and has written with the

most perfect honesty of purpose. Some of his deductions may be open to

criticism, and his array of facts and testimonies may admit of further

completion; but the general result which he has reached cannot be

substantially set aside or altered. One particular portion of his work

is just now especially valuable, to wit, the estimate he has furnished

from Protestant writers of the vast superiority of Oriental

_Catholics_ over Oriental _Schismatics_ in the Levant.

We recommend this learned and excellent work to all intelligent

readers as the best and most complete of its kind which has yet

appeared.

THE STORY OF KENNETT.

By Bayard Taylor. 12mo., pp. 418. New York: Hurd & Houghton. 1866.

This is an American story as truly as the Waverley novels are Scotch.

It has done for Pennsylvania and the Quaker traditions what Hawthorne

has for Massachusetts and Puritan life and tradition, and Cooper for

Western New York and the fading reminiscences of Indian and frontier

life. The book is redolent with the sweet aroma of pastoral life, and

that healthy temper and character which are the certain fruit of

honest, independent, and successful frugality and toil.

We are grateful to the masters of poetry and romance who will seize

and perpetuate the fleeting memories of our beautiful and noble past,

and save for our children those traditions of danger, daring, labor,

love, and self-sacrifice which colored with mystery and beauty the

dreams and aspirations of our childhood. Mr. Taylor is a man of whom

we are proud. His experience as a traveller renders his writings more

distinctively American, while they are entirely free from any

narrowness or provincialism. He deserves the success which follows his

literary labors. The book is handsomely got up, as such a book ought

to be.

AGNES. A Novel. By Mrs. Oliphant. New York: Harper & Brothers.

This is an artistic, highly-finished story, intensely truthful to

nature, yet sufficiently idealized to give the mind the enjoyment of

appreciating a work of art. The authoress makes some very fine points.

The contemplation of the "Visitation" in the Pitti gallery by the

lonely young wife is a beautiful touch of nature, such as only a woman

could have made.

INSTRUCTION AND CATECHISM FOR CONFESSION.

To be used by children preparing to receive the Sacrament of Penance.

32mo., pp. 24. New York. D. & J. Sadlier & Co. 1866.

We are sure that this little book will prove as useful in every

respect as the rev. author could desire. There has been an undoubted

want of some such aid to the ordinary catechism, and every pastor

under whose notice it may come will not fail to welcome it and avail

himself of it. We like it because it is short, to the point, and

written in good plain English.

GOOD THOUGHTS FOR PRIEST AND PEOPLE. Translated from the German. By

Rev. Theodore Noethen. 12mo. Albany. Nos. 1 and 2.

These are the kind of books which we earnestly desire to see among the

good Catholic books which every family ought to have and read. The

clergy will also find these "Good Thoughts" admirably adapted to their

wants, as furnishing suggestive matter for {432} sermons and parochial

instructions. Its price, however, will, we fear, defeat its usefulness

in part by confining it to a comparatively limited circulation.

MAY CAROLS AND HYMNS AND POEMS.

By Aubrey de Vere. 1 vol., 32mo., pp. 232. New York: Lawrence Kehoe.

1866.

Of the two parts comprised in this welcome little volume, the longest,

and, to our taste, by all odds the best, is that originally published

in London under the title of "May Carols." It is a serial poem,

devoted partly to the praises of the Blessed Virgin, and in a

subordinate degree to the thoughts of natural beauty suggested by the

most joyous and poetical month of the young year. If it reminds us

frequently of "In Memoriam," the resemblance cannot be charged as a

plagiarism, and at most is only superficial. There is a Tennysonian

curtness of phrase, a pregnant significance and neatness of expression

in many of the lines, which are equally rare and refreshing in

devotional poetry. Charmingly delicate in execution, and profoundly

religious in sentiment, Mr. De Vere's "Carols" are a valuable addition

to Catholic literature, and will add no little renown to the author's

reputation as a poet. The "Hymns and Sacred Poems" have a value of

their own for the thoughts which they contain, though we cannot accord

them the same praise which we cheerfully render to the first and

larger portion of Mr. Kehoe's tastefully printed little volume.

IN MEMORIAM OF RT. REV. JOHN B. FITZPATRICK.

Boston: Patrick Donahoe. 1866.

A neatly executed pamphlet, containing an account of the funeral

obsequies of the late distinguished and beloved bishop of Boston, and

three funeral discourses: one by Archbishop McCloskey at the

interment, another by Bishop De Goesbriand at the Month's Mind, and a

third by the well-known and eloquent Father Haskins of Boston,

delivered in one of the parish churches. The friends of the deceased

prelate will find in it a valuable and pleasing memento of the

departed.

THE HISTORY OF IRELAND, FROM THE EARLIEST PERIOD

TO THE ENGLISH INVASION.

By the Rev. Geoffrey Keating, D.D. Translated from the original

Gaelic, and copiously annotated by John O'Mahony, with a map showing

the location of the ancient clans, and a Topographical Appendix. 8vo.,

pp. 746. New York: James B. Kirker. 1866.

This is a new edition of a translation of Dr. Keating's History of

Ireland, published in this city a few years ago. The original work as

it came from the pen of Dr. Keating has met with both praise and

censure from Irish scholars. Some critics have thought the learned

author placed too much faith in the legends of the ancient Irish. The

work, even if a portion of it must be classified as "doubtful," is a

valuable record of the deeds of Ireland's chiefs when she was a

nation. The notes of the translator are voluminous and critical, and

help to throw much light upon passages which, to the ordinary reader,

are obscure.

We regret that the publisher has seen fit to leave out the "map

showing the location of the ancient clans" of Ireland, which appeared

in the first edition published by Mr. Haverty. From the wording of the

title-page, one would expect to find it in its proper place. But it is

not there.

MAXWELL DREWITT.

A Novel. By F. G. Trafford. Harper & Brothers.

This is an Irish tale, exceedingly well written, and just and manly in

its tone and sentiment.

L. Kehoe announces the early publication of "CHRISTINE, AND OTHER

POEMS," by George H. Miles, Esq. The volume will be brought out in a

superior style of binding and typography, worthy of the high merit of

the poetry.

BOOKS RECEIVED.

From JAMES O'KANE, New York. Betsey Jane Ward, (better half to

Artemus) her Book of Goaks with a hull Akkownt of the Coartship and

Maridge to A 4 Said Artemus, and Mister Ward's Cutting-up with the

Mormon fare Secks with Pikturs drawed by Mrs. B. Jane Ward. 12mo,

pp. 312.

[Verbatim;--Transcriber.]

FROM THE AMERICAN NEWS COMPANY.

Doctor Kemp. The Story of a life with a Blemish. 8vo, pamphlet.

From D. & J. SADLIER & CO., New York. Nos. 13,

14, 15, 16, and 17 of D'Artaud's Lives of the Popes.

From the office of the AVE MARIA, Notre Dame, Ind. Specimen sheet of

the Golden Wreath for the month of May, composed of daily

considerations on the Triple Crown of our Blessed Lady's joys,

sorrows, and glories. With Hymns set to Music for May devotions.

--------

{433}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. III, NO. 16-JULY, 1866.

[ORIGINAL.]

THE NEAREST PLACE TO HEAVEN.

There are some places in this world nearer to heaven than others. I

know of a place which I think is the nearest. Whether you may think so

I do not know, but I would like you to see it and judge for yourself.

Please to go to France, then to Paris; then take a walk a little

distance outside of the Barrière de Vaugirard, and you will come to a

small village called Issy. When you have walked about five minutes

along its narrow and straggling street, which is the continuation of

the Rue de Vaurigard, you win see on your left a high, ugly stone

wall, and if I did not ask you to pull the jangling bell at the

porter's lodge and enter, you might pass by and think there was

nothing worthy of your notice about the place. You say you have not

time to stop now, that you have an appointment to dine at the Hôtel

des Princes, in Paris, but that some other time you will be most

happy, etc. Wait a moment, perhaps I may be able show you something

quite as good as a dinner, even at the Hôtel des Princes. Ring the

bell. The sturdy oaken door seems to open itself with a click. That is

the way with French doors; but it is the porter's doing. When he hears

the bell, he pulls at a rope hanging in his lodge, which communicates

with the lock of the door. You are free to enter. Go in. But you

cannot pass beyond the porter's lodge without giving an account of

your self. You cannot get into this heavenly place without passing

through the porter's review, anymore than you can get into the real

heaven without passing the scrutiny of St. Peter. I hope you are able

to satisfy the "Eh; b'en, M'sieu'?" of good old père Hanicq, who is

porter here. He is a _père_, you understand, by the title of affection

and respect, and not by virtue of ordination. You may not think it

worth your while to be over humble and deferential in your deportment

towards porters as a general rule; but I think you may be so now; for,

if I do not mistake, you are speaking to a venerable old man who will

die in the odor of sanctity. Père Hanicq is not paid for his services,

{434} troublesome and arduous as you would very soon find his to be if

you were porter even here. He is porter for the love of God. You see

he does not stop making the rosary, which is yet unfinished in his

hand, while he talks to you. He does not recompense himself by that

business either, as shoemaker porters, tailor porters, and the like

eke out their scanty salaries; but it enables him to find some

well-earned sous to give away to others poorer than himself. You say

this lodge is not a very comfortable place, with its cold brick floor.

It is not. Neither is that narrow roost up the step-ladder a very

luxurious bed. Right again, it is not. But the Père Hanicq is not over

particular about these things. Besides, he is not worse off in this

respect than the hundred other people who live in this place nearest

to heaven. Indeed, most of them have a much narrower and drearier

apartment than his. Now that you have said a pleasant word to the good

old soul, (for he dearly loves a kindly salutation, and it is the only

imperfection I think he has,) you may pass the inner door, and you

observe that you are in a square courtyard, a three-story irregularly

shaped building occupying two sides of it; stables and outhouses a

third, and the street wall the fourth. Before you go further, I would

advise you to look into one of those tumble-down looking outhouses. It

looks something like a rag and bottle shop. It is a shop, and the

Almoner of the poor keeps it. Here the residents of these buildings

may find bargains in old odds and ends of second-hand, and it may be

seventy times seventh-hand furniture, either left or cast off by

former occupants. Here the Almoner,--that voluble and sweet tempered

young man in a long black cassock,--disposes of these articles of

trade, enhancing their value by all the superlatives he can remember,

for the benefit of certain old crones and hobbling cripples, whom

perhaps you saw on the right of the courtyard receiving soup and other

food from another young man in a long black cassock, who is the

Almoner's assistant. You don't know it, perhaps, but I can tell you

that the Almoner's assistant, as he ladles out the soup and divides

the bread and meat, is mentally going down on his knees and kissing

the ragged and worn-out clothes of these old bodies whom he helps, for

the sake of Him whom they represent, and who will one day say to him:

"Because you did it unto the least of these my brethren, you did it

unto me."

Now you may go into the house, after you have been struck with the

fact how completely that high stone wall shuts out the noise of the

street. You say, however, that you hear a band playing. Yes; that

comes from an "Angel Guardian" house over the way, like Father

Haskins's house in Roxbury, Massachusetts (there ought to be angels,

you know, not far off from the nearest place to heaven), where the

"gamins," as the Parisians call them,--the "mudlarks" or "dock rats,"

as we call them,--are taken care of, fed, clothed, instructed, and

taught an honest trade, also for the love of Him who will one day say

to the Père Bervanger and to Father Haskins what I have before said

about the Almoner's assistant.

Well, here is the house. This is the first story, half underground on

one side, and consequently a little damp and dingy. Here to the right

is the Prayer Hall. This has a wooden floor, (a rare exception,)

wooden seats fixed to the wainscoting, and here and there a few

benches made of plain oak slabs, which look as if they had lately come

out of one of our backwoods saw-mills. A large crucifix hangs on the

wall, and a table is near the door, at which the one who reads prayers

kneels. The ninety-nine others kneel down anywhere on the bare floor,

without choosing the softest spot, if there be any such. Those

portraits hanging around the walls represent the superiors of a

community of men who are entrusted {435} with the guardianship of this

place nearest to heaven. The most of those faces, as you see, are not

very handsome, as the world reckons handsome, but I assure you they

make up for that by the beauty of their souls. The morning prayers are

said here at half-past five the year round, followed by a half hour's

meditation, and the evening prayers at half-past eight. The hundred

residents come here too just before dinner, to read a chapter of the

New Testament on their knees, devoutly kissing the Word of God before

and after reading it; and then each one silently reviews the last

twenty-four hours, and enters into account with himself to see how

much he has advanced in that particular Christian virtue of which his

soul stands the most in need. It is a good preparation for dinner, and

I would advise you to try it, even if you cannot do it on your knees.

It is a perfect toilette for the soul. Here also you will find the

afore-mentioned hundred people at half-past six o'clock, just before

supper, listening to a short reading on some spiritual subject,

followed by a sort of conference given by the Superior, or head of the

house, so full of unction and sweet counsel that it fairly lifts the

heart above all earthly things, and seems to hallow the very place

where it is spoken.

Turn now to the left. That door in the corner opens into a chapel

dedicated to St. Francis of Assisi. Here the Père Hanicq and the few

servants of the house hear mass every morning, and begin the day with

the best thought I know of, the thought of God. Keeping still to the

left you pass into the Recreation Hall; and if this be recreation day,

you will see congregated here the liveliest and happiest set of faces

that it has ever been your good fortune to meet in this world.

Billiards, backgammon, chess, chequers, and other games more simple

and amusing in their character, are here; and I can tell you that they

are like a group of merry children playing and amusing themselves

before their heavenly Father. You might pass the recreation days here

for many a year before you would hear an angry word, or a cutting

retort, or witness a jealous frown or a sad countenance. Notice that

smiling old gentleman with a bald head capped by the black calotte.

That is the Père T----. He is very fond of a game of billiards, and I

know he loves to be on the winning side; the principal reason of

which, however, you may not divine, but I know: it gives him a chance

to pass his cue to some one who has been beaten, and obliged to

retire. And many learn by that good old father's example to do the

same kind and charitable act; and, take it all in all, I am inclined

to think this room is not much further off from heaven than many other

places about this dear old house.

Of course everybody is talking here, except the chess-players, and at

such a rate, that it is quite a din; but hark! a bell rings: all is

instantly silent, the games are stopped, the very half-finished

sentence is clipped in two, and each one departs to some assigned

duty. They are taught that the bell which regulates their daily

exercises is the voice of God, and that when he calls there is nothing

else worthy of attention. I have no doubt they are right: have you?

There is one other place to visit on this ground floor, the Refectory.

A long stone-floored hall with two rows of tables on either side, and

one at the upper end where sits the head of the house, a high

old-fashioned pulpit on one side, the large crucifix on the wall, and

that is the Refectory. It looks dark and cold, and so it is; dark,

because the windows are small and high; and cold, because there is no

stove or other heating apparatus--a want which may also be felt in

the other rooms you have visited; and as the windows are left open for

air some time before these rooms are occupied, it must be confessed

there is a rarity and keenness about the {436} atmosphere, and a

degree of temperature about the cold stones in mid-winter, which are

not pleasant to delicately nourished constitutions. No conversation

ever takes place in the refectory except on recreation days, or on the

occasion of a visit from the Archbishop of Paris. At all other times

there is reading going on from the pulpit, either from the Holy

Scripture or some religions book, which enables the listeners to free

their minds from too engrossing an attention to the more sensual

business of eating and drinking: not that their plain and frugal table

ever presents very strong temptations to gourmandize!

As you are American, and accustomed to your hot coffee or strong

English black tea, with toast, eggs, and beefsteak for breakfast, I

fear the meal which these hundred young men are making off a little

cold _vin ordinaire_, well tempered with colder water, and dry bread,

during the short space of twelve minutes, (except during Lent and on

other fast days, when they do not go to the refectory at all before

twelve o'clock,) will appear exceedingly frugal, not to say hasty. You

observe, doubtless, that short as is the time allotted to breakfast,

nearly every one is reading in a book while he is eating. Do you wish

to know the reason? I will tell you. It is not to pass away time, but

to make use of every moment of time that passes. None in the world are

more alive to the shortness and the value of time than the hundred

young men before you. Every moment of the day has its own allotted

duty; and when there is an extra moment, like this one at breakfast,

when two things can be done at once, they do not fail to make use of

it. They take turns with each other in the duty of waiting on the

tables, except on Good Friday, when the venerable Superior, and no

less venerable fathers, who are the teachers of these young men, don

the apron, and serve out the food proper in quantity and quality for

that day.

Now that you have seen the first story, you may "mount," as the French

say, to the second. If you have not been here before, I warn you to

obtain a guide, or amidst the odd stairways and rambling corridors you

may lose your way. This is the chapel for the daily Mass. It is both

plain and clean, and you will possibly notice nothing particular in it

save the painted beams of the ceiling, the only specimen of such

ornament, I think, in the whole house. It is there a long time, for

this is a very ancient building, having once been the country-seat of

Queen Margaret of Anjou; and this little chapel may have been one of

her royal reception-rooms for all you or I know.

Hither, as I have said, come the young Levites to assist at the daily

sacrifice. I believe I have not told you before that this is a house

of retreat from the world of prayer and of study for youthful

aspirants to the priesthood of the Holy Church. I do not know what

impression it makes upon you, but the sight of that kneeling crowd of

young men in their cassocks and winged surplices, absorbed in prayer

before the altar at the early dawn of day, when the ray of the rising

sun is just tinging the tops of the trees with a golden light, and the

open windows of the little chapel admit the sound of warbled music of

birds, and the sweet perfumes from the garden just below, enamelled

with flowers, is to me a scene higher than earth often reveals to us

of heaven's peace and rapt devotion in God. Mass is over now, and you

may go, leaving only those to pray another half hour who have this

morning received the Holy Communion.

All these rooms which you see here and there, to the right and to the

left, are the cells of the Seminarians, about eight by fifteen feet in

size, and large enough for their purposes, though certainly not equal

to your cosy study at home in America, or to the grand _salon_ you

have engaged at the Hôtel des Princes. As you are a visitor, perhaps

you may go in and look at one. There is {437} no visiting each other's

rooms among the young men themselves at any time, save for charity's

sake when one is ill. An iron bedstead, with a straw bed, a table, a

chair, a crucifix, a vexing old clothes-press, whose drawers won't

open except by herculean efforts, and when open have an equally

stubborn fashion of refusing to be closed; a broom, a few books,

paper, pen and ink, a pious picture or statue, and you have the full

inventory of any of these rooms. As they need no more, they have no

more: a rule of life that might make many a one of us far happier than

we are, tortured by the care of a thousand and one things which

consume our time, worry the mind, and are not of the slightest

possible utility to ourselves, and the cause, it may be, of others'

envy and discomfort. I am aware that, as you pass along the corridors,

you think it is vacation time, or that every one is absent just now

from their rooms, all is so silent. But wait a moment. Ah! the bell

again. Presto! Every door flies open, and the corridor is alive with

numbers of the young men going off to a class or to prayers. Now that

they are gone, suppose you peep into one of the rooms again; that is,

if some newcomer, not yet having learned the rule to the contrary, has

left the key in his door. Ah! he was just writing as the bell rang;

the pen is yet wet with ink. Pardon! I do not intend that you shall

read what he has written, but you may see that he has actually left

his paper not only with an unfinished sentence, but even at a half

formed letter. That is obedience, my friend, to the voice of God,

which I have already told you is recognized in the first stroke of

that bell. I suppose you may read the inscription he has placed at the

foot of his crucifix, since it is in plain sight. "I sat down under

the shadow of my Well-Beloved, whom I desired, and his fruit was sweet

to my palate." (Cant, ii. 3.) Yes, you are right. It is a good motto

for one who has sacrificed every worldly enjoyment for the sake of

that higher and purer joy, the love of Jesus crucified. You are

noticing, I perceive, that everything looks very neat and clean, that

the bed is nicely made, and what there is, is in order. They have tidy

housekeepers, you say, here. So they have, and a large number of them,

too,--one to each room--the Seminarian himself.

I think you may "mount" another stairway now--when you find it--to the

third story. I just wish you to step into that door on the right. It

is the Chapel of St. Joseph; and if you happen to enter here after

night prayers you will see a few of the young men kneeling before the

altar, over which is a charming little painting representing the

Blessed Virgin and St. Joseph holding the Child Jesus by the hand.

They come to pay a short visit in spirit to the Holy Family before

retiring to rest. "Beautiful thought!" I believe you. I see your eyes

are a little dimmed by tears. What is the matter? "Oh! nothing; only I

was thinking that by coming up a few more steps in this house, one has

mounted a good many steps nearer heaven." Not ready to go Oh! I

understand, you wish to pay a little visit yourself to the Holy

Family. Good. Now, along this corridor, around this corner, down that

stairway which seems to lead nowhere,--take care of your

head!--through those doors, and you are in a much larger chapel. All

finished in polished oak, as you see, with a bright waxed floor. The

seminarians sit in those stalls which run along the whole length of

either side of the chapel. Here, on Sundays and festivals, they come

to celebrate the divine offices of the Church. I wish you could hear

them responding to each other in the solemn Gregorian chant. Listen;

they are singing, and only to and for the praise of God, for no

strangers are admitted, so there is no chance for the applause of men.

Possibly you may be sharp-eyed enough to note those mantling cheeks

and detect the thrill of emotion in their voices as the swelling

chorus fills the whole building with melody. Truly, {438} I wonder not

that you are moved, for the song of praise rises amid the clouds of

grateful incense from chaste lips, and from pure hearts given in the

flower and spring-time of life to God alone. I can tell you, that

whether their voices are singing the mournful cadence of the Kyrie,

the exultant sentences of the Gloria, the imposing chant of the Credo,

the awe-struck exclamations of the Sanctus, or the plaintive refrain

of the Agnus Dei; or whether they respond in cheerful notes to the

salutations of the sacrificing priest at the Altar, one other song

their hearts are always singing here: "Laetatus sum in his quae dicta

sunt mihi, in domum Domini ibimus"--I was glad when they said unto me,

we will go into the house of the Lord. A heavenly joy is filling their

ardent souls, moved by the grace of the Holy Ghost, and is reflected

from their countenances as the sunlight sparkles on the ripples of a

quiet, shaded lake, when its waters are gently stirred by a passing

zephyr wafted from the wings of God's unseen angel of the winds.

Now you may go out into the garden. A charming esplanade directly

behind the house you have visited. Well-kept gravelled walks stretch

here and there through a glittering parterre of flowers of every hue

and perfume. A pretty fountain sends its sparkling drops into the air

in the centre of a basin stocked with gold-fish, which are very fond

of being fed with bread-crumbs from the hand of saintly old Father

C----. You do not know the Père C---- you say. Then you may envy me. I

know him. Shall I tell you what he said to me one day?

"Tenez, mon cher, on doit prier le, Bon Dieu toujours selon le premier

mot de l'office de None, 'Mirabilia,' et non pas selon le premier mot

de Tierce, 'Legem pone.'" God bless his dear old white head! it makes

my heart leap in my bosom to think of him. Where were you? Oh! yes,

beside the fountain. On each side of the garden is an avenue of trees

and in one corner a little maze, hiding a pretty statue of the Blessed

Virgin at whose feet that Almoner of the poor has placed a little

charity-box, thinking doubtless, and not without reason, that here,

hidden by the trees and close shrubbery, some one, you for instance,

might like to do something with a holy secrecy which shall one day

find its reward from the Heavenly Father of the poor, openly. So I

will just turn my head while you put in a donation fitting for an

American who has a suite of rooms at the Hôtel des Princes. I know you

are loth to leave this pretty spot. I have had equal difficulty in

dragging you away from the other places to which I directed your

steps; but you have not seen all. Come along. Cross the garden. Here,

behind the large chapel is a curious grotto all inlaid with shells,

floor, walls and roof. This is the place where Bossuet, Fénelon and

Mr. Tronson held some conferences about a theological subject which

need not take up your time now. Turn up that winding walk to the left,

and you see a little shrine dedicated to Our Lady, to which the young

men go to celebrate the month of May; and it is a quiet little nook

where one may drop in a moment and forget the world. The world is not

worth remembering all the tune, you know. As you pass to the middle of

the garden again you notice a long archway, built under a high wall.

Before you enter it please first notice that fine terra-cotta statue

of the Virgin and Child near it, and take off your hat in passing, as

all do here. This archway passes under a road, which is screened from

view by high walls on either side, which also prevent the grounds you

are in from being seen from the road. I have often thought about that

high-walled road running through the middle of this place nearest to

heaven. How many of us pass along our way of life, stony, toilsome,

dry and dusty, like this road, and are often nearer heaven and

heavenly company than we think; and how many others there are we know

and love, whose road runs close beside, {439} if not at times directly

through the Paradise of the Church of God on earth, and know it not.

Oh! if they did but once suspect it, how quickly would they leap over

the wall!

Now you are through the archway. Directly before you is a magnificent

avenue of trees, all trimmed and clipped as it pleases this methodical

people, and here is a fine place for a walk in recreation. The

seminarians recreate themselves, as they do all other acts, as a duty

and by rule. One hour and a quarter after dinner, ten minutes at

half-past four, and an hour and a half after supper appears to

suffice, although I am afraid it is rather a short allowance. Silence

is the rule during the other twenty-one hours out of the twenty-four,

and broken only by duty or necessity. How do you like it? Be assured

it is profitable to those who are desirous of living near to God.

Recollect what Thomas à Kempis says in his "Imitation of Christ:" "In

silentio et quiete proficit anima devota"--In silence and quiet the

devout soul makes great progress. You observe also that the reverend

teachers of these young men are taking recreation with them. Yes; and

in this as in every other duty of this life of prayer and of study

they subject themselves to the same rule that they impose on others.

Example, example, my friend, is the master teacher, and succeeds where

words cannot. They have learned beforehand in their own school the

lessons of chastity, obedience, poverty, patience, meekness, humility

and charity, of silence, and every other Christian mortification of

our wayward senses which they are called upon to teach here. They have

a novitiate adjoining this house, called the "Solitude," and their

motto is inscribed over the little portal in the stone wall which

separates the two enclosures. This is it, "O beata Solitude! O sola

Beatitudo!" There is a short sentence, my friend, which will serve as a

subject of meditation for you, for a longer time than you imagine.

Look at the Père M----, the reverend superior. What gentleness of soul

beams from that kindly countenance! It makes one think of St. Philip

Neri. Ah! and there is the Père P----, with a face like St. Vincent of

Paul, and a body like nobody's but his own, all deformed as it is by

rheumatism. I don't ask you to kiss the hem of his cassock for

reverence sake, for that might wound his humility, and he might

moreover knock you down with his crooked elbow, but if you could see

what place the angels are getting ready for him up in heaven, I think

you would wish to do so. And all the others, old or young--bowed with

age or strong of arm and firm in step--you will find but little

difference in them. They are all cast in about the same mould, of a

shape which only a life, and a purpose of life such as theirs could

form. You would like to know what that young man is about, would you,

running from one knot of talkers and walkers to another, saluting

them, and saying something to each? Listen; he is repeating the

password of the house. The password? Even so. And is it secret? Yes,

and a secret too. It is the secret of a holy life, the holy life to be

led here, and not to be forgotten, where it is the most likely to be,

in the dissipation of recreation. Lay it up to heart, for it will do

you good. "Messieurs, Sursum corda!"

This building on your right as you come out of the archway is a

ball-court. If you will step into the "cuisine," as a sort of wire

cage is called, in which you can see without being in the way, and the

irregular roof of which serves admirably to cause the ball to come

down crooked, and "hard to take," you may see some good ball-playing;

and if you know anything about the game, I am sure all will offer at

once to vacate their places and give up the pleasure of playing to

please you. Somehow, these seminarians are always seeking to please

some one else. Fraternal charity, which prefers the happiness of

others to its own, is cultivated here to such a degree, that I tell

you again you will not find a place {440} nearer heaven; where charity

is made perfect and consummated in God.

Turn down now to the left for a few steps, and look to the right.

Another beautiful avenue. The trees branching from the ground rise up

and mingle together on all sides so as to form a complete arch. A

building at the end. Yes; that is the place of all places in this

lovely enclosure the most venerated by all who come to pass a part of

their lives in dear old Issy. It is the chapel of Lorette. Walk up the

avenue and examine it. It has a façade, as you see, of strict

architectural taste. I know that you, being an American, would very

soon scrape the weather-beaten stones, paint up the wood-work, and put

a new and more elegant window in front, if you were in charge. Perhaps

it might improve it, perhaps not. Standing as it does alone, out there

in the midst of extensive grounds, it makes you think of the Holy

House of Loretto in Italy, of which you know something, I suppose, and

of which, indeed, the little chapel inside is an exact copy, and hence

has obtained its name. Let me say a word about it before you go in,

for no one is expected to break the religious silence which the young

levites here are taught should reign about the tabernacle where

reposes the sacred and hidden presence of Jesus Christ in the Holy

Eucharist. It is this chapel, especially dedicated to his own dear and

blessed mother, that they have chosen for his dwelling-place among

them, as her home at Nazareth was also his. It is what you might

expect. The Mother and the Son go together. A childlike and tender

devotion to her whom he chose for the human source of his incarnate

life, through which we are elevated and born anew unto God, cannot be

separated from the profound act of adoration which humanity, nay, all

creation, must pay to him who is her Son, the first-born of all

creatures. His mysterious incarnate presence is with us always in the

Holy Eucharist, and will be, as he promised, unto the consummation of

the world; and the priest, by the power of his own divine word, is its

human source. You remember the saying of St. Augustine: "O venerable

dignity of the priest, in whose hands, as in the womb of the Virgin,

the Son of God is incarnate every day!"

Enter. On the wall to your left, just inside the outer door you see

this inscription:

"Ilic Verbum caro factam est, et habitavit in nobis." [Footnote 69]

[Footnote 69: "Here the Word was made flesh,

and dwelt amongst us."]

On the wall directly opposite, this:

Sta venerabundus,

Qui allunde ut stares veneris,

Lauretanam Deiparae domum admiraturus.

Angusta tota est,

Toto tamen Christiano orbe angusto,

FACTUS EST HOMO.

Abbreviatum igitur aeterni patris verbum

Hocce in angulo cum angelis adora;

Silet hic et loquaci silentio:

Beatae quippe virginis matris sinus.

Cathedra docentis est.

Audi verbum absconditum, et quid sibi velit attende.

Venerare domum filii hominis,

Scholam Christi,

Cunabula Verbi. [Footnote 70]

[Footnote 70: "Stand in awe, ye who have come hither from afar to

admire the Lorettan house of the Mother of God. The whole is but

narrow and strait: however, the whole Christian world is but narrow

in which the God made man suffered straitness. Wherefore, adore with

the angels the straitened word of the Eternal Father. He is silent

here, but with an eloquent silence. For the bosom of the Blessed

Virgin Mother is the seat of Wisdom. Hear the Hidden Word, and

listen attentively to what he wills of thee. Venerate the house of

the Son of Man, the school of Christ, the cradle of the Word."]

The door on the right leads into the sacristy, where the priest puts

on his vestments. On the panel of this door you read:

"Sanctificamini omnes ministri altaris.

Munda sint omnia." [Footnote 71]

[Footnote 71: "Be ye holy, all ye ministers of the altar. Let all

things be pure and clean."]

On the wall over the door is this inscription around a heart:

"Quid volo nisi ut ardeat?--S. Luc. xii 49." [Footnote 72]

[Footnote 72: "What will I but that it burn?"]

Opposite the sacristy door is the door of the chapel, but I wish you

to read the other inscriptions on these walls before you enter there.

There are two more in this entry-way:

"Ilic Maria, Patris Sponsa, de Spiritu Sancto

concepit." [Footnote 73]

[Footnote 73: "Here Mary, the spouse of the Father, conceived of the

Holy Ghost." ]

{441}

"Sile;

Huc enim, dum omnia

silerent,

Omnipotens sermo

de regalibus

sedibus advenit;

Vel aeternum aeterni

Patris Verbum

Siluit;

Vel otioso Deum adorat silentio." [Footnote 74]

[Footnote 74: "Keep silence: for hither, while all things were in

silence, the Almighty Word leapt down from heaven from his royal

throne. Here the Eternal Word of the Eternal Father became silent,

and adores God in tranquil silence."]

In an adjoining room are several others, among which I think the

following are worthy of your notice:

"Signum magnum apparuit in terra.

Amabile commercium, admirabile mysterium,

JESUS VIVENS IN MARIA.

VENITE, VIDETE, ADORATE.

VENITE

Ad templum Domini, ad incarnationis verbi

cubiculum,

Ad sanctuarium ad quo habitat Dominus.

Et de quo, ut sponsus, procedit de thalamo suo.

VIDETE

Ancillam, Patris sponsam, Virginem Dei matrem,

Adae fillam, Spiritus Sancti sacellum,

Mariam totius Trinitatis domiciliam,

Angelo nuntiante effectam.

ADORATE

Jesum habitantem in Matre,

Ut imperatorem in regno, ut pontificem in templo,

Ut sponsum in thalamo.

Ilic requies, hic gloria, hic summa laus conditoris:

Hic habitabo quoniam elegi eam." [Footnote 75]

[Footnote 75: "A great sign appeared on the earth, a lovely union, a

wondrous mystery, Jesus living in Mary. Come, see, adore. Come to

the temple of the Lord, to the cradle of the incarnate Word, to the

sanctuary in which the Lord dwelleth. From which he goeth forth as a

spouse from his bridal chamber. See, by the annunciation of the

angel, a handmaiden made spouse of the Father, a virgin the Mother

of God, a daughter of Adam the shrine of the Holy Ghost, Mary, the

resting-place of the whole Trinity. Adore Jesus dwelling in his

mother, as an emperor on his throne, as a priest in the temple, as a

spouse in his chamber. Here is the rest, here the glory, here the

supreme praise of the Creator. Here will I dwell, because I have

chosen her."]

"Omnes

Famelici, accedite

ad escas:

Domus haec abundat

Punibus." [Footnote 76]

[Footnote 76: "O all ye of the family of God, draw near to the

banquet. This house is full of bread."]

"Hic

Sapientia

Miscuit Vinum,

Posuit mensam,

Paravit omnia.

Qui bibunt,

Non sitlent amplius;

Qui edunt,

Nunquam esurient;

Qui epulantur,

Vivent in aeternum.

Bibite ergo et inebriamini,

Comedite et saturabimini;

Effundite cum gaudio animas vestras

In voce confessionis et epulationis

Sonus est epulantis." [Footnote 77]

[Footnote 77: "Here the divine wisdom mingleth her wine, spreadeth

her table, and maketh all things ready. They who drink shall not

thirst any more. They who eat shall never hunger. They who feast

shall live for ever. Drink, therefore, and be inebriated. Eat and be

filled. Pour forth your souls with joy in the songs of thanksgiving

and rejoicing. There is a sound as of one feasting."]

"Omnes

Sitentes, venite

ad aquas;

Locus iste scaturit

Fontibus." [Footnote 78]

[Footnote 78: "All ye who thirst, come ye to the waters. This place

gushes with fountains."]

"Hic

Fons fontium,

Et acervus tritici,

CHRISTUS,

Unde sumunt angeli,

Replentur sancti.

Satiantur universi.

Ilic

Ager fertilis

Et congregatio aquarum,

MARIA,

Unde, velut de quodam

Divinitatis oceano.

Omnium emanant

Flumina gratiarum." [Footnote 79]

[Footnote 79: "Here is the fount of fountains, and heap of wheat,

Christ; of which the angels partake, the saints are replenished, and

the whole universe is satiated. Here is the fruitful field and

meeting of the waters, Mary; whence, as from a kind of ocean of

divinity, flow out the streams of all graces." ]

"Si

Tu es Christri bonus odor,

Accede;

Caminus Mariae

Altare thymiamatum est,

Caminus charitatis,

Cujus ostium

Hostes non excipit,

Sed hostias amoris.

Huc vota, huc corda, viatores.

Huc pectora." [Footnote 80]

[Footnote 80: "If thou art the good odor of Christ, draw near. This

chamber of Mary is the altar of incense, the home of charity, whose

door receiveth not enemies, but the victims of love. Hither, ye

wayfarers, bring your vows, your hearts, and your affections."]

Before you look at the real chapel for which this building was

erected, just step out of that door opposite to the one by which you

entered. A little cemetery. Here repose, in simple, humble graves, the

bodies of the deceased superiors and directors of the congregation of

St. Sulpice, in whom and whose seminary you have shown so much

interest during this visit under the guidance of your humble servant.

Here, in this little cemetery, beneath the shadow of the sacred chapel

they have loved so well, in the very home, as it were, where so many

holy souls have lived, and learned the lessons of perfection, and

where, God grant, many more such may yet live and learn the same, they

have laid themselves down to rest from their {442} labors, peacefully

resigning themselves to the common fate; yet privileged in this, that

their dust mingles with earth hallowed by the footsteps of saints. I

should like to write an inscription for the door of that cemetery. It

is this, "Et mors, et vita vestra absconditae sunt cum Christo in

Deo," for never in the history of Christianity, do I think, have men

realized like them, in their lives and in their death, so fully those

words of St. Paul.

Return now to the entry and pass within those gilded doors. This is

the chapel. The walls are frescoed, as you see, and in imitation of

the walls, now defaced, of the original chapel at Loretto. There is a

pretty marble altar and tabernacle where reposes the Holy of Holies;

and above the altar is a grating filling up the entire width of the

chapel, on which are attached a large number of silver and gilt

hearts, little remembrances left by the departing seminarians at their

beloved shrine of Jesus and Mary. Behind the grate you can discern the

statue made many hundred years ago, and sent to this chapel as a gift

from the Holy House at Loretto in 1855. I know that your American

taste will not be gratified by the appearance of either the statue or

its decorations; but--America is not all the world. Keep that in mind,

and it may save you a good deal of interior discomfort, whether you

journey in other lands, or never stir from home.

Now I leave you, for I know you are tired of sight-seeing and want a

moment of' repose--and, may I not also add, a little time to pray

here? The seminarians are coming in to make their daily visit, for it

is a quarter to five o'clock. Oh! sweetest moments of the Issian's

day! Here he comes and kneels at the feet of Jesus and Mary, and

drinks in those silent lessons which reveal truths to the heart that

no man can teach. Here the soul is ravished away for a while from

earth and all its carking cares, anxieties, temptations, and

afflictions, and reposes peacefully in the loving embrace of its God.

"Here," indeed, "is the home of charity, whose door receiveth not

enemies, but the victims of love. Hither you may bring your vows, your

hearts, and your affections." Remain you, then, and pray awhile with

them; for of a truth you are with the congregation of the just, and

not far off from heaven.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

A MAY BREEZE.

As fragrant blooms by blushing orchard shed,

When spring's advancing season ripens fast,

Oh! such the blossoms which the heart has fed

With all the dewy sweetness of the past.

But like those winds whose stormy passage sweeps

The wailing trees, yet leaves fair fruit behind,

Life's changing scenes, which man still hourly weeps.

Pledge fruit, than blooms more constant and more kind.

------

{443}

From the Lamp.

UNCONVICTED; OR, OLD THORNELEY'S HEIRS.

CHAPTER II.

WHICH IS ELUCIDATORY AND RETROSPECTIVE.

Before resuming the thread of my narrative I must needs go back a

little, and see in what relation the different people who are to play

the principal parts in this true history stand to one another.

I have said that Hugh Atherton and I had been friends from the time we

were boys at school, he being some five years my junior. He and Lister

Wilmot were nephews, on their mother's side, of old Gilbert Thorneley,

and, as every one supposed, his nearest relatives. They were both

orphans; both brought up and educated by their uncle, and both were

given to understand that they would equally inherit his immense

fortune at his death. But Thorneley had made his money by the sweat of

his brow,--beginning by sweeping his master's office, and ending by

being the possessor of some million of money,--and he did not choose,

as he said, to leave it to two idle dogs. He had worked, and so should

they: they might choose their own profession or business, and he would

do all that was requisite to forward them in life; but work in one way

or another they should. Hugh, guided very much by my advice, went to

college, and then read for the bar. His career at Oxford had not been

a brilliant one, but he had passed his "great go" very creditably, and

taken his bachelor's degree with fair honor to himself. Then he came

to London, took chambers in the Temple, and set himself down to read

with steady earnestness of purpose; after a while he was called to the

bar and his first brief was held for a client of mine. It was a

righteous cause, and he gained it by his straightforward grappling

with the evidence, his simple yet manly eloquence. At the time when

the events happened which are now recorded, and cast one great lasting

shadow over his life and mine, he was in very fair practice. But one

thing I ever noticed about him, and it was that he was almost

invariably retained for the defense. I don't think he could have

conducted a case for prosecution; I don't think he could have stood up

and pleaded for the conviction of any poor wretched miserable criminal

shivering at the bar, brought thither by what crushing amount of

degradation, want, or luring temptation to sin God only knew,--God

only, in His infinite mercy, would remember. Do you recollect that

portrait in one of Mr. Dickens's works of the barrister, who was

always retained at the Old Bailey by great criminals, and who never

refused to defend them, guilty or not guilty--that man, with the

unpoetical name of Jaggers, who used to wash his hands after coming

from the court or dismissing a client? Well, that man always reminded

me of Hugh Atherton; and when I read the book, I did homage to my

friend in his person. You don't see at first what Mr. Dickens is

driving at, nor the whole of his conception in the character of

Jaggers; but after a while it bursts upon you what a raft he must have

been for the poor drowning wretches going to their trial to catch at.

With a fund of good common-sense, a dear head, and sound judgment,

Atherton possessed what gave such a charm to him and won so many

hearts,--the boyish lightheartedness which clung to him; with his

genial manner, his kindly words and deeds. He had his faults--he was

passionate and hot-headed, obstinate in his likes and dislikes; but he

{444} had what few young men of his age could boast, a freedom from

vice, a guilelessness of soul, which in the midst of all the

corruption, the temptations, and snares of London life, carried him

through unscathed. I never knew but one other who was like him in that

respect,--though indeed I have heard that such have been, but are now

gone to their grave,--who, with the brave undaunted heart of a

thoroughly English youth, carried within him the mark of innocence,

and wore it stamped upon his open brow. He is thousands of miles away

now, and these lines may never reach him; but those who love him and

long for his return will recognize the son and brother whose worth,

perchance, we never fully knew until the parting came.

Of Lister Wilmot I had seen comparatively but very little. He was a

weak puny lad, unfit for roughing it in a public school, and had

therefore received his education from private tutors and governors.

Through his uncle's interest he obtained a civil appointment in one of

the government-offices, and though fond of dress and amusements, I

never heard much harm of him, beyond an inclination to extravagance,

which I imagined old Thorneley knew well how to keep in check. Yet, I

don't know how it was, I never liked Wilmot. Hugh was fond of him, and

very anxious that he and I should be friends; certainly it was not

Wilmot's fault that a greater amount of cordiality did not exist

between us. He was very agreeable, very civil, very amiable, very

attentive to me; but I could not bear him. I often took myself

severely to task for this unreasonable antipathy; and I decided it

could only be because he was such a contrast to Hugh in everything

that I did not take to him. Not that I pitched their relative

goodness, and drew conclusions against him; as I said before, I knew

no harm of him, but simply I did not like him. A story went about that

his mother (Thorneley's sister) had made a very unhappy marriage, and

died soon after her son's birth. What had become of his father no one

ever seemed to know; and if Wilmot did, he never named him.

About a year before the story opens Hugh Atherton was engaged to be

married. Let me relate all this very clearly, very calmly; it is

needful I should; and while I write, let me think only, as before

heaven I have ever tried to think, of the interests of two beings who

always were and always will be dearest to me on earth.

A client of mine left me at his death the joint guardianship with his

wife of an only daughter. She was heiress to a considerable fortune;

blest with a mother who was none of the wisest of guides for a young

girl who was beautiful, high-spirited, and gifted with no ordinary

intellect. I fulfilled my dead friend's trust with all the care,

vigilance, and tenderness in my power. I watched Ada Leslie grow up

into girlhood, and from girlhood into womanhood,--for I was a young

man in years when that charge was committed to me, though old in

character, and old and grim in looks,--I saw her beauty of face and

form unfold, her winning gracefulness become more graceful and more

winsome; I marked the powers of her mind and intellect develop, and

all the noble qualities of her heart reveal themselves in a thousand

ways. I watched her with the solicitude of a father, with the

affection of a brother; I never thought of myself in any other light

with regard to her; but her confidence in me became very precious, her

companionship very sweet.

One day I took Hugh Atherton with me to Mrs. Leslie's, and in that

first visit I foresaw how all would end; it was but the precursor of

many more visits, and after a while they both told me how things stood

between them. There was no difficulty. Money, in the mother's eye, was

all that was needed to make a good match, and Hugh was well enough off

now, and likely to be a rich man in the future; money was all that

Gilbert Thorneley required for his nephew's future bride, and Ada

Leslie's fortune was ample, even to his sordid mind. I knew _she_

could have {445} no worthier man for husband than Hugh Atherton. I

knew--ah, who should know better?--that _he_ could find no woman

worthier of his tenderest love and honor than my ward; and so I bade

God to bless them and sanctify their union. If for a while my life was

somewhat more lonely than it had seemed before; if a few years were

added to thought and feeling, and I began then more solemnly to

realize what a gray old bachelor I should appear to Hugh's little

children when they climbed about my knee,--well, it was but a

foolishness that was quickly buried down deep in my heart and would

never more rise to the surface. And Hugh's full tide of happiness and

_her_ deep but tender joy soon kindled bright again in the chambers of

my soul a light that for a time had been very dim; and I learnt the

best lesson life can teach us, and which in more ways than one is

intimated to us by the words, "It is more blessed to give than to

receive." They would have been married before this, but Ada's father

bad specified his wish that she should not marry until she was

twenty-one, unless her guardians judged it otherwise expedient, and

she was desirous of abiding by that decision. She would be of age the

third of this coming December, and after Christmas the wedding was to

take place.

I noticed there was something peculiar in their manner of mentioning

to me the day they had fixed on for their marriage. It was the day

before I started on this last trip to my favorite Swiss mountains; we

had all gone down to Kew by water, and we were strolling about the

gardens enjoying the cool of the evening air after a day of unusual

sultriness. Mrs. Leslie, Wilmot, and I, were walking together, whilst

the other two went away by themselves. We had not spoken very much--at

least I had not, for many thoughts were busy within me. Presently Ada

came back alone, and putting her arm in mine she drew me aside into a

little shady walk where the trees met overhead and the air was laden

with the perfume of the lime-blossom. In the last summer of my life,

at eventide I shall see that narrow pathway with its leafy covering,

and smell those fragrant trees; I shall hear the nightingale's note as

it sang to me (so I thought) the refrain of a simple ballad I had

often heard my mother sing in early childhood.

"Loyal je serai durant la vie."

"Dear friend," said Ada, looking up into my face with her soft, kind,

brown eyes, so truthful and sincere, "Hugh and I have been speaking of

the future;" and the bright warm color came into her cheek, and the

long golden lashes fell as she spoke.

"Yes, Ada, that is right. What says Hugh?"

"He says we had better settle when it is to be. You know I am of age

in December, and he thinks of after Christmas; and do you know he

wants it to be on the day but one after the Epiphany? because he

says--that funny old Hugh!--that it is _your_ birthday; or if it

isn't, that it ought to be; and insists on it. However, he has set his

mind on it. He wanted to come and ask you, for I said I would not have

it fixed until you had been asked. And then I thought I would rather

come myself."

The kind eyes were looking at me again, just a little anxiously, I

thought. For a moment there seemed to be a choking sensation in my

throat. I turned my head away, and the evening bird sang out once

more, clear and silvery in the calm still air,

"Loyal je serai durant la vie."

"Listen, Ada; do you hear what the nightingale is singing? She is

bidding me say 'God bless you both!' Let it be when Hugh thinks best.

Go and tell him so."

She took my hand and pressed it to her lips; there was a warm tear on

it when she let it go. I turned aside and walked away for a little

while by myself. Then I went back to them, and we left the gardens.

{446}

Hugh and I walked home together that night; and as we parted at his

door he told me all was settled between him and Ada, very gently, very

softly, as if he were breaking some news to me. There was no need. I

bade him God speed with my cheeriest voice, and told him the heartfelt

truth--that to no other man would I have trusted her with such

perfect trust.

I had happy letters from them both whilst I was abroad. Hugh had taken

a very pretty house some ten miles from town; workmen were busily

engaged in alterations, fittings-up, and decorations, whilst he and

Ada were full of the furniture and all those numerous etceteras which

help to make the home such a one as should be prepared to receive a

fair young bride. Mr. Thorneley had behaved very liberally to his

nephew, and given him _carte blanche_ in the matter of the

expenditure; if his nature were capable of loving any human being, I

think he was fond of Hugh Atherton, and I am quite sure that Hugh, in

his generous oversight of all that must have jarred upon and shocked

his mind, was sincerely and gratefully attached to his uncle, who, he

often said to me, had acted a father's part by him. Thus, amidst much

sunshine and little shade, all was hastening on toward the

consummation of their union, and as the new year tided round it was to

find them man and wife.

And now I must relate a circumstance which happened about a fortnight

before I started for the Continent. I had been dining at the house of

my married sister, who lived at Highgate. She was one of those ladies

who are very fond of collecting about them the heterogeneous society

of all the nondescripts, hangers-on, and adventurers who are only too

willing to frequent the houses of those gifted with a taste for such

companionship. With good-nature verging, I often told her, on absolute

idiotcy, she could not be made to see how eccentricity of manner,

person, or conversation was often but the veil thrown over a character

too stained or doubtful to be revealed in its proper light. It is true

that in many cases her hospitality was rewarded; equally true that in

the majority it was abused; and my brother-in-law, good man, suffered

severely for it in the matter of his pocket.

To return: amongst the various guests I met at dinner that evening was

one man who strangely riveted my attention, aided by the feeling so

well known to most people, that I had somewhere or other seen him

before, but in other guise, and when a much younger man. His manner

was quiet and reserved, but scarcely gentlemanlike; and I noticed that

in many of the little _convenances_ of society he was quite at a loss.

I judged him to be about fifty or fifty-five years of age, his hair

was grey, and he wore a thick beard and moustache; at first I took him

for a foreigner until I heard him speak, and then I perceived the

broad Irish accent betraying his nationality in a most unmistakable

manner.

"Who's your Irish friend, Elinor?" I asked of my sister when I got her

quietly in the drawing-room after dinner.

"Which one do you mean, John? There's the O'Callaghan of Callaghan,

who sat by me at dinner; and there's Mr. Burke, who writes those

spirited patriotic articles in the _Emerald-Green Gazette;_ and

there's Phelim O'Mara, the author of _Gems_---"

"I know them all, my dear."

"Then who can you mean, for there isn't another Irishman here? These

three wouldn't have been asked together--for they are all of different

politics, and I have been on thorns all the evening lest they should

get into a discussion--but I couldn't well avoid it; for you know--"

Again I was obliged to use a brother's delightful privilege and be

rude, for Elinor, though an excellent woman and a pattern wife, was

discursive in conversation, and I saw her husband trying to catch her

eye for some purpose; so I said:

{447}

"Yes, I know all about it--there's Henry looking for you. The man I

mean sat opposite to me; grey beard--there he is, standing by

Montague."

"Oh! _he?_ he is my last treasure-trove: he's not Irish, my dear; he's

half French and half English. An author, but very rich; has travelled

all over the world. Here," beckoning to him, "Mr. de Vos, allow me to

introduce you to my brother, Mr. Kavanagh."

O Elinor, you good blind soul, your Frenchman was no more French and

no more English than the man in the moon, though certainly I am not

acquainted with the nationality of that gentleman. I saw it in two

minutes. We talked commonplaces for a little, till some one came up

and asked me if it were true that Atherton was engaged to my ward,

Miss Leslie. I answered in the affirmative.

"You know Mr. Atherton very well then, I conclude," said De Vos.

"I have known him from a boy; no one knows him better than I."

"How very interesting!" he said; and I could not make out whether his

tone was earnest or satirical, for his face betrayed nothing. "I have

heard of Mr. Atherton from a friend of mine in Paris."

"Ah! that little enthusiastic Gireaud, I dare say," replied I; for I

knew all Hugh's friends, and he was the only one I could think of as

being in Paris.

"Yes, from Gireaud;" and he was turning away.

"How is he?" I asked, meaning Gireaud; "have you seen him lately?"

"No, not lately--that is, three or four months back."

This was strange; it was only a month since the Frenchman had left

England, only three months since we had first made his acquaintance,

and he had been in England all the time. I felt suspicious; I often

did towards my sister's friends, by reason of divers small sums

borrowed in past times by them from me, and kept _in memoriam_ I

suppose. I thought I would pursue the inquiry.

"Did you know M. Gireaud when he was in England?"

"No abroad--in Paris;" and he changed color and shifted uneasily on

his feet.

"Did he succeed in tracing out the evidence in that celebrated cause

he was conducting?" I continued pertinaciously.

"I really don't know; excuse me--how very warm this room is! I will

go into the balcony and see if it is possible to get a little air;"

and he turned on his heel and left me.

"So so," thought I, "you wanted to fasten yourself upon me with the

dodge of knowing my friends, did you? It won't do, my fine fellow;"

and I determined to give my brother-in-law a hint that his wife's

"last treasure-trove" would need watching. But I found no opportunity;

and when I inquired for Mr. de Vos later in the evening, I heard he

had gone away, feeling very unwell. Said I to myself, "He'll be worse

when he meets me again." I little recked the words then, or what they

might import.

It was a beautiful August night when our party broke up; and resisting

my sister's wish that I should sleep there, I determined to enjoy a

moonlight walk home, smoke a cigar, and think over a difficult case I

had just then in hand. My nearest way into town from Elinor's house

was down Swain's Lane and round by the cemetery; it was a lonely,

ghostly kind of walk, not tempting on a dark winter's night; but with

a brilliant harvest-moon overhead, a stout stick, and myself standing

six feet without shoes, I feared neither man nor ghost. The tombstones

looked white and ghastly enough in the bright moonlight, and the trees

cast their heavy shadows across my path, whilst their tops were

stirred by a gentle soughing breeze. I had passed the cemetery, and

was rapidly nearing the end of the lane, which turns into the

high-road by the Duke of St. Alban's public-house, of omnibus

notoriety, when I fancied I heard the sound of voices pitched high, as

if {448} in some angry dispute. I took out my watch; it was just upon

twelve o'clock. Drunken revellers, I thought, turned out of the inn.

Swain's Lane winds about until you are close upon the road, and then

there is a straight piece with fields upon either side. I looked ahead

as I came to this latter bit, but there was no one to be seen,

although the voices sounded closer and closer. I was walking on the

turf beside the road, so that my footsteps falling upon the soft grass

were inaudible. I passed a gate leading into a field, and then I

became aware that the voices were close to me on the other side of the

hedge. Not caring to be seen lest I should get drawn into some drunken

row, I stooped my head and shoulders, inconveniently high just then,

and was in the act of passing swiftly on when a name arrested me. "I

tell you Hugh Atherton never _shall_ marry that girl!"

"And I tell you he _will_! You let every chance slip by you, you poor

spiritless fool. He'll marry her, and come in for the best share, if

not the whole of Gil Thorneley's money."

There was no mistaking the brogue of my Irish Anglo-French

acquaintance of this evening--my sister's "last treasure-trove, the

talented author, the rich man." But the other voice, whose was it? It

sounded strange at first; then light began to dawn upon me. I knew

it--yes, surely I knew it. Ha, by Jove! Lister Wilmot!--it must be

Lister Wilmot's.

They were speaking again, quite unconscious of their auditor on the

other side of the hedge.

"You are the biggest fool, and a scoundrel too, coming here, dogging

my footsteps, and following me about just to bring ruin upon me with

your confounded interference; going _there_ too, and meeting the very

man you ought to avoid, that lawyer fellow, Kavanagh; why, he'll scent

you out in less than no time." (Much obliged to you, Mr. Wilmot,

thought I, for your involuntary tribute to my shrewdness: it has been

deserved this time at any rate.) "You must leave London at

once--to-morrow, do you hear?--or I'll whisper a certain affair

about, which may make this quarter of the world unpleasant to you."

"I'll not stir without that fifty pounds. You blow upon me, and I'll

blow upon you in a quarter you wouldn't care to have those small bits

of paper shown that I've got in my pocket-book here."

The remark seemed to have been untimely.

"Scoundrel!" shouted the other voice I believed to be Wilmot's, and I

heard them close together and struggle.

At the same moment I leaped the gate, determined to make sure of their

identity; but with singular ill-luck I caught my foot against the

topmost bar, and fell with no small force my whole length on the other

side. The noise and sight of me disturbed the combatants, and before I

could rise or recover myself, they had separated, and fled in opposite

directions across the field. Pursuit was a vain thought. I had twisted

my ankle in the fall, and for a few moments the pain was unbearable;

when I could put my foot to the ground both fugitives were out of

sight. There was nothing left for me but to hobble back, gain the

road, and seize upon the first empty cab returning to London to convey

me to my chambers.

I mentioned the adventure to Atherton on the following morning, and my

conviction that Lister Wilmot was one of the two men.

"It is impossible," replied Hugh; "Lister was with me last evening

till eleven o'clock, and then he went home to bed."

"Did you see him home?" I asked.

"Yes, and went in with him; saw him undressed, and ready to get into

bed. He was not well, poor fellow. One of his bad colds seemed to be

threatening him, and he was very out of spirits. I am afraid he's

exceeding his allowance, and getting into debt. He asked me to lend,

him twenty pounds for a month."

{449}

"Which of course you didn't do?"

"Which of course I did, and told him he was heartily welcome to it;

but I wished he'd draw in his expenses, for I was certain if Uncle

Gilbert heard of his being in difficulty, there would be no end to

pay. I'll get him to make a clean breast of it some day soon to me,

and see what I can do to help him and set him right."

So like Hugh, with his generous impulses ever ready to do a kindness.

"Well, but it is very odd. I could have sworn it was Lister in the

field; as for the other fellow, why there is not the smallest shadow

of a doubt about him. If I hadn't recognized his brogue, why, the

words of his companion pointed him out as the De Vos of the

dinner-party. Do you know such a man, Hugh?" and I gave a graphic

description of him.

Hugh shook his head.

"Don't know such a bird as that, Jack. Can't think who it can be, nor

what they both meant. The 'girl,' indeed! Did they mean Ada, forsooth?

I'd like to punch their skulls for daring to name her. I say, let's go

to Lister's at once and ask him if he knows a man answering to the

name De Vos."

We drove to Wilmot's lodgings in the Albany--he affected

aristocratic-bachelor neighborhoods--and found him over a late

breakfast, looking very pale and haggard. Hugh attacked him in his

straightforward blunt manner.

"What did you go up to Highgate for, last night. Lister, when I

thought you were going to bed?"

Wilmot's fork fell on the floor and he stooped to pick it up before

answering. Then he looked up with an air of the greatest astonishment.

"Go up to Highgate last night! I! Are you mad, Hugh?"

"I heard your voice last night in a field close by the Highgate Road,

or I never was more mistaken in my life," I said.

He turned his face to me: there was the most unaffected surprise and

bewilderment written on it as he stared at me.

"Are you out of your senses too?" he asked at last with a loud laugh.

"Why, Hugh saw me into bed almost. You must have been wandering, or

Mr. Craven's" (my brother-in-law) "wines were too potent for your

sober brain."

I was completely at a nonplus. "Do you know that Mr. de Vos is in

England?" I said, resolved to try another "dodge."

"Who is Mr. de Vos?" was the answer, given in the most unconcerned

tone.

Hugh broke in: "Tell him all about it, John."

I did so, relating word for word what I had heard, with my eye fixed

upon his face. He never flinched once, and there was not the smallest

embarrassment in his look or manner.

"You were of course entirely mistaken," he said; "I never left my room

last night after Hugh went away. Of this Mr. de Vos I know

nothing--not even by name."

There was nothing for it but to be satisfied, and yet somehow I was

not. I suppose my old dislike of Wilmot got the better of me and made

me distrustful. Then such dear--such precious interests had been

called in question--were perhaps in danger; and I could not rid myself

of the great anxiety which oppressed me.

The next move was after De Vos. He had utterly and totally disappeared

by the time I had obtained his address from my sister and hunted out

the wretched doubtful sort of lodgings he had inhabited near Leicester

Square. So the affair died a natural death, and I left England for the

Continent. Could I but have foreseen what my return would bring forth!

{450}

CHAPTER III.

THE DAY AFTER THE WEDDING.

It was all true--dreadfully, awfully true--and no hideous dream.

Gilbert Thorneley was dead--poisoned, murdered; and Hugh Atherton was

in the hands of justice, suspected, if not actually accused, of the

murder. When I came back, sick and giddy, to consciousness, there was

old Hardy bending over me with a face blanched almost as white as my

own must have been, and Jones the detective standing by, the deepest

concern written on his countenance. Do you know what it is, that

"coming to," as women express it, after a sudden mental blow has

prostrated you and hurled you into the dark oblivion of insensibility?

I daresay you do. You know what the return to life is; what the

realization of the stunning evil which has befallen you. But God help

you if you remember that your last words when conscious criminated the

friend you would willingly die to save. God help you if you know you

must be forced into admitting what you had rather cut out your tongue

than utter, and which in your inadvertence or brainless stupidity you

let pass your lips. I say again, heaven help you, for it is one of the

bitterest moments of your life.

As the physical indisposition wore off, and the whole situation of

affairs became clearer to my scattered senses, the remembrance of what

I had done was maddening.

"Oh, blind fool," I cried, "not to see, not to know what I was doing!

Jones and Hardy, I call you both to witness most solemnly that I

believe as firmly, as entirely in Mr. Atherton's innocence as I do in

an eternal life to come. I charge you both, that, whatever testimony

you may be forced to give, whatever miserable words have been wrung

from me--I charge you both, by all you hold most sacred, to give

evidence likewise that I believe him innocent."

"We will, sir," said the two men gravely.

Then a desperate idea seized me, and I motioned Hardy to leave the

room.

"Jones," I said, when the clerk was gone, "you are a poor man, I know,

and have many children to provide for. Get me off attending the

inquest, and I will write you a cheque on the spot for any sum in

reason you like to name."

"Bless your heart, sir, it an't in my power. Inspector Jackson has

been in Wimpole street investigating it all; and I know your name's

booked as one of the principal witnesses. You'll have your summons

this evening for to-morrow, as safe as I'm here."

"Where is Mr. Atherton?" I asked.

"Inspector Jackson took him to Marylebone street, sir. He'll go before

the magistrate at two o'clock. They won't get his committal, though, I

expect until after the inquest; there is not sufficient evidence; but

we're getting it as fast as we can."

"Yes," I said in the bitterness of my heart; "and if I had known your

errand _here_, I'd have flung you down the stairs before you should

have had access to my rooms."

"You can't be sorrier than I am, Mr. Kavanagh. I believe, like you,

that he's an innocent man: but everything looks against him at

present. The housekeeper's evidence is enough to hang him."

"The housekeeper! What, Mrs. Haag?"

"Yes, sir, that's her name, I believe. She's only half English, or

married a foreigner, or something of the sort. But I think she must be

foreign, for she has a mighty broad accent. Yes, indeed, sir; and if I

may make bold to say it,--I don't know what your friendship for Mr.

Atherton may lead you to do,--but it's of no use your not saying where

you saw him last night, for _she_ saw him go in and come out of _that

shop_, and she heard him address you, sir, by name."

A light flashed across me. That was _the woman_ I had met in Vere

Street. I didn't know the housekeeper by sight, but I had often heard

both Atherton and Wilmot speak of her. Wilmot!--another light.

{451}

"Did you know that Mr. Thorneley's other nephew was with him last

night? He met Mr. Atherton in Wimpole Street."

"Yes, sir, and left nearly an hour before Mr. Atherton went away."

"Still, why is he not suspected as much as the other?"

"_He_ had not been traced in and out of a chemist's shop; _he_ had no

dispute with his uncle; _he_ was not heard to make use of _threatening

words_. I can't tell you more, sir; and I must be going. I have done

what need be done here. Mr. Kavanagh, believe me I am acting only in

my official capacity; and I'd rather, sir, have been at the bottom of

the sea than engaged in this affair. But I mustn't forget the message,

sir."

"What message?"

"From Mr. Atherton. He wanted to write or to send for you to come; but

they wouldn't let him. You see, sir, we know you are an important

witness against him, and Jackson--he's a sharp one--wouldn't have him

communicating with you. Poor gentleman! he was stunned-like at first

when he was told. Then when he saw me, 'Jones,' said he, 'you go to

Mr. Kavanagh; tell him what has happened. Tell him I'm an innocent

man, so help me God! I wouldn't have hurt a gray hair of the old man's

head. But I was angry with him, I confess.' Then we warned him not to

say anything which might criminate himself, so he only bent his head

reverently, and said again, 'My God, Thou knowest I am innocent.' Then

he turned to me suddenly and caught my arm. 'Tell Mr. Kavanagh to go

at once to Mrs. Leslie's, and see that the news doesn't come upon them

too suddenly. Tell him I _trust to him_.' Those were his words, sir,

two or three times,--'Tell him I trust to him.'"

O Hugh! my poor Hugh; you might trust me then; you might have trusted

me always. But you didn't. A world of damning doubt and evidence rose

up between us, and it seemed to point at me as your worst enemy, and

never more again would you place confidence in me; never more would

the perfect trust of friendship draw us together, and make our

interests one.

Ay, and that too had been one of the despairing thoughts which rushed

across my mind as the truth of what had happened forced itself upon

me. Ada! What if such news were carried suddenly, inconsiderately to

her ears? What if such an awful, unlooked-for blow fell, crushing the

bright hopes and darkening the radiant happiness of her young life? I

tell all this in a bewildered way now; I was far more bewildered then.

I was mad. There was the remembrance of the last evening,--my

interview with Thorneley, the strange secret still ringing in my ears,

the chance meeting with Hugh, and what was to come of it; and the

present tidings,--the old man dead, Hugh arrested and accused of

murdering him; and I in my blindness had helped to corroborate the

worst testimony against him. All this was rushing through my brain;

and then, above all, the thought of Ada Leslie--and the last thought

roused me to action.

"Go back, Jones, to Mr. Atherton; tell him I am going off immediately

to Mrs. Leslie's, and that he may trust to me in _that_. And stay, has

he got legal assistance?"

"No, sir; I fancy he thought you'd see to all that. He didn't seem to

think how it might be with your having to give evidence."

"You'd better go to Smith and Walker's, and see one of the partners.

They must watch proceedings for him to-day."

"They can't, sir; they are to watch on the part of the Crown."

"On the part of the Crown!--whose management is that?"

"I believe they offered and wished it. They feel bound to discover the

murderer of their late client; they couldn't act _for_ the man accused

of murdering him."

"True--too true. I'll send Hardy to Mr. Merrivale; he is a great

friend {452} of his--I can trust him. Tell Mr. Atherton what I say,

and what has been done."

"Very good, sir;" and Jones withdrew.

It took me less than an hour to reach Hyde-Park Gardens, where Mrs.

Leslie and my ward dwelt; and on the road I resolved as well as I

could how to break the news. Pray Heaven only to give her strength to

bear it! I was shown into the dining-room, for I had asked to see Miss

Leslie alone. There were the sounds of music up-stairs, and I heard

Ada's clear thrilling voice singing one of the beautiful German songs

I knew, and that _he_ loved so well. Presently her light step was on

the threshold, and she burst gaily into the room.

"Oh, Hugh, how late you are!" and then she stopped suddenly, seeing it

was I--only I. But she came forward in a moment with a kind eager

welcome, a welcome back to England, laughing and blushing at her

mistake. "I heard the street-door open, and ran down at once; for Hugh

said he would come early to take me out this morning, and I thought it

was he. Oh, but I am so glad to see you, dear Mr. Kavanagh. But how

dreadfully ill you are looking--what is the matter?"

Perhaps she saw my own misery, and the unutterable pity and tenderness

for her which filled my heart, written in my face; but a change passed

over her countenance.

"What is the matter?" she repeated in a breathless sort of manner.

"Hugh sends his love," I said; hardly knowing, indeed, what words were

passing my lips, or that I was really "breaking it" to her;--"his dear

love; he is quite well, but something prevents him from coming to you

to-day."

"To-day!" She repeated the same word after me, still in a breathless

way; and her large eyes were fixed on me as in mute agonized appeal

against what was coming.

"Something very important--very painful--has happened to detain him.

Mr. Thorneley died very suddenly last night."

I stopped, and turned away. Heaven help me! I could not go on, with

those eyes upon me. There was one deep-drawn sigh of relief.

"Is that _all!_"

Was it not better to tell the truth to her at once? After all, he was

innocent. I acknowledged that with all the loyalty of my soul--so

would she; and that thought would bear her up. Yes, it would be best

to tell her. I took her hand, and led her to a chair.

"Ada, it is not all; can you bear the rest?" Her white trembling lips

moved as if assenting, but I could not hear the words. "Thorneley died

very suddenly--was found dead. It is thought he has been poisoned. I

don't know the particulars--I have only just heard of it. Hugh was

with him late last night; it is necessary he should be examined to-day

by a magistrate."

Again I paused, praying that the truth might dawn upon her--that I

might not have to stab her with the terrible revelation.

But--dreading, fearing, as I could see she was--no shadow of the

reality seemed to cross her mind.

"Where is Hugh now?" at last she asked with startling suddenness.

"O Ada, my poor child! try to bear it. Hugh is as innocent as you are

of this fearful crime; but he has been arrested."

The words were said--she knew all now. To my dying day I shall never

forget the awful change which passed over her face. She did not faint

or scream, but she sat there motionless, rigid, white as a marble

statue. I took her hand; it was icy cold, and lay passive in mine.

"Ada, for God's sake speak to me! Shall I call your mother to you?"

Her stillness was frightful. There was some water on the sideboard,

and I poured out some and brought it to her, almost forcing the glass

between her set teeth. At last she swallowed {453} some, and then

heavy sighs seemed to relieve both heart and brain.

"I must go to him," she said at last in a hoarse whisper.

"You cannot, Ada,--at least not today; they would not suffer it.

Besides, my dearest child, he has need of all his firmness and

presence of mind, and the sight of you would only unnerve him. Let him

hear how bravely you are bearing it; let him think of you as believing

that our Father who is in heaven will defend the innocent."

"I do, I do," she said, the hot tears slowly welling from her eyes,

and falling in burning drops upon my hand--and upon my heart. They

were blessed tears of relief. "But you too will do your utmost for

him. You are his dearest friend, and he would have full confidence in

whatever you did. Go to him at once!--why do you stay here?" she

continued more vehemently; "why are _you_ not with him, helping and

defending him?"

Could I tell her the truth now? Could I undeceive her and say I have

done as much and perhaps more to condemn him than any one--that I

should have to bear witness against him? Could I tell her this, with

her eyes looking into mine in such unutterable anguish, with her

little hand placed in mine so confidingly, and with the thought of him

before me? I could not. I said all should be done for him that was in

the power of mortal man to do, and I promised to send messengers

constantly to keep her fully informed during the day of all that

passed; Before going I asked her if I should tell her mother; but she

refused--she would rather do it herself.

"Tell him," were her last words, "that my heart is with him, and my

love--oh I my dearest love!"

"Write it, Ada," I said, "it is better he should have that message

direct from you."

So I left her, bearing her little note to him, poor fellow. How

precious it would be, that tiny missive, coming from her loving hand

and faithful heart.

It was just upon one o'clock when I arrived at my chambers, and at two

Atherton was to be taken before the magistrate. There was no fresh

news; so I decided upon going at once to Merrivale's office, and

seeing him if possible before he went to the police-court. I met him

on the stairs returning to his office.

"I have just been with poor Atherton," he said; and he looked very

grave. "Come in here; I was going to send for you. By the bye, have

you been to the Leslies? he is most anxious about that. I don't think

he'll be calm enough to think for himself until he knows all is right

in that quarter."

"I have a note from Miss Leslie for him,"

"All right. Give it to me; I'll enclose it, and send it at once."

Merrivale despatched the messenger, and then locked his room door.

"The case is dead against him," he said as he sat down, "and he knows

it now, poor fellow,--he knows it."

"He is innocent," I said; "I could swear he is innocent!"

"Yes, so I think, and so do others; but the evidence against him is

frightfully strong. That woman, Mrs. Haag, will make a most

criminating statement of what occurred last night."

"I don't know the particulars,--tell me what they are?"

"_You_ ought to be able to throw considerable light upon it," said

Merrivale, unheeding my question. "You were with poor old Thorneley

last night, it seems. Just tell me all that passed. In fact, I ought

to know _every thing_. I hear too that you are to be summoned as

witness against Atherton. How is that?"

I then related to him how I had gone to Wimpole street at Mr.

Thorneley's request about a matter of business; the hour I had left

him; my meeting with Hugh; his wish to come home with me, and my

refusal; the meeting also with the woman, and the conclusions which I

had drawn from it.

{454}

"What was the nature of the business with Mr. Thorneley?"

I replied that my word of honor was passed to keep it secret.

"Had it any bearing upon the unhappy catastrophe, either directly or

indirectly?"

"No; none that I could see."

"Would it affect Atherton or his prospects?"

I could not answer further, I replied; but in no way could it touch

him either for good or evil in the present unfortunate affair.

Merrivale was fairly at a nonplus.

"Now," said Mr. Merrivale, "I will tell you what passed after you went

away, as I learnt it from Atherton; and whatever further light you can

throw upon the mystery, which is my business now to sift to the

bottom, well, I think, Kavanagh, you are bound, by all the ties of

your long friendship with that poor fellow now under arrest, to speak

out openly to me."

I felt Merrivale's sharp searching eyes upon me; but the time to speak

had not come, and I could in no way serve Hugh by breaking silence--at

least I did not see that I could. After a short pause, Merrivale

continued:

"Atherton tells me that when he reached his uncle's house, he found

his cousin, Lister Wilmot, had just arrived; and they both went to

Thorneley's room together, Wilmot said to him on the way, 'I must get

some money to-night out of the governor, if possible, for I'm

dreadfully hard-up. I've had to dodge three duns to-day; and there'll

be a writ out against me to-morrow as sure as I'm alive, if he doesn't

fork out handsomely.' Atherton asked him what he called handsomely,

with a view, I imagine, to helping him himself if he could; but Wilmot

mentioned a sum so large that there could be no further thought of his

doing so. They found the old man unusually preoccupied and taciturn.

Nevertheless, in spite of unfavorable circumstances, Wilmot broached

the subject of his difficulties to him, and abruptly asked for 500_l_.

Thorneley was furious; and it seems, curiously enough, that he turned

his fury upon Atherton; accused him of leading Wilmot astray, of

teaching him to be extravagant; of making a tool of him for purposes

of his own; in short, making the most unheard-of accusations against

poor Atherton, and throwing the entire blame on him. Atherton says he

felt convinced that some one must have been carrying false stories to

his uncle, or in some way poisoning his mind against himself; but

knowing how broken in health he was, he tried at first to soothe him,

and quietly contradict his assertions, and Wilmot _indorsed all he

said_, distinctly stating that his cousin was entirely free from all

blame in the matter, and that it was his own extravagance which had

brought him into difficulties; and much more to the same effect. And

now comes the terrible part. Thorneley only waxed wrother and more

wroth; swore at Atherton, and told him he might pay his cousin's debts

for him; and if he couldn't out of his own money, he might get his

future wife's guardian to advance him some of hers; and that if Wilmot

had looked half-sharp he might have married the girl himself. As it

was, he dared say she would marry Kavanagh in the end. You may suppose

this vexed Atherton not a little; his blood was up, and he spoke out

hot and angrily to his uncle, telling him amongst other things that he

would _bitterly repent on the morrow what he had said last night_. He

tells me he distinctly remembers the words he used. In the heat of the

dispute--he thinks it must have been just at the moment he said

this--the housekeeper came in with the tray. It seems that Thorneley

always took bitter-ale the last thing at night, with hard biscuits.

Almost directly after he had spoken Atherton repented having got angry

with the old man, remembering what his temperament was; and as a sort

of propitiatory action, went and fetched him his glass of ale from the

table. Gilbert Thorneley took it from Atherton's hand, and--drank it.

_There was poison in that glass of ale!_"

{455}

I sat confronting Merrivale, dazed, sickened, dumbfounded. _Now_ I

knew the full weight of the evidence I should be forced to give. Now I

knew, when everything was revealed, the cry that would go up from

Hugh's heart against me. But I never swerved from my allegiance to

him; I never thought him guilty--no, not for the brief shadow of an

instant.

After a while Merrivale continued, "Whoever put in that fatal drug,

and whatever it was, the effects must have taken place subsequent to

Atherton's leaving Wimpole Street. He says that Wilmot went away very

shortly after his uncle drank the ale, receiving a very cold

good-night from the latter; and that after in vain trying to reason

with Mr. Thorneley, and bring him into good-humor again, he also left

him,--the old man utterly refusing to shake hands or to part friends.

The poor fellow seems to feel that bitterly; he is terribly cut up at

remembering that the last intercourse with his uncle should have been

unfriendly. No; I could venture my oath he is innocent; his sorrow at

Thorneley's death _cannot_ by put on. However, the end of it all is,

that Mr. Thorneley went to bed last night directly after Atherton went

away; and this morning when the servant went into his room as usual at

half-past six, to call him, and see whether he wanted anything before

getting up--he kept to his old early hours as much as possible, I

fancy--the man found him dead in his bed. The housekeeper was roused,

and they sent off directly for a doctor. When he came, he declared his

suspicion that he had died from the effects of poison, and demanded

what he had taken last. He had touched nothing since the bitter-ale;

the glass had not been washed, and traces of strychnine were found in

the few drops left in the tumbler. Smith and Walker have called in Dr.

Robinson since then; and he with this doctor who first saw the corpse

are making a _post-mortem_ examination now. The contents of the

stomach, to make sure of everything, are to be sent to Professor T----

for analysis. When the inspectors arrived from Scotland Yard, the

housekeeper immediately volunteered her evidence of what I have

related to you. Putting all these facts together," continued

Merrivale, looking over his notes, "coupled with the evidence you will

be forced to give of where you met him, I apprehend the whole case to

be dead against poor Atherton. Yes, the entire thing will turn upon

that visit to the chemist in Vere street; if we can dispose of that

satisfactorily, I shan't despair. At present it is the most

criminating to my mind, and will just damn him with the jury at the

inquest."

"What account does he give himself of going to the chemist's?"

"Simple enough, to any one who knows him as you and I do, and who

would believe a man who never yet lied,--who is, I think, incapable of

a lie to save his own life. He says he went in to purchase some

camphor; he has been taking it lately for headaches; the bottle was

found in his coat-pocket; but there was also found a small empty paper

labelled 'Strychnine,' _with the Vere-street chemist's name upon it_.

Of that paper he most solemnly denies all knowledge, and I believe

him; but how will the jury dispose of such circumstantial evidence?"

"No expense must be spared in defending him, Merrivale," I said; "draw

on me to the last farthing for whatever is wanted."

"None shall be spared. I have written to Sir Richard Mayne, whom I

know very well, asking for a certain detective officer whoso

experience I can rely on from past dealings; and if the dastardly

wretch lives who has done this deed, and thrown the brunt of it on

Atherton, he or she shall be hunted down and brought to justice. I

must be off now. The proceedings to-day will be but nominal. I will

come round by your office on my way back. What we have to do at

present is to gain time. For this we must {456} prepare all the

contrary evidence in our power against to-morrow. By the way, see

Wilmot as soon as you can, and bring him back with you."

I returned home; wrote a few words, as comforting and encouraging as I

could, to Ada, and despatched a messenger with the note; then I went

to the Albany and asked for Lister Wilmot. He was out; had been

summoned to the police-court to be present at the inquiry. I left my

card, with a pencilled injunction to come on to me the moment he

returned; and then, impelled by a horrible fascination, I took my way

toward Marylebone street, longing, yet dreading, to see and hear--my

heart aching for a sight of the manly form and noble face of him to

whom my soul had cleaved as to a brother.

There was a dense crowd outside the gates of the courtyard and round

the private door through which the magistrates enter, when I arrived

there. With my hat slouched over my brows, I made my way through with

difficulty to the door of the court where the proceedings were going

on,--the noise and din of the crowd buzzing about me, and scraps of

talk which goes on in such places and among such people as collect

there, reaching me in broken snatches.

"Who'd ha' thought he'd a done it? such a nice-looking chap as er is."

"Yer see, it's the money as he wanted. The old man was mortal rich;

they say the Bank of England couldn't 'old 'is money. Yes, the gowld

did it."

"Pisen! Ah, he'd be glad of pisen hisself now. What's that feller

sayin'? Oh, that's the lawyer wot's defending him. He'll have tough

work, he will."

"Remanded!--that's the way; why can't they commit him at once? Givin'

folks all the trouble to come twice afore they knows what to do with

un."

"'Ere he comes. Now, six-footer, who pisened the old man?"

And then came groans and hisses as the mob were made to open and

divide themselves, whilst policemen cleared the way for the

prisoner--yes, it had come to that--the prisoner!--to pass to the van

waiting for him. I looked up as he advanced,--we were almost of the

same height, he and I; taller perhaps by some inches than the majority

around, who were mostly women,--and our eyes met. O God! shall I ever

forget the look he gave me? Pale and calm and firm, he passed on--his

noble brow erect, his clear eyes shining with the light of conscious

innocence; with the whole expression of his countenance

subdued--hallowed, I might say--with the sorrow and trouble which had

befallen him. On he came, heedless of the hisses and jeers of the

fallen degraded herd who pressed round; heedless of the jibes and

groans uttered by the companions of those for whom, more then likely,

his genial voice had been raised in defence, in pleading against the

justice they deserved, but which he had never merited. On he came,

unmindful of everything that was going on about him, as if his spirit

were faraway, communing with that unseen Presence that was never

absent from his mind. I lifted my hat and stood bareheaded as he

passed into that dark dismal van that was polluted with the breath,

contaminated by the touch, of men whose hands were dyed by the

blackest crimes.

When it had driven off I turned away and hailed a passing cab. Just as

I was stepping into it I was arrested by the sound of a voice near me.

"He's safe to be condemned, as shure as yer name's Mike."

It was an Irish voice. I bounded back. Disappearing rapidly, threading

in and out of the now-dispersing crowd, were the high square

shoulders, the gray locks and beard, the swaggering air of Mr. de Vos,

the "treasure-trove," the hero of Swain's Lane. He was gone before I

was fully aware of his identity.

{457}

CHAPTER IV.

A GLIMMER OF LIGHT.

A popular writer of the day says there is this to be observed in the

physiology of every murder, "that before the coroner's inquest the

sole object of public curiosity is the murdered man; while immediately

after that judicial investigation the tide of feeling turns; the dead

man is hurried and forgotten, and the suspected murderer becomes the

hero of men's morbid imaginations." If this be true--as it is--in the

generality of cases, there are also exceptions in which just the

contrary takes place. So was it now. Amidst the hue and cry which

arose against Hugh Atherton, the suspected murderer of his uncle,

Gilbert Thorneley, the murdered man, was almost forgotten. The

announcement in the morning papers of the inquest to be held that same

day following the discovery of the murder was hailed but as an

acceleration of the justice which was to hunt him down to a felon's

death. Three executions had taken place during that summer in London,

and they had but whetted the public appetite. Like a wild beast that

had tasted blood, it ravened and hungered for more; it _could not_

sicken at the sight of a human creature, a fellow-man, strung up like

a dog, strangled like an animal; it _could not_ shudder to behold the

quivering limbs, the covered face, the convulsed form, as it swung

from the gibbet. They had become used to the sight, familiar with the

whole scene in its awful solemnity; but they were far from satiated;

and eagerly did the public voice clamor for another victim on whom to

gloat their inhuman eyes. Ah! that is a fearful responsibility which

England has taken upon herself in these public executions--in baring

to such a gaze as that which is fastened upon the small black-draped

platform outside the walls of Newgate the solemn, awful spectacle of a

creature going to meet his Creator, of an immortal soul passing into

the dread presence of its God! Much has been said for, much against,

those exhibitions of public justice; I doubt if a true view will ever

be arrived at until the question has been considered as one vitally

affecting England as a _Christian_ nation.

Hugh Atherton was a suspected man, and the press did its work well

that morning in trying to criminate him. Already in those brief

four-and-twenty hours his name--the name of one incapable of hurting

the tiniest insect that lay across his path--had become a byword and a

reproach in the mouths, not of many, but of multitudes, throughout the

length and breadth of the land.

Gilbert Thorneley had been a rich man--a notedly rich man--a

millionaire; and we may not touch the rich with impunity. He had not

been a good man nor a useful man, nor philanthropic; none had loved

him, not a few had hated him, many had disliked and dreaded him; but

he was rich--he had wealth untold, and it did wonders for him in the

eyes of the world after his death. Yet withal he was forgotten,

comparatively speaking, whilst the interest of the public was riveted

upon his supposed-to-be-criminal nephew. The scanty evidence elicited

at the police-court was twisted and turned against him by ingenious

compilers of leading-articles, and only one journal ventured to raise

a dissenting voice in his favor. It was a paper that had vindicated

many a man before; that had done for accused persons what perhaps

their poverty would not permit them to do for themselves,--in

ventilating facts and clearing up evidence with the care and eloquence

of a paid counsel. It was a paper hated by many in authority, by big

wigs and potentates, and was to many country magistrates a perfect

nightmare; nevertheless its influence told largely upon the public

mind and led to the rooting out of many an evil.

{458}

The inquest on Gilbert Thorneley was appointed for two o'clock, and I

was cited to appear as one of the witnesses. I had gone late the

evening before to Hyde-Park Gardens with all the tidings that could be

gathered, and left poor Ada more calm and composed than could almost

have been hoped for. Still, what her fearful grief and anxiety was,

heaven only knew; for her only thought seemed to be that Hugh should

hear she was keeping up bravely for his sake. After the inquest, I

promised to try and obtain that she should see him: But I went away,

haunted by her poor pale face, her heavy sleepless eyes, her look of

suppressed anguish; haunted by an overwhelming dread of the morrow;

haunted by the vision of a future laden with sorrow and suffering for

us all. And at last the morning dawned of the day which would bring

forth such important results, and affect the fate of Hugh Atherton so

very gravely. I went early to Merrivale's office, and found him full

of business and very anxious. Lister Wilmot had never appeared; and

repeated messengers sent to the Albany only brought back word that he

had not been home since he went to the police-court the preceding day.

He had neither dined nor slept at home.

Smith and Walker were savage and taciturn, refusing all information,

although their clerk let out that Wilmot had been there several times;

and Merrivale's hopes were all centred in the detective he was

employing, but who had not been seen since he had received his

instructions.

The hours wore round, and at twelve o'clock I was to be at the

Leslies'. As I left Mr. Merrivale's office in Lincoln's-Inn Square, a

man bowed to me in passing. It was Jones the detective. A sudden

thought struck me, and I turned back after him.

"Jones," I said, "do you happen to know a Mr. de Vos, who lodged some

two months ago at No. 13 Charles street, Leicester Square?"

"No, sir; not by that name. What is he like?"

I described him; but he shook his head.

"I don't recognize him, sir; but, if you'll allow me, I'll make a note

of it. Have you any particular reason for wishing to hear about him?"

"Yes; and I should be glad to know _anything_ you can gather

concerning the man."

"I'll be on the look-out, sir." And Jones touched his hat and went

off.

The old butler came to the door in Hyde-Park Gardens, and in answer to

my inquiries informed me that Miss Leslie was "very middling indeed,

and that Mr. Wilmot had just been there."

"Mr. Wilmot!"

"Yes, sir; he wished partiklar to see Miss Ada--which he did, sir, and

her ma too: very nice gentleman he seems, and terrible cut up about

his poor uncle and his cousin. A shocking thing, sir, for you to have

to witness _against_ Mr. Atherton."

Against Mr. Atherton! Then it had reached here--this news, these

tidings--that I was to help to condemn the man I loved best on earth!

What was known in the servants'-hall had no doubt been discussed in

the drawing-room, and Ada must now fully be aware of what I had found

no courage to tell her yesterday. How had she received the

intelligence? what was she thinking of it--of me? Reflecting thus, I

followed Kings into the library, and found Mrs. Leslie alone. Now that

lady and I never got on as amicably as we might have done; joint

guardians seldom do, especially when they are of opposite genders; and

this I say with no sort of reflection upon the fairer sex, simply

mentioning it as a fact which, during a long legal course of

experience, has come before me. _I_ considered Mrs. Leslie frivolous,

weak, and extravagant, very unlike her child, very far from fit to be

instrusted with the sole guidance of a mind such as Ada's. But I kept

my own counsel {459} on the subject, and tried by action rather than

words to counteract and shield Ada from evils arising from her

mother's foolish conduct. She thought _me_ very uncompromising, very

particular and rigid in my notions, often perhaps very crusty and

disagreeable, nor spared she any pains to conceal her thought. That I

did not mind; for Ada trusted me implicitly in all things, and it was

all I cared for. This morning there was a stiffness and less of

cordiality than ever in Mrs. Leslie's manner of receiving me.

"How is Ada?" I asked.

"She passed a very restless night, poor dear, very restless; and is

fit for nothing this morning. Indeed, I am almost in the same state

myself, I have been so terribly upset by this affair, and my nerves

are very delicate. Most trying too! I have had to put off our _réunion

musicale_ for next Thursday, and the Denison's dinner-party for

to-morrow. I can't think how Hugh came to do it--for of course he

_must_ have done it, though Ada won't hear a word against him."

"He did _not_ do it, Mrs. Leslie! Ada is right, as she always is."

"Ah! well, so Lister Wilmot tried to make me believe; but then he says

everything is against poor Hugh, and that even you feel obliged to

give evidence against him. I must say, John Kavanagh, that I think it

very strange of you to have volunteered to give evidence. Wilmot was

explaining it all to us, and said you couldn't help yourself; for the

first words you had said to the policeman when he came to you

criminated your friend."

A glimmer of light was beginning to dawn in my mind; but its ray was

very faint and dim as yet; and after all it might only prove a

will-o'-the-wisp. Still I would not lose it if possible.

"Wilmot told you that, did he? Does Ada know?"

"Yes; she was here when he came. He told us everything that had passed

all that had been said by his uncle the last evening he saw him alive.

He mentioned a great deal which had been kept back--purposely I

suppose, and for some motive we don't understand now, but which will

come out by and by, no doubt," said Mrs. Leslie with a burst of spite

in her voice.

"Would you have the goodness to send word to Ada that I am here?" I

said very stiffly.

"Oh! I forgot. She desired her kindest regards when you called, but

she could not see you this morning. She will write."

I looked at her, and something convinced me she was telling a lie. I

got up very quietly and rang the bell.

"Let Miss Leslie know I am here, Kings."

"Yes, sir."

Then Mrs. Leslie's anger broke forth. How dared I presume so far--

take such a liberty in her house! I forgot myself; I was no gentleman,

but a meddling, interfering man, disappointed and soured because I had

not secured Ada and her fortune for myself. _She had seen it all

along_. So she raved on--so I let her rave; and when she ceased I

answered her:

"If I have taken a liberty in giving an order under your roof and to

your servant, I beg your pardon. But this is no time to stop at

trifles or considerations of mere etiquette involving no real breach

of good breeding. So long as your daughter is a minor I shall hold

myself responsible for the trust her dead father confided to me

conjointly with yourself; and, so help me God, I will perform the

sacred duty to its utmost limits and regardless of human respect!

There is foul play going on around us, and some influence--I know not

yet whose--is at work to undermine the happiness of us all. There is

bitter need that no fatal misunderstanding should arise between my

ward and myself; that no subtle representations of interested persons

should shake the reliance upon my integrity and honor, which hitherto

Ada has placed in her father's friend. A life more precious to her

than her own, and {460} dear to me as a brother's, is at stake; and I

foresee, though dimly and darkly, that it imports far more than

perhaps we dream of now to keep everything clear between us in our

several relations with each other. At any rate I will allow no foolish

fancies, no weak pride, to stand between your daughter and myself, her

legal guardian and _sole trustee_."

I spoke very sternly, and purposely laid a stress upon my last words,

knowing the woman with whom I was dealing, and the full weight they

would have with her. Nor was I mistaken. She burst into a feeble

querulous fit of crying; and the servant returning at that moment with

a message from Ada asking me to go up-stairs, I left Mrs. Leslie to

her reflections.

My ward was in her little morning-room. She was writing at the table,

and the room was partially darkened, as if she could not bear the full

sunlight of that bright autumn day. There were birds and flowers and

music around her; but the birds had hushed their song, the flowers

drooped their heads, as if missing the careful hand that tended them;

and the music that generally greeted one there was silent. Oh! when

would she sing again? I felt something about my feet as I advanced

towards her, and heard a piteous whine I looked down; it was a little

rough shaggy terrier,--Hugh's dog. Poor Dandie! He recognized me, and

looked for one with whom he was so accustomed to see me.

"I sent for him," said Ada, lifting her weary wan face as I stood

beside her. "I fancied he would be happier here--less lonely; but he

is not--he wants _him_."

The dog seemed to understand her; for he came and, putting his

forepaws upon her knee, laid his head upon them, and looking toward me

whined again. She laid her cheek down upon his rough head and caressed

him.

"Not yet, Dandie,--not yet. We must be patient, doggie, and he will

come to us again."

It was a few moments before I could speak; but time was hastening on

apace. Whilst I stood by the fire thinking how best to begin the

subject I had at heart, Ada came and laid her hand on my arm.

"I have been wishing for you; I thought you would never come."

Then her mother had told a lie; but I said nothing.

"Lister Wilmot has been here this morning, talking a good deal." She

stopped and hesitated.

To help her, I said, "Yes; so your mother tells me."

She looked at me inquiringly. "Has she told all that passed--all that

he said?"

"She told me a great deal; but I would rather hear everything from

_you_. My child, don't hesitate to confide in me. You don't know how

it may help to clear matters up, which seem to be so fearfully

complicated now."

I think she understood me, for she sighed wearily, and I heard her

murmur to herself, "Poor mamma!"

"Lister was very kind this morning, and was in dreadful trouble about

--_him_. He said he had thought of me more than any one, and would

have come yesterday, but had so much to arrange and see to."

And then Ada went on to relate what passed, a great deal of which I

had gathered from Mrs. Leslie.

"There is one thing," she concluded, "which I did not and would not

believe. He says you have volunteered to give evidence against _him_,"

(it seemed as if she could not bring herself to mention Hugh by name;)

"but I said it could not be,--that there must have been a mistake.

What is the worst of all is, that since Lister was here, mamma

persists in saying _he_ is guilty; somehow, though his words defended,

his tone and manner implied he thought his cousin guilty."

"Ada, it is true I shall have to give evidence which may help to

criminate Hugh; but it is more than equally false that I ever

volunteered to bear {461} witness against him. You were right; _never

believe it_."

Then I told her how it was, and how I had shrunk from letting her know

it before.

"And now, my child, I must go. You know the inquest is to take place

this afternoon, and I have to be there; but first I must return to

Merrivale's, and settle many things with him."

"You will come back to me afterward."

"Surely; as soon as it is over."

"Do you think _he_ will be present?"

"I trust not, oh! I trust not! But perhaps he will wish to watch the

proceedings himself, as well as Merrivale. God be with you, Ada, and

good-bye!"

I was on the threshold of the door when she called me back.

"I am very foolish, guardian, not to have said it before; but I could

not--and yet I ought and must."

Her hand was resting on a well-worn morocco case. I knew it well--it

was Hugh's likeness, and a faint color tinged her white cheeks; but

she mastered the shy feeling, whatever it was, and looked clearly and

earnestly at me.

"Something was said by Lister Wilmot of what had dropped from poor Mr.

Thorneley the last night of his life about you and me. I don't know

why he should have repeated it; but as it is, I wanted to ask you not

to mind it; at least, not to notice what may be said by others--by my

mother. I only fear lest anything of the kind being said should come

between us, and destroy our confidence in one another, because we

understand each other so well--you and I and Hugh,"--how lingeringly

she spoke his name!--"and we have no secrets between us that all

three may not share. And I have feared lest this worse than

foolishness, dragged out publicly, should change anything in our

intercourse, or prevent you from acting, as hitherto, a parent's part

toward a fatherless girl."

"_Nothing_, Ada, can change me toward you; and when people think of

you and then of me, they will not heed the childish babble that may go

about."

"Thanks, guardian."

"Worse than foolishness!"--I said the words over to myself many times

as I drove back to Lincoln's Inn; and in the hazy distant future I saw

a weary wayworn pilgrim slowly toiling along life's lonely road, who,

looking back to this past year come and gone, would still repeat,

"Worse than foolishness!"

I found Merrivale in deep conference with a mean-looking little man

with a short stubbly head of hair that bristled up like a

scrubbing-brush, and of a melancholy cast of countenance, as if

accustomed to view life darkly, through the medium of duns and

such-like evils to which man is heir. His eyes were the only redeeming

point about him, and they really were two of the sharpest, most

intelligent orbs I ever saw in my life. They lighted upon me the

moment I entered the room, and seemed to take in my whole exterior and

interior person with a knowingness that was perfectly alarming.

"This is the gentleman, I suppose, sir, who was with the defunct party

the night of the murder," said a wonderfully soft voice.

"Yes; Mr. Kavanagh.--This is Inspector Keene, the very clever officer

I mentioned to you, Kavanagh."

I acknowledged Mr. Keene's salute with becoming deference.

"Have you any news?" I asked.

"Well, sir," with a quick cautious glance at Merrivale, "I have and I

have not. Before I say anything further, I should be glad to ask the

gentleman a few questions, Mr. Merrivale, if agreeable."

"By all means," I answered.

He put me through a sharp cross-questioning on every point with which

the reader is acquainted, making rapid notes of all my answers and

remarks. Then he sat silently scraping his chin and gnawing his nails

for some minutes. At last he looked up suddenly.

"The funeral, I understand, is fixed {462} for next Tuesday, and after

that is over _the Will is to be read_. Perhaps that may throw some

light on the subject."

I could not for the life of me repress a start, and Inspector Keene

made a mental note of it, I knew.

"Good-day, gentlemen. I will call on you, Mr. Merrivale, to-morrow. _I

think I am on the scent_."

"Come," said Merrivale, "we must be off, or we shall be late."

TO BE CONTINUED.

------

[ ORIGINAL. ]

OUR MOTHER'S CALL.

Come home, O weary wanderers, from error's tangled maze,

My mother-heart yearns sore for you in all your troubled ways.

I've rest, and food, and shelter, for all the earth can hold--

Then hasten, weary wanderers, home to the single fold.

I am the Master's gamer, which ever yieldeth more,

The more the needy millions receiving from my store;

No number's can exhaust me; no beggar at my gate

For rest and food and shelter, shall ever have to wait.

If in mine inner chamber the Master seems to sleep,

While fearful storm and peril are out upon the deep.

My lightest tone will call him to rescue of his own

For his dear children's haven I am, _and I alone_.

Almighty wisdom made me the home upon the rock--

The Saviour's fold of safety to all his ransomed flock.

My door is ever open, and they who enter in.

Find rest from all their wanderings, and cleansing from their sin.

One thing, and but one only, the Master doth demand.

That they who seek shall find him as he himself hath planned;

Beneath my lowly portal shall bow each haughty head,

And to my narrow pathway return each wandering tread.

_I cannot lift the lintel, nor widen out the posts,

For every stone was fashioned by him, the Lord of hosts_.

_My Master_, and thy Master if thou wilt hear his voice

And in his pleasant pastures for evermore rejoice.

Can human handcraft ever compete in skill with him,

Whose throne is in the heavens amid the cherubim?

Then cease your idle toiling another home to raise;

He on my fair proportions toiled all his mortal days.

{463}

When out of depths of darkness he called the glorious sun

In all its dazzling splendor, _he spoke_ and it was done;

His sweat and blood were both poured out that he might fashion me

His sun to souls in darkness till time no more shall be.

Hold it no light offending that you can turn aside,

And scorn in wilful blindness the Saviour's spotless bride.

He who hath full dominion unchecked o'er all the earth,

Made me the mighty mother of the blest second-birth.

Come, weigh ye well the value of his three and thirty years,

And number o'er the treasure of all his prayers and tears.

And count ye out the life-drops that flowed from his cleft side.

And learn the wondrous bounty with which he dowered his bride.

Rich-dowered for your salvation, ye dearly bought of earth!

By his dying, and my living, oh! weigh salvation's worth,

And in the single shelter his mighty love hath given.

Learn the dear will that maketh the blessedness of heaven.

GENEVIEVE SALES.

EASTERTIDE, 1866.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

USE AND ABUSE OF READING. [Footnote 81]

[Footnote 81: "Appel aux Consciences Chrétiennes contre les abus et

les dangers de la lecture."' P. Toulemont. Etudes Religieuses,

Historiques et Literaires. Tome 8, N. S.]

We have been much interested in the grave and earnest essay on the

abuses and dangers of reading, by P. Toulemont, in that excellent

periodical, the "Etudes," so ably conducted by fathers of the Society

of Jesus, and we would translate and present it to the readers of the

Catholic World in its integrity, if some portions of it were not

better adapted to France than to the United States; yet much which we

shall advance in this article is inspired by it, and we shall make

free use of its ideas, facts, authorities, and arguments.

This is a reading age, and ours is to a great extent a reading

country. The public mind, taste, and morals are with us chiefly formed

by books, pamphlets, periodicals, and journals. The American people

sustain more journals or newspaper than all the world beside, and

probably devour more light literature, or fiction, or trashy novels

than any other nation. Reading of some sort is all but universal, and

the press is by far the most efficient government of the country. The

government itself practically is little else with us than public

sentiment, and public sentiment is both formed and echoed by the

press. Indeed, the press is not merely "a fourth estate," as it has

been called, but an estate which has well-nigh usurped the functions

of all the others, and taken the sole direction of the intellectual

and moral destinies of the civilized world.

The press, taken in its largest sense, is, after speech--which it

repeats, extends and perpetuates--the most powerful influence, whether

for good or for evil, that man wields or can wield; and however great

the evils which flow from its perversion, it could not be annihilated

or its freedom suppressed without the loss of a still greater good,

{464} that is, restrained by the public authorities. In this country

we have established the _régime_ of liberty, and that _régime_, with

its attendant good and evil, must be accepted in its principle, and in

all its logical consequences. If a free press becomes a fearful

instrument for evil in the hands of the heedless or ill-disposed, it

is no less an instrument for good in the hands of the enlightened,

honest, and capable. The free press in the modern world is needed to

defend the right, to advance the true, to maintain order, morality,

intelligence, civilization, and cannot be given up for the sake of

escaping the evils which flow from its abuse.

Yet these evils are neither few nor light, and are such as tend to

enlarge and perpetuate themselves. Not the least of the evils of

journalism, for instance, is the necessity it is under in order to

live, to get readers, and to get readers it must echo public opinion

or party feeling, defend causes that need no defence, and flatter

passions already too strong. Instead of correcting public sentiment

and laboring to form a sound public opinion or a correct moral

judgment, its conductors are constantly tempted to feel the public

pulse to discover what is for the moment popular, and then to echo it,

and to denounce all who dissent from it or fall not down and worship

it; forgetting if what is popular is erroneous or unjust, it is wrong

to echo it, and if true and just, it needs no special defence, for it

is already in the ascendant; and forgetting, also, that it is the

unpopular truth, the unpopular cause, the cause of the wronged and

oppressed, the poor and friendless, too feeble to make its own voice

heard, and which has no one to speak for it, that needs the support of

the journal. When John the Baptist sent two of his disciples to our

Lord to ask him, "Art thou he that is to come, or are we to look for

another?" our Lord said: "Go and tell John . . . that the blind see,

the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead rise

again, the poor have the gospel preached to them." Here was the

evidence of his messiahship. "They that are whole need not a

physician, but they that are sick."

This is not all: needing to be always on the popular side, the press

not only plants itself on the lowest general average of intelligence

and virtue, but it tends constantly to lower that general average, and

hence becomes low and debasing in its influence. It grows ever more

and more corrupt and corrupting, till the public mind becomes so

vitiated and weakened that it will neither relish nor profit by the

sounder works needed as remedies.

In the moral and intellectual sciences we write introductions where we

once wrote treatises, because the publisher knows that the

introductions will sell, while the elaborate treatise will only

encumber his shelves, or go to the pastry-cook or the paper-maker. Not

only do the journals flatter popular passions, appeal to vitiated

tastes, or a low standard of morals, but books do the same, and often

in a far greater degree. The great mass of books written and published

in the more enlightened and advanced modern nations are immoral and

hostile not only to the soul hereafter, but to all the serious

interests of this life. A few years since the French government

appointed a commission to investigate the subject of colportage in

France and the commission reported after a conscientious examination

that of nine millions of works colported eight millions were more or

less immoral. Of the novels which circulate in the English-speaking

world, original or translated, one not immoral and possible to be read

without tainting the imagination or the heart is the rare exception.

Under pretence of _realism_ nature is oftener exhibited in her

unseemly than in her seemly moods, and the imagination of the young is

compelled to dwell on the grossest vices and corruptions of a moribund

society. Chastity of {465} thought, innocence of heart, purity of

imagination, cannot be preserved by a diligent reader even of the

better class of the light literature of the day. This literature so

vitiates the taste, so corrupts the imagination, and so sullies the

heart, that its readers can see no merit and find no relish in works

not highly spiced with vice, crime, or disorderly passion. The

literary stomach has been so weakened by vile stimulants that it

cannot bear a sound or a wholesome literature, and such works as a

Christian would write, and a Christian read, would find scarcely a

market, or readers sufficiently numerous to pay for its publication.

It is boasted that popular literature describes nature as it is, or

society as it is, and is therefore true, and truth is never immoral.

Truth truthfully told, and truthfully received, is indeed never

immoral, but even truth may be so told as to have the effect of a lie.

But these highly spiced novels--which one can hardly read without

feeling when he has finished them as if he had been spending a night

in dissipation or debauchery, and with which our English-speaking

world is inundated--are neither true to nature nor to society. They

give certain features of society, but really paint neither high life

nor low life, nor yet middle life as it is. They rarely give a real

touch of nature, and seldom come near enough to truth to caricature

it. They give us sometimes the sentiment, sometimes the affection of

love with a touch of truth--but, after all, only truth's surface or a

distant and distorted view of it. They paint better the vices of

nature, man's abuse or perversion of nature, than the virtues. Their

virtuous characters are usually insipid or unnatural; nature has

depths their plummets sound not, and heights to which they rise not.

There they forget that in the actual providence of God nature never

exists and operates alone, but either through demoniacal influence

descends below, or through divine grace rises above itself. They

either make nature viler than she is or nobler than she is. They never

hit the just medium, and the views of nature, society, and life the

young reader gets from them, are exaggerated, distorted, or totally

false. The constant reading of them renders the heart and soul morbid,

the mind weak and sickly, the affections capricious and fickle, the

whole man ill at ease, sighing for what he has not, and incapable of

being contented with any possible lot or state of life, or with any

real person or thing.

Beside books which the conscience of a pagan would pronounce immoral,

and which cannot be touched without defilement, there are others that

by their false and heretical doctrines tend to undermine faith and to

sap those moral convictions without which society cannot subsist, and

religion is an empty name or idle form. The country is flooded with a

literature which not only denies this or that Christian mystery, this

or that Catholic dogma, that not only rejects supernatural revelation,

but even natural reason itself. The tendency of what is regarded as

the advanced thought of the age is not only to eliminate Christian

faith from the intellect, Christian morality from the heart, Christian

love from the soul, but Christian civilization from society. The most

popular literature of the day recognizes no God, no Satan, no heaven,

no hell, and either preaches the worship of the soul, or of humanity.

Christian charity is resolved into the watery sentiment of

philanthropy, and the Catholic veneration of the Blessed Virgin

lapses, outside of the church, into an idolatrous worship of

femininity. The idea of duty is discarded, and we are gravely told

there is no merit in doing a thing because it is our duty; the merit

is only in doing it from love, and love, which, in the Christian

sense, is the fulfilling of the law, is defined to be a sentiment

without any relation to the understanding or the conscience. Not only

the authority of the church is rejected in the name of humanity {466}

by the graver part of popular literature, but the authority of the

state, the sacredness of law, the inviolability of marriage, and the

duty of obedience of children to their parents, are discarded as

remnants of social despotism now passing away. The tendency is in the

name of humanity to eliminate the church, the state, and the family,

and to make man a bigger word than God. In view of the anti-religious,

anti-moral, and anti-social doctrines which in some form or in some

guise or other permeate the greater part of what is looked upon as the

living literature of the age, and which seem to fetch an echo from the

heart of humanity, well might Pope Gregory XVI., of immortal memory,

in the grief of his paternal heart exclaim, "We are struck with horror

in seeing with what monstrous doctrines, or rather with what prodigies

of error we are inundated by this deluge of books, pamphlets, and

writings of every sort whose lamentable irruption has covered the

earth with maledictions!"

"There doubtless are men," as Père Toulemont says, "who have very

little to fear from the most perfidious artifices of impiety, as,

prepared by a strong and masculine intellectual discipline, they are

able to easily detect the most subtle sophisms. No subtlety, no _tour

de metier_, if I may so speak, can escape them. At the first glance of

the eye they seize the false shade, the confusion of ideas or of

words; they redress at once the illusive perspective created by the

mirage of a lying style. The fascinations of error excite in them only

a smile of pity or of contempt.

"Yes, there are such men, but they are rare. Take even men of solid

character, with more than ordinary instruction, and deeply attached to

their faith, think you, that even they will be able always to rise

from the reading of this literature perfectly unaffected? I appeal to

the experience of more than one reader, if it is not true after having

run over certain pages written with perfidious art, that we find

ourselves troubled with an indescribable uneasiness, an incipient

vertigo or bewilderment? We need then, as it were, to give a shake to

the soul, to force it to throw off the impression it has received, and

if we neglect to assist it more or less vigorously, it soon deepens

and assumes alarming proportions. No doubt, unless in exceptional

circumstances, strong convictions are not sapped to their foundation

by a single blow, but one needs no long experience to be aware that

this sad result is likely to follow in the long run, and much more

rapidly than is commonly believed, even with persons who belong to the

aristocracy of intelligence.

"This will be still more the case if we descend to a lower social

stratum, to the middle classes who embody the great majority of

Christian readers. With these mental culture is very defective, and

sometimes we find in them an ignorance of the most elementary Catholic

instruction that is really astounding. What, at any rate, is

undeniable, is that their faith is not truly enlightened either in

relation to its object or its grounds. It ordinarily rests on

sentiment far more than on reason. They have not taken the trouble to

render to themselves an account of the arguments which sustain it;

much less still are they able to solve the difficulties which

unbelievers suggest against it. Add to this general absence of serious

intellectual instruction, the absence not less general of force and

independence of character, and the position becomes frightful. In our

days it must be confessed the energy of the moral temperament is

singularly enfeebled, and never perhaps was the assertion of the

prophet, _omne caput languidum_, the whole head is sick, more true

than now. Robust and masculine habits seem to have given place to a

sort of sybaritism of soul, which renders the soul adverse to all

personal effort, or individual labor. See, for example, that multitude

which devours so greedily the first books that come to hand. Takes it

any care to control the things which pass before its eyes, or to {467}

render to itself any account of them by serious reflection? Not at

all. The attention it gives to what it reads is very nearly null, or,

at best, it is engrossed far more with the form, the style, or the

term of the phrase, than with the substance, or ground of the ideas

expressed. The mind is rendered, so to say, wholly passive, ready to

receive without reflection any impression or submit to any influence."

The great body of the faithful in no country can read the immoral,

heretical, infidel, humanitarian, and socialistic literature of the

age without more or less injury to their moral and spiritual life, or

without some lesion even to their faith itself; although it be not

wholly subverted. Can a man touch pitch and not be defiled? It is

precisely the devouring of this literature as its daily intellectual

food, or as its literary pabulum, that produces that sybaritism of

soul, that feebleness of character, that aversion to all manly effort

or individual exertion without which robust and masculine virtue is

impossible.

There is certainly much strong faith in the Catholic population of the

United States, perhaps more in proportion to their numbers than in any

of the old Catholic nations of Europe; but this strong faith is found

chiefly amongst those who have read very little of the enervating

literature of the day. In the younger class in whom a taste for

reading has been cultivated, and who are great consumers of "yellow

covered literature," and the men who read only the secula and partisan

journals, we witness the same weakness of moral and religious

character, and the same feeble grasp of the great truths of the gospel

complained of by Père Toulemont. To a great extent the reading of

non-Catholic literature, non-Catholic books, periodicals, novels and

journals, neutralizes in our sons and daughters the influence of

Catholic schools, academies, and colleges, and often effaces the good

impression received in them.

The prevalence of such a literature, so erroneous in doctrine, so

false in principle, and so debasing in tendency, must be deplored by

Catholics, not only as injurious to morals, and too often fatal to the

life of the soul, but as ruinous to modern civilization, which is

founded on the great principles of the Catholic religion, and has been

in great part created by the Catholic Church, chiefly by her supreme

pontiffs, and her bishops and clergy, regular and secular. The

tendency of modern literature, especially of journalism, a very modern

creation, is to reduce our civilization far below that of ancient

gentilism, and it seems hard that we who under God have civilized the

barbarians once should have to begin our work anew, and go through the

labor of civilizing them again. Our non-Catholic countrymen cannot

lose Christian civilization without our being compelled to suffer with

them. They drag us, as they sink down, after them. This country is our

home and is to be the home of our children and our children's

children, and we more than any other class of American citizens are

interested in its future. It is not, then, solely the injury we as

Catholics may receive from an irreligious and immoral literature that

moves us; but also the injury it does to those who are not as yet

within the pale of the church, but between whom and us there is a real

solidarity as men and citizens, and who cannot suffer without our

suffering, and civilization itself suffering, with them.

As men, as citizens, as Christians, and as Catholics, it becomes to us

a most grave question--What can be done to guard against the dangers

which threaten religion and civilization from an irreligious and

immoral literature? This question is, no doubt, primarily a question

for the pastors of the church, but it is, in submission to them, also

a question for the Catholic laity, for they have their part, and an

important part, in the work necessary to be done. There can be no

doubt that bad books and irreligious journals are dangerous

companions, and the {468} most dangerous of all companions, for their

evil influence is more genial and more lasting. Plato and most of the

pagan philosophers and legislators required the magistrates to

intervene and suppress all books judged to be immoral and dangerous

either to the individual or to society, and in all modern civilized

states the law professes either to prevent or to punish their

publication. Even John Milton, in his "Areopagitica," or plea for

unlicensed printing, says he denies not to magistrates the right to

take note how books demean themselves, and if they offend to punish

them as any other class of offenders. English and American law leaves

every one free to publish what he pleases, but holds the author and

publisher responsible for the abuse they may make of the liberty of

the press. In all European states there was formerly, and in some

continental states there is still, a preventive censorship, more or

less rigid, and more or less effective. Formerly the civil law

enforced the censures pronounced by the church, but there is hardly a

state in which this is the case now.

Whatever our views of the civil freedom of the press may be,

ecclesiastical censorship, or censorship addressed to the conscience

by the spiritual authority, is still possible, and both proper and

necessary. The act of writing and publishing a book or pamphlet, or

editing and publishing a periodical or journal, is an act of which the

law of God takes account as much as any other act a man can perform,

and is therefore as fully within the jurisdiction of the spiritual

authority. So also is the act of reading, and the spiritual director

has the same right to look after what books his penitent reads, as

after what company he keeps. The whole subject of writing, editing,

publishing, and reading books, pamphlets, tractates, periodicals, and

journals, comes within the scope of the spiritual authority, and is

rightly subjected to ecclesiastical discipline. In point of fact, it

is so treated in principle by heterodox communions, as well as by the

church. The Presbyterians are even more rigid in their discipline as

to writing and reading than Catholics are, though they may not always

avow it. The Methodists claim the right for their conferences to

prescribe to Methodist communicants what books they ought not to read,

and seldom will you find a strict Methodist or Presbyterian reading a

Catholic book. It is much the same with all Protestants who belong to

what they call the church as distinguished from the congregation--a

distinction which does not obtain among Catholics, for with us all

baptized persons, not excommunicated, belong to the church. There is

no reason why the church should not direct me in my reading as well as

in my associations, or discipline me for writing or publishing a lie

in a book or a newspaper as well as for telling a lie orally to my

neighbor or swearing to a falsehood in a court of justice.

But when the church, as with us, is not backed in her censures by the

civil law, when her canons and decrees have no civil effect, the

ecclesiastical authority becomes practically only an appeal to the

Catholic conscience, and while her censures indicate the law of

conscience in regard to the matters censured, they depend on our

conscience alone for their effectiveness. Hence our remedy, in the

last analysis, as Père Toulemont implies, is in the appeal to

Christian consciences against the dangerous literature of the day; and

happily Catholics have a Christian conscience,--though sometimes in

now and then one it may be a little drowsy--that can be appealed to

with effect, for they have faith, do believe in the reality of the

invisible and the eternal, and know that it profiteth a man nothing to

gain the whole world and lose his own soil. The church declares by

divine constitution and assistance the law of God which governs

conscience, and when properly instructed by her, the Catholic has not

only a conscience, but an enlightened {469} conscience, and knows what

is right and what is wrong, what is useful and what is dangerous

reading, and can always act intelligently as well as conscientiously.

Père Toulemont shows in his essay that it is not reading or literature

that the church discourages or condemns, but the abuse of literature

and its employment for purposes contrary to the law of God, or the

reading of vile, debasing, and corrupting books, periodicals, and

journals which can only taint the imagination, sully the purity of the

heart, weaken or disturb faith, and stunt the growth of the Christian

virtues. The conscience of every Christian tells him that to read

immoral books, to familiarize himself with a low, vile, corrupt and

corrupting literature, whatever may be the beauty of its form, the

seductions of its style, or the charms of its dictation, is morally

and religiously wrong.

Père Toulemont shows by numerous references to their bulls and briefs

that the supreme pontiff have never from the earliest ages ceased to

warn the faithful against the writings of heretics and infidels, or to

prohibit the reading, writing, publishing, buying, selling, or even

keeping impure, immodest, or immoral books or publications of any sort

or form, as the civil law even with us prohibits obscene pictures and

spectacles. It was to guard the faithful against improper and

dangerous reading that St. Pius the Fifth established at Rome the

congregation of the Index; and that publications by whomsoever written

judged by the congregation to be unsafe, likely to corrupt faith or

morals, are still placed on the Index. Nothing is more evident than

that the church, while encouraging in all ages and countries

literature, science, and art, has never allowed her children the

indiscriminate reading of all manner of books, pamphlets, tractates,

and journals. There are writings the reading of which she prohibits as

the careful mother would prevent her innocent, thoughtless child from

swallowing poison. Her discipline in this respect is accepted and felt

to be wise and just by every man and woman in whom conscience is not

extinct or fast asleep. Even the pagan world felt its necessity as

does the modern Protestant world. The natural reason of every man

accepts the principle of this discipline, and asserts that there are

sorts of reading which no man, learned or unlearned, should permit

himself. The Christian conscience once awakened recoils with

instinctive horror from immoral books and publications, and no one who

really loves our Lord Jesus Christ can take pleasure in reading books,

periodicals, or journals that tend to weaken Christian faith and

corrupt Christian morals, any more than the pious son can take

pleasure in hearing his own father or mother traduced or calumniated;

and what such publications are, the Catholic, if his own instincts

fail to inform him, can always learn from the pastors of his church.

The first steps toward remedying the evils of the prevailing immoral

literature must be in an earnest appeal to all sincere Christians to

set their faces resolutely against all reading, whatever its form,

that tends to sap the great principles of revealed truths, to destroy

faith in the great mysteries of the Gospel, to subvert morality, to

substitute sentiment for reason, or feeling for rational conviction,

to ruin the family and the state, and thus undermine the foundations

of civilized society. This, if done, would erect the Christian

conscience into a real censorship of the press, and operate as a

corrective of its licentiousness, without in the least infringing on

its freedom. It would diminish the supply of bad literature by

lessening the demand. This would be much, and would create a Christian

literary public opinion, if I may so speak, which would become each

day stronger, more general, more effective, and which writers,

editors, publishers, and booksellers, would find themselves obliged to

respect, as politicians find themselves obliged to treat {470} the

Catholic religion with respect, whenever they wish to secure the votes

of Catholic citizens. Fidelity to conscience in those who have not yet

lost the faith, and in whom the spiritual life is not yet wholly

extinct, will go far toward remedying the evil, for the movement begun

will gather volume and momentum as it goes on.

The next step is for Catholics to regard it as a matter of conscience

to demand and sustain a pure and high-toned literature, or ample,

savory, and wholesome literary diet, for the public. Reading, in

modern civilized communities, has become in some sort a necessary of

life, a necessity, not a luxury, and when we take into consideration

the number of youth of both sexes which we send forth yearly from our

colleges, academies, private, parochial, conventual, and public

schools, we cannot fail to perceive that it is, and must be a growing

necessity in our Catholic community; and we may set this down as

certain, that when wholesome food is not to be had, people will feed

on unwholesome food, and die of that which they have taken to sustain

life. But if people, through indifference or negligence take no heed

whether the food be wholesome or unwholesome, or through a depraved

appetite prefer the unwholesome because more highly spiced, very

little wholesome food will be offered in the market. Many complaints

are heard from time to time of our Catholic press, because it does not

give us journals of a higher order, more really Catholic in principle,

of higher moral tone, and greater intellectual and literary merit.

Even supposing the facts to be as these complaints assume, the

complaints themselves are unjust. The editors and publishers of

Catholic journals edit and publish them as a lawful business, and very

naturally seek the widest circulation possible. To secure that, they

necessarily appeal to the broadest, and therefore the lowest average

of intelligence and virtue of the public they address. They who depend

on public sentiment or public opinion must study to conform to it, not

to redress or reform it. The journals of every country represent the

lowest average intelligence and virtue of the public for which they

are designed. The first condition of their existence is that they be

popular with their own public, party, sect, or denomination.

Complaints are also frequently heard of our Catholic publishers and

booksellers, for not supplying a general literature, scientific and

philosophical works, such as general readers, who though good

Catholics, are not particularly ascetic, and wish to have now and then

other than purely spiritual reading, and also such as scholars and

scientific men seek, in which the erudition and science proper are not

marred by theories and hypotheses, speculations and conjectures which

serve only to disturb faith and stunt the growth of the spiritual

life. But these complaints are also unjust. The publishers issue the

best books that the market will take up. There is no demand for other

or better books than they publish; and such books as are really

needed, aside from bibles, prayer-books, and books for spiritual

reading, they can publish only at their own expense. They are governed

by the same law that governs editors and publishers of newspapers or

journals, and naturally seek the broadest, and therefore in most

respects the lowest average, and issue works which tend constantly to

lower the standard instead of elevating it. The evil tendency, like

rumor, _crescit eundo_.

There is no redress but in the appeal to Christian consciences, since

the public now fills the place of patrons which was formerly filled by

princes and nobles, bishops and monastic or religious houses. The

matter cannot be left to regulate itself, for the public taste has not

been cultivated and formed to support the sort of reading demanded,

and will not do it from taste and inclination, or at all except from a

sense of duty. The great majority of the people of France are

Catholics, yet a few years ago there {471} were Parisian journals

hostile to Catholics, that circulated each from 40,000 to 60,000

copies daily, while the daily circulation of all the Catholic journals

and periodicals in all France did not exceed 25,000. It should be as

much a matter of conscience with Catholics to open a market for a

sound and healthy literature as to refrain from encouraging and

reading immoral and dangerous publications. We gain heaven not merely

by refraining from evil, but by doing good. The servant that wrapped

his talent in a clean napkin and hid it in the earth was condemned not

because he had lost or abused his talent, but because he had not used

it and put it out to usury. The church attaches indulgences to doing

good works, not to abstaining from bad works.

The taste of the age runs less to books than to reviews, magazines,

and especially to newspapers or the daily journals. People are too

busy, in too great a hurry, for works of long breath. Folios and

octavos frighten them, and they can hardly abide a duodecimo. Their

staple reading is the telegraphic despatches in the daily press. Long

elaborate articles in reviews are commended or censured by many more

persons than read them, and many more read than understand them, for

people nowadays think very little except about their business, their

pleasures, or the management of their party. Still the review or

magazine is the best compromise that can be made between the elaborate

treatise and the clever leader of the journal. It is the best literary

medium now within reach of the Catholic public, and can meet better

than any other form of publication our present literary wants, and

more effectively stimulate thought, cultivate the understanding and

the taste, and enable us to take our proper place in the literature

and science of the country. But here again conscience must be appealed

to, the principle of duty must come in. Few men can write and publish

at their own expense a magazine of high character, of pure literary

taste, sound morals, and sound theology, able in literary and

scientific merit, in genius, instruction, and amusement, to compete

successfully with the best magazines going, and there is at this

moment no public formed to hand large enough to sustain such

periodical, and even the men to write it have in some sort to be

created, or at least to be drawn out. It must be for a time supported

by men who do not want it as a luxury or to meet their own literary

tastes, but who appreciate its merits, are aware of the service it may

render in creating a taste for wholesome instead of unwholesome

reading. That is, it most be sustained by persons who, in purchasing

it, act not so much from inclination as from a sense of duty, which is

always a nobler, and in the long run, a stronger motive of action,

than devotion to interest or pleasure; for it is in harmony with all

that is true and good, and has on it the blessing of heaven. It is

precisely because Catholics can act from a sense of duty that we can

overcome the evil that is ruining society.

No doubt we are here pleading, to a certain extent, our own cause, but

we only ask others to act on the principle on which we ourselves are

acting. THE CATHOLIC WORLD is not published as a private speculation,

nor with the expectation of personal gain. Our cause is what we hold

to be here and now the Catholic cause, and it is from a sense of duty

that we devote ourselves to it. We are deeply conscious of the need

for us Catholics in the United States of a purer and more wholesome

literature than any which is accessible to the great majority, and

than any which can be produced outside of the Catholic community, or

by other than Catholics. We need it for ourselves as Catholics, we

need it for our country as a means of arresting the downward tendency

of popular literature, and of influencing for good those who are our

countrymen, though unhappily not within our communion. There is

nothing personal to us in the cause {472} we serve, and it is no more

_ours_ than it is that of every Catholic who has the ability to serve

it. If we plead for our magazine, it is only as it is identified with

the Catholic cause in our country, and we can be as disinterested in

so soliciting support for it as if it was in other hands, and we

solicit support for it no farther than it appeals to the Catholic

conscience. We have seen the danger to the country, and the

destruction to souls threatened by the popular literature of the day,

and we are doing what we can in our unpretending way to commence a

reaction against it, and give to our American public a taste for

something better than they now feed on. We cannot prevent our

Catholic youth who have a taste for reading from reading the vile and

debasing popular literature of the day, unless we give them something

as attractive and more wholesome in its place, and this cannot be done

without the hearty and conscientious cooperation of the Catholic

community with us.

Catholics are not a feeble and helpless colony in the United States.

We are a numerous body, the largest religious denomination in the

country. There are but two cities in the world that have a larger

Catholic population than this very city of New York, and there are

several Catholic nations holding a very respectable rank in the

Catholic world, that have not so large, and upon the whole so wealthy

a Catholic population as the United States. We are numerous enough,

and have means enough to found and sustain all the institutions,

religious, charitable, educational, literary, scientific, and artistic

needed by a Catholic nation, and there is no Catholic nation where

Catholic activity finds fewer "lets and hindrances" from the civil

government. We are free, and we have in proportion to our numbers our

full share of influence in public affairs, municipal, state, and

national; no part of the population partakes more largely of the

general prosperity of the country, and no part has suffered less from

the late lamentable civil war. We have our Church organized under a

regular hierarchy, with priests rapidly increasing in numbers,

churches springing up all over the land, and Catholic emigrants from

the old world pouring in by thousands and hundreds of thousands. We

are numerous enough and strong enough in all religious, literary, and

scientific matters, to suffice for ourselves. There is no reason in

the world, but our own spiritual indolence and the torpidity of our

consciences, why we should continue to feed on the unwholesome

literary garbage provided for us by the humanitarianism and pruriency

of the age. We are able to have a general literature of our own, the

production of genuine Catholic taste and genius, if we will it, and at

present are better able than the Catholics of any other nation; for

our means are ample, and the government and civil institutions place

no obstacles in our way, which can be said of Catholics nowhere else.

Our Catholic community is large enough, and contains readers enough,

to sustain as many periodicals as are needed, and to absorb large

editions enough of literary and scientific works of the highest

character to make it an object with the trade to publish them, as well

as with authors to write them. Works of imagination, what is called

light literature, if conceived in a true spirit, if they tend to give

nature a normal development, and to amuse without corrupting the

reader, ought to find with us a large public to welcome and profit by

them. What the people of any Catholic nation can do to provide for the

intellectual and aesthetic wants of a Catholic people, we Catholics in

the United States can do. If we are disposed to set ourselves

earnestly about it with the feeling that it is a matter of conscience.

And we must do it, if we mean to preserve our youth to the church, and

have them grow up with a robust faith, and strong and masculine

virtues, to keep them clear from the humanitarian sentimentality which

marks the {473} age and the country. Universal education, whether a

good or an evil, is the passion of modern society, and must be

accepted. Indeed, we are doing our best to educate all our children,

and the great mass of them are destined to grow up readers, and will

have reading of some sort. Education will prove no blessing to them,

however carefully or religiously trained while at school, if as soon

as they leave the school, they seek their mental nutriment in the

poisonous literature now so rife. No base companions or vicious

company could do so much to corrupt as the sensation novels, the

humanitarian, rationalistic, and immoral books, magazines, and

journals, which, as thick as the frogs of Egypt, now infest the

country. Our children and youth leave school at the most critical age,

and a single popular novel, or a single sophistical essay, may undo

the work of years of pious training in our colleges and conventual

schools. Parents have more to apprehend for their children when they

have finished their school terms than ever before, and it is precisely

when they have left school, when they come home and go out into

society, that the greatest dangers and temptations assail them. From

their leaving school to their settlement in life is the period for

which they most need ample intellectual and moral provision in

literature, and it is precisely for this period that little or no such

provision is made.

Hence the urgency of the appeal to Catholic consciences first to avoid

as much as possible the pernicious literature of the age, and second

to create and provide to the utmost of our ability, good and wholesome

literature for the mass of our people, such a literature as only they

who live in the communion with the saints, drink in the lessons of

divine wisdom, and feast their souls on celestial beauty, can

produce--a secular literature indeed, but a literature that embodies

all that is pure, free, beautiful and charming in nature, and is

informed with the spirit of Catholic love and truth--a robust and

manly literature, that cherishes all God's works, loves all things,

gentle and pure, noble and elevated, strong and enduring, and is not

ashamed to draw inspiration from the cross of Christ. It will require

much labor, many painful sacrifices to work our way up from the depths

to which we have descended, and our progress will be slow and for a

long time hardly perceptible, but Catholic faith, Catholic love,

Catholic conscience, has once succeeded when things were more

desperate, transformed the world, and can do so again. Nothing is

impossible to it. It is your faith that overcomes the world. Leo X.

said when the press was first made known, "The art of printing was

invented for the glory of God, for the propagation of our holy faith,

and the advancement of knowledge." [Footnote 82]

[Footnote 82: Decree of Leo X. Session 10 of the Council of

Latern.]

------

{474}

Translated from the French.

EUGÉNIE DE GUÉRIN'S LETTERS FROM PARIS.

In the following paper we propose to fill as far as possible the

hiatus which occurs between the seventh and eighth books of Mlle. de

Guérin's journal, giving such details from her letters as will satisfy

the curiosity that many of her readers must have felt concerning the

visit she made to Paris at the time of her brother's wedding.

In a letter to M. Paul Juemper, dated March 15, 1838, Guérin describes

his fiancée, with more accuracy perhaps than ardor, and yet there can

be no doubt that the marriage was one of love and congeniality. In the

latter part of his life Maurice appears to have concealed his deepest

emotions as successfully as he had revealed them in earlier years.

"I find myself on my return better in health, and full of hope for the

future. What does that mean? What novelty is this? Nothing but the

most common event in the world, one which takes place every day in

every country--namely marriage, here, in Paris, to a child who was

born for me, eighteen years ago, six thousand leagues from Paris, in

Batavia! She is named Caroline de Gervain, has great blue eyes that

light up her delicate face, a very slender figure, a foot of oriental

minuteness--in short (without any lover-like vanity), an exquisite and

refined _ensemble_, that will suit you very well. Her fortune is in

Indian trade: not large now, but with every prospect of development.

The contracts are drawn up and everything is in order; we are only

awaiting the arrival of some documents from Calcutta, indispensable to

the celebration of a marriage, to tie the last knot. If you leave in

May, you will be here in time to stand by the death-bed of my

bachelorhood, and to see me cross the Rubicon."

Mlle. de Gervain lived with her aunt, Mlle. Martin-Laforêt, in a

_pavillion_ in the Rue Cherche-Midi, and it is from this charming

Indian house that Eugénie's first Parisian letter is dated.

TO M. DE GUÉRIN.

Paris, Oct. 8, 1838.

Oh! how I slept in the little pink bed beside Caroline! I wished to

write to you, dear papa, before going to bed, but they would not let

me, and they said too that the mail would not go out before this

morning, so that you would get the letter no sooner. I should have

written to you at each relay if it had been possible, for I said to

myself: "Now papa and Euphrasie, Mimi and Eran, are thinking of the

traveller." How I thought of you all! you followed me the whole way.

At last I am here, out of the way of dust, diligences and the

annoyances of travelling, and welcomed and cosseted enough to

compensate a thousand times over for the four long days of fatigue.

I should like to tell you everything, but there are so many, many

things;--how I left you, and bowled away towards Paris, and met them

all and fell into a dozen arms. Why weren't you on the Place Notre

Dame des Victoires when, just as I was driving off in a carriage

with Charles, I saw Maurice and Caro and Aunt running and calling

me, and kissing me, one through one window and another through the

other? Oh! it was so nice!

No one ever entered Paris more pleasantly. We went as fast as we

could to Rue du Cherche-Midi, talking, laughing and questioning.

"How is papa? and his leg? is he as well as he was last year?"

Maurice, poor fellow, cried as he looked at me, and talked of you

all, Mimi, Eran, everybody, they all love you and ask after you.

When I came down stairs, I distributed your letters, and then came

breakfast, which was very welcome to me. Half through breakfast,

Auguste entered, a little surprised that I had arrived so early, and

full of kind inquiries for you all . . .

{475}

I thought I should reach Paris ground to powder, and here I am as

fresh as if I had just stepped out of a bandbox. The dust was

suffocating during the thirty leagues of that tiresome Sologne, and

the rumbling was like thunder on the paved road from Orleans to

Paris. It was impossible to sleep that night, but during the others

I took naps, and even slept several hours--but oh! the difference of

sleeping in a rose-colored bed, and in a diligence, tossed and

jerked about! It was dreadful in the Sologne, where we went at a

snail's pace, but fortunately it did not rain--then the passengers

have to get out sometimes and push the wheels.

After breakfast I went to mass at St. Sulpice, and then to the

Tuileries when the king was absent. It was very grand and regal; the

throne is superb, and with "my mind's eye" I saw Louis XIV. and

Napoleon. There were a great many visitors, English people, and some

brothers from the Christian schools. A friend of Maurice's had got

us entrance tickets for yesterday, and as I don't often have a

chance to see palaces, I was glad to get the opportunity.

Good-by, dear papa; to-day I say only two words of greeting. Maurice

embraces you all as he embraced me yesterday. This is for Mimi and

Eran. I send much love to Euphrasie from myself and from Maurice,

who is delighted to know she is at Le Cayla. All sorts of kind

messages to the parsonage and above all to the gimblette

maker,--they were very welcome and every one liked them. They asked

me if Augustine had grown tall and if she was mischievous, and I

said yes and no;--yes for the height, you understand,--she is all

virtue since her first communion.

M. Angler came to bid me welcome, and we are already acquainted; he

looks good and is good. M. d'A. is coming this evening. I must leave

you, dear papa. Keep well,--take care of yourself; and don't be

uneasy you your traveller, who has but one trial, that she cannot

see you, and knows you are two hundred leagues away. Two hundred

leagues! but my thoughts ran every instant to Le Cayla. We are in

such a quiet place that I think myself in the country, and I slept

without waking once until six o'clock. Tell Jeanne-Marie and Miou

that everyone asks after them. My compliments to the whole household

and to all who are interested in me.

But this charming picture had its _wrong side_, only revealed by

Eugénie to Mlle. Louise de Bayne, and to the cousin with whom she

lived during part of her stay at Paris, Professor Auguste Raynaud.

There was a worm at the heart of the bud, and she knew too well that

it must wither without blooming. At the very meeting in the Place

Notre Dame des Victoires, which she described so gaily in the letter

to Le Cayla, the sight of Maurice's pallor aroused her anxiety, an

anxiety that increased daily and marred the pleasure to which she had

looked forward for months with ardent longing. "At the time of his

marriage," says M. Barbey d'Aurevilly, an intimate friend of both

brother and sister, "Maurice was already attacked with the disease of

which he died a short time after. He already felt its first

sufferings, its first illusions and early symptoms, which made his

style of beauty more than ever touching; for among imaginary heads he

had that beauty which we may attribute to the last of the

Abencerrages. Now what others did not see in the joy and excitement of

that day, she saw, with those sad, prophetic eyes that see everything

when they love!"

"I want for nothing, my friend," she wrote to Louise de Bayne; "they

love me and treat me most cordially at my future sister-in-law's,

and here my kind cousin and his wife vie with each other in friendly

attention. My sister-in-law gets my dresses, gives me a pink bed,

and a jewel of an oratory next my room, where one would pray for

mere pleasure. Oh! there is enough to make me happy, and yet I am

beginning to weary of it, and to say that happiness is nowhere.

Write to me; tell me what you are doing in the mountains. I am

waiting impatiently for news from Le Cayla. I long to hear about

them all, and to see them in thought. Write to Marie sometime, it

will please her, and papa too, who loves you, you know, but do not

speak of Maurice's health, for I say nothing to them on the subject,

thinking it useless to alarm them when the trouble may pass off."

{476}

This was the one uneasiness that disturbed her enjoyment in Paris,

"the drop of wormwood with which God wets the lips of his elect, that

they be robust in virtue and suffering," as d'Aurevilly said.

TO MME. DE MAISTRE.

Oct. 23.

I have seen many churches, new and old, and I prefer the old. Notre

Dame, Saint Eustache, Saint Roch, and others whose names I forget,

please me more than the Madeline with its pagan form, without belfry

or confessionals, expressive of an unbelieving age; and Notre Dame

de Lorette, pretty as a boudoir. I like churches that make one think

of God, with _vaulted roofs leading to contemplation_, where one

neither sees nor hears people. I am perfectly contented in

l'Abbaye-aux-Bois, a simple little church that reminds me of the one

at Andillac. I go there because it is in our parish, and then, too,

I've found an excellent priest there, gentle, devout, and

enlightened, a disciple of M. Dupanloup. I should have liked to go

to him, but they told me that he lived at a distance, and I must

have everything within my reach, for I am still like a bird just let

out of a cage, hardly daring to stir; I should have lost myself a

hundred times in one quarter if I had not always had a companion.

However, I have scoured Paris thoroughly in every direction; first

mounting the towers of Notre Dame, whence the eye reaches over the

immense city and takes in its general plan, after which they took me

to the Invalides, the Louvre, and the Bois de Boulogne. The dome of

the Invalides, Notre Dame, and the picture galleries, struck me

most. You ask for my impressions of Paris--it is all admirable, but

nothing astonishes me. At every step the eye and mind are arrested,

but in the country, too, I paused over flowers, grass, and wonderful

little creatures. Every place has its wonders--here those of man,

there those of God, which are very beautiful, and will not pass

away. Kings may see their palaces decay, but the ants will always

have their dwelling places. Having made these reflections I will

leave you, and work on a dress. . . .

TO MLLE. LOUISE DE BAYNE.

All Saints' Day, 1838.

. . . . I do not send you news. I ought to write to you of what goes

on within and around me, that you might know my life, and it would be

charming to write so, but time flies like a bird and carries me off

on its wings. In the morning: church, breakfast, a little work; in

the afternoon: a walk or drive, dinner at five o'clock,

conversation, music--the day is gone, and nine and ten o'clock come

to make us wonder where it went. We go to bed at ten, just like good

country folk. In that and many other things I follow my usual

habits, and live in Paris as if I were not there. Good by, the bell

is ringing.

Seven o'clock. Here I am, pen in hand, sitting by the fire, with the

piano sounding, people reading, Pitt (our Criquet) asleep, and

memories of you mingling with all these things in this Paris

_salon_. . . . It is not apropos, but I take my recollections of

things as they come, and I must not fail to tell you what pleasure

you gave me at the Spanish museum of painting where I met you. It

was you, Louise: a head full of life, oval face, arch expression,

and your eyes looking at me, your cheeks that I longed to kiss. I

was so charmed with the likeness that I passed by again to see my

dear Spanish maiden. Certainly there must be something Spanish about

you, for I see you in St. Theresa, and in this noble and beautiful

unknown.

The museum amused, or rather interested me extremely, for one does

not get amusement from beautiful things, or among wonderful works

with ascetic faces such as compose this museum of painting. And what

shall I tell you of the mummies, the thousand fantastic and

grotesque Egyptian gods--cats and crocodiles--a paradise of idolatry

that no one would care to enter? I looked long at some cloth four or

five thousand years old, and at a piece of muslin and a little skein

of thread, all framed under glass--how many ages have they been in

existence? I should never end if I were learned and could describe

these curiosities and antiquities by the thousand--Etruscan vases,

exquisite in form and color, that look as if they were made

yesterday. The ancients certainly possessed the secret of eternal

works.

This is my life, seeing and admiring, and then entering into myself,

or going in search of those I love to tell them all that I see and

feel. If I could I would write to you forever, which means very

often, and what should I not scribble? what do I not scribble? Know

that I am writing in the midst of musicians, under Maurice's eye as

he sits laughing over my journal, and adds for its embellishment the

expression of his homage to the ladies of Rayssac. It was he who

noticed that picture first and pointed it out to me. He knows what

gives me pleasure and leads me to it.

{477}

We always go out together when the weather is good, sometimes to the

Tuileries, sometimes to the Luxembourg; but I like the Tuileries

best with its pretty things-sculpture, flowers, children playing

about, swans in a basin, and looking down on it all the royal

château illuminated by the setting sun. I begin to know my way about

a little in the streets and gardens, and I look upon it as a great

triumph to be able to go to l'Abbaye-aux-Bois alone, which is a

great convenience, for I can go to week-day mass without troubling

any one, which was a restraint upon me. One can go about here as

safely as in Albi or Gaillac. They had frightened me about the

dangers of Paris, when there are really none except for imprudent or

crazy people. No one speaks to any person going about his own

business. In the evening it is different. I would not go out alone

then for the world, especially on the boulevards, where they say the

devil leads the dance. We pass through sometimes returning from Mme.

Raynaud's, and nothing has ever struck me except the illumination of

gas in the cafés, running along the streets like a thread of fire. I

annoyed a Parisian by saying that the glow-worms in our hedges were

quite as effective. "Mademoiselle, what an insult to Paris!" It made

us laugh, as one does laugh sometimes at nothing. Now I am going to

the concert; I want to know what music is, and tell you my

impressions.

------

TO M. DE GUÉRIN.

PARIS, NOV. 6, 1838.

Never was a day more charming, for it began with Grembert's arrival,

and it ends with a letter to you, my dear papa. . . The wedding day

is fixed for the 15th. Last Sunday the bans were published for the

last time at l'Abbaye-aux-Bois. . .

You ask if I have everything I need, and if I am satisfied in every

respect with my Parisian life. Yes, dear papa, in every sense, and

especially for this reason, that I admire the care and assistance

that Providence bestows upon us in all places. I have never been

struck so forcibly with the abundant aids to piety anywhere as in

Paris; every day there are sermons in one place or another,

associations and benedictions. If the devil reigns in Paris, perhaps

God is served there better than in other places. Good and evil find

here their utmost expression; it is Babylon and Jerusalem in one. In

the midst of all this, I lead my customary life, and find in my

Abbey everything I need. M. Legrand is a friend of l'Abbé de

Rivières, holy and zealous like him, and full of kindness. He

provides me with books and with kind and gentle advice; it will not

be his fault if I don't improve very much. One can save one's soul

anywhere. . .

Our quarter of Cherche Midi is charming. M. d'Aurevilly calls it

_Trouve Bonheur_, an appropriate name so far Maurice is concerned.

He will be happy, as happy as he can be--at least everything looks

hopeful. He could not be allied to better souls. Caroline is an

angel; her pure, tender soul is full of piety. You will be pleased

with her, and with Maurice too, who only does things slowly, as his

fashion is; but there is much to thank God for in such conduct,

which is very rare among young Parisians. M. Buquet speaks very

highly of him; he will bless the marriage, much to our

gratification. The great day, which is to open a new life to our

Maurice, engrosses us in a thousand ways. He is the most peaceful

person concerned, and regards his future and all these affairs with

admirable _sang-froid_. M. Buquet says the fellowship is worth

nothing to him, and that he will find something else for him; so you

see he is established in the good nest Providence has provided for

him, without troubling yon.

Have I told you everything, and made you see thoughts, words, and

actions, just as you like? Eran is reading the paper and warming

himself. Everybody sends you kisses, and Caro her filial affection.

Yon would do well not to go to Rayseac when it is cold or rainy.

Advice given, and bulletin finished, I throw my arms around your

neck, and pass on to Mimi.

----

You dear Mimi, I thank you more than I can express for your night

letter, written in defiance of sleep. Poor Mimi, plagued and busy,

while I play the princess in Paris! This thought comes to me often

in the day, disturbing my repose a little, my _gentle quietude_. I

say to myself that our time is differently employed, but I help you

in my heart. We are as well as possible here and at Auguste's. Don't

let Euphrasie leave you, I beg and beseech; you would be too lonely

without her gaiety and kindness. I put both my arms around her to

keep her. M. le Curé is very good to come and amuse papa: it is an

act of friendly charity that I shall not forget Remember me to him

and to Mariette. Also to Augustine, Jeanne-Marie, the shepherd,

Paul, and Gilles, and thank them all for their compliments. Good-by,

with a kiss from Maurice, Caro and myself.

----

TO THE SAME.

Nov. 7, 1838

I shall write to you every day until I receive letters from home,

that you may see that I do not forget you, dear inhabitants of Le

Cayla. The whirlwind of Paris will not blow me away yet awhile. That

remark of papa's made me laugh, and showed me that he does not know

me yet. I am very sure that you, Mimi, had no such idea. I have told

you that I lead the same life here as at Le Cayla, and with this

{478} advantage, that there is nothing to worry me, for I have a

church within reach, and entire liberty. We are all busy with

spiritual matters now--our ladies with theirs and I with mine.

Maurice is consigned to Sunday, M. Buquet's only free day. All is

going on well in this respect, and Caroline is so edifying that she

seems to be following in Mimi's footsteps. In this too I admire the

workings of Providence in using this marriage as an occasion of

salvation.

It is beautiful to-day, one of those fine days so rare in Paris,

where the sky is almost always pale and cloudless. This struck me at

first, but now I am used to it as to other things that I see. I am

used to carriages, and am no more afraid of there running over me

than of Gilles' cart. We shall go in the sunshine to see Mme.

Lamarlière Auguste, and I don't know whom besides, for there is no

end to visits when one is once in train. In going to see our cousin

at M. Laville's, Erembert and Maurice met M. Lastic, who is living

in Paris. It is astonishing how many acquaintances one meets in the

great world where one thinks one's self unknown.

Indians visit here, Indians without end. A friend of Maurice's, H.

Le Fèvre came to spend the evening; a nice little young man, who

looks very gentle and refined. He asked me when I was going to see

my good friend De Maistre; he is a friend of M. Adrien's, who is at

present wandering amid the snows of Norway, so that he can not come

to the wedding. We shall muster pretty strong, though only the

_indispensable_ will be there.

. . . 13th. We have just come from the Pantheon, a church passed

over from God to the Devil, from St. Genevieve to the heroes of

July, and to Voltaire and Rousseau. It is an admirable work of art,

however; the interior, the dome, and the crypts, gloomy, secluded,

buried beneath vaults and only lighted here and there with lamps,

are quite effective. The imagination would easily take fright in

this darkness of death, or of glory if you choose, for all the dead

are illustrious there, as in the Elysium of which Voltaire and

Rousseau are the gods. In the depths of the crypt stands the statue

of Voltaire, smiling apparently at the glory of his tomb, which is

decorated with magnificent emblems. That of Rousseau is more

severe--a sarcophagus, from which a hand is thrust forth, bearing a

torch, "that illumines and ever shall illumine the world," according

to our guide, who was a cicerone as brilliant as the lantern he

carried. The summit of the dome is at a prodigious elevation, twice

the height of the steeple of Ste. Cécile. Paris is seen beautifully

from there, but the picture needed sunlight and there was none.

Good-by; to-morrow at this time Maurice will be married at the

Mayoralty, and day after tomorrow in church.

16th. Yesterday was the grand and solemn day, the beautiful day for

Maurice, Caro and all of us. We only needed you, papa, and Mimi, to

complete our happiness, as we all said with sincere regret. You

would have been delighted to see this family festival, the most

beautiful I ever witnessed. Everything went smoothly, the weather

was soft and pleasant, and God seemed to smile on the marriage, so

suitably it was conducted, and in such a Christian manner. How

pretty Caro was in her bridal dress, and wreath of orange flowers

under her veil à la Bengali! and Maurice looked well too. H. Angler

was so charmed that he wanted to paint them in church, kneeling on

their crimson Prie-Dieu. The church displayed all its grandeur, and

the organ playing during mass was very good. M. Buquet blessed the

marriage, and said mass, assisted by M. Legrand. Many of the _beau

monde_ were present, and a dozen carriages stood before the church

doors. Soeur d'Yversen was to be there. M. Laurichais, confessor to

our ladies, in short all the friends and relations united their

prayers and good wishes during the ceremony. I send M. Buquet's

discourse, which every one thought perfect. Why can't I add to it

his kindly voice, and the look of joy and emotion with which he

spoke to Maurice, whom he loves sincerely.

You will like to know, papa, how everything passed off on the

memorable day, and I like very much to describe it, for it seems as

if you would be able to share our pleasure, and see your children in

church, at dinner and at the evening party. The dinner was charming,

like every thing else, each course served elegantly; fish, meats,

dessert and wines. The turkey, dressed with our truffles was king of

the feast. We drank freely and merrily of Madeira and Constance, and

it all seemed like the marriage of Cana. I sat between Auguste and

M. d'Aurevilly, very charming neighbors, and we talked and laughed

very pleasantly, though Auguste scolded me for having no poetry,

which he felt disposed to read, and we had never thought of writing;

there's something bettor for Caro, which comes from the heart and

will be unfailingly hers every day. How modest she was in church,

and how pretty she looked in the evening! She was quite the queen of

the occasion. A dozen ladies came, all very elegant, and I don't

know how many men, friends of Maurice's. They were very gracious,

and asked me to dance; yes--_dance!_ _M. le Curé_ had better take

holy water and exorcise me. I danced with my groomsman, Charles; it

was _de rigueur_, and I could not decline without being conspicuous,

and playing {479} the not very amusing part of wall-flower. Auguste

performed his paternal duties admirably. He begs me to say a word of

commendation for him, and I might well say a hundred in praise of

his friendship and devotion to us.

The friend referred to in the following letter, and with whom Mlle. de

Guérin left Paris early in the December of 1838, was the _Marie_ to

whom she wrote the two delightful letters, introduced into the sixth

and seventh books of her journal. Mme. la Baronne Henriette Marie de

Maistre was the sister of M. Adrien de Sainte Marie, a friend of

Guérin's, and her intimacy with Eugénie had its first foundation in

ceremonious notes written about Maurice when he was ill with a fever

at Le Cayla in 1837. Mme. de Maistre soon became endeared to Eugénie

by her fascinating powers of attraction, and also by her mental and

physical sufferings, for sufferers belonged to the "dove of Le Cayla"

by natural right.

TO MLLE. LOUISE DE BAYNE.

Paris, Dec. 1, 1838.

M. de Frigeville is the most gracious, amiable, and obliging of men.

At length I found out his address, and sent my parcel with a little

note, which he answered at once, and followed in person the next

day. The good man had taken infinite pains to find me and ended by

applying to the police--a last resource that amused us a good deal.

We cannot profit by the acquaintance even now, or by his offers of

politeness "for anything in his power," as he expressed himself to

our ladies, for I was out when he came,--the fates are against me.

Mlle. Laforêt thought him very agreeable and exquisitely courteous.

I send this little notice of him for you, dear friend, and make use

of the chance to write to you up to the last moment.

I am going to the country, to another Rayssac, for Les Coynes is

among the mountains;--shall I find another Louise there? She is a

little like you, I think; but, my friend, you will always be my

friend. I will write to you from there if you like. Whom and what

shall I see? Everything looks very attractive, and yet I go forward

with timidity to meet these unknown and known. Pity my wandering

life, dragged from place to place;--no, do not pity me, for it is

the will of heaven, and all we have to do is to follow the hand that

leads us without reasoning: that alone sustains and consoles us,

teaching us to turn all things to account for heaven. I am less

attracted to the world than ever; there is more calmness and

happiness within Sister Clementine's door than in any place in the

world. I went to see her yesterday, but she was to be in retreat

until Monday, much to my regret, for I love to see and listen to

these good religious, these souls set apart from the world. . . I

should like to send you something charming and worthy of Paris, but

charming things are rare everywhere; so rare that I have none to

spare today. However, I did see the outside of Versailles;--the king

was expected, so they shut the gates on us. Did I tell you of this,

and of our _royal_ wrath? perhaps I did in my last letter.

I should have described the concert to you this morning, if Maurice,

who was to have been my escort, had not been taken ill just as we

were going;--pain instead of pleasure, no uncommon change in life.

His little wife, quite crimson with emotion, began to nurse him and

make much of him, and all grew calm under her gentle influence. I

hope Maurice will be happy with her,--I do not know any woman like

her in disposition, heart, or face. She is a foreigner, and I study

her, that I may adapt myself to her, and enter into her feelings if

she cannot into mine. There must be mutual concessions of taste and

ideas among us all, to ensure affection and family peace:--that you

see everywhere, but we shall have no difficulty with one so amiable

and generous. There is not a day when I do not receive proofs of

affection from my charming foreign sister. They always speak of her

to us as the Indian. Mme. Lamarlière thought her very

charming;--pretty and well dressed. Today a bulletin of the visit

and her _toilette_ is at Gaillac, and I am sure that it is all over

town by this time that the Indian wore a dress of _soie antique_, a

black satin shawl, trimmed with blond and lined with blue, a lace

collar, and a black velvet hat with ostrich plume, "overwhelming

heaven and earth," as Mme. Lamarlière says

Good-by, my dear. I kiss you and say love me, think of me, believe

me, write to me, talk of me. Love to you all.

One word more; I like to talk to you best because we seem to

understand each other. I will say good-by soon, for two o'clock is

striking and I have an appointment in my chapel at

l'Abbaye-aux-Bois, for I wish to put my conscience in order before

going away. I do not know to whom I shall have recourse in the

country, so far from any church. Fortunately, we {480} are to spend

Christmas at Nevers, and I shall try to grow calm, for I am not so

today. I tell you this because you are alone with Pulchérié, whom

nothing surprises. Pray in the chapel at Rayssac for your poor

friend, the Parisian, who will repay you as well as she can.

Good-by, good-by; till when? . . .

TO MLLE. DE BAYNE.

CHRISTMAS EVE, NEVERS, 1888.

I have only time to date my letter, dear friend, for the bells are

calling me to midnight mass. I listen to their clashing peals, and

think of the pretty little tinkle of the Andillac bell. Who would

have said last year that I should be so far away? but so God leads

us to things unforeseen. I'm going to the cathedral to pray for all

whom I love, and so for you.

Two days since those lines--two days of festival, prayer, offices,

and letters written and received, without preventing me from being

with you, my dearest. Our hearts can always be together before God,

and we cannot meet in a better way or in any other way for a long

time. I shall not be at Le Cayla before the fine weather comes, and

we can have flowers and sunshine to show our Indian; far enough we

are from that season, as I see by the white earth and pallid sky,

all snowy and cold.

How you would love my friend, dear Louise! She is so good, so

charming and attractive, and of such a high order of mind, that I

keep congratulating myself upon possessing her friendship and

affection. . .

Her father takes the best of care of me, and even comes to my room

to see if I have a good fire when I say my prayers. He is afraid

this cold climate may hurt me, and said laughing one very cold day,

"The southern flower will be frozen." Good, holy man! I love him

very much, and he makes me think of your father in his mode of

thought and culture. He has read everything, and he writes too; some

selections from his works, that he was kind enough to read to me,

might have been written by a Benedictine. He knows Carmelites,

Trappists, charitable orders, every one in short who is learned or

religious. Charles the Tenth loved him and saw him often; if he had

only listened to him!

Travellers from Goritz come here, among others a M. de Ch----, who

comes and goes for the exiles, from St. Petersburg to Vienna and

sometimes to Spain, from one court to another. He charms us with

stories of his adventures, and I never saw a man more agreeable,

handsome, witty or cultivated. He is a learned geologist, and

collects specimens, goes down into volcanoes and domesticates

himself among ruins.

He lived a week in Sallust's room at Pompeii, drove about the

streets in his carriage, entered the theatre, made excavations under

the very eyes of the Duchess of Berry, and saw a thief whom the lava

had caught while he was stealing a purse, at which we laughed, and

remarked that iniquity is sooner or later discovered. I have seen

his cabinets of natural history, mineralogy, and antiques, and also

the borders of Cicero's dining-hall exquisitely painted with a

delicacy inimitable or unimitated. To all these gifts, M. Ch----

unites those of a good Christian; he turns all his studies and

discoveries to advantage for the faith, and proves that science and

faith, geology and Genesis, are of one accord. If you think me very

learned, remember that I've seen Paris, and that Paris sharpens

one's wits; however, most of this I have acquired in the

neighborhood of Les Coques.

TO MLLE. MARIE DE GUÉRIN.

NEVERS JANUARY 12.

We return to Paris early in January, and shall be introduced to the

grandeurs of the world. Hitherto I have known only amiable, pretty

simplicity; now come baronesses, duchesses, princesses, and as many

clever people as I choose. It will amuse me like a picture-gallery,

for the heart finds no place among such scenes, far less the soul.

God and the world do not agree. Ah me! how little they think of

heaven amid all this rush and sparkle! So says my friend, who knows

the world and is detached from it.

M. d'Aurevilly, in his unpublished reminiscences of Mlle. de Guérin,

gives a graphic description of her as she appeared in the Parisian

world, where no doubt she was subjected to a close scrutiny as the

sister of the elegant and gifted Maurice de Guérin.

"We can affirm," he says, "that never did creature of worldly

attractions appear to us so sweet and lovely as this charming fawn,

reared like St. Genevieve among _pastours_. . . .

"Drawn from her country home, brought in state like a princess into

the intimidating light of lustres, she came without embarrassment or

awkwardness, with a chaste, patrician self-possession, that showed

in spite of fortune's wrongs for what class in society she was born.

Without ever having been there, she was _Faubourg Saint Germain_,

Byron tells us in his {481} memoir that he witnessed the

introduction of Miss Edgeworth into London society, and that she

made him think of Jeanie Deans. But the country girl of La Cayla was

the descendant of the fairest falcon-bearers who appear in the

mediaeval chronicles, gloved with buckskin, corseleted with ermine,

and wearing a train. . . . This was what we admired, this was what

impressed the world, astonished at her who did not wonder at them.

If, in speaking of such a woman, I dared to use an expression

debased to theatrical uses in our times, I should say that she had a

great success wherever she went. Women whispered together about her

genius for expression and the feeling revealed in her letters; but

no one offered her the prying importunities so coarsely mistaken

sometimes for homage. They did not call her interesting or amusing,

as the world says, patting a proud cheek with its awkward, familiar

hand. They respected her. The world treated her as a woman of the

world, for that is what it holds in highest esteem; but she knew

that she was not so. She knew that there was a second meaning in the

world's language that escaped her, as she said once _with her

accent_ in a letter, but what observer would have guessed it in

seeing her? Excepting now and then a charming swallow-glance,

piercing the tapestry and seeking the wall at Le Cayla covered with

honeysuckle and wall-wort, who would have doubted that this tranquil

maiden was a woman of the world, capable of pleasing it, and of

ruling it too, had she thought it worth her while?

Mlle. de Guérin had one of those imaginations that are easy to live

with. She did not offend common people, those sensitive, coarse souls

to whom the least distinction causes terrible pain, and who push their

way everywhere, even in the country. They handled with their rough

touch this divine opal with its vaporous shades, as indifferently as

the mock ivory counters on their card-tables. Though she did not

resemble a sphinx, this lovely maiden with her lingering smile, there

was perhaps in her placid regularity the immovability of the sphinx,

and immobility suits all things. It lends a mystery to nature, and

takes from human beings the puppet-like gesticulation that ever mars

the lofty _Sidera Vultum_.

And now we will return to Eugénie's letters, dated once more from

Paris, where she was staying with the Baroness de Maistre, and seeing

the world in a more brilliant light than in her visits to the Rue

Cherche-Midi, and at the house of "Auguste and Félicité;" but it never

dazzled her eyes, no matter how brightly it shone and glittered.

TO M. DE GUÉRIN.

Paris, Jan. 20, 1839.

You have had a line from me almost every day, dear papa, but I will

write more at length to-day.

The good General called here as soon as he heard of my return from

Nevers; but to tell the truth his visits are not entirely for me,

for he finds Caroline so pleasing, that I think our Indian has her

full share of the kind old gentleman's friendship. One day he came

when she was dressing a doll in Indian fashion, for the little De

Maistres, and he was so delighted that he insisted on working

himself, and wished to stay till the end of the toilette, which was

unluckily interrupted by visitors. The Marquis left us, but Caro

wrote to him the next day that the Indian lady was ready, and would

be charmed to be presented to him, so the good man came, passed the

afternoon with us, and offered to take us today to M. Aquado's

museum of painting. We shall go, for it is said to be very

beautiful, and afterward we are to see the interior of the Palais

Royal. There is nothing we may not expect of the good Marquis, and

we owe a great deal of pleasure to Palchérie, who has already

received my acknowledgments. I send a package to Rayssac with this

one.

We have no want of friends in Paris, dear papa. How can I say enough

of the perfect family I have just left, who are untiring in their

friendships and kindness! I am engaged, to go to-morrow, Saturday,

to a large and elegant party at M. de Neuville's, [Footnote 83] but

I shall give up my place to Eran, who will go with Mme. de Maistre.

There will be a sort of reunion of beauties of every

country--English, German, {482} Spanish, and the lovely ambassadress

from the United States.

[Footnote 83: Ex-Minister to Charles X.]

'Twill be a pretty sight for anyone who likes society, but I refuse

as often as possible. However, I cannot help going to M. de

Neuville's, for he has been so gracious to Erembert. I have seen the

Baroness de Vaux, Henry Vth's Joan of Arc, who, in 1830, asked an

officer of the Royal Guard to rout Philip, herself and her sword at

their head. She is a man-woman in figure and energy. Now she is

devoted to God, visiting prisons and exhorting those who are

condemned to death. With all this she has a charming simplicity. I

am to make other acquaintances, whom I shall describe to you. All

this does not prevent my thinking of Le Cayla very, very often, and

longing impatiently for the month of May,--I shall go with Erembert

at the beginning of Lent if I can. Mmes. de Maistre and de St. Marie

beg to be remembered to you. "They think Caro charming, as

fascinating as possible," said Henriette, and indeed she was radiant

the evening they saw her. She is prettier than before her marriage,

and she is an excellent little wife, as devoted to Maurice as he is

to her. They are happy, and Maurice is most exemplary; a hundred

times better than last year, as he says himself. His confidence in

me is unchanged and we talk very intimately;--he longs to see you,

and thinks very often of Mimi;--we shall all be glad to meet at Le

Cayla. Saturday I shall think of you, Mimi, at St. Thomas Aquinas',

where we are to hear l'Abbé Dupanloup, [Footnote 84] who is also

to give the Lenten instructions. There is no lack of teaching in

Paris, but the well taught are very rare;--the more one sees of the

world, the more glaring appears the ignorance of essential things.

Soeur d'Yversen comes now and then to see us; she has mentioned to

me Mme. L----, who would like to know us, but we know, so many

people already, that I've lost all desire for new acquaintances. Our

whole time slips away in dressing and receiving or making visits, so

that one can hardly read or work at all. The Lastics have been here,

Mme. Resaudière, the Barrys, an English family who like Maurice very

much, and an infinity of other people whom I do not know even by

name. Then the De Maistres and the acquaintances they make for

me;--you see I have more than I need.

[Footnote 84: Now Mgr. Dupanloup, Bishop of Orleans.]

Oh! how I shall rest at Le Cayla. I shall feel the contrast so much,

passing from the whirlwind of Paris to the calm of the fields, from

the rolling of carriages to the little rumble of carts, from Paris

noises to the cackling of our hens;--it all seems to me very

charming without thinking of you and Mimi;--how I long to kiss you!

They treat me very well here, and I am spoiled by everybody. My

health is good, so don't be anxious about me. How does Winter treat

you in the new parlor? Better no doubt than it did in the hall. "Is

Wolff banished from the parquet?" Maurice asks. Passing from parlor

to kitchen, tell me how all our people are. I'm sorry about the

partridge.

May 9th.--We heard M. de Ravignan Sunday at Notre Dame. It is

curious to see this assemblage of men, a sea of people overflowing

the immense cathedral to listen to one voice--but such a voice! From

time to time some stricken soul, some young man in doubt or

conviction, seeks the orator as a confessor. Then too they rush to

see plays, and Mlle. Rachel draws at least as great a crowd to the

theatre as M. de R. does to the cathedral. I'm not surprised at the

enthusiasm of the Castrais about this young marvel. She is ugly,

though, at least so I am told by those who have seen her off the

stage. Alas! the profanity of my words in Lent!

TO H. DE GUÉRIN.

Paris; March and April, 1839.

This bit of a letter, will tell you, dear papa, that I am with my

poor invalid friend, waiting for M. Dupanloup, and that catching

sight of an ink-stand, I am going on with my writing at the expense

of the sacristy. But I will put a sous in the box for my ink, and my

paper too, as I mean to steal a sheet to go with these; if we are

left alone long enough. Now and then a peaceable abbé or sacristan

passes through, glancing at us, and looking rather astonished at my

office improvised in the sacristy. But M. D.'s name protects us, and

we need only mention him to get a safe-conduct. . . .

Never was there such a holy week--continual agitation and running

about. Andillac is better than Paris for recollection; but God is

everywhere and in all things, if we know how to find Him. Poor dear

papa, I have prayed well for you in these beautiful monuments of

Notre Dame, St. Roch, and others that we have visited. I thought of

yon in the simple little chapel of Andillac. I suppose they used the

new chapel for the tomb, or Paradise, as they call it here.

Was there ever such a piece of scribbling as this letter--begun,

left, begun again, in so many places? Now I am at Maurice's, after

sitting five hours for my portrait, which M. Angier kindly insists

on painting for you, and for your sake, I have submitted. Dear papa,

my painted self will go with Eran, who has had his likeness taken

too, and, happier than I am. {483} is to see you and kiss you, and

talk to you of Paris, and many, many other things.

My absence is to be prolonged more than I supposed, but how could I

refuse these good friends a request they had such a right to ask?

They will be grateful to you, I assure you.

I shall bring you the little book of poetry that you care for so

much;--it is now in the hands of Count Xavier, which will be its

greatest glory, I have been presented to this celebrated and

charming man, who was very kind and gracious; he loves his cousin,

and under her patronage I could not but be well received. We found

him alone in his room, reading the office of Holy Week;--he must be

religious, being a worthy brother of his Brother Joseph. Thus he is

consoled for his great griefs, for the death of his three children

at eighteen or twenty years of age.

The same evening, they took me to the great Valentino concert of

eighty musicians. I had been there once before. There is much more

to be seen here, but one might spend a thousand years in Paris, and

leave many things unseen. I value more the knowledge of persons than

of things.

I am uneasy about your health, however well Mimi may take care of

you; be very careful of yourself.

Good-by, dear papa, good-by, dear Mimi.

I have no time to write to you. Maurice sends to papa M. de Luzerne's

_reflections_ upon the Gospels. Good-by to all.

I send a waistcoat to Pierril and an apron to Jeanie; to you and all

everything that can reach your hearts. Thank M. Angler for his

kindness, when you write to Maurice. My portrait must be finished at

Le Cayla, for I found it impossible to have a sitting to-day. I do

not want to leave you, and yet good-by. I will write to you from

Nevers. Erembert will be much pleased to see you again; I see

already the happy day of arrival.

April 2d, in the evening.

And here we must leave Eugénie. Eight days later she resumed the

journal at Nevers and wrote that wonderful eighth book, so

pathetically expressive of the pain of waiting--fit prelude of the

coming tragedy.

------

From Once a Week.

DAY-DREAMS

Call them not vain and false day-dreams we see

With spirit-vision of our quicker youth;

Thoughts wiser in the world's esteem may be

Less near the truth.

When against some hard creed of life we raise

Our single cry for what more pure we deem,

'Tis oft the working out in later days

Of some old dream!

Dream of a world more pure than that we find

Sad is the wak'ning, but not dull despair,

While we can feel that we may leave behind

One bright ray there.

Let us work up then to our young ideal,

Nor weep the present nor regret the past,

Till the soul, struggling 'twixt earth's false and real,

Reach heaven at last.

------

{484}

From The Dublin Review.

THE CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS OF ALEXANDRIA--ORIGEN.

The scholar next comes to the more strictly ethical part of Origen's

teaching. The preliminary dialectics had cleared the ground, and to a

certain extent replanted it; physics made the process more easy,

pleasant, and complete; but the great end of a philosophic life was

ethics, that is, the making a man good. The making of a man good and

virtuous seems now-a-days a simple matter, as far as theory is

concerned, and so perhaps it is, if only theory and principles be

considered; though morality is an extensive science, and one that is

not mastered in an hour or a day. But in Origen's day a science of

Christian ethics did not exist. The teaching of the Scripture and the

voice of the pastors was sufficient, doubtless, for the guidance of

the faithful; but science is a different thing. Such a science is

shadowed out to us by the scholar in the record we are noticing. St.

Thomas, the great finisher of scientific Christian ethics, embraces

all virtues under two great classes, viz., the theological and the

cardinal. The whole science of morality treats only of the seven

virtues included under these two divisions. The master's teaching

comprehended, of course, faith, and hope, and charity; indeed, it

would be more correct to say that these three virtues were his whole

ultimate object; but the scholar says little of them in particular

just because of this very reason, and also because they were bound up

in that _piety_ which he mentions so often. But it is a most

interesting fact that the virtues, and the only virtues, mentioned in

the summary of Origen's moral teaching given by St. Gregory, are

precisely the four cardinal virtues, prudence, justice, fortitude, and

temperance. The classification dates, of course, from the Stoics, but

the circumstance that the framework laid down by a father in the

beginning of the third century was used and completed by another

father in the thirteenth, gives the early father an undoubted claim to

be considered the founder of Christian ethics. And here we lay our

hands on one of the earliest instances of heathen philosophy being

made to hew wood and carry water for Christian theology. The division

of virtues was a good one; all the schools pretended to teach it; but

the distinctive boast and triumph of the Christian teacher was that he

taught _true_ prudence, true justice, fortitude, and temperance, "not

such," says the scholar, "as the other philosophers teach, and

especially the moderns, who are strong and great in words; he not only

talked about the virtues, but exhorted us to practise them; and he

exhorted us by what he did far more than by what he said." And here

the scholar takes the opportunity of recording his opinion about "the

other" philosophers, now that he has had a course of Origen's

training. He first apologizes to them for hurting their feelings. He

says that, personally, he has no ill-will against them, but he plainly

tells them that things have come to such a pass, through their

conduct, that the very name of philosophy is laughed at. And he goes

on to develop what appeared to him the very essence of their faults,

viz., too much talk, and nothing but talk. Their teaching is like a

widely-extended morass; once set foot in it, and you can neither get

out nor go on, but stick fast till you perish. Or it is like a thick

forest; the traveller who once finds himself {485} in it has no chance

of ever getting back to the open fields and the light of day, but

gropes about backward and forward, first trying one path, then

another, and finding they all lead farther in, until at last, wearied

and desperate, he sits down and dwells in the forest, resolving that

the forest shall be his world, since all the world seems to be a

forest. This is, perhaps, one of the most graphic pictures ever given

of the state of mind, so artificial, so unsatisfied, and yet so

self-sufficient, brought about by a specious heathen philosophy, and

the effect of enlightened reason destitute of revelation. The scholar

cannot heighten the strength of his description by going on to compare

it, in the third place, to a labyrinth, but the comparison brings out

two striking features well worthy of notice. The first is, the

innocent and guileless look of the whole concern from the outside;

"the traveller sees the open door, and in he goes, suspecting

nothing." Once in, he sees a great deal to admire, (and this is the

second point in the labyrinth-simile;) he sees the very perfection of

art and arrangement, doors after doors, rooms within rooms, passages

leading most ingeniously and conveniently into other passages; he sees

all this art, admires the architect, and--thinks of going out. But

there is no going out for him; he is fast. All the artifice and

ingenuity he has been admiring have been expended for the express

purpose of keeping in for ever those foolish people who have been so

unwary as to come in at the open door. "For there is no labyrinth so

hard to thread," sums up the scholar, "no wood so deep and thick, no

bog so false and hopeless, as the language of some of these

philosophers." In this language we recognize another of of the

characteristic feelings of the day--the feeling of profound disgust

for the highest teachings of heathenism from the moment the soul

catches a ray of the light of the Gospel In Origen's school the

confines of the receding darkness skirted the advancing kingdom of

light, and those that sat in the darkness to-day saw it leaving them

to-morrow, and far behind them the morrow after that; and all the time

the great master had to be peering anxiously into the darkness to see

what souls were nearest the light, and to hold out his hand to win

them too into the company of those that were already sitting at his

feet. In such days as those, sharp comparisons between heathen wisdom

and the light of Christ must have been part of the atmosphere in which

the catechumens of the great school lived and breathed; there was a

reality and interest in them such as can never be again. And yet the

master was no bigot in his dealings with the Greek philosophies. "He

was the first and the only one," says his scholar, "that made me study

the philosophy of Greece." The scholar was to reject nothing, to

despise nothing, but make himself thoroughly acquainted with the whole

range of Greek philosophy and poetry; there was only one class of

writers he was to have nothing to do with, and those were the atheists

who denied God and God's providence; their books could only sully a

mind that was striving after piety. But his pupils were to attach

themselves to no school or party, as did the mob of those who

pretended to study philosophy. Under his guidance they were to take

what was true and good, and leave what was false and bad. He walked

beside them and in front of them through the labyrinth; he had studied

its windings and knew its turns; in his company, and with their eyes

on his "lofty and safe" teaching, his scholars need fear no danger.

This brief analysis of part of St. Gregory's remarkable oration will

serve to give us some idea of Origen's method of treating his more

learned and cultivated converts, of whom we know he had a very great

many. It will also have admitted us, in some sort, into the interior

of his school, {486} and let as hear the question in debate and the

matters that were of greatest interest in that most influential centre

of Christian teaching. It does not, of course, deal directly with

theology, or with those great controversies which Origen, in a manner,

rendered possible for his pupils and successors of the next century.

The scholar, indeed, does go on now to speak of his theological

teachings; but he describes rather his manner than his matter, and

rather the salient points of characteristic gifts than the details of

his dogmatic system. As this is precisely our own object in these

notes, we need only say that St. Gregory, in the concluding pages of

his farewell discourse, sufficiently proves that the great end and

object of all philosophic teaching and intellectual discipline in the

school of his master was faith and practical piety. To teach his

hearers the great first cause was his most careful and earnest task.

His instructions about God were so full of knowledge and so carefully

prepared that the scholar is at a loss how to describe them. His

explanations of the prophets, and of Holy Scripture generally, were so

wonderful that he seemed to be the friend and interpreter of the Word.

The soul that thirsted for knowledge went away from him refreshed, and

the hard of heart and the unbelieving could not listen to him without

both understanding, and believing, and making submission to God. "It

was no otherwise than by the communication of the Holy Ghost that he

spoke thus," says his disciple, "for the prophets and the interpreters

of the prophets have necessarily the same help from above, and none

can understand a prophet unless by the same spirit wherein the prophet

spoke. This greatest of gifts and this splendid destiny he seemed to

have received from God, that he should be the interpreter of God's

words to men, that he should understand the things of God, as though

he heard them from God's own mouth, and that through him men should be

brought to listen and obey." Two little indications of what we may

call the spirit of Origen are to be found in this address of his

pupil. The first is the great value he sets upon purity as the only

means of arriving at the knowledge and communion of God. We know what

a watchword this "union with God" was among the popular philosophers

of the day. To attain to it was the end of all the Neo-Platonic

asceticism. It was Origen's great end as well; but he taught that

purity alone and the subjugation of the passions by the grace of God

will avail to lead the soul thither, and that no amount of external

refinement or abstinence from gross sin will suffice to make the soul

pure in the sight of God. The second is, his devotion to the person of

the Son, the ever-blessed Word of God. The whole oration of the

scholar takes the form of a thanksgiving to "the Master and Saviour of

our souls, the firstborn Word, the maker and ruler of all things." He

never misses an opportunity all through it of bursting into eloquent

love to that "Prince of the universe;" he cannot praise his master

without first praising him, or ascribe anything to the powers of the

earthly teacher without referring it first of all to the heavenly

Giver. He had learned this from Origen, the predecessor, unconsciously

certainly, but in will and in spirit, of another Alexandrian, the

great Athanasius. And here again error was bringing out the truth, for

unless the Gnostics and the Neo-Platonists had been at that very time

theorizing about their demiurge and their emanations, we should

probably have missed the tender devotion and repeated homage to the

eternal Word which we find in the words of Origen and his disciple.

Theodore, or Gregory, as he had been named in baptism, had to thank

his master and to praise him, and he had, Moreover, to say how sorry

he was to leave him. He concludes his speech with the expression of

his regrets. He is afraid that all the grand teaching he has received

has been to {487} a great extent thrown away upon him. He is not yet

prudent, he is not just, he is not temperate, he has no fortitude,

alas, for his own native imbecility! But one gift the master has given

him he has made him love all these virtues with a love that knows no

bounds; and he has made him love, over and above them all, that virtue

which is alike their beginning and their consummation--the blessed

virtue of piety, the service and love of God. And now, in leaving him,

he seems to be leaving a garden full of useful trees and pleasant

fruits, full of green grass and cheering sunshine. And he thereupon

compares himself, at considerable length, to our first parents

banished from Paradise. "I am leaving the face of God and going back

to the earth from whence I came; and I shall eat earth all my days,

and till earth--an earth that will produce me nothing but thorn and

briers now that it is deprived of its good and excellent tending." He

goes on to liken himself to the prodigal son; and yet he finds himself

worse than he, for he is going away without receiving the "due portion

of substance," and leaving behind everything he loves and cares for.

Again, he seems to be one of that band of Jewish captives that hang up

their harps on the willows and wept beside the rivers of Babylon. "I

am going out from my Jerusalem," he says, "my holy city, where day and

night the holy law is being announced, where are hymns and canticles

and mystic speech; where a light brighter than the sun shines upon us

as we discuss the mysteries of God, and where our fancy brings back in

the night visions of what has occupied us in the day; I am leaving

this holy city, wherein God seems to breathe everywhere, and going

into a land of exile: there will be no singing for me; even the

mournful flute will not be my solace when my harp is hung on the

willows; but I shall be working by river-sides and making bricks; the

hymns I remember I shall not be allowed to sing; nay, it may be that

my very memory will play me false, and my hard work will make me

forget them." The youthful heart, that has left a cloistered retreat

of learning and piety, where masters have been loved, studies enjoyed,

and God tenderly served, will test these words by itself, and read in

their eloquent painting another proof that nature is the same to-day

as yesterday. Gregory the wonder-worker was truly a scholar to be

proud of, but the master's pride must have been obliterated in his

emotion when he listened to such a description of his school as this.

But the scholar, after all, will leave with a good heart. "There is

the Word, the sleepless guardian of all men." He puts his trust in

him, and in the good seed that his master has sown; perhaps he may

come back again and see him yet once more, when the seed shall have

sprung up and produced such fruits as can be expected from a nature

which is barren and evil, but which he prays God may never become

worse by his own fault. "And do thou, O my beloved master ([Greek

text]), arise and send us forth with thy prayer; thou hast been our

saviour by thy holy teachings whilst we were with thee; save us still

by thy prayers when we depart. Give us back, master, give us up into

the hands of him that sent us to thee, God; thank him for what has

befallen us; pray him that in the future he may ever be with us to

direct us, that he may keep his laws before our eyes and set in our

heart that best of teachers his divine fear. Away from thee, we shall

not obey him as freely as we obeyed him here. Keep praying that we may

find consolation in him for our loss of thee, that he may send us his

angel to go with us; and ask him to bring us back to thee once more;

no other consolation could be half so great." And so they depart, the

two brothers, never again to see their master more. They both became

great bishops, Gregory the greatest; we find Origen writing to him,

soon after his departure, a letter full of affection and good counsel;

and who can tell how much the teaching of the catechist of Alexandria

had to do with that wonderful life and never-dying reputation that

distinguish Gregory Thaumaturgus among all the saints of the church?

{488}

Origen presided at Alexandria for twenty years--that is to say, from

211 to 231. In the latter year he left it for ever. During this period

he had been temporarily absent more than once. The governor of the

Roman Arabia, or Arabia Petraea, had sent a special messenger to the

prefect of Alexandria and the patriarch, to beg that the catechist

might pay him a visit. What he wanted him for is not recorded; but

Petra, the capital of the Roman province, was not so far from the

great road between Alexandria and Palestine as to be out of the way of

Greek thought and civilization, and its interesting remains of art,

belonging to this very period, which startled modern travellers only a

short time past, prove that it was itself no inconsiderable centre of

intellectual cultivation. We may, therefore, conjecture that his

errand was philosophical, or, in other words, religious.

The second time that Origen was absent from Alexandria was for a

somewhat longer space. The emperor Caracalla, after murdering his

brother and indulging in indiscriminate slaughter, in all parts of the

world from Rome to Syria, had at last arrived, with his troubled

conscience and his well-bribed legions, at Alexandria. The

Alexandrians, it is well known, had an irresistible tendency to give

nicknames. Caracalla's career was open to a few epithets, and the

unfortunate "men of Macedon" made merry on some salient points in the

character of the emperor and his mother. They had better have held

their tongues, or plucked them out; for in a fury of vengeance he let

loose his bloodthirsty bands on the city. How many were slain in that

awful visitation no one ever knew; the dead were thrown into trenches,

and hastily covered up, uncounted and unrecorded. The spectre-haunted

emperor took special vengeance on the institutions and professors of

learning. It would seem that he destroyed a great part of the

buildings of the Museum, and put to death or banished the teachers. As

for the students, he had the whole youth of the city driven together

into the gymnasium, and ordered them to be formed into a "Macedonian

phalanx" for his army--a grim retort, in kind, for their pleasantries

at his expense. Origen fled before this storm. Had he remained, he was

far too well known now to have been safe for an hour. Doubtless

obedience made him conceal himself and escape. He took refuge in

Caesarea of Palestine, where the bishop, St. Theoctistus, received him

with the utmost honor; and, though he was yet only a layman, made him

preach in the church, which he had never done at Alexandria. When the

tempest in Egypt had gone by, Demetrius wrote for him to come back. He

returned, and resumed the duties of his post.

After this he took either one or two other journeys. He was sent into

Greece, and visited Athens, with letters from his bishop, to refute

heresy and confirm the Christian religion. He also stayed awhile at

the great central see of Antioch.

On his journey to Greece, he had been ordained priest at Caesarea, by

his friend St. Theoctistus. When he returned to Alexandria, about the

year 231, Demetrius, the patriarch, was pleased to be exceedingly

indignant at his ordination. We cannot go into the controversy here;

we need only say that a synod of bishops, summoned by the patriarch,

decreed that he must leave Alexandria, but retain his priesthood;

which seems to show that they thought he had better leave for the sake

of peace, though they could not recognize any canonical fault; for if

they had, they would have suspended or degraded him. Demetrius,

indeed, assembled another synod some time later, and did degrade and

excommunicate him. But by this time Origen had left Alexandria, never

to return {489} and was quietly living at Caesarea. We dare not

pronounce sentence in a cause that has occupied so many learned pens;

but we dare confidently say this, that it is impossible to prove

Origen to have been knowingly in the wrong. We must now follow him to

Caesarea.

If some Levantine merchantman, manned by swarthy Greeks or Syrians, in

trying to make Beyrout, should be driven by a north wind some fifty

miles further along the coast to the southwest, she might possibly

find herself, at break of day, in sight of a strange-looking harbor.

There would be a wide semi-circular sweep of buildings, or what had

once been buildings; there would be a southern promontory, crowned

with a tower in ruins; there would be the vestiges of a splendid pier;

and there would be rows of granite pillars lying as if a hurricane had

come off the land, and blown them bodily into the sea. An Arab or two,

in their white cotton clothes, would be grimly looking about them, on

some prostrate columns; and a stray jackal, caught by the rising sun,

would be scampering into some hole in the ruins. Our merchantman would

have come upon all that is left of Caesarea of Palestine. If she did

not immediately make all sail to Jaffa, or back to Beyrout, it would

not be because the place does not look ghostly and dismal enough. And

yet it was once the greatest port on that Mediterranean coast, and far

more important than either Jaffa, Acre, Sidon, or even Beyrout now. It

owed its celebrity to Herod the Great. Twelve years of labor, and the

expenditure of vast sums of money, made the ancient Turris Stratonis

worthy to be rechristened Caesarea, in honor of Caesar Augustus. Its

great pier, constructed of granite blocks of incredible size, afforded

at once dwelling-places and hostelries for the sailors and a splendid

columned promenade for the wealthy citizens. The half-circle of

buildings, all of polished granite, that embraced the sea and the

harbor, and terminated in a rocky promontory on either side, shone far

out to sea, and showed conspicuous in the midst the great temple of

Caesar, crowned with statues of Augustus and of the Roman city. An

agora, a praetorium, a circus looking out to sea, and a rock-hewn

theatre, were included in Herod's magnificent plans, and fittingly

adorned a city that was to become in a few years the capital of

Palestine. We see its importance even as early as the days immediately

after Pentecost. It was here that the Gentiles were called to the

faith, in the person of Cornelius the centurion, a commander of the

legionaries stationed at Caesarea. His house, three hundred years

later, was turned into a chapel by St. Paulo, and must therefore have

been recognizable at the time of which we write. It was here that

Herod Agrippa I. planned the apprehension of St. Peter and the

execution of St. James the Greater; and it was in the theatre here

that the beams of the sun shone upon his glittering apparel, and the

people saluted him as a god, only to see him smitten by the hand of

the true God, and carried to his palace in the agonies of mortal pain.

St. Paul was here several times, and last of all when he was brought

from Jerusalem by the fifty horsemen and the two hundred spearmen.

Here he was examined before Felix, and before Festus, in the presence

of King Agrippa, when he made his celebrated speech; and it was from

the harbor of Caesarea that he sailed for Rome to be heard before

Caesar. For many centuries, even into the times of the crusaders, it

continued to be a capital and haven of great importance. Between 195

and 198, it was the scene of one of the earliest councils of the

Eastern Church, and, as the see of Eusebius, the founder of church

history, and the site of a celebrated library, it must always be

interesting in ecclesiastical annals. But perhaps it would require

nothing more to make {490} it a place of note in our eyes than the

fact that when Origen was driven from Alexandria, in 231, he

transferred to Caesarea not the Alexandrian school, it is true, but

the teacher whose presence and spirit had contributed so much to make

it immortal.

Caesarea, indeed, was at that time a literary centre only second to

Alexandria or Antioch. It was in direct communication with Jerusalem

by an excellent military road, and with Alexandria by a road that was

longer, indeed, but in no way inferior. It was not far from Berytus

both by land and sea. Like Capharnaum and Ptolemais, but in a yet

higher degree, it was one of Herod the Great's model cities, in which

he had embodied his scheme of _Grecianizing_ his country by the

influence of splendid Greek art and overpowering Greek intellect. It

was also the metropolis of Palestine. St. Alexander, bishop of

Jerusalem, Origen's fellow-student, was the intimate friend of

Theoctistus, bishop of Caesarea; and it is clear that bishops, or

their messengers, from the cities all along the coast, as for as

Antioch, and even the distant Cappadocia and Pontus, were not

unfrequent visitors to this great rallying-point of the church and the

empire.

When Origen, therefore, left Alexandria and took up his abode in a

city that was in a manner the diminished counterpart of one he had

abandoned, he did not find himself in a strange land. St. Theoctistus

received him with delight. It was not long before he journeyed the

short distance to Jerusalem, to renew his acquaintance with St.

Alexander; and these two bishops were only too glad to put on his

shoulders all the charges that he would accept. "They referred to

him," says Eusebius, "on every occasion as their master; they

committed to him alone the charge of interpreting and teaching Holy

Scripture and everything connected with preaching the Word of God in

the church." From the way in which the historian joins the two bishops

together, it would appear that Caesarea was a common school for the

two dioceses, and a sort of ecclesiastical seminary whither the

clerics from Jerusalem came, as to a centre where learning and learned

men would abound more than in ruined and fallen AElia. It is certain,

however, that Origen, in a short time, was teaching and writing as

fast as at Alexandria. His name soon began to draw scholars.

Firmilian, bishop of so distant a see as Caesarea of Cappadocia, one

of the most stirring minds of his age, who had controversies on his

hands all round the sea-coast to Carthage in one direction, and Rome

in the other, was a friend of Theoctistus. It is possible that he knew

Origen also, perhaps from having seen him at Alexandria, but more

probably from having met him when Origen travelled into Greece. At any

rate, he conceived an enthusiastic liking for him. Nothing would serve

him but to make Origen travel to his own far-off province to teach and

stimulate pastors and people; and, not long afterward, we find himself

in Judaea, that is, at Caesarea, on a visit to Origen, with whom he is

stated to have remained "some time," for the sake of "bettering

himself" in divinity. And, as Eusebius sums up, "not only those who

lived in the same part of the world, but very many others from distant

lands, left their country and came flocking to listen to him." We need

not mention here again the names Gregory and Athenodorus.

The position now occupied by Origen at Caesarea was, therefore, one of

the highest importance. He was no longer a private teacher, or even an

authorized master teaching in private; he was no less than the

substitute for the bishop himself. In the Eastern Church, indeed, the

custom by which no one but the Bishop ever preached in the church was

not so strictly observed as it was in the West; but if a {491}

presbyter did received the commission of preaching, it was always with

the understanding that what he said was said on behalf of the pontiff,

whose presence in his chair was a guarantee for its orthodoxy. When

Origen, therefore, on the Lord's day, after the reading of the holy

Gospel, stood forward from his place in the presbytery, and began to

explain either the Gospel text itself or some passage in the Old

Testament which also had formed part of the liturgical service, it was

well understood that he was speaking with authority. And this is the

first light in which we should view his homilies.

It would be saying little to say that Origen's homilies and

commentaries (for we need not distinguish them here) marked an era in

the exposition of Scripture. They not only were the first of their

kind, but they may be said to have created the art, and not only to

have created it, but, in certain aspects, to have finished it and to

have become like Aristotle in some of his treatises, at once the model

and the quarry for future generations. It may be true, as of course it

is, that he was not absolutely the first to write expositions of

Scripture. The splendid eloquence of Theophilus of Antioch had already

been heard on the four Gospels, and his spirit of interpretation seems

to have had much more affinity for Origen's own spirit than for that

of the school of his own Antioch two centuries later. Melito had

written on the Apocalypse, but his direct labors on Scripture were

only an insignificant part of his voluminous works, if, indeed, they

were not all rather apologetic and hortatory than explanatory. The

Mosaic account of the creation had occupied a few fathers with its

defence against Gnostic and infidel. But we know from Origen's own

words that he had read and used "his predecessors," as he calls them.

And yet we may truly say that he is the first of commentators, not

only because no one before him had dared to undertake the whole

Scripture, but on account of his novel and regular method. He is

turned by one great authority, Sixtus Senensis, "almost self-taught,"

so little of what he says can he have gleaned from others. But in

estimating how much Origen owed to those before him, we should lose a

valuable hint towards understanding him if we forgot Clement of

Alexandria and the great body of tradition, oral and written, of which

the Alexandrian school was the headquarters. We know that the

Alexandrian Jew, Philo, two hundred years before Clement's time, had

written wonderful lucubrations on the mystical sense of Holy

Scripture. The Alexandrian catechetical teachers, catching and using

the spirit of the place, had always been Alexandrian in their

Scriptural teachings. Clement himself had commented on the whole of

the Scriptures in his book called the "Hypotyposes." Origen entered

into inheritance. We see the spirit of the time and place in those

questionings with which, in his early years, he used to puzzle his

father. The unrivalled industry that made him collect versions of the

sacred text from Syria, Asia, and even the shores of Greece, must have

scrupulously sought out and exhausted every source of information and

every extant document relating to Scripture exposition that was at

hand for him in his own city. So that Origen, though in one sense the

founder of a school, was really the culmination of a series of learned

men, and, by the influence of his name, made common to the universal

church that knowledge and method which before had been confined to the

pupils that had listened to the Catechisms.

Although, however, we may guess, we cannot be certain how

progressively or gradually a methodical and scientific exegesis had

been growing up at Alexandria; and we come upon the commentaries of

Origen with all the freshness of a discovery. Before him we have been

accustomed to writings like those of the apostolic fathers: we have

been reading apologies of the most wonderful eloquence, whose Greek

shames the rhetoricians, {492} or whose Latin has all the spirit,

earnestness, and tenderness of new language, but in which Holy

Scripture is at the most only summarized and held up to view. Or,

again, we have been listening to a venerable priest crushing the

heretics with the word of God, or to a philosopher confuting the Jews

out of their own mouth. Or, once more, we have heard the pagan

intellect of the world convinced that truth was nowhere to be found

but in Jesus, that the writings of the prophets were better than those

of the philosophers, and that the morality of the New Testament cast

far into the shade the sayings of Socrates. Splendid ideas, striking

applications, telling proofs, grand views, all these the early fathers

found in holy Scripture, and all these they used in the exhortations,

apologies, or refutations that were called for by the several

necessities of their times. But sustained, regular commentary, as

such, they have none, or, what is the same to us now, none has come

down. The explanation of words, the classification of meanings, the

distinction of senses, the answering of difficulties and the solution

of objections--all this, done, not for an odd portion of the text here

and there, but regularly through the whole Bible, is what

distinguishes the labors of Origen from those of all who have gone

before him, and makes them so important for all who shall come after

him. In making acquaintance with him we feel that we have come across

a master, with breadth of view enough to handle masses of materials in

a scientific way, and with learning enough never to be in want of

materials for his science. We see in his Scripture commentaries the

pressure of three forces of unequal strength, but each of them of

marked presence, the tradition of the church, the teachings of the

great school, and the needs of his own times. To understand him we

must understand this pressure under which he wrote. The first two

forces may be passed over as requiring no explanation. We must dwell a

little on the latter, for unless we vividly realize the necessities

under which the Christian teacher in his time lay, of meeting certain

enemies and withstanding certain views, we shall be led to join in the

cry of those who exclaim against Origen's Scripture exposition as

partly useless and partly dangerous.

These necessities arose from two phenomena that appeared almost with

the birth of Christianity, and which, with a somewhat wide

generalization, we may call the Ebionite and the Gnostic. No one can

have looked into early church history without being struck by the

difficulty the church seems to have had to free herself from the

trammels of Judaism. We need not allude to St. Paul, and his Epistles

to the Galatians and to the Romans, and his various contentions with

friend and foe for the freedom of the Gospel. The Epistle to the

Hebrews, with its thoroughness of dogmatic exposition and its grand

style, was also addressed to the Judaizants. Nay, if Ebion himself

ever had an existence, it is more than probable that he was teaching

at Jerusalem about the very time at which the Epistle seems to have

been written and sent, if sent, to the Christian Jews of that city. It

is certain, however, that Alexandria was one of the very earliest of

the churches which shook itself free, in a marked manner, from the

traditions of the law. The cosmopolitan spirit of the great city was a

powerful natural auxiliary in a development which was substantially

brought about by the Holy Ghost and the pastors of the patriarchal

see. The Hebrew element hardly ever had such a footing at Alexandria

as it had at Antioch. We can see in the writing of Justin Martyr,

(_circa_ 160,) whose wide experience of all the churches makes his

testimony especially valuable, a. picture of Christianity, young and

exuberant, with its face joyously set to its destined career, and with

the swathing-bands of the synagogue lying neglected behind it. Justin

had an {493} Alexandrian training, and among his many-sided gifts

shone pre-eminent that intellectual culture which was the most

effectual of the human weapons that beat off the spirit of Judaism.

And in Clement himself there is no trace of any narrow formalism, but,

on the contrary, a grand, world-embracing charity, that can recognize

the work of the Divine Logos in all the manifold varieties of human

wisdom and human beauty. So that long before the time that Origen

succeeded his master, the Alexandrian church was free from all

suspicion of clinging to what St. Paul calls the "yoke of bondage;"

and knew no distinction of Jew or Greek. But the party that had

troubled the Apostle, and spread itself through the churches almost as

soon as the churches were founded, was by no means extinct, even at

Alexandria. Since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had become

scattered all over the empire. The great towns, such as Antioch,

Caesarea, and Alexandria, each contained a strong Jewish community. At

Alexandria they were numerous enough to have a quarter to themselves.

Now, it is not too much to say that many so-called Jews and Christians

in such a city were neither Jews nor Christians, but Ebionites; that

is, they acknowledged the divine mission of Christ, which destroyed

their genuine Judaism, but denied his divinity, which was still more

fatal to their Christianity. The consequences of such a state of

things to the interpretation of Scripture are manifest. The law was

still good and binding. Jerusalem was still the holy city, the chosen

of God, and the spiritual and temporal capital of the world. St. Paul

was denounced as one who admitted heathen innovations and destroyed

the word of God. Everything in holy Scripture, that is, in the Old

Testament and in the scanty excerpts from the New, which they

admitted, was to be understood in a rigorously literal sense; and the

"Clementines," once falsely attributed to St. Clement of Rome, but now

considered to belong to the second century, and to be the work of an

Ebionite, are the only writings of the period in which the allegorical

sense is totally and peremptorily denied. Ebionism was not very

consistent with itself, and the Ebionites of St. Jerome's time would

hardly have saluted their sterner brethren of the apostolic age; but

the name may always be truly taken to typify those whose views led

them to hold to the "carnal letter" of the Old Testament. They carried

the old Jewish exclusiveness into Christianity. They considered the

historical parts of the Scripture to have been written merely because

their own history was so important in God's sight that he thought it

right to preserve its minutest record. The prophecies were only meant

to glorify, to warn, or to terrify themselves, and had no message for

the Gentiles. Even the parables and figures that occurred in the

imagery of the inspired writer were dragged down to the most absurd

and literal significations. The adherents of Ebionism were neither few

nor silent in the time of Origen.

But if the Ebionite party in Alexandria, and in the Church generally,

was strong and stirring, there was a party not less important,

perhaps, who, in their zeal for the freedom of Christianity against

the bonds of Judaism, were in danger of going quite as far wrong in a

different direction. It is always the case in a reaction, that the

returning force finds it difficult to stop at its due mark. So it had

been with the reaction against the Ebionites, and especially at

Alexandria. There was a body of advanced Christians who did not

content themselves with not observing the law, but went on to

depreciate it. It was not enough for them to see the Old Testament

fulfilled by Jesus Christ, but they must needs show that it never had

much claim to be even a preparation and a type. It was full of

frivolous details, useless records, and absurd narrations. {494} Who

cared for the _minutiae_ about Pharaoh's butler, Joseph's coat, or

Tobias's dog? Of what importance to the world were the marchings and

counter-marchings, the stupid obstinacy and the unsavory morality of a

few thousand Hebrews? Who was interested to hear how their prophets

scolded them, or their enemies destroyed them, or their kings

tyrannized over them? How could it edify Christians to know the number

and color of the skins of the tabernacles or the names of the masons

and blacksmiths that built the Temple, or the fact that the Jewish

people considerably varied their carnal piety by intervals of still

more carnal crime and idolatry? The state of things represented by the

Old Testament had passed away, and they were of no interest save as

ancient history; and therefore, it was absurd to treasure up the

Pentateuch and the Prophets as if they were anything more, and not

rather much less, than the rhapsodies of Homer and the travels of

Herodotus. In fact--and to this conclusion a considerable party came

before long--the Old Testament was certainly not divine at all; at any

rate, it was not the work of the Father of the Lord Jesus, but of some

other principle. And here the Gnostic interest was at hand with an

opportune idea. Who _could_ have written the Old Testament but the

Demiurge? That primary offshoot of the Divinity, just, but not good,

(this was their distinction,) can never have been more worthily

employed than in concocting a series of writings in which there was

some skill, some justice, and very little goodness. The Demiurge was

certainly a handy suggestion, and the consigning of the Old Testament

to his workmanship made all commentary thereon compressive into a very

brief space. Away with it all, for a farrago of nonsense, lies, and

nuisances!

Of course, neither of these parties, when extremely developed, could

lay any claim to Christianity. But the world of that day had in it

Ebionites and Gnostics of every degree and every changing hue of

error. They were not unrepresented in the very bosom of the Church.

Pious Christians might be found who, strong in filial feeling to their

Jewish great-grandfathers, would see in the records of the old

covenant nothing but a most interesting family history, with

delightfully long pedigrees and a great deal of strong language about

the glory and dignity of the descendants of Israel. On the other hand,

equally pious Christians, and among them a great majority, perhaps, of

the Gentile converts, would consider it an extravagant compliment to

read in the house of God the sayings and doings of such a very

unworthy set of people as the Hebrews. And the remarkable fact would

be, that both these sets of worthy Christians would begin with the

same fundamental error, though arriving at precisely opposite

conclusions. That the Old Testament had a literal meaning, _and no

other_ was the starting-point of both Ebionite and Gnostic The former

concluded, "therefore let us honor it, for we are a divine race;" the

latter, "therefore let us reject it, for what are the Jews to us?"

It would not require many sentences to prove, if our object in these

notes were proof of any sort, that Origen's leading idea in his

Scripture exposition is to look for the mystical sense. His very name

is a synonym for allegory, and he is perhaps as often blamed for it as

praised. But even blame, when outspoken and honest, is better than

feeble excuse; and and unfortunately not a few of the great

Alexandrian's critics have undertaken to excuse him for having such a

leaning to allegory. The Neo-Platonists, they say, dealt largely in

myths, and allegorized everything; somebody allegorized Homer just

about that time. Now Origen was a Platonist. We might answer, that

Origen was above all a Christian, and knew but very little of Plato

till he was thirty years old; and that the Greek allegories {495} were

invented by a more decorous generation for the purpose of veiling the

grossness of the popular mythology; whereas the Christian allegory, as

introduced by St Paul, or indeed by our Blessed Saviour, was a

spiritual and mysterious application of real facts. Others, again,

offer the excuse that Philo had allegorized very much, and Origen

admired Philo. This is saying that allegory was very usual at

Alexandria, as we have said ourselves when speaking of St. Clement.

But it is not saying why allegory was kept up so warmly in the school

of the Catechisms, or what was the radical cause that made its being

kept up there a necessity for the well-being of the Church. This we

have endeavored to state in the foregoing remarks.

When Origen, then, announces his grand principle of Scripture

commentary, in the fourth book of the De Principiis, we may be excused

if we see in it the statement of an important canon, whereby to

understand much that he has written. He says, "Wherefore, to those who

are convinced that the sacred books are not the utterances of man, but

were written and made over to us by the inspiration of the Holy Ghost,

by the will of God the Father of all through Jesus Christ, we will

endeavor to point out how they are to read them, keeping the rules of

the divine and apostolic Church of Jesus Christ." This is the key-note

of all his exposition, and derives its significance from the state of

opinions among those for whom he wrote; and a dispassionate

application of it to such passages as seem questionable or gratuitous

in his writings, will explain many a difficulty, and show how clearly

he apprehended the work he had to do. If the Old Testament be really

the word of the Holy Ghost, as, he says, all true Christians believe,

then nothing in it can be trivial, nothing useless, nothing false.

This he insists upon over and over again. And, descending more to

particulars, he states these three celebrated rules of interpretation,

which may be called, with their development, his contribution to

Scripture exposition. They are so plainly aimed at Ebionites and

Gnostics, that we need merely to state them to show the connection.

His first rule regards the old Law. The Law, he says, being abrogated

by Jesus Christ, the precepts and ordinances that are purely legal are

no longer to be taken and acted up to literally, but only in their

mystical sense. This seems rudimentary and evident nowadays; but at

that period it greatly needed to be clearly stated and enforced.

His second rule is about the history and prophecy relating to Jew or

Gentile that is found in the Old Testament. The Ebionite who kissed

the Pentateuch, and the Gnostic who tore it up, were both foolish

because both ignorant. These historic and prophetic details were

undoubtedly true in their letter; but their chief use to the Christian

Church, and the main object the Holy Spirit had in giving them to us,

was the mystical meaning that lies hidden under the letter. Thus the

earthly Pharaoh, the earthly Jerusalem, Babylon, or Egypt, are chiefly

of importance to the Church from the fact that they are the allegories

of heavenly truths.

Origen's third canon of scriptural exposition is this: "Whatever in

holy Scripture seems trivial, useless, or false," (the Gnostics could

not or would not see that parabolic narratives are most unjustly

called false,) "is by no means to be rejected, but its presence in the

divine record is to be explained by the fact that the divine Author

had a deeper and more important meaning in it than appears from the

letter. Such portions, therefore, must be taken and applied in a

spiritual and mystical sense, in which sense chiefly they were

dictated by Almighty God."

These three rules look simple now; they were all-important and not so

simple then. It was by means of them, {496} and in the spirit which

they indicate, that the great catechist led his hearers by the hand

through the flowery paths of God's word, and in his own easy, simple,

earnest style, so different from that of the rhetoricians, showed them

the true use of the Old Testament. We hope it is not a fanciful idea,

but it has struck us that, the difference of circumstances considered,

there are few writers so like each other in their handling of holy

Scripture as Origen and St. John of the Cross. Both treat of deep

truths, and in a phraseology that sounds uncommon--the one because his

hearers were intellectual Greeks, the other because he is professedly

treating of the very highest points of the spiritual life. Both use

holy Scripture in a fashion that is absolutely startling to those who

are accustomed to rationalistic Protestantism, or to what may be

called the domestic wife-and-children interpretation of the

Evangelicals. Both bring forward, in the most unhesitating manner, the

mystic sense of the inspired words to prove or illustrate their point,

and both mix up with their more abstruse disquisitions a large amount

of practical matter in the very plainest words. From communion with

both of them we rise full of a new sense of the presence and nearness

of the Spirit of God, and of reverence for the minutest details of his

Word. Finally, both the Greek father and the Spanish mystic interpret

the ceremonial prescriptions, the history, the allusions to physical

nature, and the incidents of domestic life that occur in the Old

Testament, as if all these, however important in their letter, had a

far deeper and more interesting signification addressed to the

spiritual sense of the spiritual Christian.

To illustrate Origen's principles of Scripture interpretation by

extracts from his works would exceed our present limits, however

interesting and satisfactory the task might be. Neither have we space

to notice his celebrated division of the meaning of the text into

literal, mystical, and moral, a division he was the first to insist

upon formally. To answer the objections of critics against both his

principles and his alleged practice would also be a distinct task of

great length. We must content ourselves with having briefly sketched

and indicated his spirit. There are grave theological controversies

too, as is well known, connected with his name; and on these we have

had no thought of entering. The purpose of this and the preceding

articles has not been dogmatical, but rather biographical. We have

attempted to set forth on the one hand the personal character of this

great man; on the other, the external circumstances by which that

character was influenced, and through which it exercised influence on

others.

------

{497}

Translated from the Spanish.

PERICO THE SAD; OR, THE FAMILY OF ALVAREDA.

CHAPTER I.

Following the curve formed by the ancient walls of Seville, encircling

it as with a girdle of stone, leaving on the right the river and Las

Delicias, we reach the gate of San Fernando. From this gate, in a

direct line across the plain, as far as the ridge of Buena Vista,

extends a road which passes the rill upon a bridge of stone, and

ascends the steep side of the hill. To the right of the road are seen

the ruins of a chapel. At a bird's-eye view this road looks like an

arm which Seville extends toward the ruins as if to call attention to

them; for though small, and without a vestige of artistic merit, they

form a religious and historic souvenir. They are an inheritance from

the great king, Fernando III., whose memory is so popular that he is

admired as a hero, venerated as a saint, and beloved as a king: thus

realizing, in one grand historic figure the ideal of the Spanish

people.

Having gained the summit, the road descends upon the opposite side

into a a little valley, through which runs a narrow stream, which has

washed its channel so clean that you will see in it only shining

pebbles and golden sand.

Fording this stream, the road touches on its right at a cheerful and

hospitable little inn, and salutes on its left a Moorish castle seated

so haughtily upon the height that it seems as though the ground had

risen solely to form a pedestal for it. This castle was given by Don

Pedro de Castilla to Doña Maria de Padilla, whose name it retains. The

estate and castle of Doña Maria passed in time, as a pious donation,

to the Cathedral of Seville, the chapter of which has, in our days,

sold it to a private gentleman. The associations passed for nothing,

since a little while afterward, the withered, old, and furrowed Doña

Maria appeared clothed in the whitest of lime, and adorned with

brilliants of crystal.

Let us follow the road which advances, opening its way through the

palmettos and evergreens of some pasture-lands, until it enters the

village of Dos-Hermanas, [Footnote 85] situated in the midst of a

sandy plain, two leagues from Seville.

[Footnote 85: Dos-Hermanas, two sisters. ]

One sees here neither river, nor lake, nor umbrageous trees, nor rural

houses with green blinds, nor arbors covered with twining plants, nor

peacocks and Guinea fowls picking the green turf, nor grand avenues of

trees in straight lines, like slaves holding parasols, to provide a

constant shade for those who walk beneath. All these are wanting here.

Sad it is to confess it! All is common, rude, and inelegant, but

instead, one meets good and contented faces, which prove how little

those things are needed to make happiness. One sees, beside, flowers

in the yards of the houses, and at their doors gay and healthy

children, even more numerous than the flowers, and finds that sweet

peace of the country, made up of silence and solitude, an atmosphere

of Eden and the sky of paradise.

The village consists of houses of a single story, arranged in long,

straight, though not parallel streets, which open upon the large,

sandy market-place, spread out like a yellow carpet before a fine

church, which lifts its lofty tower, surmounted by a cross, like a

soldier elevating his standard.

{498}

Behind the church we shall find the oasis of this desert. Supported by

the rear wall of the edifice is a gate, opening into a wide and vast

court, which leads to the chapel of Saint Anna, the patroness of the

place. Built against the side of the chapel is the small and humble

dwelling of the custodian, who is both singer and sacristan of the

church. In this enclosure we shall see century-old cypresses, thick

foliaged and sombre; the lilac, of stem so slight and rapid growth,

lavishing leaves, flowers, and perfumes upon the wind, as if conscious

that its life is short; the orange, that grand seigneur, that favorite

son of the soil of Andalusia, to whom it yields a life so sweet and

long. We shall see the vine, which, like a child, needs the help of

man to thrive and rise, and which spreads its broad leaves as if to

caress the trellis that supports it. For it is certain that even

plants have their individual characters from which we receive

different impressions. We can hardly see a cypress without sadness, a

lilac without tenderness, an orange-tree without admiration. Does not

the lavender suggest the thought of a neat and peaceful interior; and

the rosemary, perfume of holy night, does it not awaken the wholesome

and sacred thoughts of that season?

To the right and left of the place extend those interminable olive

plantations, which form the principal branch of the agriculture of

Andalusia. The trees being planted well apart from each other give a

cheerful air to these groves, but the ground underneath, kept so level

and free from other vegetation by the plough, renders them wearisomely

monotonous. At certain distances we encounter the groups of buildings

which belong to the estates. These are constructed without taste or

symmetry, and we may go all round them without finding the front.

There is nothing imposing about these great masses, or structures,

except the towers of their windmills, which rise above the olives as

if to count them. The most of these estates belong to the aristocracy

of Seville, but they are generally deserted because the ladies do not

like to live in the country, and are therefore as desolate and as

empty as barns, so that in these out-of-the-way places, the silence is

only broken by the crowing of the cock, while he vigilantly guards his

seraglio, or by the braying of some superannuated ass, that, turned

out by the overseer to take his ease, tires of his solitude.

At the close of a beautiful day in January, in the year 1810, might

have been heard the fresh voice of a youth of some twenty years, who,

with his musket upon his shoulder, was walking with a firm but light

step along one of the footpaths which are traced through the olive

groves. His figure was straight, tall, and slight. His person, his

air, his walk, had the ease, the grace, and the elegance which art

endeavors to create, and which nature herself lavishes upon the

Andalusians with generous hand. His head, covered with black curls, a

model of the beautiful Spanish type, he carried erect and proudly. His

large eyes were black and vivid; his look frank and full of

intelligence. His well-formed upper lip, shortened with an expression

of cheerful humor, showed his white and brilliant teeth. His whole

person breathed a superabundance of life, health, and strength. A

silver button fastened the snowy shirt at his brown throat. He wore a

short jacket of gray cloth, short trowsers, tied at the knee with

cords and tassels of silk, and a yellow silk girdle passed several

times around his waist. Leather shoes and gaiters of the same, finely

stitched, encased his well-formed feet and legs. A wide-brimmed

Portuguese hat, adorned with a velvet band and silk tassels, and

jauntily inclined toward the left side, completed the elegant

Andalusian dress.

This youth, noted for his active disposition, and for his impulsive

and daring character, was employed by the superintendent of one of the

estates to act as guard during the olive gathering. He sang as he went

along:

{499}

"The way is short, my step is light,

I loiter not, nor do I weary;

The path seems downward--easy trod,

When up the hill I climb to Mary.

"But long the road, and oh! how steep!

My lingering footsteps slow and weary;

The mountains seem before me piled

When down the hill I come from Mary."

Arriving at the paling which enclosed the plantation the guard sprang

over it without stopping to look for the gate, and found himself in a

road face to face with another youth a little older than himself, who

was also going toward the village. He was dressed in the same manner,

but he was neither so tall nor so erect as the former.

His eyes were gray, and not so vivid, and his glance was more

tranquil, his mouth was graver and his smile sweeter. Instead of a gun

he carried a spade upon his shoulder. An ass preceded him without

being driven, and he was followed by an enormous dog, with short thick

hair of a whitish yellow color, of the fine race of shepherd-dogs of

Estremadura.

"Halloo! Is this you, Perico? God bless you!" exclaimed the elegant

guard.

"And you, too, Ventura, are you coming to take a rest?"

"No," answered Ventura, "I come for supplies, and besides, it is eight

days--"

"Since you saw my sister, Elvira," interrupted Perico with his sweet

smile. "Very good, my friend, you are killing two birds with one

stone."

"You keep still, Perico, and I will. He whose house has a glass roof

shouldn't throw stones at his neighbor's," answered the guard.

"You are happy, Ventura," proceeded Perico with a sigh, "for you can

marry when you like, without opposition from any one."

"And what!" exclaimed Ventura, "who or what can oppose your getting

married?"

"The will of my mother," replied Perico.

"What are you saying?" asked Ventura, "and why? What fault can she

find with Rita, who is young, good-looking, and comes of a good stock,

since she is own cousin to you?"

"That is precisely the reason my mother alleges for not being in favor

of it."

"An old woman's scruples! Does she wish to change the custom of the

church, which permits it?"

"My mother's scruples," replied Perico, "are not religious ones. She

says that the union of such near relations is against nature, that the

same blood in both repels itself, and distaste is the result; that

sooner or later evils, misfortunes and weariness follow and overtake

them, and she gives a hundred examples to prove it."

"Don't mind her," said Ventura; "let her prophesy and sing evil like

an owl. Mothers have always something against their sons' marrying."

"No," answered Perico gravely, "no; without my mother's consent I will

never marry."

They walked along some instants in silence when Ventura said:

"The truth is, I am like the captain who embarked the passengers and

remained on shore himself, or like the preacher who used to say, 'Do

as I tell you and not as I do;' for, in fact, does not the will of my

father hold me, tied down like a lion with a woollen rope? Do you

think, Perico, that if it were not for my father, I would not now be

in Utrera, where the regiment of volunteers is enlisting to go and

fight the infamous traitors who steal across our frontier in the guise

of friends, to make themselves masters of the country and put a

foreign yoke upon our necks?"

"I am of the same mind," said Perico, "but how can I leave my mother

and sister who have only me to look to? But remember, if my mother

sets herself against my marrying, I'm not going to live so, and I

shall go with the other young men."

"And you will do right," said Ventura with energy. "As for me, the day

they least expect it, though they call me, I shall not answer, and you

may be sure, Perico, that on that day there will be a few less

Frenchmen on the soil of Spain."

{500}

"And Elvira?" questioned Perico.

"She will do like others, wait for me--or weep for me."

CHAPTER II.

The house of the family of Perico was spacious and neatly whitewashed,

both without and within. On each side of the door, built against the

wall, was a bench of mason work. In the entry hung a lantern before an

image of our Lord which was fixed upon the inner door, according to

the Catholic custom, which requires that a religious thought shall

precede everything, and puts all things under some holy patronage. In

the midst of the spacious court-yard an enormous orange-tree rose

luxuriantly upon its smooth and robust trunk. Its base was shielded by

a wooden frame. For numberless generations this beautiful tree had

been a source of enjoyment to this family. The deceased Juan Alvareda,

the father of Perico, claimed upon tradition, that its existence dated

as far back as the expulsion of the Moors, when, according to his

assertion, an Alvareda, a soldier of the royal saint, Fernando, had

planted it, and when the parish priest, who was his wife's brother,

would jest him upon the antiquity, and uninterrupted succession of his

lineage, or make light of it, he always answered, without being

disturbed or vacillating for an instant in his conviction, that all

the lineages of the world were ancient, and that, though the direct

line or succession of the rich might often be extinguished, such a

thing never happened with the poor.

The women of the family made of the leaves of the orange-tree tonics

for the stomach and soothing preparations for the nerves. The young

girls adorned themselves with its flowers and made confections of

them. The children regaled their palate and refreshed their blood with

its fruit. The birds had their quarters-general among its leaves, and

sung to it a thousand cheerful songs, while its possessors, who had

grown up under its shelter, watered it unweariedly in summer-time and

in winter cut away its withered twigs, as one pulls the gray hairs

from the head of the father he would never see grow old.

On opposite sides of the entry were two suites of rooms, or, according

to the expression of the province, _partidos_, both alike; consisting,

each, of a parlor having two small windows with gratings looking

toward the street, and two bedrooms forming an angle with the parlor,

and receiving light from the yard. At the end of the yard was a door

which opened into a large enclosure in which were the kitchen,

wash-house, and stables, and which paraded in its centre a large

fig-tree of so little pretension and self-esteem that it yielded

itself without complaint to the nightly roost of the hens, never

having bent its boughs under the inconvenient weight, even to play

them a trick by way of carnival.

The master of the house had been dead three years. When he felt his

end approaching, he called his son to him and said: "In your care I

leave your mother and sister; be guided by the one and watch over the

other. Live always in the holy fear of God, and think often of death,

so that you may see his approach without either surprise or fear.

Remember my end, that you may not dread your own. All the Alvaredas

have been honest men; in your veins flows the same Spanish blood and

in your heart exist the same Catholic principles that made them such.

Be like them, and you will live happily and die in peace!"

Anna, his widow, was a woman distinguished among her class, and she

would have been so in a more elevated one. Carefully brought up by her

brother the priest, her understanding was cultivated, her character

grave, her manners dignified, and her virtue instinctive. These

merits, united with {501} her easy circumstances, gave her a real

superiority over those who surrounded her, which she accepted without

misusing. Her son Perico, submissive, modest, and industrious, had

been her consolation, his love for his cousin Rita being the only

disquietude he had ever caused her.

Her daughter Elvira, who was three years younger than Perico, was a

malva in gentleness, a violet in modesty and a lily in purity.

Ill-health in childhood had given to her features, which closely

resembled those of her brother, a delicacy, and an expression of calm

resignation, which lent to her a singular attraction. From her infancy

she had clung to Ventura, the proud and handsome son of Uncle Pedro,

who had been the friend and gossip of the late Alvareda.

The wife of Pedro died in giving birth to a daughter, who from her

infancy had been confided to the care of her mother's sister, a

religious of Alcala. Separated thus from his daughter, Pedro had

concentrated all his affection upon his son, and with pride and

satisfaction had seen him become the handsomest, the bravest, and the

most gallant, of all the youths of the place.

Directly in front of the house of the Alvaredas stood the small

cottage of Maria, the mother of Rita. Maria was the widow of Anna's

brother, who had been superintendent of the neighboring _hacienda_ of

Quintos.

This woman was so good, so without gall, so candid and simple, that

she had never possessed enough force and energy to subdue the decided,

haughty, and imperious character which her daughter had manifested

from her childhood, and these evil dispositions had therefore

developed themselves without restraint. She was violent-tempered,

fickle, and cold-hearted. Her face, extraordinarily beautiful,

seductively expressive, piquant, lively, smiling, and mischievous,

formed a perfect contrast to that of her cousin Elvira.

The one might have been compared to a fresh rose armed with its

thorns; the other to one of those roses of passion, which lift above

their pale leaves a crown of thorns in token of endurance, while they

hide in the depths of their calix the sweetest honey.

In the delineation and classification of the members which composed

this family and those connected with them, we must not omit Melampo,

the dog we have already seen, lazily following Perico on his return

home. We must give him his place, for not all dogs are equal, even in

the eye of the law. Melampo was a grave and honorable dog, without

pretension, even to being a Hercules or an Alcides among his race,

notwithstanding his enormous strength. He seldom barked, and never

without good cause. He was sober and in nothing gluttonous. He never

caressed his masters, but never, upon any pretext, separated himself

from them. He had never, in all his life, bitten any person, and he

despised above all things the attacks of those curs that with stupid

hostility barked at his heels. But Melampo had killed six foxes and

three wolves; and one day had thrown himself upon a bull which was

pursuing his master, and obliged him to stop by seizing him by the

ear, as one might treat a bad child. With such certificates of

service, Melampo slept in the sun upon his laurels.

CHAPTER III.

When the two youths arrived, they found Elvira and Rita leaning each

against a side of the doorway, wrapped in their mantles of yellow

cloth, bordered with black velvet ribbon, such as were worn then by

the women of the country in place of the large shawls which they use

nowadays. They covered the lower part of the face, allowing only the

forehead and eyes to be seen. Having wished them good evening, Perico

said to his sister:

{502}

"Elvira, I warn you that this bird wants to fly; fasten the cage well

. . . He is beside himself to go and fight these _gabachos_ [Footnote

86] who are trying to pass through here like Pedro through his house."

[Footnote 86: _Gabachos_, a term of contempt for Frenchmen.]

"For they say," added Ventura, "that they are approaching Seville; and

must we stand looking on with our arms crossed, without so much as

saying this mouth is my own?"

"Ah goodness!" exclaimed Elvira, "I hope in God that this may not

happen! Do not even speak of it! O my protectress Saint Anna! I offer

thee what I prize so much, my hair, which I will tie up in a tress

with an azure ribbon and hang upon thy altar, if thou wilt save us

from this."

"And I," said Rita, "will offer the Saint two pots of pinks to adorn

her chapel, if it falls out so that you take yourselves off in haste

and do not come back soon."

"Don't say that, even in jest," exclaimed Elvira, distressed.

"Never mind, let her say it; the Saint is sure to prefer the beautiful

tress of your hair to her pinks," observed Ventura.

At this moment the good widow, Maria, approached. She was older than

her sister-in-law, and although hardly sixty years old, was so small

and thin that she appeared much older.

"Children," she cried, "the night is falling, what are you doing out

here, freezing yourselves?"

"How freezing ourselves?" answered Ventura, unbuttoning his collar,

"I'm too warm, the cold is in your bones, Aunt Maria."

"Do not play with your health, my son, nor trust in your youth, for

Death does not look at the record of baptism. This north wind cuts

like a knife, and you are more likely to get a consumption by waiting

here than an inheritance from the Indies."

So saying she passed into the house, all following her, except

Ventura, who went to discharge his commissions.

They found Anna seated before the brasier, the point of reunion round

which families gather m winter. The great copper frying-pan shone like

gold upon its low wooden bench. The floor of the spacious room was

covered with mattings of straw and hemp, around it were arranged rude

wooden chairs, high-backed and low-seated, a low pine table upon which

burned a large metal lamp, and a leathern arm-chair, like those seen

in the barbers' shops of the region, completed the simple furniture of

the room. In the alcove were seen a very high bed, over which was

spread a white counterpane with well starched ruffles; a very large

cedar chest, with supports underneath to preserve it from the dampness

of the floor; a small table of the same wood, upon which, in its case

of mahogany and glass, was a beautiful image of "Our Lady of Sorrows,"

some pious offerings, and the "Mystic Garland; or, Lives of the

Saints," by Father Baltasar Bosch Centellas.

As soon as they were all reunited, including Pedro, the neighbor and

friend of Anna, the latter began to recite the rosary. When the

prayers were finished Anna took up her distaff to spin, Elvira applied

herself to her knitting, and Pedro, who occupied the great chair,

employed himself in the preparation of a cigarette; Perico in roasting

chestnuts and acorns, which, when they were done, he gave to Rita, who

ate them.

"Did you ever!" said Perico, "how the rain holds off! The earth has

turned to stone and the sky to brass. Last year at this time it had

rained so much that the ground could not be seen for the grass that

covered it."

"It is true," said Uncle Pedro, "and now the flocks are perishing with

hunger, notwithstanding that last year their table was so well

spread."

"It appears to me," added Elvira, in her sweet voice, "that it is

going to rain soon. The river wore its black frown to-day, and the old

people say that these frowns are sleeping tempests, which, when the

winds awaken them, drench the world.'"

{503}

"Of course it is going to rain," said Rita; "I saw to-night the star

of the waters which the storm brings for a lantern."

"It is a-going to rain," confirmed Maria, aroused from her dose by the

abrupt and clear voice of her daughter; "my rheumatic pains announce

it to me. Indeed, wind and rain are the fruits of the season, and they

are needed. But I am sorry for the poor herdsmen who pass such nights

in the inn of the stars."

"Don't trouble yourself about them, Maria," said the jovial Uncle

Pedro, who had always a saying, a proverb, a story, or a something, to

bring in support of whatever he asserted. "In this world habit is

everything, and that which seems disagreeable to one, another finds

quite to his liking; custom makes all level as the sea, and gilds all

like the sun. There was once a shepherd that got married to a girl as

lovely as a rose, and as chance would have it, on the very night of

the wedding there arose such a tempest as if all the imps from beneath

had been abroad with thunder and lightning, hurricane and flood. It

was too much for the shepherd; he abandoned his bride and rushed to

the window exclaiming as he dashed it open, 'O blessed night I why am

I not out to enjoy thee!'"

"The bride might well be jealous of such a rival," said Rita, bursting

into a loud laugh.

The clock struck nine, they recited the "animas," and soon afterward

separated.

When the mother and her children were left alone Elvira spread a clean

cloth upon the table and placed upon it a dish of salad. Anna and her

daughter began to sup, but Perico remained seated with his head

inclined over the brasier, absently stirring with the shovel the few

coals which still glowed among the ashes.

"Are you not going to eat your supper, Perico?" said his sister,

extending toward him the fine white bread which she herself had

kneaded.

"I am not hungry," he answered, without lifting his head.

"Are you sick, my son?" asked Anna.

"No, mother," he replied.

The supper was finished in silence, and when Elvira had gone out,

carrying the plates, Perico abruptly said to his mother:

"Mother, I am going to Utrera tomorrow to enlist with the loyal

Spanish who are preparing to defend the country."

Anna was thunderstruck. Accustomed to the docile obedience of her son,

who had never failed to keep his word, she said to him:

"To the war? That is to say that you are going to abandon us. But it

cannot be! You must not do it! You ought not to leave your mother and

sister, and I will not give my consent."

"Mother," said the young man, exasperated, "it is seen that you always

have something to oppose to my desires; you have subjected my will,

and now you wish to fetter my arm; but mother," he proceeded, growing

excited, and impelled by the two greatest motives which can rule a

man--patriotism in all its purity, and love in all its ardor, "mother,

I am twenty-two years old, and I have besides strength enough and will

enough, to break away if you force me to it."

Anna, as much astonished as terrified, clapped her cold and trembling

hands in agony, exclaiming:

"What! is there no alternative between a marriage which will make you

wretched and the war which will cost you your life?"

"None, mother," said Perico, drawn out of his natural character, and

hardened by the dread that he should yield in the contest now fairly

entered upon. "Either I remain to marry, or I go to fulfil the duty of

every young Spaniard."

"Marry, then," said the mother in a grave voice. "Between two

misfortunes I choose the least bitter; but remember, Perico, what your

mother tells you to-day; Rita is vain and light {504} an indifferent

Christian, and an ungrateful daughter. A bad daughter makes a bad

wife--your blood and hers will repel each other. You will remember

what your mother now says, but it will be too late."

Saying these words, the noble woman rose and went into her room to

hide from her son the tears that choked her voice.

Perico, who regarded his mother with as much tenderness as veneration,

made a movement as if to retain her. He would have spoken, but his

timidity and the excitement of his mind confused his faculties. He

found no words, and after a moment of indecision rose suddenly, passed

his hand across his damp forehead, and went out.

During this time Rita, who waited in vain at the grating of her window

for Perico, was impatient and uneasy.

"I won't put up with this!" she said at last, spitefully, closing the

wooden shutter. "You may come now, but upon my life, you shall wait

longer than I have." At this instant a stone rolled against the foot

of the wall, This was the signal agreed upon between her and Perico to

announce his arrival.

"Now you may roll all the stones of Dos-Hermanas and I shall not open

the shutter," said Rita to herself. "Perhaps you think you have me at

your will and pleasure, like your old donkey, but this will never do,

my son."

Another stone came rolling, and bounded back from the wall with more

violence than Perico was accustomed to use.

"Ho!" said Rita, "he appears to be in a hurry; it is well to let him

know that waiting has not the flavor of caramels; I'm only sorry it

doesn't rain pitchforks." But, after a moment of reflection, she

added, "If we quarrel, the one to bathe in rose water will be my

hypocrite of an aunt; afterward Uncle Pedro's daughter, Saint Marcela,

that the old fox keeps shut up in the convent, like a sardine in

pickle, will be brought out to dance, so that she may trap his godson

Perico on the first opportunity. But they shall not see themselves in

that glass, for to frustrate their plans--"

And suddenly opening the window, she finished the sentence:

"I am here." Addressing herself to Perico, she continued with

asperity, "Look here, are you determined to throw down the wall? Why

did you wake me? When I am kept waiting I fall asleep, and when I am

asleep I do not thank anyone for disturbing me; so go back by the way

you came, or by another, it's all the same to me." And she made a

motion as if to shut the blind.

"Rita, Rita!" exclaimed Perico, "I have spoken to my mother."

"You!" said Rita, opening again the half-shut blind. "You don't say

it! Why, this is another miracle like that of Balaam's ass! and what

answer did this '_mater_' not '_amabilis_' give you?"

"She says, yes, that I may marry," answered Perico delightedly.

"Says yes!" mocked Rita. "Saint Quilindon help me! How often a key can

turn! But it belongs to the wise to change their minds. Go along with

you! To-morrow I will come over and condole with her. Perico, what if,

following the good example of your mother, as mine exhorts me to, I

also should change my mind and now say no?"

"Rita, Rita!" cried Perico, beside himself with joy, "you are going to

be my wife."

"That remains to be seen," she responded; "the idea is not like a

silver dollar, which, the oftener you turn it, the prettier it looks."

With these and other absurdities Rita blotted entirely from the mind

of Perico, the solemn impression his mother's words had left there.

{505}

CHAPTER IV.

On the following morning Anna was sitting alone, sad and depressed,

when Uncle Pedro entered. "Neighbor," he said, "here I am, because I

have come."

"May it be for good, neighbor?"

"But I have come because I have something to talk to you about."

"Talk on, neighbor, and the more the better."

"You must know, then, that my wind-mill of a Ventura has taken it into

his head to go and get his hide pierced by those French savages,

confound them!"

"Gently, gently, neighbor; kill an enemy in fair fight, but do not

curse him. Perico also was thinking of the same thing. It is bitter,

old friend, it is cruel for us, but it is natural."

"I do not say the contrary, my friend. _Bad luck to the traitors!_

but, in short, he is my only son, and I would not lose him; no, not

for all Spain. I have found but one means to keep him at home and am

come to tell you what that is."

As he spoke, Pedro was seating himself comfortably in the great

leathern arm-chair, gathering up the ends of his cloak, approaching

his feet to the fire, and settling himself at his ease generally.

"Neighbor," he said, at last, with that profusion of synonymous

phrases in which great talkers indulge, "I abhor preambles, which only

serve to waste the breath. Things ought to be arranged with few words,

and those to the point. One side or the other, and this is mine, that

which can be said in five minutes, why waste an hour talking about it?

that which can be done to-day, why leave it until tomorrow? Of all

roads the shortest is the best, but to come to the point, for I

neither like circumlocution nor--"

"Really," said Anna, interrupting him, "you give occasion to suppose

the contrary. _Do_ come to the point, for you have kept me in suspense

ever since you entered."

"Patience, patience! I can't fire myself off like a musket; by talking

folks come to an understanding. What is there to hurry us? Good

gracious! neighbor, if you are not all fire and tow, and as sudden as

a flash. I was saying, Mrs. Gunpowder, that I had found only one

method of keeping this skyrocket of mine from going off; and that is

to take a step which sooner or later I should have taken; in a word,

and to end the matter, I have come to ask of you your Elvira for my

Ventura, hoping the son I offer you may be as much to your liking as

the daughter I ask you for is to mine."

Anna did not attempt to hide the satisfaction she felt at the prospect

of a union so suitable and equal in every respect, a union that had

been foreseen by the parents, and was as much desired by them as by

their children. Therefore, like the sensible people they were, they

began at once to discuss the conditions of the contract.

"Neighbor," said Anna, "you know what we have as well as I do. The

only question is how to divide it. This house has always gone to the

oldest son; the vineyard belongs to Perico by right, because he has

improved it, and has newly planted the greater part of it; my cows I

give to him, because he has me to support while I live. The ass he

needs."

"Would you tell me, companion of my sins," interrupted Pedro, "what

remains to Elvira? for according to these dispositions, it appears to

me she is coming from your hands as our mother Eve, may she rest in

peace, came from those of the Creator."

"Elvira will have the olive-yard," answered Anna.

"That _is_ the patrimony of a princess," exclaimed Uncle Pedro. "Go

along! an olive-yard the size of a pocket handkerchief, which hardly

yields oil enough for the lamp of the blessed sacrament."

"Twenty years ago it yielded _more than_ a hundred _arrobos_,"

[Footnote 87] observed Anna.

[Footnote 87: _Arroba_ of liquids, 32 pints; of solids, 29 pounds of

16 ounces to the pound.]

"Neighbor," said Pedro, "that which was and is not, is the same as if

it had never been; twenty years ago the girls were dying for me."

{506}

"Forty years ago, you mean," Anna remarked.

"How very exact you are, neighbor," pursued Pedro. "Let us come to the

point. Trees are as scarce in that yard as hairs on the head of Saint

Peter, and those which remain are so dry that they look like church

candlesticks."

"It is plain, my friend, that you have not seen them in a long time.

Since Perico has known that the oliveyard was to be his sister's, the

trees have been taken care of like rose-bushes in pots; each tree

would shade a parade ground. Elvira will have, besides, the fields

that skirt and that are watered by the brook which runs through them."

"And that are so parched and thirsty, you will take notice, because

the brook is one half the year dry and the other half without water,"

added Pedro. "Let us understand each other. I like bread, bread, and

wine, wine; neither bran in the one nor water in the other. Those

fields, neighbor, are poor and unproductive; of no use, except for the

asses to wallow in. But, since no one overhears us, did you not sell

last year two fat hogs, each weighing fifteen _arrobas_, at a shilling

a pound--calculate it, a hundred bushels of barley at fifteen

shillings a bushel, a hundred skins of wine, and fifty of vinegar? Now

this cat which you must have, shut up in a chest, without room to

breathe, what better occasion could there be to give it the air? When

his majesty, Charles V., came to Jerez (so the story goes) they

offered him a rich wine. But such a wine! rather better than that of

your grace's vineyard, and his majesty appears to have been a judge,

for he praised the wine greatly. 'Sir,' said the Alcalde, so puffed up

that his skin could scarce contain him, for you must know that the

people of Jerez are more vain of their wine than I am of my son,

'permit me to inform your majesty that we have a wine even better than

that.' 'Yes?' said the king; 'keep it then for a better occasion;' and

this, neighbor, is the letter I write to you; it is for you to make

the application."

"Which is," said Anna, "that all this money, and somewhat more, I have

saved and put together for the daughter of my heart."

"That's what I call talking," exclaimed Pedro. "Upon my word,

neighbor, you are worth a Peru. As for my Ventura, all I have is his,

since Marcela wishes to take the veil, and you may be sure that he is

not shirtless. He will have my house."

"A mere crib," said Anna.

"My asses."

"They are old"

"My goats."

"That do not make up to you in milk, cheeses, and kids, what they cost

you in fines, they are so vicious."

"And my orchard," continued Pedro, without replying to the raillery

with which Anna revenged herself for his jests.

In such discussion they arranged the preliminaries of the contract,

remaining afterward, as they were before, the best friends in the

world.

When Pedro had gone, Anna put on her woollen mantle, and repressing

her grief, and hiding the extreme repugnance she felt, went to the

house of her sister-in-law.

Maria, who professed for Anna, who was very kind to her, as much love

as gratitude, and as much respect as veneration, received her with

loquacious pleasure.

"It does one's eyes good to see you in this house," she exclaimed, as

Anna entered. "What good thought has brought you, sister?"

And she hastened to place a chair for her guest.

Anna sat down, and made known the object of her visit.

The proposition so filled the poor woman with joy, that she could not

find words to express herself.

"O my sister!" she exclaimed in broken sentences, "what good fortune!

Perico! son of my heart! It is to Saint Antonio that I owe this good

{507} fortune! And you, Anna, are you satisfied? Look here, sister:

Rita, although forward, is really a good-hearted girl. She is wilful,

but that is my fault. If I had brought her up as well as you have

Elvira, she would be different. She is giddy, but you will see (with

years and married life) how steady she will become. All these things

are the effects of my spoiling and of her youth. Rita! Rita!" she

cried, "come, make haste: here is your aunt--what do I say? your

mother, she wishes to become, by marrying you to Perico."

Rita entered with the self-possession of a banker, and the composure

of a diplomatist.

"What do you say, daughter?" cried the delighted mother.

"That I knew it," replied Rita.

"Go along," said the mother in an undertone, "if you are not as calm

as if you were used to it, and cooler than a fresh lettuce."

"And what would you have me do--dance a fandango, because I am going

to be married?" answered Rita, raising her voice.

Anna rose and went out. Maria, extremely mortified by her daughter's

rudeness, went with her sister-in-law as far as the street, lavishing

upon her a thousand expressions of endearment and gratitude.

CHAPTER V.

Preparations were being made for the weddings. That of Elvira and

Ventura was to take place before that of Rita and Perico, as the

former had not to wait for a dispensation from Rome.

Pedro wished his daughter Marcela to assist at her brother's marriage,

before commencing her novitiate, and determined to go to Alcalá to

bring her. Maria had a debt to collect there, and needing all her

funds for the expected event, took advantage of her old friend's going

to make the trip in company.

The ancient pair, mounted upon their respective asses, set out on

their journey, crossing themselves, and Maria, the Christian soul,

making a prayer to the holy archangel, Saint Raphael, patron of all

travellers, from Tobias down to herself.

Maria, comfortably seated upon the the cushions of her saddle, dressed

in a wide chintz skirt, which was plaited at the waist, a jacket of

black woollen cloth, of which the closely fitting sleeves were

fastened at the wrist by a row of silver buttons, and round her neck,

a white muslin kerchief, pinned down at the back to keep it from

touching her hair, looked like a burlesque, anticipated, upon the mode

which was to rule among the fashionables thirty years later. A little

shawl covered her head, the ends being tied under her chin.

Pedro wore, with some slight difference, the dress we have already

described in speaking of his son. The cloth was coarser, the bolt

black, as became a widower, his clothes all fitted more loosely, and

his hat had a broader brim, and was without ornament.

"It is a day of flowers!" said Maria, "the fields are smiling, and the

sun seems as if he were telling them to be gay."

"Yes," said Pedro, "the yellow-haired appears to have washed his face,

and sharpened his rays, for they prick like pins."

He took out a little rabbit-skin bag, in which was tobacco, and began

to make a cigarette.

"Maria," said he, when he had finished it, "my opinion is, that, you

will come back from Alcalá with your hands as empty as they go. But,

Christian woman, who the deuce tempted you to lend money to that

vagabond? You knew that he had not so much as a place whereon to fall

dead, and nothing in expectation but alternate rations of hunger and

necessity."

"But," said Maria, "to whom shall we lend if not to the poor? the rich

have no need to borrow."

{508}

"And don't you know, big innocent, that 'he who lends to a friend,

loses both the money and the friend!' But you, Maria, are always so

credulous, and I tell you now that this man will pay you in three

instalments: 'badly, late, and never.'"

"You always think the worst, Pedro."

"That is the reason why I always hit the mark; think ill, and you will

think the truth," said the crafty Pedro.

Presently he commenced droning a ballad, of which the interminable

text is as follows:

In my house I heard at night,

Sounds that roused me in affright;

Quick unsheathed my rapier bright,

Stole upstairs with footsteps light.

Searched the dwelling all around,

From the rooftree to the ground,

Listening for the faintest sound--

Nothing heard I, nothing found.

And my story, being new,

I'll repeat it o'er to you.

In my house, etc., etc.

Maria said nothing, nor did she think much more. Rocked by the quiet

pace of her animal, she yielded herself to the indolence which the

balmy spring day induced, and went along sleeping.

Half the road being passed, they came to a small inn. When they

arrived some soldiers were lounging upon the brick seats which were

fixed on each side of the door under the projecting roof. As soon as

they perceived the approach of our venerable couple, they began to

attack them with facetious sayings, burlesque provocations, and

railleries, such as are usual among the country folk, and especially

among the soldiers.

"Uncle," said one, "where are you going with that ancient relic?"

"Aunty," cried another "is the church where you were christened still

standing?"

"Aunt," said another, "does your grace retain any recollection of the

day you were married?"

"Uncle," asked the fourth, "are you going with this maiden to Alcalá

to have the bans published?"

"No," answered Pedro, lazily dismounting, "I shall wait for that until

I am of age, and the girl has her growth."

"Aunt," continued the soldiers, "shall we help you down from that gay

colt?"

"It is the best thing you can do, my sons," responded the good woman.

The soldiers approached, and with kindly attention assisted her to

alight.

Pedro found some acquaintances in the tavern who immediately asked him

to drink with them. He did not wait to be urged, and having drank said

to them:

"It is my turn now, and since I have accepted your treat, you, my

friends, and these gentlemen, whom I know only to serve, will do me

the favor to drink a small glass of _anisete_ to my health."

"Uncle Pedro," said a young muleteer of Dos-Hermanas, "tell us a

story; and I in the mean while will take care to keep your glass

filled so that your throat don't get dry."

"Ah me!" exclaimed Aunt Maria, who after having drank her little glass

of _anisette_ [Footnote 88] had seated herself upon some bags of

wheat, "have mercy on us, for if Pedro lets loose his boneless member,

we shall not get back to our place to-night, at least, not without the

miracle of Joshua."

[Footnote 88: Liquor distilled from anise-seed.]

"There is no danger, Maria," answered Pedro, "but you will sit on

those sacks till the corn sprouts."

"Is it true, Uncle Pedro, what my mother says," asked the muleteer,

"that in old times, when you were young, you were a lover of Maria's?"

"It is indeed, and I feel honored in saying it," answered Uncle Pedro.

"What a story!" exclaimed Aunt Maria, "it is a lie as big as a house.

Go along with you, Pedro, for a boaster. I never had a lover in my

life except my husband, 'may he rest in peace.'"

"O Mrs. Maria, Mrs. Maria!" said Pedro, "how very poor is your grace's

memory! for you know the song--

{509}

"Though you take from him the sceptre,

Robes of state, and signet rings,

Still remains unto the monarch

This--that he was once a king."

"It is true," Maria answered, "that he made love to me one day at my

cousin's wedding, and that he came one night to my window; but he got

such a fright there that he left me planted, and ran away as if fear

had lent wings to his feet; and I believe he never stopped until he

ran his nose against the end of the world."

"How is that?" exclaimed the audience, laughing heartily; "is that the

way you show your heels when you are frightened, Uncle Pedro?"

"I neither boast of my courage," replied the latter composedly, "nor

do I wish to gain the palm from _Francisco Esteban_."

"That is being more afraid than ashamed," said Aunt Maria, who was

becoming impatient.

"You see, sirs," said Uncle Pedro, slyly winking, "that she has not

yet forgiven me, which proves, does it not, that she was fond of me?

But I should like to know," he proceeded, "which of you is the _Cid

Campeador_ that would like to have to do with beings of the other

world; with supernatural things?"

"There was nothing more supernatural than your fears," interrupted

Maria, "and they had no more cause than the rolling of a stone from

the roof, by some cat that was keeping vigil."

"Tell us about it. Uncle Pedro, tell us how it happened," cried the

audience.

"You must know then, sirs," began Uncle Pedro, "that the window Maria

indicated to me, was at the back of the house. The house was in a

lonesome place on the outskirts of the town; near by was a picture of

purgatory, with a lamp burning before it. As I looked at the light,

something which happened there a short time before came into mind. A

milkman used to pass by the picture every night as he went out of

town, carrying the empty skins which he brought in at sunrise every

morning, filled with milk. When he came to this place, he did not

scruple to lower the consecrated lamp to light his cigarette. One

night, it was the eve of All Souls, when he had taken the lamp down,

as was his custom, it went out, and he could not light his cigarette.

He found it strange, for the wind slept, and the night was clear. But,

what was his astonishment when a moment after, turning to look back,

he saw the lamp lighted, and burning more brightly than ever.

Recognizing in this a solemn warning from God--touched, and repenting

of the profanation he had done--he made a vow to punish himself by

never smoking another cigarette in his life; and, sirs," added Pedro,

in a grave voice, "he has kept it."

Pedro paused, and for a moment all remained silent.

"This is an occasion," presently said Maria, "to apply the saying,

that when a whole company is silent at once, an angel has passed by,

and the breath of his wings has touched them with awe."

"Come, Uncle Pedro," said the muleteers, "let us hear the rest of the

story."

"Well, sirs," proceeded Pedro, in his former jocose tone, "you must

know that the lamp inspired me with great respect, mingled with not a

little fear. Is it well, I said to myself, to come here and trifle

under the very beards of the blessed souls that in suffering are

expiating their sins? And I assure you, that light which was an

offering to the Lord--which appeared to watch and to record--and

seemed to be looking at me and rebuking me, was an object to impose

respect. Sometimes it was sad and weeping like the _De Profundis_, at

others immovable like the eye of the dead fixed upon me, and then the

flame rose, and bent, and flickered, like a threatening finger of fire

admonishing me.

{510}

"One night, when its regards appeared more threatening than ever

before, a stone, thrown by an invisible hand, struck me on the head

with such force that it left me stupefied; and when I started to run,

though I was, as you might say, in open field, it happened with me as

with that 'negro of evil fortune' who, where there were three doors to

go out at, could not find one; and so, running as fast as I could,

instead of coming to my house, I came to a quarry and fell in."

"I have always heard of that negro of evil fortune," said one of the

listeners, "but could never find out how he came to be called so. Can

you tell me?"

"I should think so!" answered Uncle Pedro.

"There was once a very rich negro who lived in front of the house of a

fine young woman, with whom he fell in love. The young woman, vexed by

the soft attentions and endearments of the fellow, laid the matter

before her husband, who told her to make an appointment with the negro

for that evening. She did so, and he came, bringing a world of

presents. She received him in a drawing-room that had three doors.

There she had a grand supper prepared for him. But they were hardly

seated at the table when the light was put out, and the husband came

in with a cowhide, with which he began to lash the negro's shoulders.

The latter was so confounded that he could not find a door to escape

through, and kept exclaiming as he danced under the blows:

"Poor little negro, what evil fortune!

Where there are three doors, he cannot find one.'

"At last, he chanced upon one, and rushed out like the wind. But the

husband was after him, and gave him a push that sent him from the top

of the stairs to the bottom. A servant hearing the noise he made, ran

to ask the cause. 'What would it be,' answered the black, 'but that I

went up on my tiptoes and came down on my ribs?'

"Que he subido de puntillas.

The bajado de costillas."

"Uncle Pedro," asked the muleteer, laughing, "was that the cause of

your remaining estranged?"

"No," said Pedro, "eight days afterwards, I armed myself with courage

and returned to the grating, but Maria would not open the window."

"Aunt Maria did not want you to be stoned to death like Saint

Stephen," said the muleteer.

"It was not that, boy; the truth is, that Miguel Ortiz, who had just

completed his term, returned to the place, and it suited Maria to

forsake one and take up with another who----"

"Was not afraid," interrupted Maria, "to talk, with good intentions,

to a girl in the neighborhood of a _consecrated object_; for, do you

suppose that all those souls were spinsters?"

"I think so, Maria, because the married pass their purgatory in this

world--the men, because their wives torment them, and the women,

through what their children cause them to suffer. Well, sirs, I took

the matter so to heart that I could not stay in Dos-Hermanas when the

wedding was celebrated, and I went to Alcalá."

"Where he remembered me so well, that he came back married to

another."

"It is true, for I have always thought it best 'when one king is dead,

to set up another.'"

"Ah Pedro! everlasting talker," said Maria getting up, "let us go."

"Yes, let us go; for the sun is as hot as if he were flying away from

the clouds, and I think it will rain."

"God forbid!" exclaimed Maria, "give us the sun and wasps though they

sting!"

"Why should it rain, since we are in March?" put in the muleteer.

"And don't you know, Jose" replied Uncle Pedro, "that January promised

a lamb to March, but when March arrived the lambs were so fat and fine

that January would not fulfil the promise? Then March was vexed and

said to him,

'With three days left me of my own.

And three friend April will me loan,

I'll pat your sheep in such a state,

You'll wish you'd paid me when too late.'

{511}

"And so let us be off. Good-by, gentlemen."

"What a hurry you are in, Aunt Maria!" said the muleteer. "Are you

afraid you shall take root?"

"No, but these asses of ours do not go like yours, Jose."

"That is so," said Pedro as he assisted Maria to mount; "with us, all

is old--the horsewoman, her squire, and the steeds. My ass is so

judicious that she cannot make up her mind upon which foot to limp,

and therefore limps on all four; and that of Maria so old, that, if

she could speak, she would say 'thee and thou' to us all. Well,

gentlemen, your commands."

"Health and dimes to you, Uncle Pedro."

Our travellers took the road again, and when they reached Alcalá,

separated to attend to their respective affairs.

An hour afterward they rejoined each other. Pedro came accompanied by

his daughter, who threw herself upon Maria's neck with that tender

sentimentality of young girls whose hearts have not been bruised,

wounded, or chilled, by contact with the world.

"You have collected your money?" questioned Pedro, as though he

doubted it.

"They offered me half now," answered Maria, "or the whole after

harvest; and, as I am in want of my dimes, I preferred the former."

"Not Solomon, Maria! not even Solomon! could have acted more wisely;

for, 'blessed is he that possesses,' and 'one bird in the hand is

worth a hundred on the wing.'"

Pedro took his daughter up behind him, and they set out--Maria taking

care of her money; Marcela of the flowers, spices, cakes, and

sweetmeats she had bought as gifts; and Pedro looking after them both.

CHAPTER VI.

The arrival of Marcela caused great joy to all except Rita, who

neither wished nor tried to hide the ill-humor she felt in the

presence of one who had been destined by both families to be the wife

of Perico.

This hostile disposition, and the cold reserve which Rita imposed upon

Perico in his intercourse with Marcela, were the first frosts which

had ever fallen upon the springtime of that pure spirit.

Marcela was far from suspecting the base and bitter sentiments of

Rita, and besides, she would not have understood them; for, though a

young woman, she had the soul of a child. Having lived in the convent

from her birth, she had created for herself a sweet existence, which

could not be enlarged by the interests and passions of life, except at

the cost of innocence and happiness. She loved her good religious, her

garden, her gentle and peaceful duties. She was attached to her

devotions, to her church, and to her blessed images. She wished to be

a nun, not from spiritual exaltation, but because she liked the life;

not from misanthropy, but with joy of heart; not because she was

without convenient place or position in the world, which many believe

to be a motive for taking the veil, but because her position, her

place, she found--and preferred it--in the convent.

This is what many do not, or pretend not to comprehend. Everything can

be understood in this world; all vices; all irregularities; all the

most atrocious inclinations; even the propensity of the Anthropophagi;

but that the desire for a tranquil and retired life, without care for

the present, or thought for the future, can exist, is denied, is

incomprehensible.

In the world everything is believed in--the masculine woman, the

morality of stealing, the philanthropy of the guillotine, in the

inhabitants of the moon, and other humbugs, as the English say; or

_canards_, as our neighbors have it; or _bubbles_ and _fables_, as we

call them. The satirical sceptic, called the world, has a throat {512}

down which all these can pass, for there is nothing so credulous as

incredulity, nor so superstitious as irreligion. But it does not

believe in the instincts of purity, in modest desires, in humble

hearts, and in religious sentiments. No indeed; the existence of these

is all humbug, a _bubble_ which it cannot receive. This monster has

not a throat wide enough for these.

Marcela, accompanied by Anna and Elvira, made her first visit to the

church, and to the chapel of Saint Anna, into which the good wife of

the sacristan hastened to lead them.

The chapel is deep and narrow; at the extremity is an altar and the

effigy of the saint. In a crystal urn, inserted into the altar, is

seen a wooden cross and a small bell. The effigy of Saint Anna is very

ancient; its lower part widens in the form of a bell, upon its breast

it bears an image of the Blessed Virgin, which in the same manner

bears that of the child Jesus. The remote origin stamped upon this

effigy, uniting antiquity of idea with age of material, gives, as it

were, wings to the devotion it inspires with which to rise and free

itself from all present surroundings. On the wall, at the right hand,

hang two large pictures. In one is seen an angel, appearing to two

girls, and in the other the same girls, in a wild and solitary place,

with a man who is digging a hole in the earth.

On the left hand an iron railing surrounds the entrance to a cave, the

descent into which is by a narrow stairway.

Marcela and her companions having performed their devotions, seated

themselves in some low chairs which the sacristan's wife placed for

them under the arbor in the court-yard, and Marcela asked the obliging

and kindly woman to explain to them the two pictures which they had

seen in the chapel. The good creature, who loved to tell the story,

began it very far back, and related it in the following words.

POPULAR TRADITION OF DOS-HERMANAS.

"In times the memory of which is almost lost, a wicked king, Don

Rodrigo, ruled in Spain. It was then customary for the nobles of the

realm to send their daughters to court, and therefore the noble count,

Don Julian, sent his fair daughter Florinda, known as _La Cava_. When

the king saw her he was inflamed with passion, but she being virtuous,

the king obtained by violence that which he could not by consent. When

the beautiful Florinda saw herself dishonored, she wrote to the

Count--with blood and tears she wrote it, in these words:

"'Father, your honor and mine are blemished; more to your renown would

it have been, and better for me, if you had killed me, instead of

bringing me here. Come and avenge me.'

"When the Count, Don Julian, read the letter, he fell down in a swoon,

and when he came to himself he swore, upon the cross of his sword, to

take a vengeance the like of which had never been heard of, and one

proportioned to the offence.

"With this intention, he treated with the Moors and gave up to them

Tarifa and Algeciras, and like a swollen river which breaks its

embankments they inundated Andalusia. They reached Seville, known in

those times as _Hispalis_, and this place, then called _Oripo_. The

Christians, before they fled, buried deep in the earth the venerated

image of their patroness Saint Anna. And there it remained five

hundred years, until the good king Fernando, having made himself

master of the surrounding country, invested Seville. Here, however,

the Moors made such a stubborn resistance that the spirit of the

monarch began to fail him. Then, in the tower of _Herveras_, now

fallen to ruin, Our Blessed Mother appeared to him in a dream,

animating his valor, and promising him victory. The good king returned

to his camp at Alcalá with renewed courage. He summoned all the

artificers that could {513} be found, and commanded them to make an

image, as nearly as possible in the likeness of his vision, but to his

great chagrin no one succeeded.

"There then presented themselves, two beautiful youths, dressed like

pilgrims, offering to make an image in every particular like the form

the good king had seen in his vision. They were conducted to a

workshop in which they found prepared for them everything necessary

for their work. The following day, when the king, stimulated by his

impatience, went in to see how the work was progressing, the pilgrims

had disappeared. The materials were lying on the floor untouched, and

upon an altar was an image of our Lady, just as she had appeared to

him in his sleep. The king, recognizing the intervention of the

angels, knelt weeping before the image he had wished for so much, and

which, by the hands of angels, their Queen herself had sent him.

"Afterward, when the pious chief had reduced Seville, he caused this

image to be placed in a triumphal car drawn by six white horses, his

majesty walking behind with naked feet, and deposited in the cathedral

of Seville, where it is still venerated, and where it will continue to

be venerated until the end of time, under the invocation of our Lady

of Kings. In her chapel, at her feet, lies the body of the sainted

monarch--relics, of the possessions of which all Spain may well envy

Seville.

"Soon after the appearance of the vision, the king with great

confidence in the help of God prepared to make another attack. He

posted himself upon the neighboring heights of Buena Vista: the two

wings of his brave army extending on both sides, like two arms ready

to do his will. But the troops were so weary, and so faint from heat

and thirst, that they had neither strength nor spirit left. In this

strait, the good king built up an altar of arms, upon which he placed

an image of the Blessed Virgin which he always carried with him,

calling upon her in these words, 'Aid me! aid me! Holy Mother, for if

by thy help I set up the cross to-day in Seville, I promise to build

thee a chapel in this very spot, in which thou shalt be venerated, and

I will deposit in it the standards under which the city shall be

gained.' As he prayed, a beautiful spring began to flow at the foot of

the ridge, sending forth in different directions seven streams. It

flows still, and bears the name of The King's Fountain.

"Men and horses refreshed themselves, and recovered strength and

courage. Seville was won, and the Moorish King Aixa came bearing the

keys of the city upon a golden salver, and presented them to the pious

conqueror. They are kept with other precious relics in the treasury of

the cathedral.

"In those times," proceeded the narrator, "there lived in the province

of Leon two devout sisters, named Elvia and Estefania, to whom an

angel appeared and told them to set out for the purpose of finding an

image of Our Lady which the Christians had hidden under the earth. The

father of the devout maidens, Gomez Mazereno, who was as pious as they

were, wished to go with them. But on setting out they were in great

trouble, not knowing what direction to take. Then they heard the sound

of a bell in the air. They saw no bell, but followed the ringing until

they came to this place, where it seemed to go down into the ground at

their feet. This was then an uncultivated waste of matted thorns and

briers, and was called 'The Invincible Thicket,' because the Moors,

who had all these lands under cultivation could never cut it down;

for, unseen by them, an angel guarded it with a drawn sword in his

hand. They began zealously to dig, and digging came to a large flat

stone, which being lifted, they discovered the entrance to a cave--the

same that you saw in the chapel. In it they found the image of the

saint, a cross, the {514} small bell, which, like the star of the

eastern kings had led them here, and a lamp still burning--the very

lamp that lights the saint now, for it hangs in the chapel before her

altar! For more than a thousand years it has burned in veneration of

our patroness. They took up her image and raised this chapel in her

name. Houses were built and clustered together round it, until this

village, which takes the name of Dos-Hermanas from its founders, was

formed under its shelter. See," continued the good woman, rising and

reentering the chapel, "see here the image which nothing has been able

to injure; neither the dampness of the earth, nor dust of the air, nor

the canker of time. In these two pictures are the portraits of the

devout sisters." A great quantity of offerings were seen hanging on

both sides of altar. Of these seven little silver legs, tied together

and suspended by a rose-colored ribbon, attracted Marcela's attention.

"What is the meaning of that offering?" she asked of the sacristan's

wife.

"Marcos, the blacksmith, brought them here. It happened, one day, that

the poor fellow was seized with such violent pains in his legs, that

it seemed as though he could neither live nor die.

"His wife having administered to him without effect all the remedies

that were ordered, took him, stretched upon a cart, to Seville. But

neither could the doctors there do anything to relieve him. One day,

after the unfortunate man had spent all he possessed in remedies, made

desperate by his suffering, and by the cries of his children for the

bread which he had not to give them, he lifted his broken heart to

God, claiming as his intercessor our blessed patroness Saint Anna,

praying with fervor to be made well until such time as his children

should no longer need him; adding: When my children are grown up I

will die without murmuring. And if, until then, I regain my health, I

promise, Blessed Saint, to hang, every year, a little silver leg upon

thy altar, in attestation of the miracle.' The next day Marcos came on

foot to give thanks to God. Years passed. The sons of Marcos had grown

up and were earning their living. There remained with him only a young

daughter. She had a lover who asked her of her father. The wedding was

gay, only Marcos seemed to be in deep thought On the following day he

took his bed, from which he never rose. What he asked had been

granted. His task was done."

"And these ears of grain?" said Marcela, seeing a bunch of wheat tied

with a blue ribbon.

"They were brought by Petrola, the wife of Gomez. These poor people

had only the daily wages of the father for the support of eight

children. They had begged the use of a small field to sow with wheat,

and in it were sown also their hopes. With what pleasure they watched

it, and with what satisfaction! for it repaid their care, growing so

luxuriantly that it looked as if they sprinkled it every morning with

blessed water. One day a neighbor came from the field and told the

poor woman that the locust was in her wheat. The locust! One of the

plagues of Egypt! It was as if a bolt from heaven had struck her.

Leaving her house and her little ones, she rushed out wildly, with her

arms extended and not knowing what she did. 'Saint Anna,' she cried,

'my children's bread! my children's bread!' She reached the field and

saw in one corner the track of the locust. This insect destroys the

blades from the foot without leaving a sign. But between its track and

the rest of the field an invisible wall had been raised to protect the

wheat of the pious mother who invoked the saint, and the locust had

disappeared. You can imagine the delight and gratitude of the good

woman, who was so poor that she testified it by the gift of these few

blades of the precious grain."

{515}

Anna, Elvira, and Marcela listened with softened and fervent hearts,

and eyes moistened with tears. With the same emotions the relation has

been transmitted to paper. God grant that it may be read in like

spirit!

CHAPTER VII.

May smiled. Golden with sunlight, noisy with the song of its birds and

the murmur of its insects; odorous with its flowers, laughing, and

happy to be the month, of all others, dedicated to Mary.

The wedding day of Ventura and Elvira had arrived, and the sun, like a

friend that hastened to be the first to give them joy, rose radiant.

They were ready to set out for the church. Anna pressed to her heart

the child of her love, the gentle Elvira, so humble and thoughtful in

her gladness that she stood with drooping head and eyes cast down, as

if oppressed and dazzled by so much joy. Uncle Pedro, who had never

been so glad in all his life, exceeded even himself in jokes, hints,

and facetious sayings. Maria, transported with her own delight, and

that of others, shed tears continually--tears, like the rain drops,

which sometimes fall from a clear sky when the sun is bright.

As his rays shine through those drops, so shone Maria's smile through

her tears.

"Dear sister," said Marcela to Elvira, "next to mine, my sweet Jesus,

your bridegroom is the best and most perfect. See my Ventura, how well

he appears; if he had only a spray of lilies in his hand, he would

look like Saint Joseph in 'The Espousals.'"

And she had reason to praise her brother, for Ventura, neatly and

richly dressed, more animated and gallant than ever, hurrying the

others to set out, was the type a sculptor would have chosen for a

statue of Achilles.

Perico forgot even Rita. His large, soft brown eyes were fixed upon

his sister with a look of deep and inexplicable tenderness. Rita only

was indifferent and petulant.

They were leaving the house when a strange sound reached their ears. A

sound which seemed to be made up of the bellowing of the enraged bull,

the lamentations of the wounded bird, and the growl of the lion

surprised in his sleep.

It was the cry of alarm and rage of the flocks of fugitives that were

arriving, and the exclamations of astonishment and indignation of the

people of the village that were preparing to imitate them.

The French had entered Seville with giant strides, and were hurrying

on in their devastating march toward Cadiz.

Perico having foreseen this event, had prepared a place of refuge for

his family, in a solitary farm-house, far apart from any public way,

and had horses standing in the stables ready against surprise.

While the men rushed into the yard to prepare the animals, the women,

wild with fear, gathered and tied together the clothes and whatever

else they could carry with them in the panniers.

"What a sad omen!" said Elvira to Ventura; "the day which should join

us together separates us."

"Nothing can separate us, Elvira," answered Ventura; "I defy the whole

world to do it. Go without fear. We are going to prepare ourselves,

and shall overtake you on the road."

Ventura saw them depart under the protection of Perico, and watched

them until they were out of sight.

But now was heard at the entrance of the village the fatal sound of

drums, which announced the arrival of the terrible phalanx that threw

itself upon that poor unarmed people, taken by surprise, and treated

without mercy.

{516}

It came in the name of an iniquitous usurpation of which the

precedents belong to barbarous times, as the resistance it met with

belongs to the days of heroism--a resistance against which it dashed

and was broken, fighting without glory and yielding without shame.

"Follow me, father," said Ventura. "Sister, come; we must fly!"

"It is too late," replied Pedro, "they are already here. Ventura, hide

your sister; when night comes we will escape, but now hide

yourselves."

"And you, father?" said Ventura, hesitating between necessity and the

repugnance he felt to being obliged to hide himself.

"I," answered Pedro, "remain here. What can they do to a poor old man

like me? Go, I tell you! Hide yourselves! Marcela, what are you doing

there, poor child, as cold and fixed as a statue? Ventura, what are

you thinking of that you do not move? Do you wish to be lost? Do you

wish to lose your sister? Ventura! dear son, do you wish to kill me?"

His father's cry of anguish roused Ventura from the stupor into which

he had been thrown by fear, uncertainty, and rage.

"It is necessary," he murmured, with clenched hands, and set teeth.

"Father, father! to hide myself like a woman! while I live I shall

never get over the shame of it!" and taking a ladder, he lifted it to

an opening in the ceiling, which formed the entrance to a sort of loft

or garret, where they kept seeds, and worn-out and useless household

articles, helped his sister to mount, went up himself, and drew the

ladder after him.

It was time, for there was a knocking at the door. Pedro opened it,

and a French soldier entered.

"Prepare me," he said in his jargon, "food and drink: give me your

money, unless you want me to take it, and call your daughters, if you

do not wish me to look them up."

The blood of the honorable and haughty Spaniard rose to his face, but

he answered with moderation,

"I have nothing that you ask me for."

"Which means that you have nothing, you thief? Do you know whom you

are talking to, and that I am hungry and thirsty?"

Pedro, who had expected to pass the whole of this long wished-for day

of his son's marriage in Anna's house, and had therefore nothing

prepared, approached the door which communicated with the interior of

the house, and pointing to the extinguished hearth, repeated, "As I

have already told you, there is nothing to eat in the house, except

bread."

"You lie!" shouted the Frenchman in a rage; "it is because you do not

mean to give it to me."

Pedro fixed his eyes upon the grenadier, and in them burned, for an

instant all the indignation, all the rage, all the resentment he

harbored in his soul; but a second thought, at which he shuddered,

caused him to lower them, and say in a conciliating tone:

"Satisfy yourself that I have told you the truth."

On hearing this continued refusal, the soldier, already exasperated by

the glance Pedro had cast at him, approached the old man and said;

"You dare to face me; you refuse to comply with your obligation to

supply me. Ha! and worse than all, you insult me with your tranquil

contempt. Upon my life, I will make you as pliant as a glove!" and

raising his hand, there resounded through the house, dry and distinct,

a blow on the face.

Like an eagle darting upon its prey, Ventura dropped down, threw

himself upon the Frenchman, forced the sword from his hand, and ran it

through his body. The soldier fell heavily, a lifeless bulk.

"Boy, boy, what have you done?" exclaimed the old man, forgetting the

affront in the peril of his son.

"My duty, father."

"You are lost!"

"And you are avenged."

"Go, save yourself! do not lose an instant."

{517}

"First, let me take away this debtor, whose account is settled. If

they find him here, you will have to suffer, father."

"Never mind, never mind," exclaimed the father, "save yourself, that

is the first thing to be thought of."

Without listening to his father. Ventura took the corpse upon his

shoulder, threw it into the well, turned to the old man, who followed

him in an agony of distress, asked for his blessing, sprang with one

bound, upon the wall which surrounded the yard, and to the ground on

the other side. The poor father, mounted upon the trunk of a fig-tree,

holding on by its branches, with bursting heart, and straining eyes,

and breath suspended, saw his son, the idol of his soul, pass with the

lightness of a deer, the space which separated the village from an

olive plantation, and disappear among the trees.

TO BE CONTINUED.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

SAPPHICS.

SUGGESTED BY "THE QUIP" OF GEORGE HERBERT

Stratus in terram meditans jacebam;

Saeculum molle et petulans procaxqae,

Asseclas tristem stimulabat acri

Laedere lusu.

Pulchra, quam tinxit Cytherea, rosa,

"Cujus, quaeso," inquit, "manus, infaceta

Carpere inaudax?" Tibi linquo causam,

Victor Iesu!

Tinnitans argentum: "Melos istud audi:

Musicae nostine modes suaves?"

Inquit et fugit. Tibi linquo causam,

Victor Iesu!

Gloria tunc tollens caput et coruscans,

Sericis filis crepitans, me figit

Oculis limis. Tibi linquo causam,

Victor Iesu!

Gestiit scomma sceleratis aptum,

Callida lingua acuisse Ira;

Conticescat jam. Tibi linquo causam,

Victor Iesu!

Attamen cum Tu, die constituto,

Eligisti quos Tibi vindicassis,

Audiam o, dextro lateri statatus,

"Euge fidelis"

Sti. Lodoiel, in Ascensione Domini, 1866.

R. A. B.

------

{518}

[ ORIGINAL.]

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

IV.

THE REVELATION OF GOD IN THE CREED

DEMONSTRATED IN THE CONSTITUTIVE

IDEA OF REASON.

As soon as we open the eye of reason we become spectators of the

creation. The word creation in this proposition is to be understood

not in a loose and popular sense, but in a strict and scientific one.

We intend to say, not merely that we behold certain existing objects,

but that we behold them in their relation to their first and supreme

cause. We are witnesses of the creative act by which the Creator and

his work are simultaneously disclosed to the mind. This is the

original constitutive principle of reason, its primal light preceding

all knowledge and thought, and being their condition. It is the idea

which contains in itself, radically and in principle, all possible

development of thought and knowledge, according to the law of growth

connatural to the human intelligence. It includes--God with all his

attributes: the work of God or the created universe; and the relation

between the two, that is, the relation of God to the universe as first

cause in the order of creation, and final cause in the order of the

ultimate end and destination of things. The different portions of this

idea are inseparable from each other. That is, our reason cannot

affirm God separately from the affirmation of the creative act, or

affirm the creative act separately from the affirmation of God. The

being of God is disclosed to us only by the creation, and the creation

is intelligible to us only in the light given by the idea of God.

[Footnote 89] God reveals himself to our reason as creator, and by

means of the creative act. This is the limit of our natural light, and

beyond it we cannot see anything by a natural mode, either in God, or

in the universe.

[Footnote 89: A careful attention to the succeeding argument will

show that by the idea of God given to intuition, is not meant the

evolved idea, but the idea capable of evolution, or the idea of

infinite, necessary being, which is shown to be the Idea of God by

demonstration.]

The idea of God must not be confounded with that distinct and explicit

conception which a philosopher or well-instructed Christian possesses.

If the human mind possessed this knowledge by an original intuition,

every human being would have it, without instruction, from the very

first moment of the complete use of reason, and could never lose it.

The idea of God is the affirmation of himself as pure, eternal,

necessary being, the original and first principle of all existence,

which he makes to the reason in creating it, and which constitutes the

rational light and life of the soul. This constitutive, ideal

principle of the soul's intelligence exists at first in a kind of

embryonic state. The soul is more in a state of potentiality to

intelligence, than intelligence in act. The idea of God is obscurely

enwrapped and enfolded in the substance of the soul, imperfectly

evolved in its most primitive acts of rational consciousness, and

implicitly contained but not actually explicated in every thought that

it thinks, even the most simple and rudimental. The intelligence must

be educated, in order to bring out this obscure and implicit idea of

God into a distinct conception in the reflective consciousness. This

education begins with the action of the material, sensible world on

the soul through the body, and specifically through the brain. The

human soul was not created to exist and act under the simple

conditions of pure spirit; but as is incorporated in a material body.

The body is not a temporary habitation, like the envelope of a larva,

but an integral part of man. The {519} intelligence is awakened to

activity through the senses, and all its perceptions of the

intelligible are through the medium of the sensible. The sensible

world is a grand system of outward and visible signs representing the

spiritual and intelligible world. Language is the science and art of

subsidiary signs, the equivalents of the phenomena of the sensible

world and of all that we apprehend through them; and forming the

medium for communicating thought among men. For this reason, all

language so far as it represents the conceptions of men concerning the

spiritual word is metaphorical; and even the word _spirit_ is a figure

taken from the sensible world.

When the obscure idea is completely evolved, and the soul educated,

through these outward and sensible media, the reflective consciousness

attains to the distinct conception of God. This education may be

imperfect, and the reflective consciousness may have but an incomplete

conception expressed in language by an inadequate formula; but the

idea is indestructible, and the mental conception of it can never be

totally corrupted. This would be equivalent to the cessation of all

thought, the annihilation of all conception of being and truth, and

the extinction of all rational life in the soul. It is a mere negation

of thought, which cannot be thought at all, and a mere non-entity.

There is no such thing as absolute scepticism. Partial scepticism is

possible. Revelation may be denied as to its complete conception, but

the idea expressed in revelation cannot be utterly denied. The being

of God may be denied, as to its complete conception, but not

completely as to the idea itself. No sceptic or atheist can make any

statement of his doubt or disbelief, which does not contain an

affirmation of that ultimate idea under the conception of real and

necessary being and truth. Much less can he enunciate any scientific

formulas respecting philosophy, history, or any positive object,

without doing so. Vast numbers of men are ignorant of the true and

formed conception of God, but every one of them affirms the idea in

every distinct thought which he thinks; and every human language,

however rude, embodies and perpetuates it under forms and conceptions

which are remotely derived from the original and infallible speech of

the primitive revelation. Although the mass of mankind cannot evolve

the idea of God into a distinct conception, and even gentile

philosophy failed to enunciate this conception in an adequate form,

yet when this conception is clearly and perfectly enunciated by pure

theistic and Christian philosophy, reason is able to recognize it as

the expression of its own primitive and ultimate idea. It perceives

that the object which it has always beheld by an obscure intuition, is

God, as proposed in the first article of the Christian formula. The

Christian church, in instructing the uninstructed or partially

instructed mind in pure theism, interprets to it, and explicates for

it, its own obscure intuition. Thus it is able to see the truth of the

being of God; not as a new, hitherto unknown idea, received on pure

authority, or by a long deduction from more ultimate truths, or as the

result of a number of probabilities; but as a truth which constitutes

the ultimate ground of its own rational existence, and is only

unfolded and disclosed to it in its own consciousness by the word and

teaching of the instructor, who gives distinct voice to its own

inarticulate or defectively uttered affirmation of God. So it is, that

God affirms himself to the reason originally by the creative act which

is first apprehended by the reason through the medium of the sensible,

and interpreted by the sensible signs of language to the uninstructed.

Thus we know God by creation, and the creation comes into the most

immediate contact with us on its sensible side.

It has been said above, that we cannot separate the creative act from

God in the primitive idea of reason. It is not meant by this that

reason has {520} an intuition of God as necessarily a creator. What is

meant is, that the idea of God present to an intelligent mind distinct

from God, presupposes the creative act affirming to it an object

distinct from itself, and itself as distinct from the object. When the

subject is conscious of this truth, "God affirms himself to me," there

are two terms in the formula, "God," and "Me;" involving the third

uniting term of the creative act. The perception of other existences

is simultaneous with the perception of himself, but logically prior to

it; and his first rational act apprehends the existence of contingent,

created substances, as well as the being of the absolute, uncreated

essence. The elements of God and creation are in the most ultimate and

primitive act of reason, and therefore in its constitutive idea. The

creation is the idea of finite essences in God externized by the Word

who speaks them into existence. By the same Word, the intelligent,

rational portion of creation is enlightened with the knowledge of this

idea. It beholds God, as he expresses this idea in the creative act,

and in no otherwise. It cannot see immediately, the necessity of his

being, or, so to speak, the cause why God is and must be, but only the

affirmation of this necessity in the creative act. But this

affirmation is necessarily in conformity with the truth. It presents

being as absolute, and creation as contingent, and therefore not

necessary. False conceptions may not discriminate accurately between

the two terms, being and existence; but when these false conceptions

are corrected, and the idea brought fully into light, the very terms

in which it is expressed clearly indicate God as alone necessary,

creation as contingent, and the creative act as proceeding from the

free will of the Creator.

God, and creation, are thus simultaneously affirmed in the creative

act constituting the soul; although God is affirmed as first and

creation second, in the logical order: God as cause and creation as

effect; and although creation may be first distinctly perceived and

reflected on, as being more connatural to the reflecting subject

himself, and more directly in contact with his senses and reflecting

faculties. The knowledge of God is limited to that which he expresses

by the similitude of himself exhibited in the creation. Our positive

conceptions of God in the reflective order are therefore derived from

the imitations, or representations of the divine attributes in the

world of created existences. An infinite, and, to natural powers,

impassable abyss, separates us from the immediate intuition of the

Divine Essence. The highest contemplative cannot cross this chasm; and

the ultimatum of mystic theology is no more than the confession that

the essence of God is unseen and invisible to any merely human

intuition, unknown and unknowable by the natural power of any finite

intelligence. We know _ut Deus sit, sed non quid sit Deus--that _God

is, but not _what_ he is. We know that God is, by the affirmation of

his being to reason. [Footnote 90] We form conceptions that enable

our reflective faculties to grasp this affirmation, by means of the

created objects in which he manifests his attributes, and through

which, as through signs and symbols, images and pictures, he

represents his perfections.

[Footnote 90: That is, after we have demonstrated that which is

involved in the idea of being.]

This is the doctrine of St. Paul, the great father of Christian

theology.

"Quis enim hominum, scit quae sunt hominis, nisi spiritus hominis

qui in ipso est? Ita, et quae Dei sunt, nemo cognovit, nisi Spiritus

Dei."

"For what man knoweth the things of a man, but the spirit of man which

is in him? So the things also that are of God, no one knoweth but the

Spirit of God."

We understand this to mean, that God alone has naturally the immediate

intuition of his own essence and of the interior life and activity of

his own being within himself.

{521}

"Quod notum est Dei manifestum est in illis, Deus enim illis

manifestavit. Invisibilia enim ipsius, a creatura mundi, per ea quae

facta sunt intellecta, conspiciuntar; sempiterna quoqne ejus virtus et

divinitas." "That which is known of God is manifest in them. For God

hath manifested it to them. For the invisible things of him, from the

creation of the world, are clearly seen, being understood by the

things that are made; his eternal power also and divinity."

That is, God affirms himself distinctly to the reason by the creative

act, and simultaneously with the showing which he makes of his works.

"Videmus nunc per speculum in enigmate."

"We see now through a glass in an obscure manner, or more literally,

in a riddle, parable, or allegory." [Footnote 91]

[Footnote 91: 1 Cor. ii. 11; Rom. i. 19, 20; 1 Cor. xiii. 12.]

That is, we understand the attributes and interior relations of God as

these are made intelligible to our minds by analogies derived from

created things, in which, as in a mirror, the image of God is

reflected. The original and obscure idea of God given to reason in its

constitution--but given only on that side of it which faces creation,

including therefore in itself creation and its relation to the

creator--may be represented in various forms. It must be distinctly

borne in mind that our natural intuition is not an intuition of the

substance or essence of the divine being, or an intuition of God by

that uncreated light in which he sees himself and his works. God

presents himself to the natural reason as Idea, or the first principle

of intelligence and the intelligible, by the intelligibility which he

gives to the creation. He does not disclose himself in his personality

to the intellectual vision, but affirms himself to reason by a divine

judgment. Our natural knowledge of God is therefore exclusively in the

ideal order. The intuition from which this knowledge is derived may be

called the intuition of the infinite, the eternal, the absolute the

necessary, the true, the beautiful, the good, the first cause, the

ultimate reason of things, etc. Real and necessary being, considered

as the ground of the contingent and as facing the created intellect,

adequately embraces and represents all. This intuition enters into all

thought and is inseparable from the activity of the intelligent mind.

The intellect always does and must apprehend, the real, which is

identical with the ideal, in its thought; and when this reality or

verity which it apprehends is reflected on, it always yields up two

elements, the necessary and the contingent, the infinite and the

finite, the absolute and the conditioned. In apprehending God, we

necessarily apprehend that the soul which apprehends and the creation

by which it apprehends him, must exists. In apprehending creation, we

apprehend that God must be in order that the creation may have

existence. If we could suppose reason to begin with the idea of God,

pure and simple, we could not show how it could arrive at any idea of

the creature. Neither could we, beginning with the exclusive idea of

the conditioned, deduce the idea of the absolute and necessary. We can

never arrive by discursive reasoning, by reflection, by logic, by

deduction or induction, at any truth, not included in the principles

or intuitions with which we start. Demonstration discovers no new

truth, but only discloses what is contained in the intuitions of

reason. It explicates, but does not create. All that we know therefore

about being and existences is contained implicitly in our original

intuition.

Real being is the immediate object apprehended by reason, as St.

Thomas teaches, after Aristotle. "Ens namque est objectum intellectus

primum, cum nihil sciri possit, nisi ipsum quod est ens in actu, ut

dicitur in 9 Met. Unde nec oppositum ejus intelligere potest

intellectus, non ens." "For being is the primary object of the

intellect, since nothing can be known but that which is being in act,

as it is said in the 9 Met. Wherefore the intellect cannot {522}

apprehend its opposite or not being." [Footnote 92] This appears to

be plain. Either the intelligible which the intelligence apprehends is

real or unreal, actual being or not being, entity or nonentity,

something or nothing. If the intelligence apprehends the unreal, not

being, not entity, no thing; it is not intelligence, it does not

apprehend. These very terms are unstatable except as negations of a

positive idea. I must have the idea of the real, or of being in act,

before I can deny it. I must have the idea of my own existence before

I can deny I existed a century ago. If I deny or question my present

existence, I must affirm it first, before I deny it, by making myself

the subject of a certain predicate, non-existence, or dubious

existence.

[Footnote 92: Opus. cxiii. c. 1.]

There is only one door of escape open, which is the affirmation of an

intuition of possible being. But what is the intuition of the possible

without the intuition of the actual? How can I affirm that being is

possible, unless I have an intuition of a cause or reason situated in

the very idea of being which makes it possible, and if possible

necessary and actual? The very notion of absolute being which is

possible only, that is, reducible to act but not reduced to act, is

absurd. For it is not reducible to act except by a prior cause which

is then itself actual, necessary being, and ultimate cause.

Potentiality or possibility belongs only to the contingent, and is

mere creability [sic] or reducibility to act through an efficient

cause. Wherefore we cannot apprehend possible existence except in the

apprehension of an ultimate, creative cause. All that is intelligible

is either necessary being, or contingent existence having its cause in

necessary being. The abstract or logical world is only a shadow or

reflection of the real in our own minds, and instead of preceding and

conditioning intuition, it is its product.

The real object apprehended by reason has various aspects, but they

are aspects of the same object. The intuition of one aspect of being

is called the intuition of truth or of the true, including truth both

in the absolute and the contingent order. Truth, in regard to finite

things, is the correspondence of a conception to an objective reality.

This finite reality cannot be apprehended as true without a

simultaneous apprehension of necessary and eternal truth as its ground

and reason. The mathematical truths, for instance, in their

application to existing things, express the relations of finite

numbers and quantities. They are, however, apprehended as necessarily

and eternally true in an order of being independent of time, space,

and all contingent existences; which order of being is absolute: the

type of all existing things, the ultimate ground of truth, the

intelligible _in se_.

The intuition of the beautiful, which is "the splendor of the true,"

is the intuition of a certain type and the conformity of existing

things to it, causing a peculiar complacency in the intellect. This

complacency is grounded on a judgment of the eternal fitness and

harmony of things, that is, of an absolute and necessary reason of

their order in eternal truth, that is, in absolute being.

The intuition of the good is an intuition of being considered as the

necessary object of volition, and of existences as having in their

essence a ground of desirableness or an aptitude to terminate an act

of the will. Hence good and being are convertible terms. The absolute

good is absolute being, and created good is a created existence

conformed to the type of the good which is necessary and eternal.

The intuition of the infinite reduces itself in like manner to the

intuition of absolute being accompanied by the intuition of the finite

or relative with which it is compared. The absolute is being in its

plenitude, the intelligible as comprehended by intelligence in its

ultimate act, neither admitting of any increase. The finite is that

which can be thought as capable of increase, but, increased

indefinitely, never reaches {523} the infinite. The term infinite, as

Fénélon well observes, though negative in form--expressing the denial

of limitation--is the expression of a positive idea. Herbert Spencer

proves the same in a luminous and cogent manner, even from the

admissions of philosophers of the sceptical school of Kant. [Footnote

93] The intuition of the infinite gives us that which is not referable

to an idea of a higher order, but is itself that idea to which all

others are referred as the ultimate of thought and being. This

intuition of the infinite always presents itself behind every

conception, and makes itself the first element of every thought.

[Footnote 93: First Principles of a New System of Philosophy.]

This is clearly seen in the conceptions, commonly called the ideas, of

space and time. The intuition of the infinite will never permit us to

fix any definite, unpassable limits to these conceptions, but forces

us to endeavor perpetually to grasp infinity and eternity under an

adequate mental representation, which we cannot do. We must, however,

if we are faithful to reason, recognize behind these conceptions of

space that cannot be bounded and time that cannot be terminated either

by beginning or end, the idea of being infinite as regards both, the

reason of the possibility of finite things bearing to each other the

relations of co-existence and successive duration.

The same intuition is at the root of the conception of the

impossibility of limiting the divisibility of mathematical quantity.

Whichever way we turn, the idea of the infinite presents itself. We

can never reach the boundary of multiplicability, nor can we reach the

boundary of divisibility, which is only another form of

multiplicability. The conception of ideal space and number is rooted

in the idea of the infinite power of God to create existences which

have mathematical relations to each other. The positive multiplication

or division of lines and numbers must always have a limit, but the

radical possibility must always remain infinite, because it is

included in the idea of God, which transcends all categories of

space, time or limitation.

The intuition of cause is in the same order of thought. Necessary

being and contingent existence cannot be apprehended in the same idea,

without the connecting link of the principle of causation. It has been

fully proved by Hume and Kant, that we cannot certainly conclude the

principle of causation from any induction of particular facts. We

always assume it, before we begin to make the induction. It is an _a

priori_ judgment that everything which exists must have a cause, and

that all finite causes, receive their causality from a first cause or

_causa causarum_. For every finite cause has a beginning, which comes

from a prior cause, and an infinite series of finite causes being

absurd, the idea of causation necessarily includes first cause, and is

incapable of being thought or stated without it. Existence is not

intelligible in itself, but in its cause, absolute being. Absolute

being, though intelligible in itself, is not intelligible to human

reason, except by the causative act terminated in existences, and

making them intelligible. That is, being and existence, in the

relation of cause and effect, are presented, and affirmed to reason,

as the one complex object of its original intuition, and its

constitutive idea.

This is the point of co-incidence of the _a priori_ and _a posteriori_

arguments, demonstrating the Christian theistic conception. They

analyze the synthetic judgment of reason, and show its contents. The

argument, _a priori_ analyzes it on the side of being, showing what is

contained in being, or _ens_. The argument _a posteriori_ analyzes it

on the side of existence, _existentia_. But either argument implicitly

contains the other. It is impossible to reason on either the first or

last term of the synthetic judgment, without taking in the middle term

of causation, which implies the third term, existence, if you begin

{524} with being, and the first term, being, if you begin with

existence. The theistic conception is God Creator. The theologian who

begins to prove the proposition, God creates the world, cannot deduce

creation by showing what is contained in the pure and simple idea of

necessary, self-existing being. The idea of God includes the creative

power, but not the creative act, which is free, and cannot be deduced

from the primitive intuition, unless God affirms it to the reason in

that intuition; and even the creative power, or the possibility of

creation, cannot be deduced by human reason from the idea of necessary

being. Thus, the argument _a priori_ really does not conclude the

effect, that is, creation, by demonstrating it from the nature of the

cause alone, but assumes it as known from the beginning.

In like manner, the theologian, who argues from the creation up to the

creator, or from effect to cause, assumes that the creation is really

created, and the effect of a cause exterior to itself; otherwise, the

term existence could never conduct him to the term being.

We cannot demonstrate beyond what is given us in intuition, for all

demonstration is a simple unfolding of the intuitive idea. The idea

presents to us the creative act. If we reflect the causative or

creative principle, whatever we logically explicate from it is

indubitably true, because in conformity with the idea of first cause.

If we reflect the terminus of the causative act, or creation, whatever

we logically explicate from it respecting the nature of eminent cause

is indubitably true, for the same reason. In both cases we reason

validly, and demonstrate all that is demonstrable in the case. In the

first instance, we demonstrate what is really contained in the idea of

necessary being, and bring this idea--under the form of a distinct

conception--face to face with the reflective reason. In the second

instance, we demonstrate the order of the universe, and the

manifestation in it of divine power, wisdom and goodness. We

demonstrate that the theistic conception, or the conception of God and

his attributes, contained in Christian Theology, is that which we know

intuitively in the light of the primitive idea, logically explicated

and represented by analogy in language. What we do not demonstrate, is

the objective reality of the idea; for this is indemonstrable, as

being the first principle of all demonstration. The idea is

intelligible in itself, and illuminates the reason with intelligence.

The office of logic and reasoning is to inspect and scrutinize the

idea, to represent in reflection that which is intelligible. By this

process the idea of necessary being evolves itself, necessarily, into

the complete theistic conception of God, as is shown most amply in the

treatises of theologians and religious writers. [Footnote 94] We will

endeavor to sum up their results in as brief and universal a synopsis

as possible.

[Footnote 94: It will be seen, therefore, that the arguments _a

priori_ and _a posteriori_ demonstrating the Christian doctrine of

God, as stated by the great Catholic Theologians, have not been

impugned, but, on the contrary, vindicated from the

misrepresentation of a more modern and less profound school of

philosophers.]

Beginning at this point, real necessary being is in itself the

intelligible; we lay down first that which is most radical and

ultimate in the conception of the living, personal God and Creator;

namely, absolute, infinite _intelligence_.

The absolute intelligible being must be absolute intelligent being.

The intelligible is only intelligible to intelligence. What is the

idea, or ideal truth or being, without an intelligent subject? What is

infinite idea, or infinite object of thought, without infinite

intelligent subject? That which is intelligible in itself necessarily,

absolutely, and infinitely, must necessarily be the terminating object

of intelligence equal to itself, that is infinite. This intelligence

cannot be created, for then it would be finite. It must be included in

absolute being. {525} Being includes in itself all that is. It

therefore includes intelligence. It contains in itself all that is

necessary to its own perfection. Its perfection as intelligible

requires its perfection as intelligent. Absolute being is therefore

infinitely intelligible and intelligent in its own nature and idea. It

is the intelligible being which is intelligent being, and only

intelligent spirit, which is in its very essence intelligence, can be

necessarily and infinitely intelligible; for only self-existent

infinite spirit has the absolute infinite activity necessary to

irradiate the light of the intelligible. The light of the intelligible

irradiates our created intelligence by an act which constitutes it

rational spirit. This act must be the act of supreme, absolute,

infinite intelligence. Whatever is in the creature, must be infinite

in the creator. The world of finite, intelligent spirits can only

proceed from an infinite, intelligent spirit, as first and eminent

cause. The sensible and physical world also is apprehended by our

reason as intelligible, and is intelligible, only in intelligent

cause; which throws open the vast and magnificent field of

demonstration from the order and harmony of nature. The intelligible

in the order of the finite, is a reflection of the intelligible in the

order of the infinite. The intelligible in the order of the infinite,

is the adequate object of infinite intelligence. The intelligible _in

se_ is identical with being in its plenitude; and being in plenitude

is necessarily infinite, intelligent spirit. [Footnote 95]

[Footnote 95: Because, if we conceive of any essence that it is not

spiritual, we can conceive of one that is more perfect, namely, that

which has these two attributes; and if we conceive of one that is

finite in intelligence, we can conceive of one that is superior, or

has greater plenitude of being, until we reach the infinite. The

very conception of being in plenitude is being that excludes the

conception of the possibility of that which is greater than itself.]

From this point the way is clear and easy to verify all that

theologians teach respecting the essential attributes of God. We have

merely to explicate the idea of intelligent spirit possessing being in

its plenitude. All that has being--that is, every kind of good and

perfection that the mind can apprehend in the divine essence by means

of creatures--must be attributed to God in the absolute and infinite

sense. We cannot grasp plenitude of being fully under one aspect or

form. We are obliged to discriminate and distinguish qualities or

attributes of being in God. But this is not by the way of addition or

composition of these attributes with the idea of the simple essence of

God. It is by the way of identification. Thus, being is identified

with the intelligible and with intelligence. All the attributes of God

are identified with each other and with his being.

This is what is meant by saying that God is most simple being, _ens

simplicissimum_. The pure and simple idea of being contains in itself

every possible predicate: hence we can predicate nothing of it that

can add to it, or combine with it, to make a composite idea greater

than the idea of being in its simplicity. It comes to the same, when

we say that God is most pure act, _actus purissimus_, which merely

ascribes to him actual being in eternity to the utmost limit of

possibility, or to the ultimate comprehensibility of the idea of being

by the infinite intelligence of God.

In the first place, then, we demonstrate the unity of God. There can

be but one infinite being. For the intelligible being of God is the

adequate object of his intelligence. Therefore there is no other

infinite, intelligible object of infinite intelligence.

God is absolutely good. For his own being is the adequate object of

his volition, and the definition of good is adequate object of

volition, so that being is identical with good.

God is all-powerful. For there is no intelligible idea of power, which

transcends the knowledge God has of his own being as including the

ability to create.

God is infinitely holy. For the intellect and the will of God

terminate upon the same object, that is, upon his {526} own being, and

consequently agree with each other; and the very notion of the

sanctity of God is the perfect harmony of his intellect and will in

infinite good.

God is immutable. For any change or progression implies a movement

toward the absolute plenitude of being, and is inconsistent with the

necessary and eternal possession of this plenitude.

God is infinite and eternal; above all categories of limitation,

succession, time or space; for this is only to say that he is most

simple being, and most pure act.

God is absolute truth and beauty, for these are identical with being.

He is infinite love, for he is the infinite object of his own

intelligence comprehended as the term of his own volition.

For the same reason, he is infinite beatitude, since beatitude simply

expresses the repose and complacency of intelligence and will in their

adequate object and is identical with love.

God is an ocean of boundless, unfathomable good and perfection, to

whom everything must be attributed that can increase our mental

conception of his infinite being. We can go on indefinitely,

explicating this conception, and every proposition we can make which

contains the statement of anything positive and intelligible, is

self-evident; requiring no separate proof, but merely verification as

truly identifying something with the idea of being. "We shall say much

and yet shall want words; but the sum of our words is, HE IS ALL."

[Footnote 96] Nevertheless, our reason is not brought face to face

with God by any direct intuition or vision of his intimate, personal

essence. Every word, every conception, every thought expressing the

most complete and vivid act of the reflective consciousness on the

idea of God is derived from the creation, and gives only a speculative

and enigmatical representation of the being of God itself, as mirrored

in the perfections of created, contingent existences. Though we see

all things by its light, the sun itself, the original source of

intelligible light, is not within our rational horizon. The creation

is illuminated by it with the light of intelligibility, and by this

light we become spectators of the creative act of God.

[Footnote 96: Ecclus. xiiii. 99.]

The creative act is not a transient effort of power, but a durable,

continuous, ever-present act, by which God is always creating the

universe. The creation has its being not in itself but in God. All

that we witness therefore and come in contact with, is but the

radiation of light, life, truth, beauty, happiness; physical, mental,

and spiritual existence; from God, the source of being. We see the

architecture which proceeds from his mighty designs; we behold the

infinitely varied and ever shifting pictures and sculptures in which

he embodies his infinite idea of his own beauty. We hear the harmonies

that echo his eternal blessedness; the colossal machinery of worlds

plays regularly and resistlessly by the force which he communicates

around us; his signs, emblems, and hieroglyphics are impressed on our

senses; the perpetual affirmation of his being is always making itself

heard in the depth of our reason. The perpetual influx of creative

force from him is every instant giving life and existence to our body.

We breathe in it, and see by it, and move through its energy. It is

every instant creating our soul. When our soul first came out of

nothing into existence, it was created by a whisper of the divine

word, which simultaneously gave it existence and the faculty of

apprehending that whisper, by which it was made. God whispered in the

soul the affirmation of his own being as the author of all existence.

This whisper is perpetual, like the creative act. It constitutes our

rational life and activity. By its virtue we think and are conscious.

It concurs with every intellectual act. When the soul is stillest and

its contemplation of truth the most profound, then it is most

distinctly heard; but it cannot be drowned by any {527} tumult or

clamor. "In God we live, and move, and have our being." We float in

the divine idea as in an ocean. It meets us everywhere we turn. We

cannot soar above it, dive beneath it, or sail in sight of its coasts.

It is our rational element, in which our rational existence was

created, in which it was made to live, and we recognize it in the same

act in which we recognize our own existence. It is necessary to the

original act of self-consciousness, and enters into the indestructible

essence of the soul, as immortal spirit.

The Creed, therefore, when it proposes its first article to a child

who is capable of a complete rational act, only brings him face to

face with himself, or with the idea of his own reason. It gives him a

distinct image or reflection of that idea, a sign of it, a verbal

expression for it, a formula by which his reflective faculty can work

it out into a distinct conception. As soon as it is fairly

apprehended, he perceives its truth with a rational certitude which

reposes in the intimate depths of his own consciousness. It is true

that he cannot arrange and express his conceptions, or distinctly

analyze for himself the operations of his own mind, in the manner

given above. This can only be done by one who is instructed in

theology. But although he is no theologian or philosopher, he has

nevertheless the substance of philosophy or _sapientia_, and of

theology, in his intellect; deeper, broader and more sublime than all

the measurements and signs of metaphysicians can express. We have

taken the child as creditive subject in this exposition, in order to

exhibit the ultimate rational basis of faith in its simplest act, and,

so to speak, to show its _genesis_. But we do not profess to stop with

this simple act which initiates the reason in its childhood into the

order of rational intelligence and faith; rather we take it as only

the terminus of starting in the prosecution of a thorough

investigation of the complete development which the intelligent faith

unfolds in the adult and instructed reason of a Christian fully

educated in theological science. Hence we have given the conception

God in its scientific form, but as the scientific form of that which

is certainly and indubitably apprehended in its essential substance by

every mind capable of making an explicit and complete act of rational

faith in God as the creator of the world. In the language of

Wordsworth, "The child is father of the man." A complete rational act

in a child has in it the germ of all science. He is as certain that

two and two make four, as is the consummate mathematician. A complete

act of faith in a child is as infallible as the faith of a theologian,

and has in it the germ of all theology. He is able to say "Credo in

Deum" with a perfect rational certitude; and this conclusion is the

goal toward which the whole preceding argument has been tending.

But here we are met with a difficulty. The principle of faith cannot

itself fall under the dominion of faith, or be classed with the

_credenda_, which we believed on the veracity of God. How then can

_Credo_ govern _Deum_. The necessity for an intelligible basis for

faith has been established, and this basis located in the idea of God

evolved into a conception demonstrable to reason from its own

constitutive principles. It would therefore seem that instead of

saying "I believe in God," we ought to say "I know that God is, and is

the infinite truth in himself, therefore I believe," etc. only on you.

This formula does really express a process of thought contained in the

act of faith, and implied in the signification of _Credo_. _Credo_

includes in itself _intelligo_. Divine faith presupposes, and

incorporates into itself, human intelligence and human faith, on that

side of them which is an inchoate capacity for receiving its divine,

elevating influence. Hence the propriety of using the word _Credo_,

leaving _intelligo_ understood but not expressed. The symbol of faith

is not intended to express any object of our knowledge, {528} except

as united to the object of faith. For this reason it does not

discriminate in the proposition of the verity of the being of God,

that which is the direct object of intelligence, but presents it under

one term with those propositions concerning God which are only the

indirect object of intelligence through the medium of divine

revelation. When we say _Credo in Deum_, if we consider in _Deum_ only

that which is demonstrable by reason concerning God, the full sense of

_Credo_ is suspended, until the revelation of the superintellible

[sic] s introduced in the succeeding articles. The term _Deum_

terminates _Credo_, only inasmuch as it is qualified by the succeeding

terms; that is, inasmuch as we profess our belief in God as the

revealer of the truths contained in the subsequent articles.

The foregoing statement applies to the use of the word _Credo_ in

relation with _Deum_ in the first article of the Creed, taking _Credo_

in its strictest and most exclusive sense of belief in revealed truths

which are above the sphere of natural reason. In addition to this, it

can be shown that there is a secondary and subordinate reason on

account of which the mental apprehension of that which is naturally

intelligible in God is included under the term faith, taken in a wider

and more extensive sense.

This intelligible order of truth, or natural theology, was actually

communicated to mankind in the beginning, together with the primitive

revelation. We are, therefore, instructed in it, by the way of faith.

The conception of God, and the words which communicate to us that

conception, and enable us to grasp it, come to us through tradition,

and are received by the mind before its faculties are fully developed.

We believe first, and understand afterward; and the greater part of

men never actually attain to the full understanding of that which is

in itself intelligible, but hold it confusedly, accepting with

implicit trust in authority, many truths which the wise possess as

science. Moreover, the term faith is often used to denote belief in

any reality which lies in an order superior to nature and removed from

the sphere of the sensible, although that reality may be demonstrable

from rational principles. In a certain sense we may say that this

region of truth is a common domain of faith and reason. But we have

now approached that boundary line where the proper and peculiar empire

of faith begins, and like Dante, left by his human guide on the coasts

of the celestial world, we must endeavor under heavenly protection to

ascend to this higher sphere of thought.

------

From Once a Week.

THE KING AND THE BISHOP.

Before Roskilde's sacred fane,

(The first the land has known.)

Attended by his courtier train,

And decked, as on his throne,

In costly raiment, glittering gay

Beneath the noon-day sun;

All fresh and fair, as though the day

Had seen no slaughter done--

{529}

As though the all-beholding eye

Of that Omniscient Deity,

Whom, turning from the downward way

His heathen fathers trod,

He guided by a purer ray,

Hath chosen for his God--

Had seen no darker, dreader sight,

Twixt yester morn and yester night,

Beheld by his approving eye,

Who, now, would draw his altar nigh;

Ay, fresh and fair as to his soul

No taint of blood did cling,

As though in heart and conscience whole,

Stands Swend, the warrior-king.

On his, as on a maiden's cheek,

(Though bearded and a knight,)

The royal hues of Denmark speak [Footnote 97]--

The crimson and the white;

But mark ye how the angry hue

Keeps deepening, as he stands,

And mark ye, too, the courtly crew,

With lifted eyes and hands!

[Footnote 97: The Danish king, Swend, soon after his entrance into

the Christian church, slew some of his "jaris" without a trial,

and, on presenting himself, after the commission of this crime, at

the portal of the newly-built cathedral of Roskilde, in Zealand,

found it barred by the pastoral staff of the English missionary

and bishop who had converted him. After receiving the rebuke given

in the poem, and forbidding his attendants to molest the bishop,

he returned whence he came, and shortly after, made his

reappearance in the garb of a penitent, when he was received by

the prelate, and, after a certain time of penance, absolved; after

which they became fast friends.]

Across the portal, low and wide,

A slender bar from side to side.

The bishop's staff is seen;

And holding it, with reverent hands

And head erect, the prelate stands,

A man of stately mien.

"Go back!" he cries, and fronts the king.

Whilst clear and bold his accents ring

Throughout the sacred fane--

And Echo seems their sound to bring

Triumphant back again--

"Go back, nor dare, with impious tread,

Into the presence pure and dread.

Thy guilty soul to bring,

Impenitent--O thou, who art

A murderer, though a king!"

A murmur, deepening to a roar,

'Mid those who were clust'ring round the door:

A few disjointed but eager words--

A sudden glimmer of naked swords;

And the bishop raised his longing eyes,

In speechless praise, to the distant skies;

{530}

For he thought his labor would soon be o'er.

And his bark at rest, on the peaceful shore;

And he pictured the crown, the martyrs wear,

Floating slowly down, on the voiceless air;

Till he almost fancied he felt its weight

On his brows--as he stood, and blessed his fate.

With a calm, sweet smile on his face, he bowed

His reverend head to the raging crowd--

(Oh! the sight was fair to see!)

And "Strike!" he cried, whilst they held their breath.

To hear his words; "For I fear not death

For him who has died for me!"

King Swend looked up, with an angry glare,

At the dauntless prelate, who braved him there,

Though he deemed his hour near;

And he saw, with one glance of his eagle eye.

That that beaming smile and that bearing high

Were never the mask of fear!

Right against might had won the day;--

And he bade them sheathe their swords; then turned,

Whilst an angry spot on his cheek still burned,

From the house of God away.

Ere the hour had winged its flight, once more,

Behold! there stood, at the temple door,

A suppliant form, with its head bowed down.

And ashes were there, for the kingly crown;

And the costly robes, which had made erewhile

So gallant a show in the sunbeams' smile.

Had been cast aside, ere its glow was spent,

For the sackcloth worn by the penitent!

The bishop came down the crowded nave;

His smile was bright, though his face was grave,

He paused at the portal, and raised his eyes.

Yet another time to those sapphire skies,

But he thought not now, that the look he cast

To that radiant heaven would be his last;

And he thanked his Master again--but not

For the martyrdom that should bless his lot;

For the close to the day of life, whose sun

Was to set in blood, on his rest was won:

Far other than this was his theme of praise,

As he murmured: "O thou, in thy works and ways

As wonderful now as when Israel went

Through the sea, which is Pharaoh's monument:

Though I pictured death in the flashing steel,

And I looked for the glory it should reveal,

Yet oh! if it be, as it seems to be,

Thy will, that I stay to glorify thee,

To add to thy jewels, one by one;

Then, Father in heaven, that will be done!"

{531}

Then on the monarch's humbled brow

The kiss of peace he pressed.

And led him, as a brother, now,

A little from the rest--

"Here, as is meet, thy penance do,

And as thy penitence is true,

So God will make it light!

Then mayst thou work with me, that thus

The light that he hath given us

May rise on Denmark's night!"

M. T. F.

------

Translated from Le Correspondant

THE YOUTH OF SAINT PAUL.

By L'ABBE LOUIS BAUNARD.

At the time when Jesus Christ came into this world, the Jews were

scattered over the whole surface of the earth. From the narrow valley

in which their religious law had confined them for the designs of God,

these people of little territory had overflowed into all the provinces

of the Roman empire. Captivity had been the beginning of their

dispersion. Numerous Israelitish colonists, who had formerly settled

in the land of their exile, were still existing in Babylon, in Media,

even in Persia; others had pushed their way further on to the extreme

east, even as far as China. Finally, under the reign of Augustus, they

are found everywhere. [Footnote 98]

[Footnote 98: V. Remond "Histoire de la Propagation du Judaisme,"

Leipzig, 1789 Grost, "De Migrationibus Hebr. extra patriam," 1817.

Jost, "Histoire des Israélites depuis les Machabées," etc.]

It was the solemn hour in which, according to the parable of the

gospel, the Father had gone forth to sow the seed. The field, "that is

the world," was filled with it already, and the time was not far

distant when the Lord, "seeing the countries ripe for the harvest,"

would send out his journeymen to reap, and gather the wheat into his

barns.

One of these families "_of the dispersion_," as they were styled,

inhabited the city of Tarsus in Cilicia. Of this once famous city

nothing now remains but a few ruins, and the modern Tarsous falls

vastly short of that high rank which the ancient Tarsus held among the

cities of the East. Even at present, however, it is called the capital

city of Caramania. Situated on a small eminence covered over with

laurels and myrtles, at a distance of about ten miles from the

Mediterranean sea, it is washed by the rapid and cold waters of the

Kara-sou, and its population during winter amounts to more than thirty

thousand souls. In summer it is almost a desert. Chased away by the

burning heats which prevail at this season from the sea-coast, men,

women and children abandon their homes and emigrate to the surrounding

heights, where they fix their camp under lofty cedars, which afford

them shelter, shade, and coolness. [Footnote 99]

[Footnote 99: P. Belon, "Voyages"--cité dans Malte-Brun.]

{532}

It were difficult to draw, from what it is at present, an exact

picture of the ancient Tarsus. Instead of the sad, disconsolate look

of a Turkish city, there was then in it the movement, the ardor, the

splendor of the Greek city, proud of her politeness and her

recollections. According to Strabo, Tarsus was a colony of Argos. As a

proof of the high state of its culture, the Greeks related that the

companions of Triptolemus, perambulating the earth in search of Io,

stopped at that place, charmed by its richness and beauty. Others

traced its origin further back, to the old kings of Assyria. At one of

the gates of Tarsus there had been seen for a long time the tomb of

Sardanapalus with the following inscription under his statue: "I,

Sardanapalus, have built Tarsus in one day. Passenger, eat, drink, and

give thyself a good time; the rest is nothing." [Footnote 100]

History, however, has written there other remembrances. It was not far

from Tarsus that the intrepid Alexander had nearly perished in the icy

waters of the Cydnus. It was there upon the sea, at the entrance of

the river, that the memorable interview and the fatal alliance of

Antony and Cleopatra had just taken place in the midst of voluptuous

feasts. The wise providence that provides reparations for all our

pollutions, had chosen the city of a Sardanapalus and of an Antony to

be the cradle of St. Paul.

[Footnote 100: Strabo, liv, xvi.]

For the rest, Tarsus was a city perfectly well built and of remarkable

beauty. From the fertile hill on which she rested, she could

contemplate the direction toward the north and west of an undulating

line, which traced rather than hid the horizon. This was the outline

of the first ascending grades, of the mountains of Cilicia. At a short

distance from the city the waters of numerous living springs met

together and formed a rapid river, deeply enchased, which soon reached

and refreshed that portion of her which the historians call the

Gymnasium, and we would name the "Quarter of the schools." Further on

there was a harbor of peculiar and distinctly marked outline.

Philostratus has described in a striking and picturesque manner the

different habitudes of the men of traffic and of the literary class,

representing "the former as slaves to avarice, the latter to

voluptuousness. All their talk," says he, "consisted in reviling,

taunting, and railing at each other with sharp-biting words: whence

one might have easily seen that it was only in their dress they

pretended to imitate the Athenians, but not in prudence and

praiseworthy habits. They did nothing else all day but walk up and

down on the banks of the river Cydnus, which runs across this city, as

if they were so many aquatic birds, passing their time in frolicsome

levities, inebriated, so to speak, with the pleasing delectation of

those sweet-flowing waters." [Footnote 101]

[Footnote 101: Philostrate, "De la Vie d'Apollonius Thyanéan

traduction de Blaise de Vigenère," liv. iv. ch. ix. p. 103,104.

Paris, 1611.]

Such, then, was the city in which a vast multitude of young men,

elegant, voluptuous and witty, crowded and pressed each other like a

swarm of bees, for Tarsus was the most brilliant intellectual focus of

that time and country. The following is the description of it, given

by Strabo: "She carries to such a height the culture of arts and

sciences, that she surpasses even Athens and Alexandria. The

difference between Tarsus and these two cities is, that in the former

the learned are almost all indigenous. Few strangers come hither; and

even those who belong to the country do not sojourn here long. As soon

as they have completed the course of their studies in the liberal

arts, they emigrate to some other place, and very few of them return

to Tarsus afterward."

The best masters regarded it as an honor to teach in the schools of

this city of arts. There were in it such grammarians as Artemidorus

and Diodorus; such brilliant poets and professors {533} of eloquence

as Plutiades and Diogenes; such philosophers of the sect of the stoics

as the two Athenodori; of whom the first had been Cato's friend in

life, and his companion in death, and the second had been the

instructor of Augustus, who, in token of gratitude, appointed him

governor of Tarsus. For, it was the fate of this learned city to be

under the administration of men of letters, and of philosophers. She

had been ruled by the poet Boethus, the favorite of Antony. Nestor,

the Platonic philosopher, had also governed her. It is easily seen,

however, that such men are better prepared for speculations in

science, than for the administration of public affairs, so that, in

their hands, Tarsus felt more than once those intestine commotions, of

which cities of schools have never ceased to be the theatre.

It was in this city, and under these circumstances, almost upon the

frontiers of Europe and Asia, in the very heart of a great

civilization, that St. Paul was born, about the twenty-eighth year of

Augustus' reign, two years before the birth of Christ. [Footnote 102]

He himself informs us that he was a _Jew_ of the tribe of Juda,

[Footnote 103] born in the _Greek_ city of Tarsus, and a _Roman_

citizen: so that by parentage, by education, and by privilege, he

belonged to the three great nations who bore rule over the realm of

thought and of action. The grave historian [Footnote 104] who

exhausts the catalogue of the illustrious men of Tarsus, never

suspected what man--very differently illustrious--had just appeared

there, and of what a revolution he was to become the zealous defender

as well as the martyr.

[Footnote 102: This would be so, if St. Paul lived to the age of

sixty-eight years, as is stated in a Homily of St. John Chrysostom,

vol. vi. of his complete works.]

[Footnote 103: Benjamin. See Rom. xi 1.--Ep. C. W.]

[Footnote 104: Strabo, liv. xiv]

The Jewish origin of the Doctor of Nations was, as is easily

understood, of vast importance for fulfilment of the designs of God.

The religion of Jesus Christ proceeds from Judaism, continues and

perfects it. It was, therefore, well worthy of the wisdom of God that

his apostles should belong to the one as well as to the other

covenant, and that he should thus extend his hand to all ages, as he

was to extend it to all men.

This purity of origin was so considerable a privilege, that it is by

it one may account to one's self for the rage and fury with which the

Ebionite Jews in the first age of our era labored to deprive him of

it. Adhering to the last rubbish of the law of Moses, and, for this

reason, irreconcilable enemies to the great apostle of the Gentiles,

these sectarians maliciously invented the following fable, according

to the relation of St. Epiphanius. [Footnote 105] "They say that he

was a Greek, that his father was a Greek as well as his mother. Having

come to Jerusalem in his youth, he had sojourned there for a certain

time. Having there known the daughter of the high priest, he had

desired to have her for his wife; and to this end he had become a

Jewish proselyte. As he could not, however, obtain the young maiden

even at that price, he had conceived a burning resentment, and

commenced to write against the circumcision, the sabbath, and the

law." It seems to me that St. Epiphanius confers too great an honor

upon this romance, by merely exposing and refuting it.

[Footnote 105: "Adv. Haeret" liv. ii. t. i. p. 140, No. xvi.]

I know on what foundation St. Jerome affirms, on the contrary, that

St. Paul was a Jew not only by descent, but also by the place of his

birth. According to him, St. Paul's parents dwelt in the small town of

Girchala in Juda, when the Roman invasion compelled them to seek for

themselves a home somewhere else. Therefore they took their son, yet

an infant, with them, and fled to Tarsus, where they remained, waiting

for better days. [Footnote 106]

[Footnote 106: "De Viris Illustrib. Catalog. Script. Eccles." t. i.

p.849]

The declaration of St. Paul himself, however, allows no doubt to be

{534} entertained as to his origin. Born in Tarsus, he was circumcised

there on the eighth day after his birth, and received the name of

Saul, which he exchanged afterward for that of Paul, probably at the

time when Sergius Paulus had been converted by him to the Christian

faith.

His parents failed not to instruct him in the law; for, how distant

soever from their mother country might have been the place in which

they lived, the Jews did not cease to render to the God of their

fathers worship, more or less pure, but faithful. Like all other great

cities of the Roman empire, Tarsus had her synagogue where the Law was

read, and where the religious interests of the Israelitic people were

discussed. It was there that prayers were solemnly made with the face

turned toward the holy city: for there was no temple anywhere but in

Jerusalem, whither numerous and pious caravans from all the countries

of Asia went every year to celebrate in Sion the great festivals of

the Passover and Pentecost, to pay there the double devotion, and

present their victims. The bond of union was thus fastened more firmly

than ever between the colonies and the metropolis, in which great

things were soon expected to take place. Jerusalem was not only the

country of memorials, but to Jewish hearts she was also the land of

hope, and every eye was turned toward the mountain whence salvation

was to come.

Saul grew up in Tarsus. We must not seek in the youth of Saul for

those signs which reveal in advance a great man. In individuals of

this sort, devoted to the work of God, all greatness is from him, the

instrument disappearing in the hand of the divine artificer. Whatever

illusion iconography may have impressed us with upon the point, Saul

did not carry, either in stature of body or in beauty of features, the

reflection of his great soul, and at first sight the world saw in him

only an insignificant person, as he himself testifies, "_aspectus

corporis infirmus_," Beside, he was a man of low condition, exercising

a trade, and earning his daily bread by the sweat of his face. The

rabbinical maxims said that, "not to teach one's son to work, was the

same thing as to teach him to steal." Saul was, therefore, a workman,

and everything leads us to believe that he, who was to carry light to

nations, passed, like his master, the whole of his obscure youth in

hard work. He made tents for the military camps and for travellers.

This was an extensive industry in the East; and a great trade in these

textures was carried on in Tarsus with the caravans starting from the

ports of Cilicia and journeying though Armenia, Persia, the whole of

Asia Major, and beyond. [Footnote 107]

[Footnote 107: These conjectures and regard to St. Paul's birth and

parentage are not founded on any solid basis, but on the contrary

appear to be quite improbable. The author's citation from the

Rabbinical maxims overturns the argument which he derives from the

fact that St. Paul practised a handicraft. All Jews, whatever their

birth or wealth, learned a trade. St. Paul's knowledge of the

tent-maker's trade, therefore, does not prove that he was of low

birth, or belonged to the class of artisans. On the contrary, his

possession of the privileges of Roman citizenship, which he must

have inherited, and which could only have been conferred on account

of some great service rendered to the state by one of his ancestors,

together with his thorough education, go to show that he belonged to

one of the most eminent Jewish families of Tarsus.--Ed. C.W.]

Manual occupation, however, did not absorb the whole time, nor the

whole soul of the young Israelite; since the tradition of the fathers

points to him as frequenting the schools of Tarsus, and joining that

studious swarm of young civilians who crowded there to attend the

lectures delivered by the professors of science and literature.

[Footnote 108] His Epistles retain some traces of these his first

studies. In these he quotes now and then words of the ancient poets,

Menander, Aratus, Epimenides. He expressed himself with equal facility

in the three great languages of the civilized world, the Hebrew, the

Greek, and the Latin; and it is manifest that he knew the secrets of

the art of eloquence, for which he {535} retained in later times only

a magnanimous contempt. He was also initiated in philosophy, under the

teachers whom I have named already. Besides Stoicism, whose patrons

and success in Tarsus I have mentioned, Platonism flourished there

under the protection of Nestor, a man of great distinction, who had

been the preceptor of that illustrious youth Marullus, who was sung by

Virgil, and bewailed by Augustus. Is it not, at this period, that a

young man of Tyana, himself destined to acquire a strange celebrity,

came to Tarsus in his fourteenth year, and passionately embraced there

the precepts of Pythagorean doctrine? The uncertainties of the

history, which was written by Philostratus afterward, do not permit us

to say anything definite upon this point; but one cannot help thinking

that it is from the same place, and at the same time, that those two

extremes of the power of good and of the power of evil have set

out--Apollonius of Tyana, and Saint Paul.

[Footnote 108: Sancte Hieronymi, t. vi. 322.--"Comm. Epist. ad

Galat."]

Finally, not far from there the oriental doctrines drove to their

several beliefs respectively the multitudes of Asia, and invaded also

the Greek cities of Asia Minor and the Islands. Thus Parsism on the

one hand, and Hellenism on the other, met in Tarsus with Judaism. By

its position, as well as by its commerce, the birthplace of St. Paul

was the point of confluence of the two currents of ideas, which shared

the world between themselves. From this centre the future apostle was

able to embrace in one view all those different sorts of minds which

he was to embrace in his zeal afterwards.

Such were his beginnings. In them Saul plays an insignificant part;

but God a great one; God does not act openly as yet; he prepares. But

what preparation! What a concurrence of circumstances manifestly

providential! What greatness even in this obscurity! The seal of

predestination is visibly impressed upon that soul appointed to

regenerate the world by the faith. The place, the time, the means,

everything seems disposed, consecrated in advance, as it were, for a

great scene. God incarnate was to fill it, but he had chosen Saul of

Tarsus to be in it the actor most worthy of him.

II.

The second education of Saul took place in Jerusalem. He was yet young

when his parents, yielding to that instinct which recalled the Jews to

their native country, sent him, or, perhaps, went and took him with

themselves, to the holy city, in order to fix their residence there.

There occur in history some solemn epochs; but that in which Saul

arrived at Jerusalem possesses a consecration which cannot belong to

any but to itself alone: it was what St. Paul called, afterward, "the

fulness of the times." The seventy weeks determined by Daniel, entered

then into the last phasis of their accomplishment. The sceptre had

been taken away from Judah, and, at a few steps from the temple, a

centurion, with the vine-stock in his hand, quietly walked around the

residence of a Roman proconsul. People were waiting to see from what

point the star of Jacob was to appear. It had risen already, and the

young workman of Tarsus, while going to Jerusalem, might have met on

his way with a workman like himself, who, sitting at the foot of some

unknown hill, preached in parables to the people of his own country

and of his condition. This was in fact taking place under the second

Herod. Saul was then twenty-nine years old, and the Word made flesh

dwelt among us full of grace and truth.

Did Saul have the happiness to see his divine Master during his mortal

life? Grave historians formally affirm it, [Footnote 109] and some

passages in the Epistles allow us to believe it. Others think {536}

that what they refer to is only the vision on the road to Damascus.

[Footnote 109: Alzog, "Histoire Universelle de l'Eglise," t. i. p. 157.]

But, whatever may be the difference of opinions upon this point, it

appears impossible that the fame of Jesus' teaching and miracles did

not reach the ears of Saul, while living in Judea: it is even probable

that Saul might have endeavored to see him. "We have known the Christ

according to the flesh," he himself wrote to the Corinthians.

[Footnote 110] This last testimony leaves yet some doubt as to the

interpretation; but, when one reflects on the repeated utterance of

these expressions, as well as upon the coincidence of dates and names,

one cannot help starting at the thought, that on some unknown hour the

God and the apostle must have met, and that Jesus, piercing into the

future, bestowed on the youth that deep and tender look which he gave

the young man spoken of in the Gospel; and that the Pharisee, who was

to become a vessel of election, then condemned himself to the regret

of having that day neglected and mistaken the blessed God, of whom he

was afterward to say in that language invented by love, "_Mihi vivere

Christus est_," "For me to live, is Christ."

[Footnote 110: 1 Cor. ix. 1 and 2 Cor. v. 16]

When Saul entered Jerusalem for the first time, the pious Israelite

must doubtless have been astonished and saddened at the same time.

Herod the Ascalonite had rendered her, according to Pliny's testimony,

the most magnificent city of the East; but by the profane character of

her embellishments, she had lost much of her holy originality. The

prince courtier had erected near by a circus and a theatre, where

festivals in honor of Augustus were celebrated every fifth year. He

had repaired and transformed the temple, but also profaned it; and

over the principal gate of the holy place one saw the glitter of the

golden eagle of Rome and of Jupiter, a double insult to religion and

liberty. Jerusalem was likely to become a Roman city; her part was on

the point of being played out; her priesthood was expiring, she began

to cast off its insignia, and one saw the line gradually disappear

which separated her from the cities of paganism.

Beside, Saul found her torn in pieces by religious sects which had in

these latter times fastened to the body of Judaism, as parasitical

plants stick to the trunk of an old tree. Religious opinion was

divided between the Pharisees and the Sadducees. I speak not of the

Herodians, for in the order of ideas flatteries are not taken into

account, for this reason--because to flatter is not to dogmatize.

Sadduceeism, a sort of Jewish Protestantism, rejected all tradition;

would admit of nothing but the text of the Pentateuch; denied an

after-life because it was not found formally enough inculcated by

Moses, and consequently endeavored to make this present one as

comfortable as possible. It was Epicureanism under the mask of

religion. Pharisaism, on the contrary, was the double reaction both in

religion and nationality. In order to enhance the law, it multiplied

practices and rites; in order to save the dogma, it burdened it with

an oral tradition, to serve as a commentary, an interpreter, and a

supplement to the law. Under the name of Mishna, this tradition

proceeded, according to her account, from secret instructions of Moses

himself, and composed a kind of sacred science, of which the doctors

only possessed the key.

The sect of the Pharisees was, on the other hand, the great political

as well as doctrinal power of the nation. The people venerated them,

the inces [sic] treated them with regard, and Josephus informs us that

Alexander Jannacus, being at the point of death, spoke of them to his

wife in the following manner: "Allow the Pharisees a greater liberty

than usual; for they," he told her, "would, for the favor conferred on

them, reconcile the nation to her interest; that they had a powerful

influence over the Jews, and were in {537} a capacity to prejudice

those they hated and serve those they loved." [Footnote 111]

[Footnote 111: "Antiq.," liv. xili. eh, xv. p. 565.]

The Young Saul enrolled himself with the Pharisees: among them,

however, he chose his school. Being sensible of the fact that foreign

ideas were insinuating themselves into the bosom of Judaism, some

choice minds were at this epoch in search of I know not what

compromise between Moses's doctrine and philosophy, in which

compromise the two elements might be fused together, and thus form a

religion at the same time rational and mystic. This fusion is one of

the signs by which this period is distinguished. Uneasy and attentive,

every mind was laboring under the want of a universality and unity of

belief, whose painful child-birth, twenty times miscarried, was yet

submitted to without relaxation. One hundred and fifty years before

the epoch we are now in, Aristobulus had attempted this eclecticism,

and Philo was soon after to reduce it to system in Alexandria and give

it a widely spread popularity in Egypt. Another man, however, took

upon himself the business of planting it in the very heart of

Palestine.

This man was the famous rabbi Gamaliel, the beloved teacher of Saint

Paul. It must be admitted that no man could be better qualified to

render it acceptable than he was, on account of his position and

character. He was the grandson of Doctor Hillel, whose science as well

as his consideration and holiness he had inherited. He was the oracle

of his time, and "on his death," the Talmud says, "the light of the

law was extinguished in Israel." The Talmudists add that he had been

vested with the title of _Nasi_, or chief of the council, and the

Gospel agrees with the Jewish authors, recognizing in him a just man,

wise, moderate, impartial, an enemy to violence, and ruling the

different parties by a moral greatness, which secured to him the

confidence of all and the unanimity of their regards. He was the first

who caused the text of the Bible to be read in Greek at Jerusalem.

This innovation was of itself an immense progress, as it removed that

barrier which Pharisaism had raised between the _Hellenist_ and the

_Judaizing_ Jews. He dreamed not, however, of transforming Moses into

a Socrates. He gave up nothing of pure Judaism. But, having a thorough

knowledge of the Greek, Oriental and Egyptian philosophies, he held

them all in check; he took out of each of them what could be

reconciled with the law of God, enriched with it the inheritance of

tradition, and boldly applying to ideas that generous and

accommodating toleration which he made use of in social life, he

allowed them entrance into the Synagogue. [Footnote 112]

[Footnote 112: Niemeyer, "Characteristik der Bibel," p. 638.]

Gamaliel, it seems, kept in Jerusalem what certain authors call an

academy. It was frequented, for men of such a character possess a

great power of attraction. Young Israelites brought to his feet, and

placed at his disposal, for the service of his and their ideas, the

intemperate zeal and warm convictions of their age--Christian

tradition acquaints us with the names of some of them; among others,

of Stephen and Barnabas, whom we shall soon see disciples of a greater

master. [Footnote 113] But the most ardent of them all was, without

contradiction, the young Saul of Tarsus. Proud, fiery, enthusiastic,

he seems to have been passionately fond of the Pharisaism of Gamaliel,

but mixing with the zeal a violent asperity which, certainly, he had

not from his master. No man could be more attached, than he was, to

the ancient traditions; it is himself who says so, adding that his

proficiency in the interpretation of the law placed him at the head of

the men of his time. [Footnote 114]

[Footnote 113: Cornel. a Lapide, in Act. v. 34.]

[Footnote 140: See Epist. to the Galatians, i. 14.]

These Jewish as well as these Greek studies were not lost time in the

education of the apostle. They {538} made Saul sensible of the

pressing need of a revealer which the world was then laboring under;

and they caused those groanings to reach his ears from all parts,

which he himself called the groaning of creation in childbed of her

redeemer. They did also reveal to him, seeing the inability of sects

for it, that redemption could not be the work of man, and they left in

his mind that haughty contempt of human wisdom, which would be

despair, if God had not come to reveal a better one possessing the

promises both of this world and of the next.

Now, whilst young Saul and the Jewish rabbins were agitating these

questions in the dust of schools and synagogue, our Lord Jesus Christ

was giving the solution of them in his own life and by his death. His

death was even more fruitful than his life, and when the Pharisees

believed they had put an end to his doctrine, as they had to his life,

it was a great surprise to them to see twelve fishermen, wholly

unknown the day before, suddenly appear, preaching that the Son of God

had risen from the dead, that they had seen him gloriously ascending

into heaven, and that, in order to give testimony of it to the world,

they were ready and would be happy to die. Their miracles, their

doctrine, the conversions which they wrought by multitudes, their

baptism conferred on thousands of disciples, the enthusiasm of some,

the perplexity of others, the hatred of many, stirred up the

politicians and the magistrates. The great council met under these

circumstances. It seems that there was held in it a decisive

deliberation, in which the destinies of Christianity were solemnly

discussed. The question was to know, whether the new religion should

be drowned in blood, or whether it should be allowed the liberty and

time of dying by a natural death. It did not occur to any one's

thought that it could live; and much less that it could be true: and

it is remarkable that not a word was said on the doctrinal question,

the most important of all! Thus some of them advised to put those men

to death, others feared lest violence should excite a sedition, and

there was division of counsel in the assembly, when Gamaliel rose up

in it. Silence followed, the Scripture relates, because he was the

sage of the nation. He made no speech. He cited only the names of some

seditious men very well known in the city, the false prophet Theodas,

and Judas of Galilee, who, after a little noise, had left no trace

behind them. Hence he concluded that the new religion would have the

same fortune if it was from man, and that if it was, on the contrary,

the work of God, it would prove invincible against all human efforts.

His advice appeared for a moment to prevail, on account of its wisdom;

and the apostles, confiding in the future, readily accepted the

challenge.

God had other designs in regard to his church, and it was not peace

but war that he had come to bring with him. Wisdom had decided;

passion executed. After reciting the advice of Gamaliel, the Scripture

adds that, before being dismissed, the Apostles were scourged, and

that "they went from the presence of the council rejoicing that they

were accounted worthy to suffer reproach for the name of Jesus." The

signal had thus been given, and a pure victim was about to open the

era of the martyrs.

We have thus far related only the human history of St. Paul. We now

begin to enter into his supernatural and divine history.

Saul had put himself at the head of those who persecuted the

Christians. Hence it is that the Scripture represents him to us as

laying everything waste, like a rapacious wolf, spreading

consternation amidst the flock. His very name was terror to the newly

born church; above all the others, however, one Christian roused his

jealous rancor.

It was a young man whose name I have already mentioned, and who is

believed to have been of the same {539} country with Saul, and his

relative. [Footnote 115] He was called Stephanos, which we have

modified into Stephen.

[Footnote 115: Corn. a Lapide, in Act. Apost. vi. 18.]

Stephen, as everything indicates, was a Greek, and of the number of

those who were then called Hellenistic Jews. In all probability, he

belonged to that synagogue of Cilicians of which Saul, his friend and

countryman, must likewise have been a member. Some of the ancients

have even believed that he also belonged to the school of Gamaliel;

and this is confirmed by the old tradition, which makes the remains of

the great rabbin and those of the first martyr rest in the same grave.

[Footnote 116] All these relations between Stephen and Saul, who

persecuted him, are worthy of being taken into account. They throw a

great light over those events, and define with precision the

circumstances of which they give the key.

[Footnote 116: "Inventio Corporis S. Stephani, Visio S. Luciani,"

viii. te ix.]

The same tradition has taken a pleasure in surrounding the young

neophyte with every gift and accomplishment that could make him a most

precious victim. The memory which the fathers have preserved of

Stephen is that of a youth of rare beauty, in the flower of his age,

endowed with wonderful eloquence, and with a candor of soul yet more

charming.

"He was a virgin," St. Augustine says of him, "and this purity of

heart reflecting upon his features imparted to his face an angelic

expression." St. John Damascene speaks in the same strain of that

excellent nature which "made the light of grace shine with more

brilliant lustre." Such souls are very near to Christianity. Stephen

had become a Christian. St. Epiphanius affirms that he was such during

the life of Jesus Christ, and that he was one of the seventy-two

disciples. [Footnote 117] St. Augustine doubts of it. [Footnote 118]

[Footnote 117: "Haer." 21.]

[Footnote 118: Sermo xciv. "De Diversis."]

What we are informed of in the Book of the Acts concerning this point

is, that moved by "a murmuring of the Greeks against the Hebrews for

that their widows were neglected in the daily ministration," the

apostles caused seven men of that nation to be chosen, whom they

"appointed over that business." The first named (and perhaps the most

preëminent) among them was Stephen, characterized by the inspired

historian as "a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost."

This conversion raised storms in the bosom of the synagogue; and as

St. Paul, according to his own account, occupied a preëminent rank

among the young men of that time, it was easy for him no doubt to

breathe his own burning flame into them.

Besides, everything announced a violent crisis, and the whole city

experienced that agitation and anxiety which, in troubled times,

precede and portend a near commotion and a desperate struggle. As the

disciples had not yet been outlawed, as they did not even have any

peculiar name which distinguished them from the rest of the people,

and their religious belief enjoyed as yet its freedom, they joined

everywhere the Jewish assemblies, instilled there their doctrine,

taught even in the temple, where they went to pray like the rest. But

a deep-rooted dissension, pregnant with tempests, was growing in the

heart of every synagogue. These were most numerous at Jerusalem, as it

is said that well-nigh five hundred different ones were there in

existence, each people possessing their own, about in the same manner

as now in the city of Rome every Catholic nation possesses her proper

church, for her own use, and in her own name. The synagogue of the

Cilicians, is expressly mentioned in the holy Scripture and signalized

as one of the most disturbed, and most opposed to the new sect.

[Footnote 119] Interpreters are of opinion that it was there Saul and

the deacon Stephen met together in the midst of other Asiatic Jews,

their countrymen, {540} hot-headed and subtle, as are all of that

country. [Footnote 120] They were of the same age, according to

computations made for the purpose, and of equal learning; but

Stephen's eloquence had no rival! It was, the Acts say, something at

once sweet and powerful, that attracted by its grace, and bore away

the soul by its force. One felt in it a higher spirit, it is said, and

it was in vain that disputants from all the synagogues arose against

Christ and his faith; none could resist that word, "full of wisdom and

of the Holy Ghost." Some Greek copies add that he "reprehended the

Jews with such an assurance that it was impossible not to see the

truths which he announced."

[Footnote 119: Act. vi. 9]

[Footnote 120: Dom Calmet, "Comm. sur les Actes," vi. 9.]

His words gave displeasure on account of this freedom; as they could

not refute him they soon resolved to calumniate him, waiting for a

pretext to get rid of him. Witnesses were found; they are found

everywhere. Stephen had preached that a more perfect worship was about

to take the place of the worship of Moses, that the glory and the

reign of the temple were soon to have an end, and that a better

Jerusalem of larger destinies, was on the point of being built. It was

but too easy to turn these words from their spiritual meaning, and

convert them into threats against the city and the people. A purely

moral and peaceful revolution was a thing, on the other hand, so

entirely novel in the history of the world, that one would have

naturally persisted in confounding it with a political and civil

revolution. It was this gross and voluntary mistake that had furnished

the text to the pretended lawsuit against our Lord Jesus Christ; it

was equally the foundation of that which his disciples have been

subjected to. To these accusations they took care to add that Stephen

intended to change the ancient traditions, which thing in the eyes of

the Pharisees was decisive.

The young deacon was therefore brought before the high-priest, that

same Caiaphas by whom Jesus had suffered. When the accusers had been

heard, the pontiff requested Stephen to answer them: "Are these things

so?"

He rose up, and as soon as he could be seen, the book of the Acts

observes, all the eyes in the assembly were fixed on him. Did he have

already a glimpse of the martyr's crown, and did this vision

transfigure him in advance? I know not, but it is said that his face

appeared to their eyes as the face of on angel. "It was," says St.

Hilary of Aries, "the flame of his heart overspreading itself upon his

forehead; the candor of his soul was reflected on his features in a

perfect beauty; and the Holy Ghost residing in Stephen's heart threw

upon his face a jet of supernatural light."

The speech of Stephen was simple, but peremptory. To those who charged

him with breaking off from the religion of his fathers, he opposed at

the very beginning a long profession of faith from the books of Moses.

But the question relating to the temple, whose fall he had foretold,

was more serious. He viewed it firmly. He did not retract himself; but

presently rising from the region of facts to that of superior

principles which facts obey, he began to demonstrate that a material

temple is nowise necessary to the honor of God. As a proof of this he

pointed back to the times in which the patriarchs made their prayers

on the top of the high places; when the Lord manifested his presence

in a flame of fire in a bush; and when the Hebrew people carried

through the desert the tabernacle, which was the sanctuary and the

altar at the same time. When he had come to the time of the first

temple he concluded, and his discourse suddenly assumed the character

of a vivid and eloquent exaltation. Elevating himself from the

imperfection of a national worship to the ideal of a universal and

spiritual one, which would {541} have its sanctuary chiefly within

man's soul, he said: "Yet the Most High dwelleth not in houses made by

hands, as the prophet saith: 'Heaven is my throne, and the earth my

footstool; what house will you build me, saith the Lord, or what is

the place of my resting? Hath not my hand made all these things?"

Such a harangue was a manifesto. He did not abolish every temple, nor

every worship, as some people are pleased to insinuate; but he erased

at a single stroke the exclusive privilege of the temple of Jerusalem,

he extended it's boundaries, and for the old Jewish monopoly

substituted the catholicity of a new church, as large as the world.

The Jews understood him too well. They were already trembling with

rage against him, when, from the accused becoming the accuser, Stephen

charged them with the murder of the prophets, and principally with

that of the God, our Saviour, whom they had crucified. "You have

received the law by the disposition of angels," he said to them, "and

have not kept it." On hearing these words, their rage, incapable of

longer restraint, burst out; "they were cut to the heart, and they

gnashed with their teeth at him," as the Acts relate. Stephen felt

that his last hour was at hand.

The Holy Ghost filled him as it were with a holy rapture. He looked

steadfastly to heaven, where the glory of God began to shine on him,

and there, in the midst of that glory, recognizing and saluting Jesus

Christ, who extended his hand to him, "Behold," he exclaimed, "I see

the heavens opened, the Son of Man standing on the right hand of God."

These words sealed his doom. On hearing him, the Jews, shaking with

horror, "cried out with a loud voice, stopped their ears, and with one

accord ran violently upon him," as wild beasts do on their prey.

No judgment was passed on him. A text in the book of Deuteronomy

allowed any one to be put to death, who enticed the people into

idolatry. This summary justice sometimes tolerated by the Roman

pro-consul, was termed the _judgment of zeal_. To apply this

_judgment_ to the young deacon, was found more convenient than to go

through the formalities of a regular sentence; and they seized him to

put him to death. By a last relic of Pharisaism, however, they took

care to observe the practices of the law, even in such an arbitrary

and cruel deed. To the end, therefore, that the holy city should not

be stained with blood, the innocent victim was "cast forth without"

the walls of Jerusalem.

They went out by the northern gate along that side which leads to

country of Kedar. At the west of the valley crossed by the Kedron, on

a desolate places and at the right of the distant mountains of Galaad,

the crowd stopped. The witnesses began by raising their hands over the

head of Stephen, which was the rite of devoting a victim to death;

then stones innumerable, as thick as hail, fell upon him. The

atrocious deed went on with unrelenting fury, and the body of the

heroic martyr was now noting but a wound; but he held his eyes

immovably fixed on that celestial vision, and as life was gradually

receding from his breast, he was ever "invoking and saying, Lord

Jesus, receive my spirit!"

The Acts of the Apostles conclude this narrative, with giving us the

name of the person who was the most noted accomplice in this murder:

"_Saulus autem erat consentiens neci ejus_."

St. Luke, the disciple of St. Paul, says nothing further concerning

his master in this business. But St. Paul came afterward, who, humbly

giving a public testimony of his cruel error, denounced himself as the

instigator of that iniquity. "When the blood of Stephen was shed," he

said one day to the Jews, "I was the first, and over the others,"

_Super ad stabam_. [Footnote 121] It is the sense of the Greek text.

Had {542} he for such a thing a mandate of the Sanhedrim, as we shall

soon see him vested with full powers against the brethren of Damascus?

Everything would make one believe so. The fathers and commentators

say, it was for this reason that he kept the garments of those men of

blood: and they, in fact, show us those murderers as going the one

after the other, deferentially to lay their garments at the feet of

Saul, as an homage, so to speak, paid to him, from whom they had the

power and the command to strike.

[Footnote 121: Act. xxii. 20.]

Stephen saw him, and revenged himself in his way--the divine way. At

the point of death, covered with blood, he lowered his eyes to the

earth for the last time, and sadly resting them on his persecutors,

perhaps he saw through their impious crowd one of them apart, more

furious than the rest. He was moved to compassion for his soul; and

then it was that "falling on his knees, he cried with a loud voice,"

not of anger, but of grace, and said: "Lord, lay not this sin to their

charge." He rose no more, and so saying, Stephen "fell asleep in the

Lord."

He could sleep in peace, indeed, for he had just made a magnificent

conquest. "If Stephen had not prayed," St. Augustine says, "the church

had not won St Paul; the martyr fell, the Apostle rose." [Footnote

122] These substitutions are the most mysterious secrets of

Providence. By an admirable law of a bond _in solido_, of fraternity

and of love, God has willed that we, like himself, can, at the price

of a little blood, or even of some tears, pay the ransom of souls, and

secure to them a future for which they are indebted to us. He has

permitted that the life and the death of Christians, like those of

their Master, should be a redemption, completing the great redemption

of Calvary, according to the saying of St. Paul himself. Coloss. i. 24

[Footnote 122: St. Aug. Sermo 1. "De Sanctis."]

It was meant that this should be the first apostleship of all, and the

most fruitful. In the midst of scaffolds, ever full of victims, and

the catacombs which incessantly recruited new children of God,

Tertullian proclaimed that "the blood of the martyrs was a seed of

Christians." He gave thus form to a beautiful law, which the blood of

Stephen, after the blood of God himself, had before inaugurated. The

soul of Saul, therefore, was that day a conquered soul. It is in vain

that on the road to Damascus he struggles and "kicks against the

goad:" he is under the yoke of God; he carries a mark of blood on him

which points him out, and which saves him; and Jesus, whenever he

will, has only to show himself to throw him down and make him obey.

This is admirable. Moses had written in the book of Leviticus, "The

priest shall command him that is to be purified to offer for himself

two living sparrows which it is lawful to eat, . . . . and he shall

command one of the sparrows to be immolated, . . . . but the other

that is alive he shall dip . . . . in the blood of the sparrow that is

immolated; . . . . and he shall let go the living sparrow, that it may

fly into the field." (Levit xiv. 4-7.) It was according to this rite

that the transaction was accomplished. Stephen had been the chosen

victim; and when Saul had covered himself with his redeeming blood,

that blood set him free: he had no more to do but to spread his wings,

and to start on his flight.

------

{543}

From Chambers's Journal

THE CUCKOO AND THE NIGHTINGALE.

Our oldest poet, and almost our best, unites in one sweet song the

cuckoo and the nightingale--the former to be chidden, and spoken of

despitefully; the latter to be made the theme of fervent praise, as

the singer and harbinger of love. Taken altogether, the cuckoo, in

fact, is far from being an attractive bird. Somehow, it has in all

countries been regarded as a symbol of matrimonial infidelity,

probably because it introduces itself into and defiles the nests of

other, birds. Shakespeare, who loved to make eternal the fancies and

prejudices of mankind, exclaims:

"Cuckoo! cuckoo! O word of fear!

Unpleasing to a married ear!"

Loved or hated, however, it is a creature about which we know less

than any other winged animal. It comes and goes in mystery, no one

being able to decide what is its original country, how far it extends

its travels, to what peculiarity in its structure or constitution it

owes its restless propensity, or why, almost as soon as born, it

becomes a sort of feathered Cain, murdering its foster-brethren, and,

according to some, devouring the very dam that fed it. Wide, indeed,

are its wanderings. It is heard on the banks of the Niger and the

Senegal in the heart of Africa; it is familiar to the dwellers on the

Obi and the Irtish; it flies screaming forth its harsh dissyllables

over the Baltic surge; it repeats them untiringly in the perfumed air

of Andalusia and Granada, among the ruins of the Alhambra and the

Generaliffe; it startles the woodman in the forests of France; it

amuses the school-boy in the green vales of Kent, of Gloucestershire,

and of Devonshire.

Our associations with the cuckoo are, in some cases, pleasant; it

comes to us with the first of those peregrinating birds that usher in

the summer; its cry is redolent of sunshine, of the scent of

primroses, of lindens, of oaks, and elms, of solitary pathways, of the

lilied banks of streams. Occasionally, we know not why, it flies early

in the morning over the skirts of great cities, as if to invite their

inmates to shake off drowsiness, and look forth upon the loveliness of

the young day. Not many weeks ago, we heard it in London, just as the

clouds were parting in the east to make way for the first beams of

dawn. Many summers back, we heard the self-same notes echoing among

the pinnacles of the Alps, before the morning-star had faded from

behind the Jungfrau. The cuckoo is a sort of familiar chronicler, that

gathers up the events of our lives, and brings them to our memory by

his well-known voice. As he shouts over our heads, we call to mind the

many summers the sweet scents of which we have inhaled, the rambles we

have taken in the woods, our idolatry of nature, our innocent

pleasures.

The cuckoo and the nightingale constitute the opposite poles of the

ornithological world; one the representative of eternal monotony, the

other of infinite variety. Among men, there are cuckoos and

nightingales--individuals whose ideas are few, who think invariably

after the same pattern, who repeat day after day the formulas of the

nursery and the school-room, who, from their swaddling-bands to their

shrouds, never break away from the social catechism dinned into them

at the outset; while there are others who seem, at least in their

range of thought, to know no limit but that of creation, to generate

fresh swarms of ideas every moment, now to hover among the nebulas on

the extreme verge of the {544} universe, and now to nestle in the

chalice of the violet, where even Ariel could scarcely find room for

the tip of his pinion. Naturalists may be fanciful, like poets; and if

this liberty be ever allowable, it is surely so when they speak of the

nightingale. The organization of this winged miracle, whose whole

weight does not exceed an ounce, may in truth be looked upon as one of

the most remarkable in the whole scale of animal life. The roar of the

gorilla can, it is said, be heard a full mile. But the gorilla is a

colossus, equalling in stature one of the sons of Anak; while

Philomela, not exceeding in bulk the forejoint of the monster's thumb,

is able at night, when all the woods are still, to cause the liquid

melody of her notes to be heard at an equal distance. Consider the

organ, measure the length of country, and the ecstacy of the listening

ear, and you will perhaps acknowledge that there are few phenomena

familiar to our experience more astonishing than this. We have stood

at midnight on a mountain in the south of France, and at a distance

quite as great, we think, as that mentioned above, have heard the

notes of the songstress of darkness borne up to us, on the breeze from

the depths of an unwooded valley. Faintly and gently they came through

the hushed air, but there could be no mistake about their identity; no

other mortal mixture of earth's mould than her throat could have given

forth such sounds, crisp, clear, long-drawn, melancholy, as if she

were still lamenting the sad hap that overtook her amid die solitudes

of Hellas. The French, down even to the peasants, love the

nightingale; and wild country girls, who in their whole lives never

read a page of poetry, will sit out half the night on a hillside to

listen to their favorite bird. A priest once invited us to pass a week

with him in his village _presbytère_, and in enumerating the

inducements, mentioned first that there were nightingales in the

neighborhood. His home was in the valley of Mortagne, in the Bocages

of Normandy, where these birds are in fact as plentiful as sparrows.

In Italy, especially in Tuscany and the Venetian states, the

nightingale trills her notes with more than ordinary beauty. The great

Roman naturalist who perished amid the lava-floods of Vesuvius, often,

we may be sure, enjoyed her song from his nephew's garden in this part

of the peninsula. No description of the wonders she achieves can

approach the one he has left us for truth or eloquence, and it was

written in all likelihood by the light of some antique lamp between

the prolonged gushes of her music. Unhappily, it is true, as he says,

that the nightingale's song can only be heard in perfection during

fifteen out of the three hundred and sixty-five days of the year. The

female bird is then sitting in her nest, imparting vital heat to the

musicians of future years; and her lover, fully impressed with the

importance of her duty, intoxicates her with his voice, to dispel the

tedium of confinement. In spite of natural history, however, poetry

transfers to the mute female the singing powers of her lord:

"Nightly she sings from yon, pomegranate-tree."

Pliny, too, after stating the fact, that it is the male that sings,

immediately avails himself of the aid supplied by metonymy, and

changes the sex of the musician. Let us take his description, as

honest Philemon Holland supplies it in the language of Elizabeth's

time: "Is it not a wonder," he says, "that so loud and clear a voice

should come from so little a body? Is it not as strange that she

should hold her breath so long, and continue with it as she doth?

Moreover, she alone in her song keepeth time and measure truly; she

riseth and falleth in her note just with the rules of music and

perfect harmonic: for one while in one entire breath she draweth out

her tune at length treatable; another while she quavereth, and goeth

away as fast in her running points; sometimes she maketh stops and

short cuts in her notes, another time she gathereth in {545} her

breath and singeth descant between the plain song; she fetcheth her

breath again, and then you shall have her in her catches and

divisions; anon, all on a sudden, before a man would think it, she

drowneth her voice, that one can scarce hear her; now and then she

seemeth to record to herself; and then she breaketh out to sing

voluntarie. In some she varieth and altereth her voice to all keys;

one while full of her larges, longs, briefs, semibriefs, and minims;

another while in her crotchets, quavers, semiquavers, and double

semiquavers, for at one time you shall hear her voice full and loud,

another time as low; and anon shrill and on high: thick and short when

she list; drawn out at leisure again when she is disposed; and then

(if she be so pleased) she riseth and mounteth up aloft, as it were

with a wind-organ. Thus she altereth from one to another, and singeth

all parts, the treble, the meane, and the base. To conclude; there is

not a pipe or instrument again in the world (devised with all the art

and cunning of man so exquisitely as possibly might be) that can

afford more music than this pretty bird doth out of that little throat

of hers."

We have persons here in England who earn their livelihood by catching

nightingales. It is the same in most other countries. Near Cairo,

there is, or used to be, a pretty grove of mingled mimosas, palms, and

sycamores, where the netters of nightingales station themselves at

night, in the proper season, to take the bird when in full song.

According to their report, which there is no reason to discredit, the

male bird becomes so intoxicated by the scented air, by love, and by

his own music, that the cap-net, fixed at at the summit of a long

reed, may be raised and closed about him before he is sensible of his

danger. From the free woods he is then transferred to a cage, where in

nine cases out of ten, he dies of nostalgia. Nor is this all. The

female bird, accustomed not only to be cheered by his song, but

likewise fed by his industry, pines and perishes with all her brood.

The wren, the swallow, the titlark intermit the business of

incubation, and leave their nests for a minute or a minute and a half

to help themselves while they are sitting, or to assist the male in

feeding the young after the eggs are hatched: but the female

nightingale used, like an eastern sultana, to be provided for entirely

by her lord, feels her utter helplessness when she is deserted, and

leaning her little head and neck over the edge of the nest, with her

eyes fixed in the direction in which he used to come, dies in that

attitude of expectancy. The reason is, that the instinct of pairing,

which is strong in many other birds, reaches its culminating point in

the nightingale--the same males and females keeping together for years

without ever seeking other mates.

The cuckoo, as we have said, offers the most striking contrast in the

development of its instincts. It does not pair at all, and as there

are more males than females, we may often see two or three of the

former sex following one of the latter, and fighting for her favors.

As the parents care not for one another, neither do they care for

their young. It was long supposed that the cuckoo laid only one egg in

the season; but this has been found to be an error, for though they

leave no more than one egg in one nest--we mean generally--they have

been observed to make deposits in various nests, and then fly away to

a distant part of the country, or even to other lands. In the female

cuckoo, therefore, the maternal instinct is entirely wanting, which,

though it acts in obedience to an imperious law of nature, makes it a

hateful bird. As soon as it quits the shell, it begins to exhibit its

odious qualities. When the cuckoo's egg is placed in the nest of the

hedge-sparrow, for example, the deluded mother perceives no difference

between the alien production and her own. She sits, therefore, on what

she finds, and having no idea of numbers, of course never thinks of

counting the eggs. {546} When hatching-time arrives, however, she is

made the witness of an extraordinary scene. The villainous young

cuckoo, which often escapes from the shell a whole day before the

others, immediately begins to clear the nest by pitching out the

unhatched eggs; or if the young ones have made their appearance, forth

they are thrown in like manner. Nature has fabricated the little

monster with a view to this ungrateful proceeding, for in its back

there is a hollow depression, in which egg or chick may be placed

while he is rising to shunt it over the battlements. The process is

extremely curious: the young assassin, putting shoulder and elbow to

the work, keeps continually thrusting against his victim till he gets

it on his back; he then rises, and placing his back aslant, tumbles it

out into empty space. This done, and finding that he has all the

dwelling to himself, he subsides quietly into his place, and waits

with ever-open bill for the dole which the foolish sparrow wears

itself almost to death in providing for the faithless wretch. When the

nest happens to be situated in a high hedge, you may often see the

young sparrows spiked alive on the thorns, or the eggs still

palpitating with living birds lying unbroken on the soft grass below.

This inspires naturalists with no pity; they observe that neither the

eggs nor the young birds are thrown away, since various reptiles that

feed on such substances make a comfortable meal of what is thus placed

within their reach.

As the cuckoo does nothing in life but eat, scream, and lay eggs for

other birds to hatch, it needs no education, and receives none. On the

other hand, the nightingale, having to perform the highest functions

allotted to the class _aves_, requires much training and discipline,

study and preparation. The young nightingale does not sing by mere

instinct. If taken from the nest soon after it is hatched, and brought

up among inferior creatures, it is incapable of performing its lofty

mission, and deals in vulgar twittering like them; just as a baby, if

removed from the society of speech-gifted mortals, and entrusted to

the care of dumb persons, will lack that divine quality of expressing

ideas which distinguishes man from the brute. The nightingale needs

and receives a classical education. When the grass is dewy--when the

leaves are green and fresh--when the soft breath of the morning steals

over the woods like incense, the old bird takes forth the young ones,

before it is quite light, and placing them on some bough, with strict

injunctions to listen, goes a little way off, and begins his song. In

this he commences with the easier notes, and is careful to keep the

whole in a comparatively narrow compass. He then pauses to watch the

result of his first instructions. After a brief delay, during which

they are turning over the notes in their minds, the young ones take up

the lay one by one, and go through it, as our neighbors say, _tant

bien que mal_. The teacher watches their efforts with attention;

applauds them when right; chides them when they have done amiss; and

goes on day by day reïterating his lessons till he considers his

pupils quite equal to the high duties they have to perform. Mankind,

of course, imagine that those duties consist in soothing their ears,

and driving away melancholy. But _apropos_ of the performances of

another bird, our philosophic poet inquires:

"Is it for thee the lark ascends and sings?"

And replies:

"Joy tunes his voice, joy animates his wings."

So with the nightingale--

"Loves of his own and raptures swell the note."

Some one speaking of our own species, says:

"We think, we toil, we war, we rove.

And all we ask is--woman's love."

It is to win the love of Philomela that the male nightingale studies,

watches, and pours forth his soul in song. He had much rather that men

did not listen; he is a shy, solitary, and timid bird, and takes his

love away into {547} the forests, where, undisturbed by the sounds of

vulgar life, he ravishes her ears with music. It is a question much

discussed by poets and naturalists, whether the nightingale's song be

joyous or melancholy. It probably derives its character from the frame

of mind in which the listener happens to be--to the joyous it is

mirthful, to the sorrowful it is sad--but in its real nature it is

what Milton suggests--

"She all night long her amorous descant sung."

Still it must be owned that they who discover melancholy in her long,

low, meltingly sweet notes, seem to approach nearer the truth than

they who describe her as a merry bird. It is superstition, perhaps,

that attributes to her the strange philosophy which makes anguish the

well-spring of pleasure. When desirous, it is said, of reaching the

sublimest heights of song, she leans her breast against a thorn, in

order that the sense of pain may tone down her impetuous rapture into

sympathy with human sorrow.

Another strange notion is, that the nightingale fixes her eyes--

"Her bright, bright eyes; her eyes both bright and full"--

on some particular star, from which she never withdraws them till her

song is concluded, unless she be alarmed by the approach of some

footstep, or other sound indicative of danger. We remember once, in

Kent, going forth to spend a night in the fields to enjoy the strange

delight imparted by the nightingale's notes. We placed ourselves on a

little eminence overlooking a valley, covered at intervals by

scattered woods. It was the dead watch and middle of the night;

silence the most absolute brooded over the earth. We stood still in

high expectation. Presently, one lordly nightingale flung forth at no

great distance from the summit of a lofty tree his music on the night.

The lay was not protracted, but a rich, short, defiant burst of

melody; he then, like the Roman orator, paused for a reply. The reply

came, not close at hand, but, as it seemed, from some copse or thicket

far down in the valley. If one might presume to judge on the spur of

the moment, the second songster did really outdo the first. The notes

came forth bubbling, gushing, quivering, palpitating, as it were, with

soul, for nothing material ever resembled it. He went over a broad

area of song, with a sort of wilderness of melody; his notes followed

each other so rapidly, high, low, linked, broken--now sweeping away

like a torrent, now sinking till it sounded like the scarcely audible

murmur of a distant bee. He then stopped abruptly, confident that he

had given his rival something to reflect upon. We now waited to hear

that rival's answer, but he appeared to consider himself defeated, and

remained silent. Another champion now stepped forward, and took up the

challenge. He must surely have been the prince of his race. From a

tree on the slope of a height, not far to the right of our position,

he gave us a new specimen of the poetry of his race. The former two,

evidently younger and more inexperienced, had been in a hurry. He took

up his parable at leisure, beginning with a few light flourishes by

way of preface, after which he plunged into his epic, seeming to carry

on the subject from the epoch of Deucalion and Pyrrha, down to that

moment, displaying all the resources of art, and presenting us with

every form into which music could be moulded. What he might have

achieved at last, or to what pitch he might have raised our ecstasy,

must remain a mystery, for before he had concluded his song, a

thundering railway train, belching forth fire and smoke as it

advanced, seemed to be on the very point of annihilating the

songsters; so they all took to flight, or at least remained

obstinately silent. We waited hour after hour, now pacing in one

direction, now in another; stopping short, pausing in our talk,

listening till the streaky dawn, climbing slowly up the eastern hills,

revealed to us the inutility of further hope.

{548}

The first time we heard the nightingale was from the deck of a vessel

in the Avon, near Lee Woods. It was a starlight night; we were leaning

on the bulwarks, speculating on the reception we were to meet with in

England--in which we had that day arrived for the first time. As we

were chewing the cud of sweet and bitter fancy, from an indenture in

the woods, called, as we have since learned, Nightingale Valley, there

burst forth at once a flood of sound, the strangest, the sweetest, the

most intoxicating we had ever heard--it must be, it was the voice of

the nightingale---

To the land of my fathers that welcomed me back.

Years not a few have rolled by since then, but we remember as

distinctly as if it were yesternight the pleasure of that exquisite

surprise. We heard the nightingale in England before the cuckoo--a

circumstance which, according to Chaucer, should portend good-luck;

and so it did--good-luck and happy days.

Perhaps much of the pleasure tasted in such cases is derived from the

time of year--for both the cuckoo and the nightingale belong to the

spring--when the air is full of balm, when the foliage is thick, when

the grass is green and young--and when, especially in the morning,

delicate odors ascend from the earth, which produce a wonderful effect

upon the animal spirits. Through these scents, the cry of one bird and

the song of the other invariably come to us: the one flitting at early

dawn over the summits of woods, the other in loneliest covert hid,

making night lovely, and smoothing the raven down of darkness till it

smiles.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

HYMN.

Spirit of God, thyself the Lord,

Out of the depths I call on thee.

Above, I view thy gleaming sword.

Around, thy works of love I see.

Spirit of God, that hovering high

Didst watch the primal waters roll,

Brood o'er my heart, and verify

The turbid chaos of my soul!

Spirit of God, oh! bid me fear,

That blessed fear thy love can calm;

Transfix me with thy shining spear

And heal me with thy holy balm!

Spirit of God, oh! fill my breast,

And sear me with the sign of heaven.

The glorious brand of sin confessed,

The glorious seal of sin forgiven.

F.A.R.

------

{549}

From the Irish Industrial Magazine

THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF OUR ANCESTORS.

BY M. HAVERTY, ESQ.

That the early inhabitants of Ireland possessed sundry kinds of

manufacture is a point that can scarcely be disputed; for, besides

frequent passages in ancient and authentic historical documents

referring to the matter, we have satisfactory evidence in those

specimens of the manufactured articles themselves which have been

preserved to the present day, and which bear testimony to the skill

and industry that produced them.

A visit to the Museum of the Royal Irish Academy must convince us of

the excellent workmanship of the ancient Irish bronze swords, and

other weapons, and of certain ancient gold ornaments--both bronze and

gold articles belonging to a date anterior to the introduction of

Christianity into Ireland. From the early Christian ages we have

received many of the old ecclesiastical ornaments that have been

preserved; and some of them exhibit that peculiar and exquisite kind

of interlaced ornamentation which began at a remote period to be known

as _opus Hibernicum_, or the Irish style.

We know that the ancient Irish were skilled in the manufacture of

their musical instruments, as well as in the use of them; and in the

preparation of parchment, as well as in the almost unrivalled beauty

of penmanship of which that parchment has preserved so many specimens.

Then we must return to much more ancient times for the manufacture of

gold and silver goblets, and, above all, for those beautiful fibulae,

or brooches, which have afforded models for some of the most graceful

and costly articles of female decoration at the present day. We may

very naturally conclude that these charming fibular were not employed

to hold together mantles of the coarsest possible manufacture, or,

rather, that there was some proportion between the texture of the

cloth and the beautiful workmanship of the brooch which clasped it

round the person of the wearer; and, in a word, we are justified in

presuming that some manufactures, besides those of which specimens

were durable enough to have been preserved to the present day, existed

in the country.

The incessant warfare of the Danish period, and of the centuries

following the Anglo-Norman invasion, must have been destructive to the

industrial arts; yet we meet occasionally with some external evidence

of their existence even then. Some eighty years ago, the Earl of

Charlemont lighted on a curious passage relating to the subject in an

Italian poem of the fourteenth century. From this and other

authorities he was able to show, in a paper published in the first

volume of the "Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy," that Ireland

produced a fine woollen fabric called serge, which enjoyed an European

reputation at the very time the Flemish weavers were brought over by

Edward III. to establish the woollen manufacture in England, and

consequently before it could have been introduced here from the latter

country. The investigation of such scattered facts as these would be

interesting, and no doubt would flatter national vanity. It may,

perhaps, occupy us on some future occasion; but for the present we

shall confine our inquiry to a somewhat more modern epoch, and more

tangible evidences.

Strangely enough, the first writer we have had on the natural history

and industrial resources of Ireland happens {550} to have been a

Dutchman. Dr. Gerard Boate--a resident of London, though by birth, it

appears, a Hollander--obtained the post of state physician in Ireland

from the Commonwealth, in 1649 and having purchased, as an adventurer,

a few years earlier, some of the forfeited lands in Leinster and

Ulster, applied himself to the subject of his book, with a view

originally to the improvement of his own property. His information,

however, was obtained, not from personal experience, but from Irish

gentlemen whom he had met in London, such as Sir William and Sir

Richard Parsons; and from his brother, Dr. Arnold Boate, who had

practiced as a physician in Dublin for many years; but he himself,

unfortunately, died a few months after his arrival in Ireland to enter

on the duties of his office, before he was able to carry out more than

half the original design of his work, which, though written in 1645,

was not published until some years after his death. He collected his

information and wrote while the great civil war was still raging, and

when all his feelings and interests must have been strongly enlisted

against the native race, so that we are not to be surprised at the

acerbity of some of his expressions about them. Our concern is, not

with his feelings or opinions, but with the facts which he relates,

and the descriptions and statistics which he supplies.

On the state of metallurgy in Ireland in his time, Dr. Boate gives us

some very curious information. He denies any knowledge of the subject

on the part of the native Irish, and asserts that all the mines in

Ireland were discovered by the "New English." "The Old English in

Ireland," he says, "that is, those who are come in from the time of

the first conquest until the beginning of Queen Elizabeth's reign,

have been so plagued with wars from time to time--one while intestine

among themselves, and another while with the Irish--that they could

scarce ever find the opportunity of seeking for mines. . . . . . And

the Irish themselves, as being one of the most barbarous nations of

the whole earth, have at all times been so far from seeking out any,

that even in these last years, and since the English have begun to

discover some, none of them all, great or small, at any time hath

applied himself to that business, or in the least manner furthered it;

so that all the mines which to this day are found out in Ireland, have

been discovered (at least, as far to make any use of them) by the New

English, that is, such as are come in during and since the reign of

Queen Elizabeth." (_Thom's Collection of Tracts and Treatises_, vol.

i. 102.)

He adds, that several iron mines had been discovered in various parts

of the kingdom, and also some of lead and silver, during the forty

years' peace, from the death of Elizabeth to the outbreak of the great

rebellion--the longest peace, he remarks, that Ireland ever enjoyed,

either before or after the coming of the English. The great extent to

which smelting was carried on during a portion of that time may be

concluded from the almost incredible destruction of the Irish woods,

to make charcoal for the purpose. This Dr. Boate describes in a

preceding chapter; "As long as the land was in the full possession of

the Irish themselves," he says, and we know the fact from many other

sources, "all Ireland was very full of woods on every side;" but the

English cleared away a great deal of these, both to destroy the

lurking places of their foes, and to convert the land into tillage and

pasture. Besides the woods cleared for these purposes, a vast amount

of timber was felled, as Boate tells us, for merchandise, and to make

charcoal for the iron works. The timber comprised under the former

head does not appear to have been for building, but simply for pipe

staves and the like, of which, he says, great quantities were exported

even in former times; "and," he adds, "during the last peace a mighty

trade was driven in them, and whole shiploads sent into foreign

countries yearly;" while, "as for the charcoal," he {551} continues,

"it is incredible what quantity thereof is consumed by one iron work

in a year . . . so that it was necessary from time to time to fell an

infinite number of trees, all the loppings and windfalls being not

sufficient for it in the least manner." The result of all this was,

that even in Boate's time, that is, over 200 years ago, the greater

part of Ireland was left totally bare of woods; the inhabitants could

obtain no wood for building, or even for firing; and in some parts one

might travel whole days without seeing any trees, except a few about

gentlemen's houses. For a distance of over three score miles from

north to south, in the counties of Louth and Dublin, "one doth not

come near any woods worth speaking of; and in some parts thereof you

shall not see so much as one tree in many miles. For the great woods

which the maps do represent unto us upon the mountains, between

Dundalk and Nurie, are quite vanished, there being nothing left of

them these many years since but one only tree, standing close by the

highway, at the very top of one of the mountains, so far as it may be

seen a great way off, and therefore serveth travellers for a mark."

At that period iron mines were worked extensively near Tallow, on the

borders of Cork and Waterford, by the famous Earl of Cork; in the

county of Clare, some six miles from Limerick; at a place called

Desert, in the King's County, by Sergeant-Major Pigott; at Mountrath

and Mountmellick, in the Queen's County; on the shores of Lough Allen,

both on the Roscommon and Leitrim sides--the mountains of

Slieve-an-ieran, or the Iron Mountain, in the latter county, having

obtained its name, in the remotest ages, from the presence of that

metal; on the shores of Lough Erne, in Fermanagh; in Cavan; at Lissan,

on the borders of Tyrone and Londonderry, where the works were carried

on by Sir Thomas Staples, the owner of the soil; at the foot of Slieve

Gallen, in the county of Derry; and in several other places. Iron

smelting works and foundries were erected, not only in the vicinity of

the mines, but in other places on the coast, and elsewhere, where the

convenience of water carriage and the supplies of charcoal afforded

inducements. To some of these works on the sea-coast, the ore was

brought even from England; but the principal iron works appear to have

been those belonging to the Earl of Cork, in Munster; to Sir Charles

Coote, at Mountrath, and in Roscommon and Leitrim; to the Earl of

Londonderry, in his own county; to Lord Chancellor Loftus, ancestor of

the Marquis of Ely, at Mountmellick; to Sir John Dunbar, in Fermanagh;

Sir Leonard Blennerhassett, on Lough Erne; and a company of London

merchants in Clare. We are not told whether these last were the

representatives of the London Mining Company, to which Queen Elizabeth

granted the royalties of the precious metals that might be discovered

within the English Pale. Mr. Christopher Wandsworth, who had been

Master of the Rolls for Ireland, and acted as Lord Deputy under the

Earl of Strafford, erected a foundry in the county of Carlow, where

ordnance were cast, and also a kind of small round furnaces, pots, and

other articles made.

It was estimated that the owners of the iron works--we do not here

refer to the mines--made a profit of forty per cent in the year; and

Boate was assured, by persons who were particularly well informed on

the subject, that the Earl of Cork cleared £100,000 by his iron works.

Sir Charles Coote--"that zealous and famous warriour in this present

warre against the Irish rebells," in the first year of which war he

fell--appears to have been quite as famous as an iron-master as he was

as a warrior, and his iron-works at Mountrath were a model at that

time. A ton of the ore called rock mine cost him, at the furnace head,

5s. 6d.; and a ton of white mine, or ore dug from a mountain, 7s. The

two ores were mixed in the {552} proportion of one of rock mine to two

of white mine, and three tons of the mixed ore yielded one ton of good

bar iron, which was conveyed in rude, small boats called cots, on the

River Nore to Waterford, and thence shipped to London, where it was

sold for £16, and sometimes for £17, or even £17 10s.; the whole cost

of the iron to Sir Charles Coote, including that of digging it out of

the mine and every expense until it reached the London market, Custom

House duty included, being between £10 and £11 per ton. In most places

the cost of the ore at the furnace varied from 5s. to 6s. per ton; and

when the ore was particularly rich, 2-1/2 tons produced one ton of

good iron; but Boate tells us that few of the iron smelters carried on

their work as profitably as Sir Charles Coote.

In Boate's time, only three lead and silver mines appear to have been

known in Ireland. One of these was in the county of Antrim, and was

very rich, yielding 1 lb. of silver to 30 lbs. of lead; another was

situated in Cony Island, at Sligo; and the third, the only one which

was worked, was the famous silver mines of the barony of Upper Ormond,

in Tipperary, about twelve miles from Limerick. This mine had been

discovered about forty years before, and was at first supposed to be

merely a lead mine; some of the first lead it produced being used by

the Earl of Thomond to roof his house at Bunratty. It was worked in

the shape of open pits, several fathoms deep, but still sloping so

gradually, that the ore was carried to the surface in wheelbarrows.

Each ton of ore at this mine yielded 3 lbs. of pure silver; but our

authority does not inform us how much lead. The silver was sold in

Dublin for 5s. 2d. per oz., and the lead for £11 per ton, though it is

stated to have brought £12 in Limerick; and the royalty, or king's

share, was a sixth part of the silver, and a tenth of the lead. The

rest was the property of those who farmed the mine, and who cleared an

estimated profit of £2000 per annum. The works at this mine, and in

general all the smelting works which we have mentioned throughout the

country, were of course destroyed in the civil war.

So much for the practical metallurgy of Ireland, as it existed two

hundred years ago. Of the knowledge of the original inhabitants on the

subject, Sir William Wilde ("Catalogue of Antiquities," etc., vol. i.

p. 351) says--and his opinion is the result of all the investigation

that is practicable in the matter--"When, and how, the Irish people

discovered metals and their uses, together with the art of smelting

and casting, has not been determined by archaeologists;" but a few

remarkable and suggestive facts on the subject may be mentioned.

Manuscripts, themselves five or six hundred years old, and purporting

to give information handed down from the most remote antiquity, make

frequent mention of the knowledge and use of metals among the ancient

Irish. Thus the old annalists say, that "gold was first smelted in

Ireland in Fotharta-Airthir-Liffe," a woody district in Wicklow, east

of the River Liffey, supposed to coincide with the present well-known

auriferous tract in that county. Indeed, it is most probable that gold

was the first metal known to the Irish, as well as to all people in

early stages of civilization, as, besides its glittering quality, it

is almost the only metal found in a native state upon the surface, and

consequently obtainable without the art of smelting. Dr. Boate writes:

"I believe many will think it very unlikely that there should be any

gold mines in Ireland; but a credible person hath given me to

understand, that one of his acquaintances had several times assured

him that out of a certain rivulet, in the county of Nether-Tirone,

called Miola, he had gathered about one dram of pure gold." We also

know from the celts, and other articles in these metals which have

been preserved, that the ancient Irish possessed {553} copper, which

they were able to convert into brass and bronze; and also that they

had silver, tin, lead, and iron. The Irish version of Nennius

mentions, as the first wonder of Ireland, that Lough Lein--the Lake of

Killarney--is surrounded by four circles, viz., "a circle of tin, and

a circle of lead, and a circle of iron, and a circle of copper"--an

indication not only that these metals were known to the people, but

that some rude idea had been formed of the mineralogy of the district.

THEIR AGRICULTURE.

Grain, in one shape or other, formed a main ingredient in the food of

the Irish from the earliest historic period; and we may, consequently,

include Agriculture among the earliest of their industrial arts. We

are not aware of any time at which they were exclusively a

flesh-eating people; and we find it clearly stated, with reference to

periods not altogether very remote, that the native Irish subsisted to

a great extent on the milk and butter of their large herds of cattle,

seldom killing the animals for their flesh. On the other hand, we know

that vast numbers of cattle were slain and consumed in the constant

petty wars of the country; and that the lawless dwellers in the

_cranogues_, or lake habitations--whatever period they belong to--were

decidedly carnivorous, as the immense accumulations of the bones and

horns of cattle found in their insulated haunts testify. But the fact

we contend for is, that the ancient Irish were a granivorous quite as

much as a carnivorous race, if not more so; and some ethnologists have

concluded, from an examination of very ancient Irish crania, that the

teeth were chiefly employed in masticating grain in a hard state.

It is a curious and well-known fact that in many parts of Ireland

traces of tillage are visible on the now barren sides or summits of

hills, in places which have been long since abandoned to savage

nature, and in a soil which would appear never to have been

susceptible of cultivation. Some such elevated spots, now covered with

grass, are known to have been cultivated some years since, when the

rural population was much denser than at present; but we are referring

to other places where we find well-marked ridges and furrows on

hillsides, four or five hundred feet above the sea level, or even

more; and which are now covered with heath, and so denuded, by ages of

atmospheric action on the steep slopes, as to retain only the least

quantity of vegetable surface, wholly inadequate at present to nourish

any kind of grain.

When, and by whom, were these wild spots cultivated? The country

people have lost all tradition on the subject, and substitute their

own conjectures.

It is not probable that the population of Ireland was ever so dense as

to have necessitated such extreme efforts to eke out the arable land;

or that the people were ever so crowded as to have been compelled, as

it were, like the Chinese, to Terrace the hill-sides to grow food. Mr.

Thom has collected, in his admirable "Statistics of Ireland," all the

authentic accounts of Irish census returns. Taking these in their

inverse order, we find that the 8,175,124 of 1841 was only 6,801,827

in 1821; 5,937,856 in 1814; 4,088,226 in 1792; 2,544,276 in 1767;

2,309,106 in 1726; 1,034,102 in 1695; and 1,300,000 in 1672. These

latter early returns were merely the estimates of the hearth-money

collectors, and are generally deemed to be unreliable. Newenham, in

his Enquiry, expresses his disbelief in them, and shows from the

statements of Arthur Young, and from official returns, that they were

clearly under the truth. Yet the returns recently found by Mr.

Hardinge, of the Landed Estates Record Office, among the papers of Sir

William Petty, in the library of the Marquis of Lansdowne, would

reduce the population to a {554} much lower figure still at an epoch

only a little earlier than the date last enumerated above. Mr.

Hardinge shows that the Petty returns must have been made in 1658 or

1659; and, supplying a proportional computation for some omitted

counties and baronies, he finds that the total population of Ireland

at that date was only _half a million!_ It is true that this was

immediately after the close of the long and desolating civil war which

commenced in 1641; and at a time when, as Mr. Hardinge observes, one

province had been so utterly depopulated as to leave its lands vacant

for the transplanted remnants of the people of two other provinces;

yet, even under all the circumstances, the number is incredibly small.

Going further back, we may conclude that the population could not have

been considerable during the constant civil wars which wasted the

entire country throughout the long reign of Elizabeth; nor was there

any time from the Anglo-Norman invasion to that period in which the

circumstances of the country were favorable to the social or numerical

development of the population; while in earlier times matters can

hardly be said to have been a whit better. There is no period of

ancient Irish history in which the native annalists do not record

almost an annual recurrence of internecine wars in all the

provinces--wars equally inveterate and sanguinary, whether the country

was infested by foreign foes, or not (_vide_ the Four Masters

_passim_)--while, on the other hand, we know that the population of a

country never multiplies excessively except in long intervals of

peace. It may be urged that the remains of the innumerable _raths_ and

_cahirs_, or _caishels_, which cover the land, and of the abbeys and

small churches which dot the country, indicate periods of very dense

population: but this is a mistaken notion; for at the time when the

raths were inhabited, it can scarcely be said there were any towns in

Ireland; and even when the monasteries were built, the population was

almost wholly rural, and scattered; while a great many of the very

small religious edifices through the country were only the isolated

oratories of hermits.

The poet, Spenser, writing about A.D. 1596, would seem to give us the

best clue to the time in which those mountain wildernesses we have

been referring to were subjected to a kind of cultivation. In his

"View of the State of Ireland," he makes _Irenaeus_ relate how the

most part of the Irish fled from the power of Henry II. "into deserts

and mountains, leaving the wyde countrey to the conquerour, who in

their stead eftsoones placed English men, who possessed all their

lands, and did quite shut out the Irish, or the most part of them:"

and how "they [the Irish] continued in that lowlinesse untill the time

that the division betweene the two houses of Lancaster and York arose

for the crowne of England; at which time all the great English lords

and gentlemen, which had great possessions in Ireland, repaired over

hither into England. . . . . . Then the Irish whom before they had

banished into the mountains, where they only lived on white meates, as

it is recorded, seeing now their lands so dispeopled and weakened,

came downe into all the plaines adjoyning, and thence expelling those

few English that remained, repossessed them againe, since which they

have remained in them," etc.

It is most probable, then, that it was during that early period of

refuge in the mountains that the wild tracts we have alluded to were

cultivated by the Irish; and it is worth remarking that when, in

Spenser's own time, the English recovered a portion of the plain at

the foot of Slieve Bloom, in the O'Moore's country, of which the Irish

had been for several years in quiet possession, they were surprised at

the high state of cultivation in which they found it.

{555}

The ancient Irish ploughed with oxen, as appears from many

unquestionable authorities--among others, from a reference to the

subject in the volume of "Brehon Laws" recently published by

Government, page 123; but in subsequent times they were brought so

low, that in some places, and among the poorest sort, the barbarous

practice prevailed of yoking the plough to a horse's tail! It is a

mistake to suppose, on the one hand, that this was a mere groundless

calumny on the people; or, on the other, that it was anything like a

general national custom. The preamble to the Act of the Irish

Parliament (10 and 11 Charles I., chap. 15) passed in 1635, to

prohibit the practice, says: "Whereas in many places of this kingdome

there hath been a long time used a barbarous custome of ploughing. . . .

and working horses, mares, etc, by the taile, whereby (besides the

cruelty used to the beasts) the breed of horses is much impaired in

this kingdome, to the great prejudice thereof; and whereas also divers

have and yet do use the like barbarous custom of pulling off the wool

yearly from living sheep, instead of clipping or shearing of them, be

it therefore enacted," etc., etc.

That this Act, as well as the subsequent Act, chap. 15, "to prevent

the unprofitable custom of burning of corne in the straw," instead of

threshing out the grain, was regarded as a popular grievance, appears

from the fact, that the repeal of these Acts was made one of the

points of negotiation with the Marquis of Ormond during the Civil War;

but they remained on the Statute Book until repealed, as obsolete, in

1828, by 9 Geo. IV. c. 53.

Boate, writing about Ireland, more than two hundred years ago, labors

to show that the soil and climate are better suited for grazing than

for tillage. "Although Ireland," he quaintly observes, "almost in

every part bringeth good corn plentifully, nevertheless hath it a more

naturall aptness for grass, the which in most places it produceth very

good and plentiful! of itself, or with little help; the which also

hath been well observed by Giraldus, who of this matter writeth--'This

iland is fruitfuller in grass and pastures than in corn and graines."

And farther on he continues: "The abundance and greatness of pastures

in Ireland doth appear by the numberless number of all sorts of

cattell, especially kine and sheep, wherewith this country in time of

peace doth swarm on all sides." He remarks, that, although the Irish

kine, sheep, and horses were of a small size, that did not arise from

the nature of the grass, as was fully demonstrated by the fact that

the breed of large cattle brought out of England did not deteriorate

in point of size or excellence.

Sir William Petty states that the cattle and other grazing stock of

Ireland were worth above £4,000,000 in 1641, at the outbreak of the

civil war; and that in 1652 the whole was not worth £500,000.

John Lord Sheffield, in "Observations on the Manufactures, etc., of

Ireland," Dublin, 1785, writes that Ireland, "which had so abounded in

cattle and provisions, was, after Cromwell's settlement of it, obliged

to import provisions from Wales. However, it was sufficiently

recovered soon after the Restoration to alarm the grazing counties of

England; and in the year 1666 the importation of live cattle, sheep,

swine, etc, from Ireland was prohibited. . . . . Ireland turned to

sheep, to the dairy, and fattening of cattle, and to tillage; and she

shortly exported much beef and butter, and has since supplanted

England in those beneficial branches of trade. She was forced to seek

a foreign market; and England had no more than one fourth of her

trade, although before that time she had almost the whole of it."

{556}

Arthur Young, whose "Agricultural Tours in Ireland in 1775, etc.," did

so much for the improvement of this country, always advocated tillage

in preference to grazing. Referring to the former, he says: "The

products upon the whole [of Ireland] are much inferior to those of

England though not more so than I should have expected; not from

inferiority of soil, but from the extreme inferiority of management. . . .

Tillage in Ireland is very little understood. In the greatest corn

counties, such as Louth, Kildare, Carlow, and Kilkenny, where are to

be seen many very fine crops of wheat, all is under the old system,

exploded by good farmers in England, of sowing wheat upon a fallow and

succeeding it with as many crops of spring corn as the soil will bear.

. . . But keeping cattle of every sort is a business so much more

adapted to the laziness of the farmer, that it is no wonder the

tillage is so bad. It is everywhere left to the cotters, or to the

very poorest of the farmers, who are all utterly unable to make those

exertions upon which alone a vigorous culture of the earth can be

founded; and were it not for potatoes, which necessarily prepare for

corn, there would not be half of what we see at present. While it is

in such hands, no wonder tillage is reckoned be unprofitable. Profit

in all undertakings depends on capital; and is it any wonder that the

profit should be small when the capital is nothing at all! Every man

that has one gets into cattle, which will give him an idle lazy

superintendence instead of an active attentive one."

How much of this is just as applicable to the state of things in our

own times, as it was eighty or ninety years ago! Young would appear to

be describing accurately the state of agriculture in Ireland just

before the last destructive famine; but happily he would find at the

present moment a considerable improvement. One change, however, which

he would find would not be much to his taste. He would see even the

humblest tenant farmer, as well as the large land occupier, placing

almost his whole confidence in pasturage, and compelled to abandon

tillage by the uncertainty of the seasons, the low price of grain, and

the increasing price of labor.

------

[ORIGINAL.]

CLAIMS.

Nay,--claim it not, the lightest joy that throws

Its transient blushes o'er the beaming earth

Or the sweet hope in any living thing

As thine by birth.

No precious sympathy, no thoughtful care,

No touch of tenderness, however near;

But watch the blossoming of life's delight

With sacred fear.

Have joy in life, and gladden to the sense

Of dear companionship, in thought, in sight;

But oh! as gifts of heaven's abounding love,

Not thine by right.

----

{557}

From The Month.

SEALSKINS AND COPPERSKINS.

Captain Hall, unconvinced by the evidence published by Captain

M'Clintock in 1859, undertook his expedition in search of the

surviving members of Sir John Franklin's crew, (if such there were;)

or in the hope of clearing up all doubt about the history of their

end, in the event of their having perished. He was baffled in his

attempt to reach the region in which he hoped to find traces of the

objects of his search, by the wreck of the boat which he had

constructed for the enterprise; and his ship being beset with ice in a

winter which set in earlier than usual, he spent more than two

years--the interval between May, 1860, and September, 1862--among the

Esquimaux on the western coast of Davis's Strait, in order to acquire

their language and familiarize himself with their habits and mode of

life. He is at present once more in the arctic regions, having

returned thither in order to prosecute his enterprise. He is now

accompanied by two intelligent Esquimaux, whom he took back with him

to America; and who, having now learnt English, will serve him as

interpreters as well as a means of introduction to the various

settlements of Esquimaux whom he may have occasion to visit in his

travels. The results of his present expedition will probably be more

interesting than those of his first. If we test the success of his

first voyage by the discoveries to which it led, these were confined

to correcting the charts of a portion of the western coast of Davis's

Strait, and to proving that the waters hitherto laid down as

"Frobisher's _Strait_" are in fact not a strait, but a bay. As a

voyage of discovery, its importance falls far short of that undertaken

for the same object in 1857 by Captain M'Clintock. Captain Hall,

however, was enabled, by comparing the various traditions among the

Esquimaux, to arrive at the spot where Frobisher, in the reign of

Queen Elizabeth, attempted to found a settlement on "Kodlunarn" [that

is, "White man's"] Island, (the Countess Warwick's Island, of English

maps,) where he found coal, brick, iron implements, timber, and

buildings still remaining. This success in tracing out, by means of

information supplied by the natives, the relics of an expedition

undertaken more than three centuries ago, makes him confident of

obtaining a like success in unravelling the mystery in which the fate

of Sir John Franklin and his companions is still wrapped, by a similar

residence among the Esquimaux of Boothia and King William's Island,

which were the last known points in their wanderings. This is the

region he is now attempting to reach for the second time. But the real

value of his present volume is the accurate and faithful record it

gives of the author's impressions, received from day to day during a

residence within the arctic zone, and the details it gives of the

habits and character of the Esquimaux.

The origin of this people is, we believe, unknown. Another arctic

traveller has suggested that they are "the missing link between a

Saxon and a seal." They are rapidly decreasing in numbers; yet, if

measured by the territory which they inhabit, they form one of the

most widely-spread races on the face of the earth. Mr. Max Müller

might help us to arrive at the ethnological family to which they

belong, were he to study the specimens of their language with which

Captain Hall supplies us. Judging from the physiognomy of two of them,

whom the author has photographed for his frontispiece, we should say

that {558} they certainly do not belong, as M. Bérard and, we believe,

Baron Humboldt have supposed, to those Mongol races, which, under the

names of "Laps" and "Finns," inhabit the same latitudes of the

European continent. They seem rather to approach the type of some of

the tribes of the North American Indians; and the resemblance of their

habits of life and traditions points to the same conclusion. They are

small of stature, five feet two inches being rather a high standard

for the men, but of great strength and activity, and they have a

marvellous power of enduring fatigue, cold, and hunger.

The name "Esquimaux," by which we designate them, is a French form of

on Indian word, _Aish-ke-um-oog_ (pronounced Es-ke-moag)--meaning in

the Cree language, "He eats raw flesh;" and in fact they are the only

race of North-American savages who live habitually and entirely on raw

flesh. In their own language they are called _Innuit_ that is, _the_

people par _excellence_. Formerly they had chiefs, and a sort of

feudal system among them; but this has disappeared, and they have now

no political organization whatever, and no authority among them,

except that of the husband over his wives and children.

Their theology--so far as we can arrive at it--teaches that there is

one Supreme Being, whom they call "Anguta," who created the material

universe; and a secondary divinity, (the daughter of Anguta,) called

"Sidne," through whose agency he created all living things, animal and

vegetable. The Innuits believe in a heaven and a hell, and the

eternity of future rewards and punishments. Success and happiness, and

benevolence shown to others, they consider the surest marks of

predestination to eternal happiness in the next world; and they hold

it to be as certain that whoever is killed by accident or commits

suicide goes straight to heaven, as that the crime of murder will in

all cases be punished eternally in hell. They seem hardly to secure

the attribute of omnipotence to their "Supreme Being;" for, in their

account of the creation of the world, they affirm that his first

attempt to create a man was a decided failure--that is to say, he

produced a _white_ man. A second attempt, however, was crowned with

entire success, in the production of an Esquimaux on Innuit--the

faultless prototype of the human race. A tradition of a deluge, or

"extraordinary high tide," which covered the whole earth, exists among

the Esquimaux; and they have certain customs which they observe with

religious reverence, although they can give no other reason or

explanation of them except immemorial tradition. "The first Innuits

did so," is always their answer when questioned on the subject. Thus,

when a reindeer, or any other animal, is killed on land, a portion of

the flesh is always buried on the exact spot where it fell--possibly

the idea of sacrifice was connected with this practice; and when a

polar bear is killed, its bladder must be inflated and exposed in a

conspicuous place for three days. And many such practices, equally

unintelligible, are scrupulously adhered to; and any departure from

them is supposed to bring misfortune upon the offending party.

Though the Esquimaux own neither government nor control of any kind,

they yet yield a superstitious obedience to a character called the

"Angeko," whose influence they rarely venture to contravene. The

Angeko is at once physician and magician. In cases of sickness the

Esquimaux never take medicine; but the Angeko is called, and if his

enchantments fail to cure, the sick person is carried away from the

tents, and left to die. The Angeko is also called upon to avert evils

of all kinds; to secure success for hunting or fishing expeditions, or

any such undertaking; to obtain the disappearance of ice, and the

public good on various occasions; and in all cases the efficacy of his

ministrations is believed to be proportioned to the guerdon which he

receives. Captain Hall {559} mentions only two instances, as having

occurred in his experience, of resistance being made by Esquimaux to

the wishes of the Angeko; and in both cases the parties demurred to a

demand that they should give up their wives to him. Though more

commonly they have but one wife, owing to the difficulty of supporting

a number of women, polygamy is allowed and practised by the Esquimaux.

Their marriage is without ceremony of any kind, nor is the bond

indissoluble. Exchange of wives is of frequent occurrence; and if a

man becomes, from sickness or other cause, unable to support them, his

wives will leave him, and attach themselves to some more vigorous

husband. For the rest, the Esquimaux are intelligent, honest, and

extremely generous to one another. When provisions are scarce, if a

seal or walrus is killed by one of the camp, he invites the whole

settlement to feast upon it, though he may be in want of food for

himself and his family on the morrow in consequence of doing so. They

are very improvident, and rarely store their food, but trust to the

fortunes of the chase to supply their wants, and are generally during

the winter in a constant state of oscillation between famine and

abundance. The Esquimaux inhabit the extreme limits of the globe

habitable by man, and they have certain peculiarities in their life

consequent on the circumstances of their climate and country; but in

other respects they resemble the rest of the nomad and savage races

which people the extreme north of America. In summer the Esquimaux

live in tents called _tupics_, made of skins like those used by the

Indian tribes, and these are easily moved from place to place. As

winter sets in, they choose a spot where provisions are likely to be

plentiful, and there they erect _igloogs_, or huts constructed of

blocks of ice, and vaulted in the roof. If they are obliged to change

their quarters during the winter, either permanently or temporarily,

they build fresh _igloos_ of snow cut into blocks, which soon freeze,

and in the space of an hour or two they are thus able to provide

themselves with new premises. The only animals domesticated by the

Esquimaux are their fine and very intelligent dogs. They serve them as

guards, as guides, as beasts of burden and draught, as companions, and

assist them in the pursuit of every kind of wild animal. The women

have the care of all household affairs, and do the tailor's and

shoemaker's work, and prepare the skins for all articles of clothing

and bedding--no unimportant department in such a climate as theirs:

the men have nothing to think of but to supply provisions by hunting

and fishing. Sporting, which in civilized society is a mere recreation

and amusement, is the profession and serious employment, as well as

the delight, of the savage. And we find in the rational as well as in

the irrational animal, when in its wild state, the highest development

of those instincts and sensible powers with which God has endowed it

for its maintenance and self-preservation, and which it loses, in

proportion as it ceases to need them, in civilized society or in the

domesticated state.

The arctic regions, though ill-adapted for the abode of man, teem with

animal life. The seal, the walrus, and the whale supply the ordinary

needs of the Esquimaux. In the mouth of their rivers they find an

abundance of salmon; various kinds of ducks and other aquatic birds

inhabit their coasts in multitudes; reindeer and partridges are

plentiful on the hills; while the most highly prized as well as the

most formidable game is the great polar bear, whose flesh affords the

most dainty feast, and whose skin the warmest clothing, to these

children of the North.

Captain Hall lived, for months at a time, alone with the Esquimaux. He

acquired some proficiency in their language and shared their life in

all respects. He became popular with them, and even gained some

influence over them. He experienced some {560} difficulty in his first

attempt to eat raw flesh, (some whale's blubber, which was served up

for dinner;) but on a second trial, when urged by hunger, he made a

hearty meal on the blood of a seal which had just been killed, which

he found to be delicious. After this, cooking was entirely dispensed

with. Those who have visited new and "unsettled" countries will be

able to testify how easily man passes into a savage state, and how

pleasant the transition is to his inferior nature. There is a charm in

the freedom, in the total emancipation from the artificial restraints,

the feverish collisions, and daily anxieties of civilized society

which is one of the most secret, but also one of the most powerful

agents in advancing the colonization of the world. Captain Hall's

enthusiasm, which begins to mount at the sight of icebergs, whales,

and the novelty and grandeur of arctic scenery, reaches its climax

when he finds himself in an unexplored region, the solitary guest of

this wild and eccentric people, and depending, like them, for his

daily sustenance on the resources of nature alone.

The Esquimaux are sociable and cheerful, and, in Greenland and the

neighboring islands, hospitable to strangers; but those of their race

who inhabit the continent of America have a character for ferocity,

and are the most unapproachable to Europeans of all the savage tribes

of America. Even Captain Hall himself expresses uneasiness from time

to time lest he should become an object of suspicion to them, or give

them a motive for revenge. They are one of the few peoples of the

extreme north with whom the Hudson's Bay Company have hitherto failed

to establish relations of commerce. Many travellers and traders have

been murdered by them on entering their territory, and the missioners

of North-America regard them as likely to be the last in the order of

their conversion to Christianity. Skilful boatmen and pilots,

perfectly familiar with their coasts, with great intelligence in

observing natural phenomena, and knowing by experience every probable

variation of their inhospitable climate, as well as the mode of

providing against it, they formed invaluable assistants to an

expedition for the scientific survey of a region as yet imperfectly

known to the geographer. Their sporting propensities were the chief

hindrance to their services in the cause of science. No sooner were

ducks, or seals, or reindeer in view, than all the objects of the

expedition were entirely forgotten till the hunt was over. No motive

is strong enough to restrain an Esquimaux from the chase so long as

game is afoot:

"Canis a corio nunquam absterrebitur uncto."

Seals are captured by the Esquimaux in various ways. Some are taken in

nets. At other times they are seen in great numbers on the ice, lying

at the brink of open water, into which they plunge on the first alarm,

and much skill is then required in approaching them. In doing this,

the Esquimaux imitate the tactics of the polar bear. The bear or the

savage, as the case may be, throws himself flat upon the ice and

imitates the slow jerking action of a seal in crawling toward his

game. The seal sees his enemy approaching, but supposes him to be

another seal; but if he shows any signs of uneasiness, the hunter

stops perfectly still and "talks" to him--that is, he imitates the

plaintive grunts in which seals converse with one another. Reassured

by such persuasive language, the seal goes to sleep. Presently he

starts up again, when the same process is repeated. Finally, when

within range, the man fires, or the bear springs upon his victim. But

the Esquimaux confess that the bear far surpasses them in this art,

and that if they could only "talk" as well as "Ninoo," (that is,

"Bruin,)" they should never be in want of seal's flesh. When the

winter sets in, and the ice becomes thick, the seal cuts a passage

{561} through the ice with his sharp claws with which its flippers are

armed, and makes an aperture in the surface large enough to admit its

nose to the outer air for the purpose of respiration. This aperture is

soon covered with snow. When the snow becomes deep enough, and the

seal is about to give birth to its young, it widens the aperture,

passes through the ice, and constructs a dome-shaped chamber under the

snow, which becomes the nursery of the young seals. This is called a

seal's _igloo_, from its resemblance to the huts built by the

Esquimaux. It requires a dog with a very fine nose to mark the

bathing-place or igloo of a seal by the taint of the animal beneath

the snow; but when once it has been discovered, the Esquimaux is

pretty sure of his prey. If an igloo has been formed, and the seal has

young ones, the hunter leaps "with a run" upon the top of the dome,

crushes it in, and, before the seals can recover from their

astonishment, he plunges his seal-hooks into them, from which there is

no escape. If there be no igloo, but a mere breathing-hole, he clears

away the snow with his spear and marks the exact spot where the seal's

nose will protrude at his next visit, an aperture only a few inches in

diameter; then with a seal-spear strongly barbed in his hand, and

attached to his belt by twenty yards of the thongs of deer's hide, he

seats himself over the hole and awaits the seal's "blow." The seal may

blow in a few minutes, or in a few hours, or not for two or three

days; but there the Esquimaux remains, without food, and whatever the

weather may be, till he hears a low snorting sound; then, quick as

lightning, and with unerring aim, he plunges the spear into the seal,

opens the aperture in the ice with his axe till it will allow the body

of the seal to pass, and draws it forth upon the ice. The mode of

spearing the walrus is more perilous. The walrus are generally found

among broken ice, or ice so thin that they can break it. If the ice is

thin, they will often attack the hunter by breaking the ice under his

feet. In order to do this, the walrus looks steadily at the man taking

aim at him, and then dives; the Esquimaux, aware of his intention,

runs to a short distance to shift his position, and when the walrus

rises, crashing through the ice on which he was standing only a moment

before, he comes forward again and darts his harpoon into it.

Ordinarily the Esquimaux selects a hole in the ice where he expects

the walrus to "vent," and places himself so as to command it, with his

harpoon in one hand, a few coils of a long rope of hide, attached to

the harpoon, in the other, the remainder of the rope being wound round

his neck, with a sharp spike fastened at the extreme end of it. As

soon as the walrus rises to the surface, he darts the harpoon into its

body, throws the coils of rope from his neck, and fixes the spike into

the ice. A moment's hesitation, or a blunder, may involve serious

consequences. If he does not instantly detach the rope from his neck,

he is dragged under the ice. If he fails to drive the spike firmly

into the ice before the walrus has run out the length of the line, he

loses his harpoon and his rope.

But the sport which rouses the whole spirit of an Esquimaux community

begins when a polar bear comes in view. "Ninoo" is the monarch of

these arctic deserts, as the lion is of those of the South. The person

who first shouts on seeing "Ninoo," whether man, woman, or child, is

awarded with the skin, whoever may succeed in killing him. Dogs are

immediately put upon his track, and, on coming up with him, are taught

not to close with him, but to hang upon his haunches and bring him to

bay. The men follow as best they can, and with the best arms that the

occasion supplies. The sagacity and ferocity of this beast make an

attack upon him perilous, even with fire-arms; but great nerve,

strength, and skill are required, when armed {562} only with a harpoon

or a spear, to meet him hand to hand in his battle for life,

"Or to his den, by snow-tracks, mark the way,

And drag the struggling savage into day."

The polar bear it amphibious, and often takes to the sea. Then if

boats can be procured, it becomes a trial of speed between rowing and

swimming, and an exciting race of many miles often takes place. In the

open sea "Ninoo" has a poor chance of escape, unless he gets a great

start of his pursuers; but the arctic coasts are generally studded

with islands, and, when he can do so, he makes first for one island,

then for another, crossing them, and taking to the water again on the

opposite side, while the votes have to make the entire circuit of

each. The sagacity of these animals is marvellous, and proverbial

among the Esquimaux, who study their habits in order to get hints for

their own guidance. When seals are in the water, the bear will swim

quietly among them, his great white head assuming the appearance of a

block of floating ice or snow, and when close to them he will dive and

seize the seals under the water. When the walrus are basking on the

rocks, "Ninoo" will climb the cliffs above them and loosen large

masses of rock, and then, calculating the curve to a nicety, launch

them upon his prey beneath. When a she-bear is attended by her cubs,

the Esquimaux will never attack the cubs until the mother has been

despatched; such is their fear of the vengeance with which, in the

event of her escaping, she follows up the slaughter of her offspring

by day and night with terrible pertinacity and fury.

The Esquimaux stalk the reindeer much as we do the red deer in the

Highlands of Scotland; but the snow which lies in arctic regions

during the greater part of the year enables them to follow the same

herd of deer by their tracks for several days together.

Such, then, are the life, the habits, the pursuits of the Esquimaux.

Pagan in religion, the stand in need of that phase which alone is able

to save their race, now perishing from the face of the earth. Their

life is a constant struggle with the climate in which they live and

the famine with which they are perpetually threatened. A hardy race of

hunters, they exhibit many natural virtues, considerable intelligence,

and a strong nationality. The true faith, if they embraced it, while

it secured their eternal interests, would at the same time be to them,

as it has been to so many savage races, the principal of a great

social regeneration. At present they are wasting away as a race, and

will soon become extinct. Polygamy has always been found to cause the

decrease and decay of a population; and any human society, however

simple, will fall to pieces when it is not animated by ideas of order

and justice.

The Esquimaux occupy the extremities of human habitation in North

America; and if we pass from their territory to the south, we enter

upon that vast realm called "British America"--a region sufficient in

extent and resources, if developed by civilization, to constitute an

empire in itself. Of this vast territory the two Canadas alone, on the

north bank of the St. Lawrence River and the chain of mighty lakes

from which it flows, have been colonized by European settlers. The

remainder is inhabited by the nomad tribes of Indians and the wild

animals upon which they subsist, the British government being there

unrepresented except by the occasional forts and stations established

by the Hudson's Bay Company as centres for the traffic in furs, which

the Indians supply in the greatest abundance and variety.

The French, who were among the first to profit by the discovery of

Columbus and to settle as colonists in the new hemisphere, have in

their conquests always planted the cross of Christ side by side with

the banner of France. Though they have failed to retain the dominion

of those colonies {563} which they founded, yet, to their glory be it

said, their missioners have not only kept alive that sacred flame of

faith which they kindled in their former possessions, but have spread

it from one end of the American continent to the other, beyond the

limits within which lucre leads the trader, and even among the remote

tribes who as yet reject all ordinary intercourse with the white man.

Monseigneur Faraud, now Bishop of Anemour and Vicar-Apostolic of

Mackenzie, has published his experiences during eighteen years of

missionary labor as a priest among the savages of the extreme north of

America, [Footnote 123] with the view of giving information to future

missioners in the same regions, and inspiring others to undertake the

conversion of this portion of the heathen world. The proceeds of the

sale of his book will be devoted to founding establishments for works

of corporal and spiritual mercy among the tribes of Indians in his

diocese. The narrative of his apostolic life is highly interesting.

Born of an old legitimist family in the south of France, some of whose

members had fallen victims to the Reign of Terror in 1793, and

carefully educated under the eye of a pious mother, he offered himself

to the service of God in the priesthood. Being of a vigorous

constitution and of an enterprising spirit, he was drawn to the work

of the foreign missions, and at the age of twenty-six he started for

North America. Landing at New York, he passed through Montreal to St.

Boniface, a settlement on the Red River, a few miles above the point

where it discharges its waters into the great Lake Winnipeg. Here he

fixed his abode for seven months, studying the language, and acquiring

the habits and mode of life of the natives. At the end of this time

the Indians of the settlement started on their annual expedition at

the end of the summer to the prairies of the west to hunt the

buffalo--an important affair, on which depends their supply of

buffalo-hides and beef for the winter.

[Footnote 123: "Dix-huit Ans chez les Sauvages. Voyages et Missions

de Mgr. Faraud dans le Nord de l'Amérique Britannique. Regis Ruffet

et Cie. Paris, 1866."]

For this expedition, which was organized with military precision and

most picturesque effect, one hundred and twenty skilful hunters were

selected, armed with guns and long _couteaux de chasse_, and mounted

on their best horses. A long train of bullock-carts followed in the

rear, with boys and women as drivers, carrying the tents and

provisions for encampment, and destined to bring home the game. The

priest accompanied them, saying mass for them every morning in a tent

set apart as the chapel, and night-prayers before retiring to rest in

the evening.

In this way they journeyed for a week, making about thirty miles in

the day, and camping for the night in their tents. Let the reader, in

order to conceive an American "prairie," imagine a level and boundless

plain, reaching in every direction to the horizon, fertile and covered

with luxuriant herbage, and unbroken except by swelling undulations

and here and there occasional clumps of trees sprinkled like islets on

the ocean, or oases on the desert. After marching for a week across

the prairie, they came upon the tracks of a herd of buffaloes. The

Indians are taught from childhood, when they encounter a track, to

discern at once to what animal it belongs, how long it is since it

passed that way, and to follow it by the eye, as a hound does by

scent. For two days they marched in the track of the buffaloes, and

the second night the hunters brought a supply of fresh beef into

camp--they had killed some old bulls. These old bulls are found

single, or in parties of two or three, and always indicate the

proximity of a herd. Accordingly, on the following morning the herd

was discovered in the distance on the prairie, like a swarm of flies

on a green carpet. The hunters now galloped to the front, and called a

council of war behind some undulating ground about a mile and a half

{564} from the buffaloes, who, in number about three thousand, were

grazing lazily on the plain. All was now animation. It would be

difficult to say whether the keener interest was shown by the men or

the horses, who now, with dilated eyes and nostrils, ears pricked, and

nervous action, pawed the ground, impatient as greyhounds in the slips

and eager for the fray. The plan of action was soon agreed upon--a few

words were spoken in a low tone by the chief, and the horsemen

vanished with the rapidity of the wind. In about a quarter of an hour

they reappeared, having formed a circle round the buffaloes, whom they

now approached at a hand-gallop, concentrating their descent upon the

herd from every point of the compass. The effect of this strategy was

that, though they were soon discovered, time was gained. Whichever way

the herd pointed, they were encountered by an approaching horseman,

and they were thus thrown into confusion, until, massing themselves

into a disordered mob, they charged, breaking away through the line of

cavalry. Then began the race and the slaughter. A good horse, even

with a man on his back, has always the speed of a buffalo; but the

skill of a hunter is shown (besides minding his horse lest he gets

entangled in the herd and trampled to death, and keeping his presence

of mind during the delirium of the chase,) in selecting the youngest

and fattest beasts of the herd, in loading his piece with the greatest

rapidity--the Indians have no breech-loaders--and taking accurate aim

while riding at the top of his speed. In the space of a mile a skilful

buffalo-hunter will fire seven, eight, nine shots in this manner, and

at each discharge a buffalo will bite the dust. On the present

occasion the pursuit continued for about a mile and a half, and above

eight hundred buffaloes were safely bagged. When the chase was over,

there was a plentiful supply of fresh beef, the hides were carefully

stowed on the carts, the carcasses cut up, the meat dried and highly

spiced and made into pies, in which form it will keep for many months,

and forms a provision for the winter. The buffalo (which in natural

history would be called a bison) is the principal source of food and

clothing to the Indians who live within reach of the great western

prairies. But the forests also abound with elk, moose, and reindeer,

as well as the smaller species of deer, and smaller game of other

kinds, and the multitudes of animals of prey of all sizes which supply

the markets of Europe with furs. The abundance of fish in the lakes

and rivers is prodigious. The largest fish in these waters is the

sturgeon. This fish lies generally near the surface of the water: the

Indian paddles his canoe over the likely spots, and when he sees a

fish darts his harpoon into it, which is made fast by a cord to the

head of the canoe; the fish tows the canoe rapidly through the water

till he is exhausted, and is then despatched. Besides many other

inferior kinds of fish, they have the pike, which runs to a great size

in the lakes, and two kinds of trout--the smaller of these is the same

as that found in the rivers of England; the larger is often taken of

more than eighty pounds in weight. The Indians take these with spears,

nets, and baskets; but a trout weighing eighty pounds would afford

considerable sport to one of our trout-fishers of Stockbridge or

Driffield, if taken with an orthodox rod and line.

A fortnight was devoted to the chase; and between two and three

thousand buffaloes having been killed, and the carts fully laden, the

party returned to St. Bonifice. The settlement of St. Bonifice was

founded by Lord Selkirk, who sent out a number of his Scotch

dependents as colonists, and induced some Canadian families to join

them. It was originally intended as a model Protestant colony; but the

demoralization and vice which broke out in the new settlement brought

it to the verge of temporal ruin. Lord Selkirk then called Catholics

to his aid, {565} and three priests were sent there. Religion took the

place of fanaticism, and ever since this epoch the colony has never

ceased to flourish and increase, and has become the centre of numerous

settlements in the neighborhood of friendly Indians converted to the

faith. This is one of many instances which might be quoted in which

the noxious weed of heresy has failed to transplant itself beyond the

soil which gave it birth. St. Boniface has been the residence of a

bishop since 1818, and is now the resting-place and point of departure

for all missioners bound for the northern deserts of America. It was

here that Mgr. Faraud spent eighteen months studying the languages of

the northern tribes of Indians. Lord Bacon says that "he that goeth

into a strange laud without knowledge of the language goeth to learn

and not to travel." This, which is true of the traveller, is much more

true of the missioner, as Mgr. Faraud soon found by experience. He

made several essays at intercourse with neighboring tribes, like a

young soldier burning with zeal and the desire to flesh his sword in

missionary work. But the reception he met with was most mortifying,

being generally told "not to think of teaching men as long as he spoke

like a child." He applied himself with renewed energy to acquire the

native language.

The dialects of most of the tribes of the extreme north of America

(with the exception of the Esquimaux) are modifications of two parent

languages, the Montaignais and the Cree. By acquiring these Mgr.

Faraud was able to make himself understood by almost any of these

tribes after a short residence among them. Eighteen months spent at

St. Boniface served as a novitiate for his missionary work, at the end

of which time he received orders to start, early in the following

month, for Isle de la Crosse, a fort on the Beaver river, about 350

leagues to the N.W. of St. Boniface. On his way thither he was the

guest of the Governor of the Hudson's Bay Company, at Norway House,

where he was most hospitably entertained. Mgr. Faraud bears witness to

the liberal and enlightened spirit in which the authorities of the

Hudson's Bay Company, as well as the government officials in Canada,

render every aid and encouragement in their power to the Catholic

missioners; and he quotes a speech made to him by Sir Edmund Head

(then Governor of Canada) showing the high estimation, and even favor,

in which the Catholic missioners are held by them. Whatever permanence

and stability our missions possess in these vast deserts is owing to

the protection and kind assistance rendered to them by the British

authorities; while, on the other hand, it would be hardly possible for

this powerful company of traders to maintain their present friendly

relations with Indian tribes, upon which their trade depends, without

the aid of the Catholic missioners.

After five months spent at Isle de la Crosse, and three years after

his departure from Europe, Mgr. Faraud left for Atthabaska, one of the

most northerly establishments of the Hudson's Bay Company, whither the

various tribes of Indians, spread over an immense circuit 400 leagues

in diameter, come twice in the year, early in spring and late in the

autumn, to barter their furs, the produce of their winter and summer

hunting. This was his final destinatibn and field of apostolical

labor, it is often said that it is the happiness of the Red Indian to

be totally ignorant of money; and this, in a certain sense is true.

But money has no necessary connection with the precious metals or

bank-notes; and any medium of circulation which by common agreement

can be made to represent a determined value becomes money, in fact, if

not in name. Thus the market value of a beaver's skin in British

America varies little, and is nearly equivalent to an American dollar.

The Hudson's Bay Company have adopted this as the unit of their

currency, and the value of other furs {566} is reckoned in relation to

this standard. The following are some of the prices given to the

Indians for the furs ordinarily offered by them for sale:

The skin of a black bear values from six to ten beavers; the skin of

a black fox, about six beavers; the skin of a silver fox, about five

beavers; the skin of an otter, from two to three beavers; the skin of

a pecari, from one to four beavers; the skin of a martin, from one

to four beavers; the skin of a red or white fox, about one beaver,

and so forth.

Twice in the year the steamers and canoes of the company, laden with

merchandise, work their way up the lakes and rivers to these stations,

where the Indians assemble to meet them, and receive an equivalent for

their furs in arms, ammunition, articles for clothing, hardware, and

trinkets.

Two of our countrymen, Viscount Milton, and Dr. Cheadle, have lately

published an account of their travels in British America, of which we

give a notice in another part of this number. [Footnote 124] The

description they give of the privations they endured and the

difficulties they had to overcome in merely traversing the country as

travellers, furnished as they were with all the resources which wealth

could command, while it reflects credit on their British pluck and

perseverance in attaining the object they had in view, gives us some

idea of the obstacles which present themselves to a missioner in these

regions, who has to take up his abode wherever his duty may call him,

and without any means of maintaining life beyond those which these

districts supply. The object of these gentlemen was to explore a line

of communication between Canada and British Columbia, with a view to

suggesting an overland route through British territory connecting the

Pacific with the Atlantic--a most important project in a political

point of view, upon which the success of the rising colony of Columbia

appears eventually to depend. The territory administered by the

Hudson's Bay Company, reaching as it does from the Atlantic to the

Pacific, from the coasts of Labrador on the N.E., to Vancouver's

Island on the S.W., contains an area nearly equal to that of the whole

of Europe.

[Footnote 124: "The North-West Passage by Land." By Viscount Milton,

M.P., and W. B. Cheadle, M.D. London. 1865.]

Mgr. Faraud remained fifteen years at Atthabaska. He found it a

solitary station-house, in the midst of deserts inhabited by

idolatrous savages; it is now a flourishing mission, with a vast

Christian population advancing in civilization, the capital of the

district to which it gives its name, and a centre of operation from

which missioners may act upon the whole north of British America, over

which he now has episcopal jurisdiction. Such results, as may be

supposed, have not been attained without labor and suffering. In the

commencement the mission was beset with difficulties and

discouragements. His first step was to build himself a house with logs

of wood, an act which was accepted by the savages as a pledge that he

intended to remain with them. A savage whom he converted and baptized

soon after his arrival, acted as his servant and hunted for him; while

with nets and lines he procured a supply of fish for himself when his

servant was unsuccessful in the chase. In this manner he for some time

maintained a life alternately resembling that of Robinson Crusoe and

St. Paul. He soon made a few conversions in his neighborhood, and in

the second year, with the aid of his catechumens, built a wooden

chapel, ninety feet long by thirty broad. He was now able, when the

tribes assembled in the spring and autumn, to converse with them, and

preach to them. They invited him to visit them in their own countries,

often many hundreds of miles distant; and these visits involved long

and perilous journeys, in which he several times nearly perished. In

the fourth year he began building a large church, surmounted by a

steeple, from which he swung a {567} large bell, which he procured

from Europe through the agents of the company. It was regarded as a

supernatural phenomenon by the savages when "the sound of the

church-going bell" was heard for the first time to boom over their

primeval forests. As soon as a savage became his catechumen, he taught

him to read, at the same time that he instructed him in religion. The

soil was gradually cultivated, crops were reared, and cows and sheep

introduced. In the tenth year a second priest was sent to his aid, who

was able to carry on his work for him at home while he was absent on

distant missions.

There are thirteen distinct tribes inhabiting British America, and

Mgr. Faraud devotes a chapter to the distinctive characteristics of

each. But a general idea of these savages may be easily arrived at.

Most of us are familiar with the lively descriptions of the red man in

the attractive novels of Mr. Fenimore Cooper; and, though the stories

are fiction, these portraits of the Indians are drawn to the life. We

have most of us been struck by their taciturnity, their profound

dissimulation, the perseverance with which they follow up their plans

of revenge, the pride which prevents them from betraying the least

curiosity, the stoical courage with which they brave their enemies in

the midst of the most horrible sufferings, their caution, their

cruelty, the extraordinary keenness and subtlety of their senses. The

Indian savage is profoundly selfish; gratitude and sympathy for others

do not seem to enter into the composition of his nature. The same

stubborn fortitude with which he endures suffering seems to render him

indifferent to it in others. Intellectually he is slow in his power of

conception and process of reasoning, but is endowed with a marvellous

power of memory and reflection. He has a great fluency of speech,

which often rises to real eloquence; and there is a gravity and

maturity in his actions which is the fruit of meditation and thought.

Cases of apostasy in religion are very rare among the Indians. A

savage visited Mgr. Faraud soon after his arrival at Atthabaska. He

had come from the shores of the Arctic Ocean, where his tribe dwelt, a

distance of above six hundred miles, and asked some questions on

religious subjects. After listening to the priest's instruction on a

few fundamental truths, "I shall come to you again," he said, "when

you can talk like a man; at present you talk like a child." Three

years afterward he kept his promise; and immediately on arriving he

presented himself to the priest, and placed himself under instruction.

On leaving after the first instruction, he assembled a number of

heathen savages, at a short distance in the forest, and preached to

them for several hours. This continued for many weeks. In the morning

he came for instruction; in the afternoon he preached the truths he

had learned in the morning to his countrymen. Mgr. Faraud had the

curiosity to assist unseen at one of these sermons, and was surprised

to hear his own instruction repeated with wonderful accuracy and in

most eloquent language. In this way a great number of conversions were

made; and the instructions given to one were faithfully communicated

to the rest by this zealous savage. The name of this savage was

Dénégonusyè. When the time arrived for his tribe to return to their

own country, the priest proposed that he should receive baptism. "No,"

he said; "I have done nothing as yet for Almighty God. In a year you

shall see me here again, and prepared for baptism." Punctual to his

promise, he returned the following spring. In the mean time he had

converted the greater portion of his tribe; he had taught them to

recite the prayers the priest had taught him; and he brought the

confessions of all the people who had died in the mean time among his

own people, which he had received on their death-beds, and which his

wonderful memory enabled him now to repeat word for word to the {568}

priest, baking him to give them absolution. Dénégonusyè was now told

to prepare for baptism; but he again insisted on preliminaries. First,

that he was to take the name of Peter, and wait to receive his baptism

on St. Peter's day--"Because," he said, "St. Peter holds the keys of

heaven, and is more likely to open to one who bears his name and is

baptized on his feast;" secondly, that he was to be allowed to fast

before his baptism forty days and nights, as our Blessed Lord did. On

the vigil of St. Peter's day he was so weak that he walked with

difficulty to the church; but on the feast, before daybreak, he

knocked loudly at the priests door and demanded baptism. He was told

to wait till the mass was finished. When mass was over, the priest was

about to preach to the people; but Dénégonusyè stood up and cried out,

"It is St. Peter's day; baptize me." The priest calmed the murmurs

which arose from the congregation at this interruption, and the eyes

of all were suddenly drawn to the figure of this wild neophyte of the

woods standing before the altar to receive the waters of regeneration.

A ray of light seemed to play round his head and rest upon him, as

though the Holy Ghost were impatient to take up his abode in this new

temple.

Cases are not unfrequent of "half-caste" Indians reared in the woods

as savages claiming baptism from the priest as their "birthright."

They have never met a priest before, nor ever seen their Catholic

parent. They are not Christians, and do not know even the most

elementary doctrines of the church. Yet they have this strange faith

(as they say "by inheritance") through some mysterious transmission of

which God alone knows the secret. One of these "half-castes" met Mgr.

Faraud one day as he was travelling through the forest, and asked him

to baptize him. "I have the faith of my father," he said, "and demand

my birthright." Then, inviting him to his house, he added: "My wife

also desires baptism." The priest accompanied him to his

hunting-lodge, and was presented to his wife, a young savage lady of

some twenty years. She was a veritable Amazon, a perfect model of

symmetry of form and feminine grace; there was a savage majesty in her

gestures and gait; she was a mighty huntress, tamed the wildest

steeds, and was famed far and near for her prowess with the bow and

spear. She welcomed the stranger with courtesy, and immediately

presented him with a basket full of the tongues of elks which had been

the spoil of her bow in the chase of the previous day. But as soon as

she learned the errand on which he had come, her manner changed to

profound reverence, and, throwing herself on her knees with hands

clasped in the attitude of prayer, she asked him for a crucifix, "to

help me in my prayers," she said. The Indians do not pray. Her husband

did not know one article of the creed. Who taught her to pray?--to

venerate a priest?--to adore the mystery of the cross?--to desire

baptism, and yearn for admission to the unity of God's church?

The three principal difficulties in the missioner's work among the

Indians are to "stamp out" (to use a recently-invented phrase) the

influence of their native magicians, and the practices of polygamy and

cannibalism--though several of the tribes are free from the last-named

vice. The magician, as we might expect, is always plotting to

counteract his advances and to revenge them when successful. When a

man has been possessed of half-a-dozen wives, and perhaps as yet

barely realized to himself the Christian idea of marriage, it is a

considerable sacrifice to part with all but one, and sometimes

perplexing to decide which he will retain and which he will part with.

Then the ladies themselves have generally a good deal to say upon this

question, and combinations arise in consequence, which are often very

serious and oftener still very ludicrous.

At Fort Resolution, on the great Slave Lake, the missioner met with a

{569} warm reception from the neighboring tribes of Indians; and as

the greater part of them embraced Christianity, he set himself to work

in instructing them. He explained to them that Christian marriage was

a free act, and could never be valid where it was compulsory, and that

in this respect the wife was as independent as the husband. This was

quite a new doctrine to the savages, with whom it was an inveterate

custom to obtain their wives either by force or by purchasing them

from their parents. The doctrine, however, was eagerly received by the

women, who felt themselves raised by it to equal rights with their

husbands. The men were then instructed that the Christian religion did

not permit polygamy, and that as many of them as had more than one

wife must make up their minds which of them they would retain, and

then part with the rest. It would be difficult to explain the reason

why marriage, which is a serious and solemn contract, and which in

mystical signification ranks first among the sacraments, is the

subject of jests, and provokes laughter in all parts of the world. The

savages were no exception to this rule; and while they set themselves

to obey the commands of the church, they made their doing so the

occasion of much merriment. The following morning a crowd of them

waited upon the priest, each of whom brought the wife with whom he

intended to be indissolubly united. After an exhortation, which dwelt

upon the divine institution, sacramental nature, and mutual

obligations of matrimony, each couple was called up to the priest

after their names had been written down in the register. The first

couple who presented themselves were "Toqueiyazi" and "Ethikkan."

"Toqueiyaza," said the priest, "will you take Ethikkan to be your

lawful wife?" "Yes," was the answer. "Ethikkan, will you take

Toqueiyazi to be your lawful husband?" "No," said the bride, "on no

account." Then turning to the bridegroom, who shared the general

astonishment of all present, she continued, "You took me away by

force; you came to our tent and tore me away from my aged father; you

dragged me into the forests, and there I became your slave as well as

your wife, because I believed that you had a right to make yourself my

master: but now the priest himself has declared that God has given the

same liberty to the woman as to the man. I choose to enjoy that

liberty, and I will not marry you." Great was the sensation produced

by this startling announcement. A revolution had taken place. The men

beheld the social order which had hitherto obtained in their tribe

suddenly overthrown. The women trembled for the consequences which

this daring act might bring upon them. For a moment the issue was

doubtful; but the women, who always get the last word in a discussion,

in this case got the first also; they cried out that Ethikkan was a

courageous woman, who had boldly carried out the principles of the

Christian religion regardless of human respect; and what she had done

was in fact so clearly in accordance with what the priest had taught,

that the men at length acquiesced, and the "rights of woman" were

thenceforward recognized and established on the banks of the great

Slave Lake.

In one of his winter journeys through the snow, attended by a party of

Indians and sledge drawn by dogs, Mgr. Faraud was arrested by a low

moaning sound which proceeded from a little girl lying under a hollow

tree covered with icicles. Her hands and feet were already

frostbitten, but she was still sufficiently conscious to tell him that

her parents had left her there to die. It is a common practice with

the savages to make away with any member of the family who is likely

to become a burden to them. The priest put the child on the sledge,

carried her home, and, with proper treatment, care, and food, she

recovered. She was instructed and baptized, receiving the name of

Mary. This child became the priest's consolation and joy, {570} a

visible angel in his house, gay and happy, and a source of happiness

and edification to others. She was one of those chosen souls on whom

God showers his choicest favors, and whom he calls to a close

familiarity with himself. But after a time the priest was obliged to

leave on a distant mission, having been called to spend the winter

with a tribe who wished to embrace Christianity, and whose territory

lay at a distance of several hundreds of miles. What was to be done

with Mary? To accompany him was impossible--to remain behind was to

starve. There was at that time, among his savage catechnmens, an old

man and his wife whose baptism he had deferred till the following

spring. This seemed to be the only solution of the difficulty. They

had no children of their own; they would take charge of Mary, and

bring her safe back to "the man of prayer" in the spring. Bitter was

the parting between little Mary and the priest; but there was the hope

of an early meeting in the following spring. The spring came, and the

priest returned; but the old savages and Mary came not. For weeks the

priest expected them, and then started to seek their dwelling, about

fifty miles distant from his own. He found their house empty, and the

man could nowhere be discovered. But in searching for him through the

forest, he descried an old woman gathering fuel. It was his wife.

Where was Mary? The old woman made evasive replies until the sternness

of the priest's manner terrified her into confession. "The winter had

been severe"--"they had run short of provisions"--"and--and--" in

short, _they had eaten her_.

But if the difficulties, disappointments, and sufferings of the

missioner in these American deserts are great, requiring in him great

virtue and an apostolic spirit, his consolations are great also. The

grace of God is always given in proportion to his servants' need; and

in this virgin soil, where spurious forms of Christianity are as yet

unknown, the effects it produces are at time astounding. The missioner

is alternately tempted to elation and despair. He must know, to use

the words of the Apostle, "how to be brought low, and how to abound."

Monseigneur Faraud has now returned to his diocese to reap the harvest

of the good seed which he has sown, and to carry a Christian

civilization to the savages of the extreme north of America. He has

left his volume behind him to invite our prayers for his success, and

to remind those generous souls who are inspired to undertake the work

of evangelizing the heathen, that in his portion of the Lord's field

"the harvest is great and the laborers few."

------

MISCELLANY.

_The Zoological Position of the Dodo_.--At a meeting of the

Zoological Society on the 9th of January last, Professor Owen read a

paper on the osteology of the Dodo, the great extinct bird of the

Mauritius. Our readers will remember that this bird has given rise to

a good deal of discussion from time to time as to its true affinities.

When Professor Owen was Curator of the Royal College of Surgeons'

Museum, he classed the Dodo along with the Raptorial birds. This

arrangement led to the production of the huge volume of Messrs.

Strickland and Melville, in which it was very ably demonstrated that

the bird belongs to the _Columbae_ or pigeon group. It is highly

creditable therefore to Professor Owen that upon a careful examination

of the specimens of the dodo's bones which have lately come under his

observation, he has consented to the view long ago expressed by Dr.

Melville. {571} The materials upon which Professor Owen's paper was

based consisted of about one hundred different bones belonging to

various parts of the skeleton, which had been recently discovered by

Mr. George Clark, of Mahéberg, Mauritius, in an alluvial deposit in

that island. After an exhaustive examination of these remains, which

embraced nearly every part of the skeleton, Professor Owen came to the

conclusion that previous authorities had been correct in referring the

dodo to the Columbine order, the variations presented, though

considerable, being mainly such as might be referable to the

adaptation of the dodo to a terrestrial life, and different food and

habits.--_Popular Science Review_.

_Native Borax_.--A lake about two miles in circumference, from which

borax is obtained in extremely pure condition and in very large

quantity, has recently been discovered in California. The borax

hitherto in use has been procured by combining boracic acid, procured

from Tuscany, with soda. It is used in large quantities in England,

the potteries of Staffordshire alone consuming more than 1100 tons

annually.

_Fall of the Temperature of Metals_.--At the last meeting of the

Chemical Society of Paris, Dr. Phipson called attention to the sudden

fall of temperature which occurs when certain metals are mixed

together at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere. The most

extraordinary descent of temperature occurs when 207 parts of lead,

118 of tin, 284 of bismuth, and l,617 of mercury are alloyed together.

The external temperature being at +170° centigrade at the time of the

mixture, the thermometer instantly falls to--10° below zero. Even when

these proportions are not taken with absolute rigor, the cold produced

is such that the moisture of the atmosphere is immediately condensed

on the sides of the vessel in which the metallic mixture is made. The

presence of lead in the alloy does not appear to be so indispensable

as that of bismuth. Dr. Phipson explains this fact by assuming that

the cold is produced by the liquefaction at the ordinary temperature

of the air of such dense metals as bismuth, etc., in their contact

with the mercury.

_Greek and Egyptian Inscriptions_.--The discovery of a stone bearing a

Greek inscription with equivalent Egyptian hieroglyphics, by Messrs.

Lepsius, Reinisch, Rösler, and Weidenbach, four German explorers, at

Sane, the former Tanis, the chief scene of the grand architectural

undertakings of Rameses the Second, is an important event for students

of Egyptology. The Greek inscription consists of seventy-six lines, in

the most perfect preservation, dating from the time of Ptolemy

Energetes I. (238 B.C.) The stone is twenty-two centimetres high, and

seventy-eight centimetres wide, and is completely covered by the

inscriptions. The finders devoted two days to copying the

inscriptions, taking three photographs of the stone, and securing

impressions of the hieroglyphics. Egyptologists are therefore

anxiously looking forward to the production of these facsimiles and

photographs.

------

NEW PUBLICATIONS.

MISCELLANEA: comprising Reviews, Lectures, and Essays, on Historical,

Theological, and Miscellaneous Subjects, By M. J. Spalding, D.D.,

Archbishop of Baltimore. Fourth edition. 2 vols. 8vo. Pp. 807.

Baltimore: John Murphy & Co. 1866.

This work has attained a well deserved popularity in the Catholic

community; and we hail with pleasure this new and enlarged edition of

it. Dr. Spalding has obtained the first place amongst the few of our

popular writers; and by his contributions to Catholic literature will

leave after him evidences of a "good fight" for the truth and faith of

Christ. The Miscellanea is a book for the times, such as the Church

always needs, and of which in later years we have sadly felt the want.

The prolific Anti-catholic press has deluged the country with {572}

publications of all sizes and of every character, unfair in their

statements of our doctrine and practice, and but too often marked by

bitter invective and wilful misrepresentation. The prejudices thus

engendered and deepened must be quickly and pointedly met before the

poison has had time to spread. We must not be content with a passive

confidence in the inherent strength of truth. In the long run truth

will prevail, we know; but there is no reason why truth should not

also prevail in the short run. Our American style of making a mental

meal is not very far different from that of our physical meal. We read

as fast as we eat, and are not over dainty. It is perfectly marvellous

what hashes of literary refuse your anti-church, anti-papal, and

liberal (sic) caterer has the impudence to set before a people

hungering after righteousness and truth: and it is equally marvellous

that these same people so hastily gulp down the newly spiced dish,

without evincing any suspicion of their having once or twice before

seen and rejected the same well-picked bones and unsavory morsels.

Experience proves the necessity of providing for the American mind

good solid food, cooked _a la hâte_, and served with few

accompaniments. They are not partial to long introductory soups, and

totally disregard all side-dish references and quotations. Comparisons

aside, we need quick and popular answers to these popular and hasty

accusations. The difficulty we experience is in the fact that the

books, pamphlets, and tracts which disseminate error, contain such a

mass of illogical reasoning, and are based upon so many contradictory

principles, that to answer them all fully and logically would require

as many octavos as they possess pages. To give a fair, unsophistical,

and popular response to the questions of the day, as presented to us

in the forms we have mentioned, requires no little critical skill, and

real literary genius. In the perusal of the work before us we have had

frequent occasion to admire these characteristics of the distinguished

author. His trenchant blows decapitate at once a host of hydra-headed

errors, and he displays a happy faculty of marking and dealing with

those particular points which would be noticeable ones for the reader

of the productions which come under the judgment of his pen. We have

cause to congratulate ourselves that we have in him a popular writer

for the American people. An American himself, he understands his

countrymen, appreciates their merits, and is not blind to their

failings. It is true we find in these pages many qualifications of the

motives of Protestant antagonists and of Protestant movements

generally which we wish might be read only by those to whom they

apply; still the intelligent reader will not fail to observe that they

were called forth by the temper of the times in which these different

essays were written. The author himself observes in his preface to

this edition: "As some of them were written as far back as twenty

years, it is but natural to suppose that they occasionally exhibit

more spirit and heat in argument, than the cooler temper and riper

taste of advancing years would fully approve." And he very justly

adds: "While I am free to make this acknowledgment, justice to my own

convictions and feelings requires me to state, that in regard to the

facts alleged, I have nothing to retract, or even, materially to

modify, and that in the tone and temper I do not even now believe that

I set down aught in malice, or with any other than the good intent of

correcting error and establishing truth, without assuming the

aggressive except for the sake of what I believed to be the legitimate

defence of the Church of God."

What the learned writer here hints at, we feel to be his own profound

convictions at the present day, and the wisdom of which the aspect of

controversy as it is now successfully being carried on here and in

Europe, also proves, that it is better to convince and to teach, than

to silence. We are not, however, altogether averse to sharp reproof or

good-natured ridicule where it is well deserved. Fools are to be

answered, says the Holy Scripture, according to their folly; and fools

not unfrequently attack the truth and do a deal of mischief. When a

writer or public orator presumes to talk nonsense, or appeals to the

vulgar prejudices or the fears of the ignorant, it becomes necessary

to exhibit both his character and motives. Calm and unimpassioned

argument is thrown away upon him, and is looked upon by the unthinking

masses as a confession of weakness. Few instances, if any, can be

shown where a Catholic polemic writer has treated an honorable {573}

antagonist with discourtesy: and we venture to say that the scathing

criticisms which are to be found in the work before us were richly

merited, and on the whole will be so judged by the dispassionate

reader.

This edition contains upward of one hundred and sixty pages of new

matter, of equal interest with that of the fore-going editions.

We give it our humble and earnest commendation, heartily wishing that

it may be widely circulated and read; confidently assured as we are

that it will do good, and advance the cause of truth.

CHRISTIANITY, Its Influence on Civilization, and its Relation to

Nature's Religion: the "Harmonial" or Universal Philosophy. A Lecture.

By Caleb S. Weeks. New York: W. White & Co. 1866.

What a pity Mr. Caleb S. Weeks was not born earlier! The whole world

has been running for nineteen centuries after the "Nazarene," and his

"religious system," when it might have been running after Mister

Weeks, and his shallow spiritualistic humanitarian philosophy! Who

knows? Reading effusions of this kind, we are reminded of Beppolo's

Fanfarone:

"What is't that boils within me?

Is't the throes of nascent genius; or the strength

Of high immortal thoughts to find vent;

Or, is it wind?"

------

REPORT OF THE HOLY CHILDHOOD IN

U. S. ANNALS OF THE HOLY CHILDHOOD, etc. 1866.

We are in receipt of the above in French and in English, together with

various circulars and pictures illustrating and recommending the

extensive and admirable work of charity, called "The Holy Childhood"

It was founded by the Bishop of Nancy in France, the Rt. Rev.

Forbin-Janson: and its object is principally to rescue the abandoned

children of the Chinese, baptize them, and educate them as Christians.

Chinese parents have irresponsible control over the life and death of

their children, and hence the crime of infanticide is very common

amongst them, and that in its most revolting forms, the heartless

parents drowning them, leaving them to die by exposure, and even to be

eaten alive by dogs and swine. The poor will sell their young children

for a paltry sum, apparently without much regret. It was impossible

that Catholic charity should forever pass by unnoticed such a

plague-spot upon humanity. Wherever humanity suffers, she knows how to

inspire devoted souls with an ardent desire for the alleviation of its

misery. Founded only since 1843, the association of the Holy Childhood

has rescued and baptized three millions of these children. The report

for this year gives the number of those under education at

twenty-three thousand four hundred and sixteen. Such a noble work, so

truly Catholic in its spirit, needs no commendation of ours. We are

sure that all Catholic children, who are the ones particularly invited

to be members of it, and to contribute to its support, will vie with

each other in their prayers and offerings for its success. Catholic

charity effects great things with little means. The entire annual

expenditures of the Society for the Propagation of the Faith, with

which we hope our readers are well acquainted, did not amount, a few

years since, to more than eight thousand dollars. The Society of the

Holy Childhood asks for a contribution of only one cent a month from

each of its members, and requires each one to say daily a Hail Mary

and an invocation to the child Jesus, to have pity upon all poor pagan

children.

We have been much interested in looking over the number of the annals

sent us, but we are sorry to see certain Religious Orders singled out

by name as not yet having made this enterprise a part of their work.

Those holy and devoted men need no stimulation of this kind to do all

that comes within their sphere for God's greater glory, and the

salvation of mankind: and one does not like one's name called out as a

delinquent by him who solicits, but has not yet obtained our name for

his subscription-list It is, to say the least, injudicious; but we

hope that the well-known zeal and ardent charity of the Directors of

this pious work will be sufficient apology for the incautious remark.

{574}

A BRIEF BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY.

Compiled and arranged by the Rev. Charles Hole, B.A., Trinity College,

Cambridge; with additions and corrections by William A. Wheeler, M.A.,

assistant editor of Webster's Dictionary, author of "A Dictionary of

Noted Names of Fiction," etc. 12mo, pp. 453. New-York: Hurd &

Houghton. 1866.

We have here a most convenient little volume for reference, and one

that is also pretty accurate and complete. It merely gives the name of

the person, his country, profession, date of birth and death. The

American editor has done his work well, as well as it is possible,

humanly speaking, to compile such a work; but he certainly should have

added the name of Dr. J.V. Huntington to the Appendix, which contains

the names of those omitted by Mr. Hole, He has placed names there that

are not half so well known to men of letters as that of the late

lamented Dr. Huntington. We make special mention of his name, as the

American editor of this useful little book is the author of "A

Dictionary of Noted Names of Fiction," and must have read of the

author of "Alban," "The Forest," "Rosemary," "Pretty Plate," "Blonde

and Brunette," etc., etc. There may be other omissions, but this

author being one of the most prominent of our deceased American

Catholic writers, there can be no good excuse for the exclusion of his

name.

DEVOTION TO THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY IN NORTH AMERICA.

By the Rev. Xavier Donald Macleod. With a Memoir of the author by the

Most Rev. John B. Purcell, D.D., Archbishop of Cincinnati. 8vo, pp.

467. Virtue & Yorston, New-York.

Few Americans are well acquainted with the religious history of their

own country. It is to be regretted, for in the religious history of

any nation we find a revelation of life no less interesting, and far

more important than the detail of its political fortunes. Indeed, we

believe that history written so as to exclude the mention of religion

and its influence upon the social character, civilization, and the

national peculiarities of a people, would be as incomplete as it would

be unintelligible. Americans are educated to believe that this

country, with the exception of Mexico, has been a Protestant country

from the start; that its religious activity has been purely

Protestant; that Catholicity has been chiefly hitherto a work confined

to the spiritual ministrations of foreign priests to a foreign

immigrant population; and he is surprised to learn that the only

missionary work done on this continent worthy of record on the page of

its history is wholly Catholic. And we venture to affirm that the only

picture of the religion of America, either of its early or its later

days, which will be looked upon by future generations with pleasure

and pride, will be that which the Catholic Church presents in the

apostolic labors of her missionaries, through which the savage Indian

becomes the docile Christian; the rude, uneducated masses, whether

white or black, are guided, instructed, and saved; the truth and grace

of the holy faith is preached in hardship, toil, privation,

persecution, and death. It is true that the book before as treats of

religion in America with only the devotion toward our Blessed Lady as

its particular theme, but it necessarily offers us a view of the

progress of the Catholic religion in every part of the continent. It

is written in a most charming style, replete with graphic

descriptions, and marked throughout by that tone of enthusiastic

loyalty to the faith so characteristic of the gifted and lamented

author. There is no portion of the work we have read with greater

interest than that which concerns the conversion and religious life of

the Indians. There has been no truer type of the Catholic missionary

than is displayed by those devoted priests, who came to this country

burning with the desire to win its savage aborigines to the faith of

Christ. Let us give a little extract:

"For thirty years now has Father Sebastian Rasle dwelt in the

forest, teaching to its wild, red children the love of God and Mary.

He is burned by sun and tanned by wind until he is almost as red as

his parishioners. The languages of the Abenaki and Huron, the

Algonquin and Illinois, are more familiar to him than the tongue in

which his mother taught him the Ave Maria. The huts of Norridgewock

contain his people; the river Kennebec flows swiftly past his

dwelling to the sea. There he has built a church--handsome, he

thinks and says; perhaps it would not much excite our luxurious

imagination. At any rate, the altar is handsome; and he has gathered

a store of copes and chasubles, albs and embroidered stoles for the

dignity of the holy service. He has trained, also, as many as forty

Indian boys in the ceremonies, and, in their crimson cassocks and

white surplices, they aid the sacred pomp. Besides the church, there

are two chapels, one on the road which leads to the forest, {575}

where the braves are wont to make a short retreat before they start

to trap and hunt; the other on the path to the cultivated lands,

where prayers are offered when they go to plant or gather in the

harvest. The one is dedicated to the guardian angel of the tribe,

the other to our most holy mother, Mary Immaculate. To adorn this

latter is the especial emulation of the women. Whatever they have of

jewels, of silk stuff from the settlements, or delicate embroidery

of porcupine-quill, or richly tinted moose-hair, is found here; and

from amidst their offerings rises, white and fair, the statue of the

Virgin; and her sweet face looks down benignantly upon her swarthy

children, kneeling before her to recite their rosaries. One

beautiful inanimate ministrant to God's worship they have in

abundance--light from wax candles. The wax is not precisely _opus

apium_, but it is a nearer approach to it than you find in richer

and less excusable places. It is wax from the berry of the laurels,

which cover the hills of Maine. And to the chapel every night and

morning come all the Indian Christians. At morning they make their

prayer in common, and assist at mass, chanting, in their own

dialect, hymns written for that purpose by their pastor. Then they

go to their employment for the day; he to his continuous, orderly,

and ceaseless labor. The morning is given up to visitors, who come

to their good father with their sorrows and disquietudes; to ask his

relief against some little injustice of their fellows; his advice on

their marriage or other projects. He consoles this one, instructs

that, reestablishes peace in disunited families, calms troubled

consciences, administers gentle rebuke, or gives encouragement to

the timid. The afternoon belongs to the sick, who are visited in

their own cabins. If there be a council, the black-robe must come to

invoke the Holy Spirit on their deliberations; if a feast, he must

be present to bless the viands and to check all approaches to

disorder. And always in the afternoon, old and young, warrior and

gray-haired squaw, Christian and catechumen, assemble for the

catechism. When the sun declines westward, and the shadows creep

over the village, they seek the chapel for the public prayer, and to

sing a hymn to St. Mary. Then each to his own home; but before

bed-time, neighbors gather again, in the house of one of them, and

in antiphonal choirs they _sing_ their beads, and with another hymn

they separate for sleep."

The work does not need any commendation at our hands; it will

assuredly become popular wherever it is introduced, whether it be into

the libraries of colleges or literary associations, or into the family

circle.

LIFE AND CAMPAIGNS OF LIEUT.-GENERAL U. S. GRANT,

from his Boyhood to the Surrender of General Lee; including an

accurate account of Sherman's great march from Chattanooga to

Washington, and the final official Reports of Sheridan, Meade,

Sherman, and Grant; with portraits on steel of Stanton, Grant and his

Generals, and other illustrations. By Rev. P.G. Headley, author of

Life of Napoleon, Life of Josephine, etc., etc. 8vo, pp. 720. New

York: Derby & Miller Publishing Co. 1866.

The title of this work is sufficiently ambitious to justify the

expectation that it is really a valuable contribution to our national

historical literature. Such is, however, not the case. The only

valuable portions of the book are the reports of different commanding

generals, which are appended. The style is of the inflated,

mock-heroic order, of which we have had a surfeit, especially since

the commencement of the late war. The descriptions of battles remind

us of a certain class of cheap battle pictures, in which smoke,

artillery horses, and men are arranged and rearranged to suit any

desired emergency. One is left in doubt in reading the account of the

famous charge on the left at Fort Donelson, whether C. F. Smith or

Morgan L. Smith was the officer in command. Morgan L. Smith was a

brave and valuable officer, but the decisive charge in question was

led by C. F. Smith, and was one of the most remarkable and brilliant

military exploits of the war. We cannot pretend to wade through all

the crudities, platitudes, and mistakes of this bulky volume,

manufactured to order, not written. There is one glaring blunder or

intentional perversion, in the desire to please every body, which all

cannot pass over. The relief of Major-General McClernand in front of

Vicksburg is made to appear to be a reluctant act on the part of

General Grant. Mr. Headley represents General Grant as complying with

an urgent military necessity, at the cost of _his friend_. This is all

sheer nonsense. There was and could be no friendship between Grant and

McClernand. One might as well expect fellowship between light and

darkness. There was a military necessity to remove McClernand, for

every day that he commanded a corps imperilled the safety of the whole

army. Sherman and McPherson united in demanding his removal, {576} and

General Grant chose the right moment to relieve him--when he had

demonstrated his incapacity, or worse, to the mind of every soldier on

the field, and ruined forever the false popularity he had acquired as

a politician of the lowest grade. Mr. Headley makes an unsuccessful

effort to glaze over General Wallace's unaccountable delay in coming

up to the field of' Shiloh. In fact, he deals in indiscriminate praise

for an obvious reason, and like all such people is certain to get very

little himself from his critics. The book no doubt sells, and will

probably stimulate a desire to read the authentic histories which will

in due season appear, and of which Wm. Swinton's History of the Army

of the Potomac (not without its faults) is a specimen. We expect a

first-class scientific History of the War. Major-General Schofield is

the man to write it, when the proper time arrives.

POETRY, LYRICAL, NARRATIVE, AND SATIRICAL, OF THE CIVIL WAR.

Selected and edited by Richard Grant White. 12mo, pp. 384. American

News Co.

Mr. White's preface to this volume of selected poetry is the best

criticism which the book could have, and is an exhaustive and elegant

essay. It is a remarkably complete collection of the pieces which have

appeared from time to time in the progress of the war. The value of

such a work is in its completeness less than in the merits of the

compositions selected. We should be glad to see another edition,

containing some which have been overlooked or omitted. The value of

such a collection increases with time, and it will be eagerly sought

for and highly prized when the hateful, painful, and commonplace

features of the struggle have softened into the elements of pleasing

reminiscence and romance, and become the incentives to heroism and

patriotism to unborn children.

A TEXT BOOK ON PHYSIOLOGY.

For the use of Schools and Colleges, being an Abridgement of the

author's larger work on Human Physiology. By John William Draper,

M.D., LL.D., author of A Treatise on Human Physiology, and A History

of the Intellectual Development of Europe, etc. 12mo, pp. 376. Harper

& Brothers, 1866.

A TEXT BOOK ON CHEMISTRY.

For the use of Schools and Colleges. By Henry Draper, M.D., Professor

Adjunct of Chemistry and Natural History in the University of New

York. 12mo, pp. 507. Harper & Brothers. 1866.

The Drapers, father and sons, present the rare example in this

materialistic age and most materialistic city, of a whole family

devoted to literary and scientific pursuits, and working in that

harmony which the sincere and loyal pursuit of science is sure to

produce. Although we have had occasion to differ with Professor Draper

in his philosophical and some of his political deductions, we admire

his intellect and attainments, and in the purely scientific order

consider him entitled to the highest consideration and respect. He is

a close student and an original observer, and we believe him ardently

and faithfully devoted to the ascertainment of exact scientific truth.

His sons are men of great promise, and have already done more in their

short lives in the respective departments of natural science than many

of twice their age.

Catholicity courts scientific investigation and verification in every

department of inquiry, and delights to honor all men who devote their

lives to these self-denying labors. There is, so to speak, a sanctity

of science. Science inevitably tends toward religion, and is the most

powerful safeguard of society and civilization next to religion.

The two manuals whose titles are given above are excellent of their

kind, and we cordially recommend them to our schools and colleges.

BOOKS RECEIVED.

From D. Appleton & Co., New-York. The Annual Cyclopaedia and Register

of Important Events of the Year 1865. 8vo, pp. 850.

From Hurd & Houghton, New-York. Revolution and Reconstruction. Two

Lectures delivered in the Law School of Harvard College, in January,

1865, and January, 1866, by Joel Parker. 8vo, pamphlet, pp. 89.

Shakespeare's Delineations of Insanity, Imbecility, and Suicide. By A.

O. Kellogg, M.D., Assistant Physician State Lunatic Asylum, Utica,

N.Y. 12mo. pp. 204. Pictures of Country Life. By Alice Cary. 18mo, pp.

859.

From D. & J. Sadlier & Co., New-York. Parts 18. 19, and 20 of

D'Artaud's Lives of the Popes; and Vol II. of Catholic Anecdotes.

From P. O'Shea, New-York. Nos. 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. and 33 of

Darras's History of the Catholic Church.

From A. D. F. Randolph, New-York. The Lady of La Garaye. By the Hon.

Mrs. Norton, 12mo, pp. 115.

From J. J. O'Connor & Co., Newark, N.J. Jesus and Mary. A Catholic

hymn-book. Selected from various sources, and arranged for the use of

the children of St. Patrick's Cathedral, Newark, N.J. 12mo, pp. 76,

paper.

------

{577}

THE CATHOLIC WORLD.

VOL. III., NO. 17.--AUGUST, 1866.

[ORIGINAL.]

PROBLEMS OF THE AGE.

V.

THE REVELATION OF THE SUPERNATURAL ORDER,

AND ITS RELATION TO THE PRIMITIVE IDEA OF REASON.

Our reason in apprehending the intelligible is advertised at the same

time of the existence of the super-intelligible. It is necessary to

explain here the sense in which this latter term is used. It is

evident that it can be used only in a relative and not in an absolute

sense. That which is absolutely without the domain of the intelligible

is absolutely unintelligible and therefore a non-entity. The

super-intelligible must therefore be something which is intelligible

to God, but above the range either of all created reason, or of human

reason in its present condition. It will suffice for the present to

consider it under the latter category.

Our reason undoubtedly apprehends in its intelligible object the

existence of something which is above the range of human intelligence

in its present state. The intimate nature of material and spiritual

substances is incomprehensible. Much more, the intimate nature or

essence of the infinite divine being. All science begins from and

conducts to the incomprehensible. Any one who wishes to satisfy

himself of this may peruse the first few chapters of Mr. Herbert

Spencer's "Principles of Philosophy." That portion of the first

article of the creed which reason can demonstrate; namely, the being

of God, the Creator of the world, in which is included also the

immortality of the soul, and the principle of moral obligation;

advertises therefore, of an infinite sphere of truth which is above

our comprehension. The natural suggests the supernatural, in which it

has its first and final cause, its origin and ultimate end. The

knowledge of the natural, therefore, gives us a kind of negative

knowledge of the super-natural, by advertising us of its own

incompleteness, and of the want of any principle of self-origination

or metaphysical finality in itself. A system of pure naturalism which

represents the idea of reason under a form which satisfies completely

the intelligence without introducing the supernatural, is impossible.

What is nature, and what do we mean by the natural? Nature is simply

the aggregate of finite entities, and the natural is {578} what may be

predicated of these entities. A system of pure naturalism would

therefore give a complete account of this aggregate of finite

entities, without going beyond the entities themselves, that is,

without transcending the limits of space, time, the finite and the

contingent. Such a system is not only incapable of rational

demonstration, but utterly unthinkable. For, when the mind has gone to

its utmost length in denying or excluding every positive affirmation

of anything except nature, there remains always the abyss of the

unknown from which nature came and to which it tends, even though the

unknown may be declared to be unknowable. Those who deny the

super-intelligible and the supernatural, therefore, are mere sceptics,

and cannot construct a philosophy. Those who affirm a First Cause, in

which second causes and their effects are intelligible, affirm the

supernatural. For the first and absolute Cause cannot be included

under the same generic term with the second causes and finite forces

of nature. The more perfectly and clearly they evolve the full

theistic conception of pure reason, the more distinctly do they affirm

the supernatural, because the idea of God as the infinite,

intelligible object of his own infinite intelligence is

proportionately explicated and apprehended. It is explicated and

apprehended by means of analogies derived from finite objects, but

these analogies suggest that there is an infinite something behind

them which they represent. By these analogies we learn in a measure

the meaning of the affirmation _Ut Deus sit_. We do not learn _Quid

sit Deus_, but still we cannot help asking the question, What is God,

what is his essence? We know that he is the adequate object of his own

intelligence and will, and therefore we cannot help asking the

question what is that object, what does God see and love in himself,

in what does his most pure and infinite act consist, what is his

beatitude? Our reason is advertised of an infinite truth, reality, or

being, which it cannot comprehend, that is, of the super-intelligible.

Those who base their philosophy on pure theism, or a modified

rationalistic Christianity, are therefore entirely mistaken when they

profess to be anti-supernaturalists, and to draw a distinctly marked

line between themselves and the supernaturalists. The distinction is

only between more or less consistent supernaturalists. Those who are

at the remotest point from the Catholic idea, see that those who are a

little nearer have no tenable standing-point, and these see it of

those who are nearer than they are, and so on, until we come to the

Anglicans and the Orientals. But the extremists themselves have no

better standing-point than the intermediaries, and in their theistic

conception have admitted a principle from which they can be driven by

irresistible and invincible logic to the Catholic Church. For the

present, we merely aim to show that they are compelled to admit the

supernatural when they affirm God as the first and final cause of the

world. In affirming this, they affirm that nature has its origin and

final reason in the supernatural, or in an infinite object above

itself, which human reason cannot comprehend. That is, they affirm

super-intelligible and super-natural relations, of man and the

universe. These relations must be regulated and adjusted by some law.

This law is either the simple continuity of the original creative act

which explicates itself through con-creative second causes in time and

space, or it is this, and in addition to this, an immediate act of the

Creator completing his original, creative act by subsequent acts of an

equal or superior order, which concur with the first towards the final

cause of the creation. Whoever takes the first horn of this dilemma is

a pure naturalist in the only sense of the word which is intelligible.

That is, while he is a supernaturalist, in maintaining that nature has

its first and final cause in the supernatural, or in {579} God; he is

a naturalist in maintaining that man has no other tendency to his

final cause except that given in the creative act that is essential to

nature, and no other mode prescribed for returning to his final cause

than the explication of this natural tendency, according to natural

law. Consequently, reason is sufficient, without revelation; the will,

without grace; humanity, without the incarnation; society, or the race

organized under law, without the church. It is precisely in the method

of treating this thesis of naturalism that the divarication takes

place between the great schools of Catholic theology and between the

various systems of philosophy, whether orthodox or heterodox, which

profess to base themselves on the Christian idea, or to ally

themselves with it. It is not easy to find the clue which will lead us

safely through this labyrinth and preserve us from deviating either to

the right hand or to the left, by denying too much on the one hand to

the naturalists, or conceding too much to them on the other.

Nevertheless it is necessary to search for it, or to give up all

effort to discuss the question before us, and to prove from principles

furnished by nature and reason the necessity of accepting a

supernatural revelation.

The true thesis of pure naturalism or rationalism is, that God in

educating the human race for the destiny in view of which he created

it, merely explicates that which is contained in nature by virtue of

the original creative act, without any subsequent interference of the

divine, creative power. He develops nature by natural laws alone, in

one invariable mode. The physical universe evolves by a rigid sequence

the force of all the second causes which it contains. The rational

world is governed by the same law, and so also is the moral and

spiritual world. The intellectual and spiritual education of the human

race develops nothing except natural reason, and the natural,

spiritual capacity of the soul. Reason extends its conquests by a

continual progress in the super-intelligible realm, reducing it to the

intelligible, and eternally approaching to the comprehension of the

infinite and absolute truth. The spiritual capacity advances

constantly in the supernatural realm, reducing it to the natural, and

eternally approaching the infinite and absolute good or being. All

nature, all creation, is on the march, and its momentum is the

impulsive force given it by the creative impact that launched it into

existence and activity.

Planting themselves on this thesis, its advocates profess to have _à

priori_ principle by which they prove the all-sufficiency of nature

for the fulfilment of its own destiny, and reject as an unnecessary or

even inconceivable intrusion, the affirmation of another divine

creative act, giving a new impact to nature, superadding a new force

to natural law, subordinating the physical universe to a higher end,

implanting a superior principle of intelligence and will in the human

soul, and giving to the race a destination above that to which it

tends by its own proper momentum. They refuse to entertain the

question of a supernatural order, or an order which educates the race

according to a law superior to that of the evolution of the mere

forces of nature; and in consequence of this refusal, they logically

refuse to entertain the question of a supernatural revelation

disclosing this order, and of a supernatural religion in which the

doctrines, laws, institutions, forces and instruments of this order

are organized, for the purpose of drawing the human race into itself.

This is the last fortress into which heterodox philosophy has fled.

The open plains are no longer tenable. The only conflict of magnitude

now raging in Christendom is between the champions of the Catholic

faith and the tenants of this stronghold. It is a great advantage for

the cause of truth that it is so. The controversy is simplified, the

issues are clearly marked, the opportunity is favorable for an {580}

unimpeded and decisive collision between the forces of faith and

unbelief, and the triumph of faith will open the way for Christianity

to gain a new and mighty sway over the mind, the heart, and the life

of the civilized world. This stronghold is no more tenable than any of

the others which have been successively occupied and abandoned. Its

tenants have gained only a momentary advantage by retreating to it.

They escape certain of the inconsistencies of other parties and evade

the Catholic arguments levelled against these inconsistencies. But

they can be driven by the irresistible force of reason from their

position, and made to draw the Catholic conclusion from their own

premises.

We do not say this in a boastful spirit, or as vaunting our own

ability to effect a logical demolition of rationalism. Rather, we

desire to express our confidence that the reason of its advocates

themselves will drive them out of it, and that the common judgment of

an age more enlightened than the present will demolish it. It is our

opinion, formed after hearing the language used by a great number of

men of all parties, and reading a still greater number of their

published utterances, that the most enlightened intelligence of this

age in Protestant Christendom has reached two conclusions; the first

is, that the Catholic Church is the true and genuine church of

Christianity; and the second, that it is necessary to have a positive

religion which will embody the same idea that produced Christianity.

The combination and evolution of these two intellectual convictions

promise to result in a return to Catholicism. And there are to be seen

even already in the writings of those who have given up the positive

Christianity of orthodox Protestantism, indications of the workings of

a philosophy which tends to bring them round to the positive

supernatural faith of the Catholic church. It is by these grand,

intellectual currents moving the general mind of an age, that

individual minds are chiefly influenced, more than by the thoughts of

other individual minds. Individual thinkers can scarcely do more than

to detect the subtle element which the common intellectual atmosphere

holds in solution, to interpret to other thinkers their own thoughts,

or give them a direction which will help them to discover for

themselves some truth more integral and universal than they now

possess. Therefore, while confiding in the power of the integral and

universal truth embodied in the Catholic creed to bear down all

opposition and vanquish every philosophy which rises up agamst it, we

do not arrogate the ability to grasp and wield this power, and to

exhibit the Catholic idea in its full evidence as the integrating,

all-embracing form of universal truth. It is proposed in an honorable

and conciliatory spirit to those who love truth and are able to

investigate it for themselves. Many things must necessarily be

affirmed or suggested in a brief, unpretending series of essays, which

admit of and require minute and elaborate proof, such as can only be

given in an extensive work, but merely sketched here after the manner

of an outline engraving which leaves out the filling up belonging to a

finished picture.

To return from this digression. We have begun the task of indicating

how that naturalism or pure rationalism which affirms the theistic

conception logically demonstrable by pure reason, can only integrate

itself and expand itself to a universal Theodicy or doctrine of God,

in a supernatural revelation.

If the opposite theory of pure naturalism were true, it ought to

verify itself in the actual history of the human race, and in the

actual process of its education. The idea of the supernatural ought to

be entirely absent from the consciousness of the race. For, on the

supposition of that theory, it has no place in the human mind--and no

business in the world. If unassisted nature and reason suffice for

{581} themselves they ought to do their work alone, and do it so

thoroughly that there would be no room for any pretended supernatural

revelation to creep in. The history of mankind ought to be a

continuous, regular evolution of reason and nature, like the movements

of the planets; the human race ought to have been conscious of this

law from the beginning, and never to have dreamed of the supernatural,

never to have desired it.

Philosophy ought to have been, from the first, master of the

situation, and to have domineered over the whole domain of thought.

The reverse of this is the fact. The history of the human race, and

the whole world of human thought, is filled with the idea of the

supernatural. The philosophy of naturalism is either a modification

and re-combination of principles learned from revelation, or a protest

against revelation and an attempt to dethrone it from its sway. It has

no pretence of being original and universal, but always pre-supposes

revelation as having prior possession, and dating from time

immemorial. Now human nature and human reason are certainly competent

to fulfil whatever task God has assigned them. They act according to

fixed laws, and tend infallibly to the end for which they were

created. The judgments of human reason and of the human race are valid

in their proper sphere. And therefore the judgment of mankind that its

law of evolution is in the line of the supernatural is a valid

judgment. Revelation has the claim of prescription and of universal

tradition. Naturalism must set aside this claim and establish a

positive claim for itself based on demonstration, before it has any

right even to a hearing. It can do neither. It cannot bring any

conclusive argument against revelation, nor can it establish itself on

any basis of demonstration which does not pre-suppose the instruction

of reason by revelation.

It cannot conclusively object to revelation. The very principle of

law, that is, of the invariable nexus between cause and effect, which

is the ultimate axiom of naturalism, is based on the perpetual

concurrence of the first cause with all secondary causes, that is, the

perpetuity of the creative act by which God perpetually creates the

creature. There is no reason why this creative act should explicate

all its effects at once or merely conserve the existences it has

produced, and not explicate successively in space and time the effects

of its creative energy. The hypothesis that the creative power can

never act directly in nature except at its origin, and must afterwards

merely act through the medium of previously created causes in a direct

line, is the sheerest assumption. Some of the most eminent men in

modern physical science maintain the theory of successive creations.

There may be the same direct intervention of creative power in the

moral and spiritual world. Miracles, revelations, supernatural

interventions for the regeneration and elevation of the human race,

are not improbable on any _à priori_ principle. The artifice by which

the entire tradition of the human race is set aside, and a demand made

to prove the supernatural _de novo_, is unwarrantable and unfair. The

supernatural has the title of prescription, and the burden of proof

lies only upon the particular systems, to show that they are genuine

manifestations of it, and not its counterfeits. The existence of a

reality which may be counterfeited is a fair postulate of reason,

until the contrary is demonstrated, and something positive of a prior

and more universal order is logically established from the first

principles of reason. We are not to be put off with assurances like a

fraudulent debtor's promises of payment, that our doubts and

uncertainties, will be satisfied after two thousand or two hundred

thousand years. Exclude the supernatural, and natural reason will

have, and can have nothing in the future, beyond the universal data

and principles which we have now and have had from the beginning, with

which to solve its problems. The {582} connection between mind and

matter, the origin and destination of the soul, the future life, the

state of other orders of intelligent beings, the condition of other

worlds, will be as abstruse and incapable of satisfactory settlement

then as now. If we are to gain any certain knowledge concerning them,

it must be in a supernatural way. And what conclusive reason is there

for deciding that we may not? Who can prove that some of that infinite

truth which surrounds us may not break through the veil, that some of

the intelligent spirits of other spheres may not be sent to enlighten

and instruct us? [Footnote 125]

[Footnote 125: That is, who can prove it from reason alone, without

the evidence of Revelation itself that it is already completed?]

One of the ablest advocates of naturalism, Mr. William R. Alger, has

admitted that it is possible, and oven maintains that it has already

taken place. In his erudite work on the "History of the Doctrine of a

Future Life," he maintains the opinion that Jesus Christ is a most

perfect and exalted being, who was sent into this world by God to

teach mankind, who wrought miracles and really raised his body to life

in attestation of his doctrine, although he supposes that he laid it

aside again when he left the earth. He distinctly asserts the

infallibility of Christ as a teacher, and of the doctrine which he

actually taught with his own lips. Here is a most distinct and

explicit concession of the principle of supernatural revelation. To

those who heard him he was a supernatural and infallible teacher. In

so far as his doctrine is really apprehended it is for all generations

a supernatural and infallible truth. It has regenerated mankind, and

Mr. Alger believes it is destined, when better understood, to carry

the work of regeneration to a higher point in the future. It is true,

he does not acknowledge that the apostles were infallible in

apprehending and teaching the doctrine of Christ. But he must admit,

that in so far as they have apprehended and perpetuated it, and in so

far as he himself and others of his school now apprehend it more

perfectly than they did, they apprehend supernatural truth and

appropriate a supernatural power. Besides, once admitting that Christ

was an infallible teacher, it is impossible to show why he could not

do what so many philosophers have done, communicate his doctrine in

clear and intelligible terms, so that the substance of it would be

correctly understood and perpetuated. Miss Frances Cobbe, admitted to

be the best expositor of the doctrine of the celebrated Theodore

Parker, in her "Broken Lights," and other similar writers, give to the

doctrine and institutions of Christ a power that is superhuman and

that denotes the action of a superhuman intelligence. Those who

prognosticate a new church, a new religion, a realization of ideal

humanity on earth, cannot integrate their hypothesis in anything

except the supernatural, and must suppose either a new outburst of

supernatural life from the germ which Christ planted on the earth, or

the advent of another superhuman Redeemer.

Dr. Brownson while yet only a transcendental philosopher on his road

to the Church, exhibited this thought with great power and beauty, in

a little book entitled "New Views." The dream of a new redemption of

mankind in the order of temporal perfection and felicity was never

presented with greater argumentative ability or portrayed in more

charming colors, at least in the English language; and never was any

thing made more clear than the necessity of superhuman powers for the

actual fulfilment of this bewitching dream. [Footnote 126]

[Footnote 126: That is, bewitching to those who do not believe in

something for more sublime, the restoration of all things in Christ,

foretold in the Scriptures.]

Whether we look backward or forward, we confront the idea of the

supernatural. This is enough to prove its reality. There are no

universal pseudo-ideas, deceits, or illusions. That which is universal

is true. We have {583} therefore only to inspect the idea of the

supernatural, to examine and explicate its contents, to interrogate

the universal belief and tradition of mankind, to study the history of

the race, and unfold the wisdom of the ancients, and the result will

be truth. We shall obtain true and just conceptions of the original,

universal, eternal idea, in which all particular forms of science,

belief, law, and human evolution in all directions, coalesce and

integrate themselves as in a complete whole including all the

relations of the universe to God, as First and Final Cause.

We must now go back to the point where we left off, after establishing

as the first principle of all science and faith the pure theistic

doctrine respecting the first and final cause, or the origin and end

of all things in necessary being, that is, God. We have to show the

position of this doctrine in the conception of supernatural

revelation, and its connection with the other doctrines which express

the supernatural relation of the human race and the universe to God.

The conception of the supernatural in its most simple and universal

form, is the conception of somewhat distinct from and superior to the

complete aggregate of created forces or second causes. In this sense,

it is identical with the conception of first and final cause. It may

be proper here to explain the term Final Cause, which is not in common

use among English writers. It expresses the ultimate motive or reason

for which the universe was created, the end to which all things are

tending. When we say that God is necessarily the final cause, as well

as the first cause, of all existing things, we mean that he could have

had no motive or end in creating, extrinsic to his own being. All that

proceeds from him as first cause must return to him as final cause.

From this it appears that the conception of nature in any theistic

system implies the supernatural; because it implies a cause and end

for nature above itself. The supernatural can only be denied by the

atheist, who maintains that there is nothing superior to what the

Theist calls second causes, or by the Pantheist, who either identifies

God with nature, or nature with God. A Theist cannot form any

conception of pure nature or a purely natural order, except as

included in a supernatural plan; because his natural order originates

in a cause and tends toward an end above and beyond itself, and is not

therefore its own adequate reason. As we have already seen, reason, by

virtue of its original intuition of the infinite, is advertised of

something infinitely beyond all finite comprehension. By apprehending

its own limitation, and the finite, relative, contingent existence of

all things which are, it is advertised of an infinite unknown, and

thus has a negative knowledge of the supernatural. By the light of the

creative act in itself and in the universe, it apprehends the being of

God as reflected in his works and made intelligible by the similitude

of created existences to the Creator. It apprehends that there is an

infinite being, whose created similitude is in itself and all things;

a primal uncreated light, the cause of the reflected light in which

nature is intelligible. Therefore it apprehends the supernatural. But

it does not directly and immediately perceive what this infinite being

or uncreated light is, and cannot do so. That is, by explicating its

own primitive idea, and bringing it more and clearly into the

reflective consciousness, and by learning more and more of the

universe of created existences, it may go on indefinitely,

apprehending God by the reflected light of similitudes, "_per

speculum, in aenigmate;_" but it must progress always in the same

line: it has no tendency toward an immediate vision of God as he is

intelligible in his own essence and by uncreated light. Therefore, it

has only a negative and not a positive apprehension of the

supernatural. God dwells in a light inaccessible to created {584}

intelligence, as such. There is an infinite abyss between him and all

finite reason, which cannot be crossed by any movement of reason,

however accelerated or prolonged. Therefore, although there is no

science or philosophy possible which does not proceed from the

affirmation of the supernatural, that is, of the infinite first and

final cause of nature, yet it is not properly called supernatural

science so long as it is confined to the limits of that knowledge of

causes above nature which is gained only through nature. Its domain is

restricted to that intelligibility which God has given to second

causes and created existences, and which only reflects himself

indirectly. Therefore, theologians usually call it natural knowledge,

and in its highest form natural theology, as being limited within the

bounds above described. They call that the natural order in which the

mind is limited to the explication of that capacity of apprehending

God, or of that intuitive idea of God, which constitutes it rational,

and is therefore limited to a relation to God corresponding to the

mode of apprehending him. The term supernatural is restricted to an

order in which God reveals to the human mind the possibility of

apprehending him by the uncreated light in which he is intelligible to

himself, and coming into a relation to him corresponding therewith;

giving at the same time an elevation to the power of intelligence and

volition which enables it to realize that possibility. This elevation

includes the disclosure of truths not discoverable otherwise, as well

as the faculty of apprehending them in such a vivid manner that they

can have an efficacious action on the will, and give it a supernatural

direction.

In this sense, rationalists have no conception of the supernatural.

None have it, except Catholics, or those who have retained it from

Catholic tradition. When we ascribe to rationalists a recognition of

the supernatural, we merely intend to say that they recognize in part

that immediate interference of God to instruct mankind and lead it to

its destiny which is really and ultimately, although not in their

apprehension, directed to the elevation of man to a sphere above that

which is naturally possible. Therefore they cannot object to

revelation on the ground of its being an interference with the course

of nature or not in harmony with it, and cannot make an _à priori_

principle by virtue of which they can prejudge and condemn the

contents of revelation. But we do not mean to say that they possess

the conception of that which constitutes the supernaturalness of the

revelation, in the scientific sense of the term as used by Catholic

theologians. Even orthodox Protestants possess it very confusedly. And

here lies the source of most of the misconceptions of several abstruse

Catholic dogmas.

It is in the restricted sense that we shall use the term supernatural

hereafter, unless we make it plain that we use it in the general

signification.

We are now prepared to state in a few words the relation of the

conception of God which is intelligible to reason, to the revealed

truths concerning his interior relations which are received by faith

on the authority of his divine veracity. How does the mind pass

through the knowledge of God to belief in God; through "_Cognosco

Deum_" to "_Credo in Deum_"? [Footnote 127]

[Footnote 127: "I know God." "I believe in God."]

We have already said that "_Cognosco_" is included in "_Credo_." The

creed begins by setting before the mind that which is self-evident and

demonstrable concerning God, in which is included his veracity. It

then discloses certain truths concerning God which are not

self-evident or demonstrable from their own intrinsic reason, but

which are proposed as credible, on the authority of God. The word

"_Credo_" expresses this. "I believe in God," means not merely, "I

affirm the being of God," but also, "I believe certain truths

regarding God (whose being is made known to me by the light of reason)

on the authority of his Word." {585} These truths must have in them a

certain obscurity impervious to the intellectual vision; otherwise,

they would take their place among evident and known truths, and would

no longer be believed on the simple motive of the veracity of God

revealing them. That is, they are mysteries, intelligible so far as to

enable the mind to apprehend what are the propositions to which it is

required to assent, but super-intelligible as to their intrinsic

reason and ground in the necessary and eternal truth, or the being of

God.

In the Creed these mysteries, foreshadowed by the word "Credo," and by

the word "Deum," considered in its relation to "Credo," which

indicates a revelation of mysterious truths concerning the Divine

Being to follow in order after the affirmation of the being and unity

of God; begin to be formally expressed by the word "Patrem." In this

word there is implicitly contained the interior, personal relation of

the Father to the Son and Holy Ghost in the blessed Trinity, and his

exterior relation to man as the author of the supernatural order of

grace, or the order in which man is affiliated to him in the Son,

through the operation of the Holy Spirit. These relations of the three

persons of the blessed Trinity to each other, and to man, include the

entire substance of that which is strictly and properly the

supernatural revelation of the Creed, and the direct object of faith.

Before proceeding, however, to the consideration of the mysteries of

faith in their order, it is necessary to inquire more closely into the

process by which the intellect is brought to face its supernatural

object, and made capable of eliciting an act of faith.

The chief difficulty in the case is to find the connection between the

last act of reason and the first act of faith, the medium of transit

from the natural to the supernatural. The Catholic doctrine teaches

that the act of faith is above the natural power of the human mind. It

is strictly supernatural, and possible only by the aid of supernatural

grace. Yet it is a rational act, for the virtue of faith is seated in

the intellect as its subject, according to the teaching of St. Thomas.

It is justifiable and explicable on rational grounds, and even

required by right reason. The truths of revelation are not only

objectively certain, but the intellect has a subjective certitude of

them which is absolute, and excludes all suspicion or fear of the

contrary. Now, then, unless we adopt the hypothesis that we have lost

our natural capacity for discerning divine truth, by the fall, and are

merely restored by divine grace to the natural use of reason, there

are several very perplexing questions on this point which press for an

answer. Rejecting this hypothesis of the total corruption of reason,

which will hereafter be proved to be false and absurd, how can faith

give the mind absolute certitude of the truth of its object, when that

truth is neither self-evident nor demonstrable to reason from its own

self-evident principles? Given, that the intellect has this certitude,

how is it that we cannot attain to it by the natural operation of

reason? Once more, what is the evidence of the fact of revelation to

ordinary minds? Is it a demonstration founded on the arguments for

credibility? If so, how are they capable of comprehending them, and

what are they to do before they have gone through with the process of

examination? If not, how have they a rational and certain ground for

the judgment that God has really revealed the truths of Christianity?

Suppose now the fact of revelation established, and that the mind

apprehends that God requires its assent to certain truths on the

virtue of his own veracity. The veracity of God being apprehended as

one logical premiss, and the revelation of certain truths as another,

can reason draw the certain conclusion that the truth of these

propositions is necessarily contained in the veracity of God or not?

If it can, why is not the mind capable of giving them the firm,

unwavering {586} assent of faith by its own natural power, without

the aid of grace? If not, how is it that the assent of the intellect

to the truth of revealed propositions does not always necessarily

contain in it a metaphysical doubt or a judgment that the contrary is

more or less probable, or at least possible? If it is said that the

will, inclined by the grace of God, determines to adhere positively to

the proposed revelation as true, what is meant by this? Does the will

merely determine to act practically as if these proposed truths were

evident, in spite of the lesser probability of the contrary? Then the

assent of the intellect is merely a judgment that revelation is

probably true, and that it is safest to follow it, which does not

satisfy the demand of faith. For faith excludes all fear or suspicion

that the articles of faith may possibly be false. Does the will force

the intellect to judge that those propositions are certain which it

apprehends only as probable? How is this possible? The will is a blind

faculty, which is directed by the intellect, "Nil volitum nisi prius

cognitum." [Footnote 128] There is no act of will without a previous

act of knowledge. The will can not lawfully determine the intellect to

give any stronger assent to a proposition than the evidence warrants.

[Footnote 129] In a word, it is difficult to show how the intellect

has an absolute certitude of the object of faith, without representing

the object of faith as coincident with the object of knowledge, or the

intuitive idea of reason, and thus naturally apprehensible. It is also

difficult to show that faith is not coincident with knowledge, and

thus to bring out the conception of its supernaturalness, without

destroying the connection between faith and reason, subverting its

rational basis, and representing the grace of faith as either

restoring a destroyed faculty or adding a new one to the soul, whose

object is completely invisible and unintelligible to the human

understanding before it is elevated to the supernatural state. The

difficulty lies, however, merely in a defective statement, or a

defective apprehension of the statement of the Catholic doctrine, and

not in the doctrine itself. In order to make this plain, it will be

necessary to make one or two preliminary remarks concerning certitude

and probability.

[Footnote 128: Nothing is willed unless previously known.]

[Footnote 129: This is the statement of an objection, not a

proposition affirmed by the author.]

There is first, a metaphysical certitude excluding all possibility to

the contrary. Such is the certitude of mathematical truths. Such also

is the certitude of self-evident and demonstrable truths of every

kind. The sphere of this kind of certitude is diminished or extended

accordingly as the mind has before it a greater or lesser number of

truths of this order. Some of these truths present themselves to every

mind so immediately and irresistibly that it cannot help regarding

them just as they are, and thus seeing their truth. For instance, that

two and two make four. Others require the mind to be in a certain

state of aptitude for seeing them as they are, and to make an effort

to bring them before it. There are some truths self-evident or

demonstrably certain to some minds which are not so to others; yet

these truths have all an intrinsic, metaphysical certitude which

reason as such is capable of apprehending, and the failure of reason

to apprehend them is due in individual cases merely to the defective

operation of reason in the particular subject. The operation of reason

can never be altogether deficient while it acts at all, for it acts

only while contemplating its object or primitive idea. But its

operation can be partially defective, inasmuch as the primitive idea

or objective truth may be imperfectly brought into the reflective

consciousness. And thus the intellect in individuals may fail to

apprehend truths which can be demonstrated with metaphysical

certitude, and which the intellect infallibly judges to be absolutely

certain in {587} those individuals who are capable of making a right

judgment. In this operation of apprehending metaphysical truths there

is no criterion taken from experience, or from the concurrent assent

of all men, but the truth shines with its own intrinsic light, and

reason judges by its inherent infallibility.

Next to metaphysical certitude comes moral demonstration, resulting

from an accumulation of probabilities so great that no probability

which can prudently be allowed any weight is left to the other side,

but merely a metaphysical possibility. For instance, the Copernican

theory.

Then comes moral certainty in a wider sense; where there is probable

evidence on one side without any prudent reason to the contrary, but

not such a complete knowledge of all the facts as to warrant the

positive judgment that there is really no probability on the other

side. This kind of certainty warrants a prudent, positive judgment,

and furnishes a safe practical motive for action; but it varies

indefinitely according as the data on which the judgment is based are

more or less complete, and the importance of the case is greater or

less.

Then come the grades of probability, where there are reasons balancing

each other on both sides, which the mind must weigh and estimate.

To apply these principles to the question in hand.

First, we affirm that the being and attributes of God are apprehended

with a metaphysical certitude. Second, that the motives of credibility

proving the Christian revelation are apprehended, when that Revelation

is sufficiently proposed, with a varying degree of probability,

according to varying circumstances in which the mind may be placed,

but capable of being increased to the highest kind of moral

demonstration. Third, that the logical conclusion which reason can

draw from these two premises, although hypothetically necessary and a

perfect demonstration--that is, a necessary deduction from the

veracity of God, on the supposition that he has really made the

revelation--is really not above the order of probability, on account

of the second premiss. It is not above the order of probability,

although, as we have already argued, it is capable of being brought to

a moral demonstration by such an accumulation of proofs within that

order, that reason is bound to judge that the opposite is altogether

destitute of probability.

From this it appears, both how far reason with its own principles can

go in denying, and how far it can go in assenting to revealed truth.

We see, first, how it is, that the truth of revelation does not compel

the assent of all minds by an overwhelming and irresistible evidence.

The first premiss, which affirms the being of God, although undeniable

and indubitable in its ultimate idea, may be in its distinct

conception, so far denied or doubted by those whose reason is

perverted by their own fault, or their misfortune, as to destroy all

basis for a revelation. The second premiss, much more, may be

partially or completely swept away, by plausible explanations of its

component probabilities in detail. And thus, revelation may be denied.

The influence of the will on the judgment which is made by the mind on

the revealed truth is explicable in this relation, and must be taken

into the account. It is certain that the moral dispositions by which

voluntary acts are biased, bias also the judgment. The

self-determining power of the will which decides positively which of

its different inclinations to follow, controls the judgment as well as

the volition. This is an indirect control, which is exerted, not by

imperiously commanding the judgment in a capricious manner to make a

blind, irrational decision, but by turning it toward the consideration

of that side toward which the volition or choice is inclined. This

influence and control of volition over judgment increases as we

descend in the order of truth from primary and self-evident

principles, and diminishes as we {588} approach to them. In the case

of truth which is morally or metaphysically demonstrable, its control

is exerted by turning the intellect partially away from the

consideration of the truth and hindering it from giving it that

attention which is necessary, in order to its apprehension. In the

case of divine revelation, various passions, prejudices, interests, or

at least intellectual impediments to a right operation of reason, act

powerfully upon a multitude of minds in such a way, that the mirror of

the soul is too much obscured to receive the image of truth.

But, supposing that reason and will both operate with all the

rectitude possible to them, without supernatural grace; how far can

the mind proceed in assenting to divine revelation? As far as a moral

demonstration can take it. It can assent to divine truth, and act upon

it, so far as this truth is adapted to the perfecting of the intellect

and will in the natural order. But it lacks capacity to apprehend the

supernatural verities proposed to it, as these are related to its

supernatural destiny.

The revelation contains an unknown quantity. The will cannot be moved

toward an object which the intellect does not apprehend. Therefore, a

supernatural grace must enlighten the intellect and elevate the will,

in order that the revealed truth may come in contact with the soul.

This supernatural grace gives a certain con-naturality to the soul

with the revealed object of faith, by virtue of which it apprehends

that God speaks to it in a whisper, distinct from his whisper to

reason, and catches the meaning of what he says in this whisper. It is

this supernatural light, illuminating the probable evidence

apprehended by the natural understanding, which makes the assent in

the act of faith absolute, and gives the mind absolute certitude. It

is, however, the certitude of God revealing, and not the certitude of

science concerning the intrinsic reason of that which he reveals. This

remains always inevident and obscure in itself, and the decisive

motive of assent is always the veracity of God. It is not, however,

altogether inevident and obscure, for if it were, the terms in which

it is conveyed would be unintelligible. It is so far inevident, that

the intellect cannot apprehend its certainty, aside from the

declaration of God. But it is partially and obscurely evident, by its

analogy with the known truth of the rational order. It is so far

evident that it can be demonstrated from rational principles that it

does not contradict the truths of reason. Further, that no other

hypothesis can explain and account for that which is known concerning

the universe. And, finally, that so far as the analogy between the

natural and the supernatural is apprehensible, there is a positive

harmony and agreement between them. This is all that we intend to

affirm, when we speak of demonstrating Christianity from the same

principles from which scientific truths are demonstrated.

Let us now revert once more to Jesus Christ and the pagan philosopher.

The pagan first perceives strong, probable reasons, which increase by

degrees to a moral demonstration, for believing that Christ is the Son

of God, and his doctrine the revelation of God. The supernatural grace

which Christ imparts to him, enables him to apprehend this with a

permanent and infallible certitude as a fixed principle both of

judgment and volition. He accepts as absolutely true all the mysteries

which Christ teaches him, on the faith of his divine mission and the

divine veracity. We may now suppose that Christ goes on to instruct

him in the harmony of these divine verities with all scientific

truths, so far, that he apprehends all the analogies which human

reason is capable of discerning between the two. He will then have

attained the _ultimatum_ possible for human reason elevated and

enlightened by faith, in this present state. Science and faith will be

coincident in his mind, as far as they can be. That is, faith will be

coincident {589} with science until it rises above its sphere of

vision, and will then lose itself in an indirect and obscure

apprehension of the mysteries, in the veracity of God.

In the case of the child brought up in the Catholic Church, the

Church, which is the medium of Christ, instructs the child through its

various agents. The child's reason apprehends, through the same

probable evidence by which it learns other facts and truths, that the

truth presented to him comes through the church, and through Christ,

from God, who is immediately apprehended in his primitive idea. The

light of faith which precedes in him the development of reason,

illuminates his mind from the beginning to apprehend with infallible

certitude that divine truth which is proposed to him through the

medium of probable evidence. This faith is a fixed principle of

conscience, proceeding from an illuminated intellect, inclining him to

submit his mind unreservedly to the instruction of the Catholic Church

on the faith of the divine veracity. It rests there unwaveringly,

without ever admitting a doubt to the contrary or postponing a certain

judgment until the evidence of revelation and the proofs of the divine

commission of the church have been critically examined. It may rest

there during life, and does so, with the greater number, to a greater

or lesser degree; or, it may afterward proceed to investigate to the

utmost limits the _rationale_ of the divine revelation, not in order

to establish faith on a surer basis, but in order to apprehend more

distinctly what it believes, and to advance in theological science.

Some one may say: "You admit that it is impossible to attain to a

perfect certitude of supernatural truth without supernatural light;

why, then, do you attempt to convince unbelievers that the Catholic

doctrine is the absolute truth by rational arguments?" To this we

reply, that we do not endeavor to lead them to faith, by mere

argument; but to the "preamble of faith." We aim at removing

difficulties and impediments which hinder those from attending to the

rational evidence of the faith; at removing its apparent

incredibility. We rely on the grace of the Holy Spirit alone to make

the effort successful, and to lead those who are worthy of grace

beyond the preamble of faith to faith itself. This grace is in every

human mind to which faith is proposed, in its initial stage; it is

increased in proportion to the sincerity with which truth is sought

for; and is given in fulness to all who do not voluntarily turn their

minds away from it. If we did not believe this, we would lay down our

pen at once. [Footnote 130]

[Footnote 130: The doctrine taught by Cardinal de Lugo and Dr.

Newman, in regard to which some dissent was expressed in a former

number, seems to the author, on mature reflection, to be, after all,

identical with the one here maintained.]

------

{590}

From Once A Week.

A DAY AT ABBEVILLE.

BY BESSIE RAYNOR PARKES.

Twenty years ago, we posted into Abbeville by night, and were

deposited in an old-fashioned inn, with a large walled garden. In the

morning we posted further on across country to Rouen. Since then, many

a lime has the Chemin de Fer du Nord borne us flying past the ancient

city oft visited by English kings and English men-at-arms; not,

perhaps, deigning to stop to take in water; for Abbeville, once upon

the highway of nations, now lies just, as it were, a shade to one

side; just a shade--the distance between the station and the ramparts.

Yet this is enough to cause the _maître d'hôtel_ to shake his head and

say in a melancholy accent, "_Abbeville est presque détruite._"

On asking for the Hôtel de l'Europe, I was told that the Hôtel Tête de

Boeuf was "all the same." Which, however, was far from being the case,

as neither the building nor the master was what we had known twenty

years ago. _Query_ as to the degree of affinity required by the French

intellect to produce the degree of identity? In fact, the Hôtel de

l'Europe no longer existed. The house was possessed by a body of

religious, the sisters of St. Joseph, and their large school for young

ladies. The Tête de Boeuf had been a small château; two still

picturesque brick turrets bearing witness of its ancient state.

In the morning I walked over almost the length and breadth of

Abbeville, surprised to find it so large and, apparently, flourishing;

and yet, in spite of tall chimneys upon the circumference, full of the

quaintest old houses in the centre. Some of them have richly carved

beams running along the edge of the overhanging stories. Such may

still be seen in a few English towns; I remember them at Booking, in

Essex. The glory of the place is its great church, or rather the nave,

for this is all that ever got completed of the original design of the

time of Louis XII., the king who married our Princess Mary, sister of

Henry VIII. The choir has been patched on, and is about half the

height of the nave. The latter is a glorious upshoot of traceried

stone, with two towers; perhaps all the more impressive from having

been thus arrested in the very act of creation. It is like a forest

tree which has only attained half its development; and one feels as if

it ought to go on growing, pushing out fresh buttresses and arches,

till its fair proportions stood complete. There is an excellent stone

staircase up one of the towers, and from the top a wide view of the

town and the fields of Picardy, even to the sharp cliff marking where

the sea-line must be. The windings of the Somme may be traced for many

miles. I was told that the tide used to swell almost up to the town,

and that several little streams, once falling into the river, were

dried up. Even now, as there are several branches, one is here and

there reminded of Bruges, by the little old-fashioned bridges,

crossing a canal in the middle of a street. A broad girdle of water

seemed to me to surround great part of the town; but I could obtain no

map and no guide-book, though I anxiously inquired at the best shop.

Only a history of Abbeville was dug out of the museum at the Hôtel de

Ville, which building had a strong but plain tower reported of the

eleventh century. {591} The Abbevillois care little apparently for

their antiquities, though they are many and curious.

This ground, though somewhat bare and barren in appearance, has been

thickly occupied by humanity from the earliest ages of history. Keltic

barrows have been found here in abundance, and though many of them

have been destroyed in the interests of agriculture, enough remain to

delight the antiquary by their flint hatchets and arrows, their urns,

and their burnt bones. One such barrow, near Noyelles-sur-Mer, when

opened, was found to contain a large number of human heads, disposed

in a sort of cone. In 1787, one was opened at Crécy, and in it were

found two sarcophagi of burnt clay, in each of which was an entire

skeleton. Each had been buried in its clothes, and one bore on its

finger a copper ring; its dress being fastened likewise by a brooch or

hook of the same metal. Endless indeed is the list of primitive

instruments in flint, in copper, in iron, in bronze, found hereabouts;

likewise vases full of burnt bones, not only of our own race, but of

various animals--mice, water-rats, and "such small deer;" and in the

near neighborhood, of boars, oxen, and sheep. Succeeding to these wild

people and wild animals came the Romans. Before they pounced down upon

us, before they crossed over to Porta Lymanis, and drew those straight

lines of causeway over England which make the Roman Itinerary look

something like Bradshaw's railway map, (only straighter,) they settled

themselves firmly in the north of France; notably, they staid so long

near St. Valery, (at the mouth of the river which runs through

Abbeville,) that they buried there their dead in great numbers,

whereof the place of sepulchre is at this day yet to be seen. Their

own nice neat road also had they, cutting clean through the Graulic

forests. It came from Lyons to Boulogne, passing through Amiens and

Abbeville, and was in continuation of one which led from Rome into

Gaul! And wherever this people of conquerors travelled, thither they

carried their religious ceremonies and their domestic arts, so that we

find still all sorts of medals, vases of red, grey, or black clay,

little statuettes, _ex votos_, and sometimes larger groups of

sculpture, such as one in bronze representing the combat of Hercules

and Antaeus. Carthaginian medals have also been turned up here,

brought from the far shores of the Mediterranean; and those of

Claudius, Trajan, Caracalla, and Constantine. This long catalogue is

useless, save to mark the rich floods of human life which have

successively visited the banks of the Somme.

In the first year of the fifth century the barbarians made their way

up to the Somme, fighting the Romans inch by inch. Attila burst upon

this neighborhood, and fixed his claws therein; the tide of Rome rolls

back upon the south, and new dynasties begin, and with them comes in

Christianity; not, however, without much difficulty. The faith appears

to have gradually spread from Amiens, where St. Finius preached as

early as 301; but even 179 years later, St. Germain, the Scotchman,

was martyred, and St. Honoré, the eighth bishop of Amiens, labored

daily, for thirty-six years, in conjunction with Irish missionaries,

to infuse Christianity into the minds of people equally indisposed,

whether by Frankish paganism or Roman culture, to accept the doctrines

of the Cross. Indeed, the learned historian of this part of the

country, M. Louandre, believes that even Rome itself had never been

able to destroy the old Keltic religion. He says that, as late as the

seventh century, the antique trees, woods, and fountains were still

honored by public adoration in this part of France; and St. Rignier

hung up relics to the trees to purify them, just as in Rome itself the

old pagan temples were exorcised. And after a time the old gods of all

sorts were known either as idols or demons; no particular distinctions

being drawn among them; they lie as _débris_ beneath the religious

soil of this part of Picardy, just as the bones of those who adored

them are confounded in one common dust.

{592}

Late in the seventh century appears St. Rignier, a great saint in

these parts. He was converted and baptized by the Irish missionaries,

and thereupon became a most austere Christian indeed; only, says his

legend, eating twice a week--Sundays and Thursdays. King Dagobert

invited the saint to a repast, which the holy man accepted, and

preached the Gospel the whole time they sat at table--a day and a

night!

We must now take a great leap to the days of Charlemagne, because in

his days the Abbey of St. Rignier, near to Abbeville, was very famous

indeed, both as monastery and school, and contained a noble library of

256 volumes; the greater part whereof were Christian, but certain

others were pagan classics; let us, for instance, be grateful for the

Eclogues of Virgil and the Rhetoric of Cicero. Of this library but one

volume remains; I have seen it, and with astonishment. It is a copy of

the Gospels, written in letters of gold upon purple parchment. It was

given by Charlemagne to the Count-Abbot, Saint Augilbert. This one

precious fragment of the great library is in the museum of Abbeville.

The school was, indeed, an ecclesiastical Eton and Oxford. The sons of

kings, dukes, and counts came here to learn the "letters," of which

Charlemagne made such great account.

Now the town of Abbeville first gets historic mention in the century

succeeding Charlemagne. It is called Abbatis Villa, and belonged to

this great monastery of St. Rignier; wherefore I have introduced both

the good saint and his foundation. It grew, as almost all the towns of

the middle ages did grow, from a religious root--a tap-root, striking

deep in the soil. Of course, having thus begun to grow, its history

has made interesting chapters a great deal too long to be copied or

even noted here; it will not be amiss, however, to look for its points

of occasional contact with England. Firstly, then, it was from St.

Valery, the seaport of the Somme, that William the Conqueror set out

for England. Then, in 1259, our Henry III. met St. Louis at Abbeville,

and Henry did homage for his French possessions. Then, in 1272, our

great King Edward I. married Eleanor, heiress of Ponthieu--she who

sucked the poison from her husband's wound; and the burgesses of

Abbeville, misliking the transfer, quarreled violently with the king's

bailiff, and killed some of the underlings. Eleanor's son, Edward II.,

married Isabel, the

"She-wolf of France, with unrelenting fangs.

That tearest the bowels of thy mangled mate."

This unamiable specimen of her sex lived at Abbeville in 1312; but

during her reign and residence, and that of her son Edward III., the

inhabitants of Abbeville ceased not to kick indignantly. The King of

France, her brother, struck into the contest "_pour comforter la main

de Madame d'Angleterre_." The legal documents arising from these

quarrels partially remain to us. So they go on, quarreling and

sometimes fighting, until the great day of Crécy, when Edward III.,

the late king's nephew, tried to get the throne. The oft-told tale we

need not tell again. In 1393, France being in worse extremities, we

find Charles VI. at Abbeville, and Froissart there at the same time.

Perhaps, in respect of battles and quarrels, those few notices are

sufficient; I only wished to indicate that Abbeville was on the

borderland between the English and the French, and came in for an

ample share of fighting. Two royal ceremonials enlivened it in the

course of centuries, whereof particular mention is made in the

history. Louis XII. here met and married Mary of England, in 1514:

"_La Reine Blanche_," as she was afterward called, from her white

widow's weeds. In the Hôtel de Cluny at Paris is still shown the

apartments she occupied. Louis was old, and Mary young, when they

married; but the French historian recounts her exceeding complaisance

and politeness to the king, and his great delight therein.

{593}

In 1657, young Louis XIV. came here with his mother, and lodged at the

Hôtel d'Oignon. Monsieur D'Oignon, the noble owner, had everything in

such beautiful and ceremonious order for their reception, that he

became a proverb at Abbeville--"As complete and well arranged as M.

d'Oignon." A sort of _rich_ Richard.

The antiquarian who goes to Abbeville and dips into the history (by M.

Louandre) at the Museum, will find plenty of interesting matter about

the manners and customs of the Abbevillois, rendered all the more

striking by so many of the old houses being yet just where they were,

and as they were. But few impressions of the book seem to have been

printed off, for it is no longer sold, though the obliging librarian

did say he knew where a few copies remained at a high price. This for

the benefit of any long-pursed antiquary, curious in local histories.

It is such a book as can only be written by a devoted son of the soil

digging away on the spot.

In the Revolution, Abbeville fortunately escaped any great horrors;

but the trials of the middle ages afford plenty; especially one of a

certain student, condemned for sacrilege. Now, it is a peaceful,

well-governed town, busy in making iron pots and cans, and other

wrought articles from raw materials brought by the railway. It proves

to be only in respect of the hotel interest that _Abbeville est

presque détruite_.

------

Translated from the French

"GOD BLESS YOU!"

BY JEROME DUMOULIN.

"Thank you, master Jerome!" my reader replies; "yes, to be sure, may

God bless me! But I have not sneezed, that I know of, for a quarter of

an hour, at least; and _apropos de quoi_ do you say that? or rather,

why and wherefore do they always say so to people who sneeze? I

suspect that you want to talk about it, and, in fact, I should not be

displeased to hear you discuss for a little while this odd custom; so

begin, master Jerome."

Very well, dear reader, such is my idea, and I think you will not find

uninteresting the little history of it which I intend to give; and I

assure you beforehand, that if I fail to convince you, you must be

very difficult.

Settle it first in your mind, that in whatever you may have heard

heretofore upon this subject, there was not one word of truth. Among

the most probable histories of this kind is that of a pestilence,

which in the time of Pope Saint Gregory, ravaged Italy, the peculiar

characteristic of which was to cause the sick person to die suddenly

by sneezing. When the patient sneezed, which was for him, the passage

from life to death, the assistants gave him this fraternal

benediction, saying to him, "God bless you!" which was the equivalent

or translation of _Requiescat in pace_. This account, I repeat, would

be much more acceptable, if it were not contradicted by a positive

fact, namely, that the use of the expression is many centuries

anterior to Pope Saint Gregory; anterior even to the Christian era,

and borrowed, of course, from the pagans, as I am about to prove from

authentic testimony.

{594}

But in the first place, let us remark that in the highest antiquity

sneezing was a circumstance in regard to which they drew auguries,

especially if a person sneezed many times consecutively. Xenophon

relates that one of his corporals having sneezed, he drew from it a

good augury by a process of reasoning which I did not quite

understand, but which his troops, apparently, found sufficiently

conclusive. Going back again some eight centuries, we find in the

"Odyssey" an adventure of the same kind, but more droll. In the

eighteenth book of this poem, the divine Homer relates that one day

Telemachus began to sneeze in such a manner as to shake the whole

house. That put madam Penelope in good humor, who calling her faithful

Eumacus the swineherd: "Do you hear, old fellow," she said; "he is

well cared for! and what an augury of happiness the gods have given

us. Jupiter has spoken by the nose of my dear Telemachus, and he

announces to us that we are about to be freed from these scamps of

gallants who bore me with their pursuits, and who beside put to sack

our poor civil list; for every hour our cattle, goats, and little

pigs, which you love like so many children, are sacrificed to the

voracity of these rascals. Now, my good fellow, I have an idea: go you

to the door of the palace, where for some days I have seen that beggar

that you know. Take him from me these pantaloons and this shirt, which

I am sure he needs very much; and promise him beside a magnificent

frock-coat, which he will have only if he shall answer in a

satisfactory manner the questions which I shall propose." In fact the

good queen suspected that the ragged peasant might be the wise Ulysses

in disguise. But let us proceed with our subject.

In the second chapter of his twenty-eighth book, the elder Pliny

expresses himself thus: _Cur sternumentis salutamus? Quod etiam

Tiberium Caesarem in vehiculo exegisse tradunt, et aliqui nomine

quoque consalutare religiosius putant._ Thus the custom was already

established among the Romans of wishing health and good fortune to

persons who sneezed, and the last word but one of the phrase indicates

that this wish had a religious character. In many authors health is

wished to persons who sneeze; _salvere jubentur_, is the consecrated

expression, which corresponds to "God guard you;" and according to the

passage cited above, it appears that when Tiberius, driving in his

chariot, sneezed, then, and only then, the populace were obliged to

cry. _Long live the emperor!_ a formula which included the impetration

of life and health by the protection of the gods. This custom existed

then at the time of Pliny, and going back still further among the

Romans, let us see what we find. Here then is a story extracted from

the "Veterum Auctorum Fragmenta,"' and inserted by Father Strada in

his "Prolusiones Academicae." I give a free translation, it is true,

but I will guarantee the perfect exactitude of the substance, and of

the formulas.

One day when Cicero was present at a performance at the Roman opera,

the illustrious orator began to sneeze loudly. Immediately all rose,

senators and plebeians, and each one taking off his hat, they cried to

him from all parts of the house: "God bless you! _Omnes

assurrexere--salvere jubentes_." Upon which three young men, named

severally Fannius, Fabalus, and Lemniscus, leaning upon their elbows

in one of the boxes, began the interchange of a succession of absurd

remarks, and finally started the question of the origin of this

custom. Each gave his own opinion, and the three agreed at once that

the usage dated back as far as Prometheus. It was then, at Rome, a

common tradition of very ancient date, as we see, according to some,

even as ancient as the epoch of the tower of Babel. {595} But if they

were agreed as to the groundwork, they embellished their canvas in

very different fashions. The stories related by Fannius, and by

Fabalus I will spare you for the sake of brevity and for other

reasons; contenting myself only with the version of Lemniscus, which

will suffice for our object.

Following then, this respectable authority: The son of Japetus

moulded, as every one knows, with pipe-clay, a statue which he

proposed to animate with celestial fire, and his work finished, he put

it into a stove in order that it should dry sufficiently; but the heat

was very great, and acted so well, or so ill, that independently of

other damages, the nose of the work became cracked and shrunken in a

manner very unfortunate for a nose which had the slightest

self-consciousness. When the artist returned to the stove and saw this

stunted nose, he began to swear like a pagan as he was; but perceiving

that the flat-nose gained nothing thereby, he took the wiser part of

re-manipulating the organ, adding thereto fresh clay, and in order to

facilitate the work of restoration, he conceived the idea of inserting

a match in one of the nostrils of his manikin. But the mucous

membrane, already provided with sensibility and life, was irritated at

the contact of the sulphuric acid, and the consequence was such a

tremendous sneezing that all the teeth, not yet quite solid in the

jaw, sprang out into the face of the operator. Dismayed by this deluge

of meteors, and expecting to see his little man get out of order from

top to bottom "Ah!" cried Prometheus, "may Jupiter protect

you!"--_Tibi Jupiter adsit!_ "And from this you see two things,"

continued Lemniscus: "First, why they always say to people who sneeze,

'May Jupiter assist you!' and also, why this morning, in a similar

case, I said nothing at all to this old mummy Crispinus, since from

time immemorial his last tooth has taken flight. He might sneeze like

an old cat without the slightest danger to his jaw."

Here terminates the colloquy of our young men. I am far from intending

to guarantee the contents, either as to the conduct and exploits of

Prometheus, or the misfortunes of his little man, since I have not

under my eye the authentic records; but what follows incontestably

from this recital, is, that at the time of Cicero, the usage of which

we speak was already very ancient, since they traced it back to one of

the most ancient heroes of fable. But moreover, and this it is which

renders this passage particularly precious, we find in it the precise

form of salutation which other passages contain in the generic

phrase--_salvere jubent_. This formula consists in these three words:

_Tibi Jupiter adsit!_ I do not intend to say that this wish and this

deprecatory formula were only used in the special case of which we

speak. Undoubtedly, in a thousand other circumstances, persons

addressed each other as a mark of good will. _Deus tibi faveat! Dii

adsint! Tibi adsit Jupiter!_ etc, etc.; but in the special case of

sneezing, the phrase was obligatory among persons of gentle breeding.

Now, reader, attention! and will you enter into a Roman school, in the

time of Camillus or Coriolanus? There we shall find in the midst of

about fifty pupils, an honest preceptor bearing the name of Stolo, or

Volumnus, or Pomponius, perhaps. Very well, let it be Pomponius. Now

on a certain day the good man began to sneeze, but magisterially, and

in double time, following the form still used among the moderns, that

is to say, he emitted this nasal interjection----_ad----sit_! which

you have observed and practised a thousand times. Upon which one of

the young rogues, remarking the homophony of the thing with one of the

three words of the deprecatory formula which he had heard in

numberless cases, added, in a mocking tone--_tibi Jupiter!_and

instantly all the crowd repeated in chorus after him, _ad--sit--tibi

Jupiter_.

Here you have, dear reader, the solution of the enigma. But let us

observe the sequel. What did master {596} Pomponius under the fire of

this gay frolic? Somewhat astonished at first, he immediately

recovered himself, and took the thing in good part; and being

something of a wag himself, that style of benediction suited his

humor. I see him now running his glance along the restless troops,

raising the right hand, then the fore-finger, which he carries to his

nose, then calming their terrors by these soothing words:

Fear not, my little friends:

You often have committed

Offenses much more grave.

Ah well! how often and whenever

I shall happen to make--_ad---sit!_

Cry you all: _Jupiter adsit!_

You will not suppose that the little boys failed in this duty. From

the school of Pomponius it passed through all the line of the

university establishments, and improving upon it, the children saluted

with--_Jupiter ad----sit_!----first the heads of their classes, then

fathers, mothers, and all respectable persons. The elders failed not

to imitate the little ones: it permeated the whole of society. Then

came Christianity, which changed _Jupiter_ into _God_; and the

formula, _Jupiter protect you!_ was naturally transformed into _God

bless you!_

Thus it is verified that this formula is of Roman origin; and if

anything is simple, natural, and manifest, it is its derivation from

the physiological phenomena with which it is connected, and of which

it represents phonetically the energetic expression. If any of my

readers can find a better explanation of it, I beg him to address me

his memorandum by telegraph.

I owe you now the quotation from the "Anthology," which I promised

above. Among the Greek epigrams of all epochs, of which this

collection is composed, there is one which relates precisely to the

custom of which we speak. The _Zeu Soson_ of this epigram is the

translation of the _Jupiter adsit_ of the Latins. I say the

translation and not the original. For this is not one of those

fragments which may be of an epoch anterior to that in which we have

placed, and in which we have a right to place master Pomponius and his

little adventure. In extending their empire over the countries of the

Greek tongue, the Romans imported there a great number of their

customs and social habits: the _Jupiter adsit_ must have been of this

number, and therefore we find it under Greek pens. I dare not venture

here upon the Greek text of the "Anthology," which would perhaps

frighten our fair readers, and I give only the Latin translation in

two couplets:

Dic cur Sulpicius nequeat sibi mungere nasum?

Causa est quod naso sit minor ipsa manus.

Cur sibi sternutans, non clamat, Jupiter adsit?

Non nasum audit qui distat ab aure nimis.

Very well! I yet have scruples in regard to my Latin, which may not be

understood by some of the ladies and especially by the bachelors of

the bifurcation. Therefore, to put it into good French verse, I have

had recourse to the politeness of our friend Pomponius, and the

excellent man has willingly given the following translation of the

second distich, which alone relates to the circumstance:

On demande pourquoi notre voisin Sulpice

Eternue, et jamais ne dit: Dien _me_ bénisse!

Serait-ce, par hasard, qu'll n'entend pas tres-blen?

Du tout, l'oreille est bonne et fonctionne à merveille;

Mais son grand nez s'en va--si loin de son oreille,

Que quand il fait--_ad--sit!_ celle-ce n'entend rien.

You demand why our neighbor Sulpice

Sneezes and never says, God bless _me_!

It is, perhaps, because he does not hear well:

Not at all, his ear is good, and acts to a marvel;

But his great nose goes away--so far from his ear,

That when he makes--_ad--sit!_ this last hears nothing.

This epigram, undoubtedly, is not much more than two thousand years

old; and why may it not have been written by Pomponius the ancient?

For the Pomponius of our day, to him also, "how often and whenever,"

he shall sneeze--and without that even, God bless him!

------

{597}{598}

[ORIGINAL.]

THEREIN.

A SONG.

I know a valley fair and green,

Wherein, wherein,

A dear and winding brook is seen,

Therein;

The village street stands in its pride

With a row of elms on either side,

Therein;

They shade the village green.

In the village street there is an inn.

Wherein, wherein,

The landlord sits in bottle-green,

Therein.

His face is like a glowing coal,

And his paunch is like a swelling bowl;

Therein

Is a store of good ale, therein.

The inn has a cosy fireside.

Wherein, wherein,

Two huge andirons stand astride,

Therein.

When the air is raw of a winter's night,

The fire on the hearth shines bright

Therein.

'Tis sweet to be therein.

The landlord sits in his old arm-chair

Therein, therein;

And the blaze shines through his yellow hair

Therein.

There cometh lawyer Bickerstith,

And the village doctor, and the smith.

Therein

Full many a tale they spin.

They talk of fiery Sheridan's raid

Therein, therein;

And hapless Baker's ambuscade

Therein;

The grip with which Grant throttled Lee,

And Sherman's famous march to the sea.

Therein

Great fights are fought over therein.

The landlord has a daughter fair

Therein, therein.

In ringlets falls her glossy hair

Therein.

When they speak in her ear she tosses her head;

When they look in her eye she hangs the lid,

Therein.

She does not care a pin.

I know the maiden's heart full well.

Therein, therein,

Pure thoughts and holy wishes dwell

Therein.

I see her at church on bended knee;

And well I know she prays for me

Therein.

Sure, that can be no sin.

Our parish church has a holy priest,

Therein, therein.

When he sings the mass, he faces the east.

Therein.

On Sunday next he will face the west,

When my Nannie and I go up abreast,

Therein,

And carry our wedding-ring.

And when we die, as die we must;

Therein, therein,

The priest will pray o'er the breathless dust,

Therein;

And our graves will be planted side by side.

But the hearts that loved shall not abide

Therein,

But love in Heaven again.

C.W.

------

{599}

From The Lamp.

UNCONVICTED; OR, OLD THORNELEY'S HEIRS.

CHAPTER V.

THE VERDICT AT THE INQUEST

From the time that suspicions as to the manner of Gilbert Thorneley's

death had been communicated to Scotland Yard, the house in Wimpole

street was taken possession of by the police, and all egress or

ingress not subject to the knowledge and approval of the officer in

charge was prohibited. Merrivale had been allowed on the previous day

to see the body of poor old Thorneley, but with much difficulty, as

the police had strict orders not to allow any strangers access to the

chamber of death. He told me this on our way to the inquest.

"By the by," he said, "did you know that Wilmot is acting as sole

executor of his uncle, and has taken upon himself the responsibility

of ordering everything about the funeral? I asked Atherton about it

yesterday evening, and he says Wilmot came to him and asked what was

to be done, as Smith and Walker had said that he and Atherton, as only

relatives of the deceased, were the proper persons to open the will,

and see who were left his executors. Atherton, with his usual

thoughtlessness for his own interests, bade him act as he considered

right in everything, and was too much overwhelmed with his own sorrow

to think of anything else. Wilmot then went to Smith's and opened the

will, which was deposited there, and finds he is left sole executor;

and, mind you, I fancy he's sole heir likewise, for he's as coxy as

ever he can be. Mark my words, Kavanagh, there'll be a hitch about

that will as sure as I'm alive."

I felt that Merrivale spoke with a purpose; but I answered him coolly:

"I think so too; and Wilmot will find himself in the wrong box."

"If I thought it was any use," continued he, "I would ask you once

more to confide to me the nature of the business which took you to

Thorneley's on Tuesday evening."

"It will transpire in due time, Merrivale. I pass you my word it is

utterly useless knowledge now; nor does it in any way affect Hugh

Atherton's present position. God knows that nothing should keep me

silent if I thought that silence would injure in the smallest degree

one so dear to me--Will he be present to day?" I asked in a little

while.

"Yes; he seemed very anxious to watch the proceedings; and on the

whole I thought it better he should. I never saw such a man," said

Merrivale, with a burst of enthusiasm very unlike his usual dry, cold

manner; "he thinks of every one but himself. He is principally anxious

to be there that he may detect any flaw in the evidence, or find any

clue that may lead to the discovery of the real murderer of his uncle,

apparently without any thought of saving himself, as if that were a

secondary consideration. He seems to think more of the old man's death

and take it to heart than of anything which has happened to himself;

except when he speaks of Miss Leslie, and then he breaks down

entirely. I have prepared him for having to hear your evidence, and I

likewise mentioned that his uncle had sent for you the night of his

death; and that you considered yourself bound in honor not to mention

yet what transpired at the interview, but you had assured me it would

throw no light upon our present darkness."

{600}

"Darkness, indeed! O my poor Hugh!"

"He expressed great surprise, and said; 'Well, this will be the first

and only secret affecting either of us which John has ever kept from

me. Wilmot hinted that some one had been at work who was not friendly

to me; but I told him I didn't believe I had an enemy: and I don't and

won't believe it now.' Then I asked him if he wouldn't like to see

you, and I think in his heart he would; but he seemed to hesitate, and

at last said: 'No, it is best not, best for us both--at least until

after this,'--meaning the inquest--'is over.'"

The first secret! No, not the first, Hugh, not the first; but the

other could never have divided us, could never have raised one shadow

between us, I had buried it deep down in its lonely grave, and laid

its ghost by the might of my strong love for you, my friend and

brother!

The house in Wimpole street looked gloomy enough, with its close-shut

blinds and the two policemen keeping guard on either side the door,

suggestive of death--of murder! There was a small crowd collected

round; not such a crowd as had assembled before the police-station,

but something like. Street-children, errand-boys, stray costermongers

with their barrows, passing tradesmen with their carts or baskets, and

women--slatterns from neighboring alleys and back-streets, Irish

women from the Marylebone courts and slums; and each arrival caused

fresh agitation and excitement amidst that crowd of upturned eager

faces gathered there, _waiting for the verdict_.

"That's him," cried a voice as our cab drove up to the door--"that's

Corrinder Javies!"' "No, it an't, bless yer innercence! the corrinder

wears a scarlet gownd and a gold-laced 'at." "Tell ye he don't; he

wears a black un, and ers got it in his bag." "Yah!--the lawyer, the

nevy's lawyer!" followed by a yell of imprecations. The nearest

_gamin_ on the door-step had heard Merrivale give his name to the

policemen and demand admission, and had handed it down to his fellows.

So, with the sounds of the brutal mob ringing in our ears, we passed

the threshold of the murdered man's house. A cold shudder seized me as

I stood in the hall, and I seemed to feel as if the spirit of the dead

were hovering about in disquiet, and unable to rest. A superintendent

of the police received us in the hall, and we asked him if we could go

up to see the body. After some demur he went up-stairs with us, and

unlocked the chamber of death. There in his shell lay all that

remained of Gilbert Thorneley, he whose name and fame had been

world-wide. Fame, for what? For amassing wealth; for grinding down the

poor; for toiling, slaving, wearing himself out in the busy march of

life, with no thought but for that life which perishes heaping up

riches which must be relinquished on the grave's brink; which could

bring him no comfort nor solace in the valley of the shadow; which

perchance, in the inscrutable designs of providence, had been used as

an instrument of retribution against him. I looked at his worn

face--seamed with the lines of care, furrowed with the struggles that

had brought so little reward--and remembered that last evening when I

had seen and spoken with him--of the secret he had confided to me, of

what he had so darkly hinted at; and I fancied I could read in his

unplacid face that death had visited him in all its intensity of

bitterness, that the bodily suffering had been nothing compared to the

ocean of remorse which had swept over his soul. He rested from his

weary labors, and the fruits of them had not followed him. God alone

knew the complete history of his life; God only could supply what had

been wanting from the treasures of his mercy; God only could tell

whether that last flood of remorseful anguish had been the sorrow that

could be accepted for the sake of One who had died for him.

{601}

Whilst we yet stood gazing on the corpse, word was brought us that the

coroner had arrived, and was going to open proceedings. The

superintendent once more turned the key upon the dead; and we

descended to the first-floor.

"I must divide you, gentlemen, now," said he. "You, sir," to

Merrivale, "will please to come with me to the inquest-room; and you,

Mr. Kavanagh, must wait in this back drawing-room until we send for

you. I thought you'd prefer being alone, to going along with the other

witnesses."

"Yes," I said; "I should much prefer it."

I avail myself of the newspaper-reports, together with Mr. Merrivale's

notes, for an account of the inquest; and I have also used his

observations made on the personal appearance, manner, etc, of the

witnesses and others who took part in it. For myself, I remained in

that dark dingy back-room until my turn came to give evidence.

I heard the dull tramp of the jury-men as they went up-stairs and

entered the room overhead to view the body, and their hushed murmurs

as they came down. I heard the hum of voices in the front

drawing-room, where the witnesses were assembled, and the distinct

orders issued at intervals by the police. I remember standing at the

window looking into the dismal back-garden, noting mechanically the

various small sights in the back-gardens opposite. I remember staring

for a quarter of an hour at two cats fighting on the wall--a black and

a tabby; and listening to their dismal squalls. If they had been two

tigers tearing each other to pieces on that back garden-wall in the

midst of this eminently civilized city, I don't think it would have

made more impression on my brain than did those two specimens of the

feline race. And last, I remember walking, as in a dream, into the

dining-room, where sat the coroner at the head of the long table, and

ranged on either side of him the twelve jury-men. I remember seeing a

man whom I recognized as one of the deceased's solicitors, Mr. Walker,

occupying a chair at a small side-table with his clerk, and on the

opposite side of the room at another table sat Merrivale: while just

behind him, guarded--ay, _guarded_--by a policeman, sat Hugh Atherton;

and that as I came and took a chair placed for me at the other end of

the long table, he raised his eyes and looked full upon me, and that I

knew then the deadly influence which had been at work--for it was no

longer the friendly, trustful look of old; I knew--yes, I knew that

our warm friendship had died the death, that a traitor's hand had

helped to slay it. I knew, and knowing it the pain was so intense, so

like a knife entering my heart, that unconsciously I raised my hand as

though to ward off the agony that had come upon me, and a cry escaped

my lips--"Hugh, Hugh!" And then I heard the coroner addressing me in

the calm business tones of a man accustomed to do his terrible work.

The first witness called was Mr. Evans, surgeon. He said:

"I am a member of the Royal College of Surgeons, and live at 138

Wimpole street. I was summoned to Mr. Thorneley's house about seven

o'clock on the morning of the 24th; and was taken up into deceased's

room. He was in bed, lying on his back, the eyes partially open, and

the forehead and mouth contracted, as though great pain had preceded

death. He had apparently been dead some hours. There was a stiffness,

however, about the body, and an unusual rigidity of the limbs, which

excited my suspicion. The feet were likewise arched. The housekeeper

and the man-servant were in the room with the deceased at the time I

arrived. I asked what he had taken last before going to bed. The

housekeeper replied he had taken his bitter {602} ale as usual about

nine o'clock. I asked to see the bottle out of which he had taken the

ale. The housekeeper bade the man go down to his master's study and

fetch up the tray. On it were a pint-bottle of Bass's bitter ale, a

tumbler, and a plate of hard biscuit. There were a few drops at the

bottom of the glass. I smelt and tasted them; there was no peculiar

smell, but the taste was unusually bitter. It suggested to me that

strychnine might have been introduced. In the bottle about half a

tumblerful of ale was left. I took possession of it for the purpose of

analysis, with the tumbler still containing a few drops. I said to the

housekeeper: 'Information must be sent at once to the police.' This

was done. I remained until the superintendent arrived, and then

proceeded to my house with the ale-bottle and glass. I immediately

subjected the contents of both to the usual process. In the few drops

contained in the glass I discovered the appearance of strychnine. The

contents of the bottle were perfectly free." (Sensation.) "I then went

back to Mr. Thorneley's house, and reported the results to the

police-officer, who communicated with Scotland Yard, the deceased's

relative Mr. Wilmot, and his lawyers. I demanded that the family

medical man should be summoned. On his arrival we made a _post-mortem_

examination, and removed the stomach with its contents, sealed and

despatched them to Professor T---- for analysis. We both refused a

death-certificate until the results of that analysis had been

ascertained. We agreed ourselves in suspecting death had originated

through poison, and that the poison had been strychnine. There was no

appearance of any disease in either heart, lungs, or brain, which

should cause sudden death. All three organs were in a perfectly

healthy state."

Dr. Robinson, physician, and the usual medical attendant of deceased,

corroborated the above evidence in every particular.

Professor T---- next deposed that he received the stomach of deceased

with its contents from Dr. Robinson and Mr. Evans. That he had

analyzed the latter, and had detected and separated strychnine in very

minute quantities; on further test, positive proof of the existence of

the poison was afforded by the colors produced. Upon introducing some

of the suspected matter into the body of a frog, death had been

produced from tetanic convulsions; thus demonstrating the existence of

strychnine. His opinion was that deceased had died from the effects of

strychnine administered in bitter ale; that the quantity administered

had been about one grain, not more--it might be less.

Mrs. Haag, the housekeeper, was then examined. She was a woman past

fifty in appearance; her face was remarkable; so perfectly immobile

and passionless in its expression. Her hair, eyebrows, and eyelashes

were of a pale sandy color; and her drooping eyelids had that peculiar

motion in them which novelists call "shivering." She gave her answers

in clear low tones; but seldom raising her eyes to the interrogator;

they were of a cold bluish-gray, with a dangerous scintillating light

in them. Her manners and appearance were those of a woman above her

station in life; her language quite grammatical, though tinctured by a

slightly foreign idiom and accent; her deportment perfectly

self-possessed. She deposed that the deceased had appeared in the same

health as usual up to the evening previous to his death, when on

taking in his bitter ale and biscuits she observed that he looked very

much flushed and agitated, and his voice had sounded loud and angry as

she came up the stairs. He and Mr. Atherton seemed to be having a

dispute; and as she came into the room she distinctly heard Mr.

Atherton say to her master, "You will bitterly repent to-morrow what

you have said to-night." She could swear to the words, for they made

an {603} impression upon her. Had not heard Mr. Wilmot speak whilst in

the study. The ale had been brought up from the cellar by Barker, who

uncorked it down-stairs, as usual, in presence of the other servants.

Barker had accompanied her to the study-door, and opened it for her.

Always took in the ale when her master was alone, or when only the

young gentlemen (Wilmot and Atherton) were there; and waited to

receive his orders for the next day. Deceased always took bitter ale

at nine o'clock, with hard biscuits.

Mr. Merrivale: "Did you not pour some ale out into the tumbler before

taking it up-stairs?"

"I did not."

"Would you swear you did not?"

"Certainly I would swear it."

Evidence continued: To her knowledge he had taken nothing since the

ale. The young gentlemen never took bitter ale: Mr. Atherton didn't

like it, and Mr. Wilmot could not drink it. Only one tumbler had been

brought up. The tray had remained in the study just as Mr. Thorneley

had left it, and had not been touched until the following morning,

when the doctor asked to have the bottle and glass brought to him.

Barker, the man-servant, had fetched the tray from the study. No one

had entered the study from the time Mr. Thorneley had gone to bed,

until Barker had gone there for the tray the next morning. She had

locked the door on the outside as she went up to bed, but had not gone

into the room. On the morning of the 24th she was roused by a violent

knocking at her door, and by Barker saying, in a very agitated manner,

"For God's sake get up directly, Mrs. Haag, and come to master; for I

fear he's dead!" Had hurried on a few clothes, and gone instantly to

Mr. Thorneley's room. The deceased was in bed, the eyes partially

open, and the mouth contracted, as if in an agony of pain. She had

touched his hand and found it quite cold. Then they both had stooped

to listen if he breathed; but he did not. Barker said: "I fear it's

all up with him; he must have had a fit and died in the night. What's

to be done, Mrs. Haag?" Replied, "Send at once for a doctor." The

other servants now came crowding in, and one of them ran off

immediately for the nearest surgeon. He arrived in less than half an

hour. No one had touched the body until the arrival of the doctor;

they had all feared lest they might do harm by touching it. Had lived

in the service of deceased nearly thirty years; he had been a severe

but just master to her. Was a Belgian by birth; but had lived nearly

all her life in England. Was a widow; had no children living, nor any

relations alive that she knew of. Examined as to what had transpired

before taking the ale to the study, Mrs. Haag deposed that Mr. John

Kavanagh had called on Mr. Thorneley at seven o'clock, and been

closeted with him for an hour; that a short time before he went away

the study-bell rang, which was answered by Barker, who came down into

the servants'-hall and told Thomas the coachman to go up with him to

his master's room. When they came down, they said they had been

signing their names as witnesses to some paper, which both of them had

supposed was a will; but that neither their master nor Mr. Kavanagh

had told them so. She had put on her things whilst they were upstairs,

and just after they returned she went out--Questioned as to her

errand, said she went to buy some ribbon she wanted at a shop in

Oxford street; that returning home by Vere street she saw Mr. Atherton

coming out of the chemist's shop at the corner of Oxford street, and

heard him speak to Mr. Kavanagh. Heard the words "Kavanagh,"

"Atherton," and saw them shake hands. Could swear to their

identity.--Questioned by Mr. Merrivale, solicitor for the prisoner,

as to how it had come about that she had been witness to the meeting

between the two gentlemen at {604} the corner of Vere street and

Oxford street, and yet was met only in the middle of Vere street--a

very short street--at least five minutes afterwards by Mr. Kavanagh,

denied meeting Mr. Kavanagh at all in Vere street; had passed the two

gentlemen at the corner, and gone straight home. Had worn no veil that

evening.--Examination resumed by the coroner: Had not seen her master

since taking the ale into the study; had gone to the door after the

gentlemen had left, but found it locked, and received for answer, he

was busy, and did not require anything. Mr. Wilmot had left some time

previous to Mr. Atherton; she had seen neither to speak to them that

evening. This was the pith of the housekeeper's evidence.

John Barker was the next witness called, who corroborated everything

deposed by Mrs. Haag. Asked by a juryman if it was he who signed the

paper on the evening before Mr. Thorneley's death, replied it was. Was

he aware of the nature of the document? No; but both he and Thomas the

coachman, who had likewise signed, fancied it must be a will. Had

lived nearly twenty years with his master, and often witnessed

business papers, but never asked what they were.--Questioned by Mr.

Merrivale as to whether he had noticed any conversation which passed

between Mr. Wilmot and Mr. Atherton in the hall the night before the

deceased died, replied he had caught one or two words.--Told by the

coroner to repeat them. After seeming to recollect himself for a

moment or two, said he had heard Mr. Wilmot say he must get some money

out of the governor; to which Mr. Atherton had replied in rather a low

voice; but he had heard the words, "won't live long," and "to be

worried," and "our affairs."--Asked by the prisoner if the sentence

had not been, "He is getting very old, and won't live long; he ought

not to be worried with our affairs"? Replied he could not say; it

might have been so; but what he had repeated was the whole of what he

had distinctly heard. He wished to say that he believed Mr. Atherton

to be innocent; for he was very fond of poor master, and his uncle

always seemed more partial to him than to any one else--much more

than to Mr. Wilmot.

Thomas Spriggs the coachman, the cook, and the housemaid, were then

examined respectively, and their evidence corroborated every statement

made before; only one fresh feature presented itself. The cook

volunteered to state that she had been awoke, in the middle of the

night on which her master died, by some noise, and had fancied she

heard stealthy footsteps on the stairs.--Questioned upon this, said

that she meant the stairs leading from the third story where the

women-servants slept, to the second story..

Were they front or back-stairs?

Front-stairs; the back-stairs only reached the second floor. That the

housekeeper occupied one room to herself, she and the housemaid

another, and the third was empty. She had not dared to get out of bed,

believing it was the ghost.

What ghost?

Oh! the house was haunted; all the servants know it and believed it,

except the housekeeper, who had laughed at her shameful, and called

her a superstitious woman. But then they had never been what she might

call comfortable nor friendly together; for Mrs. 'Aag 'eld herself

'igh and 'orty with all the company in the 'all. Couldn't say at what

hour she had been awoke; had drawed the clothes over her 'ed, and said

her prayers, and supposed she had fell asleep again, being that way

inclined by natur'.

Mr. Merrivale: "Have you and the housekeeper ever fallen out, cook?"

Witness: "Well, no, sir. I can't say as we ever 'ave; and I've nothing

to bring against her except as she was 'igh and close, which isn't

agreeable, sir, when the position of parties is {605} ekally

respectable, which mine is, sir, 'aving come of a greengrocer's family

as kep' their own wehicle and drove theirselves; and whose mother

could afford to be washed out, and never sat down to tea on Sunday

without s'rimps or 'winkles or something to give a relish."

Coroner: "That is enough, cook.--Bring in the next witness."

Mr. Lister Wilmot, who appeared much agitated, next deposed: "I went

to visit my deceased uncle on the evening of Tuesday last, and whilst

taking off my outer coat in the hall, my cousin, Mr. Atherton,

arrived. We went into my uncle's study together. Very little

conversation passed between us. I mentioned my intention of asking my

uncle for some money that evening, which I needed, having some

pressing bills to pay. My cousin replied something to the effect that

he, my uncle, would probably not live long, and we ought not to worry

him with our affairs. I think he simply said it with a view to

stopping me from making the application: he thinks I am extravagant.

He asked me how much I wanted. I said, £500. He said: 'That is a large

sum, Lister; we shall never get the governor to come down as handsome

as that.'"

Mr. Merrivale: "Did Mr. Atherton say, 'we shall,' or 'you will'?"

Witness (hesitating:) "I am not quite clear, but I think he said 'we

shall.' It was simply a kindly way of speaking. We found my uncle more

than usually taciturn and abstracted; but I was so hard pressed I was

obliged to brave him, and ask him for money. To my astonishment,

instead of venting his anger on me, he turned it all upon my cousin

Hugh, and accused him of leading me into extravagance."

Coroner: "Was this so?"

"It was not. Hugh and I are the best of friends; but our pursuits and

tastes are totally opposite. I said so to my uncle, and tried to

appease him in vain. At last he worked himself into such a rage that

he seemed quite reckless of what he said; and hinted that Hugh might

pay my debts for me, and if he couldn't do so out of his own pocket,

he might get Kavanagh to advance me some out of his future wife's

dividends; that I might have got the girl for myself if I had chosen;

but as it was, he dared say Kavanagh would marry her in the long-run,

for it was easy to see how the wind lay in that quarter."

Mr. Merrivale: "Can you swear to those words?"

"I can. My cousin got very angry at this, and said: 'You have no right

to make such remarks or draw any such conclusions; they are false. You

will repent of this to-morrow.' I can swear to those words. Just then

Mrs. Haag, the housekeeper, brought in my uncle's ale and biscuits, as

usual. Barker opened the door for her: I remember that fact. There was

only one tumbler with the bottle brought up. Neither myself nor my

cousin ever touch that beverage. When Mrs. Haag had left the room,

Hugh got up and went to the table where the tray had been placed, and

brought a glass of ale to my uncle with a plate of hard biscuits."

Coroner: "Did you see the prisoner pour out the ale? Where was he

standing with regard to yourself?"

"He had his back toward us; I was sitting by the fire opposite my

uncle; the table was in the middle of the room. To get the ale Hugh

must turn his back to us."

"How long was he at the table?"

Witness, (after a moment's thought:) "A minute or more; but I could

not speak positively."

"Sufficient time to have put anything in the ale?"

Witness, (much agitated:) "Am I obliged to answer this?"

"You are not obliged; but an unfavorable interpretation might be put

upon your silence."

Witness (in a very low voice:) "There _was_ time."

{606}

Mr. Merrivale: "Did you not observe that some ale was poured out in

the tumbler when it was brought up?"

"I did not observe it; it might have been so, but I could not say for

certain either way."

Mr. Merrivale to the coroner: "My client desires me to state

distinctly that a small quantity, about a quarter of a glassful, was

already poured out when he went to the tray. He supposes it was done

to save the overflow from the bottle."

Coroner: "I will note it."

Evidence continued: "My uncle drank half the ale at a draught, shook

his bead, and said: 'It is very bitter, to-night.' We neither made any

remark upon it. He likewise took a biscuit and ate it. Soon afterward

I rose to go. He would not say good-night to me. Hugh came to the door

with me--the study-door--and whispered, 'I'll try to appease him and

make it all right for you.' I went straight down-stairs and out of the

house. I remember seeing my cousin's coat hanging in the hall; it was

a brown-tweed waterproof one; but I did not touch it. The coachman

came the following morning with the sad news to my chambers."

Mr. Merrivale: "Are you acting as sole executor, Mr. Wilmot?"

"I am; my cousin is aware of it."

Mr. Walker: "It is illegal to ask for any depositions about the

deceased's will here."

Coroner: "I am the best judge of that, Mr. Walker. Anything which

throws light upon what we have to find out must be received as

evidence."

Mr. Merrivale: "Were you aware what the contents of your late uncle's

will were before you opened it at Messrs. Smith and Walker's?"

"I was not; but both Hugh Atherton and myself were led to anticipate

what the tenor of it would be."

"Have the results fulfilled your anticipations?"

"I don't consider myself warranted in answering such a question."

Coroner: "Have you any thing else to state, Mr. Wilmot?"

"Nothing, except that I believe in my cousin's innocence."

Mr. John Kavanagh was then called, and, after the usual preliminaries,

stated that on his return from a tour in Switzerland on the afternoon

of Tuesday, the 23d, he found a note from Mr. Thorneley, which he now

produced. (Note read by the coroner and passed on to the jurymen.)

That upon receipt of it he had gone to Mr. Thorneley's at the hour

appointed, and had been shown at once into that gentleman's study. Had

found him very much altered for the worse and aged since last he had

seen him, some months since. He looked as if some heavy trouble were

upon him, weighing him down. He had transacted the business required,

which occupied, he should say, an hour, and had then left him as calm

and as well as when he (witness) first entered the room. He had chosen

to walk home, and, stopping to light a segar at the corner of Vere

street, had met Mr. Atherton _coming out of the chemist's shop_. Mr.

Atherton had offered to accompany him home, but he (Witness) had

refused, and they had parted, Mr Atherton stating his intention of

coming to see him on the morrow. That the moment after, he had

repented his refusal and hurried back to ask him to return; but being

near-sighted and the night dark, had not been able to distinguish his

figure, and had given up the pursuit. Returning down Vere street,

about half-way he had met a female walking very fast, but who in

passing had almost stopped, and stared very hard at him. She had on a

thick veil, so he could not see her face, nor did he recognize her

figure. The circumstance had passed from his mind until detective

Jones had told him that Mr. Thorneley's housekeeper had been in Vere

street that evening, and seen his meeting with Mr. Atherton, and then

it had struck him it might have been she.--(Here Mr. Merrivale was

seen to confer very earnestly with the {607} prisoner, and afterward

to pass a slip of paper to the coroner, who after reading it bowed, as

if in assent, and then beckoned to a policeman, who left the room.) He

had gone straight home to his chambers, and being tired went early to

bed, and did not wake till very late the following morning, when his

clerk had told him the news of Mr. Thorneley's death, and detective

Jones had called upon him shortly afterward.

By the coroner: "What was the nature of the business which you

transacted with deceased?"

"I am bound over very solemnly not to mention it until a certain

time."

"Was it a will you called the two servants to witness?"

"I am not at liberty to answer. I pass my word as a gentleman and a

man of honor that in no way do I consider this to affect my friend Mr.

Atherton's present position; and that when it does I shall consider

myself free to speak."

Mr Walker: "We shall compel you, Mr. Kavanagh, to speak in another

place than this. The breach of etiquette you have committed will not

be passed over by us as the family and confidential legal advisers of

the deceased gentleman."

"We shall both act as we think right, Mr. Walker."

The prisoner here in a very hollow voice said "For God's sake, and for

the sake of one who is dear to us both, I entreat you, John Kavanagh,

to reveal any thing that may help to clear an innocent man from this

frightful imputation."

"I will, Hugh, so help me God! But it would avail you nothing to speak

now."

Coroner: "Have you anything further to state?"

"Nothing, save my most solemn religious conviction that Mr. Atherton

is innocent, and that he is the victim of the foulest plot."

Mr. Walker here appealed to the coroner, and said he objected to such

insinuations being made there; that Mr. Kavanagh had done his best to

criminate the prisoner, and that he was now trying to cast the blame

upon others.

Mr. Kavanagh was about to make some violent answer, when the coroner

called to order.

Mr. Merrivale: "Will you have the goodness, Mr. Kavanagh, to look

toward the end of the room, and see if you identify any one there?"

Mr. Kavanagh: "My God! _It is she!_"

Coroner: "Who?"

"The woman I met in Vere street that night."

Standing opposite to the witness, with the light full upon her, was a

female figure, closely veiled.

"I never met you, Mr. Kavanagh!" it was the woman who spoke, loudly,

vehemently.

Coroner to witness: "I see you are using your eyeglass now; were you

using it when you say you met this person in Vere street?"

"I was."

"Could you swear that the figure standing before you now and the woman

you met are one and the same?"

"I would swear that _the appearance_ of that woman standing before me

now and that of the figure I met is one and the same--the same height,

the same carriage, the same veiled face."

"I never met you, Mr. Kavanagh!" repeated the woman, with a passionate

gesture.

Coroner: "Mrs. Haag, you can retire." (It was the housekeeper.)

Mr. Walker: "I don't see how this affects the case."

Mr. Merrivale: "Probably not, sir; but you will see by and by. I am

much obliged to you, Mr. Coroner."

Mr. Kavanagh is replaced by Inspector Jackson, detective officer, who

deposed that from information received at Scotland Yard on the morning

of the 24th instant, he had been desired by his superintendent to

proceed to 100 Wimpole street, the residence {608} of the deceased

gentleman, and examine into the case, accompanied by detective Jones.

From information received from the housekeeper and other servants, and

after a conference with the surgeon called in, his suspicions had

fallen upon Mr. Atherton. He had left a policeman in charge from the

nearest station-house, and gone with Jones direct to Mr. Atherton's

chambers in the Temple. On breaking the nature of his visit to that

gentleman, together with the news of Mr. Thorneley's death, he had

been terribly overcome, and exclaimed that he was an innocent man, God

was his witness; that he would not have hurt a hair of the old man's

head; but certainly he _had_ been angry with him the night before.

Cautioned not to say anything which might criminate himself, Mr.

Atherton had again said, in very solemn tones: "My God, thou knowest I

am innocent!" Witness had searched Mr. Atherton's room and clothes; in

the pocket of his coat had found a small empty paper labelled

STRYCHNINE--POISON; with the name of "Davis, chemist, 20 Vere street,

corner of Oxford street."--Questioned by Mr. Merrivale as to which

coat-pocket the packet was found in, replied the overcoat which Mr.

Atherton wore on the previous evening.

By a juryman: "How do you know it was the identical coat worn that

evening?"

"The man-servant, John Barker, swears to it; he took it from Mr.

Atherton when he came to Mr. Thorneley's house, and hung it up in the

hall to dry."

The prisoner: "Yes, I did wear that coat; but I know nothing of the

paper found in it."

By the coroner: "Have you been in communication with the chemist in

Vere street?"

Witness: "I have, sir; he remembers--"

Mr. Merrivale: "I object to this evidence coming from the mouth of Mr.

Inspector. The chemist is here and should be examined himself."

Mr. Walker, one of the solicitors of deceased "I think that the

evidence should be received from both the inspector and the chemist."

Mr. Merrivale: "I still object."

The coroner: "On what ground, Mr. Merrivale?"

Mr. Merrivale: "On the ground that the inspector having a preconceived

notion when he communicated with the chemist, the latter may have been

misled by his questions. I should at least wish that Davis should be

examined first, and his evidence received direct."

The coroner: "Very well. Is there anything else, Mr. Inspector?"

"Nothing else, except that Mr. Atherton denied all knowledge at once

of the paper found."

By Mr. Merrivale: "Did you not find also a bottle of camphorated

spirits?"

"I did; but on the table. It was a fresh bottle, unopened, and bore

the same label, from Mr. Davis's." (Witness dismissed.)

Mr. Merrivale here demanded to have the man Barker recalled, which was

done.

Mr. Merrivale: "Can you swear to the overcoat which Mr. Atherton wore

the last evening he came to Wimpole street?"

"Certainly, sir. It was a brown tweed waterproof, with deep pockets. I

know it well."

"Is that the coat?" (Coat produced.)

"It is, sir."

"Can you swear to it?"

"I can, sir."

"How long was it between the time Mr. Wilmot went away and the time

Mr. Atherton left the house?"

"About half an hour or three quarters, I should say."

"Did you let him out?"

"No, sir."

"Nor Mr. Atherton?'

"No, sir."

"Did you hear or know of any one being in the hall for any length of

time whilst Mr. Atherton was with his uncle?"

{609}

"No one could have been in the hall, sir, we servants were all at

supper."

"Was the housekeeper with you?"

"No, sir; she has her supper in her own sitting-room always."

"Then how are you sure that she did not go into the hall?"

"I should have heard her door open and her footsteps pass along the

passage. The servants' hall door was open that I might hear master's

bell."

"You feel certain of this?"

"I do, sir."

"I have no more to ask this witness, Mr. Coroner."

Thomas Davis, chemist, was then called. He deposed that on the evening

of the 23d he perfectly well remembered a gentleman coming into his

shop and buying a small bottle of spirits of camphor. Could not swear

to him, but thinks it may have been the prisoner. It was a tall

gentleman. (Upon being shown the bottle of camphor, immediately

identified it as the one sold. The paper found in Mr. Atherton's

pocket was now produced, and he likewise identified it as coming from

his shop.) The paper and label were the same as he used.--Questioned

as to whether he recollected selling any strychnine either on or

before the 23d, replied he could not remember selling any; but that he

had found a memorandum in his day-book of one grain sold on the 23d.

(Sensation.) Was quite sure it had been sold, or the entry would not

have been made; always made those entries himself. His assistant

reported to him of anything sold during his absence from the shop, and

he then entered it in his day-book as a ready-money transaction. His

assistant might have sold the strychnine on that day; but he had

questioned him and found he did not remember any particulars. Could

swear that he himself remembered nothing about it.--by Mr. Merrivale:

Was generally absent from the shop an hour at dinner-time--from one to

two--and from five to half-past for tea; again at night from nine to

half-past. Closed at ten.

Mr. Merrivale here asked that Mr. Wilmot and Mrs. Haag might severally

be brought in; to which Mr. Walker objected. The objection was

overruled by the coroner, and Mr. Wilmot was summoned.

Mr. Merrivale: "Do you remember having seen this gentleman before, Mr.

Davis?"

"I do not, sir."

"Nor remember his coming into your shop?"

"No, sir."

The housekeeper was then called, with the same results.

Examination of witness continued: His assistant was a remarkably

steady and able young man, intrusted with making up very important

prescriptions; his word could be relied on; had been with him for five

years. He himself was a licensed member of Apothecaries' Hall.

The last witness summoned was James Ball, assistant to Mr. Davis, the

chemist. In reply to the coroner, he never remembered having sold any

strychnine on the 23d, though he might have done so; in which case he

would report it to Mr. Davis, who would have entered it in the

day-book. Was in the habit of mentioning each item as soon after it

was sold as opportunity permitted. Could not identify either Mr.

Wilmot or Mrs. Haag as having seen them in the shop.--By Mr. Walker:

Remembered the prisoner coming into the shop on the evening of the

23d; they did not often see such a tall gentleman. His employer, Mr.

Davis, had served him with the camphor.

By Mr. Merrivale: "Do you mean to say that a customer whom you did not

serve, buying camphor, made an impression on your mind, and yet you

have no recollection of any one coming to your shop and asking for

such a remarkable and _dangerous_ thing as strychnine?"

After a moment's consideration:

{610}

"I remember that gentleman," (pointing to the prisoner,) "because I

wondered what his height might be, and what a jolly thing it must be

to be so tall, especially with such a high counter to serve over."

(Laughter. James Ball was considerably below the middle height) "I

don't recollect anything at all about the strychnine."

By the coroner: "It is a question probably of life or death, James

Ball, to that gentleman, Mr. Atherton; and I conjure you to strive to

the utmost of your power to call to mind any circumstance concerning

the sale of that poison which may throw some light upon the subject

Take your time now to consider, for I see you _can_ recollect things."

After some moments of dead silence, James Ball replied, "I remember

nothing further than what I have already stated."

This closed the evidence, and coroner, summing up, addressed the jury.

He commented upon the awfulness of the crime which had been committed;

on the fearful increase of the use of poisons of every kind for the

purpose of taking away human life. He said in this case the principal

facts they had to deal with were, that it was proved on evidence that

poison had been administered to deceased in the bitter ale, which he

had taken before going to bed. That the poison was pronounced to be

strychnine, which it was well known would probably not take effect

until an hour or so after it had been imbibed. That the glass of

bitter ale in which the strychnine had been detected was poured out

and given to deceased by his nephew, Mr. Hugh Atherton, in presence of

his other nephew, Mr. Wilmot. That it had been proved by medical

evidence that in the ale remaining in the bottle no strychnine had

been detected. All suspicions therefore were confined to the ale which

had been _poured out_. That Mr. Atherton had been heard to use angry,

if not threatening, language to the deceased, (he repeated the words,)

and had been seen by two witnesses coming out of the chemist's shop

kept by the identical man whose name was on the paper labelled

Strychnine, and found in the prisoner's pocket. The prisoner's legal

adviser had stated that a portion of the ale was already poured out in

the tumbler, when he (the prisoner) approached the table for the

purpose of helping his uncle; but no evidence had been adduced of the

fact. Mrs. Haag, the housekeeper, had stated to the contrary. Still

the prisoner was entitled to the benefit of the doubt. There had been

positive evidence that the deceased had died from the effects of

poison; it rested with the jury to decide whether the other evidence

was sufficiently conclusive to warrant their finding a verdict against

the prisoner as having administered the poison.

After a consultation of some quarter of an hour, the jury returned a

verdict of _Wilful Murder against Mr. Hugh Atherton_.

Merrivale brought me the news in that dull back-room where I waited,

heaven only knows with what crushing, heart-sick anxiety, and we left

the house--that doomed house of death, of woe and desolation to the

living.

The crowd outside had thickened and densified; but their cries and

clamors were meaningless sounds for me. As we stood on the pavement

whilst Merrivale hailed a cab, I felt something thrust into my hand--a

piece of paper. I looked round and saw a man disappearing amongst the

throng, who presently turned and held up his hand to me. He was in

plain clothes and somewhat disguised; but I recognized Jones the

detective. When in the cab I unfolded the paper, and read, hastily

scrawled in pencil:

"Meet me, sir, please, on the Surrey end of London Bridge to-night

at nine o'clock."

"A. Jones."

{611}

The Catholic World, Vol. 03, April to September, 1866 · 第 1 / 16 章